diff --git a/README.md b/README.md --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -8,26 +8,27 @@ ## Version -`1.4.4` +`1.4.5` ## Description -Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud - -Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) provides resizable computing capacity in the Amazon Web Services (AWS) cloud. Using Amazon EC2 eliminates your need to invest in hardware up front, so you can develop and deploy applications faster. - Documentation is available via [Hackage](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka-ec2) and the [AWS API Reference](https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/). The types from this library are intended to be used with [amazonka](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka), -which provides mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information and sending requests. +which provides mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information, sending requests, +and receiving responses. -Use of lenses is required for constructing and manipulating types. -This is due to the amount of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding +Lenses are used for constructing and manipulating types, +due to the depth of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding de/serialisation into more palatable Haskell values. The provided lenses should be compatible with any of the major lens libraries [lens](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/lens) or [lens-family-core](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/lens-family-core). + +See [Network.AWS.EC2](http://hackage.haskell.org/package/amazonka-ec2/docs/Network-AWS-EC2.html) +or [the AWS documentation](https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/) to get started. + ## Contribute diff --git a/amazonka-ec2.cabal b/amazonka-ec2.cabal --- a/amazonka-ec2.cabal +++ b/amazonka-ec2.cabal @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ name: amazonka-ec2 -version: 1.4.4 +version: 1.4.5 synopsis: Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud SDK. homepage: https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka bug-reports: https://github.com/brendanhay/amazonka/issues @@ -11,24 +11,21 @@ category: Network, AWS, Cloud, Distributed Computing build-type: Simple cabal-version: >= 1.10 -extra-source-files: README.md fixture/*.yaml fixture/*.proto +extra-source-files: README.md fixture/*.yaml fixture/*.proto src/.gitkeep description: - Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud - - Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) provides resizable computing capacity in the Amazon Web Services (AWS) cloud. Using Amazon EC2 eliminates your need to invest in hardware up front, so you can develop and deploy applications faster. - . The types from this library are intended to be used with , which provides - mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information and sending requests. + mechanisms for specifying AuthN/AuthZ information, sending requests, + and receiving responses. . - Use of lenses is required for constructing and manipulating types. - This is due to the amount of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding + Lenses are used for constructing and manipulating types, + due to the depth of nesting of AWS types and transparency regarding de/serialisation into more palatable Haskell values. The provided lenses should be compatible with any of the major lens libraries such as or . . - See "Network.AWS.EC2" or + See "Network.AWS.EC2" or to get started. source-repository head @@ -43,13 +40,17 @@ exposed-modules: Network.AWS.EC2 + , Network.AWS.EC2.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote , Network.AWS.EC2.AcceptVPCPeeringConnection , Network.AWS.EC2.AllocateAddress , Network.AWS.EC2.AllocateHosts + , Network.AWS.EC2.AssignIPv6Addresses , Network.AWS.EC2.AssignPrivateIPAddresses , Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateAddress , Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateDHCPOptions , Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateRouteTable + , Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateSubnetCidrBlock + , Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateVPCCidrBlock , Network.AWS.EC2.AttachClassicLinkVPC , Network.AWS.EC2.AttachInternetGateway , Network.AWS.EC2.AttachNetworkInterface @@ -70,6 +71,7 @@ , Network.AWS.EC2.CopySnapshot , Network.AWS.EC2.CreateCustomerGateway , Network.AWS.EC2.CreateDHCPOptions + , Network.AWS.EC2.CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway , Network.AWS.EC2.CreateFlowLogs , Network.AWS.EC2.CreateImage , Network.AWS.EC2.CreateInstanceExportTask @@ -97,6 +99,7 @@ , Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVolume , Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteCustomerGateway , Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteDHCPOptions + , Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway , Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteFlowLogs , Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteInternetGateway , Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteKeyPair @@ -128,6 +131,7 @@ , Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks , Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeCustomerGateways , Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeDHCPOptions + , Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways , Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeExportTasks , Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeFlowLogs , Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeHostReservationOfferings @@ -194,6 +198,8 @@ , Network.AWS.EC2.DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport , Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateAddress , Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateRouteTable + , Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock + , Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateVPCCidrBlock , Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVGWRoutePropagation , Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVPCClassicLink , Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport @@ -202,6 +208,7 @@ , Network.AWS.EC2.GetConsoleScreenshot , Network.AWS.EC2.GetHostReservationPurchasePreview , Network.AWS.EC2.GetPasswordData + , Network.AWS.EC2.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote , Network.AWS.EC2.ImportImage , Network.AWS.EC2.ImportInstance , Network.AWS.EC2.ImportKeyPair @@ -252,6 +259,7 @@ , Network.AWS.EC2.StopInstances , Network.AWS.EC2.TerminateInstances , Network.AWS.EC2.Types + , Network.AWS.EC2.UnassignIPv6Addresses , Network.AWS.EC2.UnassignPrivateIPAddresses , Network.AWS.EC2.UnmonitorInstances , Network.AWS.EC2.Waiters @@ -262,7 +270,7 @@ , Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Sum build-depends: - amazonka-core == 1.4.4.* + amazonka-core == 1.4.5.* , base >= 4.7 && < 5 test-suite amazonka-ec2-test @@ -282,9 +290,9 @@ , Test.AWS.EC2.Internal build-depends: - amazonka-core == 1.4.4.* - , amazonka-test == 1.4.4.* - , amazonka-ec2 == 1.4.4.* + amazonka-core == 1.4.5.* + , amazonka-test == 1.4.5.* + , amazonka-ec2 == 1.4.5.* , base , bytestring , tasty diff --git a/fixture/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.yaml b/fixture/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.yaml diff --git a/fixture/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse.proto b/fixture/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/AssignIPv6Addresses.yaml b/fixture/AssignIPv6Addresses.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssignIPv6Addresses.yaml diff --git a/fixture/AssignIPv6AddressesResponse.proto b/fixture/AssignIPv6AddressesResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssignIPv6AddressesResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/AssociateSubnetCIdRBlock.yaml b/fixture/AssociateSubnetCIdRBlock.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssociateSubnetCIdRBlock.yaml diff --git a/fixture/AssociateSubnetCIdRBlockResponse.proto b/fixture/AssociateSubnetCIdRBlockResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssociateSubnetCIdRBlockResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock.yaml b/fixture/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +method: POST +headers: + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=? + Host: ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com + Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: abcdef + X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z +body: + '' diff --git a/fixture/AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse.proto b/fixture/AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/AssociateVPCCIdRBlock.yaml b/fixture/AssociateVPCCIdRBlock.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssociateVPCCIdRBlock.yaml diff --git a/fixture/AssociateVPCCIdRBlockResponse.proto b/fixture/AssociateVPCCIdRBlockResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssociateVPCCIdRBlockResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/AssociateVPCCidrBlock.yaml b/fixture/AssociateVPCCidrBlock.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssociateVPCCidrBlock.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +method: POST +headers: + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=? + Host: ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com + Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: abcdef + X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z +body: + '' diff --git a/fixture/AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse.proto b/fixture/AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/CopySnapshot.yaml b/fixture/CopySnapshot.yaml --- a/fixture/CopySnapshot.yaml +++ b/fixture/CopySnapshot.yaml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ --- method: POST headers: - Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=62cc6620dcf0a8bdf5cf05e1656dfe9dcc17f4d0bd166b83c8a0dc8d7954e3f2 + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=5ccda6010a55db39bc3e5c2c7dca58074f65f5f6ef570a2f9726caea09fc2d3f Host: ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 - X-Amz-Content-SHA256: ee57386c8e0aab5d1c9fbdd3eea25513e132552eb912cbb2b60c7a8fcfc760d9 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: af36e85245bdd28911551faba7ebb9bf1d5f1880d41201d3413d412f738eadc7 X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z body: - Action=CopySnapshot&Description=My_snapshot&SourceRegion=us-west-1&SourceSnapshotId=snap-1a2b3c4d&Version=2016-04-01 + Action=CopySnapshot&Description=My_snapshot&SourceRegion=us-west-1&SourceSnapshotId=snap-1a2b3c4d&Version=2016-11-15 diff --git a/fixture/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.yaml b/fixture/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.yaml diff --git a/fixture/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse.proto b/fixture/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway.yaml b/fixture/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway.yaml diff --git a/fixture/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse.proto b/fixture/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.yaml b/fixture/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.yaml diff --git a/fixture/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse.proto b/fixture/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/DescribeImages.yaml b/fixture/DescribeImages.yaml --- a/fixture/DescribeImages.yaml +++ b/fixture/DescribeImages.yaml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ --- method: POST headers: - Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=ea8f58598dce54698495a7f261ab5b680e73ec6e9613402f0a96637ed126ed08 + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=e810ca5f5663b8744c0147849e18d90dcd8ecd55d144ba8c8e3ae4269ae8f1c9 Host: ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 - X-Amz-Content-SHA256: 01c42f59e20a5f3190f9f0e8ae4cfb7f43629324ebd3dc6f6790e14e956dcfec + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: 0492dc39feb964e763bac88cbf63daca20d8113880b84ace9aae14951cb777b2 X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z body: - Action=DescribeImages&Filter.1.Name=is-public&Filter.1.Value.1=true&Filter.2.Name=architecture&Filter.2.Value.1=x86_64&Filter.3.Name=platform&Filter.3.Value.1=windows&Version=2016-04-01 + Action=DescribeImages&Filter.1.Name=is-public&Filter.1.Value.1=true&Filter.2.Name=architecture&Filter.2.Value.1=x86_64&Filter.3.Name=platform&Filter.3.Value.1=windows&Version=2016-11-15 diff --git a/fixture/DescribeInstances.yaml b/fixture/DescribeInstances.yaml --- a/fixture/DescribeInstances.yaml +++ b/fixture/DescribeInstances.yaml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ --- method: POST headers: - Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=4147fd530af8dd5e89743523e077f60fcc101620e44cb9c0220bc2cafa3c202a + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=7c4a5eb8327a6a95a69451313f49b8eddd3fdc410915d93c8f91edb6ff0f5889 Host: ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 - X-Amz-Content-SHA256: d0ba373064877624eb8db3f772ea5ccac7a65f498eda10103d4a8fe984fb64bc + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: 04c1b478780e3048ac5af908d2df878415c39c89d3115f9836e9d5f53a69f94d X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z body: - Action=DescribeInstances&Filter.1.Name=instance-type&Filter.1.Value.1=m1.small&Filter.1.Value.2=m1.large&Filter.2.Name=block-device-mapping.status&Filter.2.Value.1=attached&InstanceId.1=i-foo&InstanceId.2=i-bar&InstanceId.3=i-baz&Version=2016-04-01 + Action=DescribeInstances&Filter.1.Name=instance-type&Filter.1.Value.1=m1.small&Filter.1.Value.2=m1.large&Filter.2.Name=block-device-mapping.status&Filter.2.Value.1=attached&InstanceId.1=i-foo&InstanceId.2=i-bar&InstanceId.3=i-baz&Version=2016-11-15 diff --git a/fixture/DescribeVolumes.yaml b/fixture/DescribeVolumes.yaml --- a/fixture/DescribeVolumes.yaml +++ b/fixture/DescribeVolumes.yaml @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ --- method: POST headers: - Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=740f1e4fafcf032b5f6f28f05a9b0669379602ca8167f433196cb0b49e3edda4 + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=6ca922b3947bc1979267af0221937d7ec465c13b02115cf4b51b5ec6b81fdb0a Host: ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 - X-Amz-Content-SHA256: a93c2b78aa5af6ca356b358b67389be5a62246da855e823bb771b65fcdbd2464 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: 47762738fe3ef466cf1abd914fd0cf227a43196dc664120d78e05099c19270af X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z body: - Action=DescribeVolumes&Filter.1.Name=tag%3AName&Filter.1.Value.1=octopus&Filter.2.Name=tag%3ARole&Filter.2.Value.1=database&Filter.2.Value.2=server&Version=2016-04-01&VolumeId.1=foo&VolumeId.2=bar&VolumeId.3=baz + Action=DescribeVolumes&Filter.1.Name=tag%3AName&Filter.1.Value.1=octopus&Filter.2.Name=tag%3ARole&Filter.2.Value.1=database&Filter.2.Value.2=server&Version=2016-11-15&VolumeId.1=foo&VolumeId.2=bar&VolumeId.3=baz diff --git a/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCIdRBlock.yaml b/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCIdRBlock.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCIdRBlock.yaml diff --git a/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCIdRBlockResponse.proto b/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCIdRBlockResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCIdRBlockResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock.yaml b/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +method: POST +headers: + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=? + Host: ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com + Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: abcdef + X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z +body: + '' diff --git a/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse.proto b/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/DisassociateVPCCIdRBlock.yaml b/fixture/DisassociateVPCCIdRBlock.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DisassociateVPCCIdRBlock.yaml diff --git a/fixture/DisassociateVPCCIdRBlockResponse.proto b/fixture/DisassociateVPCCIdRBlockResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DisassociateVPCCIdRBlockResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/DisassociateVPCCidrBlock.yaml b/fixture/DisassociateVPCCidrBlock.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DisassociateVPCCidrBlock.yaml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +--- +method: POST +headers: + Authorization: AWS4-HMAC-SHA256 Credential=access/20091028/us-east-1/ec2/aws4_request, SignedHeaders=content-type;host;x-amz-content-sha256;x-amz-date, Signature=? + Host: ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com + Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded; charset=utf-8 + X-Amz-Content-SHA256: abcdef + X-Amz-Date: 20091028T223200Z +body: + '' diff --git a/fixture/DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse.proto b/fixture/DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.yaml b/fixture/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.yaml diff --git a/fixture/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse.proto b/fixture/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse.proto diff --git a/fixture/UnassignIPv6Addresses.yaml b/fixture/UnassignIPv6Addresses.yaml new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/UnassignIPv6Addresses.yaml diff --git a/fixture/UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse.proto b/fixture/UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse.proto new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/fixture/UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse.proto diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2.hs @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud +-- __Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud__ -- -- Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) provides resizable computing capacity in the Amazon Web Services (AWS) cloud. Using Amazon EC2 eliminates your need to invest in hardware up front, so you can develop and deploy applications faster. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2 ( -- * Service Configuration @@ -79,6 +80,9 @@ -- ** VolumeDeleted , volumeDeleted + -- ** VPCExists + , vpcExists + -- ** BundleTaskComplete , bundleTaskComplete @@ -130,6 +134,9 @@ -- ** DescribeTags (Paginated) , module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeTags + -- ** DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock + , module Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock + -- ** DetachNetworkInterface , module Network.AWS.EC2.DetachNetworkInterface @@ -154,6 +161,9 @@ -- ** CancelBundleTask , module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelBundleTask + -- ** AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + , module Network.AWS.EC2.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + -- ** ReleaseAddress , module Network.AWS.EC2.ReleaseAddress @@ -184,6 +194,9 @@ -- ** DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport , module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport + -- ** AssociateSubnetCidrBlock + , module Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateSubnetCidrBlock + -- ** RunScheduledInstances , module Network.AWS.EC2.RunScheduledInstances @@ -430,12 +443,18 @@ -- ** DisassociateAddress , module Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateAddress + -- ** DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + , module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + -- ** DeleteVPC , module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVPC -- ** CreateInstanceExportTask , module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateInstanceExportTask + -- ** AssociateVPCCidrBlock + , module Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateVPCCidrBlock + -- ** DescribeVPCAttribute , module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCAttribute @@ -496,6 +515,9 @@ -- ** CancelExportTask , module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelExportTask + -- ** DisassociateVPCCidrBlock + , module Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateVPCCidrBlock + -- ** DeleteNetworkInterface , module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteNetworkInterface @@ -589,6 +611,9 @@ -- ** GetConsoleScreenshot , module Network.AWS.EC2.GetConsoleScreenshot + -- ** AssignIPv6Addresses + , module Network.AWS.EC2.AssignIPv6Addresses + -- ** DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription , module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription @@ -637,6 +662,12 @@ -- ** RebootInstances , module Network.AWS.EC2.RebootInstances + -- ** UnassignIPv6Addresses + , module Network.AWS.EC2.UnassignIPv6Addresses + + -- ** DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + , module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + -- ** PurchaseHostReservation , module Network.AWS.EC2.PurchaseHostReservation @@ -679,6 +710,9 @@ -- ** ResetImageAttribute , module Network.AWS.EC2.ResetImageAttribute + -- ** CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + , module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + -- ** DescribeReservedInstancesModifications (Paginated) , module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeReservedInstancesModifications @@ -733,6 +767,9 @@ -- ** CreateKeyPair , module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateKeyPair + -- ** GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + , module Network.AWS.EC2.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + -- ** DeleteVolume , module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVolume @@ -741,7 +778,7 @@ -- * Types - -- ** Re-exported Types + -- ** Common , module Network.AWS.EC2.Internal -- ** AccountAttributeName @@ -882,6 +919,9 @@ -- ** NetworkInterfaceType , NetworkInterfaceType (..) + -- ** OfferingClassType + , OfferingClassType (..) + -- ** OfferingTypeValues , OfferingTypeValues (..) @@ -939,6 +979,9 @@ -- ** RuleAction , RuleAction (..) + -- ** Scope + , Scope (..) + -- ** ShutdownBehavior , ShutdownBehavior (..) @@ -963,6 +1006,9 @@ -- ** StatusType , StatusType (..) + -- ** SubnetCidrBlockStateCode + , SubnetCidrBlockStateCode (..) + -- ** SubnetState , SubnetState (..) @@ -981,6 +1027,9 @@ -- ** VPCAttributeName , VPCAttributeName (..) + -- ** VPCCidrBlockStateCode + , VPCCidrBlockStateCode (..) + -- ** VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode , VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode (..) @@ -1249,6 +1298,12 @@ , eibdsDeleteOnTermination , eibdsVolumeId + -- ** EgressOnlyInternetGateway + , EgressOnlyInternetGateway + , egressOnlyInternetGateway + , eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId + , eoigAttachments + -- ** EventInformation , EventInformation , eventInformation @@ -1394,14 +1449,25 @@ , ipUserIdGroupPairs , ipPrefixListIds , ipToPort + , ipIPv6Ranges , ipIPRanges , ipIPProtocol -- ** IPRange , IPRange , ipRange - , irCIdRIP + , irCidrIP + -- ** IPv6CidrBlock + , IPv6CidrBlock + , ipv6CidrBlock + , icbIPv6CidrBlock + + -- ** IPv6Range + , IPv6Range + , ipv6Range + , irCidrIPv6 + -- ** IdFormat , IdFormat , idFormat @@ -1587,6 +1653,11 @@ , iedTargetEnvironment , iedInstanceId + -- ** InstanceIPv6Address + , InstanceIPv6Address + , instanceIPv6Address + , iiaIPv6Address + -- ** InstanceMonitoring , InstanceMonitoring , instanceMonitoring @@ -1610,6 +1681,7 @@ , iniPrivateDNSName , iniDescription , iniAssociation + , iniIPv6Addresses -- ** InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation , InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation @@ -1636,10 +1708,12 @@ , inisAssociatePublicIPAddress , inisNetworkInterfaceId , inisSubnetId + , inisIPv6AddressCount , inisPrivateIPAddress , inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount , inisDescription , inisDeviceIndex + , inisIPv6Addresses -- ** InstancePrivateIPAddress , InstancePrivateIPAddress @@ -1796,12 +1870,13 @@ -- ** NetworkACLEntry , NetworkACLEntry , networkACLEntry + , naeIPv6CidrBlock , naeICMPTypeCode , naeRuleNumber , naeRuleAction , naeProtocol , naePortRange - , naeCIdRBlock + , naeCidrBlock , naeEgress -- ** NetworkInterface @@ -1826,6 +1901,7 @@ , niRequesterId , niDescription , niAssociation + , niIPv6Addresses -- ** NetworkInterfaceAssociation , NetworkInterfaceAssociation @@ -1853,6 +1929,11 @@ , niacDeleteOnTermination , niacAttachmentId + -- ** NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address + , NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address + , networkInterfaceIPv6Address + , niiaIPv6Address + -- ** NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress , NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress , networkInterfacePrivateIPAddress @@ -1906,7 +1987,7 @@ -- ** PrefixList , PrefixList , prefixList - , plCIdRs + , plCidrs , plPrefixListId , plPrefixListName @@ -2021,12 +2102,25 @@ , rReservationId , rOwnerId + -- ** ReservationValue + , ReservationValue + , reservationValue + , rvHourlyPrice + , rvRemainingTotalValue + , rvRemainingUpfrontValue + -- ** ReservedInstanceLimitPrice , ReservedInstanceLimitPrice , reservedInstanceLimitPrice , rilpAmount , rilpCurrencyCode + -- ** ReservedInstanceReservationValue + , ReservedInstanceReservationValue + , reservedInstanceReservationValue + , rirvReservationValue + , rirvReservedInstanceId + -- ** ReservedInstances , ReservedInstances , reservedInstances @@ -2038,12 +2132,14 @@ , riInstanceType , riEnd , riAvailabilityZone + , riScope , riRecurringCharges , riOfferingType , riUsagePrice , riFixedPrice , riReservedInstancesId , riInstanceTenancy + , riOfferingClass , riDuration , riTags @@ -2054,6 +2150,7 @@ , ricInstanceCount , ricInstanceType , ricAvailabilityZone + , ricScope -- ** ReservedInstancesId , ReservedInstancesId @@ -2102,12 +2199,14 @@ , rioInstanceType , rioAvailabilityZone , rioPricingDetails + , rioScope , rioRecurringCharges , rioOfferingType , rioUsagePrice , rioFixedPrice , rioInstanceTenancy , rioReservedInstancesOfferingId + , rioOfferingClass , rioDuration -- ** Route @@ -2117,12 +2216,14 @@ , rInstanceId , rOrigin , rState + , rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId + , rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock , rNatGatewayId , rNetworkInterfaceId , rGatewayId , rInstanceOwnerId , rDestinationPrefixListId - , rDestinationCIdRBlock + , rDestinationCidrBlock -- ** RouteTable , RouteTable @@ -2234,6 +2335,11 @@ , siiapARN , siiapName + -- ** ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address + , ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address + , scheduledInstancesIPv6Address + , siiaIPv6Address + -- ** ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification , ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification , scheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification @@ -2266,10 +2372,12 @@ , siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs , siniNetworkInterfaceId , siniSubnetId + , siniIPv6AddressCount , siniPrivateIPAddress , siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount , siniDescription , siniDeviceIndex + , siniIPv6Addresses -- ** ScheduledInstancesPlacement , ScheduledInstancesPlacement @@ -2511,16 +2619,31 @@ -- ** Subnet , Subnet , subnet + , subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet + , subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation , subMapPublicIPOnLaunch , subDefaultForAz , subTags , subAvailabilityZone , subAvailableIPAddressCount - , subCIdRBlock + , subCidrBlock , subState , subSubnetId , subVPCId + -- ** SubnetCidrBlockState + , SubnetCidrBlockState + , subnetCidrBlockState + , scbsState + , scbsStatusMessage + + -- ** SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , subnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , sicbaAssociationId + , sicbaIPv6CidrBlock + , sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState + -- ** Tag , Tag , tag @@ -2535,6 +2658,24 @@ , tdKey , tdValue + -- ** TargetConfiguration + , TargetConfiguration + , targetConfiguration + , tcInstanceCount + , tcOfferingId + + -- ** TargetConfigurationRequest + , TargetConfigurationRequest + , targetConfigurationRequest + , tcrInstanceCount + , tcrOfferingId + + -- ** TargetReservationValue + , TargetReservationValue + , targetReservationValue + , trvReservationValue + , trvTargetConfiguration + -- ** UnsuccessfulItem , UnsuccessfulItem , unsuccessfulItem @@ -2586,9 +2727,10 @@ -- ** VPC , VPC , vpc + , vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet , vpcTags , vpcIsDefault - , vpcCIdRBlock + , vpcCidrBlock , vpcDHCPOptionsId , vpcInstanceTenancy , vpcState @@ -2600,6 +2742,12 @@ , vaState , vaVPCId + -- ** VPCCidrBlockState + , VPCCidrBlockState + , vpcCidrBlockState + , vcbsState + , vcbsStatusMessage + -- ** VPCClassicLink , VPCClassicLink , vpcClassicLink @@ -2618,6 +2766,13 @@ , veVPCEndpointId , veRouteTableIds + -- ** VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , vicbaAssociationId + , vicbaIPv6CidrBlock + , vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState + -- ** VPCPeeringConnection , VPCPeeringConnection , vpcPeeringConnection @@ -2647,7 +2802,8 @@ , vpcviVPCId , vpcviOwnerId , vpcviPeeringOptions - , vpcviCIdRBlock + , vpcviCidrBlock + , vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet -- ** VPNConnection , VPNConnection @@ -2688,7 +2844,7 @@ , vpnStaticRoute , vsrState , vsrSource - , vsrDestinationCIdRBlock + , vsrDestinationCidrBlock -- ** Volume , Volume @@ -2760,13 +2916,17 @@ , vsiVolumeId ) where +import Network.AWS.EC2.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote import Network.AWS.EC2.AcceptVPCPeeringConnection import Network.AWS.EC2.AllocateAddress import Network.AWS.EC2.AllocateHosts +import Network.AWS.EC2.AssignIPv6Addresses import Network.AWS.EC2.AssignPrivateIPAddresses import Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateAddress import Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateDHCPOptions import Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateRouteTable +import Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateSubnetCidrBlock +import Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateVPCCidrBlock import Network.AWS.EC2.AttachClassicLinkVPC import Network.AWS.EC2.AttachInternetGateway import Network.AWS.EC2.AttachNetworkInterface @@ -2787,6 +2947,7 @@ import Network.AWS.EC2.CopySnapshot import Network.AWS.EC2.CreateCustomerGateway import Network.AWS.EC2.CreateDHCPOptions +import Network.AWS.EC2.CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway import Network.AWS.EC2.CreateFlowLogs import Network.AWS.EC2.CreateImage import Network.AWS.EC2.CreateInstanceExportTask @@ -2814,6 +2975,7 @@ import Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVPNGateway import Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteCustomerGateway import Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteDHCPOptions +import Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway import Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteFlowLogs import Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteInternetGateway import Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteKeyPair @@ -2845,6 +3007,7 @@ import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeCustomerGateways import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeDHCPOptions +import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeExportTasks import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeFlowLogs import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeHostReservationOfferings @@ -2911,6 +3074,8 @@ import Network.AWS.EC2.DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport import Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateAddress import Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateRouteTable +import Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock +import Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateVPCCidrBlock import Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVGWRoutePropagation import Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVolumeIO import Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVPCClassicLink @@ -2919,6 +3084,7 @@ import Network.AWS.EC2.GetConsoleScreenshot import Network.AWS.EC2.GetHostReservationPurchasePreview import Network.AWS.EC2.GetPasswordData +import Network.AWS.EC2.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote import Network.AWS.EC2.ImportImage import Network.AWS.EC2.ImportInstance import Network.AWS.EC2.ImportKeyPair @@ -2970,6 +3136,7 @@ import Network.AWS.EC2.StopInstances import Network.AWS.EC2.TerminateInstances import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.UnassignIPv6Addresses import Network.AWS.EC2.UnassignPrivateIPAddresses import Network.AWS.EC2.UnmonitorInstances import Network.AWS.EC2.Waiters diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.hs @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the 'GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' call. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + ( + -- * Creating a Request + acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + , AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + -- * Request Lenses + , arieqTargetConfigurations + , arieqDryRun + , arieqReservedInstanceIds + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse + , AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , arieqrsExchangeId + , arieqrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | Contains the parameters for accepting the quote. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' smart constructor. +data AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' + { _arieqTargetConfigurations :: !(Maybe [TargetConfigurationRequest]) + , _arieqDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _arieqReservedInstanceIds :: ![Text] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'arieqTargetConfigurations' - The configurations of the Convertible Reserved Instance offerings that you are purchasing in this exchange. +-- +-- * 'arieqDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'arieqReservedInstanceIds' - The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange for other Convertible Reserved Instances of the same or higher value. +acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + :: AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote +acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = + AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' + { _arieqTargetConfigurations = Nothing + , _arieqDryRun = Nothing + , _arieqReservedInstanceIds = mempty + } + +-- | The configurations of the Convertible Reserved Instance offerings that you are purchasing in this exchange. +arieqTargetConfigurations :: Lens' AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote [TargetConfigurationRequest] +arieqTargetConfigurations = lens _arieqTargetConfigurations (\ s a -> s{_arieqTargetConfigurations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +arieqDryRun :: Lens' AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote (Maybe Bool) +arieqDryRun = lens _arieqDryRun (\ s a -> s{_arieqDryRun = a}); + +-- | The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange for other Convertible Reserved Instances of the same or higher value. +arieqReservedInstanceIds :: Lens' AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote [Text] +arieqReservedInstanceIds = lens _arieqReservedInstanceIds (\ s a -> s{_arieqReservedInstanceIds = a}) . _Coerce; + +instance AWSRequest + AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote where + type Rs AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = + AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' <$> + (x .@? "exchangeId") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable + AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + +instance NFData AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + +instance ToHeaders + AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + where + toQuery AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote" :: + ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + toQuery + (toQueryList "TargetConfiguration" <$> + _arieqTargetConfigurations), + "DryRun" =: _arieqDryRun, + toQueryList "ReservedInstanceId" + _arieqReservedInstanceIds] + +-- | The result of the exchange and whether it was @successful@ . +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' smart constructor. +data AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse = AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' + { _arieqrsExchangeId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _arieqrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'arieqrsExchangeId' - The ID of the successful exchange. +-- +-- * 'arieqrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'arieqrsResponseStatus' + -> AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse +acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse pResponseStatus_ = + AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' + { _arieqrsExchangeId = Nothing + , _arieqrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | The ID of the successful exchange. +arieqrsExchangeId :: Lens' AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse (Maybe Text) +arieqrsExchangeId = lens _arieqrsExchangeId (\ s a -> s{_arieqrsExchangeId = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +arieqrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse Int +arieqrsResponseStatus = lens _arieqrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_arieqrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData + AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AcceptVPCPeeringConnection.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AcceptVPCPeeringConnection.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AcceptVPCPeeringConnection.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AcceptVPCPeeringConnection.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Accept a VPC peering connection request. To accept a request, the VPC peering connection must be in the 'pending-acceptance' state, and you must be the owner of the peer VPC. Use the 'DescribeVpcPeeringConnections' request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. +-- Accept a VPC peering connection request. To accept a request, the VPC peering connection must be in the @pending-acceptance@ state, and you must be the owner of the peer VPC. Use the @DescribeVpcPeeringConnections@ request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AcceptVPCPeeringConnection ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AcceptVpcPeeringConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'acceptVPCPeeringConnection' smart constructor. data AcceptVPCPeeringConnection = AcceptVPCPeeringConnection' { _avpcVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'avpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' +-- * 'avpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of the VPC peering connection. -- --- * 'avpcDryRun' +-- * 'avpcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . acceptVPCPeeringConnection :: AcceptVPCPeeringConnection acceptVPCPeeringConnection = @@ -70,7 +74,7 @@ avpcVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' AcceptVPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Text) avpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _avpcVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_avpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . avpcDryRun :: Lens' AcceptVPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Bool) avpcDryRun = lens _avpcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_avpcDryRun = a}); @@ -100,13 +104,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AcceptVpcPeeringConnection" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VpcPeeringConnectionId" =: _avpcVPCPeeringConnectionId, "DryRun" =: _avpcDryRun] -- | Contains the output of AcceptVpcPeeringConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'acceptVPCPeeringConnectionResponse' smart constructor. data AcceptVPCPeeringConnectionResponse = AcceptVPCPeeringConnectionResponse' { _avpcrsVPCPeeringConnection :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnection) @@ -117,9 +123,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'avpcrsVPCPeeringConnection' +-- * 'avpcrsVPCPeeringConnection' - Information about the VPC peering connection. -- --- * 'avpcrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'avpcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. acceptVPCPeeringConnectionResponse :: Int -- ^ 'avpcrsResponseStatus' -> AcceptVPCPeeringConnectionResponse @@ -133,7 +139,7 @@ avpcrsVPCPeeringConnection :: Lens' AcceptVPCPeeringConnectionResponse (Maybe VPCPeeringConnection) avpcrsVPCPeeringConnection = lens _avpcrsVPCPeeringConnection (\ s a -> s{_avpcrsVPCPeeringConnection = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. avpcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AcceptVPCPeeringConnectionResponse Int avpcrsResponseStatus = lens _avpcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_avpcrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AllocateAddress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AllocateAddress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AllocateAddress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AllocateAddress.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Acquires an Elastic IP address. -- --- An Elastic IP address is for use either in the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- An Elastic IP address is for use either in the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AllocateAddress ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AllocateAddress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'allocateAddress' smart constructor. data AllocateAddress = AllocateAddress' { _aaDomain :: !(Maybe DomainType) @@ -59,9 +63,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'aaDomain' +-- * 'aaDomain' - Set to @vpc@ to allocate the address for use with instances in a VPC. Default: The address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic. -- --- * 'aaDryRun' +-- * 'aaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . allocateAddress :: AllocateAddress allocateAddress = @@ -70,13 +74,11 @@ , _aaDryRun = Nothing } --- | Set to 'vpc' to allocate the address for use with instances in a VPC. --- --- Default: The address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic. +-- | Set to @vpc@ to allocate the address for use with instances in a VPC. Default: The address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic. aaDomain :: Lens' AllocateAddress (Maybe DomainType) aaDomain = lens _aaDomain (\ s a -> s{_aaDomain = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . aaDryRun :: Lens' AllocateAddress (Maybe Bool) aaDryRun = lens _aaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_aaDryRun = a}); @@ -105,11 +107,13 @@ toQuery AllocateAddress'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AllocateAddress" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Domain" =: _aaDomain, "DryRun" =: _aaDryRun] -- | Contains the output of AllocateAddress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'allocateAddressResponse' smart constructor. data AllocateAddressResponse = AllocateAddressResponse' { _aarsAllocationId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -122,13 +126,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'aarsAllocationId' +-- * 'aarsAllocationId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID that AWS assigns to represent the allocation of the Elastic IP address for use with instances in a VPC. -- --- * 'aarsDomain' +-- * 'aarsDomain' - Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic (@standard@ ) or instances in a VPC (@vpc@ ). -- --- * 'aarsPublicIP' +-- * 'aarsPublicIP' - The Elastic IP address. -- --- * 'aarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'aarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. allocateAddressResponse :: Int -- ^ 'aarsResponseStatus' -> AllocateAddressResponse @@ -144,7 +148,7 @@ aarsAllocationId :: Lens' AllocateAddressResponse (Maybe Text) aarsAllocationId = lens _aarsAllocationId (\ s a -> s{_aarsAllocationId = a}); --- | Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic ('standard') or instances in a VPC ('vpc'). +-- | Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic (@standard@ ) or instances in a VPC (@vpc@ ). aarsDomain :: Lens' AllocateAddressResponse (Maybe DomainType) aarsDomain = lens _aarsDomain (\ s a -> s{_aarsDomain = a}); @@ -152,7 +156,7 @@ aarsPublicIP :: Lens' AllocateAddressResponse (Maybe Text) aarsPublicIP = lens _aarsPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_aarsPublicIP = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. aarsResponseStatus :: Lens' AllocateAddressResponse Int aarsResponseStatus = lens _aarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_aarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AllocateHosts.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AllocateHosts.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AllocateHosts.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AllocateHosts.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account. At minimum you need to specify the instance size type, Availability Zone, and quantity of hosts you want to allocate. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AllocateHosts ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AllocateHosts. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'allocateHosts' smart constructor. data AllocateHosts = AllocateHosts' { _ahClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -61,15 +65,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ahClientToken' +-- * 'ahClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'ahAutoPlacement' +-- * 'ahAutoPlacement' - This is enabled by default. This property allows instances to be automatically placed onto available Dedicated Hosts, when you are launching instances without specifying a host ID. Default: Enabled -- --- * 'ahInstanceType' +-- * 'ahInstanceType' - Specify the instance type that you want your Dedicated Hosts to be configured for. When you specify the instance type, that is the only instance type that you can launch onto that host. -- --- * 'ahQuantity' +-- * 'ahQuantity' - The number of Dedicated Hosts you want to allocate to your account with these parameters. -- --- * 'ahAvailabilityZone' +-- * 'ahAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone for the Dedicated Hosts. allocateHosts :: Text -- ^ 'ahInstanceType' -> Int -- ^ 'ahQuantity' @@ -84,13 +88,11 @@ , _ahAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ } --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . ahClientToken :: Lens' AllocateHosts (Maybe Text) ahClientToken = lens _ahClientToken (\ s a -> s{_ahClientToken = a}); --- | This is enabled by default. This property allows instances to be automatically placed onto available Dedicated Hosts, when you are launching instances without specifying a host ID. --- --- Default: Enabled +-- | This is enabled by default. This property allows instances to be automatically placed onto available Dedicated Hosts, when you are launching instances without specifying a host ID. Default: Enabled ahAutoPlacement :: Lens' AllocateHosts (Maybe AutoPlacement) ahAutoPlacement = lens _ahAutoPlacement (\ s a -> s{_ahAutoPlacement = a}); @@ -131,7 +133,7 @@ toQuery AllocateHosts'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AllocateHosts" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ClientToken" =: _ahClientToken, "AutoPlacement" =: _ahAutoPlacement, "InstanceType" =: _ahInstanceType, @@ -140,6 +142,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of AllocateHosts. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'allocateHostsResponse' smart constructor. data AllocateHostsResponse = AllocateHostsResponse' { _ahrsHostIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -150,9 +154,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ahrsHostIds' +-- * 'ahrsHostIds' - The ID of the allocated Dedicated Host. This is used when you want to launch an instance onto a specific host. -- --- * 'ahrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'ahrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. allocateHostsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'ahrsResponseStatus' -> AllocateHostsResponse @@ -166,7 +170,7 @@ ahrsHostIds :: Lens' AllocateHostsResponse [Text] ahrsHostIds = lens _ahrsHostIds (\ s a -> s{_ahrsHostIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. ahrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AllocateHostsResponse Int ahrsResponseStatus = lens _ahrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ahrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssignIPv6Addresses.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssignIPv6Addresses.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssignIPv6Addresses.hs @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.AssignIPv6Addresses +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Assigns one or more IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface. You can specify one or more specific IPv6 addresses, or you can specify the number of IPv6 addresses to be automatically assigned from within the subnet's IPv6 CIDR block range. You can assign as many IPv6 addresses to a network interface as you can assign private IPv4 addresses, and the limit varies per instance type. For information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.AssignIPv6Addresses + ( + -- * Creating a Request + assignIPv6Addresses + , AssignIPv6Addresses + -- * Request Lenses + , aiaIPv6AddressCount + , aiaIPv6Addresses + , aiaNetworkInterfaceId + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , assignIPv6AddressesResponse + , AssignIPv6AddressesResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , aiarsNetworkInterfaceId + , aiarsAssignedIPv6Addresses + , aiarsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'assignIPv6Addresses' smart constructor. +data AssignIPv6Addresses = AssignIPv6Addresses' + { _aiaIPv6AddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _aiaIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _aiaNetworkInterfaceId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AssignIPv6Addresses' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'aiaIPv6AddressCount' - The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. +-- +-- * 'aiaIPv6Addresses' - One or more specific IPv6 addresses to be assigned to the network interface. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses. +-- +-- * 'aiaNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +assignIPv6Addresses + :: Text -- ^ 'aiaNetworkInterfaceId' + -> AssignIPv6Addresses +assignIPv6Addresses pNetworkInterfaceId_ = + AssignIPv6Addresses' + { _aiaIPv6AddressCount = Nothing + , _aiaIPv6Addresses = Nothing + , _aiaNetworkInterfaceId = pNetworkInterfaceId_ + } + +-- | The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. +aiaIPv6AddressCount :: Lens' AssignIPv6Addresses (Maybe Int) +aiaIPv6AddressCount = lens _aiaIPv6AddressCount (\ s a -> s{_aiaIPv6AddressCount = a}); + +-- | One or more specific IPv6 addresses to be assigned to the network interface. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses. +aiaIPv6Addresses :: Lens' AssignIPv6Addresses [Text] +aiaIPv6Addresses = lens _aiaIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_aiaIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +aiaNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' AssignIPv6Addresses Text +aiaNetworkInterfaceId = lens _aiaNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_aiaNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +instance AWSRequest AssignIPv6Addresses where + type Rs AssignIPv6Addresses = + AssignIPv6AddressesResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + AssignIPv6AddressesResponse' <$> + (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") <*> + (x .@? "assignedIpv6Addresses" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable AssignIPv6Addresses + +instance NFData AssignIPv6Addresses + +instance ToHeaders AssignIPv6Addresses where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath AssignIPv6Addresses where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AssignIPv6Addresses where + toQuery AssignIPv6Addresses'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("AssignIpv6Addresses" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "Ipv6AddressCount" =: _aiaIPv6AddressCount, + toQuery + (toQueryList "Ipv6Addresses" <$> _aiaIPv6Addresses), + "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _aiaNetworkInterfaceId] + +-- | /See:/ 'assignIPv6AddressesResponse' smart constructor. +data AssignIPv6AddressesResponse = AssignIPv6AddressesResponse' + { _aiarsNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aiarsAssignedIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _aiarsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AssignIPv6AddressesResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'aiarsNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'aiarsAssignedIPv6Addresses' - The IPv6 addresses assigned to the network interface. +-- +-- * 'aiarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +assignIPv6AddressesResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'aiarsResponseStatus' + -> AssignIPv6AddressesResponse +assignIPv6AddressesResponse pResponseStatus_ = + AssignIPv6AddressesResponse' + { _aiarsNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _aiarsAssignedIPv6Addresses = Nothing + , _aiarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +aiarsNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' AssignIPv6AddressesResponse (Maybe Text) +aiarsNetworkInterfaceId = lens _aiarsNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_aiarsNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 addresses assigned to the network interface. +aiarsAssignedIPv6Addresses :: Lens' AssignIPv6AddressesResponse [Text] +aiarsAssignedIPv6Addresses = lens _aiarsAssignedIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_aiarsAssignedIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | -- | The response status code. +aiarsResponseStatus :: Lens' AssignIPv6AddressesResponse Int +aiarsResponseStatus = lens _aiarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_aiarsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData AssignIPv6AddressesResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssignPrivateIPAddresses.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssignPrivateIPAddresses.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssignPrivateIPAddresses.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssignPrivateIPAddresses.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Assigns one or more secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface. You can specify one or more specific secondary IP addresses, or you can specify the number of secondary IP addresses to be automatically assigned within the subnet\'s CIDR block range. The number of secondary IP addresses that you can assign to an instance varies by instance type. For information about instance types, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. For more information about Elastic IP addresses, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Assigns one or more secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface. You can specify one or more specific secondary IP addresses, or you can specify the number of secondary IP addresses to be automatically assigned within the subnet's CIDR block range. The number of secondary IP addresses that you can assign to an instance varies by instance type. For information about instance types, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . For more information about Elastic IP addresses, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- +-- -- AssignPrivateIpAddresses is available only in EC2-VPC. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AssignPrivateIPAddresses ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AssignPrivateIpAddresses. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'assignPrivateIPAddresses' smart constructor. data AssignPrivateIPAddresses = AssignPrivateIPAddresses' { _apiaPrivateIPAddresses :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -58,13 +62,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'apiaPrivateIPAddresses' +-- * 'apiaPrivateIPAddresses' - One or more IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying a number of secondary IP addresses. If you don't specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 automatically selects an IP address within the subnet range. -- --- * 'apiaAllowReassignment' +-- * 'apiaAllowReassignment' - Indicates whether to allow an IP address that is already assigned to another network interface or instance to be reassigned to the specified network interface. -- --- * 'apiaSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount' +-- * 'apiaSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount' - The number of secondary IP addresses to assign to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses. -- --- * 'apiaNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'apiaNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. assignPrivateIPAddresses :: Text -- ^ 'apiaNetworkInterfaceId' -> AssignPrivateIPAddresses @@ -76,9 +80,7 @@ , _apiaNetworkInterfaceId = pNetworkInterfaceId_ } --- | One or more IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address to the network interface. You can\'t specify this parameter when also specifying a number of secondary IP addresses. --- --- If you don\'t specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 automatically selects an IP address within the subnet range. +-- | One or more IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying a number of secondary IP addresses. If you don't specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 automatically selects an IP address within the subnet range. apiaPrivateIPAddresses :: Lens' AssignPrivateIPAddresses [Text] apiaPrivateIPAddresses = lens _apiaPrivateIPAddresses (\ s a -> s{_apiaPrivateIPAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -86,7 +88,7 @@ apiaAllowReassignment :: Lens' AssignPrivateIPAddresses (Maybe Bool) apiaAllowReassignment = lens _apiaAllowReassignment (\ s a -> s{_apiaAllowReassignment = a}); --- | The number of secondary IP addresses to assign to the network interface. You can\'t specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses. +-- | The number of secondary IP addresses to assign to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses. apiaSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: Lens' AssignPrivateIPAddresses (Maybe Int) apiaSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = lens _apiaSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount (\ s a -> s{_apiaSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = a}); @@ -116,7 +118,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AssignPrivateIpAddresses" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "PrivateIpAddress" <$> _apiaPrivateIPAddresses), diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateAddress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateAddress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateAddress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateAddress.hs @@ -20,13 +20,15 @@ -- -- Associates an Elastic IP address with an instance or a network interface. -- --- An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -- +-- An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- -- [EC2-Classic, VPC in an EC2-VPC-only account] If the Elastic IP address is already associated with a different instance, it is disassociated from that instance and associated with the specified instance. -- --- [VPC in an EC2-Classic account] If you don\'t specify a private IP address, the Elastic IP address is associated with the primary IP address. If the Elastic IP address is already associated with a different instance or a network interface, you get an error unless you allow reassociation. +-- [VPC in an EC2-Classic account] If you don't specify a private IP address, the Elastic IP address is associated with the primary IP address. If the Elastic IP address is already associated with a different instance or a network interface, you get an error unless you allow reassociation. -- --- This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn\'t return an error. +-- /Important:/ This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error, and you may be charged for each time the Elastic IP address is remapped to the same instance. For more information, see the /Elastic IP Addresses/ section of . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateAddress ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -58,6 +60,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AssociateAddress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'associateAddress' smart constructor. data AssociateAddress = AssociateAddress' { _aasInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -73,19 +77,19 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'aasInstanceId' +-- * 'aasInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. This is required for EC2-Classic. For EC2-VPC, you can specify either the instance ID or the network interface ID, but not both. The operation fails if you specify an instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached. -- --- * 'aasAllocationId' +-- * 'aasAllocationId' - [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID. This is required for EC2-VPC. -- --- * 'aasNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'aasNetworkInterfaceId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the network interface. If the instance has more than one network interface, you must specify a network interface ID. -- --- * 'aasAllowReassociation' +-- * 'aasAllowReassociation' - [EC2-VPC] For a VPC in an EC2-Classic account, specify true to allow an Elastic IP address that is already associated with an instance or network interface to be reassociated with the specified instance or network interface. Otherwise, the operation fails. In a VPC in an EC2-VPC-only account, reassociation is automatic, therefore you can specify false to ensure the operation fails if the Elastic IP address is already associated with another resource. -- --- * 'aasPrivateIPAddress' +-- * 'aasPrivateIPAddress' - [EC2-VPC] The primary or secondary private IP address to associate with the Elastic IP address. If no private IP address is specified, the Elastic IP address is associated with the primary private IP address. -- --- * 'aasPublicIP' +-- * 'aasPublicIP' - The Elastic IP address. This is required for EC2-Classic. -- --- * 'aasDryRun' +-- * 'aasDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . associateAddress :: AssociateAddress associateAddress = @@ -123,7 +127,7 @@ aasPublicIP :: Lens' AssociateAddress (Maybe Text) aasPublicIP = lens _aasPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_aasPublicIP = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . aasDryRun :: Lens' AssociateAddress (Maybe Bool) aasDryRun = lens _aasDryRun (\ s a -> s{_aasDryRun = a}); @@ -150,7 +154,7 @@ toQuery AssociateAddress'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AssociateAddress" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "InstanceId" =: _aasInstanceId, "AllocationId" =: _aasAllocationId, "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _aasNetworkInterfaceId, @@ -160,6 +164,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of AssociateAddress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'associateAddressResponse' smart constructor. data AssociateAddressResponse = AssociateAddressResponse' { _arsAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -170,9 +176,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'arsAssociationId' +-- * 'arsAssociationId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID that represents the association of the Elastic IP address with an instance. -- --- * 'arsResponseStatus' +-- * 'arsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. associateAddressResponse :: Int -- ^ 'arsResponseStatus' -> AssociateAddressResponse @@ -186,7 +192,7 @@ arsAssociationId :: Lens' AssociateAddressResponse (Maybe Text) arsAssociationId = lens _arsAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_arsAssociationId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. arsResponseStatus :: Lens' AssociateAddressResponse Int arsResponseStatus = lens _arsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_arsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateDHCPOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateDHCPOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateDHCPOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateDHCPOptions.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Associates a set of DHCP options (that you\'ve previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC. +-- Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC. -- --- After you associate the options with the VPC, any existing instances and all new instances that you launch in that VPC use the options. You don\'t need to restart or relaunch the instances. They automatically pick up the changes within a few hours, depending on how frequently the instance renews its DHCP lease. You can explicitly renew the lease using the operating system on the instance. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- After you associate the options with the VPC, any existing instances and all new instances that you launch in that VPC use the options. You don't need to restart or relaunch the instances. They automatically pick up the changes within a few hours, depending on how frequently the instance renews its DHCP lease. You can explicitly renew the lease using the operating system on the instance. +-- +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateDHCPOptions ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AssociateDhcpOptions. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'associateDHCPOptions' smart constructor. data AssociateDHCPOptions = AssociateDHCPOptions' { _adoDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -58,11 +62,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'adoDryRun' +-- * 'adoDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'adoDHCPOptionsId' +-- * 'adoDHCPOptionsId' - The ID of the DHCP options set, or @default@ to associate no DHCP options with the VPC. -- --- * 'adoVPCId' +-- * 'adoVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. associateDHCPOptions :: Text -- ^ 'adoDHCPOptionsId' -> Text -- ^ 'adoVPCId' @@ -74,11 +78,11 @@ , _adoVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . adoDryRun :: Lens' AssociateDHCPOptions (Maybe Bool) adoDryRun = lens _adoDryRun (\ s a -> s{_adoDryRun = a}); --- | The ID of the DHCP options set, or 'default' to associate no DHCP options with the VPC. +-- | The ID of the DHCP options set, or @default@ to associate no DHCP options with the VPC. adoDHCPOptionsId :: Lens' AssociateDHCPOptions Text adoDHCPOptionsId = lens _adoDHCPOptionsId (\ s a -> s{_adoDHCPOptionsId = a}); @@ -106,7 +110,7 @@ toQuery AssociateDHCPOptions'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AssociateDhcpOptions" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _adoDryRun, "DhcpOptionsId" =: _adoDHCPOptionsId, "VpcId" =: _adoVPCId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateRouteTable.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateRouteTable.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateRouteTable.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateRouteTable.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Associates a subnet with a route table. The subnet and route table must be in the same VPC. This association causes traffic originating from the subnet to be routed according to the routes in the route table. The action returns an association ID, which you need in order to disassociate the route table from the subnet later. A route table can be associated with multiple subnets. -- --- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateRouteTable ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AssociateRouteTable. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'associateRouteTable' smart constructor. data AssociateRouteTable = AssociateRouteTable' { _artDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'artDryRun' +-- * 'artDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'artSubnetId' +-- * 'artSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. -- --- * 'artRouteTableId' +-- * 'artRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table. associateRouteTable :: Text -- ^ 'artSubnetId' -> Text -- ^ 'artRouteTableId' @@ -75,7 +79,7 @@ , _artRouteTableId = pRouteTableId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . artDryRun :: Lens' AssociateRouteTable (Maybe Bool) artDryRun = lens _artDryRun (\ s a -> s{_artDryRun = a}); @@ -111,12 +115,14 @@ toQuery AssociateRouteTable'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AssociateRouteTable" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _artDryRun, "SubnetId" =: _artSubnetId, "RouteTableId" =: _artRouteTableId] -- | Contains the output of AssociateRouteTable. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'associateRouteTableResponse' smart constructor. data AssociateRouteTableResponse = AssociateRouteTableResponse' { _artrsAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -127,9 +133,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'artrsAssociationId' +-- * 'artrsAssociationId' - The route table association ID (needed to disassociate the route table). -- --- * 'artrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'artrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. associateRouteTableResponse :: Int -- ^ 'artrsResponseStatus' -> AssociateRouteTableResponse @@ -143,7 +149,7 @@ artrsAssociationId :: Lens' AssociateRouteTableResponse (Maybe Text) artrsAssociationId = lens _artrsAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_artrsAssociationId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. artrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AssociateRouteTableResponse Int artrsResponseStatus = lens _artrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_artrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock.hs @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateSubnetCidrBlock +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Associates a CIDR block with your subnet. You can only associate a single IPv6 CIDR block with your subnet. An IPv6 CIDR block must have a prefix length of /64. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateSubnetCidrBlock + ( + -- * Creating a Request + associateSubnetCidrBlock + , AssociateSubnetCidrBlock + -- * Request Lenses + , ascbSubnetId + , ascbIPv6CidrBlock + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , associateSubnetCidrBlockResponse + , AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ascbrsSubnetId + , ascbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , ascbrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'associateSubnetCidrBlock' smart constructor. +data AssociateSubnetCidrBlock = AssociateSubnetCidrBlock' + { _ascbSubnetId :: !Text + , _ascbIPv6CidrBlock :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AssociateSubnetCidrBlock' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ascbSubnetId' - The ID of your subnet. +-- +-- * 'ascbIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 CIDR block for your subnet. The subnet must have a /64 prefix length. +associateSubnetCidrBlock + :: Text -- ^ 'ascbSubnetId' + -> Text -- ^ 'ascbIPv6CidrBlock' + -> AssociateSubnetCidrBlock +associateSubnetCidrBlock pSubnetId_ pIPv6CidrBlock_ = + AssociateSubnetCidrBlock' + { _ascbSubnetId = pSubnetId_ + , _ascbIPv6CidrBlock = pIPv6CidrBlock_ + } + +-- | The ID of your subnet. +ascbSubnetId :: Lens' AssociateSubnetCidrBlock Text +ascbSubnetId = lens _ascbSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_ascbSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR block for your subnet. The subnet must have a /64 prefix length. +ascbIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' AssociateSubnetCidrBlock Text +ascbIPv6CidrBlock = lens _ascbIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_ascbIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +instance AWSRequest AssociateSubnetCidrBlock where + type Rs AssociateSubnetCidrBlock = + AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' <$> + (x .@? "subnetId") <*> + (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockAssociation") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable AssociateSubnetCidrBlock + +instance NFData AssociateSubnetCidrBlock + +instance ToHeaders AssociateSubnetCidrBlock where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath AssociateSubnetCidrBlock where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AssociateSubnetCidrBlock where + toQuery AssociateSubnetCidrBlock'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("AssociateSubnetCidrBlock" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "SubnetId" =: _ascbSubnetId, + "Ipv6CidrBlock" =: _ascbIPv6CidrBlock] + +-- | /See:/ 'associateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' smart constructor. +data AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse = AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' + { _ascbrsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ascbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation :: !(Maybe SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation) + , _ascbrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ascbrsSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'ascbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' - Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association. +-- +-- * 'ascbrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +associateSubnetCidrBlockResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ascbrsResponseStatus' + -> AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse +associateSubnetCidrBlockResponse pResponseStatus_ = + AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' + { _ascbrsSubnetId = Nothing + , _ascbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = Nothing + , _ascbrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | The ID of the subnet. +ascbrsSubnetId :: Lens' AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse (Maybe Text) +ascbrsSubnetId = lens _ascbrsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_ascbrsSubnetId = a}); + +-- | Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association. +ascbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation :: Lens' AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse (Maybe SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation) +ascbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = lens _ascbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (\ s a -> s{_ascbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +ascbrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse Int +ascbrsResponseStatus = lens _ascbrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ascbrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateVPCCidrBlock.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateVPCCidrBlock.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AssociateVPCCidrBlock.hs @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateVPCCidrBlock +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Associates a CIDR block with your VPC. You can only associate a single Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC. The IPv6 CIDR block size is fixed at /56. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.AssociateVPCCidrBlock + ( + -- * Creating a Request + associateVPCCidrBlock + , AssociateVPCCidrBlock + -- * Request Lenses + , avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock + , avcbVPCId + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , associateVPCCidrBlockResponse + , AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , avcbrsVPCId + , avcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , avcbrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'associateVPCCidrBlock' smart constructor. +data AssociateVPCCidrBlock = AssociateVPCCidrBlock' + { _avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _avcbVPCId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AssociateVPCCidrBlock' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock' - Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IPv6 addresses, or the size of the CIDR block. +-- +-- * 'avcbVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +associateVPCCidrBlock + :: Text -- ^ 'avcbVPCId' + -> AssociateVPCCidrBlock +associateVPCCidrBlock pVPCId_ = + AssociateVPCCidrBlock' + { _avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _avcbVPCId = pVPCId_ + } + +-- | Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IPv6 addresses, or the size of the CIDR block. +avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' AssociateVPCCidrBlock (Maybe Bool) +avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock = lens _avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +avcbVPCId :: Lens' AssociateVPCCidrBlock Text +avcbVPCId = lens _avcbVPCId (\ s a -> s{_avcbVPCId = a}); + +instance AWSRequest AssociateVPCCidrBlock where + type Rs AssociateVPCCidrBlock = + AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' <$> + (x .@? "vpcId") <*> + (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockAssociation") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable AssociateVPCCidrBlock + +instance NFData AssociateVPCCidrBlock + +instance ToHeaders AssociateVPCCidrBlock where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath AssociateVPCCidrBlock where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery AssociateVPCCidrBlock where + toQuery AssociateVPCCidrBlock'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("AssociateVpcCidrBlock" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock" =: + _avcbAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock, + "VpcId" =: _avcbVPCId] + +-- | /See:/ 'associateVPCCidrBlockResponse' smart constructor. +data AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse = AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' + { _avcbrsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _avcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation :: !(Maybe VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation) + , _avcbrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'avcbrsVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'avcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' - Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association. +-- +-- * 'avcbrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +associateVPCCidrBlockResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'avcbrsResponseStatus' + -> AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse +associateVPCCidrBlockResponse pResponseStatus_ = + AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' + { _avcbrsVPCId = Nothing + , _avcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = Nothing + , _avcbrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +avcbrsVPCId :: Lens' AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse (Maybe Text) +avcbrsVPCId = lens _avcbrsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_avcbrsVPCId = a}); + +-- | Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association. +avcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation :: Lens' AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse (Maybe VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation) +avcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = lens _avcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (\ s a -> s{_avcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +avcbrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse Int +avcbrsResponseStatus = lens _avcbrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_avcbrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachClassicLinkVPC.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachClassicLinkVPC.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachClassicLinkVPC.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachClassicLinkVPC.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Links an EC2-Classic instance to a ClassicLink-enabled VPC through one or more of the VPC\'s security groups. You cannot link an EC2-Classic instance to more than one VPC at a time. You can only link an instance that\'s in the 'running' state. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it\'s stopped - you can link it to the VPC again when you restart it. +-- Links an EC2-Classic instance to a ClassicLink-enabled VPC through one or more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot link an EC2-Classic instance to more than one VPC at a time. You can only link an instance that's in the @running@ state. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped - you can link it to the VPC again when you restart it. -- --- After you\'ve linked an instance, you cannot change the VPC security groups that are associated with it. To change the security groups, you must first unlink the instance, and then link it again. -- +-- After you've linked an instance, you cannot change the VPC security groups that are associated with it. To change the security groups, you must first unlink the instance, and then link it again. +-- -- Linking your instance to a VPC is sometimes referred to as /attaching/ your instance. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AttachClassicLinkVPC ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -51,6 +53,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AttachClassicLinkVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'attachClassicLinkVPC' smart constructor. data AttachClassicLinkVPC = AttachClassicLinkVPC' { _aclvDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -63,13 +67,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'aclvDryRun' +-- * 'aclvDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'aclvInstanceId' +-- * 'aclvInstanceId' - The ID of an EC2-Classic instance to link to the ClassicLink-enabled VPC. -- --- * 'aclvVPCId' +-- * 'aclvVPCId' - The ID of a ClassicLink-enabled VPC. -- --- * 'aclvGroups' +-- * 'aclvGroups' - The ID of one or more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot specify security groups from a different VPC. attachClassicLinkVPC :: Text -- ^ 'aclvInstanceId' -> Text -- ^ 'aclvVPCId' @@ -82,7 +86,7 @@ , _aclvGroups = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . aclvDryRun :: Lens' AttachClassicLinkVPC (Maybe Bool) aclvDryRun = lens _aclvDryRun (\ s a -> s{_aclvDryRun = a}); @@ -94,7 +98,7 @@ aclvVPCId :: Lens' AttachClassicLinkVPC Text aclvVPCId = lens _aclvVPCId (\ s a -> s{_aclvVPCId = a}); --- | The ID of one or more of the VPC\'s security groups. You cannot specify security groups from a different VPC. +-- | The ID of one or more of the VPC's security groups. You cannot specify security groups from a different VPC. aclvGroups :: Lens' AttachClassicLinkVPC [Text] aclvGroups = lens _aclvGroups (\ s a -> s{_aclvGroups = a}) . _Coerce; @@ -122,7 +126,7 @@ toQuery AttachClassicLinkVPC'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AttachClassicLinkVpc" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _aclvDryRun, "InstanceId" =: _aclvInstanceId, "VpcId" =: _aclvVPCId, @@ -130,6 +134,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of AttachClassicLinkVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'attachClassicLinkVPCResponse' smart constructor. data AttachClassicLinkVPCResponse = AttachClassicLinkVPCResponse' { _aclvrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -140,9 +146,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'aclvrsReturn' +-- * 'aclvrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'aclvrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'aclvrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. attachClassicLinkVPCResponse :: Int -- ^ 'aclvrsResponseStatus' -> AttachClassicLinkVPCResponse @@ -152,11 +158,11 @@ , _aclvrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. aclvrsReturn :: Lens' AttachClassicLinkVPCResponse (Maybe Bool) aclvrsReturn = lens _aclvrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_aclvrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. aclvrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AttachClassicLinkVPCResponse Int aclvrsResponseStatus = lens _aclvrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_aclvrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachInternetGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachInternetGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachInternetGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachInternetGateway.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Attaches an Internet gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the Internet and the VPC. For more information about your VPC and Internet gateway, see the . +-- Attaches an Internet gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the Internet and the VPC. For more information about your VPC and Internet gateway, see the . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AttachInternetGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -43,6 +45,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AttachInternetGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'attachInternetGateway' smart constructor. data AttachInternetGateway = AttachInternetGateway' { _aigDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -54,11 +58,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'aigDryRun' +-- * 'aigDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'aigInternetGatewayId' +-- * 'aigInternetGatewayId' - The ID of the Internet gateway. -- --- * 'aigVPCId' +-- * 'aigVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. attachInternetGateway :: Text -- ^ 'aigInternetGatewayId' -> Text -- ^ 'aigVPCId' @@ -70,7 +74,7 @@ , _aigVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . aigDryRun :: Lens' AttachInternetGateway (Maybe Bool) aigDryRun = lens _aigDryRun (\ s a -> s{_aigDryRun = a}); @@ -102,7 +106,7 @@ toQuery AttachInternetGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AttachInternetGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _aigDryRun, "InternetGatewayId" =: _aigInternetGatewayId, "VpcId" =: _aigVPCId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachNetworkInterface.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachNetworkInterface.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachNetworkInterface.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachNetworkInterface.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Attaches a network interface to an instance. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AttachNetworkInterface ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AttachNetworkInterface. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'attachNetworkInterface' smart constructor. data AttachNetworkInterface = AttachNetworkInterface' { _aniDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -59,13 +63,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'aniDryRun' +-- * 'aniDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'aniNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'aniNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. -- --- * 'aniInstanceId' +-- * 'aniInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'aniDeviceIndex' +-- * 'aniDeviceIndex' - The index of the device for the network interface attachment. attachNetworkInterface :: Text -- ^ 'aniNetworkInterfaceId' -> Text -- ^ 'aniInstanceId' @@ -79,7 +83,7 @@ , _aniDeviceIndex = pDeviceIndex_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . aniDryRun :: Lens' AttachNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) aniDryRun = lens _aniDryRun (\ s a -> s{_aniDryRun = a}); @@ -120,7 +124,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AttachNetworkInterface" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _aniDryRun, "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _aniNetworkInterfaceId, "InstanceId" =: _aniInstanceId, @@ -128,6 +132,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of AttachNetworkInterface. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'attachNetworkInterfaceResponse' smart constructor. data AttachNetworkInterfaceResponse = AttachNetworkInterfaceResponse' { _anirsAttachmentId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -138,9 +144,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'anirsAttachmentId' +-- * 'anirsAttachmentId' - The ID of the network interface attachment. -- --- * 'anirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'anirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. attachNetworkInterfaceResponse :: Int -- ^ 'anirsResponseStatus' -> AttachNetworkInterfaceResponse @@ -154,7 +160,7 @@ anirsAttachmentId :: Lens' AttachNetworkInterfaceResponse (Maybe Text) anirsAttachmentId = lens _anirsAttachmentId (\ s a -> s{_anirsAttachmentId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. anirsResponseStatus :: Lens' AttachNetworkInterfaceResponse Int anirsResponseStatus = lens _anirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_anirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachVPNGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachVPNGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachVPNGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachVPNGateway.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Attaches a virtual private gateway to a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- Attaches a virtual private gateway to a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AttachVPNGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AttachVpnGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'attachVPNGateway' smart constructor. data AttachVPNGateway = AttachVPNGateway' { _avgDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'avgDryRun' +-- * 'avgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'avgVPNGatewayId' +-- * 'avgVPNGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway. -- --- * 'avgVPCId' +-- * 'avgVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. attachVPNGateway :: Text -- ^ 'avgVPNGatewayId' -> Text -- ^ 'avgVPCId' @@ -73,7 +77,7 @@ , _avgVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . avgDryRun :: Lens' AttachVPNGateway (Maybe Bool) avgDryRun = lens _avgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_avgDryRun = a}); @@ -108,13 +112,15 @@ toQuery AttachVPNGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AttachVpnGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _avgDryRun, "VpnGatewayId" =: _avgVPNGatewayId, "VpcId" =: _avgVPCId] -- | Contains the output of AttachVpnGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'attachVPNGatewayResponse' smart constructor. data AttachVPNGatewayResponse = AttachVPNGatewayResponse' { _avgrsVPCAttachment :: !(Maybe VPCAttachment) @@ -125,9 +131,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'avgrsVPCAttachment' +-- * 'avgrsVPCAttachment' - Information about the attachment. -- --- * 'avgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'avgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. attachVPNGatewayResponse :: Int -- ^ 'avgrsResponseStatus' -> AttachVPNGatewayResponse @@ -141,7 +147,7 @@ avgrsVPCAttachment :: Lens' AttachVPNGatewayResponse (Maybe VPCAttachment) avgrsVPCAttachment = lens _avgrsVPCAttachment (\ s a -> s{_avgrsVPCAttachment = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. avgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' AttachVPNGatewayResponse Int avgrsResponseStatus = lens _avgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_avgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachVolume.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachVolume.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachVolume.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AttachVolume.hs @@ -20,23 +20,27 @@ -- -- Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name. -- --- Encrypted EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -- --- For a list of supported device names, see . Any device names that aren\'t reserved for instance store volumes can be used for EBS volumes. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Encrypted EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- +-- For a list of supported device names, see . Any device names that aren't reserved for instance store volumes can be used for EBS volumes. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- -- If a volume has an AWS Marketplace product code: -- --- - The volume can be attached only to a stopped instance. +-- * The volume can be attached only to a stopped instance. -- --- - AWS Marketplace product codes are copied from the volume to the instance. +-- * AWS Marketplace product codes are copied from the volume to the instance. -- --- - You must be subscribed to the product. +-- * You must be subscribed to the product. -- --- - The instance type and operating system of the instance must support the product. For example, you can\'t detach a volume from a Windows instance and attach it to a Linux instance. +-- * The instance type and operating system of the instance must support the product. For example, you can't detach a volume from a Windows instance and attach it to a Linux instance. -- --- For an overview of the AWS Marketplace, see . -- --- For more information about EBS volumes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For an overview of the AWS Marketplace, see . +-- +-- For more information about EBS volumes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AttachVolume ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -69,6 +73,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AttachVolume. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'attachVolume' smart constructor. data AttachVolume = AttachVolume' { _avDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -81,13 +87,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'avDryRun' +-- * 'avDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'avVolumeId' +-- * 'avVolumeId' - The ID of the EBS volume. The volume and instance must be within the same Availability Zone. -- --- * 'avInstanceId' +-- * 'avInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'avDevice' +-- * 'avDevice' - The device name to expose to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). attachVolume :: Text -- ^ 'avVolumeId' -> Text -- ^ 'avInstanceId' @@ -101,7 +107,7 @@ , _avDevice = pDevice_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . avDryRun :: Lens' AttachVolume (Maybe Bool) avDryRun = lens _avDryRun (\ s a -> s{_avDryRun = a}); @@ -113,7 +119,7 @@ avInstanceId :: Lens' AttachVolume Text avInstanceId = lens _avInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_avInstanceId = a}); --- | The device name to expose to the instance (for example, '\/dev\/sdh' or 'xvdh'). +-- | The device name to expose to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). avDevice :: Lens' AttachVolume Text avDevice = lens _avDevice (\ s a -> s{_avDevice = a}); @@ -136,6 +142,6 @@ toQuery AttachVolume'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AttachVolume" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _avDryRun, "VolumeId" =: _avVolumeId, "InstanceId" =: _avInstanceId, "Device" =: _avDevice] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress.hs @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- [EC2-VPC only] Adds one or more egress rules to a security group for use with a VPC. Specifically, this action permits instances to send traffic to one or more destination CIDR IP address ranges, or to one or more destination security groups for the same VPC. This action doesn\'t apply to security groups for use in EC2-Classic. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- [EC2-VPC only] Adds one or more egress rules to a security group for use with a VPC. Specifically, this action permits instances to send traffic to one or more destination IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR address ranges, or to one or more destination security groups for the same VPC. This action doesn't apply to security groups for use in EC2-Classic. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . For more information about security group limits, see . -- --- You can have up to 50 rules per security group (covering both ingress and egress rules). -- -- Each rule consists of the protocol (for example, TCP), plus either a CIDR range or a source group. For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or port range. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. You can use -1 for the type or code to mean all types or all codes. -- -- Rule changes are propagated to affected instances as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ , asgeIPPermissions , asgeIPProtocol , asgeToPort - , asgeCIdRIP + , asgeCidrIP , asgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId , asgeSourceSecurityGroupName , asgeDryRun @@ -55,13 +55,15 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'authorizeSecurityGroupEgress' smart constructor. data AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress = AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress' { _asgeFromPort :: !(Maybe Int) , _asgeIPPermissions :: !(Maybe [IPPermission]) , _asgeIPProtocol :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgeToPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _asgeCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) + , _asgeCidrIP :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgeSourceSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgeDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -72,23 +74,23 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'asgeFromPort' +-- * 'asgeFromPort' - The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. We recommend that you specify the port range in a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'asgeIPPermissions' +-- * 'asgeIPPermissions' - A set of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range. -- --- * 'asgeIPProtocol' +-- * 'asgeIPProtocol' - The IP protocol name or number. We recommend that you specify the protocol in a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'asgeToPort' +-- * 'asgeToPort' - The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. We recommend that you specify the port range in a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'asgeCIdRIP' +-- * 'asgeCidrIP' - The CIDR IPv4 address range. We recommend that you specify the CIDR range in a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'asgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId' +-- * 'asgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId' - The AWS account number for a destination security group. To authorize outbound access to a destination security group, we recommend that you use a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'asgeSourceSecurityGroupName' +-- * 'asgeSourceSecurityGroupName' - The name of a destination security group. To authorize outbound access to a destination security group, we recommend that you use a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'asgeDryRun' +-- * 'asgeDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'asgeGroupId' +-- * 'asgeGroupId' - The ID of the security group. authorizeSecurityGroupEgress :: Text -- ^ 'asgeGroupId' -> AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress @@ -98,7 +100,7 @@ , _asgeIPPermissions = Nothing , _asgeIPProtocol = Nothing , _asgeToPort = Nothing - , _asgeCIdRIP = Nothing + , _asgeCidrIP = Nothing , _asgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing , _asgeSourceSecurityGroupName = Nothing , _asgeDryRun = Nothing @@ -109,7 +111,7 @@ asgeFromPort :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Int) asgeFromPort = lens _asgeFromPort (\ s a -> s{_asgeFromPort = a}); --- | A set of IP permissions. You can\'t specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range. +-- | A set of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range. asgeIPPermissions :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress [IPPermission] asgeIPPermissions = lens _asgeIPPermissions (\ s a -> s{_asgeIPPermissions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -121,9 +123,9 @@ asgeToPort :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Int) asgeToPort = lens _asgeToPort (\ s a -> s{_asgeToPort = a}); --- | The CIDR IP address range. We recommend that you specify the CIDR range in a set of IP permissions instead. -asgeCIdRIP :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Text) -asgeCIdRIP = lens _asgeCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_asgeCIdRIP = a}); +-- | The CIDR IPv4 address range. We recommend that you specify the CIDR range in a set of IP permissions instead. +asgeCidrIP :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Text) +asgeCidrIP = lens _asgeCidrIP (\ s a -> s{_asgeCidrIP = a}); -- | The AWS account number for a destination security group. To authorize outbound access to a destination security group, we recommend that you use a set of IP permissions instead. asgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Text) @@ -133,7 +135,7 @@ asgeSourceSecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Text) asgeSourceSecurityGroupName = lens _asgeSourceSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_asgeSourceSecurityGroupName = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . asgeDryRun :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Bool) asgeDryRun = lens _asgeDryRun (\ s a -> s{_asgeDryRun = a}); @@ -164,12 +166,12 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "FromPort" =: _asgeFromPort, toQuery (toQueryList "IpPermissions" <$> _asgeIPPermissions), "IpProtocol" =: _asgeIPProtocol, - "ToPort" =: _asgeToPort, "CidrIp" =: _asgeCIdRIP, + "ToPort" =: _asgeToPort, "CidrIp" =: _asgeCidrIP, "SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId" =: _asgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId, "SourceSecurityGroupName" =: diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -20,15 +20,13 @@ -- -- Adds one or more ingress rules to a security group. -- --- EC2-Classic: You can have up to 100 rules per group. -- --- EC2-VPC: You can have up to 50 rules per group (covering both ingress and egress rules). --- -- Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. -- --- [EC2-Classic] This action gives one or more CIDR IP address ranges permission to access a security group in your account, or gives one or more security groups (called the /source groups/) permission to access a security group for your account. A source group can be for your own AWS account, or another. +-- [EC2-Classic] This action gives one or more IPv4 CIDR address ranges permission to access a security group in your account, or gives one or more security groups (called the /source groups/ ) permission to access a security group for your account. A source group can be for your own AWS account, or another. You can have up to 100 rules per group. -- --- [EC2-VPC] This action gives one or more CIDR IP address ranges permission to access a security group in your VPC, or gives one or more other security groups (called the /source groups/) permission to access a security group for your VPC. The security groups must all be for the same VPC. +-- [EC2-VPC] This action gives one or more IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR address ranges permission to access a security group in your VPC, or gives one or more other security groups (called the /source groups/ ) permission to access a security group for your VPC. The security groups must all be for the same VPC or a peer VPC in a VPC peering connection. For more information about VPC security group limits, see . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -40,7 +38,7 @@ , asgiIPProtocol , asgiGroupId , asgiToPort - , asgiCIdRIP + , asgiCidrIP , asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId , asgiGroupName , asgiSourceSecurityGroupName @@ -60,6 +58,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'authorizeSecurityGroupIngress' smart constructor. data AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress = AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress' { _asgiFromPort :: !(Maybe Int) @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ , _asgiIPProtocol :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgiGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgiToPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _asgiCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) + , _asgiCidrIP :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgiGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) , _asgiSourceSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -78,25 +78,25 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'asgiFromPort' +-- * 'asgiFromPort' - The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type number. For the ICMP/ICMPv6 type number, use @-1@ to specify all types. -- --- * 'asgiIPPermissions' +-- * 'asgiIPPermissions' - A set of IP permissions. Can be used to specify multiple rules in a single command. -- --- * 'asgiIPProtocol' +-- * 'asgiIPProtocol' - The IP protocol name (@tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ ) or number (see ). (VPC only) Use @-1@ to specify all protocols. If you specify @-1@ , or a protocol number other than @tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ , or @58@ (ICMPv6), traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports you specify. For @tcp@ , @udp@ , and @icmp@ , you must specify a port range. For protocol @58@ (ICMPv6), you can optionally specify a port range; if you don't, traffic for all types and codes is allowed. -- --- * 'asgiGroupId' +-- * 'asgiGroupId' - The ID of the security group. Required for a nondefault VPC. -- --- * 'asgiToPort' +-- * 'asgiToPort' - The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code number. For the ICMP/ICMPv6 code number, use @-1@ to specify all codes. -- --- * 'asgiCIdRIP' +-- * 'asgiCidrIP' - The CIDR IPv4 address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying a source security group. -- --- * 'asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId' +-- * 'asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId' - [EC2-Classic] The AWS account number for the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'asgiGroupName' +-- * 'asgiGroupName' - [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. -- --- * 'asgiSourceSecurityGroupName' +-- * 'asgiSourceSecurityGroupName' - [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be in the same VPC. -- --- * 'asgiDryRun' +-- * 'asgiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . authorizeSecurityGroupIngress :: AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress authorizeSecurityGroupIngress = @@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ , _asgiIPProtocol = Nothing , _asgiGroupId = Nothing , _asgiToPort = Nothing - , _asgiCIdRIP = Nothing + , _asgiCidrIP = Nothing , _asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing , _asgiGroupName = Nothing , _asgiSourceSecurityGroupName = Nothing , _asgiDryRun = Nothing } --- | The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. For the ICMP type number, use '-1' to specify all ICMP types. +-- | The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type number. For the ICMP/ICMPv6 type number, use @-1@ to specify all types. asgiFromPort :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Int) asgiFromPort = lens _asgiFromPort (\ s a -> s{_asgiFromPort = a}); @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ asgiIPPermissions :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress [IPPermission] asgiIPPermissions = lens _asgiIPPermissions (\ s a -> s{_asgiIPPermissions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The IP protocol name ('tcp', 'udp', 'icmp') or number (see ). (VPC only) Use '-1' to specify all traffic. If you specify '-1', traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports you specify. +-- | The IP protocol name (@tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ ) or number (see ). (VPC only) Use @-1@ to specify all protocols. If you specify @-1@ , or a protocol number other than @tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ , or @58@ (ICMPv6), traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports you specify. For @tcp@ , @udp@ , and @icmp@ , you must specify a port range. For protocol @58@ (ICMPv6), you can optionally specify a port range; if you don't, traffic for all types and codes is allowed. asgiIPProtocol :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) asgiIPProtocol = lens _asgiIPProtocol (\ s a -> s{_asgiIPProtocol = a}); @@ -129,15 +129,15 @@ asgiGroupId :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) asgiGroupId = lens _asgiGroupId (\ s a -> s{_asgiGroupId = a}); --- | The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code number. For the ICMP code number, use '-1' to specify all ICMP codes for the ICMP type. +-- | The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code number. For the ICMP/ICMPv6 code number, use @-1@ to specify all codes. asgiToPort :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Int) asgiToPort = lens _asgiToPort (\ s a -> s{_asgiToPort = a}); --- | The CIDR IP address range. You can\'t specify this parameter when specifying a source security group. -asgiCIdRIP :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -asgiCIdRIP = lens _asgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_asgiCIdRIP = a}); +-- | The CIDR IPv4 address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying a source security group. +asgiCidrIP :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +asgiCidrIP = lens _asgiCidrIP (\ s a -> s{_asgiCidrIP = a}); --- | [EC2-Classic] The AWS account number for the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can\'t specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. +-- | [EC2-Classic] The AWS account number for the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); @@ -145,11 +145,11 @@ asgiGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) asgiGroupName = lens _asgiGroupName (\ s a -> s{_asgiGroupName = a}); --- | [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can\'t specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be in the same VPC. +-- | [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be in the same VPC. asgiSourceSecurityGroupName :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) asgiSourceSecurityGroupName = lens _asgiSourceSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_asgiSourceSecurityGroupName = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . asgiDryRun :: Lens' AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Bool) asgiDryRun = lens _asgiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_asgiDryRun = a}); @@ -177,13 +177,13 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "FromPort" =: _asgiFromPort, toQuery (toQueryList "IpPermissions" <$> _asgiIPPermissions), "IpProtocol" =: _asgiIPProtocol, "GroupId" =: _asgiGroupId, "ToPort" =: _asgiToPort, - "CidrIp" =: _asgiCIdRIP, + "CidrIp" =: _asgiCidrIP, "SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId" =: _asgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId, "GroupName" =: _asgiGroupName, diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/BundleInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/BundleInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/BundleInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/BundleInstance.hs @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ -- -- Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance. -- --- During bundling, only the root device volume (C:\\) is bundled. Data on other instance store volumes is not preserved. -- --- This action is not applicable for Linux\/Unix instances or Windows instances that are backed by Amazon EBS. +-- During bundling, only the root device volume (C:\) is bundled. Data on other instance store volumes is not preserved. -- --- For more information, see . +-- For more information, see . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.BundleInstance ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -52,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for BundleInstance. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'bundleInstance' smart constructor. data BundleInstance = BundleInstance' { _biDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -63,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'biDryRun' +-- * 'biDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'biInstanceId' +-- * 'biInstanceId' - The ID of the instance to bundle. Type: String Default: None Required: Yes -- --- * 'biStorage' +-- * 'biStorage' - The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error. bundleInstance :: Text -- ^ 'biInstanceId' -> Storage -- ^ 'biStorage' @@ -79,17 +81,11 @@ , _biStorage = pStorage_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . biDryRun :: Lens' BundleInstance (Maybe Bool) biDryRun = lens _biDryRun (\ s a -> s{_biDryRun = a}); --- | The ID of the instance to bundle. --- --- Type: String --- --- Default: None --- --- Required: Yes +-- | The ID of the instance to bundle. Type: String Default: None Required: Yes biInstanceId :: Lens' BundleInstance Text biInstanceId = lens _biInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_biInstanceId = a}); @@ -120,12 +116,14 @@ toQuery BundleInstance'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("BundleInstance" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _biDryRun, "InstanceId" =: _biInstanceId, "Storage" =: _biStorage] -- | Contains the output of BundleInstance. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'bundleInstanceResponse' smart constructor. data BundleInstanceResponse = BundleInstanceResponse' { _birsBundleTask :: !(Maybe BundleTask) @@ -136,9 +134,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'birsBundleTask' +-- * 'birsBundleTask' - Information about the bundle task. -- --- * 'birsResponseStatus' +-- * 'birsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. bundleInstanceResponse :: Int -- ^ 'birsResponseStatus' -> BundleInstanceResponse @@ -152,7 +150,7 @@ birsBundleTask :: Lens' BundleInstanceResponse (Maybe BundleTask) birsBundleTask = lens _birsBundleTask (\ s a -> s{_birsBundleTask = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. birsResponseStatus :: Lens' BundleInstanceResponse Int birsResponseStatus = lens _birsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_birsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelBundleTask.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelBundleTask.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelBundleTask.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelBundleTask.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelBundleTask ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CancelBundleTask. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelBundleTask' smart constructor. data CancelBundleTask = CancelBundleTask' { _cbtDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cbtDryRun' +-- * 'cbtDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cbtBundleId' +-- * 'cbtBundleId' - The ID of the bundle task. cancelBundleTask :: Text -- ^ 'cbtBundleId' -> CancelBundleTask @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ , _cbtBundleId = pBundleId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cbtDryRun :: Lens' CancelBundleTask (Maybe Bool) cbtDryRun = lens _cbtDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cbtDryRun = a}); @@ -98,11 +102,13 @@ toQuery CancelBundleTask'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CancelBundleTask" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _cbtDryRun, "BundleId" =: _cbtBundleId] -- | Contains the output of CancelBundleTask. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelBundleTaskResponse' smart constructor. data CancelBundleTaskResponse = CancelBundleTaskResponse' { _cbtrsBundleTask :: !(Maybe BundleTask) @@ -113,9 +119,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cbtrsBundleTask' +-- * 'cbtrsBundleTask' - Information about the bundle task. -- --- * 'cbtrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cbtrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. cancelBundleTaskResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cbtrsResponseStatus' -> CancelBundleTaskResponse @@ -129,7 +135,7 @@ cbtrsBundleTask :: Lens' CancelBundleTaskResponse (Maybe BundleTask) cbtrsBundleTask = lens _cbtrsBundleTask (\ s a -> s{_cbtrsBundleTask = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cbtrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CancelBundleTaskResponse Int cbtrsResponseStatus = lens _cbtrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cbtrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelConversionTask.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelConversionTask.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelConversionTask.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelConversionTask.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Cancels an active conversion task. The task can be the import of an instance or volume. The action removes all artifacts of the conversion, including a partially uploaded volume or instance. If the conversion is complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns an exception. -- --- For more information, see . +-- +-- For more information, see . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelConversionTask ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CancelConversionTask. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelConversionTask' smart constructor. data CancelConversionTask = CancelConversionTask' { _cctReasonMessage :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -56,11 +60,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cctReasonMessage' +-- * 'cctReasonMessage' - The reason for canceling the conversion task. -- --- * 'cctDryRun' +-- * 'cctDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cctConversionTaskId' +-- * 'cctConversionTaskId' - The ID of the conversion task. cancelConversionTask :: Text -- ^ 'cctConversionTaskId' -> CancelConversionTask @@ -75,7 +79,7 @@ cctReasonMessage :: Lens' CancelConversionTask (Maybe Text) cctReasonMessage = lens _cctReasonMessage (\ s a -> s{_cctReasonMessage = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cctDryRun :: Lens' CancelConversionTask (Maybe Bool) cctDryRun = lens _cctDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cctDryRun = a}); @@ -103,7 +107,7 @@ toQuery CancelConversionTask'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CancelConversionTask" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ReasonMessage" =: _cctReasonMessage, "DryRun" =: _cctDryRun, "ConversionTaskId" =: _cctConversionTaskId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelExportTask.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelExportTask.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelExportTask.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelExportTask.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Cancels an active export task. The request removes all artifacts of the export, including any partially-created Amazon S3 objects. If the export task is complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns an error. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelExportTask ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -41,6 +43,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CancelExportTask. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelExportTask' smart constructor. newtype CancelExportTask = CancelExportTask' { _cetExportTaskId :: Text @@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cetExportTaskId' +-- * 'cetExportTaskId' - The ID of the export task. This is the ID returned by @CreateInstanceExportTask@ . cancelExportTask :: Text -- ^ 'cetExportTaskId' -> CancelExportTask @@ -59,7 +63,7 @@ { _cetExportTaskId = pExportTaskId_ } --- | The ID of the export task. This is the ID returned by 'CreateInstanceExportTask'. +-- | The ID of the export task. This is the ID returned by @CreateInstanceExportTask@ . cetExportTaskId :: Lens' CancelExportTask Text cetExportTaskId = lens _cetExportTaskId (\ s a -> s{_cetExportTaskId = a}); @@ -82,7 +86,7 @@ toQuery CancelExportTask'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CancelExportTask" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ExportTaskId" =: _cetExportTaskId] -- | /See:/ 'cancelExportTaskResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelImportTask.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelImportTask.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelImportTask.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelImportTask.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelImportTask ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CancelImportTask. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelImportTask' smart constructor. data CancelImportTask = CancelImportTask' { _citCancelReason :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'citCancelReason' +-- * 'citCancelReason' - The reason for canceling the task. -- --- * 'citImportTaskId' +-- * 'citImportTaskId' - The ID of the import image or import snapshot task to be canceled. -- --- * 'citDryRun' +-- * 'citDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cancelImportTask :: CancelImportTask cancelImportTask = @@ -81,7 +85,7 @@ citImportTaskId :: Lens' CancelImportTask (Maybe Text) citImportTaskId = lens _citImportTaskId (\ s a -> s{_citImportTaskId = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . citDryRun :: Lens' CancelImportTask (Maybe Bool) citDryRun = lens _citDryRun (\ s a -> s{_citDryRun = a}); @@ -110,13 +114,15 @@ toQuery CancelImportTask'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CancelImportTask" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "CancelReason" =: _citCancelReason, "ImportTaskId" =: _citImportTaskId, "DryRun" =: _citDryRun] -- | Contains the output for CancelImportTask. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelImportTaskResponse' smart constructor. data CancelImportTaskResponse = CancelImportTaskResponse' { _citrsState :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -129,13 +135,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'citrsState' +-- * 'citrsState' - The current state of the task being canceled. -- --- * 'citrsImportTaskId' +-- * 'citrsImportTaskId' - The ID of the task being canceled. -- --- * 'citrsPreviousState' +-- * 'citrsPreviousState' - The current state of the task being canceled. -- --- * 'citrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'citrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. cancelImportTaskResponse :: Int -- ^ 'citrsResponseStatus' -> CancelImportTaskResponse @@ -159,7 +165,7 @@ citrsPreviousState :: Lens' CancelImportTaskResponse (Maybe Text) citrsPreviousState = lens _citrsPreviousState (\ s a -> s{_citrsPreviousState = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. citrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CancelImportTaskResponse Int citrsResponseStatus = lens _citrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_citrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelReservedInstancesListing.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelReservedInstancesListing.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelReservedInstancesListing.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelReservedInstancesListing.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelReservedInstancesListing ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CancelReservedInstancesListing. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelReservedInstancesListing' smart constructor. newtype CancelReservedInstancesListing = CancelReservedInstancesListing' { _crilReservedInstancesListingId :: Text @@ -55,7 +59,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crilReservedInstancesListingId' +-- * 'crilReservedInstancesListingId' - The ID of the Reserved Instance listing. cancelReservedInstancesListing :: Text -- ^ 'crilReservedInstancesListingId' -> CancelReservedInstancesListing @@ -97,12 +101,14 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CancelReservedInstancesListing" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ReservedInstancesListingId" =: _crilReservedInstancesListingId] -- | Contains the output of CancelReservedInstancesListing. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelReservedInstancesListingResponse' smart constructor. data CancelReservedInstancesListingResponse = CancelReservedInstancesListingResponse' { _crilrsReservedInstancesListings :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstancesListing]) @@ -113,9 +119,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crilrsReservedInstancesListings' +-- * 'crilrsReservedInstancesListings' - The Reserved Instance listing. -- --- * 'crilrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'crilrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. cancelReservedInstancesListingResponse :: Int -- ^ 'crilrsResponseStatus' -> CancelReservedInstancesListingResponse @@ -129,7 +135,7 @@ crilrsReservedInstancesListings :: Lens' CancelReservedInstancesListingResponse [ReservedInstancesListing] crilrsReservedInstancesListings = lens _crilrsReservedInstancesListings (\ s a -> s{_crilrsReservedInstancesListings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. crilrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CancelReservedInstancesListingResponse Int crilrsResponseStatus = lens _crilrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crilrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelSpotFleetRequests.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelSpotFleetRequests.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelSpotFleetRequests.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelSpotFleetRequests.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Cancels the specified Spot fleet requests. -- --- After you cancel a Spot fleet request, the Spot fleet launches no new Spot instances. You must specify whether the Spot fleet should also terminate its Spot instances. If you terminate the instances, the Spot fleet request enters the 'cancelled_terminating' state. Otherwise, the Spot fleet request enters the 'cancelled_running' state and the instances continue to run until they are interrupted or you terminate them manually. +-- +-- After you cancel a Spot fleet request, the Spot fleet launches no new Spot instances. You must specify whether the Spot fleet should also terminate its Spot instances. If you terminate the instances, the Spot fleet request enters the @cancelled_terminating@ state. Otherwise, the Spot fleet request enters the @cancelled_running@ state and the instances continue to run until they are interrupted or you terminate them manually. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelSpotFleetRequests ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CancelSpotFleetRequests. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelSpotFleetRequests' smart constructor. data CancelSpotFleetRequests = CancelSpotFleetRequests' { _csfrDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -60,11 +64,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csfrDryRun' +-- * 'csfrDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'csfrSpotFleetRequestIds' +-- * 'csfrSpotFleetRequestIds' - The IDs of the Spot fleet requests. -- --- * 'csfrTerminateInstances' +-- * 'csfrTerminateInstances' - Indicates whether to terminate instances for a Spot fleet request if it is canceled successfully. cancelSpotFleetRequests :: Bool -- ^ 'csfrTerminateInstances' -> CancelSpotFleetRequests @@ -75,7 +79,7 @@ , _csfrTerminateInstances = pTerminateInstances_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . csfrDryRun :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequests (Maybe Bool) csfrDryRun = lens _csfrDryRun (\ s a -> s{_csfrDryRun = a}); @@ -117,7 +121,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CancelSpotFleetRequests" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _csfrDryRun, toQueryList "SpotFleetRequestId" _csfrSpotFleetRequestIds, @@ -125,6 +129,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of CancelSpotFleetRequests. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelSpotFleetRequestsResponse' smart constructor. data CancelSpotFleetRequestsResponse = CancelSpotFleetRequestsResponse' { _csfrrsSuccessfulFleetRequests :: !(Maybe [CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem]) @@ -136,11 +142,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csfrrsSuccessfulFleetRequests' +-- * 'csfrrsSuccessfulFleetRequests' - Information about the Spot fleet requests that are successfully canceled. -- --- * 'csfrrsUnsuccessfulFleetRequests' +-- * 'csfrrsUnsuccessfulFleetRequests' - Information about the Spot fleet requests that are not successfully canceled. -- --- * 'csfrrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'csfrrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. cancelSpotFleetRequestsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'csfrrsResponseStatus' -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsResponse @@ -159,7 +165,7 @@ csfrrsUnsuccessfulFleetRequests :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsResponse [CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem] csfrrsUnsuccessfulFleetRequests = lens _csfrrsUnsuccessfulFleetRequests (\ s a -> s{_csfrrsUnsuccessfulFleetRequests = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. csfrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsResponse Int csfrrsResponseStatus = lens _csfrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_csfrrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelSpotInstanceRequests.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelSpotInstanceRequests.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelSpotInstanceRequests.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CancelSpotInstanceRequests.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Cancels one or more Spot instance requests. Spot instances are instances that Amazon EC2 starts on your behalf when the bid price that you specify exceeds the current Spot price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price based on available Spot instance capacity and current Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Cancels one or more Spot instance requests. Spot instances are instances that Amazon EC2 starts on your behalf when the bid price that you specify exceeds the current Spot price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price based on available Spot instance capacity and current Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- Canceling a Spot instance request does not terminate running Spot instances associated with the request. +-- +-- /Important:/ Canceling a Spot instance request does not terminate running Spot instances associated with the request. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CancelSpotInstanceRequests ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CancelSpotInstanceRequests. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelSpotInstanceRequests' smart constructor. data CancelSpotInstanceRequests = CancelSpotInstanceRequests' { _csirDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -57,9 +61,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csirDryRun' +-- * 'csirDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'csirSpotInstanceRequestIds' +-- * 'csirSpotInstanceRequestIds' - One or more Spot instance request IDs. cancelSpotInstanceRequests :: CancelSpotInstanceRequests cancelSpotInstanceRequests = @@ -68,7 +72,7 @@ , _csirSpotInstanceRequestIds = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . csirDryRun :: Lens' CancelSpotInstanceRequests (Maybe Bool) csirDryRun = lens _csirDryRun (\ s a -> s{_csirDryRun = a}); @@ -103,13 +107,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CancelSpotInstanceRequests" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _csirDryRun, toQueryList "SpotInstanceRequestId" _csirSpotInstanceRequestIds] -- | Contains the output of CancelSpotInstanceRequests. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'cancelSpotInstanceRequestsResponse' smart constructor. data CancelSpotInstanceRequestsResponse = CancelSpotInstanceRequestsResponse' { _csirrsCancelledSpotInstanceRequests :: !(Maybe [CancelledSpotInstanceRequest]) @@ -120,9 +126,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csirrsCancelledSpotInstanceRequests' +-- * 'csirrsCancelledSpotInstanceRequests' - One or more Spot instance requests. -- --- * 'csirrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'csirrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. cancelSpotInstanceRequestsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'csirrsResponseStatus' -> CancelSpotInstanceRequestsResponse @@ -136,7 +142,7 @@ csirrsCancelledSpotInstanceRequests :: Lens' CancelSpotInstanceRequestsResponse [CancelledSpotInstanceRequest] csirrsCancelledSpotInstanceRequests = lens _csirrsCancelledSpotInstanceRequests (\ s a -> s{_csirrsCancelledSpotInstanceRequests = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. csirrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CancelSpotInstanceRequestsResponse Int csirrsResponseStatus = lens _csirrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_csirrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ConfirmProductInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ConfirmProductInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ConfirmProductInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ConfirmProductInstance.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance. This action can only be used by the owner of the product code. It is useful when a product code owner needs to verify whether another user\'s instance is eligible for support. +-- Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance. This action can only be used by the owner of the product code. It is useful when a product code owner needs to verify whether another user's instance is eligible for support. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ConfirmProductInstance ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ConfirmProductInstance. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'confirmProductInstance' smart constructor. data ConfirmProductInstance = ConfirmProductInstance' { _cpiDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -58,11 +62,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cpiDryRun' +-- * 'cpiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cpiProductCode' +-- * 'cpiProductCode' - The product code. This must be a product code that you own. -- --- * 'cpiInstanceId' +-- * 'cpiInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. confirmProductInstance :: Text -- ^ 'cpiProductCode' -> Text -- ^ 'cpiInstanceId' @@ -74,7 +78,7 @@ , _cpiInstanceId = pInstanceId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cpiDryRun :: Lens' ConfirmProductInstance (Maybe Bool) cpiDryRun = lens _cpiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cpiDryRun = a}); @@ -112,13 +116,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ConfirmProductInstance" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _cpiDryRun, "ProductCode" =: _cpiProductCode, "InstanceId" =: _cpiInstanceId] -- | Contains the output of ConfirmProductInstance. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'confirmProductInstanceResponse' smart constructor. data ConfirmProductInstanceResponse = ConfirmProductInstanceResponse' { _cpirsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -130,11 +136,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cpirsReturn' +-- * 'cpirsReturn' - The return value of the request. Returns @true@ if the specified product code is owned by the requester and associated with the specified instance. -- --- * 'cpirsOwnerId' +-- * 'cpirsOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the instance owner. This is only present if the product code is attached to the instance. -- --- * 'cpirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cpirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. confirmProductInstanceResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cpirsResponseStatus' -> ConfirmProductInstanceResponse @@ -145,7 +151,7 @@ , _cpirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The return value of the request. Returns 'true' if the specified product code is owned by the requester and associated with the specified instance. +-- | The return value of the request. Returns @true@ if the specified product code is owned by the requester and associated with the specified instance. cpirsReturn :: Lens' ConfirmProductInstanceResponse (Maybe Bool) cpirsReturn = lens _cpirsReturn (\ s a -> s{_cpirsReturn = a}); @@ -153,7 +159,7 @@ cpirsOwnerId :: Lens' ConfirmProductInstanceResponse (Maybe Text) cpirsOwnerId = lens _cpirsOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_cpirsOwnerId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cpirsResponseStatus :: Lens' ConfirmProductInstanceResponse Int cpirsResponseStatus = lens _cpirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cpirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CopyImage.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CopyImage.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CopyImage.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CopyImage.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Initiates the copy of an AMI from the specified source region to the current region. You specify the destination region by using its endpoint when making the request. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CopyImage ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CopyImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'copyImage' smart constructor. data CopyImage = CopyImage' { _ciClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -69,21 +73,21 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ciClientToken' +-- * 'ciClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'ciEncrypted' +-- * 'ciEncrypted' - Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should be encrypted. The default CMK for EBS is used unless a non-default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK is specified with @KmsKeyId@ . For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'ciKMSKeyId' +-- * 'ciKMSKeyId' - The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK to use when encrypting the snapshots of an image during a copy operation. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the @arn:aws:kms@ namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the @key@ namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/ :/012345678910/ :key//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/ . The specified CMK must exist in the region that the snapshot is being copied to. If a @KmsKeyId@ is specified, the @Encrypted@ flag must also be set. -- --- * 'ciDescription' +-- * 'ciDescription' - A description for the new AMI in the destination region. -- --- * 'ciDryRun' +-- * 'ciDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ciSourceRegion' +-- * 'ciSourceRegion' - The name of the region that contains the AMI to copy. -- --- * 'ciSourceImageId' +-- * 'ciSourceImageId' - The ID of the AMI to copy. -- --- * 'ciName' +-- * 'ciName' - The name of the new AMI in the destination region. copyImage :: Text -- ^ 'ciSourceRegion' -> Text -- ^ 'ciSourceImageId' @@ -101,15 +105,15 @@ , _ciName = pName_ } --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . ciClientToken :: Lens' CopyImage (Maybe Text) ciClientToken = lens _ciClientToken (\ s a -> s{_ciClientToken = a}); --- | Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should be encrypted. The default CMK for EBS is used unless a non-default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK is specified with 'KmsKeyId'. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should be encrypted. The default CMK for EBS is used unless a non-default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK is specified with @KmsKeyId@ . For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . ciEncrypted :: Lens' CopyImage (Maybe Bool) ciEncrypted = lens _ciEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_ciEncrypted = a}); --- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK to use when encrypting the snapshots of an image during a copy operation. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the 'arn:aws:kms' namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the 'key' namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/:/012345678910/:key\//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/. The specified CMK must exist in the region that the snapshot is being copied to. If a 'KmsKeyId' is specified, the 'Encrypted' flag must also be set. +-- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK to use when encrypting the snapshots of an image during a copy operation. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the @arn:aws:kms@ namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the @key@ namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/ :/012345678910/ :key//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/ . The specified CMK must exist in the region that the snapshot is being copied to. If a @KmsKeyId@ is specified, the @Encrypted@ flag must also be set. ciKMSKeyId :: Lens' CopyImage (Maybe Text) ciKMSKeyId = lens _ciKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_ciKMSKeyId = a}); @@ -117,7 +121,7 @@ ciDescription :: Lens' CopyImage (Maybe Text) ciDescription = lens _ciDescription (\ s a -> s{_ciDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ciDryRun :: Lens' CopyImage (Maybe Bool) ciDryRun = lens _ciDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ciDryRun = a}); @@ -156,7 +160,7 @@ toQuery CopyImage'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CopyImage" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ClientToken" =: _ciClientToken, "Encrypted" =: _ciEncrypted, "KmsKeyId" =: _ciKMSKeyId, @@ -168,6 +172,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of CopyImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'copyImageResponse' smart constructor. data CopyImageResponse = CopyImageResponse' { _coprsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -178,9 +184,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'coprsImageId' +-- * 'coprsImageId' - The ID of the new AMI. -- --- * 'coprsResponseStatus' +-- * 'coprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. copyImageResponse :: Int -- ^ 'coprsResponseStatus' -> CopyImageResponse @@ -194,7 +200,7 @@ coprsImageId :: Lens' CopyImageResponse (Maybe Text) coprsImageId = lens _coprsImageId (\ s a -> s{_coprsImageId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. coprsResponseStatus :: Lens' CopyImageResponse Int coprsResponseStatus = lens _coprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_coprsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CopySnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CopySnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CopySnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CopySnapshot.hs @@ -20,13 +20,11 @@ -- -- Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can copy the snapshot within the same region or from one region to another. You can use the snapshot to create EBS volumes or Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). The snapshot is copied to the regional endpoint that you send the HTTP request to. -- --- Copies of encrypted EBS snapshots remain encrypted. Copies of unencrypted snapshots remain unencrypted, unless the 'Encrypted' flag is specified during the snapshot copy operation. By default, encrypted snapshot copies use the default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK); however, you can specify a non-default CMK with the 'KmsKeyId' parameter. -- --- To copy an encrypted snapshot that has been shared from another account, you must have permissions for the CMK used to encrypt the snapshot. +-- Copies of encrypted EBS snapshots remain encrypted. Copies of unencrypted snapshots remain unencrypted, unless the @Encrypted@ flag is specified during the snapshot copy operation. By default, encrypted snapshot copies use the default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK); however, you can specify a non-default CMK with the @KmsKeyId@ parameter. -- --- Snapshots created by the CopySnapshot action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. module Network.AWS.EC2.CopySnapshot ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -59,6 +57,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CopySnapshot. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'copySnapshot' smart constructor. data CopySnapshot = CopySnapshot' { _csPresignedURL :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -75,21 +75,21 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csPresignedURL' +-- * 'csPresignedURL' - The pre-signed URL that facilitates copying an encrypted snapshot. This parameter is only required when copying an encrypted snapshot with the Amazon EC2 Query API; it is available as an optional parameter in all other cases. The @PresignedUrl@ should use the snapshot source endpoint, the @CopySnapshot@ action, and include the @SourceRegion@ , @SourceSnapshotId@ , and @DestinationRegion@ parameters. The @PresignedUrl@ must be signed using AWS Signature Version 4. Because EBS snapshots are stored in Amazon S3, the signing algorithm for this parameter uses the same logic that is described in in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference/ . An invalid or improperly signed @PresignedUrl@ will cause the copy operation to fail asynchronously, and the snapshot will move to an @error@ state. -- --- * 'csEncrypted' +-- * 'csEncrypted' - Specifies whether the destination snapshot should be encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot using this flag, but you cannot use it to create an unencrypted copy from an encrypted snapshot. Your default CMK for EBS is used unless a non-default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK is specified with @KmsKeyId@ . For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'csDestinationRegion' +-- * 'csDestinationRegion' - The destination region to use in the @PresignedUrl@ parameter of a snapshot copy operation. This parameter is only valid for specifying the destination region in a @PresignedUrl@ parameter, where it is required. -- --- * 'csKMSKeyId' +-- * 'csKMSKeyId' - The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK to use when creating the snapshot copy. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the @arn:aws:kms@ namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the @key@ namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/ :/012345678910/ :key//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/ . The specified CMK must exist in the region that the snapshot is being copied to. If a @KmsKeyId@ is specified, the @Encrypted@ flag must also be set. -- --- * 'csDescription' +-- * 'csDescription' - A description for the EBS snapshot. -- --- * 'csDryRun' +-- * 'csDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'csSourceRegion' +-- * 'csSourceRegion' - The ID of the region that contains the snapshot to be copied. -- --- * 'csSourceSnapshotId' +-- * 'csSourceSnapshotId' - The ID of the EBS snapshot to copy. copySnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'csSourceRegion' -> Text -- ^ 'csSourceSnapshotId' @@ -106,21 +106,19 @@ , _csSourceSnapshotId = pSourceSnapshotId_ } --- | The pre-signed URL that facilitates copying an encrypted snapshot. This parameter is only required when copying an encrypted snapshot with the Amazon EC2 Query API; it is available as an optional parameter in all other cases. The 'PresignedUrl' should use the snapshot source endpoint, the 'CopySnapshot' action, and include the 'SourceRegion', 'SourceSnapshotId', and 'DestinationRegion' parameters. The 'PresignedUrl' must be signed using AWS Signature Version 4. Because EBS snapshots are stored in Amazon S3, the signing algorithm for this parameter uses the same logic that is described in in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference/. An invalid or improperly signed 'PresignedUrl' will cause the copy operation to fail asynchronously, and the snapshot will move to an 'error' state. +-- | The pre-signed URL that facilitates copying an encrypted snapshot. This parameter is only required when copying an encrypted snapshot with the Amazon EC2 Query API; it is available as an optional parameter in all other cases. The @PresignedUrl@ should use the snapshot source endpoint, the @CopySnapshot@ action, and include the @SourceRegion@ , @SourceSnapshotId@ , and @DestinationRegion@ parameters. The @PresignedUrl@ must be signed using AWS Signature Version 4. Because EBS snapshots are stored in Amazon S3, the signing algorithm for this parameter uses the same logic that is described in in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference/ . An invalid or improperly signed @PresignedUrl@ will cause the copy operation to fail asynchronously, and the snapshot will move to an @error@ state. csPresignedURL :: Lens' CopySnapshot (Maybe Text) csPresignedURL = lens _csPresignedURL (\ s a -> s{_csPresignedURL = a}); --- | Specifies whether the destination snapshot should be encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot using this flag, but you cannot use it to create an unencrypted copy from an encrypted snapshot. Your default CMK for EBS is used unless a non-default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK is specified with 'KmsKeyId'. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Specifies whether the destination snapshot should be encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot using this flag, but you cannot use it to create an unencrypted copy from an encrypted snapshot. Your default CMK for EBS is used unless a non-default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK is specified with @KmsKeyId@ . For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . csEncrypted :: Lens' CopySnapshot (Maybe Bool) csEncrypted = lens _csEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_csEncrypted = a}); --- | The destination region to use in the 'PresignedUrl' parameter of a snapshot copy operation. This parameter is only valid for specifying the destination region in a 'PresignedUrl' parameter, where it is required. --- --- 'CopySnapshot' sends the snapshot copy to the regional endpoint that you send the HTTP request to, such as 'ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com' (in the AWS CLI, this is specified with the '--region' parameter or the default region in your AWS configuration file). +-- | The destination region to use in the @PresignedUrl@ parameter of a snapshot copy operation. This parameter is only valid for specifying the destination region in a @PresignedUrl@ parameter, where it is required. csDestinationRegion :: Lens' CopySnapshot (Maybe Text) csDestinationRegion = lens _csDestinationRegion (\ s a -> s{_csDestinationRegion = a}); --- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK to use when creating the snapshot copy. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the 'arn:aws:kms' namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the 'key' namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/:/012345678910/:key\//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/. The specified CMK must exist in the region that the snapshot is being copied to. If a 'KmsKeyId' is specified, the 'Encrypted' flag must also be set. +-- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) CMK to use when creating the snapshot copy. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the @arn:aws:kms@ namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the @key@ namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/ :/012345678910/ :key//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/ . The specified CMK must exist in the region that the snapshot is being copied to. If a @KmsKeyId@ is specified, the @Encrypted@ flag must also be set. csKMSKeyId :: Lens' CopySnapshot (Maybe Text) csKMSKeyId = lens _csKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_csKMSKeyId = a}); @@ -128,7 +126,7 @@ csDescription :: Lens' CopySnapshot (Maybe Text) csDescription = lens _csDescription (\ s a -> s{_csDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . csDryRun :: Lens' CopySnapshot (Maybe Bool) csDryRun = lens _csDryRun (\ s a -> s{_csDryRun = a}); @@ -163,7 +161,7 @@ toQuery CopySnapshot'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CopySnapshot" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "PresignedUrl" =: _csPresignedURL, "Encrypted" =: _csEncrypted, "DestinationRegion" =: _csDestinationRegion, @@ -175,6 +173,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of CopySnapshot. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'copySnapshotResponse' smart constructor. data CopySnapshotResponse = CopySnapshotResponse' { _csrsSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csrsSnapshotId' +-- * 'csrsSnapshotId' - The ID of the new snapshot. -- --- * 'csrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'csrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. copySnapshotResponse :: Int -- ^ 'csrsResponseStatus' -> CopySnapshotResponse @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ csrsSnapshotId :: Lens' CopySnapshotResponse (Maybe Text) csrsSnapshotId = lens _csrsSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_csrsSnapshotId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. csrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CopySnapshotResponse Int csrsResponseStatus = lens _csrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_csrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateCustomerGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateCustomerGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateCustomerGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateCustomerGateway.hs @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Provides information to AWS about your VPN customer gateway device. The customer gateway is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. (The device on the AWS side of the VPN connection is the virtual private gateway.) You must provide the Internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway\'s external interface. The IP address must be static and may be behind a device performing network address translation (NAT). +-- Provides information to AWS about your VPN customer gateway device. The customer gateway is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. (The device on the AWS side of the VPN connection is the virtual private gateway.) You must provide the Internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway's external interface. The IP address must be static and may be behind a device performing network address translation (NAT). -- --- For devices that use Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), you can also provide the device\'s BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). You can use an existing ASN assigned to your network. If you don\'t have an ASN already, you can use a private ASN (in the 64512 - 65534 range). -- --- Amazon EC2 supports all 2-byte ASN numbers in the range of 1 - 65534, with the exception of 7224, which is reserved in the 'us-east-1' region, and 9059, which is reserved in the 'eu-west-1' region. +-- For devices that use Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), you can also provide the device's BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). You can use an existing ASN assigned to your network. If you don't have an ASN already, you can use a private ASN (in the 64512 - 65534 range). -- --- For more information about VPN customer gateways, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information about VPN customer gateways, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- You cannot create more than one customer gateway with the same VPN type, IP address, and BGP ASN parameter values. If you run an identical request more than one time, the first request creates the customer gateway, and subsequent requests return information about the existing customer gateway. The subsequent requests do not create new customer gateway resources. +-- /Important:/ You cannot create more than one customer gateway with the same VPN type, IP address, and BGP ASN parameter values. If you run an identical request more than one time, the first request creates the customer gateway, and subsequent requests return information about the existing customer gateway. The subsequent requests do not create new customer gateway resources. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateCustomerGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -55,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateCustomerGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createCustomerGateway' smart constructor. data CreateCustomerGateway = CreateCustomerGateway' { _ccgDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -67,13 +69,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ccgDryRun' +-- * 'ccgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ccgType' +-- * 'ccgType' - The type of VPN connection that this customer gateway supports (@ipsec.1@ ). -- --- * 'ccgPublicIP' +-- * 'ccgPublicIP' - The Internet-routable IP address for the customer gateway's outside interface. The address must be static. -- --- * 'ccgBGPASN' +-- * 'ccgBGPASN' - For devices that support BGP, the customer gateway's BGP ASN. Default: 65000 createCustomerGateway :: GatewayType -- ^ 'ccgType' -> Text -- ^ 'ccgPublicIP' @@ -87,21 +89,19 @@ , _ccgBGPASN = pBGPASN_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ccgDryRun :: Lens' CreateCustomerGateway (Maybe Bool) ccgDryRun = lens _ccgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ccgDryRun = a}); --- | The type of VPN connection that this customer gateway supports ('ipsec.1'). +-- | The type of VPN connection that this customer gateway supports (@ipsec.1@ ). ccgType :: Lens' CreateCustomerGateway GatewayType ccgType = lens _ccgType (\ s a -> s{_ccgType = a}); --- | The Internet-routable IP address for the customer gateway\'s outside interface. The address must be static. +-- | The Internet-routable IP address for the customer gateway's outside interface. The address must be static. ccgPublicIP :: Lens' CreateCustomerGateway Text ccgPublicIP = lens _ccgPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_ccgPublicIP = a}); --- | For devices that support BGP, the customer gateway\'s BGP ASN. --- --- Default: 65000 +-- | For devices that support BGP, the customer gateway's BGP ASN. Default: 65000 ccgBGPASN :: Lens' CreateCustomerGateway Int ccgBGPASN = lens _ccgBGPASN (\ s a -> s{_ccgBGPASN = a}); @@ -129,12 +129,14 @@ toQuery CreateCustomerGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateCustomerGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _ccgDryRun, "Type" =: _ccgType, "IpAddress" =: _ccgPublicIP, "BgpAsn" =: _ccgBGPASN] -- | Contains the output of CreateCustomerGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createCustomerGatewayResponse' smart constructor. data CreateCustomerGatewayResponse = CreateCustomerGatewayResponse' { _ccgrsCustomerGateway :: !(Maybe CustomerGateway) @@ -145,9 +147,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ccgrsCustomerGateway' +-- * 'ccgrsCustomerGateway' - Information about the customer gateway. -- --- * 'ccgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'ccgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createCustomerGatewayResponse :: Int -- ^ 'ccgrsResponseStatus' -> CreateCustomerGatewayResponse @@ -161,7 +163,7 @@ ccgrsCustomerGateway :: Lens' CreateCustomerGatewayResponse (Maybe CustomerGateway) ccgrsCustomerGateway = lens _ccgrsCustomerGateway (\ s a -> s{_ccgrsCustomerGateway = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. ccgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateCustomerGatewayResponse Int ccgrsResponseStatus = lens _ccgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ccgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateDHCPOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateDHCPOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateDHCPOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateDHCPOptions.hs @@ -18,19 +18,23 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a set of DHCP options for your VPC. After creating the set, you must associate it with the VPC, causing all existing and new instances that you launch in the VPC to use this set of DHCP options. The following are the individual DHCP options you can specify. For more information about the options, see . +-- Creates a set of DHCP options for your VPC. After creating the set, you must associate it with the VPC, causing all existing and new instances that you launch in the VPC to use this set of DHCP options. The following are the individual DHCP options you can specify. For more information about the options, see . -- --- - 'domain-name-servers' - The IP addresses of up to four domain name servers, or AmazonProvidedDNS. The default DHCP option set specifies AmazonProvidedDNS. If specifying more than one domain name server, specify the IP addresses in a single parameter, separated by commas. If you want your instance to receive a custom DNS hostname as specified in 'domain-name', you must set 'domain-name-servers' to a custom DNS server. -- --- - 'domain-name' - If you\'re using AmazonProvidedDNS in \"us-east-1\", specify \"ec2.internal\". If you\'re using AmazonProvidedDNS in another region, specify \"region.compute.internal\" (for example, \"ap-northeast-1.compute.internal\"). Otherwise, specify a domain name (for example, \"MyCompany.com\"). This value is used to complete unqualified DNS hostnames. __Important__: Some Linux operating systems accept multiple domain names separated by spaces. However, Windows and other Linux operating systems treat the value as a single domain, which results in unexpected behavior. If your DHCP options set is associated with a VPC that has instances with multiple operating systems, specify only one domain name. +-- * @domain-name-servers@ - The IP addresses of up to four domain name servers, or AmazonProvidedDNS. The default DHCP option set specifies AmazonProvidedDNS. If specifying more than one domain name server, specify the IP addresses in a single parameter, separated by commas. If you want your instance to receive a custom DNS hostname as specified in @domain-name@ , you must set @domain-name-servers@ to a custom DNS server. -- --- - 'ntp-servers' - The IP addresses of up to four Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers. +-- * @domain-name@ - If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in "us-east-1", specify "ec2.internal". If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in another region, specify "region.compute.internal" (for example, "ap-northeast-1.compute.internal"). Otherwise, specify a domain name (for example, "MyCompany.com"). This value is used to complete unqualified DNS hostnames. __Important__ : Some Linux operating systems accept multiple domain names separated by spaces. However, Windows and other Linux operating systems treat the value as a single domain, which results in unexpected behavior. If your DHCP options set is associated with a VPC that has instances with multiple operating systems, specify only one domain name. -- --- - 'netbios-name-servers' - The IP addresses of up to four NetBIOS name servers. +-- * @ntp-servers@ - The IP addresses of up to four Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers. -- --- - 'netbios-node-type' - The NetBIOS node type (1, 2, 4, or 8). We recommend that you specify 2 (broadcast and multicast are not currently supported). For more information about these node types, see . +-- * @netbios-name-servers@ - The IP addresses of up to four NetBIOS name servers. -- --- Your VPC automatically starts out with a set of DHCP options that includes only a DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). If you create a set of options, and if your VPC has an Internet gateway, make sure to set the 'domain-name-servers' option either to 'AmazonProvidedDNS' or to a domain name server of your choice. For more information about DHCP options, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- * @netbios-node-type@ - The NetBIOS node type (1, 2, 4, or 8). We recommend that you specify 2 (broadcast and multicast are not currently supported). For more information about these node types, see . +-- +-- +-- +-- Your VPC automatically starts out with a set of DHCP options that includes only a DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). If you create a set of options, and if your VPC has an Internet gateway, make sure to set the @domain-name-servers@ option either to @AmazonProvidedDNS@ or to a domain name server of your choice. For more information about DHCP options, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateDHCPOptions ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -57,6 +61,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateDhcpOptions. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createDHCPOptions' smart constructor. data CreateDHCPOptions = CreateDHCPOptions' { _cdoDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -67,9 +73,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdoDryRun' +-- * 'cdoDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cdoDHCPConfigurations' +-- * 'cdoDHCPConfigurations' - A DHCP configuration option. createDHCPOptions :: CreateDHCPOptions createDHCPOptions = @@ -78,7 +84,7 @@ , _cdoDHCPConfigurations = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cdoDryRun :: Lens' CreateDHCPOptions (Maybe Bool) cdoDryRun = lens _cdoDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cdoDryRun = a}); @@ -109,13 +115,15 @@ toQuery CreateDHCPOptions'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateDhcpOptions" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _cdoDryRun, toQueryList "DhcpConfiguration" _cdoDHCPConfigurations] -- | Contains the output of CreateDhcpOptions. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createDHCPOptionsResponse' smart constructor. data CreateDHCPOptionsResponse = CreateDHCPOptionsResponse' { _cdorsDHCPOptions :: !(Maybe DHCPOptions) @@ -126,9 +134,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cdorsDHCPOptions' +-- * 'cdorsDHCPOptions' - A set of DHCP options. -- --- * 'cdorsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cdorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createDHCPOptionsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cdorsResponseStatus' -> CreateDHCPOptionsResponse @@ -142,7 +150,7 @@ cdorsDHCPOptions :: Lens' CreateDHCPOptionsResponse (Maybe DHCPOptions) cdorsDHCPOptions = lens _cdorsDHCPOptions (\ s a -> s{_cdorsDHCPOptions = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cdorsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateDHCPOptionsResponse Int cdorsResponseStatus = lens _cdorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cdorsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.hs @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- [IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only Internet gateway for your VPC. An egress-only Internet gateway is used to enable outbound communication over IPv6 from instances in your VPC to the Internet, and prevents hosts outside of your VPC from initiating an IPv6 connection with your instance. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + ( + -- * Creating a Request + createEgressOnlyInternetGateway + , CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + -- * Request Lenses + , ceoigClientToken + , ceoigDryRun + , ceoigVPCId + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , createEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse + , CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , ceoigrsClientToken + , ceoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateway + , ceoigrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'createEgressOnlyInternetGateway' smart constructor. +data CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway = CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway' + { _ceoigClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ceoigDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ceoigVPCId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ceoigClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . +-- +-- * 'ceoigDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'ceoigVPCId' - The ID of the VPC for which to create the egress-only Internet gateway. +createEgressOnlyInternetGateway + :: Text -- ^ 'ceoigVPCId' + -> CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway +createEgressOnlyInternetGateway pVPCId_ = + CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway' + { _ceoigClientToken = Nothing + , _ceoigDryRun = Nothing + , _ceoigVPCId = pVPCId_ + } + +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . +ceoigClientToken :: Lens' CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway (Maybe Text) +ceoigClientToken = lens _ceoigClientToken (\ s a -> s{_ceoigClientToken = a}); + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +ceoigDryRun :: Lens' CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway (Maybe Bool) +ceoigDryRun = lens _ceoigDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ceoigDryRun = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC for which to create the egress-only Internet gateway. +ceoigVPCId :: Lens' CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway Text +ceoigVPCId = lens _ceoigVPCId (\ s a -> s{_ceoigVPCId = a}); + +instance AWSRequest CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + where + type Rs CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway = + CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' <$> + (x .@? "clientToken") <*> + (x .@? "egressOnlyInternetGateway") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + +instance NFData CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + +instance ToHeaders CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway + where + toQuery CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "ClientToken" =: _ceoigClientToken, + "DryRun" =: _ceoigDryRun, "VpcId" =: _ceoigVPCId] + +-- | /See:/ 'createEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' smart constructor. +data CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse = CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' + { _ceoigrsClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ceoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateway :: !(Maybe EgressOnlyInternetGateway) + , _ceoigrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ceoigrsClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. +-- +-- * 'ceoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateway' - Information about the egress-only Internet gateway. +-- +-- * 'ceoigrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +createEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'ceoigrsResponseStatus' + -> CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse +createEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse pResponseStatus_ = + CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' + { _ceoigrsClientToken = Nothing + , _ceoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateway = Nothing + , _ceoigrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. +ceoigrsClientToken :: Lens' CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse (Maybe Text) +ceoigrsClientToken = lens _ceoigrsClientToken (\ s a -> s{_ceoigrsClientToken = a}); + +-- | Information about the egress-only Internet gateway. +ceoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateway :: Lens' CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse (Maybe EgressOnlyInternetGateway) +ceoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateway = lens _ceoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateway (\ s a -> s{_ceoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateway = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +ceoigrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse Int +ceoigrsResponseStatus = lens _ceoigrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ceoigrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData + CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateFlowLogs.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateFlowLogs.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateFlowLogs.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateFlowLogs.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates one or more flow logs to capture IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC. Flow logs are delivered to a specified log group in Amazon CloudWatch Logs. If you specify a VPC or subnet in the request, a log stream is created in CloudWatch Logs for each network interface in the subnet or VPC. Log streams can include information about accepted and rejected traffic to a network interface. You can view the data in your log streams using Amazon CloudWatch Logs. -- +-- -- In your request, you must also specify an IAM role that has permission to publish logs to CloudWatch Logs. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateFlowLogs ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateFlowLogs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createFlowLogs' smart constructor. data CreateFlowLogs = CreateFlowLogs' { _cflClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -67,17 +71,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cflClientToken' +-- * 'cflClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . -- --- * 'cflResourceIds' +-- * 'cflResourceIds' - One or more subnet, network interface, or VPC IDs. Constraints: Maximum of 1000 resources -- --- * 'cflResourceType' +-- * 'cflResourceType' - The type of resource on which to create the flow log. -- --- * 'cflTrafficType' +-- * 'cflTrafficType' - The type of traffic to log. -- --- * 'cflLogGroupName' +-- * 'cflLogGroupName' - The name of the CloudWatch log group. -- --- * 'cflDeliverLogsPermissionARN' +-- * 'cflDeliverLogsPermissionARN' - The ARN for the IAM role that's used to post flow logs to a CloudWatch Logs log group. createFlowLogs :: FlowLogsResourceType -- ^ 'cflResourceType' -> TrafficType -- ^ 'cflTrafficType' @@ -94,13 +98,11 @@ , _cflDeliverLogsPermissionARN = pDeliverLogsPermissionARN_ } --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . cflClientToken :: Lens' CreateFlowLogs (Maybe Text) cflClientToken = lens _cflClientToken (\ s a -> s{_cflClientToken = a}); --- | One or more subnet, network interface, or VPC IDs. --- --- Constraints: Maximum of 1000 resources +-- | One or more subnet, network interface, or VPC IDs. Constraints: Maximum of 1000 resources cflResourceIds :: Lens' CreateFlowLogs [Text] cflResourceIds = lens _cflResourceIds (\ s a -> s{_cflResourceIds = a}) . _Coerce; @@ -116,7 +118,7 @@ cflLogGroupName :: Lens' CreateFlowLogs Text cflLogGroupName = lens _cflLogGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cflLogGroupName = a}); --- | The ARN for the IAM role that\'s used to post flow logs to a CloudWatch Logs log group. +-- | The ARN for the IAM role that's used to post flow logs to a CloudWatch Logs log group. cflDeliverLogsPermissionARN :: Lens' CreateFlowLogs Text cflDeliverLogsPermissionARN = lens _cflDeliverLogsPermissionARN (\ s a -> s{_cflDeliverLogsPermissionARN = a}); @@ -149,7 +151,7 @@ toQuery CreateFlowLogs'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateFlowLogs" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ClientToken" =: _cflClientToken, toQueryList "ResourceId" _cflResourceIds, "ResourceType" =: _cflResourceType, @@ -160,6 +162,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of CreateFlowLogs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createFlowLogsResponse' smart constructor. data CreateFlowLogsResponse = CreateFlowLogsResponse' { _cflrsUnsuccessful :: !(Maybe [UnsuccessfulItem]) @@ -172,13 +176,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cflrsUnsuccessful' +-- * 'cflrsUnsuccessful' - Information about the flow logs that could not be created successfully. -- --- * 'cflrsClientToken' +-- * 'cflrsClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. -- --- * 'cflrsFlowLogIds' +-- * 'cflrsFlowLogIds' - The IDs of the flow logs. -- --- * 'cflrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cflrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createFlowLogsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cflrsResponseStatus' -> CreateFlowLogsResponse @@ -202,7 +206,7 @@ cflrsFlowLogIds :: Lens' CreateFlowLogsResponse [Text] cflrsFlowLogIds = lens _cflrsFlowLogIds (\ s a -> s{_cflrsFlowLogIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cflrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateFlowLogsResponse Int cflrsResponseStatus = lens _cflrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cflrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateImage.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateImage.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateImage.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateImage.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is either running or stopped. -- +-- -- If you customized your instance with instance store volumes or EBS volumes in addition to the root device volume, the new AMI contains block device mapping information for those volumes. When you launch an instance from this new AMI, the instance automatically launches with those additional volumes. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateImage ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createImage' smart constructor. data CreateImage = CreateImage' { _ciiNoReboot :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -67,17 +71,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ciiNoReboot' +-- * 'ciiNoReboot' - By default, Amazon EC2 attempts to shut down and reboot the instance before creating the image. If the 'No Reboot' option is set, Amazon EC2 doesn't shut down the instance before creating the image. When this option is used, file system integrity on the created image can't be guaranteed. -- --- * 'ciiDescription' +-- * 'ciiDescription' - A description for the new image. -- --- * 'ciiBlockDeviceMappings' +-- * 'ciiBlockDeviceMappings' - Information about one or more block device mappings. -- --- * 'ciiDryRun' +-- * 'ciiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ciiInstanceId' +-- * 'ciiInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'ciiName' +-- * 'ciiName' - A name for the new image. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_) createImage :: Text -- ^ 'ciiInstanceId' -> Text -- ^ 'ciiName' @@ -92,7 +96,7 @@ , _ciiName = pName_ } --- | By default, Amazon EC2 attempts to shut down and reboot the instance before creating the image. If the \'No Reboot\' option is set, Amazon EC2 doesn\'t shut down the instance before creating the image. When this option is used, file system integrity on the created image can\'t be guaranteed. +-- | By default, Amazon EC2 attempts to shut down and reboot the instance before creating the image. If the 'No Reboot' option is set, Amazon EC2 doesn't shut down the instance before creating the image. When this option is used, file system integrity on the created image can't be guaranteed. ciiNoReboot :: Lens' CreateImage (Maybe Bool) ciiNoReboot = lens _ciiNoReboot (\ s a -> s{_ciiNoReboot = a}); @@ -104,7 +108,7 @@ ciiBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' CreateImage [BlockDeviceMapping] ciiBlockDeviceMappings = lens _ciiBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_ciiBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ciiDryRun :: Lens' CreateImage (Maybe Bool) ciiDryRun = lens _ciiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ciiDryRun = a}); @@ -112,9 +116,7 @@ ciiInstanceId :: Lens' CreateImage Text ciiInstanceId = lens _ciiInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_ciiInstanceId = a}); --- | A name for the new image. --- --- Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (\/), dashes (-), single quotes (\'), at-signs (\'), or underscores(_) +-- | A name for the new image. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_) ciiName :: Lens' CreateImage Text ciiName = lens _ciiName (\ s a -> s{_ciiName = a}); @@ -141,7 +143,7 @@ toQuery CreateImage'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateImage" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NoReboot" =: _ciiNoReboot, "Description" =: _ciiDescription, toQuery @@ -152,6 +154,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of CreateImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createImageResponse' smart constructor. data CreateImageResponse = CreateImageResponse' { _cirsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -162,9 +166,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cirsImageId' +-- * 'cirsImageId' - The ID of the new AMI. -- --- * 'cirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createImageResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cirsResponseStatus' -> CreateImageResponse @@ -178,7 +182,7 @@ cirsImageId :: Lens' CreateImageResponse (Maybe Text) cirsImageId = lens _cirsImageId (\ s a -> s{_cirsImageId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cirsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateImageResponse Int cirsResponseStatus = lens _cirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateInstanceExportTask.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateInstanceExportTask.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateInstanceExportTask.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateInstanceExportTask.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Exports a running or stopped instance to an S3 bucket. -- --- For information about the supported operating systems, image formats, and known limitations for the types of instances you can export, see in the /VM Import\/Export User Guide/. +-- +-- For information about the supported operating systems, image formats, and known limitations for the types of instances you can export, see in the /VM Import\/Export User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateInstanceExportTask ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateInstanceExportTask. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createInstanceExportTask' smart constructor. data CreateInstanceExportTask = CreateInstanceExportTask' { _cietTargetEnvironment :: !(Maybe ExportEnvironment) @@ -61,13 +65,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cietTargetEnvironment' +-- * 'cietTargetEnvironment' - The target virtualization environment. -- --- * 'cietExportToS3Task' +-- * 'cietExportToS3Task' - The format and location for an instance export task. -- --- * 'cietDescription' +-- * 'cietDescription' - A description for the conversion task or the resource being exported. The maximum length is 255 bytes. -- --- * 'cietInstanceId' +-- * 'cietInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. createInstanceExportTask :: Text -- ^ 'cietInstanceId' -> CreateInstanceExportTask @@ -120,7 +124,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateInstanceExportTask" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "TargetEnvironment" =: _cietTargetEnvironment, "ExportToS3" =: _cietExportToS3Task, "Description" =: _cietDescription, @@ -128,6 +132,8 @@ -- | Contains the output for CreateInstanceExportTask. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createInstanceExportTaskResponse' smart constructor. data CreateInstanceExportTaskResponse = CreateInstanceExportTaskResponse' { _cietrsExportTask :: !(Maybe ExportTask) @@ -138,9 +144,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cietrsExportTask' +-- * 'cietrsExportTask' - Information about the instance export task. -- --- * 'cietrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cietrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createInstanceExportTaskResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cietrsResponseStatus' -> CreateInstanceExportTaskResponse @@ -154,7 +160,7 @@ cietrsExportTask :: Lens' CreateInstanceExportTaskResponse (Maybe ExportTask) cietrsExportTask = lens _cietrsExportTask (\ s a -> s{_cietrsExportTask = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cietrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateInstanceExportTaskResponse Int cietrsResponseStatus = lens _cietrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cietrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateInternetGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateInternetGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateInternetGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateInternetGateway.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates an Internet gateway for use with a VPC. After creating the Internet gateway, you attach it to a VPC using < AttachInternetGateway>. +-- Creates an Internet gateway for use with a VPC. After creating the Internet gateway, you attach it to a VPC using 'AttachInternetGateway' . -- --- For more information about your VPC and Internet gateway, see the . +-- +-- For more information about your VPC and Internet gateway, see the . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateInternetGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateInternetGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createInternetGateway' smart constructor. newtype CreateInternetGateway = CreateInternetGateway' { _cigDryRun :: Maybe Bool @@ -55,7 +59,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cigDryRun' +-- * 'cigDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . createInternetGateway :: CreateInternetGateway createInternetGateway = @@ -63,7 +67,7 @@ { _cigDryRun = Nothing } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cigDryRun :: Lens' CreateInternetGateway (Maybe Bool) cigDryRun = lens _cigDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cigDryRun = a}); @@ -91,11 +95,13 @@ toQuery CreateInternetGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateInternetGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _cigDryRun] -- | Contains the output of CreateInternetGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createInternetGatewayResponse' smart constructor. data CreateInternetGatewayResponse = CreateInternetGatewayResponse' { _cigrsInternetGateway :: !(Maybe InternetGateway) @@ -106,9 +112,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cigrsInternetGateway' +-- * 'cigrsInternetGateway' - Information about the Internet gateway. -- --- * 'cigrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cigrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createInternetGatewayResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cigrsResponseStatus' -> CreateInternetGatewayResponse @@ -122,7 +128,7 @@ cigrsInternetGateway :: Lens' CreateInternetGatewayResponse (Maybe InternetGateway) cigrsInternetGateway = lens _cigrsInternetGateway (\ s a -> s{_cigrsInternetGateway = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cigrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateInternetGatewayResponse Int cigrsResponseStatus = lens _cigrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cigrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateKeyPair.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateKeyPair.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateKeyPair.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateKeyPair.hs @@ -20,11 +20,13 @@ -- -- Creates a 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name. Amazon EC2 stores the public key and displays the private key for you to save to a file. The private key is returned as an unencrypted PEM encoded PKCS#8 private key. If a key with the specified name already exists, Amazon EC2 returns an error. -- +-- -- You can have up to five thousand key pairs per region. -- --- The key pair returned to you is available only in the region in which you create it. To create a key pair that is available in all regions, use < ImportKeyPair>. +-- The key pair returned to you is available only in the region in which you create it. To create a key pair that is available in all regions, use 'ImportKeyPair' . -- --- For more information about key pairs, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information about key pairs, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateKeyPair ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateKeyPair. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createKeyPair' smart constructor. data CreateKeyPair = CreateKeyPair' { _ckpDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -63,9 +67,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ckpDryRun' +-- * 'ckpDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ckpKeyName' +-- * 'ckpKeyName' - A unique name for the key pair. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters createKeyPair :: Text -- ^ 'ckpKeyName' -> CreateKeyPair @@ -75,13 +79,11 @@ , _ckpKeyName = pKeyName_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ckpDryRun :: Lens' CreateKeyPair (Maybe Bool) ckpDryRun = lens _ckpDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ckpDryRun = a}); --- | A unique name for the key pair. --- --- Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters +-- | A unique name for the key pair. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters ckpKeyName :: Lens' CreateKeyPair Text ckpKeyName = lens _ckpKeyName (\ s a -> s{_ckpKeyName = a}); @@ -110,11 +112,13 @@ toQuery CreateKeyPair'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateKeyPair" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _ckpDryRun, "KeyName" =: _ckpKeyName] -- | Describes a key pair. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createKeyPairResponse' smart constructor. data CreateKeyPairResponse = CreateKeyPairResponse' { _ckprsResponseStatus :: !Int @@ -127,13 +131,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ckprsResponseStatus' +-- * 'ckprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. -- --- * 'ckprsKeyName' +-- * 'ckprsKeyName' - The name of the key pair. -- --- * 'ckprsKeyFingerprint' +-- * 'ckprsKeyFingerprint' - The SHA-1 digest of the DER encoded private key. -- --- * 'ckprsKeyMaterial' +-- * 'ckprsKeyMaterial' - An unencrypted PEM encoded RSA private key. createKeyPairResponse :: Int -- ^ 'ckprsResponseStatus' -> Text -- ^ 'ckprsKeyName' @@ -148,7 +152,7 @@ , _ckprsKeyMaterial = pKeyMaterial_ } --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. ckprsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateKeyPairResponse Int ckprsResponseStatus = lens _ckprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ckprsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNatGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNatGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNatGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNatGateway.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet. A NAT gateway can be used to enable instances in a private subnet to connect to the Internet. This action creates a network interface in the specified subnet with a private IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet. A NAT gateway can be used to enable instances in a private subnet to connect to the Internet. This action creates a network interface in the specified subnet with a private IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateNatGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateNatGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createNatGateway' smart constructor. data CreateNatGateway = CreateNatGateway' { _cngClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -58,11 +62,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cngClientToken' +-- * 'cngClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters. -- --- * 'cngSubnetId' +-- * 'cngSubnetId' - The subnet in which to create the NAT gateway. -- --- * 'cngAllocationId' +-- * 'cngAllocationId' - The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address to associate with the NAT gateway. If the Elastic IP address is associated with another resource, you must first disassociate it. createNatGateway :: Text -- ^ 'cngSubnetId' -> Text -- ^ 'cngAllocationId' @@ -74,9 +78,7 @@ , _cngAllocationId = pAllocationId_ } --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . --- --- Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters. +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters. cngClientToken :: Lens' CreateNatGateway (Maybe Text) cngClientToken = lens _cngClientToken (\ s a -> s{_cngClientToken = a}); @@ -112,13 +114,15 @@ toQuery CreateNatGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateNatGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ClientToken" =: _cngClientToken, "SubnetId" =: _cngSubnetId, "AllocationId" =: _cngAllocationId] -- | Contains the output of CreateNatGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createNatGatewayResponse' smart constructor. data CreateNatGatewayResponse = CreateNatGatewayResponse' { _cngrsClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -130,11 +134,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cngrsClientToken' +-- * 'cngrsClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure the idempotency of the request. Only returned if a client token was provided in the request. -- --- * 'cngrsNatGateway' +-- * 'cngrsNatGateway' - Information about the NAT gateway. -- --- * 'cngrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cngrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createNatGatewayResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cngrsResponseStatus' -> CreateNatGatewayResponse @@ -153,7 +157,7 @@ cngrsNatGateway :: Lens' CreateNatGatewayResponse (Maybe NatGateway) cngrsNatGateway = lens _cngrsNatGateway (\ s a -> s{_cngrsNatGateway = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cngrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateNatGatewayResponse Int cngrsResponseStatus = lens _cngrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cngrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkACL.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkACL.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkACL.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkACL.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a network ACL in a VPC. Network ACLs provide an optional layer of security (in addition to security groups) for the instances in your VPC. -- --- For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateNetworkACL ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkAcl. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createNetworkACL' smart constructor. data CreateNetworkACL = CreateNetworkACL' { _cnaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -57,9 +61,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cnaDryRun' +-- * 'cnaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cnaVPCId' +-- * 'cnaVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. createNetworkACL :: Text -- ^ 'cnaVPCId' -> CreateNetworkACL @@ -69,7 +73,7 @@ , _cnaVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cnaDryRun :: Lens' CreateNetworkACL (Maybe Bool) cnaDryRun = lens _cnaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cnaDryRun = a}); @@ -100,11 +104,13 @@ toQuery CreateNetworkACL'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateNetworkAcl" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _cnaDryRun, "VpcId" =: _cnaVPCId] -- | Contains the output of CreateNetworkAcl. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createNetworkACLResponse' smart constructor. data CreateNetworkACLResponse = CreateNetworkACLResponse' { _cnarsNetworkACL :: !(Maybe NetworkACL) @@ -115,9 +121,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cnarsNetworkACL' +-- * 'cnarsNetworkACL' - Information about the network ACL. -- --- * 'cnarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cnarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createNetworkACLResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cnarsResponseStatus' -> CreateNetworkACLResponse @@ -131,7 +137,7 @@ cnarsNetworkACL :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLResponse (Maybe NetworkACL) cnarsNetworkACL = lens _cnarsNetworkACL (\ s a -> s{_cnarsNetworkACL = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cnarsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLResponse Int cnarsResponseStatus = lens _cnarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cnarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkACLEntry.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkACLEntry.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkACLEntry.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkACLEntry.hs @@ -20,26 +20,29 @@ -- -- Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number. Each network ACL has a set of numbered ingress rules and a separate set of numbered egress rules. When determining whether a packet should be allowed in or out of a subnet associated with the ACL, we process the entries in the ACL according to the rule numbers, in ascending order. Each network ACL has a set of ingress rules and a separate set of egress rules. -- +-- -- We recommend that you leave room between the rule numbers (for example, 100, 110, 120, ...), and not number them one right after the other (for example, 101, 102, 103, ...). This makes it easier to add a rule between existing ones without having to renumber the rules. -- --- After you add an entry, you can\'t modify it; you must either replace it, or create an entry and delete the old one. +-- After you add an entry, you can't modify it; you must either replace it, or create an entry and delete the old one. -- --- For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateNetworkACLEntry ( -- * Creating a Request createNetworkACLEntry , CreateNetworkACLEntry -- * Request Lenses + , cnaeIPv6CidrBlock , cnaeICMPTypeCode , cnaePortRange + , cnaeCidrBlock , cnaeDryRun , cnaeNetworkACLId , cnaeRuleNumber , cnaeProtocol , cnaeRuleAction , cnaeEgress - , cnaeCIdRBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , createNetworkACLEntryResponse @@ -55,62 +58,71 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkAclEntry. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createNetworkACLEntry' smart constructor. data CreateNetworkACLEntry = CreateNetworkACLEntry' - { _cnaeICMPTypeCode :: !(Maybe ICMPTypeCode) - , _cnaePortRange :: !(Maybe PortRange) - , _cnaeDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _cnaeNetworkACLId :: !Text - , _cnaeRuleNumber :: !Int - , _cnaeProtocol :: !Text - , _cnaeRuleAction :: !RuleAction - , _cnaeEgress :: !Bool - , _cnaeCIdRBlock :: !Text + { _cnaeIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cnaeICMPTypeCode :: !(Maybe ICMPTypeCode) + , _cnaePortRange :: !(Maybe PortRange) + , _cnaeCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cnaeDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cnaeNetworkACLId :: !Text + , _cnaeRuleNumber :: !Int + , _cnaeProtocol :: !Text + , _cnaeRuleAction :: !RuleAction + , _cnaeEgress :: !Bool } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'CreateNetworkACLEntry' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cnaeICMPTypeCode' +-- * 'cnaeIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example @2001:db8:1234:1a00::/64@ ). -- --- * 'cnaePortRange' +-- * 'cnaeICMPTypeCode' - ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying the ICMP protocol, or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block. -- --- * 'cnaeDryRun' +-- * 'cnaePortRange' - TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. -- --- * 'cnaeNetworkACLId' +-- * 'cnaeCidrBlock' - The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example @172.16.0.0/24@ ). -- --- * 'cnaeRuleNumber' +-- * 'cnaeDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cnaeProtocol' +-- * 'cnaeNetworkACLId' - The ID of the network ACL. -- --- * 'cnaeRuleAction' +-- * 'cnaeRuleNumber' - The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed in ascending order by rule number. Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. The range 32767 to 65535 is reserved for internal use. -- --- * 'cnaeEgress' +-- * 'cnaeProtocol' - The protocol. A value of @-1@ or @all@ means all protocols. If you specify @all@ , @-1@ , or a protocol number other than @tcp@ , @udp@ , or @icmp@ , traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes you specify. If you specify protocol @58@ (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify. If you specify protocol @58@ (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must specify an ICMP type and code. -- --- * 'cnaeCIdRBlock' +-- * 'cnaeRuleAction' - Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. +-- +-- * 'cnaeEgress' - Indicates whether this is an egress rule (rule is applied to traffic leaving the subnet). createNetworkACLEntry :: Text -- ^ 'cnaeNetworkACLId' -> Int -- ^ 'cnaeRuleNumber' -> Text -- ^ 'cnaeProtocol' -> RuleAction -- ^ 'cnaeRuleAction' -> Bool -- ^ 'cnaeEgress' - -> Text -- ^ 'cnaeCIdRBlock' -> CreateNetworkACLEntry -createNetworkACLEntry pNetworkACLId_ pRuleNumber_ pProtocol_ pRuleAction_ pEgress_ pCIdRBlock_ = +createNetworkACLEntry pNetworkACLId_ pRuleNumber_ pProtocol_ pRuleAction_ pEgress_ = CreateNetworkACLEntry' - { _cnaeICMPTypeCode = Nothing + { _cnaeIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _cnaeICMPTypeCode = Nothing , _cnaePortRange = Nothing + , _cnaeCidrBlock = Nothing , _cnaeDryRun = Nothing , _cnaeNetworkACLId = pNetworkACLId_ , _cnaeRuleNumber = pRuleNumber_ , _cnaeProtocol = pProtocol_ , _cnaeRuleAction = pRuleAction_ , _cnaeEgress = pEgress_ - , _cnaeCIdRBlock = pCIdRBlock_ } --- | ICMP protocol: The ICMP type and code. Required if specifying ICMP for the protocol. +-- | The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example @2001:db8:1234:1a00::/64@ ). +cnaeIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) +cnaeIPv6CidrBlock = lens _cnaeIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_cnaeIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying the ICMP protocol, or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block. cnaeICMPTypeCode :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry (Maybe ICMPTypeCode) cnaeICMPTypeCode = lens _cnaeICMPTypeCode (\ s a -> s{_cnaeICMPTypeCode = a}); @@ -118,7 +130,11 @@ cnaePortRange :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry (Maybe PortRange) cnaePortRange = lens _cnaePortRange (\ s a -> s{_cnaePortRange = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example @172.16.0.0/24@ ). +cnaeCidrBlock :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) +cnaeCidrBlock = lens _cnaeCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_cnaeCidrBlock = a}); + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cnaeDryRun :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry (Maybe Bool) cnaeDryRun = lens _cnaeDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cnaeDryRun = a}); @@ -126,13 +142,11 @@ cnaeNetworkACLId :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry Text cnaeNetworkACLId = lens _cnaeNetworkACLId (\ s a -> s{_cnaeNetworkACLId = a}); --- | The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed in ascending order by rule number. --- --- Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. The range 32767 to 65535 is reserved for internal use. +-- | The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed in ascending order by rule number. Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. The range 32767 to 65535 is reserved for internal use. cnaeRuleNumber :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry Int cnaeRuleNumber = lens _cnaeRuleNumber (\ s a -> s{_cnaeRuleNumber = a}); --- | The protocol. A value of -1 means all protocols. +-- | The protocol. A value of @-1@ or @all@ means all protocols. If you specify @all@ , @-1@ , or a protocol number other than @tcp@ , @udp@ , or @icmp@ , traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes you specify. If you specify protocol @58@ (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify. If you specify protocol @58@ (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must specify an ICMP type and code. cnaeProtocol :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry Text cnaeProtocol = lens _cnaeProtocol (\ s a -> s{_cnaeProtocol = a}); @@ -144,10 +158,6 @@ cnaeEgress :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry Bool cnaeEgress = lens _cnaeEgress (\ s a -> s{_cnaeEgress = a}); --- | The network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example '172.16.0.0\/24'). -cnaeCIdRBlock :: Lens' CreateNetworkACLEntry Text -cnaeCIdRBlock = lens _cnaeCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_cnaeCIdRBlock = a}); - instance AWSRequest CreateNetworkACLEntry where type Rs CreateNetworkACLEntry = CreateNetworkACLEntryResponse @@ -168,16 +178,17 @@ toQuery CreateNetworkACLEntry'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateNetworkAclEntry" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "Ipv6CidrBlock" =: _cnaeIPv6CidrBlock, "Icmp" =: _cnaeICMPTypeCode, "PortRange" =: _cnaePortRange, + "CidrBlock" =: _cnaeCidrBlock, "DryRun" =: _cnaeDryRun, "NetworkAclId" =: _cnaeNetworkACLId, "RuleNumber" =: _cnaeRuleNumber, "Protocol" =: _cnaeProtocol, "RuleAction" =: _cnaeRuleAction, - "Egress" =: _cnaeEgress, - "CidrBlock" =: _cnaeCIdRBlock] + "Egress" =: _cnaeEgress] -- | /See:/ 'createNetworkACLEntryResponse' smart constructor. data CreateNetworkACLEntryResponse = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkInterface.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkInterface.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkInterface.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateNetworkInterface.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a network interface in the specified subnet. -- --- For more information about network interfaces, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about network interfaces, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateNetworkInterface ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -29,10 +31,12 @@ -- * Request Lenses , cniGroups , cniPrivateIPAddresses + , cniIPv6AddressCount , cniPrivateIPAddress , cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount , cniDescription , cniDryRun + , cniIPv6Addresses , cniSubnetId -- * Destructuring the Response @@ -52,14 +56,18 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateNetworkInterface. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createNetworkInterface' smart constructor. data CreateNetworkInterface = CreateNetworkInterface' { _cniGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _cniPrivateIPAddresses :: !(Maybe [PrivateIPAddressSpecification]) + , _cniIPv6AddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) , _cniPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) , _cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) , _cniDescription :: !(Maybe Text) , _cniDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cniIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [InstanceIPv6Address]) , _cniSubnetId :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) @@ -67,19 +75,23 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cniGroups' +-- * 'cniGroups' - The IDs of one or more security groups. -- --- * 'cniPrivateIPAddresses' +-- * 'cniPrivateIPAddresses' - One or more private IPv4 addresses. -- --- * 'cniPrivateIPAddress' +-- * 'cniIPv6AddressCount' - The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. If your subnet has the @AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation@ attribute set to @true@ , you can specify @0@ to override this setting. -- --- * 'cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount' +-- * 'cniPrivateIPAddress' - The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. If you don't specify an IPv4 address, Amazon EC2 selects one for you from the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. If you specify an IP address, you cannot indicate any IP addresses specified in @privateIpAddresses@ as primary (only one IP address can be designated as primary). -- --- * 'cniDescription' +-- * 'cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount' - The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses to assign to a network interface. When you specify a number of secondary IPv4 addresses, Amazon EC2 selects these IP addresses within the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. You can't specify this option and specify more than one private IP address using @privateIpAddresses@ . The number of IP addresses you can assign to a network interface varies by instance type. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'cniDryRun' +-- * 'cniDescription' - A description for the network interface. -- --- * 'cniSubnetId' +-- * 'cniDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'cniIPv6Addresses' - One or more specific IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your subnet. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses. +-- +-- * 'cniSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet to associate with the network interface. createNetworkInterface :: Text -- ^ 'cniSubnetId' -> CreateNetworkInterface @@ -87,10 +99,12 @@ CreateNetworkInterface' { _cniGroups = Nothing , _cniPrivateIPAddresses = Nothing + , _cniIPv6AddressCount = Nothing , _cniPrivateIPAddress = Nothing , _cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = Nothing , _cniDescription = Nothing , _cniDryRun = Nothing + , _cniIPv6Addresses = Nothing , _cniSubnetId = pSubnetId_ } @@ -98,17 +112,19 @@ cniGroups :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface [Text] cniGroups = lens _cniGroups (\ s a -> s{_cniGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more private IP addresses. +-- | One or more private IPv4 addresses. cniPrivateIPAddresses :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface [PrivateIPAddressSpecification] cniPrivateIPAddresses = lens _cniPrivateIPAddresses (\ s a -> s{_cniPrivateIPAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The primary private IP address of the network interface. If you don\'t specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 selects one for you from the subnet range. If you specify an IP address, you cannot indicate any IP addresses specified in 'privateIpAddresses' as primary (only one IP address can be designated as primary). +-- | The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. If your subnet has the @AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation@ attribute set to @true@ , you can specify @0@ to override this setting. +cniIPv6AddressCount :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface (Maybe Int) +cniIPv6AddressCount = lens _cniIPv6AddressCount (\ s a -> s{_cniIPv6AddressCount = a}); + +-- | The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. If you don't specify an IPv4 address, Amazon EC2 selects one for you from the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. If you specify an IP address, you cannot indicate any IP addresses specified in @privateIpAddresses@ as primary (only one IP address can be designated as primary). cniPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) cniPrivateIPAddress = lens _cniPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_cniPrivateIPAddress = a}); --- | The number of secondary private IP addresses to assign to a network interface. When you specify a number of secondary IP addresses, Amazon EC2 selects these IP addresses within the subnet range. You can\'t specify this option and specify more than one private IP address using 'privateIpAddresses'. --- --- The number of IP addresses you can assign to a network interface varies by instance type. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses to assign to a network interface. When you specify a number of secondary IPv4 addresses, Amazon EC2 selects these IP addresses within the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. You can't specify this option and specify more than one private IP address using @privateIpAddresses@ . The number of IP addresses you can assign to a network interface varies by instance type. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface (Maybe Int) cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = lens _cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount (\ s a -> s{_cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = a}); @@ -116,10 +132,14 @@ cniDescription :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) cniDescription = lens _cniDescription (\ s a -> s{_cniDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cniDryRun :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) cniDryRun = lens _cniDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cniDryRun = a}); +-- | One or more specific IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your subnet. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses. +cniIPv6Addresses :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface [InstanceIPv6Address] +cniIPv6Addresses = lens _cniIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_cniIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + -- | The ID of the subnet to associate with the network interface. cniSubnetId :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterface Text cniSubnetId = lens _cniSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_cniSubnetId = a}); @@ -149,20 +169,26 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateNetworkInterface" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> _cniGroups), toQuery (toQueryList "PrivateIpAddresses" <$> _cniPrivateIPAddresses), + "Ipv6AddressCount" =: _cniIPv6AddressCount, "PrivateIpAddress" =: _cniPrivateIPAddress, "SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" =: _cniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount, "Description" =: _cniDescription, - "DryRun" =: _cniDryRun, "SubnetId" =: _cniSubnetId] + "DryRun" =: _cniDryRun, + toQuery + (toQueryList "Ipv6Addresses" <$> _cniIPv6Addresses), + "SubnetId" =: _cniSubnetId] -- | Contains the output of CreateNetworkInterface. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createNetworkInterfaceResponse' smart constructor. data CreateNetworkInterfaceResponse = CreateNetworkInterfaceResponse' { _cnirsNetworkInterface :: !(Maybe NetworkInterface) @@ -173,9 +199,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cnirsNetworkInterface' +-- * 'cnirsNetworkInterface' - Information about the network interface. -- --- * 'cnirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cnirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createNetworkInterfaceResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cnirsResponseStatus' -> CreateNetworkInterfaceResponse @@ -189,7 +215,7 @@ cnirsNetworkInterface :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterfaceResponse (Maybe NetworkInterface) cnirsNetworkInterface = lens _cnirsNetworkInterface (\ s a -> s{_cnirsNetworkInterface = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cnirsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateNetworkInterfaceResponse Int cnirsResponseStatus = lens _cnirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cnirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreatePlacementGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreatePlacementGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreatePlacementGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreatePlacementGroup.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a placement group that you launch cluster instances into. You must give the group a name that\'s unique within the scope of your account. +-- Creates a placement group that you launch cluster instances into. You must give the group a name that's unique within the scope of your account. -- --- For more information about placement groups and cluster instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about placement groups and cluster instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreatePlacementGroup ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreatePlacementGroup. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createPlacementGroup' smart constructor. data CreatePlacementGroup = CreatePlacementGroup' { _cpgDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,11 +60,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cpgDryRun' +-- * 'cpgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cpgGroupName' +-- * 'cpgGroupName' - A name for the placement group. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters -- --- * 'cpgStrategy' +-- * 'cpgStrategy' - The placement strategy. createPlacementGroup :: Text -- ^ 'cpgGroupName' -> PlacementStrategy -- ^ 'cpgStrategy' @@ -72,13 +76,11 @@ , _cpgStrategy = pStrategy_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cpgDryRun :: Lens' CreatePlacementGroup (Maybe Bool) cpgDryRun = lens _cpgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cpgDryRun = a}); --- | A name for the placement group. --- --- Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters +-- | A name for the placement group. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters cpgGroupName :: Lens' CreatePlacementGroup Text cpgGroupName = lens _cpgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_cpgGroupName = a}); @@ -106,7 +108,7 @@ toQuery CreatePlacementGroup'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreatePlacementGroup" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _cpgDryRun, "GroupName" =: _cpgGroupName, "Strategy" =: _cpgStrategy] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateReservedInstancesListing.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateReservedInstancesListing.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateReservedInstancesListing.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateReservedInstancesListing.hs @@ -18,13 +18,15 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can submit one Reserved Instance listing at a time. To get a list of your Reserved Instances, you can use the < DescribeReservedInstances> operation. +-- Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can submit one Standard Reserved Instance listing at a time. To get a list of your Standard Reserved Instances, you can use the 'DescribeReservedInstances' operation. -- --- The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances. -- --- To sell your Reserved Instances, you must first register as a seller in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. After completing the registration process, you can create a Reserved Instance Marketplace listing of some or all of your Reserved Instances, and specify the upfront price to receive for them. Your Reserved Instance listings then become available for purchase. To view the details of your Reserved Instance listing, you can use the < DescribeReservedInstancesListings> operation. +-- The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Standard Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- To sell your Standard Reserved Instances, you must first register as a seller in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. After completing the registration process, you can create a Reserved Instance Marketplace listing of some or all of your Standard Reserved Instances, and specify the upfront price to receive for them. Your Standard Reserved Instance listings then become available for purchase. To view the details of your Standard Reserved Instance listing, you can use the 'DescribeReservedInstancesListings' operation. +-- +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateReservedInstancesListing ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateReservedInstancesListing. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createReservedInstancesListing' smart constructor. data CreateReservedInstancesListing = CreateReservedInstancesListing' { _crilReservedInstancesId :: !Text @@ -65,13 +69,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crilReservedInstancesId' +-- * 'crilReservedInstancesId' - The ID of the active Standard Reserved Instance. -- --- * 'crilInstanceCount' +-- * 'crilInstanceCount' - The number of instances that are a part of a Reserved Instance account to be listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. This number should be less than or equal to the instance count associated with the Reserved Instance ID specified in this call. -- --- * 'crilPriceSchedules' +-- * 'crilPriceSchedules' - A list specifying the price of the Standard Reserved Instance for each month remaining in the Reserved Instance term. -- --- * 'crilClientToken' +-- * 'crilClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see . createReservedInstancesListing :: Text -- ^ 'crilReservedInstancesId' -> Int -- ^ 'crilInstanceCount' @@ -85,7 +89,7 @@ , _crilClientToken = pClientToken_ } --- | The ID of the active Reserved Instance. +-- | The ID of the active Standard Reserved Instance. crilReservedInstancesId :: Lens' CreateReservedInstancesListing Text crilReservedInstancesId = lens _crilReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_crilReservedInstancesId = a}); @@ -93,11 +97,11 @@ crilInstanceCount :: Lens' CreateReservedInstancesListing Int crilInstanceCount = lens _crilInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_crilInstanceCount = a}); --- | A list specifying the price of the Reserved Instance for each month remaining in the Reserved Instance term. +-- | A list specifying the price of the Standard Reserved Instance for each month remaining in the Reserved Instance term. crilPriceSchedules :: Lens' CreateReservedInstancesListing [PriceScheduleSpecification] crilPriceSchedules = lens _crilPriceSchedules (\ s a -> s{_crilPriceSchedules = a}) . _Coerce; --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see . +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see . crilClientToken :: Lens' CreateReservedInstancesListing Text crilClientToken = lens _crilClientToken (\ s a -> s{_crilClientToken = a}); @@ -130,7 +134,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateReservedInstancesListing" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ReservedInstancesId" =: _crilReservedInstancesId, "InstanceCount" =: _crilInstanceCount, toQueryList "PriceSchedules" _crilPriceSchedules, @@ -138,6 +142,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of CreateReservedInstancesListing. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createReservedInstancesListingResponse' smart constructor. data CreateReservedInstancesListingResponse = CreateReservedInstancesListingResponse' { _crersReservedInstancesListings :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstancesListing]) @@ -148,9 +154,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crersReservedInstancesListings' +-- * 'crersReservedInstancesListings' - Information about the Standard Reserved Instance listing. -- --- * 'crersResponseStatus' +-- * 'crersResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createReservedInstancesListingResponse :: Int -- ^ 'crersResponseStatus' -> CreateReservedInstancesListingResponse @@ -160,11 +166,11 @@ , _crersResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Information about the Reserved Instance listing. +-- | Information about the Standard Reserved Instance listing. crersReservedInstancesListings :: Lens' CreateReservedInstancesListingResponse [ReservedInstancesListing] crersReservedInstancesListings = lens _crersReservedInstancesListings (\ s a -> s{_crersReservedInstancesListings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. crersResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateReservedInstancesListingResponse Int crersResponseStatus = lens _crersResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crersResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateRoute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateRoute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateRoute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateRoute.hs @@ -20,17 +20,21 @@ -- -- Creates a route in a route table within a VPC. -- --- You must specify one of the following targets: Internet gateway or virtual private gateway, NAT instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, or network interface. -- --- When determining how to route traffic, we use the route with the most specific match. For example, let\'s say the traffic is destined for '192.0.2.3', and the route table includes the following two routes: +-- You must specify one of the following targets: Internet gateway or virtual private gateway, NAT instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, network interface, or egress-only Internet gateway. -- --- - '192.0.2.0\/24' (goes to some target A) +-- When determining how to route traffic, we use the route with the most specific match. For example, traffic is destined for the IPv4 address @192.0.2.3@ , and the route table includes the following two IPv4 routes: -- --- - '192.0.2.0\/28' (goes to some target B) +-- * @192.0.2.0/24@ (goes to some target A) -- --- Both routes apply to the traffic destined for '192.0.2.3'. However, the second route in the list covers a smaller number of IP addresses and is therefore more specific, so we use that route to determine where to target the traffic. +-- * @192.0.2.0/28@ (goes to some target B) -- --- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- +-- Both routes apply to the traffic destined for @192.0.2.3@ . However, the second route in the list covers a smaller number of IP addresses and is therefore more specific, so we use that route to determine where to target the traffic. +-- +-- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateRoute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -39,12 +43,14 @@ -- * Request Lenses , crVPCPeeringConnectionId , crInstanceId + , crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId + , crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock , crNatGatewayId , crNetworkInterfaceId , crGatewayId , crDryRun + , crDestinationCidrBlock , crRouteTableId - , crDestinationCIdRBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , createRouteResponse @@ -63,51 +69,60 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateRoute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createRoute' smart constructor. data CreateRoute = CreateRoute' - { _crVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _crInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _crNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _crNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _crGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _crDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _crRouteTableId :: !Text - , _crDestinationCIdRBlock :: !Text + { _crVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _crInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _crNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _crNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _crGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _crDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _crDestinationCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _crRouteTableId :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'CreateRoute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crVPCPeeringConnectionId' +-- * 'crVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of a VPC peering connection. -- --- * 'crInstanceId' +-- * 'crInstanceId' - The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation fails if you specify an instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached. -- --- * 'crNatGatewayId' +-- * 'crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId' - [IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway. -- --- * 'crNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. -- --- * 'crGatewayId' +-- * 'crNatGatewayId' - [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway. -- --- * 'crDryRun' +-- * 'crNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of a network interface. -- --- * 'crRouteTableId' +-- * 'crGatewayId' - The ID of an Internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC. -- --- * 'crDestinationCIdRBlock' +-- * 'crDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'crDestinationCidrBlock' - The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. +-- +-- * 'crRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table for the route. createRoute :: Text -- ^ 'crRouteTableId' - -> Text -- ^ 'crDestinationCIdRBlock' -> CreateRoute -createRoute pRouteTableId_ pDestinationCIdRBlock_ = +createRoute pRouteTableId_ = CreateRoute' { _crVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing , _crInstanceId = Nothing + , _crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = Nothing + , _crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing , _crNatGatewayId = Nothing , _crNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing , _crGatewayId = Nothing , _crDryRun = Nothing + , _crDestinationCidrBlock = Nothing , _crRouteTableId = pRouteTableId_ - , _crDestinationCIdRBlock = pDestinationCIdRBlock_ } -- | The ID of a VPC peering connection. @@ -118,7 +133,15 @@ crInstanceId :: Lens' CreateRoute (Maybe Text) crInstanceId = lens _crInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_crInstanceId = a}); --- | The ID of a NAT gateway. +-- | [IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway. +crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: Lens' CreateRoute (Maybe Text) +crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = lens _crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. +crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' CreateRoute (Maybe Text) +crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = lens _crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway. crNatGatewayId :: Lens' CreateRoute (Maybe Text) crNatGatewayId = lens _crNatGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_crNatGatewayId = a}); @@ -130,18 +153,18 @@ crGatewayId :: Lens' CreateRoute (Maybe Text) crGatewayId = lens _crGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_crGatewayId = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . crDryRun :: Lens' CreateRoute (Maybe Bool) crDryRun = lens _crDryRun (\ s a -> s{_crDryRun = a}); +-- | The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. +crDestinationCidrBlock :: Lens' CreateRoute (Maybe Text) +crDestinationCidrBlock = lens _crDestinationCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_crDestinationCidrBlock = a}); + -- | The ID of the route table for the route. crRouteTableId :: Lens' CreateRoute Text crRouteTableId = lens _crRouteTableId (\ s a -> s{_crRouteTableId = a}); --- | The CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. -crDestinationCIdRBlock :: Lens' CreateRoute Text -crDestinationCIdRBlock = lens _crDestinationCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_crDestinationCIdRBlock = a}); - instance AWSRequest CreateRoute where type Rs CreateRoute = CreateRouteResponse request = postQuery ec2 @@ -165,18 +188,24 @@ toQuery CreateRoute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateRoute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VpcPeeringConnectionId" =: _crVPCPeeringConnectionId, "InstanceId" =: _crInstanceId, + "EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId" =: + _crEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId, + "DestinationIpv6CidrBlock" =: + _crDestinationIPv6CidrBlock, "NatGatewayId" =: _crNatGatewayId, "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _crNetworkInterfaceId, "GatewayId" =: _crGatewayId, "DryRun" =: _crDryRun, - "RouteTableId" =: _crRouteTableId, - "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _crDestinationCIdRBlock] + "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _crDestinationCidrBlock, + "RouteTableId" =: _crRouteTableId] -- | Contains the output of CreateRoute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createRouteResponse' smart constructor. data CreateRouteResponse = CreateRouteResponse' { _crrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -187,9 +216,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crrsReturn' +-- * 'crrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'crrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'crrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createRouteResponse :: Int -- ^ 'crrsResponseStatus' -> CreateRouteResponse @@ -199,11 +228,11 @@ , _crrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. crrsReturn :: Lens' CreateRouteResponse (Maybe Bool) crrsReturn = lens _crrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_crrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. crrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateRouteResponse Int crrsResponseStatus = lens _crrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateRouteTable.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateRouteTable.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateRouteTable.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateRouteTable.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a route table for the specified VPC. After you create a route table, you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet. -- --- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateRouteTable ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateRouteTable. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createRouteTable' smart constructor. data CreateRouteTable = CreateRouteTable' { _crtDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -57,9 +61,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crtDryRun' +-- * 'crtDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'crtVPCId' +-- * 'crtVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. createRouteTable :: Text -- ^ 'crtVPCId' -> CreateRouteTable @@ -69,7 +73,7 @@ , _crtVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . crtDryRun :: Lens' CreateRouteTable (Maybe Bool) crtDryRun = lens _crtDryRun (\ s a -> s{_crtDryRun = a}); @@ -100,11 +104,13 @@ toQuery CreateRouteTable'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateRouteTable" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _crtDryRun, "VpcId" =: _crtVPCId] -- | Contains the output of CreateRouteTable. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createRouteTableResponse' smart constructor. data CreateRouteTableResponse = CreateRouteTableResponse' { _crtrsRouteTable :: !(Maybe RouteTable) @@ -115,9 +121,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crtrsRouteTable' +-- * 'crtrsRouteTable' - Information about the route table. -- --- * 'crtrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'crtrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createRouteTableResponse :: Int -- ^ 'crtrsResponseStatus' -> CreateRouteTableResponse @@ -131,7 +137,7 @@ crtrsRouteTable :: Lens' CreateRouteTableResponse (Maybe RouteTable) crtrsRouteTable = lens _crtrsRouteTable (\ s a -> s{_crtrsRouteTable = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. crtrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateRouteTableResponse Int crtrsResponseStatus = lens _crtrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crtrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSecurityGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSecurityGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSecurityGroup.hs @@ -20,17 +20,19 @@ -- -- Creates a security group. -- --- A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform or in a specific VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ and in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. -- --- EC2-Classic: You can have up to 500 security groups. +-- A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform or in a specific VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ and in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . -- +-- /Important:/ EC2-Classic: You can have up to 500 security groups. +-- -- EC2-VPC: You can create up to 500 security groups per VPC. -- --- When you create a security group, you specify a friendly name of your choice. You can have a security group for use in EC2-Classic with the same name as a security group for use in a VPC. However, you can\'t have two security groups for use in EC2-Classic with the same name or two security groups for use in a VPC with the same name. +-- When you create a security group, you specify a friendly name of your choice. You can have a security group for use in EC2-Classic with the same name as a security group for use in a VPC. However, you can't have two security groups for use in EC2-Classic with the same name or two security groups for use in a VPC with the same name. -- --- You have a default security group for use in EC2-Classic and a default security group for use in your VPC. If you don\'t specify a security group when you launch an instance, the instance is launched into the appropriate default security group. A default security group includes a default rule that grants instances unrestricted network access to each other. +-- You have a default security group for use in EC2-Classic and a default security group for use in your VPC. If you don't specify a security group when you launch an instance, the instance is launched into the appropriate default security group. A default security group includes a default rule that grants instances unrestricted network access to each other. -- --- You can add or remove rules from your security groups using < AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress>, < AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress>, < RevokeSecurityGroupIngress>, and < RevokeSecurityGroupEgress>. +-- You can add or remove rules from your security groups using 'AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress' , 'AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress' , 'RevokeSecurityGroupIngress' , and 'RevokeSecurityGroupEgress' . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateSecurityGroup ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -59,6 +61,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateSecurityGroup. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createSecurityGroup' smart constructor. data CreateSecurityGroup = CreateSecurityGroup' { _csgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -71,13 +75,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csgVPCId' +-- * 'csgVPCId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC. Required for EC2-VPC. -- --- * 'csgDryRun' +-- * 'csgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'csgGroupName' +-- * 'csgGroupName' - The name of the security group. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* -- --- * 'csgDescription' +-- * 'csgDescription' - A description for the security group. This is informational only. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* createSecurityGroup :: Text -- ^ 'csgGroupName' -> Text -- ^ 'csgDescription' @@ -94,27 +98,15 @@ csgVPCId :: Lens' CreateSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) csgVPCId = lens _csgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_csgVPCId = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . csgDryRun :: Lens' CreateSecurityGroup (Maybe Bool) csgDryRun = lens _csgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_csgDryRun = a}); --- | The name of the security group. --- --- Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length --- --- Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters --- --- Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:\/()#,\'[]+=&;{}!>* +-- | The name of the security group. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* csgGroupName :: Lens' CreateSecurityGroup Text csgGroupName = lens _csgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_csgGroupName = a}); --- | A description for the security group. This is informational only. --- --- Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length --- --- Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters --- --- Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:\/()#,\'[]+=&;{}!>* +-- | A description for the security group. This is informational only. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length Constraints for EC2-Classic: ASCII characters Constraints for EC2-VPC: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* csgDescription :: Lens' CreateSecurityGroup Text csgDescription = lens _csgDescription (\ s a -> s{_csgDescription = a}); @@ -142,13 +134,15 @@ toQuery CreateSecurityGroup'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateSecurityGroup" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VpcId" =: _csgVPCId, "DryRun" =: _csgDryRun, "GroupName" =: _csgGroupName, "GroupDescription" =: _csgDescription] -- | Contains the output of CreateSecurityGroup. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createSecurityGroupResponse' smart constructor. data CreateSecurityGroupResponse = CreateSecurityGroupResponse' { _csgrsResponseStatus :: !Int @@ -159,9 +153,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'csgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. -- --- * 'csgrsGroupId' +-- * 'csgrsGroupId' - The ID of the security group. createSecurityGroupResponse :: Int -- ^ 'csgrsResponseStatus' -> Text -- ^ 'csgrsGroupId' @@ -172,7 +166,7 @@ , _csgrsGroupId = pGroupId_ } --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. csgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateSecurityGroupResponse Int csgrsResponseStatus = lens _csgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_csgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSnapshot.hs @@ -20,15 +20,17 @@ -- -- Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before shutting down an instance. -- +-- -- When a snapshot is created, any AWS Marketplace product codes that are associated with the source volume are propagated to the snapshot. -- --- You can take a snapshot of an attached volume that is in use. However, snapshots only capture data that has been written to your EBS volume at the time the snapshot command is issued; this may exclude any data that has been cached by any applications or the operating system. If you can pause any file systems on the volume long enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should be complete. However, if you cannot pause all file writes to the volume, you should unmount the volume from within the instance, issue the snapshot command, and then remount the volume to ensure a consistent and complete snapshot. You may remount and use your volume while the snapshot status is 'pending'. +-- You can take a snapshot of an attached volume that is in use. However, snapshots only capture data that has been written to your EBS volume at the time the snapshot command is issued; this may exclude any data that has been cached by any applications or the operating system. If you can pause any file systems on the volume long enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should be complete. However, if you cannot pause all file writes to the volume, you should unmount the volume from within the instance, issue the snapshot command, and then remount the volume to ensure a consistent and complete snapshot. You may remount and use your volume while the snapshot status is @pending@ . -- -- To create a snapshot for EBS volumes that serve as root devices, you should stop the instance before taking the snapshot. -- -- Snapshots that are taken from encrypted volumes are automatically encrypted. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. Your encrypted volumes and any associated snapshots always remain protected. -- --- For more information, see and in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see and in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateSnapshot ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -68,6 +70,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateSnapshot. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createSnapshot' smart constructor. data CreateSnapshot = CreateSnapshot' { _ccDescription :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -79,11 +83,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ccDescription' +-- * 'ccDescription' - A description for the snapshot. -- --- * 'ccDryRun' +-- * 'ccDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ccVolumeId' +-- * 'ccVolumeId' - The ID of the EBS volume. createSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'ccVolumeId' -> CreateSnapshot @@ -98,7 +102,7 @@ ccDescription :: Lens' CreateSnapshot (Maybe Text) ccDescription = lens _ccDescription (\ s a -> s{_ccDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ccDryRun :: Lens' CreateSnapshot (Maybe Bool) ccDryRun = lens _ccDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ccDryRun = a}); @@ -125,6 +129,6 @@ toQuery CreateSnapshot'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateSnapshot" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Description" =: _ccDescription, "DryRun" =: _ccDryRun, "VolumeId" =: _ccVolumeId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a data feed for Spot instances, enabling you to view Spot instance usage logs. You can create one data feed per AWS account. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Creates a data feed for Spot instances, enabling you to view Spot instance usage logs. You can create one data feed per AWS account. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createSpotDatafeedSubscription' smart constructor. data CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription = CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription' { _csdsPrefix :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csdsPrefix' +-- * 'csdsPrefix' - A prefix for the data feed file names. -- --- * 'csdsDryRun' +-- * 'csdsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'csdsBucket' +-- * 'csdsBucket' - The Amazon S3 bucket in which to store the Spot instance data feed. createSpotDatafeedSubscription :: Text -- ^ 'csdsBucket' -> CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription @@ -76,7 +80,7 @@ csdsPrefix :: Lens' CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Text) csdsPrefix = lens _csdsPrefix (\ s a -> s{_csdsPrefix = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . csdsDryRun :: Lens' CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Bool) csdsDryRun = lens _csdsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_csdsDryRun = a}); @@ -112,12 +116,14 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Prefix" =: _csdsPrefix, "DryRun" =: _csdsDryRun, "Bucket" =: _csdsBucket] -- | Contains the output of CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse' smart constructor. data CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse = CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse' { _csdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription :: !(Maybe SpotDatafeedSubscription) @@ -128,9 +134,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'csdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription' +-- * 'csdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription' - The Spot instance data feed subscription. -- --- * 'csdsrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'csdsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse :: Int -- ^ 'csdsrsResponseStatus' -> CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse @@ -144,7 +150,7 @@ csdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription :: Lens' CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse (Maybe SpotDatafeedSubscription) csdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription = lens _csdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription (\ s a -> s{_csdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. csdsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse Int csdsrsResponseStatus = lens _csdsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_csdsrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSubnet.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSubnet.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSubnet.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateSubnet.hs @@ -20,25 +20,30 @@ -- -- Creates a subnet in an existing VPC. -- --- When you create each subnet, you provide the VPC ID and the CIDR block you want for the subnet. After you create a subnet, you can\'t change its CIDR block. The subnet\'s CIDR block can be the same as the VPC\'s CIDR block (assuming you want only a single subnet in the VPC), or a subset of the VPC\'s CIDR block. If you create more than one subnet in a VPC, the subnets\' CIDR blocks must not overlap. The smallest subnet (and VPC) you can create uses a \/28 netmask (16 IP addresses), and the largest uses a \/16 netmask (65,536 IP addresses). -- --- AWS reserves both the first four and the last IP address in each subnet\'s CIDR block. They\'re not available for use. +-- When you create each subnet, you provide the VPC ID and the CIDR block you want for the subnet. After you create a subnet, you can't change its CIDR block. The subnet's IPv4 CIDR block can be the same as the VPC's IPv4 CIDR block (assuming you want only a single subnet in the VPC), or a subset of the VPC's IPv4 CIDR block. If you create more than one subnet in a VPC, the subnets' CIDR blocks must not overlap. The smallest IPv4 subnet (and VPC) you can create uses a /28 netmask (16 IPv4 addresses), and the largest uses a /16 netmask (65,536 IPv4 addresses). -- --- If you add more than one subnet to a VPC, they\'re set up in a star topology with a logical router in the middle. +-- If you've associated an IPv6 CIDR block with your VPC, you can create a subnet with an IPv6 CIDR block that uses a /64 prefix length. -- --- If you launch an instance in a VPC using an Amazon EBS-backed AMI, the IP address doesn\'t change if you stop and restart the instance (unlike a similar instance launched outside a VPC, which gets a new IP address when restarted). It\'s therefore possible to have a subnet with no running instances (they\'re all stopped), but no remaining IP addresses available. +-- /Important:/ AWS reserves both the first four and the last IP address in each subnet's CIDR block. They're not available for use. -- --- For more information about subnets, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- If you add more than one subnet to a VPC, they're set up in a star topology with a logical router in the middle. +-- +-- If you launch an instance in a VPC using an Amazon EBS-backed AMI, the IP address doesn't change if you stop and restart the instance (unlike a similar instance launched outside a VPC, which gets a new IP address when restarted). It's therefore possible to have a subnet with no running instances (they're all stopped), but no remaining IP addresses available. +-- +-- For more information about subnets, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateSubnet ( -- * Creating a Request createSubnet , CreateSubnet -- * Request Lenses + , cssIPv6CidrBlock , cssAvailabilityZone , cssDryRun , cssVPCId - , cssCIdRBlock + , cssCidrBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , createSubnetResponse @@ -57,44 +62,52 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateSubnet. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createSubnet' smart constructor. data CreateSubnet = CreateSubnet' - { _cssAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + { _cssIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cssAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) , _cssDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) , _cssVPCId :: !Text - , _cssCIdRBlock :: !Text + , _cssCidrBlock :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'CreateSubnet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cssAvailabilityZone' +-- * 'cssIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. The subnet size must use a /64 prefix length. -- --- * 'cssDryRun' +-- * 'cssAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone for the subnet. Default: AWS selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your VPC, we may not necessarily select a different zone for each subnet. -- --- * 'cssVPCId' +-- * 'cssDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cssCIdRBlock' +-- * 'cssVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'cssCidrBlock' - The IPv4 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example, @10.0.0.0/24@ . createSubnet :: Text -- ^ 'cssVPCId' - -> Text -- ^ 'cssCIdRBlock' + -> Text -- ^ 'cssCidrBlock' -> CreateSubnet -createSubnet pVPCId_ pCIdRBlock_ = +createSubnet pVPCId_ pCidrBlock_ = CreateSubnet' - { _cssAvailabilityZone = Nothing + { _cssIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _cssAvailabilityZone = Nothing , _cssDryRun = Nothing , _cssVPCId = pVPCId_ - , _cssCIdRBlock = pCIdRBlock_ + , _cssCidrBlock = pCidrBlock_ } --- | The Availability Zone for the subnet. --- --- Default: AWS selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your VPC, we may not necessarily select a different zone for each subnet. +-- | The IPv6 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. The subnet size must use a /64 prefix length. +cssIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' CreateSubnet (Maybe Text) +cssIPv6CidrBlock = lens _cssIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_cssIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone for the subnet. Default: AWS selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your VPC, we may not necessarily select a different zone for each subnet. cssAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateSubnet (Maybe Text) cssAvailabilityZone = lens _cssAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cssAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cssDryRun :: Lens' CreateSubnet (Maybe Bool) cssDryRun = lens _cssDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cssDryRun = a}); @@ -102,9 +115,9 @@ cssVPCId :: Lens' CreateSubnet Text cssVPCId = lens _cssVPCId (\ s a -> s{_cssVPCId = a}); --- | The network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example, '10.0.0.0\/24'. -cssCIdRBlock :: Lens' CreateSubnet Text -cssCIdRBlock = lens _cssCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_cssCIdRBlock = a}); +-- | The IPv4 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example, @10.0.0.0/24@ . +cssCidrBlock :: Lens' CreateSubnet Text +cssCidrBlock = lens _cssCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_cssCidrBlock = a}); instance AWSRequest CreateSubnet where type Rs CreateSubnet = CreateSubnetResponse @@ -129,13 +142,16 @@ toQuery CreateSubnet'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateSubnet" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "Ipv6CidrBlock" =: _cssIPv6CidrBlock, "AvailabilityZone" =: _cssAvailabilityZone, "DryRun" =: _cssDryRun, "VpcId" =: _cssVPCId, - "CidrBlock" =: _cssCIdRBlock] + "CidrBlock" =: _cssCidrBlock] -- | Contains the output of CreateSubnet. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createSubnetResponse' smart constructor. data CreateSubnetResponse = CreateSubnetResponse' { _crsSubnet :: !(Maybe Subnet) @@ -146,9 +162,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'crsSubnet' +-- * 'crsSubnet' - Information about the subnet. -- --- * 'crsResponseStatus' +-- * 'crsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createSubnetResponse :: Int -- ^ 'crsResponseStatus' -> CreateSubnetResponse @@ -162,7 +178,7 @@ crsSubnet :: Lens' CreateSubnetResponse (Maybe Subnet) crsSubnet = lens _crsSubnet (\ s a -> s{_crsSubnet = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. crsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateSubnetResponse Int crsResponseStatus = lens _crsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_crsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateTags.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateTags.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateTags.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateTags.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource or resources. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique per resource. -- --- For more information about tags, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. For more information about creating IAM policies that control users\' access to resources based on tags, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about tags, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . For more information about creating IAM policies that control users' access to resources based on tags, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateTags ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateTags. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createTags' smart constructor. data CreateTags = CreateTags' { _cDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,11 +60,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cDryRun' +-- * 'cDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cResources' +-- * 'cResources' - The IDs of one or more resources to tag. For example, ami-1a2b3c4d. -- --- * 'cTags' +-- * 'cTags' - One or more tags. The @value@ parameter is required, but if you don't want the tag to have a value, specify the parameter with no value, and we set the value to an empty string. createTags :: CreateTags createTags = @@ -70,7 +74,7 @@ , _cTags = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cDryRun :: Lens' CreateTags (Maybe Bool) cDryRun = lens _cDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cDryRun = a}); @@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ cResources :: Lens' CreateTags [Text] cResources = lens _cResources (\ s a -> s{_cResources = a}) . _Coerce; --- | One or more tags. The 'value' parameter is required, but if you don\'t want the tag to have a value, specify the parameter with no value, and we set the value to an empty string. +-- | One or more tags. The @value@ parameter is required, but if you don't want the tag to have a value, specify the parameter with no value, and we set the value to an empty string. cTags :: Lens' CreateTags [Tag] cTags = lens _cTags (\ s a -> s{_cTags = a}) . _Coerce; @@ -101,7 +105,7 @@ toQuery CreateTags'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateTags" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _cDryRun, toQueryList "ResourceId" _cResources, toQueryList "Tag" _cTags] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPC.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPC.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPC.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPC.hs @@ -18,22 +18,25 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR block. +-- Creates a VPC with the specified IPv4 CIDR block. The smallest VPC you can create uses a /28 netmask (16 IPv4 addresses), and the largest uses a /16 netmask (65,536 IPv4 addresses). To help you decide how big to make your VPC, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- The smallest VPC you can create uses a \/28 netmask (16 IP addresses), and the largest uses a \/16 netmask (65,536 IP addresses). To help you decide how big to make your VPC, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. -- --- By default, each instance you launch in the VPC has the default DHCP options, which includes only a default DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). For more information about DHCP options, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- You can optionally request an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block for the VPC. The IPv6 CIDR block uses a /56 prefix length, and is allocated from Amazon's pool of IPv6 addresses. You cannot choose the IPv6 range for your VPC. -- --- You can specify the instance tenancy value for the VPC when you create it. You can\'t change this value for the VPC after you create it. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- By default, each instance you launch in the VPC has the default DHCP options, which includes only a default DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). For more information about DHCP options, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- You can specify the instance tenancy value for the VPC when you create it. You can't change this value for the VPC after you create it. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVPC ( -- * Creating a Request createVPC , CreateVPC -- * Request Lenses + , cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock , cvInstanceTenancy , cvDryRun - , cvCIdRBlock + , cvCidrBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , createVPCResponse @@ -52,47 +55,53 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPC' smart constructor. data CreateVPC = CreateVPC' - { _cvInstanceTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) - , _cvDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _cvCIdRBlock :: !Text + { _cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cvInstanceTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) + , _cvDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _cvCidrBlock :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'CreateVPC' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvInstanceTenancy' +-- * 'cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock' - Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IP addresses, or the size of the CIDR block. -- --- * 'cvDryRun' +-- * 'cvInstanceTenancy' - The tenancy options for instances launched into the VPC. For @default@ , instances are launched with shared tenancy by default. You can launch instances with any tenancy into a shared tenancy VPC. For @dedicated@ , instances are launched as dedicated tenancy instances by default. You can only launch instances with a tenancy of @dedicated@ or @host@ into a dedicated tenancy VPC. __Important:__ The @host@ value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the @default@ or @dedicated@ values only. Default: @default@ -- --- * 'cvCIdRBlock' +-- * 'cvDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'cvCidrBlock' - The IPv4 network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For example, @10.0.0.0/16@ . createVPC - :: Text -- ^ 'cvCIdRBlock' + :: Text -- ^ 'cvCidrBlock' -> CreateVPC -createVPC pCIdRBlock_ = +createVPC pCidrBlock_ = CreateVPC' - { _cvInstanceTenancy = Nothing + { _cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _cvInstanceTenancy = Nothing , _cvDryRun = Nothing - , _cvCIdRBlock = pCIdRBlock_ + , _cvCidrBlock = pCidrBlock_ } --- | The tenancy options for instances launched into the VPC. For 'default', instances are launched with shared tenancy by default. You can launch instances with any tenancy into a shared tenancy VPC. For 'dedicated', instances are launched as dedicated tenancy instances by default. You can only launch instances with a tenancy of 'dedicated' or 'host' into a dedicated tenancy VPC. --- --- __Important:__ The 'host' value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the 'default' or 'dedicated' values only. --- --- Default: 'default' +-- | Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IP addresses, or the size of the CIDR block. +cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' CreateVPC (Maybe Bool) +cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock = lens _cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | The tenancy options for instances launched into the VPC. For @default@ , instances are launched with shared tenancy by default. You can launch instances with any tenancy into a shared tenancy VPC. For @dedicated@ , instances are launched as dedicated tenancy instances by default. You can only launch instances with a tenancy of @dedicated@ or @host@ into a dedicated tenancy VPC. __Important:__ The @host@ value cannot be used with this parameter. Use the @default@ or @dedicated@ values only. Default: @default@ cvInstanceTenancy :: Lens' CreateVPC (Maybe Tenancy) cvInstanceTenancy = lens _cvInstanceTenancy (\ s a -> s{_cvInstanceTenancy = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cvDryRun :: Lens' CreateVPC (Maybe Bool) cvDryRun = lens _cvDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cvDryRun = a}); --- | The network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For example, '10.0.0.0\/16'. -cvCIdRBlock :: Lens' CreateVPC Text -cvCIdRBlock = lens _cvCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_cvCIdRBlock = a}); +-- | The IPv4 network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For example, @10.0.0.0/16@ . +cvCidrBlock :: Lens' CreateVPC Text +cvCidrBlock = lens _cvCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_cvCidrBlock = a}); instance AWSRequest CreateVPC where type Rs CreateVPC = CreateVPCResponse @@ -117,12 +126,16 @@ toQuery CreateVPC'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateVpc" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock" =: + _cvAmazonProvidedIPv6CidrBlock, "InstanceTenancy" =: _cvInstanceTenancy, - "DryRun" =: _cvDryRun, "CidrBlock" =: _cvCIdRBlock] + "DryRun" =: _cvDryRun, "CidrBlock" =: _cvCidrBlock] -- | Contains the output of CreateVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPCResponse' smart constructor. data CreateVPCResponse = CreateVPCResponse' { _cvrsVPC :: !(Maybe VPC) @@ -133,9 +146,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvrsVPC' +-- * 'cvrsVPC' - Information about the VPC. -- --- * 'cvrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cvrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createVPCResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cvrsResponseStatus' -> CreateVPCResponse @@ -149,7 +162,7 @@ cvrsVPC :: Lens' CreateVPCResponse (Maybe VPC) cvrsVPC = lens _cvrsVPC (\ s a -> s{_cvrsVPC = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cvrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateVPCResponse Int cvrsResponseStatus = lens _cvrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cvrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPCEndpoint.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPCEndpoint.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPCEndpoint.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPCEndpoint.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a VPC endpoint for a specified AWS service. An endpoint enables you to create a private connection between your VPC and another AWS service in your account. You can specify an endpoint policy to attach to the endpoint that will control access to the service from your VPC. You can also specify the VPC route tables that use the endpoint. -- +-- -- Currently, only endpoints to Amazon S3 are supported. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVPCEndpoint ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateVpcEndpoint. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPCEndpoint' smart constructor. data CreateVPCEndpoint = CreateVPCEndpoint' { _cvePolicyDocument :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -66,17 +70,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvePolicyDocument' +-- * 'cvePolicyDocument' - A policy to attach to the endpoint that controls access to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format. If this parameter is not specified, we attach a default policy that allows full access to the service. -- --- * 'cveClientToken' +-- * 'cveClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . -- --- * 'cveDryRun' +-- * 'cveDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cveRouteTableIds' +-- * 'cveRouteTableIds' - One or more route table IDs. -- --- * 'cveVPCId' +-- * 'cveVPCId' - The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint will be used. -- --- * 'cveServiceName' +-- * 'cveServiceName' - The AWS service name, in the form @com.amazonaws./region/ ./service/ @ . To get a list of available services, use the 'DescribeVpcEndpointServices' request. createVPCEndpoint :: Text -- ^ 'cveVPCId' -> Text -- ^ 'cveServiceName' @@ -95,11 +99,11 @@ cvePolicyDocument :: Lens' CreateVPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) cvePolicyDocument = lens _cvePolicyDocument (\ s a -> s{_cvePolicyDocument = a}); --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . cveClientToken :: Lens' CreateVPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) cveClientToken = lens _cveClientToken (\ s a -> s{_cveClientToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cveDryRun :: Lens' CreateVPCEndpoint (Maybe Bool) cveDryRun = lens _cveDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cveDryRun = a}); @@ -111,7 +115,7 @@ cveVPCId :: Lens' CreateVPCEndpoint Text cveVPCId = lens _cveVPCId (\ s a -> s{_cveVPCId = a}); --- | The AWS service name, in the form 'com.amazonaws.region.service '. To get a list of available services, use the < DescribeVpcEndpointServices> request. +-- | The AWS service name, in the form @com.amazonaws./region/ ./service/ @ . To get a list of available services, use the 'DescribeVpcEndpointServices' request. cveServiceName :: Lens' CreateVPCEndpoint Text cveServiceName = lens _cveServiceName (\ s a -> s{_cveServiceName = a}); @@ -139,7 +143,7 @@ toQuery CreateVPCEndpoint'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateVpcEndpoint" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "PolicyDocument" =: _cvePolicyDocument, "ClientToken" =: _cveClientToken, "DryRun" =: _cveDryRun, @@ -150,6 +154,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of CreateVpcEndpoint. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPCEndpointResponse' smart constructor. data CreateVPCEndpointResponse = CreateVPCEndpointResponse' { _cversClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -161,11 +167,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cversClientToken' +-- * 'cversClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. -- --- * 'cversVPCEndpoint' +-- * 'cversVPCEndpoint' - Information about the endpoint. -- --- * 'cversResponseStatus' +-- * 'cversResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createVPCEndpointResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cversResponseStatus' -> CreateVPCEndpointResponse @@ -184,7 +190,7 @@ cversVPCEndpoint :: Lens' CreateVPCEndpointResponse (Maybe VPCEndpoint) cversVPCEndpoint = lens _cversVPCEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_cversVPCEndpoint = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cversResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateVPCEndpointResponse Int cversResponseStatus = lens _cversResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cversResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPCPeeringConnection.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPCPeeringConnection.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPCPeeringConnection.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPCPeeringConnection.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that you own and a peer VPC with which to create the connection. The peer VPC can belong to another AWS account. The requester VPC and peer VPC cannot have overlapping CIDR blocks. -- +-- -- The owner of the peer VPC must accept the peering request to activate the peering connection. The VPC peering connection request expires after 7 days, after which it cannot be accepted or rejected. -- --- A 'CreateVpcPeeringConnection' request between VPCs with overlapping CIDR blocks results in the VPC peering connection having a status of 'failed'. +-- A @CreateVpcPeeringConnection@ request between VPCs with overlapping CIDR blocks results in the VPC peering connection having a status of @failed@ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVPCPeeringConnection ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -51,6 +53,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateVpcPeeringConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPCPeeringConnection' smart constructor. data CreateVPCPeeringConnection = CreateVPCPeeringConnection' { _cvpcPeerVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -63,13 +67,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvpcPeerVPCId' +-- * 'cvpcPeerVPCId' - The ID of the VPC with which you are creating the VPC peering connection. -- --- * 'cvpcVPCId' +-- * 'cvpcVPCId' - The ID of the requester VPC. -- --- * 'cvpcPeerOwnerId' +-- * 'cvpcPeerOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the owner of the peer VPC. Default: Your AWS account ID -- --- * 'cvpcDryRun' +-- * 'cvpcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . createVPCPeeringConnection :: CreateVPCPeeringConnection createVPCPeeringConnection = @@ -88,13 +92,11 @@ cvpcVPCId :: Lens' CreateVPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Text) cvpcVPCId = lens _cvpcVPCId (\ s a -> s{_cvpcVPCId = a}); --- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the peer VPC. --- --- Default: Your AWS account ID +-- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the peer VPC. Default: Your AWS account ID cvpcPeerOwnerId :: Lens' CreateVPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Text) cvpcPeerOwnerId = lens _cvpcPeerOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_cvpcPeerOwnerId = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cvpcDryRun :: Lens' CreateVPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Bool) cvpcDryRun = lens _cvpcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cvpcDryRun = a}); @@ -124,13 +126,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateVpcPeeringConnection" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "PeerVpcId" =: _cvpcPeerVPCId, "VpcId" =: _cvpcVPCId, "PeerOwnerId" =: _cvpcPeerOwnerId, "DryRun" =: _cvpcDryRun] -- | Contains the output of CreateVpcPeeringConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPCPeeringConnectionResponse' smart constructor. data CreateVPCPeeringConnectionResponse = CreateVPCPeeringConnectionResponse' { _cvpcrsVPCPeeringConnection :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnection) @@ -141,9 +145,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvpcrsVPCPeeringConnection' +-- * 'cvpcrsVPCPeeringConnection' - Information about the VPC peering connection. -- --- * 'cvpcrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cvpcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createVPCPeeringConnectionResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cvpcrsResponseStatus' -> CreateVPCPeeringConnectionResponse @@ -157,7 +161,7 @@ cvpcrsVPCPeeringConnection :: Lens' CreateVPCPeeringConnectionResponse (Maybe VPCPeeringConnection) cvpcrsVPCPeeringConnection = lens _cvpcrsVPCPeeringConnection (\ s a -> s{_cvpcrsVPCPeeringConnection = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cvpcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateVPCPeeringConnectionResponse Int cvpcrsResponseStatus = lens _cvpcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cvpcrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNConnection.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNConnection.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNConnection.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNConnection.hs @@ -18,17 +18,19 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The only supported connection type is 'ipsec.1'. +-- Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The only supported connection type is @ipsec.1@ . -- +-- -- The response includes information that you need to give to your network administrator to configure your customer gateway. -- --- We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS when calling this operation because the response contains sensitive cryptographic information for configuring your customer gateway. +-- /Important:/ We strongly recommend that you use HTTPS when calling this operation because the response contains sensitive cryptographic information for configuring your customer gateway. -- -- If you decide to shut down your VPN connection for any reason and later create a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure your customer gateway with the new information returned from this call. -- --- This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn\'t return an error. +-- This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error. -- --- For more information about VPN connections, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information about VPN connections, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVPNConnection ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -58,6 +60,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateVpnConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPNConnection' smart constructor. data CreateVPNConnection = CreateVPNConnection' { _cvcOptions :: !(Maybe VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification) @@ -71,15 +75,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvcOptions' +-- * 'cvcOptions' - Indicates whether the VPN connection requires static routes. If you are creating a VPN connection for a device that does not support BGP, you must specify @true@ . Default: @false@ -- --- * 'cvcDryRun' +-- * 'cvcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cvcType' +-- * 'cvcType' - The type of VPN connection (@ipsec.1@ ). -- --- * 'cvcCustomerGatewayId' +-- * 'cvcCustomerGatewayId' - The ID of the customer gateway. -- --- * 'cvcVPNGatewayId' +-- * 'cvcVPNGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway. createVPNConnection :: Text -- ^ 'cvcType' -> Text -- ^ 'cvcCustomerGatewayId' @@ -94,17 +98,15 @@ , _cvcVPNGatewayId = pVPNGatewayId_ } --- | Indicates whether the VPN connection requires static routes. If you are creating a VPN connection for a device that does not support BGP, you must specify 'true'. --- --- Default: 'false' +-- | Indicates whether the VPN connection requires static routes. If you are creating a VPN connection for a device that does not support BGP, you must specify @true@ . Default: @false@ cvcOptions :: Lens' CreateVPNConnection (Maybe VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification) cvcOptions = lens _cvcOptions (\ s a -> s{_cvcOptions = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cvcDryRun :: Lens' CreateVPNConnection (Maybe Bool) cvcDryRun = lens _cvcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cvcDryRun = a}); --- | The type of VPN connection ('ipsec.1'). +-- | The type of VPN connection (@ipsec.1@ ). cvcType :: Lens' CreateVPNConnection Text cvcType = lens _cvcType (\ s a -> s{_cvcType = a}); @@ -140,7 +142,7 @@ toQuery CreateVPNConnection'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateVpnConnection" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Options" =: _cvcOptions, "DryRun" =: _cvcDryRun, "Type" =: _cvcType, "CustomerGatewayId" =: _cvcCustomerGatewayId, @@ -148,6 +150,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of CreateVpnConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPNConnectionResponse' smart constructor. data CreateVPNConnectionResponse = CreateVPNConnectionResponse' { _cvcrsVPNConnection :: !(Maybe VPNConnection) @@ -158,9 +162,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvcrsVPNConnection' +-- * 'cvcrsVPNConnection' - Information about the VPN connection. -- --- * 'cvcrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cvcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createVPNConnectionResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cvcrsResponseStatus' -> CreateVPNConnectionResponse @@ -174,7 +178,7 @@ cvcrsVPNConnection :: Lens' CreateVPNConnectionResponse (Maybe VPNConnection) cvcrsVPNConnection = lens _cvcrsVPNConnection (\ s a -> s{_cvcrsVPNConnection = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cvcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateVPNConnectionResponse Int cvcrsResponseStatus = lens _cvcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cvcrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNConnectionRoute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNConnectionRoute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNConnectionRoute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNConnectionRoute.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer gateway. -- --- For more information about VPN connections, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about VPN connections, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVPNConnectionRoute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -28,7 +30,7 @@ , CreateVPNConnectionRoute -- * Request Lenses , cvcrVPNConnectionId - , cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock + , cvcrDestinationCidrBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , createVPNConnectionRouteResponse @@ -44,27 +46,29 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateVpnConnectionRoute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPNConnectionRoute' smart constructor. data CreateVPNConnectionRoute = CreateVPNConnectionRoute' { _cvcrVPNConnectionId :: !Text - , _cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock :: !Text + , _cvcrDestinationCidrBlock :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'CreateVPNConnectionRoute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvcrVPNConnectionId' +-- * 'cvcrVPNConnectionId' - The ID of the VPN connection. -- --- * 'cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock' +-- * 'cvcrDestinationCidrBlock' - The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network. createVPNConnectionRoute :: Text -- ^ 'cvcrVPNConnectionId' - -> Text -- ^ 'cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock' + -> Text -- ^ 'cvcrDestinationCidrBlock' -> CreateVPNConnectionRoute -createVPNConnectionRoute pVPNConnectionId_ pDestinationCIdRBlock_ = +createVPNConnectionRoute pVPNConnectionId_ pDestinationCidrBlock_ = CreateVPNConnectionRoute' { _cvcrVPNConnectionId = pVPNConnectionId_ - , _cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock = pDestinationCIdRBlock_ + , _cvcrDestinationCidrBlock = pDestinationCidrBlock_ } -- | The ID of the VPN connection. @@ -72,8 +76,8 @@ cvcrVPNConnectionId = lens _cvcrVPNConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_cvcrVPNConnectionId = a}); -- | The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network. -cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock :: Lens' CreateVPNConnectionRoute Text -cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock = lens _cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock = a}); +cvcrDestinationCidrBlock :: Lens' CreateVPNConnectionRoute Text +cvcrDestinationCidrBlock = lens _cvcrDestinationCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_cvcrDestinationCidrBlock = a}); instance AWSRequest CreateVPNConnectionRoute where type Rs CreateVPNConnectionRoute = @@ -97,9 +101,9 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateVpnConnectionRoute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VpnConnectionId" =: _cvcrVPNConnectionId, - "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _cvcrDestinationCIdRBlock] + "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _cvcrDestinationCidrBlock] -- | /See:/ 'createVPNConnectionRouteResponse' smart constructor. data CreateVPNConnectionRouteResponse = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVPNGateway.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Creates a virtual private gateway. A virtual private gateway is the endpoint on the VPC side of your VPN connection. You can create a virtual private gateway before creating the VPC itself. -- --- For more information about virtual private gateways, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about virtual private gateways, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVPNGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateVpnGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPNGateway' smart constructor. data CreateVPNGateway = CreateVPNGateway' { _cvgAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvgAvailabilityZone' +-- * 'cvgAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway. -- --- * 'cvgDryRun' +-- * 'cvgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'cvgType' +-- * 'cvgType' - The type of VPN connection this virtual private gateway supports. createVPNGateway :: GatewayType -- ^ 'cvgType' -> CreateVPNGateway @@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ cvgAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateVPNGateway (Maybe Text) cvgAvailabilityZone = lens _cvgAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_cvgAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . cvgDryRun :: Lens' CreateVPNGateway (Maybe Bool) cvgDryRun = lens _cvgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_cvgDryRun = a}); @@ -109,12 +113,14 @@ toQuery CreateVPNGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateVpnGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "AvailabilityZone" =: _cvgAvailabilityZone, "DryRun" =: _cvgDryRun, "Type" =: _cvgType] -- | Contains the output of CreateVpnGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVPNGatewayResponse' smart constructor. data CreateVPNGatewayResponse = CreateVPNGatewayResponse' { _cvgrsVPNGateway :: !(Maybe VPNGateway) @@ -125,9 +131,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'cvgrsVPNGateway' +-- * 'cvgrsVPNGateway' - Information about the virtual private gateway. -- --- * 'cvgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'cvgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. createVPNGatewayResponse :: Int -- ^ 'cvgrsResponseStatus' -> CreateVPNGatewayResponse @@ -141,7 +147,7 @@ cvgrsVPNGateway :: Lens' CreateVPNGatewayResponse (Maybe VPNGateway) cvgrsVPNGateway = lens _cvgrsVPNGateway (\ s a -> s{_cvgrsVPNGateway = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. cvgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' CreateVPNGatewayResponse Int cvgrsResponseStatus = lens _cvgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_cvgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVolume.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVolume.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVolume.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/CreateVolume.hs @@ -18,13 +18,15 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone. The volume is created in the regional endpoint that you send the HTTP request to. For more information see . +-- Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone. The volume is created in the regional endpoint that you send the HTTP request to. For more information see . -- +-- -- You can create a new empty volume or restore a volume from an EBS snapshot. Any AWS Marketplace product codes from the snapshot are propagated to the volume. -- --- You can create encrypted volumes with the 'Encrypted' parameter. Encrypted volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- You can create encrypted volumes with the @Encrypted@ parameter. Encrypted volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.CreateVolume ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -67,6 +69,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for CreateVolume. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'createVolume' smart constructor. data CreateVolume = CreateVolume' { _creSize :: !(Maybe Int) @@ -83,21 +87,21 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'creSize' +-- * 'creSize' - The size of the volume, in GiBs. Constraints: 1-16384 for @gp2@ , 4-16384 for @io1@ , 500-16384 for @st1@ , 500-16384 for @sc1@ , and 1-1024 for @standard@ . If you specify a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size. Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. -- --- * 'creIOPS' +-- * 'creIOPS' - Only valid for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes. The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) to provision for the volume, with a maximum ratio of 50 IOPS/GiB. Constraint: Range is 100 to 20000 for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes -- --- * 'creEncrypted' +-- * 'creEncrypted' - Specifies whether the volume should be encrypted. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are automatically encrypted. There is no way to create an encrypted volume from an unencrypted snapshot or vice versa. If your AMI uses encrypted volumes, you can only launch it on supported instance types. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'creKMSKeyId' +-- * 'creKMSKeyId' - The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) to use when creating the encrypted volume. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the @arn:aws:kms@ namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the @key@ namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/ :/012345678910/ :key//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/ . If a @KmsKeyId@ is specified, the @Encrypted@ flag must also be set. -- --- * 'creVolumeType' +-- * 'creVolumeType' - The volume type. This can be @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, @st1@ for Throughput Optimized HDD, @sc1@ for Cold HDD, or @standard@ for Magnetic volumes. Default: @standard@ -- --- * 'creDryRun' +-- * 'creDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'creSnapshotId' +-- * 'creSnapshotId' - The snapshot from which to create the volume. -- --- * 'creAvailabilityZone' +-- * 'creAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone in which to create the volume. Use 'DescribeAvailabilityZones' to list the Availability Zones that are currently available to you. createVolume :: Text -- ^ 'creAvailabilityZone' -> CreateVolume @@ -113,35 +117,27 @@ , _creAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ } --- | The size of the volume, in GiBs. --- --- Constraints: 1-16384 for 'gp2', 4-16384 for 'io1', 500-16384 for 'st1', 500-16384 for 'sc1', and 1-1024 for 'standard'. If you specify a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size. --- --- Default: If you\'re creating the volume from a snapshot and don\'t specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. +-- | The size of the volume, in GiBs. Constraints: 1-16384 for @gp2@ , 4-16384 for @io1@ , 500-16384 for @st1@ , 500-16384 for @sc1@ , and 1-1024 for @standard@ . If you specify a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size. Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. creSize :: Lens' CreateVolume (Maybe Int) creSize = lens _creSize (\ s a -> s{_creSize = a}); --- | Only valid for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes. The number of I\/O operations per second (IOPS) to provision for the volume, with a maximum ratio of 30 IOPS\/GiB. --- --- Constraint: Range is 100 to 20000 for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes +-- | Only valid for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes. The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) to provision for the volume, with a maximum ratio of 50 IOPS/GiB. Constraint: Range is 100 to 20000 for Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes creIOPS :: Lens' CreateVolume (Maybe Int) creIOPS = lens _creIOPS (\ s a -> s{_creIOPS = a}); --- | Specifies whether the volume should be encrypted. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are automatically encrypted. There is no way to create an encrypted volume from an unencrypted snapshot or vice versa. If your AMI uses encrypted volumes, you can only launch it on supported instance types. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Specifies whether the volume should be encrypted. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are automatically encrypted. There is no way to create an encrypted volume from an unencrypted snapshot or vice versa. If your AMI uses encrypted volumes, you can only launch it on supported instance types. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . creEncrypted :: Lens' CreateVolume (Maybe Bool) creEncrypted = lens _creEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_creEncrypted = a}); --- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) to use when creating the encrypted volume. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the 'arn:aws:kms' namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the 'key' namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/:/012345678910/:key\//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/. If a 'KmsKeyId' is specified, the 'Encrypted' flag must also be set. +-- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) to use when creating the encrypted volume. This parameter is only required if you want to use a non-default CMK; if this parameter is not specified, the default CMK for EBS is used. The ARN contains the @arn:aws:kms@ namespace, followed by the region of the CMK, the AWS account ID of the CMK owner, the @key@ namespace, and then the CMK ID. For example, arn:aws:kms:/us-east-1/ :/012345678910/ :key//abcd1234-a123-456a-a12b-a123b4cd56ef/ . If a @KmsKeyId@ is specified, the @Encrypted@ flag must also be set. creKMSKeyId :: Lens' CreateVolume (Maybe Text) creKMSKeyId = lens _creKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_creKMSKeyId = a}); --- | The volume type. This can be 'gp2' for General Purpose SSD, 'io1' for Provisioned IOPS SSD, 'st1' for Throughput Optimized HDD, 'sc1' for Cold HDD, or 'standard' for Magnetic volumes. --- --- Default: 'standard' +-- | The volume type. This can be @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, @st1@ for Throughput Optimized HDD, @sc1@ for Cold HDD, or @standard@ for Magnetic volumes. Default: @standard@ creVolumeType :: Lens' CreateVolume (Maybe VolumeType) creVolumeType = lens _creVolumeType (\ s a -> s{_creVolumeType = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . creDryRun :: Lens' CreateVolume (Maybe Bool) creDryRun = lens _creDryRun (\ s a -> s{_creDryRun = a}); @@ -149,7 +145,7 @@ creSnapshotId :: Lens' CreateVolume (Maybe Text) creSnapshotId = lens _creSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_creSnapshotId = a}); --- | The Availability Zone in which to create the volume. Use < DescribeAvailabilityZones> to list the Availability Zones that are currently available to you. +-- | The Availability Zone in which to create the volume. Use 'DescribeAvailabilityZones' to list the Availability Zones that are currently available to you. creAvailabilityZone :: Lens' CreateVolume Text creAvailabilityZone = lens _creAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_creAvailabilityZone = a}); @@ -172,7 +168,7 @@ toQuery CreateVolume'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("CreateVolume" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Size" =: _creSize, "Iops" =: _creIOPS, "Encrypted" =: _creEncrypted, "KmsKeyId" =: _creKMSKeyId, diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteCustomerGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteCustomerGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteCustomerGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteCustomerGateway.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified customer gateway. You must delete the VPN connection before you can delete the customer gateway. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteCustomerGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteCustomerGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteCustomerGateway' smart constructor. data DeleteCustomerGateway = DeleteCustomerGateway' { _dcgcDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dcgcDryRun' +-- * 'dcgcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dcgcCustomerGatewayId' +-- * 'dcgcCustomerGatewayId' - The ID of the customer gateway. deleteCustomerGateway :: Text -- ^ 'dcgcCustomerGatewayId' -> DeleteCustomerGateway @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _dcgcCustomerGatewayId = pCustomerGatewayId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dcgcDryRun :: Lens' DeleteCustomerGateway (Maybe Bool) dcgcDryRun = lens _dcgcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dcgcDryRun = a}); @@ -92,7 +96,7 @@ toQuery DeleteCustomerGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteCustomerGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dcgcDryRun, "CustomerGatewayId" =: _dcgcCustomerGatewayId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteDHCPOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteDHCPOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteDHCPOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteDHCPOptions.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified set of DHCP options. You must disassociate the set of DHCP options before you can delete it. You can disassociate the set of DHCP options by associating either a new set of options or the default set of options with the VPC. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteDHCPOptions ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteDhcpOptions. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteDHCPOptions' smart constructor. data DeleteDHCPOptions = DeleteDHCPOptions' { _ddhcpoDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddhcpoDryRun' +-- * 'ddhcpoDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ddhcpoDHCPOptionsId' +-- * 'ddhcpoDHCPOptionsId' - The ID of the DHCP options set. deleteDHCPOptions :: Text -- ^ 'ddhcpoDHCPOptionsId' -> DeleteDHCPOptions @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _ddhcpoDHCPOptionsId = pDHCPOptionsId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ddhcpoDryRun :: Lens' DeleteDHCPOptions (Maybe Bool) ddhcpoDryRun = lens _ddhcpoDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ddhcpoDryRun = a}); @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ toQuery DeleteDHCPOptions'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteDhcpOptions" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _ddhcpoDryRun, "DhcpOptionsId" =: _ddhcpoDHCPOptionsId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway.hs @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Deletes an egress-only Internet gateway. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + ( + -- * Creating a Request + deleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + , DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + -- * Request Lenses + , deoigeDryRun + , deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , deleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse + , DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , delrsReturnCode + , delrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'deleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway' smart constructor. +data DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway = DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway' + { _deoigeDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'deoigeDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId' - The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway. +deleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + :: Text -- ^ 'deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId' + -> DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway +deleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway pEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId_ = + DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway' + { _deoigeDryRun = Nothing + , _deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = pEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId_ + } + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +deoigeDryRun :: Lens' DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway (Maybe Bool) +deoigeDryRun = lens _deoigeDryRun (\ s a -> s{_deoigeDryRun = a}); + +-- | The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway. +deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: Lens' DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway Text +deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = lens _deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + where + type Rs DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway = + DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' <$> + (x .@? "returnCode") <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + +instance NFData DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + +instance ToHeaders DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway + where + toQuery DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "DryRun" =: _deoigeDryRun, + "EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId" =: + _deoigeEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId] + +-- | /See:/ 'deleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' smart constructor. +data DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse = DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' + { _delrsReturnCode :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _delrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'delrsReturnCode' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- +-- * 'delrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +deleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'delrsResponseStatus' + -> DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse +deleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse pResponseStatus_ = + DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse' + { _delrsReturnCode = Nothing + , _delrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +delrsReturnCode :: Lens' DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse (Maybe Bool) +delrsReturnCode = lens _delrsReturnCode (\ s a -> s{_delrsReturnCode = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +delrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse Int +delrsResponseStatus = lens _delrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_delrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData + DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteFlowLogs.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteFlowLogs.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteFlowLogs.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteFlowLogs.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes one or more flow logs. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteFlowLogs ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteFlowLogs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteFlowLogs' smart constructor. newtype DeleteFlowLogs = DeleteFlowLogs' { _dflFlowLogIds :: [Text] @@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dflFlowLogIds' +-- * 'dflFlowLogIds' - One or more flow log IDs. deleteFlowLogs :: DeleteFlowLogs deleteFlowLogs = @@ -90,11 +94,13 @@ toQuery DeleteFlowLogs'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteFlowLogs" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQueryList "FlowLogId" _dflFlowLogIds] -- | Contains the output of DeleteFlowLogs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteFlowLogsResponse' smart constructor. data DeleteFlowLogsResponse = DeleteFlowLogsResponse' { _dflrsUnsuccessful :: !(Maybe [UnsuccessfulItem]) @@ -105,9 +111,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dflrsUnsuccessful' +-- * 'dflrsUnsuccessful' - Information about the flow logs that could not be deleted successfully. -- --- * 'dflrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dflrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. deleteFlowLogsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dflrsResponseStatus' -> DeleteFlowLogsResponse @@ -121,7 +127,7 @@ dflrsUnsuccessful :: Lens' DeleteFlowLogsResponse [UnsuccessfulItem] dflrsUnsuccessful = lens _dflrsUnsuccessful (\ s a -> s{_dflrsUnsuccessful = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dflrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteFlowLogsResponse Int dflrsResponseStatus = lens _dflrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dflrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteInternetGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteInternetGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteInternetGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteInternetGateway.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified Internet gateway. You must detach the Internet gateway from the VPC before you can delete it. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteInternetGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteInternetGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteInternetGateway' smart constructor. data DeleteInternetGateway = DeleteInternetGateway' { _digiDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'digiDryRun' +-- * 'digiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'digiInternetGatewayId' +-- * 'digiInternetGatewayId' - The ID of the Internet gateway. deleteInternetGateway :: Text -- ^ 'digiInternetGatewayId' -> DeleteInternetGateway @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _digiInternetGatewayId = pInternetGatewayId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . digiDryRun :: Lens' DeleteInternetGateway (Maybe Bool) digiDryRun = lens _digiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_digiDryRun = a}); @@ -92,7 +96,7 @@ toQuery DeleteInternetGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteInternetGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _digiDryRun, "InternetGatewayId" =: _digiInternetGatewayId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteKeyPair.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteKeyPair.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteKeyPair.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteKeyPair.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteKeyPair ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteKeyPair. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteKeyPair' smart constructor. data DeleteKeyPair = DeleteKeyPair' { _dkpDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dkpDryRun' +-- * 'dkpDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dkpKeyName' +-- * 'dkpKeyName' - The name of the key pair. deleteKeyPair :: Text -- ^ 'dkpKeyName' -> DeleteKeyPair @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _dkpKeyName = pKeyName_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dkpDryRun :: Lens' DeleteKeyPair (Maybe Bool) dkpDryRun = lens _dkpDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dkpDryRun = a}); @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ toQuery DeleteKeyPair'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteKeyPair" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dkpDryRun, "KeyName" =: _dkpKeyName] -- | /See:/ 'deleteKeyPairResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNatGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNatGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNatGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNatGateway.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified NAT gateway. Deleting a NAT gateway disassociates its Elastic IP address, but does not release the address from your account. Deleting a NAT gateway does not delete any NAT gateway routes in your route tables. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteNatGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -31,8 +33,8 @@ , deleteNatGatewayResponse , DeleteNatGatewayResponse -- * Response Lenses - , delrsNatGatewayId - , delrsResponseStatus + , dngnrsNatGatewayId + , dngnrsResponseStatus ) where import Network.AWS.EC2.Types @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteNatGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteNatGateway' smart constructor. newtype DeleteNatGateway = DeleteNatGateway' { _dngNatGatewayId :: Text @@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dngNatGatewayId' +-- * 'dngNatGatewayId' - The ID of the NAT gateway. deleteNatGateway :: Text -- ^ 'dngNatGatewayId' -> DeleteNatGateway @@ -89,39 +93,41 @@ toQuery DeleteNatGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteNatGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NatGatewayId" =: _dngNatGatewayId] -- | Contains the output of DeleteNatGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteNatGatewayResponse' smart constructor. data DeleteNatGatewayResponse = DeleteNatGatewayResponse' - { _delrsNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _delrsResponseStatus :: !Int + { _dngnrsNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dngnrsResponseStatus :: !Int } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'DeleteNatGatewayResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'delrsNatGatewayId' +-- * 'dngnrsNatGatewayId' - The ID of the NAT gateway. -- --- * 'delrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dngnrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. deleteNatGatewayResponse - :: Int -- ^ 'delrsResponseStatus' + :: Int -- ^ 'dngnrsResponseStatus' -> DeleteNatGatewayResponse deleteNatGatewayResponse pResponseStatus_ = DeleteNatGatewayResponse' - { _delrsNatGatewayId = Nothing - , _delrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + { _dngnrsNatGatewayId = Nothing + , _dngnrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } -- | The ID of the NAT gateway. -delrsNatGatewayId :: Lens' DeleteNatGatewayResponse (Maybe Text) -delrsNatGatewayId = lens _delrsNatGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_delrsNatGatewayId = a}); +dngnrsNatGatewayId :: Lens' DeleteNatGatewayResponse (Maybe Text) +dngnrsNatGatewayId = lens _dngnrsNatGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_dngnrsNatGatewayId = a}); --- | The response status code. -delrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteNatGatewayResponse Int -delrsResponseStatus = lens _delrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_delrsResponseStatus = a}); +-- | -- | The response status code. +dngnrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteNatGatewayResponse Int +dngnrsResponseStatus = lens _dngnrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dngnrsResponseStatus = a}); instance NFData DeleteNatGatewayResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkACL.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkACL.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkACL.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkACL.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes the specified network ACL. You can\'t delete the ACL if it\'s associated with any subnets. You can\'t delete the default network ACL. +-- Deletes the specified network ACL. You can't delete the ACL if it's associated with any subnets. You can't delete the default network ACL. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteNetworkACL ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkAcl. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteNetworkACL' smart constructor. data DeleteNetworkACL = DeleteNetworkACL' { _dnaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dnaDryRun' +-- * 'dnaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dnaNetworkACLId' +-- * 'dnaNetworkACLId' - The ID of the network ACL. deleteNetworkACL :: Text -- ^ 'dnaNetworkACLId' -> DeleteNetworkACL @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _dnaNetworkACLId = pNetworkACLId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dnaDryRun :: Lens' DeleteNetworkACL (Maybe Bool) dnaDryRun = lens _dnaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dnaDryRun = a}); @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ toQuery DeleteNetworkACL'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteNetworkAcl" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dnaDryRun, "NetworkAclId" =: _dnaNetworkACLId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkACLEntry.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkACLEntry.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkACLEntry.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkACLEntry.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network ACL. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteNetworkACLEntry ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkAclEntry. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteNetworkACLEntry' smart constructor. data DeleteNetworkACLEntry = DeleteNetworkACLEntry' { _dnaeDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,13 +60,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dnaeDryRun' +-- * 'dnaeDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dnaeNetworkACLId' +-- * 'dnaeNetworkACLId' - The ID of the network ACL. -- --- * 'dnaeRuleNumber' +-- * 'dnaeRuleNumber' - The rule number of the entry to delete. -- --- * 'dnaeEgress' +-- * 'dnaeEgress' - Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule. deleteNetworkACLEntry :: Text -- ^ 'dnaeNetworkACLId' -> Int -- ^ 'dnaeRuleNumber' @@ -76,7 +80,7 @@ , _dnaeEgress = pEgress_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dnaeDryRun :: Lens' DeleteNetworkACLEntry (Maybe Bool) dnaeDryRun = lens _dnaeDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dnaeDryRun = a}); @@ -112,7 +116,7 @@ toQuery DeleteNetworkACLEntry'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteNetworkAclEntry" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dnaeDryRun, "NetworkAclId" =: _dnaeNetworkACLId, "RuleNumber" =: _dnaeRuleNumber, diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkInterface.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkInterface.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkInterface.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteNetworkInterface.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified network interface. You must detach the network interface before you can delete it. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteNetworkInterface ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteNetworkInterface. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteNetworkInterface' smart constructor. data DeleteNetworkInterface = DeleteNetworkInterface' { _dninDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dninDryRun' +-- * 'dninDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dninNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'dninNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. deleteNetworkInterface :: Text -- ^ 'dninNetworkInterfaceId' -> DeleteNetworkInterface @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _dninNetworkInterfaceId = pNetworkInterfaceId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dninDryRun :: Lens' DeleteNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) dninDryRun = lens _dninDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dninDryRun = a}); @@ -94,7 +98,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteNetworkInterface" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dninDryRun, "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _dninNetworkInterfaceId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeletePlacementGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeletePlacementGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeletePlacementGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeletePlacementGroup.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes the specified placement group. You must terminate all instances in the placement group before you can delete the placement group. For more information about placement groups and cluster instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Deletes the specified placement group. You must terminate all instances in the placement group before you can delete the placement group. For more information about placement groups and cluster instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeletePlacementGroup ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeletePlacementGroup. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deletePlacementGroup' smart constructor. data DeletePlacementGroup = DeletePlacementGroup' { _dpgDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dpgDryRun' +-- * 'dpgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dpgGroupName' +-- * 'dpgGroupName' - The name of the placement group. deletePlacementGroup :: Text -- ^ 'dpgGroupName' -> DeletePlacementGroup @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _dpgGroupName = pGroupName_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dpgDryRun :: Lens' DeletePlacementGroup (Maybe Bool) dpgDryRun = lens _dpgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dpgDryRun = a}); @@ -92,7 +96,7 @@ toQuery DeletePlacementGroup'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeletePlacementGroup" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dpgDryRun, "GroupName" =: _dpgGroupName] -- | /See:/ 'deletePlacementGroupResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteRoute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteRoute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteRoute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteRoute.hs @@ -19,15 +19,18 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified route from the specified route table. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteRoute ( -- * Creating a Request deleteRoute , DeleteRoute -- * Request Lenses + , drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock , drDryRun + , drDestinationCidrBlock , drRouteTableId - , drDestinationCIdRBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteRouteResponse @@ -43,45 +46,54 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteRoute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteRoute' smart constructor. data DeleteRoute = DeleteRoute' - { _drDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _drRouteTableId :: !Text - , _drDestinationCIdRBlock :: !Text + { _drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _drDestinationCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _drRouteTableId :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'DeleteRoute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drDryRun' +-- * 'drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly. -- --- * 'drRouteTableId' +-- * 'drDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'drDestinationCIdRBlock' +-- * 'drDestinationCidrBlock' - The IPv4 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly. +-- +-- * 'drRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table. deleteRoute :: Text -- ^ 'drRouteTableId' - -> Text -- ^ 'drDestinationCIdRBlock' -> DeleteRoute -deleteRoute pRouteTableId_ pDestinationCIdRBlock_ = +deleteRoute pRouteTableId_ = DeleteRoute' - { _drDryRun = Nothing + { _drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _drDryRun = Nothing + , _drDestinationCidrBlock = Nothing , _drRouteTableId = pRouteTableId_ - , _drDestinationCIdRBlock = pDestinationCIdRBlock_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | The IPv6 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly. +drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' DeleteRoute (Maybe Text) +drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = lens _drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . drDryRun :: Lens' DeleteRoute (Maybe Bool) drDryRun = lens _drDryRun (\ s a -> s{_drDryRun = a}); +-- | The IPv4 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly. +drDestinationCidrBlock :: Lens' DeleteRoute (Maybe Text) +drDestinationCidrBlock = lens _drDestinationCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_drDestinationCidrBlock = a}); + -- | The ID of the route table. drRouteTableId :: Lens' DeleteRoute Text drRouteTableId = lens _drRouteTableId (\ s a -> s{_drRouteTableId = a}); --- | The CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly. -drDestinationCIdRBlock :: Lens' DeleteRoute Text -drDestinationCIdRBlock = lens _drDestinationCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_drDestinationCIdRBlock = a}); - instance AWSRequest DeleteRoute where type Rs DeleteRoute = DeleteRouteResponse request = postQuery ec2 @@ -101,10 +113,12 @@ toQuery DeleteRoute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteRoute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "DestinationIpv6CidrBlock" =: + _drDestinationIPv6CidrBlock, "DryRun" =: _drDryRun, - "RouteTableId" =: _drRouteTableId, - "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _drDestinationCIdRBlock] + "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _drDestinationCidrBlock, + "RouteTableId" =: _drRouteTableId] -- | /See:/ 'deleteRouteResponse' smart constructor. data DeleteRouteResponse = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteRouteTable.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteRouteTable.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteRouteTable.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteRouteTable.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes the specified route table. You must disassociate the route table from any subnets before you can delete it. You can\'t delete the main route table. +-- Deletes the specified route table. You must disassociate the route table from any subnets before you can delete it. You can't delete the main route table. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteRouteTable ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteRouteTable. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteRouteTable' smart constructor. data DeleteRouteTable = DeleteRouteTable' { _drtrDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drtrDryRun' +-- * 'drtrDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'drtrRouteTableId' +-- * 'drtrRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table. deleteRouteTable :: Text -- ^ 'drtrRouteTableId' -> DeleteRouteTable @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _drtrRouteTableId = pRouteTableId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . drtrDryRun :: Lens' DeleteRouteTable (Maybe Bool) drtrDryRun = lens _drtrDryRun (\ s a -> s{_drtrDryRun = a}); @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ toQuery DeleteRouteTable'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteRouteTable" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _drtrDryRun, "RouteTableId" =: _drtrRouteTableId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSecurityGroup.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSecurityGroup.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSecurityGroup.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSecurityGroup.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Deletes a security group. -- --- If you attempt to delete a security group that is associated with an instance, or is referenced by another security group, the operation fails with 'InvalidGroup.InUse' in EC2-Classic or 'DependencyViolation' in EC2-VPC. +-- +-- If you attempt to delete a security group that is associated with an instance, or is referenced by another security group, the operation fails with @InvalidGroup.InUse@ in EC2-Classic or @DependencyViolation@ in EC2-VPC. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteSecurityGroup ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteSecurityGroup. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteSecurityGroup' smart constructor. data DeleteSecurityGroup = DeleteSecurityGroup' { _dsgGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -56,11 +60,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsgGroupId' +-- * 'dsgGroupId' - The ID of the security group. Required for a nondefault VPC. -- --- * 'dsgGroupName' +-- * 'dsgGroupName' - [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. -- --- * 'dsgDryRun' +-- * 'dsgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . deleteSecurityGroup :: DeleteSecurityGroup deleteSecurityGroup = @@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ dsgGroupName :: Lens' DeleteSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) dsgGroupName = lens _dsgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_dsgGroupName = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsgDryRun :: Lens' DeleteSecurityGroup (Maybe Bool) dsgDryRun = lens _dsgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsgDryRun = a}); @@ -102,7 +106,7 @@ toQuery DeleteSecurityGroup'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteSecurityGroup" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "GroupId" =: _dsgGroupId, "GroupName" =: _dsgGroupName, "DryRun" =: _dsgDryRun] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSnapshot.hs @@ -20,11 +20,13 @@ -- -- Deletes the specified snapshot. -- +-- -- When you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental, and only the blocks on the device that have changed since your last snapshot are saved in the new snapshot. When you delete a snapshot, only the data not needed for any other snapshot is removed. So regardless of which prior snapshots have been deleted, all active snapshots will have access to all the information needed to restore the volume. -- -- You cannot delete a snapshot of the root device of an EBS volume used by a registered AMI. You must first de-register the AMI before you can delete the snapshot. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteSnapshot ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteSnapshot. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteSnapshot' smart constructor. data DeleteSnapshot = DeleteSnapshot' { _deleDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -58,9 +62,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'deleDryRun' +-- * 'deleDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'deleSnapshotId' +-- * 'deleSnapshotId' - The ID of the EBS snapshot. deleteSnapshot :: Text -- ^ 'deleSnapshotId' -> DeleteSnapshot @@ -70,7 +74,7 @@ , _deleSnapshotId = pSnapshotId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . deleDryRun :: Lens' DeleteSnapshot (Maybe Bool) deleDryRun = lens _deleDryRun (\ s a -> s{_deleDryRun = a}); @@ -97,7 +101,7 @@ toQuery DeleteSnapshot'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteSnapshot" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _deleDryRun, "SnapshotId" =: _deleSnapshotId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the data feed for Spot instances. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -41,6 +43,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteSpotDatafeedSubscription' smart constructor. newtype DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription = DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription' { _dsdssDryRun :: Maybe Bool @@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsdssDryRun' +-- * 'dsdssDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . deleteSpotDatafeedSubscription :: DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription deleteSpotDatafeedSubscription = @@ -58,7 +62,7 @@ { _dsdssDryRun = Nothing } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsdssDryRun :: Lens' DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Bool) dsdssDryRun = lens _dsdssDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsdssDryRun = a}); @@ -86,7 +90,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dsdssDryRun] -- | /See:/ 'deleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSubnet.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSubnet.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSubnet.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteSubnet.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified subnet. You must terminate all running instances in the subnet before you can delete the subnet. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteSubnet ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteSubnet. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteSubnet' smart constructor. data DeleteSubnet = DeleteSubnet' { _ddDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddDryRun' +-- * 'ddDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ddSubnetId' +-- * 'ddSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. deleteSubnet :: Text -- ^ 'ddSubnetId' -> DeleteSubnet @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _ddSubnetId = pSubnetId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ddDryRun :: Lens' DeleteSubnet (Maybe Bool) ddDryRun = lens _ddDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ddDryRun = a}); @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ toQuery DeleteSubnet'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteSubnet" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _ddDryRun, "SubnetId" =: _ddSubnetId] -- | /See:/ 'deleteSubnetResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteTags.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteTags.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteTags.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteTags.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources. This call is designed to follow a 'DescribeTags' request. +-- Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources. This call is designed to follow a @DescribeTags@ request. -- --- For more information about tags, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about tags, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteTags ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteTags. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteTags' smart constructor. data DeleteTags = DeleteTags' { _dtsDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,11 +60,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dtsDryRun' +-- * 'dtsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dtsTags' +-- * 'dtsTags' - One or more tags to delete. If you omit the @value@ parameter, we delete the tag regardless of its value. If you specify this parameter with an empty string as the value, we delete the key only if its value is an empty string. -- --- * 'dtsResources' +-- * 'dtsResources' - The ID of the resource. For example, ami-1a2b3c4d. You can specify more than one resource ID. deleteTags :: DeleteTags deleteTags = @@ -70,11 +74,11 @@ , _dtsResources = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dtsDryRun :: Lens' DeleteTags (Maybe Bool) dtsDryRun = lens _dtsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dtsDryRun = a}); --- | One or more tags to delete. If you omit the 'value' parameter, we delete the tag regardless of its value. If you specify this parameter with an empty string as the value, we delete the key only if its value is an empty string. +-- | One or more tags to delete. If you omit the @value@ parameter, we delete the tag regardless of its value. If you specify this parameter with an empty string as the value, we delete the key only if its value is an empty string. dtsTags :: Lens' DeleteTags [Tag] dtsTags = lens _dtsTags (\ s a -> s{_dtsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -101,7 +105,7 @@ toQuery DeleteTags'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteTags" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dtsDryRun, toQuery (toQueryList "Tag" <$> _dtsTags), toQueryList "ResourceId" _dtsResources] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPC.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPC.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPC.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPC.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified VPC. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the VPC before you can delete it. For example, you must terminate all instances running in the VPC, delete all security groups associated with the VPC (except the default one), delete all route tables associated with the VPC (except the default one), and so on. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVPC ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVPC' smart constructor. data DeleteVPC = DeleteVPC' { _delDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'delDryRun' +-- * 'delDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'delVPCId' +-- * 'delVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. deleteVPC :: Text -- ^ 'delVPCId' -> DeleteVPC @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _delVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . delDryRun :: Lens' DeleteVPC (Maybe Bool) delDryRun = lens _delDryRun (\ s a -> s{_delDryRun = a}); @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ toQuery DeleteVPC'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteVpc" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _delDryRun, "VpcId" =: _delVPCId] -- | /See:/ 'deleteVPCResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPCEndpoints.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPCEndpoints.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPCEndpoints.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPCEndpoints.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes one or more specified VPC endpoints. Deleting the endpoint also deletes the endpoint routes in the route tables that were associated with the endpoint. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVPCEndpoints ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteVpcEndpoints. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVPCEndpoints' smart constructor. data DeleteVPCEndpoints = DeleteVPCEndpoints' { _dveDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dveDryRun' +-- * 'dveDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dveVPCEndpointIds' +-- * 'dveVPCEndpointIds' - One or more endpoint IDs. deleteVPCEndpoints :: DeleteVPCEndpoints deleteVPCEndpoints = @@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ , _dveVPCEndpointIds = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dveDryRun :: Lens' DeleteVPCEndpoints (Maybe Bool) dveDryRun = lens _dveDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dveDryRun = a}); @@ -100,12 +104,14 @@ toQuery DeleteVPCEndpoints'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteVpcEndpoints" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dveDryRun, toQueryList "VpcEndpointId" _dveVPCEndpointIds] -- | Contains the output of DeleteVpcEndpoints. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVPCEndpointsResponse' smart constructor. data DeleteVPCEndpointsResponse = DeleteVPCEndpointsResponse' { _dversUnsuccessful :: !(Maybe [UnsuccessfulItem]) @@ -116,9 +122,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dversUnsuccessful' +-- * 'dversUnsuccessful' - Information about the endpoints that were not successfully deleted. -- --- * 'dversResponseStatus' +-- * 'dversResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. deleteVPCEndpointsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dversResponseStatus' -> DeleteVPCEndpointsResponse @@ -132,7 +138,7 @@ dversUnsuccessful :: Lens' DeleteVPCEndpointsResponse [UnsuccessfulItem] dversUnsuccessful = lens _dversUnsuccessful (\ s a -> s{_dversUnsuccessful = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dversResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteVPCEndpointsResponse Int dversResponseStatus = lens _dversResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dversResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPCPeeringConnection.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPCPeeringConnection.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPCPeeringConnection.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPCPeeringConnection.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes a VPC peering connection. Either the owner of the requester VPC or the owner of the peer VPC can delete the VPC peering connection if it\'s in the 'active' state. The owner of the requester VPC can delete a VPC peering connection in the 'pending-acceptance' state. +-- Deletes a VPC peering connection. Either the owner of the requester VPC or the owner of the peer VPC can delete the VPC peering connection if it's in the @active@ state. The owner of the requester VPC can delete a VPC peering connection in the @pending-acceptance@ state. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVPCPeeringConnection ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteVpcPeeringConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVPCPeeringConnection' smart constructor. data DeleteVPCPeeringConnection = DeleteVPCPeeringConnection' { _dvpcDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcDryRun' +-- * 'dvpcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' +-- * 'dvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of the VPC peering connection. deleteVPCPeeringConnection :: Text -- ^ 'dvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' -> DeleteVPCPeeringConnection @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ , _dvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = pVPCPeeringConnectionId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvpcDryRun :: Lens' DeleteVPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Bool) dvpcDryRun = lens _dvpcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvpcDryRun = a}); @@ -100,13 +104,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteVpcPeeringConnection" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dvpcDryRun, "VpcPeeringConnectionId" =: _dvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId] -- | Contains the output of DeleteVpcPeeringConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVPCPeeringConnectionResponse' smart constructor. data DeleteVPCPeeringConnectionResponse = DeleteVPCPeeringConnectionResponse' { _dvpcrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -117,9 +123,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcrsReturn' +-- * 'dvpcrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'dvpcrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvpcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. deleteVPCPeeringConnectionResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvpcrsResponseStatus' -> DeleteVPCPeeringConnectionResponse @@ -129,11 +135,11 @@ , _dvpcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. dvpcrsReturn :: Lens' DeleteVPCPeeringConnectionResponse (Maybe Bool) dvpcrsReturn = lens _dvpcrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_dvpcrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvpcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DeleteVPCPeeringConnectionResponse Int dvpcrsResponseStatus = lens _dvpcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvpcrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNConnection.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNConnection.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNConnection.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNConnection.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Deletes the specified VPN connection. -- --- If you\'re deleting the VPC and its associated components, we recommend that you detach the virtual private gateway from the VPC and delete the VPC before deleting the VPN connection. If you believe that the tunnel credentials for your VPN connection have been compromised, you can delete the VPN connection and create a new one that has new keys, without needing to delete the VPC or virtual private gateway. If you create a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure the customer gateway using the new configuration information returned with the new VPN connection ID. +-- +-- If you're deleting the VPC and its associated components, we recommend that you detach the virtual private gateway from the VPC and delete the VPC before deleting the VPN connection. If you believe that the tunnel credentials for your VPN connection have been compromised, you can delete the VPN connection and create a new one that has new keys, without needing to delete the VPC or virtual private gateway. If you create a new VPN connection, you must reconfigure the customer gateway using the new configuration information returned with the new VPN connection ID. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVPNConnection ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVPNConnection' smart constructor. data DeleteVPNConnection = DeleteVPNConnection' { _dvcDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -54,9 +58,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvcDryRun' +-- * 'dvcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvcVPNConnectionId' +-- * 'dvcVPNConnectionId' - The ID of the VPN connection. deleteVPNConnection :: Text -- ^ 'dvcVPNConnectionId' -> DeleteVPNConnection @@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ , _dvcVPNConnectionId = pVPNConnectionId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvcDryRun :: Lens' DeleteVPNConnection (Maybe Bool) dvcDryRun = lens _dvcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvcDryRun = a}); @@ -94,7 +98,7 @@ toQuery DeleteVPNConnection'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteVpnConnection" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dvcDryRun, "VpnConnectionId" =: _dvcVPNConnectionId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNConnectionRoute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNConnectionRoute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNConnectionRoute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNConnectionRoute.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer gateway. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVPNConnectionRoute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -26,7 +28,7 @@ , DeleteVPNConnectionRoute -- * Request Lenses , dvcrVPNConnectionId - , dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock + , dvcrDestinationCidrBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , deleteVPNConnectionRouteResponse @@ -42,27 +44,29 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnConnectionRoute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVPNConnectionRoute' smart constructor. data DeleteVPNConnectionRoute = DeleteVPNConnectionRoute' { _dvcrVPNConnectionId :: !Text - , _dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock :: !Text + , _dvcrDestinationCidrBlock :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'DeleteVPNConnectionRoute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvcrVPNConnectionId' +-- * 'dvcrVPNConnectionId' - The ID of the VPN connection. -- --- * 'dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock' +-- * 'dvcrDestinationCidrBlock' - The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network. deleteVPNConnectionRoute :: Text -- ^ 'dvcrVPNConnectionId' - -> Text -- ^ 'dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock' + -> Text -- ^ 'dvcrDestinationCidrBlock' -> DeleteVPNConnectionRoute -deleteVPNConnectionRoute pVPNConnectionId_ pDestinationCIdRBlock_ = +deleteVPNConnectionRoute pVPNConnectionId_ pDestinationCidrBlock_ = DeleteVPNConnectionRoute' { _dvcrVPNConnectionId = pVPNConnectionId_ - , _dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock = pDestinationCIdRBlock_ + , _dvcrDestinationCidrBlock = pDestinationCidrBlock_ } -- | The ID of the VPN connection. @@ -70,8 +74,8 @@ dvcrVPNConnectionId = lens _dvcrVPNConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_dvcrVPNConnectionId = a}); -- | The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network. -dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock :: Lens' DeleteVPNConnectionRoute Text -dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock = lens _dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock = a}); +dvcrDestinationCidrBlock :: Lens' DeleteVPNConnectionRoute Text +dvcrDestinationCidrBlock = lens _dvcrDestinationCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_dvcrDestinationCidrBlock = a}); instance AWSRequest DeleteVPNConnectionRoute where type Rs DeleteVPNConnectionRoute = @@ -95,9 +99,9 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteVpnConnectionRoute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VpnConnectionId" =: _dvcrVPNConnectionId, - "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _dvcrDestinationCIdRBlock] + "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _dvcrDestinationCidrBlock] -- | /See:/ 'deleteVPNConnectionRouteResponse' smart constructor. data DeleteVPNConnectionRouteResponse = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVPNGateway.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes the specified virtual private gateway. We recommend that before you delete a virtual private gateway, you detach it from the VPC and delete the VPN connection. Note that you don\'t need to delete the virtual private gateway if you plan to delete and recreate the VPN connection between your VPC and your network. +-- Deletes the specified virtual private gateway. We recommend that before you delete a virtual private gateway, you detach it from the VPC and delete the VPN connection. Note that you don't need to delete the virtual private gateway if you plan to delete and recreate the VPN connection between your VPC and your network. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVPNGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteVpnGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVPNGateway' smart constructor. data DeleteVPNGateway = DeleteVPNGateway' { _dvgDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvgDryRun' +-- * 'dvgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvgVPNGatewayId' +-- * 'dvgVPNGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway. deleteVPNGateway :: Text -- ^ 'dvgVPNGatewayId' -> DeleteVPNGateway @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _dvgVPNGatewayId = pVPNGatewayId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvgDryRun :: Lens' DeleteVPNGateway (Maybe Bool) dvgDryRun = lens _dvgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvgDryRun = a}); @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ toQuery DeleteVPNGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteVpnGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dvgDryRun, "VpnGatewayId" =: _dvgVPNGatewayId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVolume.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVolume.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVolume.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeleteVolume.hs @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the 'available' state (not attached to an instance). +-- Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the @available@ state (not attached to an instance). -- --- The volume may remain in the 'deleting' state for several minutes. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeleteVolume ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeleteVolume. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deleteVolume' smart constructor. data DeleteVolume = DeleteVolume' { _dvvDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,9 +58,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvvDryRun' +-- * 'dvvDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvvVolumeId' +-- * 'dvvVolumeId' - The ID of the volume. deleteVolume :: Text -- ^ 'dvvVolumeId' -> DeleteVolume @@ -68,7 +70,7 @@ , _dvvVolumeId = pVolumeId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvvDryRun :: Lens' DeleteVolume (Maybe Bool) dvvDryRun = lens _dvvDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvvDryRun = a}); @@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ toQuery DeleteVolume'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeleteVolume" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dvvDryRun, "VolumeId" =: _dvvVolumeId] -- | /See:/ 'deleteVolumeResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeregisterImage.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeregisterImage.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeregisterImage.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DeregisterImage.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Deregisters the specified AMI. After you deregister an AMI, it can\'t be used to launch new instances. +-- Deregisters the specified AMI. After you deregister an AMI, it can't be used to launch new instances. -- +-- -- This command does not delete the AMI. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DeregisterImage ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DeregisterImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'deregisterImage' smart constructor. data DeregisterImage = DeregisterImage' { _diDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -54,9 +58,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diDryRun' +-- * 'diDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'diImageId' +-- * 'diImageId' - The ID of the AMI. deregisterImage :: Text -- ^ 'diImageId' -> DeregisterImage @@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ , _diImageId = pImageId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . diDryRun :: Lens' DeregisterImage (Maybe Bool) diDryRun = lens _diDryRun (\ s a -> s{_diDryRun = a}); @@ -93,7 +97,7 @@ toQuery DeregisterImage'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DeregisterImage" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _diDryRun, "ImageId" =: _diImageId] -- | /See:/ 'deregisterImageResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAccountAttributes.hs @@ -20,18 +20,21 @@ -- -- Describes attributes of your AWS account. The following are the supported account attributes: -- --- - 'supported-platforms': Indicates whether your account can launch instances into EC2-Classic and EC2-VPC, or only into EC2-VPC. -- --- - 'default-vpc': The ID of the default VPC for your account, or 'none'. +-- * @supported-platforms@ : Indicates whether your account can launch instances into EC2-Classic and EC2-VPC, or only into EC2-VPC. -- --- - 'max-instances': The maximum number of On-Demand instances that you can run. +-- * @default-vpc@ : The ID of the default VPC for your account, or @none@ . -- --- - 'vpc-max-security-groups-per-interface': The maximum number of security groups that you can assign to a network interface. +-- * @max-instances@ : The maximum number of On-Demand instances that you can run. -- --- - 'max-elastic-ips': The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you can allocate for use with EC2-Classic. +-- * @vpc-max-security-groups-per-interface@ : The maximum number of security groups that you can assign to a network interface. -- --- - 'vpc-max-elastic-ips': The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you can allocate for use with EC2-VPC. +-- * @max-elastic-ips@ : The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you can allocate for use with EC2-Classic. -- +-- * @vpc-max-elastic-ips@ : The maximum number of Elastic IP addresses that you can allocate for use with EC2-VPC. +-- +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeAccountAttributes ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -58,6 +61,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeAccountAttributes. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeAccountAttributes' smart constructor. data DescribeAccountAttributes = DescribeAccountAttributes' { _daaAttributeNames :: !(Maybe [AccountAttributeName]) @@ -68,9 +73,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'daaAttributeNames' +-- * 'daaAttributeNames' - One or more account attribute names. -- --- * 'daaDryRun' +-- * 'daaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeAccountAttributes :: DescribeAccountAttributes describeAccountAttributes = @@ -83,7 +88,7 @@ daaAttributeNames :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributes [AccountAttributeName] daaAttributeNames = lens _daaAttributeNames (\ s a -> s{_daaAttributeNames = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . daaDryRun :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributes (Maybe Bool) daaDryRun = lens _daaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_daaDryRun = a}); @@ -114,13 +119,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeAccountAttributes" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "AttributeName" <$> _daaAttributeNames), "DryRun" =: _daaDryRun] -- | Contains the output of DescribeAccountAttributes. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeAccountAttributesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeAccountAttributesResponse = DescribeAccountAttributesResponse' { _daarsAccountAttributes :: !(Maybe [AccountAttribute]) @@ -131,9 +138,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'daarsAccountAttributes' +-- * 'daarsAccountAttributes' - Information about one or more account attributes. -- --- * 'daarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'daarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeAccountAttributesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'daarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeAccountAttributesResponse @@ -147,7 +154,7 @@ daarsAccountAttributes :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributesResponse [AccountAttribute] daarsAccountAttributes = lens _daarsAccountAttributes (\ s a -> s{_daarsAccountAttributes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. daarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeAccountAttributesResponse Int daarsResponseStatus = lens _daarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_daarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAddresses.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAddresses.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAddresses.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAddresses.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your Elastic IP addresses. -- --- An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeAddresses ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeAddresses. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeAddresses' smart constructor. data DescribeAddresses = DescribeAddresses' { _daFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -61,13 +65,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'daFilters' +-- * 'daFilters' - One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. * @allocation-id@ - [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID for the address. * @association-id@ - [EC2-VPC] The association ID for the address. * @domain@ - Indicates whether the address is for use in EC2-Classic (@standard@ ) or in a VPC (@vpc@ ). * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance the address is associated with, if any. * @network-interface-id@ - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the network interface that the address is associated with, if any. * @network-interface-owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the owner. * @private-ip-address@ - [EC2-VPC] The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. * @public-ip@ - The Elastic IP address. -- --- * 'daPublicIPs' +-- * 'daPublicIPs' - [EC2-Classic] One or more Elastic IP addresses. Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses. -- --- * 'daAllocationIds' +-- * 'daAllocationIds' - [EC2-VPC] One or more allocation IDs. Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses. -- --- * 'daDryRun' +-- * 'daDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeAddresses :: DescribeAddresses describeAddresses = @@ -78,40 +82,19 @@ , _daDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. --- --- - 'allocation-id' - [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID for the address. --- --- - 'association-id' - [EC2-VPC] The association ID for the address. --- --- - 'domain' - Indicates whether the address is for use in EC2-Classic ('standard') or in a VPC ('vpc'). --- --- - 'instance-id' - The ID of the instance the address is associated with, if any. --- --- - 'network-interface-id' - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the network interface that the address is associated with, if any. --- --- - 'network-interface-owner-id' - The AWS account ID of the owner. --- --- - 'private-ip-address' - [EC2-VPC] The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. --- --- - 'public-ip' - The Elastic IP address. --- +-- | One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. * @allocation-id@ - [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID for the address. * @association-id@ - [EC2-VPC] The association ID for the address. * @domain@ - Indicates whether the address is for use in EC2-Classic (@standard@ ) or in a VPC (@vpc@ ). * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance the address is associated with, if any. * @network-interface-id@ - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the network interface that the address is associated with, if any. * @network-interface-owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the owner. * @private-ip-address@ - [EC2-VPC] The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. * @public-ip@ - The Elastic IP address. daFilters :: Lens' DescribeAddresses [Filter] daFilters = lens _daFilters (\ s a -> s{_daFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | [EC2-Classic] One or more Elastic IP addresses. --- --- Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses. +-- | [EC2-Classic] One or more Elastic IP addresses. Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses. daPublicIPs :: Lens' DescribeAddresses [Text] daPublicIPs = lens _daPublicIPs (\ s a -> s{_daPublicIPs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | [EC2-VPC] One or more allocation IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses. +-- | [EC2-VPC] One or more allocation IDs. Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses. daAllocationIds :: Lens' DescribeAddresses [Text] daAllocationIds = lens _daAllocationIds (\ s a -> s{_daAllocationIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . daDryRun :: Lens' DescribeAddresses (Maybe Bool) daDryRun = lens _daDryRun (\ s a -> s{_daDryRun = a}); @@ -140,7 +123,7 @@ toQuery DescribeAddresses'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeAddresses" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _daFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "PublicIp" <$> _daPublicIPs), toQuery @@ -149,6 +132,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeAddresses. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeAddressesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeAddressesResponse = DescribeAddressesResponse' { _darsAddresses :: !(Maybe [Address]) @@ -159,9 +144,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'darsAddresses' +-- * 'darsAddresses' - Information about one or more Elastic IP addresses. -- --- * 'darsResponseStatus' +-- * 'darsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeAddressesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'darsResponseStatus' -> DescribeAddressesResponse @@ -175,7 +160,7 @@ darsAddresses :: Lens' DescribeAddressesResponse [Address] darsAddresses = lens _darsAddresses (\ s a -> s{_darsAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. darsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeAddressesResponse Int darsResponseStatus = lens _darsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_darsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAvailabilityZones.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAvailabilityZones.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAvailabilityZones.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeAvailabilityZones.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes one or more of the Availability Zones that are available to you. The results include zones only for the region you\'re currently using. If there is an event impacting an Availability Zone, you can use this request to view the state and any provided message for that Availability Zone. +-- Describes one or more of the Availability Zones that are available to you. The results include zones only for the region you're currently using. If there is an event impacting an Availability Zone, you can use this request to view the state and any provided message for that Availability Zone. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeAvailabilityZones ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeAvailabilityZones. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeAvailabilityZones' smart constructor. data DescribeAvailabilityZones = DescribeAvailabilityZones' { _dazZoneNames :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dazZoneNames' +-- * 'dazZoneNames' - The names of one or more Availability Zones. -- --- * 'dazFilters' +-- * 'dazFilters' - One or more filters. * @message@ - Information about the Availability Zone. * @region-name@ - The name of the region for the Availability Zone (for example, @us-east-1@ ). * @state@ - The state of the Availability Zone (@available@ | @information@ | @impaired@ | @unavailable@ ). * @zone-name@ - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, @us-east-1a@ ). -- --- * 'dazDryRun' +-- * 'dazDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeAvailabilityZones :: DescribeAvailabilityZones describeAvailabilityZones = @@ -77,20 +81,11 @@ dazZoneNames :: Lens' DescribeAvailabilityZones [Text] dazZoneNames = lens _dazZoneNames (\ s a -> s{_dazZoneNames = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'message' - Information about the Availability Zone. --- --- - 'region-name' - The name of the region for the Availability Zone (for example, 'us-east-1'). --- --- - 'state' - The state of the Availability Zone ('available' | 'information' | 'impaired' | 'unavailable'). --- --- - 'zone-name' - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, 'us-east-1a'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @message@ - Information about the Availability Zone. * @region-name@ - The name of the region for the Availability Zone (for example, @us-east-1@ ). * @state@ - The state of the Availability Zone (@available@ | @information@ | @impaired@ | @unavailable@ ). * @zone-name@ - The name of the Availability Zone (for example, @us-east-1a@ ). dazFilters :: Lens' DescribeAvailabilityZones [Filter] dazFilters = lens _dazFilters (\ s a -> s{_dazFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dazDryRun :: Lens' DescribeAvailabilityZones (Maybe Bool) dazDryRun = lens _dazDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dazDryRun = a}); @@ -121,13 +116,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeAvailabilityZones" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "ZoneName" <$> _dazZoneNames), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dazFilters), "DryRun" =: _dazDryRun] -- | Contains the output of DescribeAvailabiltyZones. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeAvailabilityZonesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeAvailabilityZonesResponse = DescribeAvailabilityZonesResponse' { _dazrsAvailabilityZones :: !(Maybe [AvailabilityZone]) @@ -138,9 +135,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dazrsAvailabilityZones' +-- * 'dazrsAvailabilityZones' - Information about one or more Availability Zones. -- --- * 'dazrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dazrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeAvailabilityZonesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dazrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeAvailabilityZonesResponse @@ -154,7 +151,7 @@ dazrsAvailabilityZones :: Lens' DescribeAvailabilityZonesResponse [AvailabilityZone] dazrsAvailabilityZones = lens _dazrsAvailabilityZones (\ s a -> s{_dazrsAvailabilityZones = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dazrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeAvailabilityZonesResponse Int dazrsResponseStatus = lens _dazrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dazrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeBundleTasks.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeBundleTasks.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeBundleTasks.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeBundleTasks.hs @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your bundling tasks. -- --- Completed bundle tasks are listed for only a limited time. If your bundle task is no longer in the list, you can still register an AMI from it. Just use 'RegisterImage' with the Amazon S3 bucket name and image manifest name you provided to the bundle task. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeBundleTasks ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeBundleTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeBundleTasks' smart constructor. data DescribeBundleTasks = DescribeBundleTasks' { _dbtBundleIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -59,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dbtBundleIds' +-- * 'dbtBundleIds' - One or more bundle task IDs. Default: Describes all your bundle tasks. -- --- * 'dbtFilters' +-- * 'dbtFilters' - One or more filters. * @bundle-id@ - The ID of the bundle task. * @error-code@ - If the task failed, the error code returned. * @error-message@ - If the task failed, the error message returned. * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance. * @progress@ - The level of task completion, as a percentage (for example, 20%). * @s3-bucket@ - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the AMI. * @s3-prefix@ - The beginning of the AMI name. * @start-time@ - The time the task started (for example, 2013-09-15T17:15:20.000Z). * @state@ - The state of the task (@pending@ | @waiting-for-shutdown@ | @bundling@ | @storing@ | @cancelling@ | @complete@ | @failed@ ). * @update-time@ - The time of the most recent update for the task. -- --- * 'dbtDryRun' +-- * 'dbtDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeBundleTasks :: DescribeBundleTasks describeBundleTasks = @@ -73,38 +75,15 @@ , _dbtDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more bundle task IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your bundle tasks. +-- | One or more bundle task IDs. Default: Describes all your bundle tasks. dbtBundleIds :: Lens' DescribeBundleTasks [Text] dbtBundleIds = lens _dbtBundleIds (\ s a -> s{_dbtBundleIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'bundle-id' - The ID of the bundle task. --- --- - 'error-code' - If the task failed, the error code returned. --- --- - 'error-message' - If the task failed, the error message returned. --- --- - 'instance-id' - The ID of the instance. --- --- - 'progress' - The level of task completion, as a percentage (for example, 20%). --- --- - 's3-bucket' - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the AMI. --- --- - 's3-prefix' - The beginning of the AMI name. --- --- - 'start-time' - The time the task started (for example, 2013-09-15T17:15:20.000Z). --- --- - 'state' - The state of the task ('pending' | 'waiting-for-shutdown' | 'bundling' | 'storing' | 'cancelling' | 'complete' | 'failed'). --- --- - 'update-time' - The time of the most recent update for the task. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @bundle-id@ - The ID of the bundle task. * @error-code@ - If the task failed, the error code returned. * @error-message@ - If the task failed, the error message returned. * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance. * @progress@ - The level of task completion, as a percentage (for example, 20%). * @s3-bucket@ - The Amazon S3 bucket to store the AMI. * @s3-prefix@ - The beginning of the AMI name. * @start-time@ - The time the task started (for example, 2013-09-15T17:15:20.000Z). * @state@ - The state of the task (@pending@ | @waiting-for-shutdown@ | @bundling@ | @storing@ | @cancelling@ | @complete@ | @failed@ ). * @update-time@ - The time of the most recent update for the task. dbtFilters :: Lens' DescribeBundleTasks [Filter] dbtFilters = lens _dbtFilters (\ s a -> s{_dbtFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dbtDryRun :: Lens' DescribeBundleTasks (Maybe Bool) dbtDryRun = lens _dbtDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dbtDryRun = a}); @@ -134,13 +113,15 @@ toQuery DescribeBundleTasks'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeBundleTasks" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "BundleId" <$> _dbtBundleIds), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dbtFilters), "DryRun" =: _dbtDryRun] -- | Contains the output of DescribeBundleTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeBundleTasksResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeBundleTasksResponse = DescribeBundleTasksResponse' { _dbtrsBundleTasks :: !(Maybe [BundleTask]) @@ -151,9 +132,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dbtrsBundleTasks' +-- * 'dbtrsBundleTasks' - Information about one or more bundle tasks. -- --- * 'dbtrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dbtrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeBundleTasksResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dbtrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeBundleTasksResponse @@ -167,7 +148,7 @@ dbtrsBundleTasks :: Lens' DescribeBundleTasksResponse [BundleTask] dbtrsBundleTasks = lens _dbtrsBundleTasks (\ s a -> s{_dbtrsBundleTasks = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dbtrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeBundleTasksResponse Int dbtrsResponseStatus = lens _dbtrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dbtrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeClassicLinkInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeClassicLinkInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeClassicLinkInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeClassicLinkInstances.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of your linked EC2-Classic instances. This request only returns information about EC2-Classic instances linked to a VPC through ClassicLink; you cannot use this request to return information about other instances. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeClassicLinkInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeClassicLinkInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeClassicLinkInstances' smart constructor. data DescribeClassicLinkInstances = DescribeClassicLinkInstances' { _dcliFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -62,15 +66,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dcliFilters' +-- * 'dcliFilters' - One or more filters. * @group-id@ - The ID of a VPC security group that's associated with the instance. * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC that the instance is linked to. -- --- * 'dcliNextToken' +-- * 'dcliNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'dcliInstanceIds' +-- * 'dcliInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. Must be instances linked to a VPC through ClassicLink. -- --- * 'dcliDryRun' +-- * 'dcliDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dcliMaxResults' +-- * 'dcliMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. describeClassicLinkInstances :: DescribeClassicLinkInstances describeClassicLinkInstances = @@ -82,20 +86,7 @@ , _dcliMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'group-id' - The ID of a VPC security group that\'s associated with the instance. --- --- - 'instance-id' - The ID of the instance. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC that the instance is linked to. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @group-id@ - The ID of a VPC security group that's associated with the instance. * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC that the instance is linked to. dcliFilters :: Lens' DescribeClassicLinkInstances [Filter] dcliFilters = lens _dcliFilters (\ s a -> s{_dcliFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -107,13 +98,11 @@ dcliInstanceIds :: Lens' DescribeClassicLinkInstances [Text] dcliInstanceIds = lens _dcliInstanceIds (\ s a -> s{_dcliInstanceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dcliDryRun :: Lens' DescribeClassicLinkInstances (Maybe Bool) dcliDryRun = lens _dcliDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dcliDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned 'NextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if 'MaxResults' is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request. --- --- Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. +-- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. dcliMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeClassicLinkInstances (Maybe Int) dcliMaxResults = lens _dcliMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dcliMaxResults = a}); @@ -146,7 +135,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeClassicLinkInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dcliFilters), "NextToken" =: _dcliNextToken, toQuery @@ -156,6 +145,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeClassicLinkInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeClassicLinkInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeClassicLinkInstancesResponse = DescribeClassicLinkInstancesResponse' { _dclirsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -167,11 +158,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dclirsNextToken' +-- * 'dclirsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dclirsInstances' +-- * 'dclirsInstances' - Information about one or more linked EC2-Classic instances. -- --- * 'dclirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dclirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeClassicLinkInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dclirsResponseStatus' -> DescribeClassicLinkInstancesResponse @@ -182,7 +173,7 @@ , _dclirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dclirsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeClassicLinkInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) dclirsNextToken = lens _dclirsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dclirsNextToken = a}); @@ -190,7 +181,7 @@ dclirsInstances :: Lens' DescribeClassicLinkInstancesResponse [ClassicLinkInstance] dclirsInstances = lens _dclirsInstances (\ s a -> s{_dclirsInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dclirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeClassicLinkInstancesResponse Int dclirsResponseStatus = lens _dclirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dclirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeConversionTasks.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeConversionTasks.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeConversionTasks.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeConversionTasks.hs @@ -18,16 +18,17 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes one or more of your conversion tasks. For more information, see the . +-- Describes one or more of your conversion tasks. For more information, see the . -- --- For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +-- +-- For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks ( -- * Creating a Request describeConversionTasks , DescribeConversionTasks -- * Request Lenses - , dctFilters , dctConversionTaskIds , dctDryRun @@ -48,10 +49,11 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeConversionTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeConversionTasks' smart constructor. data DescribeConversionTasks = DescribeConversionTasks' - { _dctFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) - , _dctConversionTaskIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + { _dctConversionTaskIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _dctDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) @@ -59,29 +61,22 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dctFilters' --- --- * 'dctConversionTaskIds' +-- * 'dctConversionTaskIds' - One or more conversion task IDs. -- --- * 'dctDryRun' +-- * 'dctDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeConversionTasks :: DescribeConversionTasks describeConversionTasks = DescribeConversionTasks' - { _dctFilters = Nothing - , _dctConversionTaskIds = Nothing + { _dctConversionTaskIds = Nothing , _dctDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. -dctFilters :: Lens' DescribeConversionTasks [Filter] -dctFilters = lens _dctFilters (\ s a -> s{_dctFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -- | One or more conversion task IDs. dctConversionTaskIds :: Lens' DescribeConversionTasks [Text] dctConversionTaskIds = lens _dctConversionTaskIds (\ s a -> s{_dctConversionTaskIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dctDryRun :: Lens' DescribeConversionTasks (Maybe Bool) dctDryRun = lens _dctDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dctDryRun = a}); @@ -112,8 +107,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeConversionTasks" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), - toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dctFilters), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "ConversionTaskId" <$> _dctConversionTaskIds), @@ -121,6 +115,8 @@ -- | Contains the output for DescribeConversionTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeConversionTasksResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeConversionTasksResponse = DescribeConversionTasksResponse' { _dctrsConversionTasks :: !(Maybe [ConversionTask]) @@ -131,9 +127,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dctrsConversionTasks' +-- * 'dctrsConversionTasks' - Information about the conversion tasks. -- --- * 'dctrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dctrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeConversionTasksResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dctrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeConversionTasksResponse @@ -147,7 +143,7 @@ dctrsConversionTasks :: Lens' DescribeConversionTasksResponse [ConversionTask] dctrsConversionTasks = lens _dctrsConversionTasks (\ s a -> s{_dctrsConversionTasks = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dctrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeConversionTasksResponse Int dctrsResponseStatus = lens _dctrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dctrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeCustomerGateways.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeCustomerGateways.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeCustomerGateways.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeCustomerGateways.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways. -- --- For more information about VPN customer gateways, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about VPN customer gateways, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeCustomerGateways ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeCustomerGateways. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeCustomerGateways' smart constructor. data DescribeCustomerGateways = DescribeCustomerGateways' { _dcgCustomerGatewayIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dcgCustomerGatewayIds' +-- * 'dcgCustomerGatewayIds' - One or more customer gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your customer gateways. -- --- * 'dcgFilters' +-- * 'dcgFilters' - One or more filters. * @bgp-asn@ - The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN). * @customer-gateway-id@ - The ID of the customer gateway. * @ip-address@ - The IP address of the customer gateway's Internet-routable external interface. * @state@ - The state of the customer gateway (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @type@ - The type of customer gateway. Currently, the only supported type is @ipsec.1@ . * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. -- --- * 'dcgDryRun' +-- * 'dcgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeCustomerGateways :: DescribeCustomerGateways describeCustomerGateways = @@ -73,34 +77,15 @@ , _dcgDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more customer gateway IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your customer gateways. +-- | One or more customer gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your customer gateways. dcgCustomerGatewayIds :: Lens' DescribeCustomerGateways [Text] dcgCustomerGatewayIds = lens _dcgCustomerGatewayIds (\ s a -> s{_dcgCustomerGatewayIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'bgp-asn' - The customer gateway\'s Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN). --- --- - 'customer-gateway-id' - The ID of the customer gateway. --- --- - 'ip-address' - The IP address of the customer gateway\'s Internet-routable external interface. --- --- - 'state' - The state of the customer gateway ('pending' | 'available' | 'deleting' | 'deleted'). --- --- - 'type' - The type of customer gateway. Currently, the only supported type is 'ipsec.1'. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @bgp-asn@ - The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN). * @customer-gateway-id@ - The ID of the customer gateway. * @ip-address@ - The IP address of the customer gateway's Internet-routable external interface. * @state@ - The state of the customer gateway (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @type@ - The type of customer gateway. Currently, the only supported type is @ipsec.1@ . * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. dcgFilters :: Lens' DescribeCustomerGateways [Filter] dcgFilters = lens _dcgFilters (\ s a -> s{_dcgFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dcgDryRun :: Lens' DescribeCustomerGateways (Maybe Bool) dcgDryRun = lens _dcgDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dcgDryRun = a}); @@ -131,7 +116,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeCustomerGateways" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "CustomerGatewayId" <$> _dcgCustomerGatewayIds), @@ -140,6 +125,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeCustomerGateways. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeCustomerGatewaysResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeCustomerGatewaysResponse = DescribeCustomerGatewaysResponse' { _dcgrsCustomerGateways :: !(Maybe [CustomerGateway]) @@ -150,9 +137,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dcgrsCustomerGateways' +-- * 'dcgrsCustomerGateways' - Information about one or more customer gateways. -- --- * 'dcgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dcgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeCustomerGatewaysResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dcgrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeCustomerGatewaysResponse @@ -166,7 +153,7 @@ dcgrsCustomerGateways :: Lens' DescribeCustomerGatewaysResponse [CustomerGateway] dcgrsCustomerGateways = lens _dcgrsCustomerGateways (\ s a -> s{_dcgrsCustomerGateways = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dcgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeCustomerGatewaysResponse Int dcgrsResponseStatus = lens _dcgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dcgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeDHCPOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeDHCPOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeDHCPOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeDHCPOptions.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your DHCP options sets. -- --- For more information about DHCP options sets, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about DHCP options sets, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeDHCPOptions ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeDhcpOptions. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeDHCPOptions' smart constructor. data DescribeDHCPOptions = DescribeDHCPOptions' { _ddoFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddoFilters' +-- * 'ddoFilters' - One or more filters. * @dhcp-options-id@ - The ID of a set of DHCP options. * @key@ - The key for one of the options (for example, @domain-name@ ). * @value@ - The value for one of the options. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. -- --- * 'ddoDHCPOptionsIds' +-- * 'ddoDHCPOptionsIds' - The IDs of one or more DHCP options sets. Default: Describes all your DHCP options sets. -- --- * 'ddoDryRun' +-- * 'ddoDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeDHCPOptions :: DescribeDHCPOptions describeDHCPOptions = @@ -73,30 +77,15 @@ , _ddoDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'dhcp-options-id' - The ID of a set of DHCP options. --- --- - 'key' - The key for one of the options (for example, 'domain-name'). --- --- - 'value' - The value for one of the options. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @dhcp-options-id@ - The ID of a set of DHCP options. * @key@ - The key for one of the options (for example, @domain-name@ ). * @value@ - The value for one of the options. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. ddoFilters :: Lens' DescribeDHCPOptions [Filter] ddoFilters = lens _ddoFilters (\ s a -> s{_ddoFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The IDs of one or more DHCP options sets. --- --- Default: Describes all your DHCP options sets. +-- | The IDs of one or more DHCP options sets. Default: Describes all your DHCP options sets. ddoDHCPOptionsIds :: Lens' DescribeDHCPOptions [Text] ddoDHCPOptionsIds = lens _ddoDHCPOptionsIds (\ s a -> s{_ddoDHCPOptionsIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ddoDryRun :: Lens' DescribeDHCPOptions (Maybe Bool) ddoDryRun = lens _ddoDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ddoDryRun = a}); @@ -126,7 +115,7 @@ toQuery DescribeDHCPOptions'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeDhcpOptions" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _ddoFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "DhcpOptionsId" <$> _ddoDHCPOptionsIds), @@ -134,6 +123,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeDhcpOptions. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeDHCPOptionsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeDHCPOptionsResponse = DescribeDHCPOptionsResponse' { _ddorsDHCPOptions :: !(Maybe [DHCPOptions]) @@ -144,9 +135,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ddorsDHCPOptions' +-- * 'ddorsDHCPOptions' - Information about one or more DHCP options sets. -- --- * 'ddorsResponseStatus' +-- * 'ddorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeDHCPOptionsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'ddorsResponseStatus' -> DescribeDHCPOptionsResponse @@ -160,7 +151,7 @@ ddorsDHCPOptions :: Lens' DescribeDHCPOptionsResponse [DHCPOptions] ddorsDHCPOptions = lens _ddorsDHCPOptions (\ s a -> s{_ddorsDHCPOptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. ddorsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeDHCPOptionsResponse Int ddorsResponseStatus = lens _ddorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ddorsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.hs @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Describes one or more of your egress-only Internet gateways. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + ( + -- * Creating a Request + describeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + , DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + -- * Request Lenses + , deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds + , deoigNextToken + , deoigDryRun + , deoigMaxResults + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , describeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse + , DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , deoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateways + , deoigrsNextToken + , deoigrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'describeEgressOnlyInternetGateways' smart constructor. +data DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways = DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways' + { _deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _deoigNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _deoigDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _deoigMaxResults :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds' - One or more egress-only Internet gateway IDs. +-- +-- * 'deoigNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. +-- +-- * 'deoigDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'deoigMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. +describeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + :: DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways +describeEgressOnlyInternetGateways = + DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways' + { _deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds = Nothing + , _deoigNextToken = Nothing + , _deoigDryRun = Nothing + , _deoigMaxResults = Nothing + } + +-- | One or more egress-only Internet gateway IDs. +deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds :: Lens' DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways [Text] +deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds = lens _deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds (\ s a -> s{_deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The token to retrieve the next page of results. +deoigNextToken :: Lens' DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways (Maybe Text) +deoigNextToken = lens _deoigNextToken (\ s a -> s{_deoigNextToken = a}); + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +deoigDryRun :: Lens' DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways (Maybe Bool) +deoigDryRun = lens _deoigDryRun (\ s a -> s{_deoigDryRun = a}); + +-- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. +deoigMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways (Maybe Int) +deoigMaxResults = lens _deoigMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_deoigMaxResults = a}); + +instance AWSRequest + DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways where + type Rs DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways = + DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse' <$> + (x .@? "egressOnlyInternetGatewaySet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "nextToken") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + +instance NFData DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + +instance ToHeaders DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways + where + toQuery DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + toQuery + (toQueryList "EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId" <$> + _deoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds), + "NextToken" =: _deoigNextToken, + "DryRun" =: _deoigDryRun, + "MaxResults" =: _deoigMaxResults] + +-- | /See:/ 'describeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse' smart constructor. +data DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse = DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse' + { _deoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateways :: !(Maybe [EgressOnlyInternetGateway]) + , _deoigrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _deoigrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'deoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateways' - Information about the egress-only Internet gateways. +-- +-- * 'deoigrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. +-- +-- * 'deoigrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +describeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'deoigrsResponseStatus' + -> DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse +describeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse pResponseStatus_ = + DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse' + { _deoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateways = Nothing + , _deoigrsNextToken = Nothing + , _deoigrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | Information about the egress-only Internet gateways. +deoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateways :: Lens' DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse [EgressOnlyInternetGateway] +deoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateways = lens _deoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateways (\ s a -> s{_deoigrsEgressOnlyInternetGateways = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. +deoigrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse (Maybe Text) +deoigrsNextToken = lens _deoigrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_deoigrsNextToken = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +deoigrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse Int +deoigrsResponseStatus = lens _deoigrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_deoigrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData + DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeExportTasks.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeExportTasks.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeExportTasks.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeExportTasks.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of your export tasks. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeExportTasks ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeExportTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeExportTasks' smart constructor. newtype DescribeExportTasks = DescribeExportTasks' { _detExportTaskIds :: Maybe [Text] @@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'detExportTaskIds' +-- * 'detExportTaskIds' - One or more export task IDs. describeExportTasks :: DescribeExportTasks describeExportTasks = @@ -91,12 +95,14 @@ toQuery DescribeExportTasks'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeExportTasks" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "ExportTaskId" <$> _detExportTaskIds)] -- | Contains the output for DescribeExportTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeExportTasksResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeExportTasksResponse = DescribeExportTasksResponse' { _detrsExportTasks :: !(Maybe [ExportTask]) @@ -107,9 +113,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'detrsExportTasks' +-- * 'detrsExportTasks' - Information about the export tasks. -- --- * 'detrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'detrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeExportTasksResponse :: Int -- ^ 'detrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeExportTasksResponse @@ -123,7 +129,7 @@ detrsExportTasks :: Lens' DescribeExportTasksResponse [ExportTask] detrsExportTasks = lens _detrsExportTasks (\ s a -> s{_detrsExportTasks = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. detrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeExportTasksResponse Int detrsResponseStatus = lens _detrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_detrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeFlowLogs.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeFlowLogs.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeFlowLogs.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeFlowLogs.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more flow logs. To view the information in your flow logs (the log streams for the network interfaces), you must use the CloudWatch Logs console or the CloudWatch Logs API. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeFlowLogs ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeFlowLogs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeFlowLogs' smart constructor. data DescribeFlowLogs = DescribeFlowLogs' { _dNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -60,13 +64,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dNextToken' +-- * 'dNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'dFlowLogIds' +-- * 'dFlowLogIds' - One or more flow log IDs. -- --- * 'dFilter' +-- * 'dFilter' - One or more filters. * @deliver-log-status@ - The status of the logs delivery (@SUCCESS@ | @FAILED@ ). * @flow-log-id@ - The ID of the flow log. * @log-group-name@ - The name of the log group. * @resource-id@ - The ID of the VPC, subnet, or network interface. * @traffic-type@ - The type of traffic (@ACCEPT@ | @REJECT@ | @ALL@ ) -- --- * 'dMaxResults' +-- * 'dMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the flow log IDs parameter in the same request. describeFlowLogs :: DescribeFlowLogs describeFlowLogs = @@ -85,22 +89,11 @@ dFlowLogIds :: Lens' DescribeFlowLogs [Text] dFlowLogIds = lens _dFlowLogIds (\ s a -> s{_dFlowLogIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'deliver-log-status' - The status of the logs delivery ('SUCCESS' | 'FAILED'). --- --- - 'flow-log-id' - The ID of the flow log. --- --- - 'log-group-name' - The name of the log group. --- --- - 'resource-id' - The ID of the VPC, subnet, or network interface. --- --- - 'traffic-type' - The type of traffic ('ACCEPT' | 'REJECT' | 'ALL') --- +-- | One or more filters. * @deliver-log-status@ - The status of the logs delivery (@SUCCESS@ | @FAILED@ ). * @flow-log-id@ - The ID of the flow log. * @log-group-name@ - The name of the log group. * @resource-id@ - The ID of the VPC, subnet, or network interface. * @traffic-type@ - The type of traffic (@ACCEPT@ | @REJECT@ | @ALL@ ) dFilter :: Lens' DescribeFlowLogs [Filter] dFilter = lens _dFilter (\ s a -> s{_dFilter = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned 'NextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if 'MaxResults' is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the flow log IDs parameter in the same request. +-- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. You cannot specify this parameter and the flow log IDs parameter in the same request. dMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeFlowLogs (Maybe Int) dMaxResults = lens _dMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dMaxResults = a}); @@ -130,7 +123,7 @@ toQuery DescribeFlowLogs'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeFlowLogs" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NextToken" =: _dNextToken, toQuery (toQueryList "FlowLogId" <$> _dFlowLogIds), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dFilter), @@ -138,6 +131,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeFlowLogs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeFlowLogsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeFlowLogsResponse = DescribeFlowLogsResponse' { _dflsrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -149,11 +144,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dflsrsNextToken' +-- * 'dflsrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dflsrsFlowLogs' +-- * 'dflsrsFlowLogs' - Information about the flow logs. -- --- * 'dflsrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dflsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeFlowLogsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dflsrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeFlowLogsResponse @@ -164,7 +159,7 @@ , _dflsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dflsrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeFlowLogsResponse (Maybe Text) dflsrsNextToken = lens _dflsrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dflsrsNextToken = a}); @@ -172,7 +167,7 @@ dflsrsFlowLogs :: Lens' DescribeFlowLogsResponse [FlowLog] dflsrsFlowLogs = lens _dflsrsFlowLogs (\ s a -> s{_dflsrsFlowLogs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dflsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeFlowLogsResponse Int dflsrsResponseStatus = lens _dflsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dflsrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHostReservationOfferings.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHostReservationOfferings.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHostReservationOfferings.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHostReservationOfferings.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes the Dedicated Host Reservations that are available to purchase. -- --- The results describe all the Dedicated Host Reservation offerings, including offerings that may not match the instance family and region of your Dedicated Hosts. When purchasing an offering, ensure that the the instance family and region of the offering matches that of the Dedicated Host\/s it will be associated with. For an overview of supported instance types, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- The results describe all the Dedicated Host Reservation offerings, including offerings that may not match the instance family and region of your Dedicated Hosts. When purchasing an offering, ensure that the the instance family and region of the offering matches that of the Dedicated Host/s it will be associated with. For an overview of supported instance types, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeHostReservationOfferings ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -64,17 +66,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dhroMaxDuration' +-- * 'dhroMaxDuration' - This is the maximum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 94608000 for three years. -- --- * 'dhroNextToken' +-- * 'dhroNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'dhroMinDuration' +-- * 'dhroMinDuration' - This is the minimum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 31536000 for one year. -- --- * 'dhroOfferingId' +-- * 'dhroOfferingId' - The ID of the reservation offering. -- --- * 'dhroFilter' +-- * 'dhroFilter' - One or more filters. * @instance-family@ - The instance family of the offering (e.g., @m4@ ). * @payment-option@ - The payment option (@No Upfront@ | @Partial Upfront@ | @All Upfront@ ). -- --- * 'dhroMaxResults' +-- * 'dhroMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @nextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if @maxResults@ is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. describeHostReservationOfferings :: DescribeHostReservationOfferings describeHostReservationOfferings = @@ -87,7 +89,7 @@ , _dhroMaxResults = Nothing } --- | This is the maximum duration of the reservation you\'d like to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 94608000 for three years. +-- | This is the maximum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 94608000 for three years. dhroMaxDuration :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferings (Maybe Int) dhroMaxDuration = lens _dhroMaxDuration (\ s a -> s{_dhroMaxDuration = a}); @@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ dhroNextToken :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferings (Maybe Text) dhroNextToken = lens _dhroNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dhroNextToken = a}); --- | This is the minimum duration of the reservation you\'d like to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 31536000 for one year. +-- | This is the minimum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 31536000 for one year. dhroMinDuration :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferings (Maybe Int) dhroMinDuration = lens _dhroMinDuration (\ s a -> s{_dhroMinDuration = a}); @@ -103,16 +105,11 @@ dhroOfferingId :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferings (Maybe Text) dhroOfferingId = lens _dhroOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_dhroOfferingId = a}); --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'instance-family' - The instance family of the offering (e.g., 'm4'). --- --- - 'payment-option' - The payment option ('No Upfront' | 'Partial Upfront' | 'All Upfront'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @instance-family@ - The instance family of the offering (e.g., @m4@ ). * @payment-option@ - The payment option (@No Upfront@ | @Partial Upfront@ | @All Upfront@ ). dhroFilter :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferings [Filter] dhroFilter = lens _dhroFilter (\ s a -> s{_dhroFilter = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned 'nextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if 'maxResults' is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. +-- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @nextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if @maxResults@ is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. dhroMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferings (Maybe Int) dhroMaxResults = lens _dhroMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dhroMaxResults = a}); @@ -148,7 +145,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeHostReservationOfferings" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "MaxDuration" =: _dhroMaxDuration, "NextToken" =: _dhroNextToken, "MinDuration" =: _dhroMinDuration, @@ -167,11 +164,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dhrorsOfferingSet' +-- * 'dhrorsOfferingSet' - Information about the offerings. -- --- * 'dhrorsNextToken' +-- * 'dhrorsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dhrorsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dhrorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeHostReservationOfferingsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dhrorsResponseStatus' -> DescribeHostReservationOfferingsResponse @@ -186,11 +183,11 @@ dhrorsOfferingSet :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferingsResponse [HostOffering] dhrorsOfferingSet = lens _dhrorsOfferingSet (\ s a -> s{_dhrorsOfferingSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dhrorsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferingsResponse (Maybe Text) dhrorsNextToken = lens _dhrorsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dhrorsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dhrorsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationOfferingsResponse Int dhrorsResponseStatus = lens _dhrorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dhrorsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHostReservations.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHostReservations.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHostReservations.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHostReservations.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes Dedicated Host Reservations which are associated with Dedicated Hosts in your account. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeHostReservations ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -58,13 +60,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dhrNextToken' +-- * 'dhrNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'dhrHostReservationIdSet' +-- * 'dhrHostReservationIdSet' - One or more host reservation IDs. -- --- * 'dhrFilter' +-- * 'dhrFilter' - One or more filters. * @instance-family@ - The instance family (e.g., @m4@ ). * @payment-option@ - The payment option (@No Upfront@ | @Partial Upfront@ | @All Upfront@ ). * @state@ - The state of the reservation (@payment-pending@ | @payment-failed@ | @active@ | @retired@ ). -- --- * 'dhrMaxResults' +-- * 'dhrMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @nextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if @maxResults@ is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. describeHostReservations :: DescribeHostReservations describeHostReservations = @@ -83,18 +85,11 @@ dhrHostReservationIdSet :: Lens' DescribeHostReservations [Text] dhrHostReservationIdSet = lens _dhrHostReservationIdSet (\ s a -> s{_dhrHostReservationIdSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'instance-family' - The instance family (e.g., 'm4'). --- --- - 'payment-option' - The payment option ('No Upfront' | 'Partial Upfront' | 'All Upfront'). --- --- - 'state' - The state of the reservation ('payment-pending' | 'payment-failed' | 'active' | 'retired'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @instance-family@ - The instance family (e.g., @m4@ ). * @payment-option@ - The payment option (@No Upfront@ | @Partial Upfront@ | @All Upfront@ ). * @state@ - The state of the reservation (@payment-pending@ | @payment-failed@ | @active@ | @retired@ ). dhrFilter :: Lens' DescribeHostReservations [Filter] dhrFilter = lens _dhrFilter (\ s a -> s{_dhrFilter = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned 'nextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if 'maxResults' is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. +-- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @nextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if @maxResults@ is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. dhrMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeHostReservations (Maybe Int) dhrMaxResults = lens _dhrMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dhrMaxResults = a}); @@ -126,7 +121,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeHostReservations" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NextToken" =: _dhrNextToken, toQuery (toQueryList "HostReservationIdSet" <$> @@ -145,11 +140,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dhrrsNextToken' +-- * 'dhrrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dhrrsHostReservationSet' +-- * 'dhrrsHostReservationSet' - Details about the reservation's configuration. -- --- * 'dhrrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dhrrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeHostReservationsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dhrrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeHostReservationsResponse @@ -160,15 +155,15 @@ , _dhrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dhrrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationsResponse (Maybe Text) dhrrsNextToken = lens _dhrrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dhrrsNextToken = a}); --- | Details about the reservation\'s configuration. +-- | Details about the reservation's configuration. dhrrsHostReservationSet :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationsResponse [HostReservation] dhrrsHostReservationSet = lens _dhrrsHostReservationSet (\ s a -> s{_dhrrsHostReservationSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dhrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeHostReservationsResponse Int dhrrsResponseStatus = lens _dhrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dhrrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHosts.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHosts.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHosts.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeHosts.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your Dedicated Hosts. -- --- The results describe only the Dedicated Hosts in the region you\'re currently using. All listed instances consume capacity on your Dedicated Host. Dedicated Hosts that have recently been released will be listed with the state 'released'. +-- +-- The results describe only the Dedicated Hosts in the region you're currently using. All listed instances consume capacity on your Dedicated Host. Dedicated Hosts that have recently been released will be listed with the state @released@ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeHosts ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeHosts. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeHosts' smart constructor. data DescribeHosts = DescribeHosts' { _dhNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -62,13 +66,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dhNextToken' +-- * 'dhNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'dhFilter' +-- * 'dhFilter' - One or more filters. * @instance-type@ - The instance type size that the Dedicated Host is configured to support. * @auto-placement@ - Whether auto-placement is enabled or disabled (@on@ | @off@ ). * @host-reservation-id@ - The ID of the reservation assigned to this host. * @client-token@ - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance * @state@ - The allocation state of the Dedicated Host (@available@ | @under-assessment@ | @permanent-failure@ | @released@ | @released-permanent-failure@ ). * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the host. -- --- * 'dhHostIds' +-- * 'dhHostIds' - The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts. The IDs are used for targeted instance launches. -- --- * 'dhMaxResults' +-- * 'dhMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @nextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if @maxResults@ is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. You cannot specify this parameter and the host IDs parameter in the same request. describeHosts :: DescribeHosts describeHosts = @@ -83,20 +87,7 @@ dhNextToken :: Lens' DescribeHosts (Maybe Text) dhNextToken = lens _dhNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dhNextToken = a}); --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'instance-type' - The instance type size that the Dedicated Host is configured to support. --- --- - 'auto-placement' - Whether auto-placement is enabled or disabled ('on' | 'off'). --- --- - 'host-reservation-id' - The ID of the reservation assigned to this host. --- --- - 'client-token' - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance --- --- - 'state'- The allocation state of the Dedicated Host ('available' | 'under-assessment' | 'permanent-failure' | 'released' | 'released-permanent-failure'). --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone of the host. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @instance-type@ - The instance type size that the Dedicated Host is configured to support. * @auto-placement@ - Whether auto-placement is enabled or disabled (@on@ | @off@ ). * @host-reservation-id@ - The ID of the reservation assigned to this host. * @client-token@ - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance * @state@ - The allocation state of the Dedicated Host (@available@ | @under-assessment@ | @permanent-failure@ | @released@ | @released-permanent-failure@ ). * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the host. dhFilter :: Lens' DescribeHosts [Filter] dhFilter = lens _dhFilter (\ s a -> s{_dhFilter = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -104,7 +95,7 @@ dhHostIds :: Lens' DescribeHosts [Text] dhHostIds = lens _dhHostIds (\ s a -> s{_dhHostIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned 'nextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if 'maxResults' is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. You cannot specify this parameter and the host IDs parameter in the same request. +-- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the returned @nextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 500; if @maxResults@ is given a larger value than 500, you will receive an error. You cannot specify this parameter and the host IDs parameter in the same request. dhMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeHosts (Maybe Int) dhMaxResults = lens _dhMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dhMaxResults = a}); @@ -134,7 +125,7 @@ toQuery DescribeHosts'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeHosts" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NextToken" =: _dhNextToken, toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dhFilter), toQuery (toQueryList "HostId" <$> _dhHostIds), @@ -142,6 +133,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeHosts. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeHostsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeHostsResponse = DescribeHostsResponse' { _dhrsHosts :: !(Maybe [Host]) @@ -153,11 +146,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dhrsHosts' +-- * 'dhrsHosts' - Information about the Dedicated Hosts. -- --- * 'dhrsNextToken' +-- * 'dhrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dhrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dhrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeHostsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dhrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeHostsResponse @@ -172,11 +165,11 @@ dhrsHosts :: Lens' DescribeHostsResponse [Host] dhrsHosts = lens _dhrsHosts (\ s a -> s{_dhrsHosts = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dhrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeHostsResponse (Maybe Text) dhrsNextToken = lens _dhrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dhrsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dhrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeHostsResponse Int dhrsResponseStatus = lens _dhrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dhrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeIdFormat.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeIdFormat.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeIdFormat.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeIdFormat.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-region basis, for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types. -- --- The following resource types support longer IDs: 'instance' | 'reservation' | 'snapshot' | 'volume'. -- --- These settings apply to the IAM user who makes the request; they do not apply to the entire AWS account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings as the root user, unless they explicitly override the settings by running the < ModifyIdFormat> command. Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant 'Describe' command for the resource type. +-- The following resource types support longer IDs: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ . +-- +-- These settings apply to the IAM user who makes the request; they do not apply to the entire AWS account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings as the root user, unless they explicitly override the settings by running the 'ModifyIdFormat' command. Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant @Describe@ command for the resource type. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeIdFormat ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeIdFormat. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeIdFormat' smart constructor. newtype DescribeIdFormat = DescribeIdFormat' { _difResource :: Maybe Text @@ -57,7 +61,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'difResource' +-- * 'difResource' - The type of resource: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ describeIdFormat :: DescribeIdFormat describeIdFormat = @@ -65,7 +69,7 @@ { _difResource = Nothing } --- | The type of resource: 'instance' | 'reservation' | 'snapshot' | 'volume' +-- | The type of resource: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ difResource :: Lens' DescribeIdFormat (Maybe Text) difResource = lens _difResource (\ s a -> s{_difResource = a}); @@ -94,11 +98,13 @@ toQuery DescribeIdFormat'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeIdFormat" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Resource" =: _difResource] -- | Contains the output of DescribeIdFormat. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeIdFormatResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeIdFormatResponse = DescribeIdFormatResponse' { _difrsStatuses :: !(Maybe [IdFormat]) @@ -109,9 +115,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'difrsStatuses' +-- * 'difrsStatuses' - Information about the ID format for the resource. -- --- * 'difrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'difrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeIdFormatResponse :: Int -- ^ 'difrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeIdFormatResponse @@ -125,7 +131,7 @@ difrsStatuses :: Lens' DescribeIdFormatResponse [IdFormat] difrsStatuses = lens _difrsStatuses (\ s a -> s{_difrsStatuses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. difrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeIdFormatResponse Int difrsResponseStatus = lens _difrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_difrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeIdentityIdFormat.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeIdentityIdFormat.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeIdentityIdFormat.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeIdentityIdFormat.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user. For example, you can view the resource types that are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user. For example, you can view the resource types that are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- The following resource types support longer IDs: 'instance' | 'reservation' | 'snapshot' | 'volume'. -- +-- The following resource types support longer IDs: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ . +-- -- These settings apply to the principal specified in the request. They do not apply to the principal that makes the request. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeIdentityIdFormat ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeIdentityIdFormat. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeIdentityIdFormat' smart constructor. data DescribeIdentityIdFormat = DescribeIdentityIdFormat' { _diifResource :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -59,9 +63,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diifResource' +-- * 'diifResource' - The type of resource: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ -- --- * 'diifPrincipalARN' +-- * 'diifPrincipalARN' - The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM role, IAM user, or the root user. describeIdentityIdFormat :: Text -- ^ 'diifPrincipalARN' -> DescribeIdentityIdFormat @@ -71,7 +75,7 @@ , _diifPrincipalARN = pPrincipalARN_ } --- | The type of resource: 'instance' | 'reservation' | 'snapshot' | 'volume' +-- | The type of resource: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ diifResource :: Lens' DescribeIdentityIdFormat (Maybe Text) diifResource = lens _diifResource (\ s a -> s{_diifResource = a}); @@ -106,12 +110,14 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeIdentityIdFormat" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Resource" =: _diifResource, "PrincipalArn" =: _diifPrincipalARN] -- | Contains the output of DescribeIdentityIdFormat. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeIdentityIdFormatResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeIdentityIdFormatResponse = DescribeIdentityIdFormatResponse' { _diifrsStatuses :: !(Maybe [IdFormat]) @@ -122,9 +128,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diifrsStatuses' +-- * 'diifrsStatuses' - Information about the ID format for the resources. -- --- * 'diifrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'diifrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeIdentityIdFormatResponse :: Int -- ^ 'diifrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeIdentityIdFormatResponse @@ -138,7 +144,7 @@ diifrsStatuses :: Lens' DescribeIdentityIdFormatResponse [IdFormat] diifrsStatuses = lens _diifrsStatuses (\ s a -> s{_diifrsStatuses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. diifrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeIdentityIdFormatResponse Int diifrsResponseStatus = lens _diifrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_diifrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImageAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImageAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImageAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImageAttribute.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one attribute at a time. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeImageAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeImageAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeImageAttribute' smart constructor. data DescribeImageAttribute = DescribeImageAttribute' { _diaiDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -64,11 +68,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diaiDryRun' +-- * 'diaiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'diaiImageId' +-- * 'diaiImageId' - The ID of the AMI. -- --- * 'diaiAttribute' +-- * 'diaiAttribute' - The AMI attribute. __Note__ : Depending on your account privileges, the @blockDeviceMapping@ attribute may return a @Client.AuthFailure@ error. If this happens, use 'DescribeImages' to get information about the block device mapping for the AMI. describeImageAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'diaiImageId' -> ImageAttributeName -- ^ 'diaiAttribute' @@ -80,7 +84,7 @@ , _diaiAttribute = pAttribute_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . diaiDryRun :: Lens' DescribeImageAttribute (Maybe Bool) diaiDryRun = lens _diaiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_diaiDryRun = a}); @@ -88,9 +92,7 @@ diaiImageId :: Lens' DescribeImageAttribute Text diaiImageId = lens _diaiImageId (\ s a -> s{_diaiImageId = a}); --- | The AMI attribute. --- --- __Note__: Depending on your account privileges, the 'blockDeviceMapping' attribute may return a 'Client.AuthFailure' error. If this happens, use < DescribeImages> to get information about the block device mapping for the AMI. +-- | The AMI attribute. __Note__ : Depending on your account privileges, the @blockDeviceMapping@ attribute may return a @Client.AuthFailure@ error. If this happens, use 'DescribeImages' to get information about the block device mapping for the AMI. diaiAttribute :: Lens' DescribeImageAttribute ImageAttributeName diaiAttribute = lens _diaiAttribute (\ s a -> s{_diaiAttribute = a}); @@ -132,12 +134,14 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeImageAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _diaiDryRun, "ImageId" =: _diaiImageId, "Attribute" =: _diaiAttribute] -- | Describes an image attribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeImageAttributeResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeImageAttributeResponse = DescribeImageAttributeResponse' { _diarsLaunchPermissions :: !(Maybe [LaunchPermission]) @@ -155,23 +159,23 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diarsLaunchPermissions' +-- * 'diarsLaunchPermissions' - One or more launch permissions. -- --- * 'diarsRAMDiskId' +-- * 'diarsRAMDiskId' - The RAM disk ID. -- --- * 'diarsKernelId' +-- * 'diarsKernelId' - The kernel ID. -- --- * 'diarsSRIOVNetSupport' +-- * 'diarsSRIOVNetSupport' - Indicates whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface is enabled. -- --- * 'diarsImageId' +-- * 'diarsImageId' - The ID of the AMI. -- --- * 'diarsProductCodes' +-- * 'diarsProductCodes' - One or more product codes. -- --- * 'diarsDescription' +-- * 'diarsDescription' - A description for the AMI. -- --- * 'diarsBlockDeviceMappings' +-- * 'diarsBlockDeviceMappings' - One or more block device mapping entries. -- --- * 'diarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'diarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeImageAttributeResponse :: Int -- ^ 'diarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeImageAttributeResponse @@ -220,7 +224,7 @@ diarsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' DescribeImageAttributeResponse [BlockDeviceMapping] diarsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _diarsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_diarsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. diarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeImageAttributeResponse Int diarsResponseStatus = lens _diarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_diarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImages.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImages.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImages.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImages.hs @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of the images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you. Images available to you include public images, private images that you own, and private images owned by other AWS accounts but for which you have explicit launch permissions. -- --- Deregistered images are included in the returned results for an unspecified interval after deregistration. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeImages ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeImages. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeImages' smart constructor. data DescribeImages = DescribeImages' { _deseOwners :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -63,15 +65,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'deseOwners' +-- * 'deseOwners' - Filters the images by the owner. Specify an AWS account ID, @self@ (owner is the sender of the request), or an AWS owner alias (valid values are @amazon@ | @aws-marketplace@ | @microsoft@ ). Omitting this option returns all images for which you have launch permissions, regardless of ownership. -- --- * 'deseExecutableUsers' +-- * 'deseExecutableUsers' - Scopes the images by users with explicit launch permissions. Specify an AWS account ID, @self@ (the sender of the request), or @all@ (public AMIs). -- --- * 'deseFilters' +-- * 'deseFilters' - One or more filters. * @architecture@ - The image architecture (@i386@ | @x86_64@ ). * @block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination@ - A Boolean value that indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. * @block-device-mapping.device-name@ - The device name for the EBS volume (for example, @/dev/sdh@ ). * @block-device-mapping.snapshot-id@ - The ID of the snapshot used for the EBS volume. * @block-device-mapping.volume-size@ - The volume size of the EBS volume, in GiB. * @block-device-mapping.volume-type@ - The volume type of the EBS volume (@gp2@ | @io1@ | @st1 @ | @sc1@ | @standard@ ). * @description@ - The description of the image (provided during image creation). * @ena-support@ - A Boolean that indicates whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. * @hypervisor@ - The hypervisor type (@ovm@ | @xen@ ). * @image-id@ - The ID of the image. * @image-type@ - The image type (@machine@ | @kernel@ | @ramdisk@ ). * @is-public@ - A Boolean that indicates whether the image is public. * @kernel-id@ - The kernel ID. * @manifest-location@ - The location of the image manifest. * @name@ - The name of the AMI (provided during image creation). * @owner-alias@ - String value from an Amazon-maintained list (@amazon@ | @aws-marketplace@ | @microsoft@ ) of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM console. * @owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the image owner. * @platform@ - The platform. To only list Windows-based AMIs, use @windows@ . * @product-code@ - The product code. * @product-code.type@ - The type of the product code (@devpay@ | @marketplace@ ). * @ramdisk-id@ - The RAM disk ID. * @root-device-name@ - The name of the root device volume (for example, @/dev/sda1@ ). * @root-device-type@ - The type of the root device volume (@ebs@ | @instance-store@ ). * @state@ - The state of the image (@available@ | @pending@ | @failed@ ). * @state-reason-code@ - The reason code for the state change. * @state-reason-message@ - The message for the state change. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @virtualization-type@ - The virtualization type (@paravirtual@ | @hvm@ ). -- --- * 'deseImageIds' +-- * 'deseImageIds' - One or more image IDs. Default: Describes all images available to you. -- --- * 'deseDryRun' +-- * 'deseDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeImages :: DescribeImages describeImages = @@ -83,84 +85,23 @@ , _deseDryRun = Nothing } --- | Filters the images by the owner. Specify an AWS account ID, 'self' (owner is the sender of the request), or an AWS owner alias (valid values are 'amazon' | 'aws-marketplace' | 'microsoft'). Omitting this option returns all images for which you have launch permissions, regardless of ownership. +-- | Filters the images by the owner. Specify an AWS account ID, @self@ (owner is the sender of the request), or an AWS owner alias (valid values are @amazon@ | @aws-marketplace@ | @microsoft@ ). Omitting this option returns all images for which you have launch permissions, regardless of ownership. deseOwners :: Lens' DescribeImages [Text] deseOwners = lens _deseOwners (\ s a -> s{_deseOwners = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Scopes the images by users with explicit launch permissions. Specify an AWS account ID, 'self' (the sender of the request), or 'all' (public AMIs). +-- | Scopes the images by users with explicit launch permissions. Specify an AWS account ID, @self@ (the sender of the request), or @all@ (public AMIs). deseExecutableUsers :: Lens' DescribeImages [Text] deseExecutableUsers = lens _deseExecutableUsers (\ s a -> s{_deseExecutableUsers = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'architecture' - The image architecture ('i386' | 'x86_64'). --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination' - A Boolean value that indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.device-name' - The device name for the EBS volume (for example, '\/dev\/sdh'). --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.snapshot-id' - The ID of the snapshot used for the EBS volume. --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.volume-size' - The volume size of the EBS volume, in GiB. --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.volume-type' - The volume type of the EBS volume ('gp2' | 'io1' | 'st1 '| 'sc1' | 'standard'). --- --- - 'description' - The description of the image (provided during image creation). --- --- - 'hypervisor' - The hypervisor type ('ovm' | 'xen'). --- --- - 'image-id' - The ID of the image. --- --- - 'image-type' - The image type ('machine' | 'kernel' | 'ramdisk'). --- --- - 'is-public' - A Boolean that indicates whether the image is public. --- --- - 'kernel-id' - The kernel ID. --- --- - 'manifest-location' - The location of the image manifest. --- --- - 'name' - The name of the AMI (provided during image creation). --- --- - 'owner-alias' - String value from an Amazon-maintained list ('amazon' | 'aws-marketplace' | 'microsoft') of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM console. --- --- - 'owner-id' - The AWS account ID of the image owner. --- --- - 'platform' - The platform. To only list Windows-based AMIs, use 'windows'. --- --- - 'product-code' - The product code. --- --- - 'product-code.type' - The type of the product code ('devpay' | 'marketplace'). --- --- - 'ramdisk-id' - The RAM disk ID. --- --- - 'root-device-name' - The name of the root device volume (for example, '\/dev\/sda1'). --- --- - 'root-device-type' - The type of the root device volume ('ebs' | 'instance-store'). --- --- - 'state' - The state of the image ('available' | 'pending' | 'failed'). --- --- - 'state-reason-code' - The reason code for the state change. --- --- - 'state-reason-message' - The message for the state change. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'virtualization-type' - The virtualization type ('paravirtual' | 'hvm'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @architecture@ - The image architecture (@i386@ | @x86_64@ ). * @block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination@ - A Boolean value that indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. * @block-device-mapping.device-name@ - The device name for the EBS volume (for example, @/dev/sdh@ ). * @block-device-mapping.snapshot-id@ - The ID of the snapshot used for the EBS volume. * @block-device-mapping.volume-size@ - The volume size of the EBS volume, in GiB. * @block-device-mapping.volume-type@ - The volume type of the EBS volume (@gp2@ | @io1@ | @st1 @ | @sc1@ | @standard@ ). * @description@ - The description of the image (provided during image creation). * @ena-support@ - A Boolean that indicates whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. * @hypervisor@ - The hypervisor type (@ovm@ | @xen@ ). * @image-id@ - The ID of the image. * @image-type@ - The image type (@machine@ | @kernel@ | @ramdisk@ ). * @is-public@ - A Boolean that indicates whether the image is public. * @kernel-id@ - The kernel ID. * @manifest-location@ - The location of the image manifest. * @name@ - The name of the AMI (provided during image creation). * @owner-alias@ - String value from an Amazon-maintained list (@amazon@ | @aws-marketplace@ | @microsoft@ ) of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM console. * @owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the image owner. * @platform@ - The platform. To only list Windows-based AMIs, use @windows@ . * @product-code@ - The product code. * @product-code.type@ - The type of the product code (@devpay@ | @marketplace@ ). * @ramdisk-id@ - The RAM disk ID. * @root-device-name@ - The name of the root device volume (for example, @/dev/sda1@ ). * @root-device-type@ - The type of the root device volume (@ebs@ | @instance-store@ ). * @state@ - The state of the image (@available@ | @pending@ | @failed@ ). * @state-reason-code@ - The reason code for the state change. * @state-reason-message@ - The message for the state change. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the tag-value filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @virtualization-type@ - The virtualization type (@paravirtual@ | @hvm@ ). deseFilters :: Lens' DescribeImages [Filter] deseFilters = lens _deseFilters (\ s a -> s{_deseFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more image IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all images available to you. +-- | One or more image IDs. Default: Describes all images available to you. deseImageIds :: Lens' DescribeImages [Text] deseImageIds = lens _deseImageIds (\ s a -> s{_deseImageIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . deseDryRun :: Lens' DescribeImages (Maybe Bool) deseDryRun = lens _deseDryRun (\ s a -> s{_deseDryRun = a}); @@ -189,7 +130,7 @@ toQuery DescribeImages'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeImages" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Owner" <$> _deseOwners), toQuery (toQueryList "ExecutableBy" <$> @@ -200,6 +141,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeImages. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeImagesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeImagesResponse = DescribeImagesResponse' { _desrsImages :: !(Maybe [Image]) @@ -210,9 +153,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'desrsImages' +-- * 'desrsImages' - Information about one or more images. -- --- * 'desrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'desrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeImagesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'desrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeImagesResponse @@ -226,7 +169,7 @@ desrsImages :: Lens' DescribeImagesResponse [Image] desrsImages = lens _desrsImages (\ s a -> s{_desrsImages = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. desrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeImagesResponse Int desrsResponseStatus = lens _desrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_desrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImportImageTasks.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImportImageTasks.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImportImageTasks.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImportImageTasks.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks that are already created. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeImportImageTasks ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeImportImageTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeImportImageTasks' smart constructor. data DescribeImportImageTasks = DescribeImportImageTasks' { _diitFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -62,15 +66,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diitFilters' +-- * 'diitFilters' - Filter tasks using the @task-state@ filter and one of the following values: active, completed, deleting, deleted. -- --- * 'diitImportTaskIds' +-- * 'diitImportTaskIds' - A list of import image task IDs. -- --- * 'diitNextToken' +-- * 'diitNextToken' - A token that indicates the next page of results. -- --- * 'diitDryRun' +-- * 'diitDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'diitMaxResults' +-- * 'diitMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. describeImportImageTasks :: DescribeImportImageTasks describeImportImageTasks = @@ -82,7 +86,7 @@ , _diitMaxResults = Nothing } --- | Filter tasks using the 'task-state' filter and one of the following values: active, completed, deleting, deleted. +-- | Filter tasks using the @task-state@ filter and one of the following values: active, completed, deleting, deleted. diitFilters :: Lens' DescribeImportImageTasks [Filter] diitFilters = lens _diitFilters (\ s a -> s{_diitFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -94,11 +98,11 @@ diitNextToken :: Lens' DescribeImportImageTasks (Maybe Text) diitNextToken = lens _diitNextToken (\ s a -> s{_diitNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . diitDryRun :: Lens' DescribeImportImageTasks (Maybe Bool) diitDryRun = lens _diitDryRun (\ s a -> s{_diitDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. diitMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeImportImageTasks (Maybe Int) diitMaxResults = lens _diitMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_diitMaxResults = a}); @@ -130,7 +134,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeImportImageTasks" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filters" <$> _diitFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "ImportTaskId" <$> _diitImportTaskIds), @@ -140,6 +144,8 @@ -- | Contains the output for DescribeImportImageTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeImportImageTasksResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeImportImageTasksResponse = DescribeImportImageTasksResponse' { _diitrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -151,11 +157,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diitrsNextToken' +-- * 'diitrsNextToken' - The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'diitrsImportImageTasks' +-- * 'diitrsImportImageTasks' - A list of zero or more import image tasks that are currently active or were completed or canceled in the previous 7 days. -- --- * 'diitrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'diitrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeImportImageTasksResponse :: Int -- ^ 'diitrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeImportImageTasksResponse @@ -166,7 +172,7 @@ , _diitrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. diitrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeImportImageTasksResponse (Maybe Text) diitrsNextToken = lens _diitrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_diitrsNextToken = a}); @@ -174,7 +180,7 @@ diitrsImportImageTasks :: Lens' DescribeImportImageTasksResponse [ImportImageTask] diitrsImportImageTasks = lens _diitrsImportImageTasks (\ s a -> s{_diitrsImportImageTasks = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. diitrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeImportImageTasksResponse Int diitrsResponseStatus = lens _diitrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_diitrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeImportSnapshotTasks.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes your import snapshot tasks. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeImportSnapshotTasks ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeImportSnapshotTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeImportSnapshotTasks' smart constructor. data DescribeImportSnapshotTasks = DescribeImportSnapshotTasks' { _distFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -62,15 +66,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'distFilters' +-- * 'distFilters' - One or more filters. -- --- * 'distImportTaskIds' +-- * 'distImportTaskIds' - A list of import snapshot task IDs. -- --- * 'distNextToken' +-- * 'distNextToken' - A token that indicates the next page of results. -- --- * 'distDryRun' +-- * 'distDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'distMaxResults' +-- * 'distMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. describeImportSnapshotTasks :: DescribeImportSnapshotTasks describeImportSnapshotTasks = @@ -94,11 +98,11 @@ distNextToken :: Lens' DescribeImportSnapshotTasks (Maybe Text) distNextToken = lens _distNextToken (\ s a -> s{_distNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . distDryRun :: Lens' DescribeImportSnapshotTasks (Maybe Bool) distDryRun = lens _distDryRun (\ s a -> s{_distDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. distMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeImportSnapshotTasks (Maybe Int) distMaxResults = lens _distMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_distMaxResults = a}); @@ -130,7 +134,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeImportSnapshotTasks" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filters" <$> _distFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "ImportTaskId" <$> _distImportTaskIds), @@ -140,6 +144,8 @@ -- | Contains the output for DescribeImportSnapshotTasks. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeImportSnapshotTasksResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeImportSnapshotTasksResponse = DescribeImportSnapshotTasksResponse' { _distrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -151,11 +157,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'distrsNextToken' +-- * 'distrsNextToken' - The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'distrsImportSnapshotTasks' +-- * 'distrsImportSnapshotTasks' - A list of zero or more import snapshot tasks that are currently active or were completed or canceled in the previous 7 days. -- --- * 'distrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'distrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeImportSnapshotTasksResponse :: Int -- ^ 'distrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeImportSnapshotTasksResponse @@ -166,7 +172,7 @@ , _distrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to get the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. distrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeImportSnapshotTasksResponse (Maybe Text) distrsNextToken = lens _distrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_distrsNextToken = a}); @@ -174,7 +180,7 @@ distrsImportSnapshotTasks :: Lens' DescribeImportSnapshotTasksResponse [ImportSnapshotTask] distrsImportSnapshotTasks = lens _distrsImportSnapshotTasks (\ s a -> s{_distrsImportSnapshotTasks = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. distrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeImportSnapshotTasksResponse Int distrsResponseStatus = lens _distrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_distrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstanceAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstanceAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstanceAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstanceAttribute.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time. Valid attribute values are: 'instanceType' | 'kernel' | 'ramdisk' | 'userData' | 'disableApiTermination' | 'instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' | 'rootDeviceName' | 'blockDeviceMapping' | 'productCodes' | 'sourceDestCheck' | 'groupSet' | 'ebsOptimized' | 'sriovNetSupport' +-- Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time. Valid attribute values are: @instanceType@ | @kernel@ | @ramdisk@ | @userData@ | @disableApiTermination@ | @instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior@ | @rootDeviceName@ | @blockDeviceMapping@ | @productCodes@ | @sourceDestCheck@ | @groupSet@ | @ebsOptimized@ | @sriovNetSupport@ +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstanceAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -60,6 +62,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeInstanceAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeInstanceAttribute' smart constructor. data DescribeInstanceAttribute = DescribeInstanceAttribute' { _diaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -71,11 +75,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diaDryRun' +-- * 'diaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'diaInstanceId' +-- * 'diaInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'diaAttribute' +-- * 'diaAttribute' - The instance attribute. Note: The @enaSupport@ attribute is not supported at this time. describeInstanceAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'diaInstanceId' -> InstanceAttributeName -- ^ 'diaAttribute' @@ -87,7 +91,7 @@ , _diaAttribute = pAttribute_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . diaDryRun :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttribute (Maybe Bool) diaDryRun = lens _diaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_diaDryRun = a}); @@ -95,9 +99,7 @@ diaInstanceId :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttribute Text diaInstanceId = lens _diaInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_diaInstanceId = a}); --- | The instance attribute. --- --- Note: The 'enaSupport' attribute is not supported at this time. +-- | The instance attribute. Note: The @enaSupport@ attribute is not supported at this time. diaAttribute :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttribute InstanceAttributeName diaAttribute = lens _diaAttribute (\ s a -> s{_diaAttribute = a}); @@ -146,13 +148,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeInstanceAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _diaDryRun, "InstanceId" =: _diaInstanceId, "Attribute" =: _diaAttribute] -- | Describes an instance attribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeInstanceAttributeResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse = DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse' { _drsInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -177,37 +181,37 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drsInstanceId' +-- * 'drsInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'drsGroups' +-- * 'drsGroups' - The security groups associated with the instance. -- --- * 'drsEnaSupport' +-- * 'drsEnaSupport' - Indicates whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. -- --- * 'drsSourceDestCheck' +-- * 'drsSourceDestCheck' - Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. This value must be @false@ for a NAT instance to perform NAT. -- --- * 'drsDisableAPITermination' +-- * 'drsDisableAPITermination' - If the value is @true@ , you can't terminate the instance through the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. -- --- * 'drsRAMDiskId' +-- * 'drsRAMDiskId' - The RAM disk ID. -- --- * 'drsKernelId' +-- * 'drsKernelId' - The kernel ID. -- --- * 'drsRootDeviceName' +-- * 'drsRootDeviceName' - The name of the root device (for example, @/dev/sda1@ or @/dev/xvda@ ). -- --- * 'drsInstanceType' +-- * 'drsInstanceType' - The instance type. -- --- * 'drsSRIOVNetSupport' +-- * 'drsSRIOVNetSupport' - Indicates whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface is enabled. -- --- * 'drsEBSOptimized' +-- * 'drsEBSOptimized' - Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. -- --- * 'drsUserData' +-- * 'drsUserData' - The user data. -- --- * 'drsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' +-- * 'drsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' - Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). -- --- * 'drsProductCodes' +-- * 'drsProductCodes' - A list of product codes. -- --- * 'drsBlockDeviceMappings' +-- * 'drsBlockDeviceMappings' - The block device mapping of the instance. -- --- * 'drsResponseStatus' +-- * 'drsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeInstanceAttributeResponse :: Int -- ^ 'drsResponseStatus' -> DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse @@ -243,11 +247,11 @@ drsEnaSupport :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) drsEnaSupport = lens _drsEnaSupport (\ s a -> s{_drsEnaSupport = a}); --- | Indicates whether source\/destination checking is enabled. A value of 'true' means checking is enabled, and 'false' means checking is disabled. This value must be 'false' for a NAT instance to perform NAT. +-- | Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. This value must be @false@ for a NAT instance to perform NAT. drsSourceDestCheck :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) drsSourceDestCheck = lens _drsSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_drsSourceDestCheck = a}); --- | If the value is 'true', you can\'t terminate the instance through the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. +-- | If the value is @true@ , you can't terminate the instance through the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. drsDisableAPITermination :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) drsDisableAPITermination = lens _drsDisableAPITermination (\ s a -> s{_drsDisableAPITermination = a}); @@ -259,7 +263,7 @@ drsKernelId :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeValue) drsKernelId = lens _drsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_drsKernelId = a}); --- | The name of the root device (for example, '\/dev\/sda1' or '\/dev\/xvda'). +-- | The name of the root device (for example, @/dev/sda1@ or @/dev/xvda@ ). drsRootDeviceName :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeValue) drsRootDeviceName = lens _drsRootDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_drsRootDeviceName = a}); @@ -271,7 +275,7 @@ drsSRIOVNetSupport :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeValue) drsSRIOVNetSupport = lens _drsSRIOVNetSupport (\ s a -> s{_drsSRIOVNetSupport = a}); --- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I\/O. +-- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. drsEBSOptimized :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) drsEBSOptimized = lens _drsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_drsEBSOptimized = a}); @@ -291,7 +295,7 @@ drsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse [InstanceBlockDeviceMapping] drsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _drsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_drsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. drsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeInstanceAttributeResponse Int drsResponseStatus = lens _drsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstanceStatus.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstanceStatus.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstanceStatus.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstanceStatus.hs @@ -20,15 +20,18 @@ -- -- Describes the status of one or more instances. By default, only running instances are described, unless specified otherwise. -- +-- -- Instance status includes the following components: -- --- - __Status checks__ - Amazon EC2 performs status checks on running EC2 instances to identify hardware and software issues. For more information, see and in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- * __Status checks__ - Amazon EC2 performs status checks on running EC2 instances to identify hardware and software issues. For more information, see and in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- - __Scheduled events__ - Amazon EC2 can schedule events (such as reboot, stop, or terminate) for your instances related to hardware issues, software updates, or system maintenance. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- * __Scheduled events__ - Amazon EC2 can schedule events (such as reboot, stop, or terminate) for your instances related to hardware issues, software updates, or system maintenance. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- - __Instance state__ - You can manage your instances from the moment you launch them through their termination. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- * __Instance state__ - You can manage your instances from the moment you launch them through their termination. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- -- +-- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstanceStatus ( @@ -62,6 +65,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeInstanceStatus. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeInstanceStatus' smart constructor. data DescribeInstanceStatus = DescribeInstanceStatus' { _disIncludeAllInstances :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -76,17 +81,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'disIncludeAllInstances' +-- * 'disIncludeAllInstances' - When @true@ , includes the health status for all instances. When @false@ , includes the health status for running instances only. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'disFilters' +-- * 'disFilters' - One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the instance. * @event.code@ - The code for the scheduled event (@instance-reboot@ | @system-reboot@ | @system-maintenance@ | @instance-retirement@ | @instance-stop@ ). * @event.description@ - A description of the event. * @event.not-after@ - The latest end time for the scheduled event (for example, @2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z@ ). * @event.not-before@ - The earliest start time for the scheduled event (for example, @2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z@ ). * @instance-state-code@ - The code for the instance state, as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and 80 (stopped). * @instance-state-name@ - The state of the instance (@pending@ | @running@ | @shutting-down@ | @terminated@ | @stopping@ | @stopped@ ). * @instance-status.reachability@ - Filters on instance status where the name is @reachability@ (@passed@ | @failed@ | @initializing@ | @insufficient-data@ ). * @instance-status.status@ - The status of the instance (@ok@ | @impaired@ | @initializing@ | @insufficient-data@ | @not-applicable@ ). * @system-status.reachability@ - Filters on system status where the name is @reachability@ (@passed@ | @failed@ | @initializing@ | @insufficient-data@ ). * @system-status.status@ - The system status of the instance (@ok@ | @impaired@ | @initializing@ | @insufficient-data@ | @not-applicable@ ). -- --- * 'disNextToken' +-- * 'disNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'disInstanceIds' +-- * 'disInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. -- --- * 'disDryRun' +-- * 'disDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'disMaxResults' +-- * 'disMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same call. describeInstanceStatus :: DescribeInstanceStatus describeInstanceStatus = @@ -99,36 +104,11 @@ , _disMaxResults = Nothing } --- | When 'true', includes the health status for all instances. When 'false', includes the health status for running instances only. --- --- Default: 'false' +-- | When @true@ , includes the health status for all instances. When @false@ , includes the health status for running instances only. Default: @false@ disIncludeAllInstances :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatus (Maybe Bool) disIncludeAllInstances = lens _disIncludeAllInstances (\ s a -> s{_disIncludeAllInstances = a}); --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone of the instance. --- --- - 'event.code' - The code for the scheduled event ('instance-reboot' | 'system-reboot' | 'system-maintenance' | 'instance-retirement' | 'instance-stop'). --- --- - 'event.description' - A description of the event. --- --- - 'event.not-after' - The latest end time for the scheduled event (for example, '2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z'). --- --- - 'event.not-before' - The earliest start time for the scheduled event (for example, '2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z'). --- --- - 'instance-state-code' - The code for the instance state, as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and 80 (stopped). --- --- - 'instance-state-name' - The state of the instance ('pending' | 'running' | 'shutting-down' | 'terminated' | 'stopping' | 'stopped'). --- --- - 'instance-status.reachability' - Filters on instance status where the name is 'reachability' ('passed' | 'failed' | 'initializing' | 'insufficient-data'). --- --- - 'instance-status.status' - The status of the instance ('ok' | 'impaired' | 'initializing' | 'insufficient-data' | 'not-applicable'). --- --- - 'system-status.reachability' - Filters on system status where the name is 'reachability' ('passed' | 'failed' | 'initializing' | 'insufficient-data'). --- --- - 'system-status.status' - The system status of the instance ('ok' | 'impaired' | 'initializing' | 'insufficient-data' | 'not-applicable'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the instance. * @event.code@ - The code for the scheduled event (@instance-reboot@ | @system-reboot@ | @system-maintenance@ | @instance-retirement@ | @instance-stop@ ). * @event.description@ - A description of the event. * @event.not-after@ - The latest end time for the scheduled event (for example, @2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z@ ). * @event.not-before@ - The earliest start time for the scheduled event (for example, @2014-09-15T17:15:20.000Z@ ). * @instance-state-code@ - The code for the instance state, as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and 80 (stopped). * @instance-state-name@ - The state of the instance (@pending@ | @running@ | @shutting-down@ | @terminated@ | @stopping@ | @stopped@ ). * @instance-status.reachability@ - Filters on instance status where the name is @reachability@ (@passed@ | @failed@ | @initializing@ | @insufficient-data@ ). * @instance-status.status@ - The status of the instance (@ok@ | @impaired@ | @initializing@ | @insufficient-data@ | @not-applicable@ ). * @system-status.reachability@ - Filters on system status where the name is @reachability@ (@passed@ | @failed@ | @initializing@ | @insufficient-data@ ). * @system-status.status@ - The system status of the instance (@ok@ | @impaired@ | @initializing@ | @insufficient-data@ | @not-applicable@ ). disFilters :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatus [Filter] disFilters = lens _disFilters (\ s a -> s{_disFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -136,19 +116,15 @@ disNextToken :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatus (Maybe Text) disNextToken = lens _disNextToken (\ s a -> s{_disNextToken = a}); --- | One or more instance IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your instances. --- --- Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. +-- | One or more instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. disInstanceIds :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatus [Text] disInstanceIds = lens _disInstanceIds (\ s a -> s{_disInstanceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . disDryRun :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatus (Maybe Bool) disDryRun = lens _disDryRun (\ s a -> s{_disDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same call. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same call. disMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatus (Maybe Int) disMaxResults = lens _disMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_disMaxResults = a}); @@ -187,7 +163,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeInstanceStatus" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "IncludeAllInstances" =: _disIncludeAllInstances, toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _disFilters), "NextToken" =: _disNextToken, @@ -198,6 +174,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeInstanceStatus. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeInstanceStatusResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeInstanceStatusResponse = DescribeInstanceStatusResponse' { _disrsInstanceStatuses :: !(Maybe [InstanceStatus]) @@ -209,11 +187,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'disrsInstanceStatuses' +-- * 'disrsInstanceStatuses' - One or more instance status descriptions. -- --- * 'disrsNextToken' +-- * 'disrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'disrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'disrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeInstanceStatusResponse :: Int -- ^ 'disrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeInstanceStatusResponse @@ -228,11 +206,11 @@ disrsInstanceStatuses :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatusResponse [InstanceStatus] disrsInstanceStatuses = lens _disrsInstanceStatuses (\ s a -> s{_disrsInstanceStatuses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. disrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatusResponse (Maybe Text) disrsNextToken = lens _disrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_disrsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. disrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeInstanceStatusResponse Int disrsResponseStatus = lens _disrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_disrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInstances.hs @@ -20,12 +20,14 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your instances. -- +-- -- If you specify one or more instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns information for those instances. If you do not specify instance IDs, Amazon EC2 returns information for all relevant instances. If you specify an instance ID that is not valid, an error is returned. If you specify an instance that you do not own, it is not included in the returned results. -- -- Recently terminated instances might appear in the returned results. This interval is usually less than one hour. -- -- If you describe instances in the rare case where an Availability Zone is experiencing a service disruption and you specify instance IDs that are in the affected zone, or do not specify any instance IDs at all, the call fails. If you describe instances and specify only instance IDs that are in an unaffected zone, the call works normally. -- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances ( @@ -58,6 +60,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeInstances' smart constructor. data DescribeInstances = DescribeInstances' { _diiFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -71,15 +75,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'diiFilters' +-- * 'diiFilters' - One or more filters. * @affinity@ - The affinity setting for an instance running on a Dedicated Host (@default@ | @host@ ). * @architecture@ - The instance architecture (@i386@ | @x86_64@ ). * @association.public-ip@ - The address of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) bound to the network interface. * @association.ip-owner-id@ - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. * @association.allocation-id@ - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface. * @association.association-id@ - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the instance. * @block-device-mapping.attach-time@ - The attach time for an EBS volume mapped to the instance, for example, @2010-09-15T17:15:20.000Z@ . * @block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination@ - A Boolean that indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. * @block-device-mapping.device-name@ - The device name for the EBS volume (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). * @block-device-mapping.status@ - The status for the EBS volume (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @block-device-mapping.volume-id@ - The volume ID of the EBS volume. * @client-token@ - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance. * @dns-name@ - The public DNS name of the instance. * @group-id@ - The ID of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic only. * @group-name@ - The name of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic only. * @host-id@ - The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance is running, if applicable. * @hypervisor@ - The hypervisor type of the instance (@ovm@ | @xen@ ). * @iam-instance-profile.arn@ - The instance profile associated with the instance. Specified as an ARN. * @image-id@ - The ID of the image used to launch the instance. * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance. * @instance-lifecycle@ - Indicates whether this is a Spot Instance or a Scheduled Instance (@spot@ | @scheduled@ ). * @instance-state-code@ - The state of the instance, as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are: 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and 80 (stopped). * @instance-state-name@ - The state of the instance (@pending@ | @running@ | @shutting-down@ | @terminated@ | @stopping@ | @stopped@ ). * @instance-type@ - The type of instance (for example, @t2.micro@ ). * @instance.group-id@ - The ID of the security group for the instance. * @instance.group-name@ - The name of the security group for the instance. * @ip-address@ - The public IPv4 address of the instance. * @kernel-id@ - The kernel ID. * @key-name@ - The name of the key pair used when the instance was launched. * @launch-index@ - When launching multiple instances, this is the index for the instance in the launch group (for example, 0, 1, 2, and so on). * @launch-time@ - The time when the instance was launched. * @monitoring-state@ - Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled (@disabled@ | @enabled@ ). * @network-interface.addresses.private-ip-address@ - The private IPv4 address associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.addresses.primary@ - Specifies whether the IPv4 address of the network interface is the primary private IPv4 address. * @network-interface.addresses.association.public-ip@ - The ID of the association of an Elastic IP address (IPv4) with a network interface. * @network-interface.addresses.association.ip-owner-id@ - The owner ID of the private IPv4 address associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.attachment.attachment-id@ - The ID of the interface attachment. * @network-interface.attachment.instance-id@ - The ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. * @network-interface.attachment.instance-owner-id@ - The owner ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. * @network-interface.attachment.device-index@ - The device index to which the network interface is attached. * @network-interface.attachment.status@ - The status of the attachment (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @network-interface.attachment.attach-time@ - The time that the network interface was attached to an instance. * @network-interface.attachment.delete-on-termination@ - Specifies whether the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated. * @network-interface.availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone for the network interface. * @network-interface.description@ - The description of the network interface. * @network-interface.group-id@ - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.group-name@ - The name of a security group associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address@ - The IPv6 address associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.mac-address@ - The MAC address of the network interface. * @network-interface.network-interface-id@ - The ID of the network interface. * @network-interface.owner-id@ - The ID of the owner of the network interface. * @network-interface.private-dns-name@ - The private DNS name of the network interface. * @network-interface.requester-id@ - The requester ID for the network interface. * @network-interface.requester-managed@ - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by AWS. * @network-interface.status@ - The status of the network interface (@available@ ) | @in-use@ ). * @network-interface.source-dest-check@ - Whether the network interface performs source/destination checking. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. The value must be @false@ for the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. * @network-interface.subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet for the network interface. * @network-interface.vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the network interface. * @owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the instance owner. * @placement-group-name@ - The name of the placement group for the instance. * @platform@ - The platform. Use @windows@ if you have Windows instances; otherwise, leave blank. * @private-dns-name@ - The private IPv4 DNS name of the instance. * @private-ip-address@ - The private IPv4 address of the instance. * @product-code@ - The product code associated with the AMI used to launch the instance. * @product-code.type@ - The type of product code (@devpay@ | @marketplace@ ). * @ramdisk-id@ - The RAM disk ID. * @reason@ - The reason for the current state of the instance (for example, shows "User Initiated [date]" when you stop or terminate the instance). Similar to the state-reason-code filter. * @requester-id@ - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). * @reservation-id@ - The ID of the instance's reservation. A reservation ID is created any time you launch an instance. A reservation ID has a one-to-one relationship with an instance launch request, but can be associated with more than one instance if you launch multiple instances using the same launch request. For example, if you launch one instance, you'll get one reservation ID. If you launch ten instances using the same launch request, you'll also get one reservation ID. * @root-device-name@ - The name of the root device for the instance (for example, @/dev/sda1@ or @/dev/xvda@ ). * @root-device-type@ - The type of root device that the instance uses (@ebs@ | @instance-store@ ). * @source-dest-check@ - Indicates whether the instance performs source/destination checking. A value of @true@ means that checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. The value must be @false@ for the instance to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. * @spot-instance-request-id@ - The ID of the Spot instance request. * @state-reason-code@ - The reason code for the state change. * @state-reason-message@ - A message that describes the state change. * @subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet for the instance. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource, where @tag@ :/key/ is the tag's key. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @tenancy@ - The tenancy of an instance (@dedicated@ | @default@ | @host@ ). * @virtualization-type@ - The virtualization type of the instance (@paravirtual@ | @hvm@ ). * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC that the instance is running in. -- --- * 'diiNextToken' +-- * 'diiNextToken' - The token to request the next page of results. -- --- * 'diiInstanceIds' +-- * 'diiInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. -- --- * 'diiDryRun' +-- * 'diiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'diiMaxResults' +-- * 'diiMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter or tag filters in the same call. describeInstances :: DescribeInstances describeInstances = @@ -91,172 +95,7 @@ , _diiMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'affinity' - The affinity setting for an instance running on a Dedicated Host ('default' | 'host'). --- --- - 'architecture' - The instance architecture ('i386' | 'x86_64'). --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone of the instance. --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.attach-time' - The attach time for an EBS volume mapped to the instance, for example, '2010-09-15T17:15:20.000Z'. --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination' - A Boolean that indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.device-name' - The device name for the EBS volume (for example, '\/dev\/sdh' or 'xvdh'). --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.status' - The status for the EBS volume ('attaching' | 'attached' | 'detaching' | 'detached'). --- --- - 'block-device-mapping.volume-id' - The volume ID of the EBS volume. --- --- - 'client-token' - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance. --- --- - 'dns-name' - The public DNS name of the instance. --- --- - 'group-id' - The ID of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic only. --- --- - 'group-name' - The name of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic only. --- --- - 'host-id' - The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance is running, if applicable. --- --- - 'hypervisor' - The hypervisor type of the instance ('ovm' | 'xen'). --- --- - 'iam-instance-profile.arn' - The instance profile associated with the instance. Specified as an ARN. --- --- - 'image-id' - The ID of the image used to launch the instance. --- --- - 'instance-id' - The ID of the instance. --- --- - 'instance-lifecycle' - Indicates whether this is a Spot Instance or a Scheduled Instance ('spot' | 'scheduled'). --- --- - 'instance-state-code' - The state of the instance, as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are: 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and 80 (stopped). --- --- - 'instance-state-name' - The state of the instance ('pending' | 'running' | 'shutting-down' | 'terminated' | 'stopping' | 'stopped'). --- --- - 'instance-type' - The type of instance (for example, 't2.micro'). --- --- - 'instance.group-id' - The ID of the security group for the instance. --- --- - 'instance.group-name' - The name of the security group for the instance. --- --- - 'ip-address' - The public IP address of the instance. --- --- - 'kernel-id' - The kernel ID. --- --- - 'key-name' - The name of the key pair used when the instance was launched. --- --- - 'launch-index' - When launching multiple instances, this is the index for the instance in the launch group (for example, 0, 1, 2, and so on). --- --- - 'launch-time' - The time when the instance was launched. --- --- - 'monitoring-state' - Indicates whether monitoring is enabled for the instance ('disabled' | 'enabled'). --- --- - 'owner-id' - The AWS account ID of the instance owner. --- --- - 'placement-group-name' - The name of the placement group for the instance. --- --- - 'platform' - The platform. Use 'windows' if you have Windows instances; otherwise, leave blank. --- --- - 'private-dns-name' - The private DNS name of the instance. --- --- - 'private-ip-address' - The private IP address of the instance. --- --- - 'product-code' - The product code associated with the AMI used to launch the instance. --- --- - 'product-code.type' - The type of product code ('devpay' | 'marketplace'). --- --- - 'ramdisk-id' - The RAM disk ID. --- --- - 'reason' - The reason for the current state of the instance (for example, shows \"User Initiated [date]\" when you stop or terminate the instance). Similar to the state-reason-code filter. --- --- - 'requester-id' - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). --- --- - 'reservation-id' - The ID of the instance\'s reservation. A reservation ID is created any time you launch an instance. A reservation ID has a one-to-one relationship with an instance launch request, but can be associated with more than one instance if you launch multiple instances using the same launch request. For example, if you launch one instance, you\'ll get one reservation ID. If you launch ten instances using the same launch request, you\'ll also get one reservation ID. --- --- - 'root-device-name' - The name of the root device for the instance (for example, '\/dev\/sda1' or '\/dev\/xvda'). --- --- - 'root-device-type' - The type of root device that the instance uses ('ebs' | 'instance-store'). --- --- - 'source-dest-check' - Indicates whether the instance performs source\/destination checking. A value of 'true' means that checking is enabled, and 'false' means checking is disabled. The value must be 'false' for the instance to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. --- --- - 'spot-instance-request-id' - The ID of the Spot instance request. --- --- - 'state-reason-code' - The reason code for the state change. --- --- - 'state-reason-message' - A message that describes the state change. --- --- - 'subnet-id' - The ID of the subnet for the instance. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource, where 'tag':/key/ is the tag\'s key. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'tenancy' - The tenancy of an instance ('dedicated' | 'default' | 'host'). --- --- - 'virtualization-type' - The virtualization type of the instance ('paravirtual' | 'hvm'). --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC that the instance is running in. --- --- - 'network-interface.description' - The description of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.subnet-id' - The ID of the subnet for the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC for the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.network-interface-id' - The ID of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.owner-id' - The ID of the owner of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.availability-zone' - The Availability Zone for the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.requester-id' - The requester ID for the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.requester-managed' - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by AWS. --- --- - 'network-interface.status' - The status of the network interface ('available') | 'in-use'). --- --- - 'network-interface.mac-address' - The MAC address of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.private-dns-name' - The private DNS name of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.source-dest-check' - Whether the network interface performs source\/destination checking. A value of 'true' means checking is enabled, and 'false' means checking is disabled. The value must be 'false' for the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. --- --- - 'network-interface.group-id' - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.group-name' - The name of a security group associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.attachment.attachment-id' - The ID of the interface attachment. --- --- - 'network-interface.attachment.instance-id' - The ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. --- --- - 'network-interface.attachment.instance-owner-id' - The owner ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. --- --- - 'network-interface.addresses.private-ip-address' - The private IP address associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.attachment.device-index' - The device index to which the network interface is attached. --- --- - 'network-interface.attachment.status' - The status of the attachment ('attaching' | 'attached' | 'detaching' | 'detached'). --- --- - 'network-interface.attachment.attach-time' - The time that the network interface was attached to an instance. --- --- - 'network-interface.attachment.delete-on-termination' - Specifies whether the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated. --- --- - 'network-interface.addresses.primary' - Specifies whether the IP address of the network interface is the primary private IP address. --- --- - 'network-interface.addresses.association.public-ip' - The ID of the association of an Elastic IP address with a network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.addresses.association.ip-owner-id' - The owner ID of the private IP address associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'association.public-ip' - The address of the Elastic IP address bound to the network interface. --- --- - 'association.ip-owner-id' - The owner of the Elastic IP address associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'association.allocation-id' - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the Elastic IP address for your network interface. --- --- - 'association.association-id' - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with an IP address. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @affinity@ - The affinity setting for an instance running on a Dedicated Host (@default@ | @host@ ). * @architecture@ - The instance architecture (@i386@ | @x86_64@ ). * @association.public-ip@ - The address of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) bound to the network interface. * @association.ip-owner-id@ - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. * @association.allocation-id@ - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface. * @association.association-id@ - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the instance. * @block-device-mapping.attach-time@ - The attach time for an EBS volume mapped to the instance, for example, @2010-09-15T17:15:20.000Z@ . * @block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination@ - A Boolean that indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. * @block-device-mapping.device-name@ - The device name for the EBS volume (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). * @block-device-mapping.status@ - The status for the EBS volume (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @block-device-mapping.volume-id@ - The volume ID of the EBS volume. * @client-token@ - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance. * @dns-name@ - The public DNS name of the instance. * @group-id@ - The ID of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic only. * @group-name@ - The name of the security group for the instance. EC2-Classic only. * @host-id@ - The ID of the Dedicated Host on which the instance is running, if applicable. * @hypervisor@ - The hypervisor type of the instance (@ovm@ | @xen@ ). * @iam-instance-profile.arn@ - The instance profile associated with the instance. Specified as an ARN. * @image-id@ - The ID of the image used to launch the instance. * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance. * @instance-lifecycle@ - Indicates whether this is a Spot Instance or a Scheduled Instance (@spot@ | @scheduled@ ). * @instance-state-code@ - The state of the instance, as a 16-bit unsigned integer. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. The low byte is set based on the state represented. The valid values are: 0 (pending), 16 (running), 32 (shutting-down), 48 (terminated), 64 (stopping), and 80 (stopped). * @instance-state-name@ - The state of the instance (@pending@ | @running@ | @shutting-down@ | @terminated@ | @stopping@ | @stopped@ ). * @instance-type@ - The type of instance (for example, @t2.micro@ ). * @instance.group-id@ - The ID of the security group for the instance. * @instance.group-name@ - The name of the security group for the instance. * @ip-address@ - The public IPv4 address of the instance. * @kernel-id@ - The kernel ID. * @key-name@ - The name of the key pair used when the instance was launched. * @launch-index@ - When launching multiple instances, this is the index for the instance in the launch group (for example, 0, 1, 2, and so on). * @launch-time@ - The time when the instance was launched. * @monitoring-state@ - Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled (@disabled@ | @enabled@ ). * @network-interface.addresses.private-ip-address@ - The private IPv4 address associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.addresses.primary@ - Specifies whether the IPv4 address of the network interface is the primary private IPv4 address. * @network-interface.addresses.association.public-ip@ - The ID of the association of an Elastic IP address (IPv4) with a network interface. * @network-interface.addresses.association.ip-owner-id@ - The owner ID of the private IPv4 address associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.attachment.attachment-id@ - The ID of the interface attachment. * @network-interface.attachment.instance-id@ - The ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. * @network-interface.attachment.instance-owner-id@ - The owner ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. * @network-interface.attachment.device-index@ - The device index to which the network interface is attached. * @network-interface.attachment.status@ - The status of the attachment (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @network-interface.attachment.attach-time@ - The time that the network interface was attached to an instance. * @network-interface.attachment.delete-on-termination@ - Specifies whether the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated. * @network-interface.availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone for the network interface. * @network-interface.description@ - The description of the network interface. * @network-interface.group-id@ - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.group-name@ - The name of a security group associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address@ - The IPv6 address associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.mac-address@ - The MAC address of the network interface. * @network-interface.network-interface-id@ - The ID of the network interface. * @network-interface.owner-id@ - The ID of the owner of the network interface. * @network-interface.private-dns-name@ - The private DNS name of the network interface. * @network-interface.requester-id@ - The requester ID for the network interface. * @network-interface.requester-managed@ - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by AWS. * @network-interface.status@ - The status of the network interface (@available@ ) | @in-use@ ). * @network-interface.source-dest-check@ - Whether the network interface performs source/destination checking. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. The value must be @false@ for the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. * @network-interface.subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet for the network interface. * @network-interface.vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the network interface. * @owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the instance owner. * @placement-group-name@ - The name of the placement group for the instance. * @platform@ - The platform. Use @windows@ if you have Windows instances; otherwise, leave blank. * @private-dns-name@ - The private IPv4 DNS name of the instance. * @private-ip-address@ - The private IPv4 address of the instance. * @product-code@ - The product code associated with the AMI used to launch the instance. * @product-code.type@ - The type of product code (@devpay@ | @marketplace@ ). * @ramdisk-id@ - The RAM disk ID. * @reason@ - The reason for the current state of the instance (for example, shows "User Initiated [date]" when you stop or terminate the instance). Similar to the state-reason-code filter. * @requester-id@ - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). * @reservation-id@ - The ID of the instance's reservation. A reservation ID is created any time you launch an instance. A reservation ID has a one-to-one relationship with an instance launch request, but can be associated with more than one instance if you launch multiple instances using the same launch request. For example, if you launch one instance, you'll get one reservation ID. If you launch ten instances using the same launch request, you'll also get one reservation ID. * @root-device-name@ - The name of the root device for the instance (for example, @/dev/sda1@ or @/dev/xvda@ ). * @root-device-type@ - The type of root device that the instance uses (@ebs@ | @instance-store@ ). * @source-dest-check@ - Indicates whether the instance performs source/destination checking. A value of @true@ means that checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. The value must be @false@ for the instance to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. * @spot-instance-request-id@ - The ID of the Spot instance request. * @state-reason-code@ - The reason code for the state change. * @state-reason-message@ - A message that describes the state change. * @subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet for the instance. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource, where @tag@ :/key/ is the tag's key. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @tenancy@ - The tenancy of an instance (@dedicated@ | @default@ | @host@ ). * @virtualization-type@ - The virtualization type of the instance (@paravirtual@ | @hvm@ ). * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC that the instance is running in. diiFilters :: Lens' DescribeInstances [Filter] diiFilters = lens _diiFilters (\ s a -> s{_diiFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -264,17 +103,15 @@ diiNextToken :: Lens' DescribeInstances (Maybe Text) diiNextToken = lens _diiNextToken (\ s a -> s{_diiNextToken = a}); --- | One or more instance IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your instances. +-- | One or more instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. diiInstanceIds :: Lens' DescribeInstances [Text] diiInstanceIds = lens _diiInstanceIds (\ s a -> s{_diiInstanceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . diiDryRun :: Lens' DescribeInstances (Maybe Bool) diiDryRun = lens _diiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_diiDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter or tag filters in the same call. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter or tag filters in the same call. diiMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeInstances (Maybe Int) diiMaxResults = lens _diiMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_diiMaxResults = a}); @@ -311,7 +148,7 @@ toQuery DescribeInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _diiFilters), "NextToken" =: _diiNextToken, toQuery @@ -321,6 +158,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeInstancesResponse = DescribeInstancesResponse' { _dirsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -332,11 +171,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dirsNextToken' +-- * 'dirsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dirsReservations' +-- * 'dirsReservations' - Zero or more reservations. -- --- * 'dirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dirsResponseStatus' -> DescribeInstancesResponse @@ -347,7 +186,7 @@ , _dirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dirsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) dirsNextToken = lens _dirsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dirsNextToken = a}); @@ -355,7 +194,7 @@ dirsReservations :: Lens' DescribeInstancesResponse [Reservation] dirsReservations = lens _dirsReservations (\ s a -> s{_dirsReservations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeInstancesResponse Int dirsResponseStatus = lens _dirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInternetGateways.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInternetGateways.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInternetGateways.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeInternetGateways.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of your Internet gateways. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInternetGateways ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeInternetGateways. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeInternetGateways' smart constructor. data DescribeInternetGateways = DescribeInternetGateways' { _dFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dFilters' +-- * 'dFilters' - One or more filters. * @attachment.state@ - The current state of the attachment between the gateway and the VPC (@available@ ). Present only if a VPC is attached. * @attachment.vpc-id@ - The ID of an attached VPC. * @internet-gateway-id@ - The ID of the Internet gateway. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. -- --- * 'dInternetGatewayIds' +-- * 'dInternetGatewayIds' - One or more Internet gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your Internet gateways. -- --- * 'dDryRun' +-- * 'dDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeInternetGateways :: DescribeInternetGateways describeInternetGateways = @@ -71,30 +75,15 @@ , _dDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'attachment.state' - The current state of the attachment between the gateway and the VPC ('available'). Present only if a VPC is attached. --- --- - 'attachment.vpc-id' - The ID of an attached VPC. --- --- - 'internet-gateway-id' - The ID of the Internet gateway. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @attachment.state@ - The current state of the attachment between the gateway and the VPC (@available@ ). Present only if a VPC is attached. * @attachment.vpc-id@ - The ID of an attached VPC. * @internet-gateway-id@ - The ID of the Internet gateway. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. dFilters :: Lens' DescribeInternetGateways [Filter] dFilters = lens _dFilters (\ s a -> s{_dFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more Internet gateway IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your Internet gateways. +-- | One or more Internet gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your Internet gateways. dInternetGatewayIds :: Lens' DescribeInternetGateways [Text] dInternetGatewayIds = lens _dInternetGatewayIds (\ s a -> s{_dInternetGatewayIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dDryRun :: Lens' DescribeInternetGateways (Maybe Bool) dDryRun = lens _dDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dDryRun = a}); @@ -125,7 +114,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeInternetGateways" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "InternetGatewayId" <$> @@ -134,6 +123,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeInternetGateways. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeInternetGatewaysResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeInternetGatewaysResponse = DescribeInternetGatewaysResponse' { _digrsInternetGateways :: !(Maybe [InternetGateway]) @@ -144,9 +135,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'digrsInternetGateways' +-- * 'digrsInternetGateways' - Information about one or more Internet gateways. -- --- * 'digrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'digrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeInternetGatewaysResponse :: Int -- ^ 'digrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeInternetGatewaysResponse @@ -160,7 +151,7 @@ digrsInternetGateways :: Lens' DescribeInternetGatewaysResponse [InternetGateway] digrsInternetGateways = lens _digrsInternetGateways (\ s a -> s{_digrsInternetGateways = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. digrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeInternetGatewaysResponse Int digrsResponseStatus = lens _digrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_digrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeKeyPairs.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeKeyPairs.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeKeyPairs.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeKeyPairs.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your key pairs. -- --- For more information about key pairs, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about key pairs, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeKeyPairs ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeKeyPairs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeKeyPairs' smart constructor. data DescribeKeyPairs = DescribeKeyPairs' { _dkpsFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dkpsFilters' +-- * 'dkpsFilters' - One or more filters. * @fingerprint@ - The fingerprint of the key pair. * @key-name@ - The name of the key pair. -- --- * 'dkpsKeyNames' +-- * 'dkpsKeyNames' - One or more key pair names. Default: Describes all your key pairs. -- --- * 'dkpsDryRun' +-- * 'dkpsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeKeyPairs :: DescribeKeyPairs describeKeyPairs = @@ -73,22 +77,15 @@ , _dkpsDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'fingerprint' - The fingerprint of the key pair. --- --- - 'key-name' - The name of the key pair. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @fingerprint@ - The fingerprint of the key pair. * @key-name@ - The name of the key pair. dkpsFilters :: Lens' DescribeKeyPairs [Filter] dkpsFilters = lens _dkpsFilters (\ s a -> s{_dkpsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more key pair names. --- --- Default: Describes all your key pairs. +-- | One or more key pair names. Default: Describes all your key pairs. dkpsKeyNames :: Lens' DescribeKeyPairs [Text] dkpsKeyNames = lens _dkpsKeyNames (\ s a -> s{_dkpsKeyNames = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dkpsDryRun :: Lens' DescribeKeyPairs (Maybe Bool) dkpsDryRun = lens _dkpsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dkpsDryRun = a}); @@ -117,13 +114,15 @@ toQuery DescribeKeyPairs'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeKeyPairs" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dkpsFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "KeyName" <$> _dkpsKeyNames), "DryRun" =: _dkpsDryRun] -- | Contains the output of DescribeKeyPairs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeKeyPairsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeKeyPairsResponse = DescribeKeyPairsResponse' { _dkprsKeyPairs :: !(Maybe [KeyPairInfo]) @@ -134,9 +133,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dkprsKeyPairs' +-- * 'dkprsKeyPairs' - Information about one or more key pairs. -- --- * 'dkprsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dkprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeKeyPairsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dkprsResponseStatus' -> DescribeKeyPairsResponse @@ -150,7 +149,7 @@ dkprsKeyPairs :: Lens' DescribeKeyPairsResponse [KeyPairInfo] dkprsKeyPairs = lens _dkprsKeyPairs (\ s a -> s{_dkprsKeyPairs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dkprsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeKeyPairsResponse Int dkprsResponseStatus = lens _dkprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dkprsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeMovingAddresses.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeMovingAddresses.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeMovingAddresses.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeMovingAddresses.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes your Elastic IP addresses that are being moved to the EC2-VPC platform, or that are being restored to the EC2-Classic platform. This request does not return information about any other Elastic IP addresses in your account. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeMovingAddresses ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeMovingAddresses. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeMovingAddresses' smart constructor. data DescribeMovingAddresses = DescribeMovingAddresses' { _dmaFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -62,15 +66,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dmaFilters' +-- * 'dmaFilters' - One or more filters. * @moving-status@ - The status of the Elastic IP address (@MovingToVpc@ | @RestoringToClassic@ ). -- --- * 'dmaPublicIPs' +-- * 'dmaPublicIPs' - One or more Elastic IP addresses. -- --- * 'dmaNextToken' +-- * 'dmaNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'dmaDryRun' +-- * 'dmaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dmaMaxResults' +-- * 'dmaMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned. Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000. describeMovingAddresses :: DescribeMovingAddresses describeMovingAddresses = @@ -82,10 +86,7 @@ , _dmaMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'moving-status' - The status of the Elastic IP address ('MovingToVpc' | 'RestoringToClassic'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @moving-status@ - The status of the Elastic IP address (@MovingToVpc@ | @RestoringToClassic@ ). dmaFilters :: Lens' DescribeMovingAddresses [Filter] dmaFilters = lens _dmaFilters (\ s a -> s{_dmaFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -97,13 +98,11 @@ dmaNextToken :: Lens' DescribeMovingAddresses (Maybe Text) dmaNextToken = lens _dmaNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dmaNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dmaDryRun :: Lens' DescribeMovingAddresses (Maybe Bool) dmaDryRun = lens _dmaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dmaDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned 'NextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if 'MaxResults' is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned. --- --- Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000. +-- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value outside of this range, an error is returned. Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000. dmaMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeMovingAddresses (Maybe Int) dmaMaxResults = lens _dmaMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dmaMaxResults = a}); @@ -135,7 +134,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeMovingAddresses" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dmaFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "PublicIp" <$> _dmaPublicIPs), "NextToken" =: _dmaNextToken, "DryRun" =: _dmaDryRun, @@ -143,6 +142,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeMovingAddresses. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeMovingAddressesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeMovingAddressesResponse = DescribeMovingAddressesResponse' { _dmarsMovingAddressStatuses :: !(Maybe [MovingAddressStatus]) @@ -154,11 +155,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dmarsMovingAddressStatuses' +-- * 'dmarsMovingAddressStatuses' - The status for each Elastic IP address. -- --- * 'dmarsNextToken' +-- * 'dmarsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dmarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dmarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeMovingAddressesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dmarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeMovingAddressesResponse @@ -173,11 +174,11 @@ dmarsMovingAddressStatuses :: Lens' DescribeMovingAddressesResponse [MovingAddressStatus] dmarsMovingAddressStatuses = lens _dmarsMovingAddressStatuses (\ s a -> s{_dmarsMovingAddressStatuses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dmarsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeMovingAddressesResponse (Maybe Text) dmarsNextToken = lens _dmarsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dmarsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dmarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeMovingAddressesResponse Int dmarsResponseStatus = lens _dmarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dmarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNatGateways.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNatGateways.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNatGateways.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNatGateways.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of the your NAT gateways. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeNatGateways ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeNatGateways. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeNatGateways' smart constructor. data DescribeNatGateways = DescribeNatGateways' { _dngNatGatewayIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -60,13 +64,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dngNatGatewayIds' +-- * 'dngNatGatewayIds' - One or more NAT gateway IDs. -- --- * 'dngNextToken' +-- * 'dngNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'dngFilter' +-- * 'dngFilter' - One or more filters. * @nat-gateway-id@ - The ID of the NAT gateway. * @state@ - The state of the NAT gateway (@pending@ | @failed@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway resides. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway resides. -- --- * 'dngMaxResults' +-- * 'dngMaxResults' - The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value specified is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. describeNatGateways :: DescribeNatGateways describeNatGateways = @@ -85,22 +89,11 @@ dngNextToken :: Lens' DescribeNatGateways (Maybe Text) dngNextToken = lens _dngNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dngNextToken = a}); --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'nat-gateway-id' - The ID of the NAT gateway. --- --- - 'state' - The state of the NAT gateway ('pending' | 'failed' | 'available' | 'deleting' | 'deleted'). --- --- - 'subnet-id' - The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway resides. --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway resides. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @nat-gateway-id@ - The ID of the NAT gateway. * @state@ - The state of the NAT gateway (@pending@ | @failed@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway resides. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway resides. dngFilter :: Lens' DescribeNatGateways [Filter] dngFilter = lens _dngFilter (\ s a -> s{_dngFilter = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. --- --- Constraint: If the value specified is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. +-- | The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value specified is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. dngMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeNatGateways (Maybe Int) dngMaxResults = lens _dngMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dngMaxResults = a}); @@ -131,7 +124,7 @@ toQuery DescribeNatGateways'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeNatGateways" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "NatGatewayId" <$> _dngNatGatewayIds), "NextToken" =: _dngNextToken, @@ -140,6 +133,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeNatGateways. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeNatGatewaysResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeNatGatewaysResponse = DescribeNatGatewaysResponse' { _dngrsNatGateways :: !(Maybe [NatGateway]) @@ -151,11 +146,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dngrsNatGateways' +-- * 'dngrsNatGateways' - Information about the NAT gateways. -- --- * 'dngrsNextToken' +-- * 'dngrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dngrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dngrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeNatGatewaysResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dngrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeNatGatewaysResponse @@ -170,11 +165,11 @@ dngrsNatGateways :: Lens' DescribeNatGatewaysResponse [NatGateway] dngrsNatGateways = lens _dngrsNatGateways (\ s a -> s{_dngrsNatGateways = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dngrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeNatGatewaysResponse (Maybe Text) dngrsNextToken = lens _dngrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dngrsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dngrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeNatGatewaysResponse Int dngrsResponseStatus = lens _dngrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dngrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkACLs.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkACLs.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkACLs.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkACLs.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your network ACLs. -- --- For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeNetworkACLs ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkAcls. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeNetworkACLs' smart constructor. data DescribeNetworkACLs = DescribeNetworkACLs' { _dnaclFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dnaclFilters' +-- * 'dnaclFilters' - One or more filters. * @association.association-id@ - The ID of an association ID for the ACL. * @association.network-acl-id@ - The ID of the network ACL involved in the association. * @association.subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet involved in the association. * @default@ - Indicates whether the ACL is the default network ACL for the VPC. * @entry.cidr@ - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in the entry. * @entry.egress@ - Indicates whether the entry applies to egress traffic. * @entry.icmp.code@ - The ICMP code specified in the entry, if any. * @entry.icmp.type@ - The ICMP type specified in the entry, if any. * @entry.ipv6-cidr@ - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in the entry. * @entry.port-range.from@ - The start of the port range specified in the entry. * @entry.port-range.to@ - The end of the port range specified in the entry. * @entry.protocol@ - The protocol specified in the entry (@tcp@ | @udp@ | @icmp@ or a protocol number). * @entry.rule-action@ - Allows or denies the matching traffic (@allow@ | @deny@ ). * @entry.rule-number@ - The number of an entry (in other words, rule) in the ACL's set of entries. * @network-acl-id@ - The ID of the network ACL. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the network ACL. -- --- * 'dnaclNetworkACLIds' +-- * 'dnaclNetworkACLIds' - One or more network ACL IDs. Default: Describes all your network ACLs. -- --- * 'dnaclDryRun' +-- * 'dnaclDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeNetworkACLs :: DescribeNetworkACLs describeNetworkACLs = @@ -73,54 +77,15 @@ , _dnaclDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'association.association-id' - The ID of an association ID for the ACL. --- --- - 'association.network-acl-id' - The ID of the network ACL involved in the association. --- --- - 'association.subnet-id' - The ID of the subnet involved in the association. --- --- - 'default' - Indicates whether the ACL is the default network ACL for the VPC. --- --- - 'entry.cidr' - The CIDR range specified in the entry. --- --- - 'entry.egress' - Indicates whether the entry applies to egress traffic. --- --- - 'entry.icmp.code' - The ICMP code specified in the entry, if any. --- --- - 'entry.icmp.type' - The ICMP type specified in the entry, if any. --- --- - 'entry.port-range.from' - The start of the port range specified in the entry. --- --- - 'entry.port-range.to' - The end of the port range specified in the entry. --- --- - 'entry.protocol' - The protocol specified in the entry ('tcp' | 'udp' | 'icmp' or a protocol number). --- --- - 'entry.rule-action' - Allows or denies the matching traffic ('allow' | 'deny'). --- --- - 'entry.rule-number' - The number of an entry (in other words, rule) in the ACL\'s set of entries. --- --- - 'network-acl-id' - The ID of the network ACL. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC for the network ACL. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @association.association-id@ - The ID of an association ID for the ACL. * @association.network-acl-id@ - The ID of the network ACL involved in the association. * @association.subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet involved in the association. * @default@ - Indicates whether the ACL is the default network ACL for the VPC. * @entry.cidr@ - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in the entry. * @entry.egress@ - Indicates whether the entry applies to egress traffic. * @entry.icmp.code@ - The ICMP code specified in the entry, if any. * @entry.icmp.type@ - The ICMP type specified in the entry, if any. * @entry.ipv6-cidr@ - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in the entry. * @entry.port-range.from@ - The start of the port range specified in the entry. * @entry.port-range.to@ - The end of the port range specified in the entry. * @entry.protocol@ - The protocol specified in the entry (@tcp@ | @udp@ | @icmp@ or a protocol number). * @entry.rule-action@ - Allows or denies the matching traffic (@allow@ | @deny@ ). * @entry.rule-number@ - The number of an entry (in other words, rule) in the ACL's set of entries. * @network-acl-id@ - The ID of the network ACL. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the network ACL. dnaclFilters :: Lens' DescribeNetworkACLs [Filter] dnaclFilters = lens _dnaclFilters (\ s a -> s{_dnaclFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more network ACL IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your network ACLs. +-- | One or more network ACL IDs. Default: Describes all your network ACLs. dnaclNetworkACLIds :: Lens' DescribeNetworkACLs [Text] dnaclNetworkACLIds = lens _dnaclNetworkACLIds (\ s a -> s{_dnaclNetworkACLIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dnaclDryRun :: Lens' DescribeNetworkACLs (Maybe Bool) dnaclDryRun = lens _dnaclDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dnaclDryRun = a}); @@ -150,7 +115,7 @@ toQuery DescribeNetworkACLs'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeNetworkAcls" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dnaclFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "NetworkAclId" <$> _dnaclNetworkACLIds), @@ -158,6 +123,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeNetworkAcls. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeNetworkACLsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeNetworkACLsResponse = DescribeNetworkACLsResponse' { _dnarsNetworkACLs :: !(Maybe [NetworkACL]) @@ -168,9 +135,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dnarsNetworkACLs' +-- * 'dnarsNetworkACLs' - Information about one or more network ACLs. -- --- * 'dnarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dnarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeNetworkACLsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dnarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeNetworkACLsResponse @@ -184,7 +151,7 @@ dnarsNetworkACLs :: Lens' DescribeNetworkACLsResponse [NetworkACL] dnarsNetworkACLs = lens _dnarsNetworkACLs (\ s a -> s{_dnarsNetworkACLs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dnarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeNetworkACLsResponse Int dnarsResponseStatus = lens _dnarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dnarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeNetworkInterfaceAttribute' smart constructor. data DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute = DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute' { _dniaAttribute :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceAttribute) @@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dniaAttribute' +-- * 'dniaAttribute' - The attribute of the network interface. -- --- * 'dniaDryRun' +-- * 'dniaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dniaNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'dniaNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. describeNetworkInterfaceAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'dniaNetworkInterfaceId' -> DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute @@ -80,7 +84,7 @@ dniaAttribute :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute (Maybe NetworkInterfaceAttribute) dniaAttribute = lens _dniaAttribute (\ s a -> s{_dniaAttribute = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dniaDryRun :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute (Maybe Bool) dniaDryRun = lens _dniaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dniaDryRun = a}); @@ -123,13 +127,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Attribute" =: _dniaAttribute, "DryRun" =: _dniaDryRun, "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _dniaNetworkInterfaceId] -- | Contains the output of DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse = DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse' { _dniarsGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) @@ -144,17 +150,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dniarsGroups' +-- * 'dniarsGroups' - The security groups associated with the network interface. -- --- * 'dniarsSourceDestCheck' +-- * 'dniarsSourceDestCheck' - Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. -- --- * 'dniarsNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'dniarsNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. -- --- * 'dniarsAttachment' +-- * 'dniarsAttachment' - The attachment (if any) of the network interface. -- --- * 'dniarsDescription' +-- * 'dniarsDescription' - The description of the network interface. -- --- * 'dniarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dniarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dniarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse @@ -172,7 +178,7 @@ dniarsGroups :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse [GroupIdentifier] dniarsGroups = lens _dniarsGroups (\ s a -> s{_dniarsGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Indicates whether source\/destination checking is enabled. +-- | Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. dniarsSourceDestCheck :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) dniarsSourceDestCheck = lens _dniarsSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_dniarsSourceDestCheck = a}); @@ -188,7 +194,7 @@ dniarsDescription :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeValue) dniarsDescription = lens _dniarsDescription (\ s a -> s{_dniarsDescription = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dniarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaceAttributeResponse Int dniarsResponseStatus = lens _dniarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dniarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkInterfaces.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkInterfaces.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkInterfaces.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeNetworkInterfaces.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of your network interfaces. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeNetworkInterfaces ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeNetworkInterfaces. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeNetworkInterfaces' smart constructor. data DescribeNetworkInterfaces = DescribeNetworkInterfaces' { _dnisNetworkInterfaceIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dnisNetworkInterfaceIds' +-- * 'dnisNetworkInterfaceIds' - One or more network interface IDs. Default: Describes all your network interfaces. -- --- * 'dnisFilters' +-- * 'dnisFilters' - One or more filters. * @addresses.private-ip-address@ - The private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface. * @addresses.primary@ - Whether the private IPv4 address is the primary IP address associated with the network interface. * @addresses.association.public-ip@ - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with the Elastic IP address (IPv4). * @addresses.association.owner-id@ - The owner ID of the addresses associated with the network interface. * @association.association-id@ - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address. * @association.allocation-id@ - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface. * @association.ip-owner-id@ - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. * @association.public-ip@ - The address of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) bound to the network interface. * @association.public-dns-name@ - The public DNS name for the network interface (IPv4). * @attachment.attachment-id@ - The ID of the interface attachment. * @attachment.attach.time@ - The time that the network interface was attached to an instance. * @attachment.delete-on-termination@ - Indicates whether the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated. * @attachment.device-index@ - The device index to which the network interface is attached. * @attachment.instance-id@ - The ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. * @attachment.instance-owner-id@ - The owner ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. * @attachment.nat-gateway-id@ - The ID of the NAT gateway to which the network interface is attached. * @attachment.status@ - The status of the attachment (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the network interface. * @description@ - The description of the network interface. * @group-id@ - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface. * @group-name@ - The name of a security group associated with the network interface. * @ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address@ - An IPv6 address associated with the network interface. * @mac-address@ - The MAC address of the network interface. * @network-interface-id@ - The ID of the network interface. * @owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the network interface owner. * @private-ip-address@ - The private IPv4 address or addresses of the network interface. * @private-dns-name@ - The private DNS name of the network interface (IPv4). * @requester-id@ - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). * @requester-managed@ - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by an AWS service (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). * @source-desk-check@ - Indicates whether the network interface performs source/destination checking. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. The value must be @false@ for the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. * @status@ - The status of the network interface. If the network interface is not attached to an instance, the status is @available@ ; if a network interface is attached to an instance the status is @in-use@ . * @subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet for the network interface. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the network interface. -- --- * 'dnisDryRun' +-- * 'dnisDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeNetworkInterfaces :: DescribeNetworkInterfaces describeNetworkInterfaces = @@ -71,88 +75,15 @@ , _dnisDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more network interface IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your network interfaces. +-- | One or more network interface IDs. Default: Describes all your network interfaces. dnisNetworkInterfaceIds :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaces [Text] dnisNetworkInterfaceIds = lens _dnisNetworkInterfaceIds (\ s a -> s{_dnisNetworkInterfaceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'addresses.private-ip-address' - The private IP addresses associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'addresses.primary' - Whether the private IP address is the primary IP address associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'addresses.association.public-ip' - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with the Elastic IP address. --- --- - 'addresses.association.owner-id' - The owner ID of the addresses associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'association.association-id' - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with an IP address. --- --- - 'association.allocation-id' - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the Elastic IP address for your network interface. --- --- - 'association.ip-owner-id' - The owner of the Elastic IP address associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'association.public-ip' - The address of the Elastic IP address bound to the network interface. --- --- - 'association.public-dns-name' - The public DNS name for the network interface. --- --- - 'attachment.attachment-id' - The ID of the interface attachment. --- --- - 'attachment.attach.time' - The time that the network interface was attached to an instance. --- --- - 'attachment.delete-on-termination' - Indicates whether the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated. --- --- - 'attachment.device-index' - The device index to which the network interface is attached. --- --- - 'attachment.instance-id' - The ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. --- --- - 'attachment.instance-owner-id' - The owner ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. --- --- - 'attachment.nat-gateway-id' - The ID of the NAT gateway to which the network interface is attached. --- --- - 'attachment.status' - The status of the attachment ('attaching' | 'attached' | 'detaching' | 'detached'). --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone of the network interface. --- --- - 'description' - The description of the network interface. --- --- - 'group-id' - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'group-name' - The name of a security group associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'mac-address' - The MAC address of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface-id' - The ID of the network interface. --- --- - 'owner-id' - The AWS account ID of the network interface owner. --- --- - 'private-ip-address' - The private IP address or addresses of the network interface. --- --- - 'private-dns-name' - The private DNS name of the network interface. --- --- - 'requester-id' - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). --- --- - 'requester-managed' - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by an AWS service (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). --- --- - 'source-desk-check' - Indicates whether the network interface performs source\/destination checking. A value of 'true' means checking is enabled, and 'false' means checking is disabled. The value must be 'false' for the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. --- --- - 'status' - The status of the network interface. If the network interface is not attached to an instance, the status is 'available'; if a network interface is attached to an instance the status is 'in-use'. --- --- - 'subnet-id' - The ID of the subnet for the network interface. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC for the network interface. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @addresses.private-ip-address@ - The private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface. * @addresses.primary@ - Whether the private IPv4 address is the primary IP address associated with the network interface. * @addresses.association.public-ip@ - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with the Elastic IP address (IPv4). * @addresses.association.owner-id@ - The owner ID of the addresses associated with the network interface. * @association.association-id@ - The association ID returned when the network interface was associated with an IPv4 address. * @association.allocation-id@ - The allocation ID returned when you allocated the Elastic IP address (IPv4) for your network interface. * @association.ip-owner-id@ - The owner of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. * @association.public-ip@ - The address of the Elastic IP address (IPv4) bound to the network interface. * @association.public-dns-name@ - The public DNS name for the network interface (IPv4). * @attachment.attachment-id@ - The ID of the interface attachment. * @attachment.attach.time@ - The time that the network interface was attached to an instance. * @attachment.delete-on-termination@ - Indicates whether the attachment is deleted when an instance is terminated. * @attachment.device-index@ - The device index to which the network interface is attached. * @attachment.instance-id@ - The ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. * @attachment.instance-owner-id@ - The owner ID of the instance to which the network interface is attached. * @attachment.nat-gateway-id@ - The ID of the NAT gateway to which the network interface is attached. * @attachment.status@ - The status of the attachment (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the network interface. * @description@ - The description of the network interface. * @group-id@ - The ID of a security group associated with the network interface. * @group-name@ - The name of a security group associated with the network interface. * @ipv6-addresses.ipv6-address@ - An IPv6 address associated with the network interface. * @mac-address@ - The MAC address of the network interface. * @network-interface-id@ - The ID of the network interface. * @owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the network interface owner. * @private-ip-address@ - The private IPv4 address or addresses of the network interface. * @private-dns-name@ - The private DNS name of the network interface (IPv4). * @requester-id@ - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). * @requester-managed@ - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by an AWS service (for example, AWS Management Console, Auto Scaling, and so on). * @source-desk-check@ - Indicates whether the network interface performs source/destination checking. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. The value must be @false@ for the network interface to perform network address translation (NAT) in your VPC. * @status@ - The status of the network interface. If the network interface is not attached to an instance, the status is @available@ ; if a network interface is attached to an instance the status is @in-use@ . * @subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet for the network interface. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the network interface. dnisFilters :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaces [Filter] dnisFilters = lens _dnisFilters (\ s a -> s{_dnisFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dnisDryRun :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfaces (Maybe Bool) dnisDryRun = lens _dnisDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dnisDryRun = a}); @@ -183,7 +114,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeNetworkInterfaces" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "NetworkInterfaceId" <$> _dnisNetworkInterfaceIds), @@ -192,6 +123,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeNetworkInterfaces. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeNetworkInterfacesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeNetworkInterfacesResponse = DescribeNetworkInterfacesResponse' { _dnirsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [NetworkInterface]) @@ -202,9 +135,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dnirsNetworkInterfaces' +-- * 'dnirsNetworkInterfaces' - Information about one or more network interfaces. -- --- * 'dnirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dnirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeNetworkInterfacesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dnirsResponseStatus' -> DescribeNetworkInterfacesResponse @@ -218,7 +151,7 @@ dnirsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfacesResponse [NetworkInterface] dnirsNetworkInterfaces = lens _dnirsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_dnirsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dnirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeNetworkInterfacesResponse Int dnirsResponseStatus = lens _dnirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dnirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribePlacementGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribePlacementGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribePlacementGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribePlacementGroups.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes one or more of your placement groups. For more information about placement groups and cluster instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Describes one or more of your placement groups. For more information about placement groups and cluster instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribePlacementGroups ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribePlacementGroups. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describePlacementGroups' smart constructor. data DescribePlacementGroups = DescribePlacementGroups' { _dpgsFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dpgsFilters' +-- * 'dpgsFilters' - One or more filters. * @group-name@ - The name of the placement group. * @state@ - The state of the placement group (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @strategy@ - The strategy of the placement group (@cluster@ ). -- --- * 'dpgsGroupNames' +-- * 'dpgsGroupNames' - One or more placement group names. Default: Describes all your placement groups, or only those otherwise specified. -- --- * 'dpgsDryRun' +-- * 'dpgsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describePlacementGroups :: DescribePlacementGroups describePlacementGroups = @@ -71,24 +75,15 @@ , _dpgsDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'group-name' - The name of the placement group. --- --- - 'state' - The state of the placement group ('pending' | 'available' | 'deleting' | 'deleted'). --- --- - 'strategy' - The strategy of the placement group ('cluster'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @group-name@ - The name of the placement group. * @state@ - The state of the placement group (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @strategy@ - The strategy of the placement group (@cluster@ ). dpgsFilters :: Lens' DescribePlacementGroups [Filter] dpgsFilters = lens _dpgsFilters (\ s a -> s{_dpgsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more placement group names. --- --- Default: Describes all your placement groups, or only those otherwise specified. +-- | One or more placement group names. Default: Describes all your placement groups, or only those otherwise specified. dpgsGroupNames :: Lens' DescribePlacementGroups [Text] dpgsGroupNames = lens _dpgsGroupNames (\ s a -> s{_dpgsGroupNames = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dpgsDryRun :: Lens' DescribePlacementGroups (Maybe Bool) dpgsDryRun = lens _dpgsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dpgsDryRun = a}); @@ -119,7 +114,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribePlacementGroups" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dpgsFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "GroupName" <$> _dpgsGroupNames), @@ -127,6 +122,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribePlacementGroups. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describePlacementGroupsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribePlacementGroupsResponse = DescribePlacementGroupsResponse' { _dpgrsPlacementGroups :: !(Maybe [PlacementGroup]) @@ -137,9 +134,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dpgrsPlacementGroups' +-- * 'dpgrsPlacementGroups' - One or more placement groups. -- --- * 'dpgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dpgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describePlacementGroupsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dpgrsResponseStatus' -> DescribePlacementGroupsResponse @@ -153,7 +150,7 @@ dpgrsPlacementGroups :: Lens' DescribePlacementGroupsResponse [PlacementGroup] dpgrsPlacementGroups = lens _dpgrsPlacementGroups (\ s a -> s{_dpgrsPlacementGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dpgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribePlacementGroupsResponse Int dpgrsResponseStatus = lens _dpgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dpgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribePrefixLists.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribePrefixLists.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribePrefixLists.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribePrefixLists.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes available AWS services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service. A prefix list ID is required for creating an outbound security group rule that allows traffic from a VPC to access an AWS service through a VPC endpoint. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribePrefixLists ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribePrefixLists. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describePrefixLists' smart constructor. data DescribePrefixLists = DescribePrefixLists' { _dplFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -62,15 +66,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dplFilters' +-- * 'dplFilters' - One or more filters. * @prefix-list-id@ : The ID of a prefix list. * @prefix-list-name@ : The name of a prefix list. -- --- * 'dplPrefixListIds' +-- * 'dplPrefixListIds' - One or more prefix list IDs. -- --- * 'dplNextToken' +-- * 'dplNextToken' - The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.) -- --- * 'dplDryRun' +-- * 'dplDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dplMaxResults' +-- * 'dplMaxResults' - The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value specified is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. describePrefixLists :: DescribePrefixLists describePrefixLists = @@ -82,12 +86,7 @@ , _dplMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'prefix-list-id': The ID of a prefix list. --- --- - 'prefix-list-name': The name of a prefix list. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @prefix-list-id@ : The ID of a prefix list. * @prefix-list-name@ : The name of a prefix list. dplFilters :: Lens' DescribePrefixLists [Filter] dplFilters = lens _dplFilters (\ s a -> s{_dplFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -99,13 +98,11 @@ dplNextToken :: Lens' DescribePrefixLists (Maybe Text) dplNextToken = lens _dplNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dplNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dplDryRun :: Lens' DescribePrefixLists (Maybe Bool) dplDryRun = lens _dplDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dplDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. --- --- Constraint: If the value specified is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. +-- | The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value specified is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. dplMaxResults :: Lens' DescribePrefixLists (Maybe Int) dplMaxResults = lens _dplMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dplMaxResults = a}); @@ -136,7 +133,7 @@ toQuery DescribePrefixLists'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribePrefixLists" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dplFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "PrefixListId" <$> _dplPrefixListIds), @@ -145,6 +142,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribePrefixLists. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describePrefixListsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribePrefixListsResponse = DescribePrefixListsResponse' { _dplrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -156,11 +155,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dplrsNextToken' +-- * 'dplrsNextToken' - The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional items to return, the string is empty. -- --- * 'dplrsPrefixLists' +-- * 'dplrsPrefixLists' - All available prefix lists. -- --- * 'dplrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dplrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describePrefixListsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dplrsResponseStatus' -> DescribePrefixListsResponse @@ -179,7 +178,7 @@ dplrsPrefixLists :: Lens' DescribePrefixListsResponse [PrefixList] dplrsPrefixLists = lens _dplrsPrefixLists (\ s a -> s{_dplrsPrefixLists = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dplrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribePrefixListsResponse Int dplrsResponseStatus = lens _dplrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dplrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeRegions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeRegions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeRegions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeRegions.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more regions that are currently available to you. -- --- For a list of the regions supported by Amazon EC2, see . +-- +-- For a list of the regions supported by Amazon EC2, see . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeRegions ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeRegions. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeRegions' smart constructor. data DescribeRegions = DescribeRegions' { _drsRegionNames :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drsRegionNames' +-- * 'drsRegionNames' - The names of one or more regions. -- --- * 'drsFilters' +-- * 'drsFilters' - One or more filters. * @endpoint@ - The endpoint of the region (for example, @ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com@ ). * @region-name@ - The name of the region (for example, @us-east-1@ ). -- --- * 'drsDryRun' +-- * 'drsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeRegions :: DescribeRegions describeRegions = @@ -77,16 +81,11 @@ drsRegionNames :: Lens' DescribeRegions [Text] drsRegionNames = lens _drsRegionNames (\ s a -> s{_drsRegionNames = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'endpoint' - The endpoint of the region (for example, 'ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com'). --- --- - 'region-name' - The name of the region (for example, 'us-east-1'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @endpoint@ - The endpoint of the region (for example, @ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com@ ). * @region-name@ - The name of the region (for example, @us-east-1@ ). drsFilters :: Lens' DescribeRegions [Filter] drsFilters = lens _drsFilters (\ s a -> s{_drsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . drsDryRun :: Lens' DescribeRegions (Maybe Bool) drsDryRun = lens _drsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_drsDryRun = a}); @@ -115,7 +114,7 @@ toQuery DescribeRegions'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeRegions" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "RegionName" <$> _drsRegionNames), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _drsFilters), @@ -123,6 +122,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeRegions. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeRegionsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeRegionsResponse = DescribeRegionsResponse' { _drrsRegions :: !(Maybe [RegionInfo]) @@ -133,9 +134,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drrsRegions' +-- * 'drrsRegions' - Information about one or more regions. -- --- * 'drrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'drrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeRegionsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'drrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeRegionsResponse @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ drrsRegions :: Lens' DescribeRegionsResponse [RegionInfo] drrsRegions = lens _drrsRegions (\ s a -> s{_drrsRegions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. drrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeRegionsResponse Int drrsResponseStatus = lens _drrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstances.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased. -- --- For more information about Reserved Instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about Reserved Instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeReservedInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -30,6 +32,7 @@ , driFilters , driReservedInstancesIds , driOfferingType + , driOfferingClass , driDryRun -- * Destructuring the Response @@ -49,11 +52,14 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedInstances' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedInstances = DescribeReservedInstances' { _driFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) , _driReservedInstancesIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _driOfferingType :: !(Maybe OfferingTypeValues) + , _driOfferingClass :: !(Maybe OfferingClassType) , _driDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) @@ -61,13 +67,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'driFilters' +-- * 'driFilters' - One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be used. * @duration@ - The duration of the Reserved Instance (one year or three years), in seconds (@31536000@ | @94608000@ ). * @end@ - The time when the Reserved Instance expires (for example, 2015-08-07T11:54:42.000Z). * @fixed-price@ - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, 9800.0). * @instance-type@ - The instance type that is covered by the reservation. * @scope@ - The scope of the Reserved Instance (@Region@ or @Availability Zone@ ). * @product-description@ - The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include @(Amazon VPC)@ in the product platform description will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and are for use with Amazon VPC (@Linux/UNIX@ | @Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)@ | @SUSE Linux@ | @SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Red Hat Enterprise Linux@ | @Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows@ | @Windows (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Standard@ | @Windows with SQL Server Standard (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Web@ | @Windows with SQL Server Web (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Enterprise@ | @Windows with SQL Server Enterprise (Amazon VPC)@ ). * @reserved-instances-id@ - The ID of the Reserved Instance. * @start@ - The time at which the Reserved Instance purchase request was placed (for example, 2014-08-07T11:54:42.000Z). * @state@ - The state of the Reserved Instance (@payment-pending@ | @active@ | @payment-failed@ | @retired@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @usage-price@ - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84). -- --- * 'driReservedInstancesIds' +-- * 'driReservedInstancesIds' - One or more Reserved Instance IDs. Default: Describes all your Reserved Instances, or only those otherwise specified. -- --- * 'driOfferingType' +-- * 'driOfferingType' - The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the @Medium Utilization@ Reserved Instance offering type. -- --- * 'driDryRun' +-- * 'driOfferingClass' - Describes whether the Reserved Instance is Standard or Convertible. +-- +-- * 'driDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeReservedInstances :: DescribeReservedInstances describeReservedInstances = @@ -75,51 +83,27 @@ { _driFilters = Nothing , _driReservedInstancesIds = Nothing , _driOfferingType = Nothing + , _driOfferingClass = Nothing , _driDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be used. --- --- - 'duration' - The duration of the Reserved Instance (one year or three years), in seconds ('31536000' | '94608000'). --- --- - 'end' - The time when the Reserved Instance expires (for example, 2015-08-07T11:54:42.000Z). --- --- - 'fixed-price' - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, 9800.0). --- --- - 'instance-type' - The instance type that is covered by the reservation. --- --- - 'product-description' - The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include '(Amazon VPC)' in the product platform description will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and are for use with Amazon VPC ('Linux\/UNIX' | 'Linux\/UNIX (Amazon VPC)' | 'SUSE Linux' | 'SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)' | 'Red Hat Enterprise Linux' | 'Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows' | 'Windows (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows with SQL Server Standard' | 'Windows with SQL Server Standard (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows with SQL Server Web' | 'Windows with SQL Server Web (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows with SQL Server Enterprise' | 'Windows with SQL Server Enterprise (Amazon VPC)'). --- --- - 'reserved-instances-id' - The ID of the Reserved Instance. --- --- - 'start' - The time at which the Reserved Instance purchase request was placed (for example, 2014-08-07T11:54:42.000Z). --- --- - 'state' - The state of the Reserved Instance ('payment-pending' | 'active' | 'payment-failed' | 'retired'). --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'usage-price' - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be used. * @duration@ - The duration of the Reserved Instance (one year or three years), in seconds (@31536000@ | @94608000@ ). * @end@ - The time when the Reserved Instance expires (for example, 2015-08-07T11:54:42.000Z). * @fixed-price@ - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, 9800.0). * @instance-type@ - The instance type that is covered by the reservation. * @scope@ - The scope of the Reserved Instance (@Region@ or @Availability Zone@ ). * @product-description@ - The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include @(Amazon VPC)@ in the product platform description will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and are for use with Amazon VPC (@Linux/UNIX@ | @Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)@ | @SUSE Linux@ | @SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Red Hat Enterprise Linux@ | @Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows@ | @Windows (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Standard@ | @Windows with SQL Server Standard (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Web@ | @Windows with SQL Server Web (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Enterprise@ | @Windows with SQL Server Enterprise (Amazon VPC)@ ). * @reserved-instances-id@ - The ID of the Reserved Instance. * @start@ - The time at which the Reserved Instance purchase request was placed (for example, 2014-08-07T11:54:42.000Z). * @state@ - The state of the Reserved Instance (@payment-pending@ | @active@ | @payment-failed@ | @retired@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @usage-price@ - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84). driFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstances [Filter] driFilters = lens _driFilters (\ s a -> s{_driFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more Reserved Instance IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your Reserved Instances, or only those otherwise specified. +-- | One or more Reserved Instance IDs. Default: Describes all your Reserved Instances, or only those otherwise specified. driReservedInstancesIds :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstances [Text] driReservedInstancesIds = lens _driReservedInstancesIds (\ s a -> s{_driReservedInstancesIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the 'Medium Utilization' Reserved Instance offering type. +-- | The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the @Medium Utilization@ Reserved Instance offering type. driOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstances (Maybe OfferingTypeValues) driOfferingType = lens _driOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_driOfferingType = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Describes whether the Reserved Instance is Standard or Convertible. +driOfferingClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstances (Maybe OfferingClassType) +driOfferingClass = lens _driOfferingClass (\ s a -> s{_driOfferingClass = a}); + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . driDryRun :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstances (Maybe Bool) driDryRun = lens _driDryRun (\ s a -> s{_driDryRun = a}); @@ -150,16 +134,19 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeReservedInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _driFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "ReservedInstancesId" <$> _driReservedInstancesIds), "OfferingType" =: _driOfferingType, + "OfferingClass" =: _driOfferingClass, "DryRun" =: _driDryRun] -- | Contains the output for DescribeReservedInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedInstancesResponse = DescribeReservedInstancesResponse' { _drirsReservedInstances :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstances]) @@ -170,9 +157,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drirsReservedInstances' +-- * 'drirsReservedInstances' - A list of Reserved Instances. -- --- * 'drirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'drirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeReservedInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'drirsResponseStatus' -> DescribeReservedInstancesResponse @@ -186,7 +173,7 @@ drirsReservedInstances :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesResponse [ReservedInstances] drirsReservedInstances = lens _drirsReservedInstances (\ s a -> s{_drirsReservedInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. drirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesResponse Int drirsResponseStatus = lens _drirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesListings.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesListings.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesListings.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesListings.hs @@ -18,15 +18,17 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes your account\'s Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. +-- Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. -- +-- -- The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances. -- -- As a seller, you choose to list some or all of your Reserved Instances, and you specify the upfront price to receive for them. Your Reserved Instances are then listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace and are available for purchase. -- --- As a buyer, you specify the configuration of the Reserved Instance to purchase, and the Marketplace matches what you\'re searching for with what\'s available. The Marketplace first sells the lowest priced Reserved Instances to you, and continues to sell available Reserved Instance listings to you until your demand is met. You are charged based on the total price of all of the listings that you purchase. +-- As a buyer, you specify the configuration of the Reserved Instance to purchase, and the Marketplace matches what you're searching for with what's available. The Marketplace first sells the lowest priced Reserved Instances to you, and continues to sell available Reserved Instance listings to you until your demand is met. You are charged based on the total price of all of the listings that you purchase. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeReservedInstancesListings ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesListings. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedInstancesListings' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedInstancesListings = DescribeReservedInstancesListings' { _drilFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -65,11 +69,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drilFilters' +-- * 'drilFilters' - One or more filters. * @reserved-instances-id@ - The ID of the Reserved Instances. * @reserved-instances-listing-id@ - The ID of the Reserved Instances listing. * @status@ - The status of the Reserved Instance listing (@pending@ | @active@ | @cancelled@ | @closed@ ). * @status-message@ - The reason for the status. -- --- * 'drilReservedInstancesId' +-- * 'drilReservedInstancesId' - One or more Reserved Instance IDs. -- --- * 'drilReservedInstancesListingId' +-- * 'drilReservedInstancesListingId' - One or more Reserved Instance listing IDs. describeReservedInstancesListings :: DescribeReservedInstancesListings describeReservedInstancesListings = @@ -79,16 +83,7 @@ , _drilReservedInstancesListingId = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'reserved-instances-id' - The ID of the Reserved Instances. --- --- - 'reserved-instances-listing-id' - The ID of the Reserved Instances listing. --- --- - 'status' - The status of the Reserved Instance listing ('pending' | 'active' | 'cancelled' | 'closed'). --- --- - 'status-message' - The reason for the status. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @reserved-instances-id@ - The ID of the Reserved Instances. * @reserved-instances-listing-id@ - The ID of the Reserved Instances listing. * @status@ - The status of the Reserved Instance listing (@pending@ | @active@ | @cancelled@ | @closed@ ). * @status-message@ - The reason for the status. drilFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesListings [Filter] drilFilters = lens _drilFilters (\ s a -> s{_drilFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -131,14 +126,16 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeReservedInstancesListings" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), - toQuery (toQueryList "Filters" <$> _drilFilters), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _drilFilters), "ReservedInstancesId" =: _drilReservedInstancesId, "ReservedInstancesListingId" =: _drilReservedInstancesListingId] -- | Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesListings. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedInstancesListingsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedInstancesListingsResponse = DescribeReservedInstancesListingsResponse' { _drilrsReservedInstancesListings :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstancesListing]) @@ -149,9 +146,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drilrsReservedInstancesListings' +-- * 'drilrsReservedInstancesListings' - Information about the Reserved Instance listing. -- --- * 'drilrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'drilrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeReservedInstancesListingsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'drilrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeReservedInstancesListingsResponse @@ -165,7 +162,7 @@ drilrsReservedInstancesListings :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesListingsResponse [ReservedInstancesListing] drilrsReservedInstancesListings = lens _drilrsReservedInstancesListings (\ s a -> s{_drilrsReservedInstancesListings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. drilrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesListingsResponse Int drilrsResponseStatus = lens _drilrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drilrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesModifications.hs @@ -20,8 +20,10 @@ -- -- Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances. If no parameter is specified, information about all your Reserved Instances modification requests is returned. If a modification ID is specified, only information about the specific modification is returned. -- +-- -- For more information, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. -- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeReservedInstancesModifications ( @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesModifications. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedInstancesModifications' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedInstancesModifications = DescribeReservedInstancesModifications' { _drimFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -63,11 +67,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drimFilters' +-- * 'drimFilters' - One or more filters. * @client-token@ - The idempotency token for the modification request. * @create-date@ - The time when the modification request was created. * @effective-date@ - The time when the modification becomes effective. * @modification-result.reserved-instances-id@ - The ID for the Reserved Instances created as part of the modification request. This ID is only available when the status of the modification is @fulfilled@ . * @modification-result.target-configuration.availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone for the new Reserved Instances. * @modification-result.target-configuration.instance-count @ - The number of new Reserved Instances. * @modification-result.target-configuration.instance-type@ - The instance type of the new Reserved Instances. * @modification-result.target-configuration.platform@ - The network platform of the new Reserved Instances (@EC2-Classic@ | @EC2-VPC@ ). * @reserved-instances-id@ - The ID of the Reserved Instances modified. * @reserved-instances-modification-id@ - The ID of the modification request. * @status@ - The status of the Reserved Instances modification request (@processing@ | @fulfilled@ | @failed@ ). * @status-message@ - The reason for the status. * @update-date@ - The time when the modification request was last updated. -- --- * 'drimReservedInstancesModificationIds' +-- * 'drimReservedInstancesModificationIds' - IDs for the submitted modification request. -- --- * 'drimNextToken' +-- * 'drimNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. describeReservedInstancesModifications :: DescribeReservedInstancesModifications describeReservedInstancesModifications = @@ -77,34 +81,7 @@ , _drimNextToken = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'client-token' - The idempotency token for the modification request. --- --- - 'create-date' - The time when the modification request was created. --- --- - 'effective-date' - The time when the modification becomes effective. --- --- - 'modification-result.reserved-instances-id' - The ID for the Reserved Instances created as part of the modification request. This ID is only available when the status of the modification is 'fulfilled'. --- --- - 'modification-result.target-configuration.availability-zone' - The Availability Zone for the new Reserved Instances. --- --- - 'modification-result.target-configuration.instance-count ' - The number of new Reserved Instances. --- --- - 'modification-result.target-configuration.instance-type' - The instance type of the new Reserved Instances. --- --- - 'modification-result.target-configuration.platform' - The network platform of the new Reserved Instances ('EC2-Classic' | 'EC2-VPC'). --- --- - 'reserved-instances-id' - The ID of the Reserved Instances modified. --- --- - 'reserved-instances-modification-id' - The ID of the modification request. --- --- - 'status' - The status of the Reserved Instances modification request ('processing' | 'fulfilled' | 'failed'). --- --- - 'status-message' - The reason for the status. --- --- - 'update-date' - The time when the modification request was last updated. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @client-token@ - The idempotency token for the modification request. * @create-date@ - The time when the modification request was created. * @effective-date@ - The time when the modification becomes effective. * @modification-result.reserved-instances-id@ - The ID for the Reserved Instances created as part of the modification request. This ID is only available when the status of the modification is @fulfilled@ . * @modification-result.target-configuration.availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone for the new Reserved Instances. * @modification-result.target-configuration.instance-count @ - The number of new Reserved Instances. * @modification-result.target-configuration.instance-type@ - The instance type of the new Reserved Instances. * @modification-result.target-configuration.platform@ - The network platform of the new Reserved Instances (@EC2-Classic@ | @EC2-VPC@ ). * @reserved-instances-id@ - The ID of the Reserved Instances modified. * @reserved-instances-modification-id@ - The ID of the modification request. * @status@ - The status of the Reserved Instances modification request (@processing@ | @fulfilled@ | @failed@ ). * @status-message@ - The reason for the status. * @update-date@ - The time when the modification request was last updated. drimFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesModifications [Filter] drimFilters = lens _drimFilters (\ s a -> s{_drimFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -160,7 +137,7 @@ ["Action" =: ("DescribeReservedInstancesModifications" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _drimFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "ReservedInstancesModificationId" <$> @@ -169,6 +146,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesModifications. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse = DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse' { _drimrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -180,11 +159,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drimrsNextToken' +-- * 'drimrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'drimrsReservedInstancesModifications' +-- * 'drimrsReservedInstancesModifications' - The Reserved Instance modification information. -- --- * 'drimrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'drimrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'drimrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse @@ -195,7 +174,7 @@ , _drimrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. drimrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse (Maybe Text) drimrsNextToken = lens _drimrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_drimrsNextToken = a}); @@ -203,7 +182,7 @@ drimrsReservedInstancesModifications :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse [ReservedInstancesModification] drimrsReservedInstancesModifications = lens _drimrsReservedInstancesModifications (\ s a -> s{_drimrsReservedInstancesModifications = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. drimrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse Int drimrsResponseStatus = lens _drimrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drimrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings.hs @@ -20,10 +20,12 @@ -- -- Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase. With Reserved Instances, you purchase the right to launch instances for a period of time. During that time period, you do not receive insufficient capacity errors, and you pay a lower usage rate than the rate charged for On-Demand instances for the actual time used. -- +-- -- If you have listed your own Reserved Instances for sale in the Reserved Instance Marketplace, they will be excluded from these results. This is to ensure that you do not purchase your own Reserved Instances. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings ( @@ -42,6 +44,7 @@ , drioOfferingType , drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds , drioInstanceTenancy + , drioOfferingClass , drioMaxInstanceCount , drioDryRun , drioMaxResults @@ -65,6 +68,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedInstancesOfferings' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings = DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings' { _drioMaxDuration :: !(Maybe Integer) @@ -78,6 +83,7 @@ , _drioOfferingType :: !(Maybe OfferingTypeValues) , _drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) , _drioInstanceTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) + , _drioOfferingClass :: !(Maybe OfferingClassType) , _drioMaxInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) , _drioDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) , _drioMaxResults :: !(Maybe Int) @@ -87,33 +93,35 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drioMaxDuration' +-- * 'drioMaxDuration' - The maximum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 94608000 (3 years) -- --- * 'drioProductDescription' +-- * 'drioProductDescription' - The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include @(Amazon VPC)@ in the description are for use with Amazon VPC. -- --- * 'drioFilters' +-- * 'drioFilters' - One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be used. * @duration@ - The duration of the Reserved Instance (for example, one year or three years), in seconds (@31536000@ | @94608000@ ). * @fixed-price@ - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, 9800.0). * @instance-type@ - The instance type that is covered by the reservation. * @marketplace@ - Set to @true@ to show only Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings. When this filter is not used, which is the default behavior, all offerings from both AWS and the Reserved Instance Marketplace are listed. * @product-description@ - The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include @(Amazon VPC)@ in the product platform description will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and are for use with Amazon VPC. (@Linux/UNIX@ | @Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)@ | @SUSE Linux@ | @SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Red Hat Enterprise Linux@ | @Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows@ | @Windows (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Standard@ | @Windows with SQL Server Standard (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Web@ | @Windows with SQL Server Web (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Enterprise@ | @Windows with SQL Server Enterprise (Amazon VPC)@ ) * @reserved-instances-offering-id@ - The Reserved Instances offering ID. * @scope@ - The scope of the Reserved Instance (@Availability Zone@ or @Region@ ). * @usage-price@ - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84). -- --- * 'drioIncludeMarketplace' +-- * 'drioIncludeMarketplace' - Include Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings in the response. -- --- * 'drioInstanceType' +-- * 'drioInstanceType' - The instance type that the reservation will cover (for example, @m1.small@ ). For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'drioNextToken' +-- * 'drioNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'drioMinDuration' +-- * 'drioMinDuration' - The minimum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 2592000 (1 month) -- --- * 'drioAvailabilityZone' +-- * 'drioAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used. -- --- * 'drioOfferingType' +-- * 'drioOfferingType' - The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the @Medium Utilization@ Reserved Instance offering type. -- --- * 'drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds' +-- * 'drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds' - One or more Reserved Instances offering IDs. -- --- * 'drioInstanceTenancy' +-- * 'drioInstanceTenancy' - The tenancy of the instances covered by the reservation. A Reserved Instance with a tenancy of @dedicated@ is applied to instances that run in a VPC on single-tenant hardware (i.e., Dedicated Instances). Default: @default@ -- --- * 'drioMaxInstanceCount' +-- * 'drioOfferingClass' - The offering class of the Reserved Instance. Can be @standard@ or @convertible@ . -- --- * 'drioDryRun' +-- * 'drioMaxInstanceCount' - The maximum number of instances to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 20 -- --- * 'drioMaxResults' +-- * 'drioDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'drioMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. The maximum is 100. Default: 100 describeReservedInstancesOfferings :: DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings describeReservedInstancesOfferings = @@ -129,39 +137,21 @@ , _drioOfferingType = Nothing , _drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds = Nothing , _drioInstanceTenancy = Nothing + , _drioOfferingClass = Nothing , _drioMaxInstanceCount = Nothing , _drioDryRun = Nothing , _drioMaxResults = Nothing } --- | The maximum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. --- --- Default: 94608000 (3 years) +-- | The maximum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 94608000 (3 years) drioMaxDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Integer) drioMaxDuration = lens _drioMaxDuration (\ s a -> s{_drioMaxDuration = a}); --- | The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include '(Amazon VPC)' in the description are for use with Amazon VPC. +-- | The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include @(Amazon VPC)@ in the description are for use with Amazon VPC. drioProductDescription :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe RIProductDescription) drioProductDescription = lens _drioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_drioProductDescription = a}); --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be used. --- --- - 'duration' - The duration of the Reserved Instance (for example, one year or three years), in seconds ('31536000' | '94608000'). --- --- - 'fixed-price' - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, 9800.0). --- --- - 'instance-type' - The instance type that is covered by the reservation. --- --- - 'marketplace' - Set to 'true' to show only Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings. When this filter is not used, which is the default behavior, all offerings from both AWS and the Reserved Instance Marketplace are listed. --- --- - 'product-description' - The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include '(Amazon VPC)' in the product platform description will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and are for use with Amazon VPC. ('Linux\/UNIX' | 'Linux\/UNIX (Amazon VPC)' | 'SUSE Linux' | 'SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)' | 'Red Hat Enterprise Linux' | 'Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows' | 'Windows (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows with SQL Server Standard' | 'Windows with SQL Server Standard (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows with SQL Server Web' | ' Windows with SQL Server Web (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows with SQL Server Enterprise' | 'Windows with SQL Server Enterprise (Amazon VPC)') --- --- - 'reserved-instances-offering-id' - The Reserved Instances offering ID. --- --- - 'usage-price' - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone where the Reserved Instance can be used. * @duration@ - The duration of the Reserved Instance (for example, one year or three years), in seconds (@31536000@ | @94608000@ ). * @fixed-price@ - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance (for example, 9800.0). * @instance-type@ - The instance type that is covered by the reservation. * @marketplace@ - Set to @true@ to show only Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings. When this filter is not used, which is the default behavior, all offerings from both AWS and the Reserved Instance Marketplace are listed. * @product-description@ - The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that include @(Amazon VPC)@ in the product platform description will only be displayed to EC2-Classic account holders and are for use with Amazon VPC. (@Linux/UNIX@ | @Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)@ | @SUSE Linux@ | @SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Red Hat Enterprise Linux@ | @Red Hat Enterprise Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows@ | @Windows (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Standard@ | @Windows with SQL Server Standard (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Web@ | @Windows with SQL Server Web (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows with SQL Server Enterprise@ | @Windows with SQL Server Enterprise (Amazon VPC)@ ) * @reserved-instances-offering-id@ - The Reserved Instances offering ID. * @scope@ - The scope of the Reserved Instance (@Availability Zone@ or @Region@ ). * @usage-price@ - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour (for example, 0.84). drioFilters :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings [Filter] drioFilters = lens _drioFilters (\ s a -> s{_drioFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -169,7 +159,7 @@ drioIncludeMarketplace :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Bool) drioIncludeMarketplace = lens _drioIncludeMarketplace (\ s a -> s{_drioIncludeMarketplace = a}); --- | The instance type that the reservation will cover (for example, 'm1.small'). For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | The instance type that the reservation will cover (for example, @m1.small@ ). For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . drioInstanceType :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe InstanceType) drioInstanceType = lens _drioInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_drioInstanceType = a}); @@ -177,9 +167,7 @@ drioNextToken :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) drioNextToken = lens _drioNextToken (\ s a -> s{_drioNextToken = a}); --- | The minimum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. --- --- Default: 2592000 (1 month) +-- | The minimum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 2592000 (1 month) drioMinDuration :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Integer) drioMinDuration = lens _drioMinDuration (\ s a -> s{_drioMinDuration = a}); @@ -187,7 +175,7 @@ drioAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Text) drioAvailabilityZone = lens _drioAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_drioAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the 'Medium Utilization' Reserved Instance offering type. +-- | The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the @Medium Utilization@ Reserved Instance offering type. drioOfferingType :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe OfferingTypeValues) drioOfferingType = lens _drioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_drioOfferingType = a}); @@ -195,25 +183,23 @@ drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings [Text] drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds = lens _drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds (\ s a -> s{_drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The tenancy of the instances covered by the reservation. A Reserved Instance with a tenancy of 'dedicated' is applied to instances that run in a VPC on single-tenant hardware (i.e., Dedicated Instances). --- --- Default: 'default' +-- | The tenancy of the instances covered by the reservation. A Reserved Instance with a tenancy of @dedicated@ is applied to instances that run in a VPC on single-tenant hardware (i.e., Dedicated Instances). Default: @default@ drioInstanceTenancy :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Tenancy) drioInstanceTenancy = lens _drioInstanceTenancy (\ s a -> s{_drioInstanceTenancy = a}); --- | The maximum number of instances to filter when searching for offerings. --- --- Default: 20 +-- | The offering class of the Reserved Instance. Can be @standard@ or @convertible@ . +drioOfferingClass :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe OfferingClassType) +drioOfferingClass = lens _drioOfferingClass (\ s a -> s{_drioOfferingClass = a}); + +-- | The maximum number of instances to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 20 drioMaxInstanceCount :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Int) drioMaxInstanceCount = lens _drioMaxInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_drioMaxInstanceCount = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . drioDryRun :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Bool) drioDryRun = lens _drioDryRun (\ s a -> s{_drioDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned 'NextToken' value. The maximum is 100. --- --- Default: 100 +-- | The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. The maximum is 100. Default: 100 drioMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings (Maybe Int) drioMaxResults = lens _drioMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_drioMaxResults = a}); @@ -258,7 +244,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "MaxDuration" =: _drioMaxDuration, "ProductDescription" =: _drioProductDescription, toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _drioFilters), @@ -272,12 +258,15 @@ (toQueryList "ReservedInstancesOfferingId" <$> _drioReservedInstancesOfferingIds), "InstanceTenancy" =: _drioInstanceTenancy, + "OfferingClass" =: _drioOfferingClass, "MaxInstanceCount" =: _drioMaxInstanceCount, "DryRun" =: _drioDryRun, "MaxResults" =: _drioMaxResults] -- | Contains the output of DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeReservedInstancesOfferingsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsResponse = DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsResponse' { _driorsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -289,11 +278,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'driorsNextToken' +-- * 'driorsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'driorsReservedInstancesOfferings' +-- * 'driorsReservedInstancesOfferings' - A list of Reserved Instances offerings. -- --- * 'driorsResponseStatus' +-- * 'driorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeReservedInstancesOfferingsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'driorsResponseStatus' -> DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsResponse @@ -304,7 +293,7 @@ , _driorsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. driorsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsResponse (Maybe Text) driorsNextToken = lens _driorsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_driorsNextToken = a}); @@ -312,7 +301,7 @@ driorsReservedInstancesOfferings :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsResponse [ReservedInstancesOffering] driorsReservedInstancesOfferings = lens _driorsReservedInstancesOfferings (\ s a -> s{_driorsReservedInstancesOfferings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. driorsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeReservedInstancesOfferingsResponse Int driorsResponseStatus = lens _driorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_driorsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeRouteTables.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeRouteTables.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeRouteTables.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeRouteTables.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your route tables. -- +-- -- Each subnet in your VPC must be associated with a route table. If a subnet is not explicitly associated with any route table, it is implicitly associated with the main route table. This command does not return the subnet ID for implicit associations. -- --- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeRouteTables ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeRouteTables. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeRouteTables' smart constructor. data DescribeRouteTables = DescribeRouteTables' { _drtsFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drtsFilters' +-- * 'drtsFilters' - One or more filters. * @association.route-table-association-id@ - The ID of an association ID for the route table. * @association.route-table-id@ - The ID of the route table involved in the association. * @association.subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet involved in the association. * @association.main@ - Indicates whether the route table is the main route table for the VPC (@true@ | @false@ ). * @route-table-id@ - The ID of the route table. * @route.destination-cidr-block@ - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in a route in the table. * @route.destination-ipv6-cidr-block@ - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in a route in the route table. * @route.destination-prefix-list-id@ - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service specified in a route in the table. * @route.egress-only-internet-gateway-id@ - The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway specified in a route in the route table. * @route.gateway-id@ - The ID of a gateway specified in a route in the table. * @route.instance-id@ - The ID of an instance specified in a route in the table. * @route.nat-gateway-id@ - The ID of a NAT gateway. * @route.origin@ - Describes how the route was created. @CreateRouteTable@ indicates that the route was automatically created when the route table was created; @CreateRoute@ indicates that the route was manually added to the route table; @EnableVgwRoutePropagation@ indicates that the route was propagated by route propagation. * @route.state@ - The state of a route in the route table (@active@ | @blackhole@ ). The blackhole state indicates that the route's target isn't available (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, the specified NAT instance has been terminated, and so on). * @route.vpc-peering-connection-id@ - The ID of a VPC peering connection specified in a route in the table. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the route table. -- --- * 'drtsDryRun' +-- * 'drtsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'drtsRouteTableIds' +-- * 'drtsRouteTableIds' - One or more route table IDs. Default: Describes all your route tables. describeRouteTables :: DescribeRouteTables describeRouteTables = @@ -75,52 +79,15 @@ , _drtsRouteTableIds = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'association.route-table-association-id' - The ID of an association ID for the route table. --- --- - 'association.route-table-id' - The ID of the route table involved in the association. --- --- - 'association.subnet-id' - The ID of the subnet involved in the association. --- --- - 'association.main' - Indicates whether the route table is the main route table for the VPC ('true' | 'false'). --- --- - 'route-table-id' - The ID of the route table. --- --- - 'route.destination-cidr-block' - The CIDR range specified in a route in the table. --- --- - 'route.destination-prefix-list-id' - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service specified in a route in the table. --- --- - 'route.gateway-id' - The ID of a gateway specified in a route in the table. --- --- - 'route.instance-id' - The ID of an instance specified in a route in the table. --- --- - 'route.nat-gateway-id' - The ID of a NAT gateway. --- --- - 'route.origin' - Describes how the route was created. 'CreateRouteTable' indicates that the route was automatically created when the route table was created; 'CreateRoute' indicates that the route was manually added to the route table; 'EnableVgwRoutePropagation' indicates that the route was propagated by route propagation. --- --- - 'route.state' - The state of a route in the route table ('active' | 'blackhole'). The blackhole state indicates that the route\'s target isn\'t available (for example, the specified gateway isn\'t attached to the VPC, the specified NAT instance has been terminated, and so on). --- --- - 'route.vpc-peering-connection-id' - The ID of a VPC peering connection specified in a route in the table. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC for the route table. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @association.route-table-association-id@ - The ID of an association ID for the route table. * @association.route-table-id@ - The ID of the route table involved in the association. * @association.subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet involved in the association. * @association.main@ - Indicates whether the route table is the main route table for the VPC (@true@ | @false@ ). * @route-table-id@ - The ID of the route table. * @route.destination-cidr-block@ - The IPv4 CIDR range specified in a route in the table. * @route.destination-ipv6-cidr-block@ - The IPv6 CIDR range specified in a route in the route table. * @route.destination-prefix-list-id@ - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service specified in a route in the table. * @route.egress-only-internet-gateway-id@ - The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway specified in a route in the route table. * @route.gateway-id@ - The ID of a gateway specified in a route in the table. * @route.instance-id@ - The ID of an instance specified in a route in the table. * @route.nat-gateway-id@ - The ID of a NAT gateway. * @route.origin@ - Describes how the route was created. @CreateRouteTable@ indicates that the route was automatically created when the route table was created; @CreateRoute@ indicates that the route was manually added to the route table; @EnableVgwRoutePropagation@ indicates that the route was propagated by route propagation. * @route.state@ - The state of a route in the route table (@active@ | @blackhole@ ). The blackhole state indicates that the route's target isn't available (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, the specified NAT instance has been terminated, and so on). * @route.vpc-peering-connection-id@ - The ID of a VPC peering connection specified in a route in the table. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the route table. drtsFilters :: Lens' DescribeRouteTables [Filter] drtsFilters = lens _drtsFilters (\ s a -> s{_drtsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . drtsDryRun :: Lens' DescribeRouteTables (Maybe Bool) drtsDryRun = lens _drtsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_drtsDryRun = a}); --- | One or more route table IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your route tables. +-- | One or more route table IDs. Default: Describes all your route tables. drtsRouteTableIds :: Lens' DescribeRouteTables [Text] drtsRouteTableIds = lens _drtsRouteTableIds (\ s a -> s{_drtsRouteTableIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -150,7 +117,7 @@ toQuery DescribeRouteTables'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeRouteTables" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _drtsFilters), "DryRun" =: _drtsDryRun, toQuery @@ -158,6 +125,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeRouteTables. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeRouteTablesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeRouteTablesResponse = DescribeRouteTablesResponse' { _drtrsRouteTables :: !(Maybe [RouteTable]) @@ -168,9 +137,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drtrsRouteTables' +-- * 'drtrsRouteTables' - Information about one or more route tables. -- --- * 'drtrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'drtrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeRouteTablesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'drtrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeRouteTablesResponse @@ -184,7 +153,7 @@ drtrsRouteTables :: Lens' DescribeRouteTablesResponse [RouteTable] drtrsRouteTables = lens _drtrsRouteTables (\ s a -> s{_drtrsRouteTables = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. drtrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeRouteTablesResponse Int drtrsResponseStatus = lens _drtrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_drtrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria. -- +-- -- You can search for an available schedule no more than 3 months in advance. You must meet the minimum required duration of 1,200 hours per year. For example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours. -- --- After you find a schedule that meets your needs, call < PurchaseScheduledInstances> to purchase Scheduled Instances with that schedule. +-- After you find a schedule that meets your needs, call 'PurchaseScheduledInstances' to purchase Scheduled Instances with that schedule. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -56,6 +58,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeScheduledInstanceAvailability' smart constructor. data DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability = DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability' { _dsiaMinSlotDurationInHours :: !(Maybe Int) @@ -72,21 +76,21 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsiaMinSlotDurationInHours' +-- * 'dsiaMinSlotDurationInHours' - The minimum available duration, in hours. The minimum required duration is 1,200 hours per year. For example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours. -- --- * 'dsiaFilters' +-- * 'dsiaFilters' - One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone (for example, @us-west-2a@ ). * @instance-type@ - The instance type (for example, @c4.large@ ). * @network-platform@ - The network platform (@EC2-Classic@ or @EC2-VPC@ ). * @platform@ - The platform (@Linux/UNIX@ or @Windows@ ). -- --- * 'dsiaNextToken' +-- * 'dsiaNextToken' - The token for the next set of results. -- --- * 'dsiaMaxSlotDurationInHours' +-- * 'dsiaMaxSlotDurationInHours' - The maximum available duration, in hours. This value must be greater than @MinSlotDurationInHours@ and less than 1,720. -- --- * 'dsiaDryRun' +-- * 'dsiaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dsiaMaxResults' +-- * 'dsiaMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 300. The default value is 300. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. -- --- * 'dsiaRecurrence' +-- * 'dsiaRecurrence' - The schedule recurrence. -- --- * 'dsiaFirstSlotStartTimeRange' +-- * 'dsiaFirstSlotStartTimeRange' - The time period for the first schedule to start. describeScheduledInstanceAvailability :: ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest -- ^ 'dsiaRecurrence' -> SlotDateTimeRangeRequest -- ^ 'dsiaFirstSlotStartTimeRange' @@ -107,16 +111,7 @@ dsiaMinSlotDurationInHours :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) dsiaMinSlotDurationInHours = lens _dsiaMinSlotDurationInHours (\ s a -> s{_dsiaMinSlotDurationInHours = a}); --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone (for example, 'us-west-2a'). --- --- - 'instance-type' - The instance type (for example, 'c4.large'). --- --- - 'network-platform' - The network platform ('EC2-Classic' or 'EC2-VPC'). --- --- - 'platform' - The platform ('Linux\/UNIX' or 'Windows'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone (for example, @us-west-2a@ ). * @instance-type@ - The instance type (for example, @c4.large@ ). * @network-platform@ - The network platform (@EC2-Classic@ or @EC2-VPC@ ). * @platform@ - The platform (@Linux/UNIX@ or @Windows@ ). dsiaFilters :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability [Filter] dsiaFilters = lens _dsiaFilters (\ s a -> s{_dsiaFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -124,15 +119,15 @@ dsiaNextToken :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) dsiaNextToken = lens _dsiaNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsiaNextToken = a}); --- | The maximum available duration, in hours. This value must be greater than 'MinSlotDurationInHours' and less than 1,720. +-- | The maximum available duration, in hours. This value must be greater than @MinSlotDurationInHours@ and less than 1,720. dsiaMaxSlotDurationInHours :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) dsiaMaxSlotDurationInHours = lens _dsiaMaxSlotDurationInHours (\ s a -> s{_dsiaMaxSlotDurationInHours = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsiaDryRun :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Bool) dsiaDryRun = lens _dsiaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsiaDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 300. The default value is 300. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 300. The default value is 300. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. dsiaMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) dsiaMaxResults = lens _dsiaMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dsiaMaxResults = a}); @@ -178,7 +173,7 @@ ["Action" =: ("DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "MinSlotDurationInHours" =: _dsiaMinSlotDurationInHours, toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dsiaFilters), @@ -193,6 +188,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityResponse = DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityResponse' { _dsiarsScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstanceAvailability]) @@ -204,11 +201,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsiarsScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet' +-- * 'dsiarsScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet' - Information about the available Scheduled Instances. -- --- * 'dsiarsNextToken' +-- * 'dsiarsNextToken' - The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dsiarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsiarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsiarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityResponse @@ -223,11 +220,11 @@ dsiarsScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityResponse [ScheduledInstanceAvailability] dsiarsScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet = lens _dsiarsScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet (\ s a -> s{_dsiarsScheduledInstanceAvailabilitySet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dsiarsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityResponse (Maybe Text) dsiarsNextToken = lens _dsiarsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsiarsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsiarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailabilityResponse Int dsiarsResponseStatus = lens _dsiarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsiarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeScheduledInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeScheduledInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeScheduledInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeScheduledInstances.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of your Scheduled Instances. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeScheduledInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeScheduledInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeScheduledInstances' smart constructor. data DescribeScheduledInstances = DescribeScheduledInstances' { _dsiFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -64,17 +68,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsiFilters' +-- * 'dsiFilters' - One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone (for example, @us-west-2a@ ). * @instance-type@ - The instance type (for example, @c4.large@ ). * @network-platform@ - The network platform (@EC2-Classic@ or @EC2-VPC@ ). * @platform@ - The platform (@Linux/UNIX@ or @Windows@ ). -- --- * 'dsiSlotStartTimeRange' +-- * 'dsiSlotStartTimeRange' - The time period for the first schedule to start. -- --- * 'dsiNextToken' +-- * 'dsiNextToken' - The token for the next set of results. -- --- * 'dsiScheduledInstanceIds' +-- * 'dsiScheduledInstanceIds' - One or more Scheduled Instance IDs. -- --- * 'dsiDryRun' +-- * 'dsiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dsiMaxResults' +-- * 'dsiMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 300. The default value is 100. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. describeScheduledInstances :: DescribeScheduledInstances describeScheduledInstances = @@ -87,16 +91,7 @@ , _dsiMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone (for example, 'us-west-2a'). --- --- - 'instance-type' - The instance type (for example, 'c4.large'). --- --- - 'network-platform' - The network platform ('EC2-Classic' or 'EC2-VPC'). --- --- - 'platform' - The platform ('Linux\/UNIX' or 'Windows'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone (for example, @us-west-2a@ ). * @instance-type@ - The instance type (for example, @c4.large@ ). * @network-platform@ - The network platform (@EC2-Classic@ or @EC2-VPC@ ). * @platform@ - The platform (@Linux/UNIX@ or @Windows@ ). dsiFilters :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstances [Filter] dsiFilters = lens _dsiFilters (\ s a -> s{_dsiFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -112,11 +107,11 @@ dsiScheduledInstanceIds :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstances [Text] dsiScheduledInstanceIds = lens _dsiScheduledInstanceIds (\ s a -> s{_dsiScheduledInstanceIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsiDryRun :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstances (Maybe Bool) dsiDryRun = lens _dsiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsiDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 300. The default value is 100. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 300. The default value is 100. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. dsiMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstances (Maybe Int) dsiMaxResults = lens _dsiMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dsiMaxResults = a}); @@ -148,7 +143,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeScheduledInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dsiFilters), "SlotStartTimeRange" =: _dsiSlotStartTimeRange, "NextToken" =: _dsiNextToken, @@ -160,6 +155,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeScheduledInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeScheduledInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeScheduledInstancesResponse = DescribeScheduledInstancesResponse' { _dsirsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -171,11 +168,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsirsNextToken' +-- * 'dsirsNextToken' - The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dsirsScheduledInstanceSet' +-- * 'dsirsScheduledInstanceSet' - Information about the Scheduled Instances. -- --- * 'dsirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeScheduledInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsirsResponseStatus' -> DescribeScheduledInstancesResponse @@ -186,7 +183,7 @@ , _dsirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dsirsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) dsirsNextToken = lens _dsirsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsirsNextToken = a}); @@ -194,7 +191,7 @@ dsirsScheduledInstanceSet :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstancesResponse [ScheduledInstance] dsirsScheduledInstanceSet = lens _dsirsScheduledInstanceSet (\ s a -> s{_dsirsScheduledInstanceSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeScheduledInstancesResponse Int dsirsResponseStatus = lens _dsirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSecurityGroupReferences.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSecurityGroupReferences.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSecurityGroupReferences.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSecurityGroupReferences.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- [EC2-VPC only] Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection that are referencing the security groups you\'ve specified in this request. +-- [EC2-VPC only] Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSecurityGroupReferences ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,9 +55,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsgrDryRun' +-- * 'dsgrDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation. -- --- * 'dsgrGroupId' +-- * 'dsgrGroupId' - One or more security group IDs in your account. describeSecurityGroupReferences :: DescribeSecurityGroupReferences describeSecurityGroupReferences = @@ -102,7 +104,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSecurityGroupReferences" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dsgrDryRun, toQueryList "GroupId" _dsgrGroupId] @@ -116,9 +118,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsgrrsSecurityGroupReferenceSet' +-- * 'dsgrrsSecurityGroupReferenceSet' - Information about the VPCs with the referencing security groups. -- --- * 'dsgrrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsgrrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSecurityGroupReferencesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsgrrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesResponse @@ -132,7 +134,7 @@ dsgrrsSecurityGroupReferenceSet :: Lens' DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesResponse [SecurityGroupReference] dsgrrsSecurityGroupReferenceSet = lens _dsgrrsSecurityGroupReferenceSet (\ s a -> s{_dsgrrsSecurityGroupReferenceSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsgrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesResponse Int dsgrrsResponseStatus = lens _dsgrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsgrrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSecurityGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSecurityGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSecurityGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSecurityGroups.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your security groups. -- --- A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform or in a specific VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ and in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- A security group is for use with instances either in the EC2-Classic platform or in a specific VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ and in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSecurityGroups ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSecurityGroups. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSecurityGroups' smart constructor. data DescribeSecurityGroups = DescribeSecurityGroups' { _dsgsFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -61,13 +65,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsgsFilters' +-- * 'dsgsFilters' - One or more filters. If using multiple filters for rules, the results include security groups for which any combination of rules - not necessarily a single rule - match all filters. * @description@ - The description of the security group. * @egress.ip-permission.prefix-list-id@ - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service to which the security group allows access. * @group-id@ - The ID of the security group. * @group-name@ - The name of the security group. * @ip-permission.cidr@ - An IPv4 CIDR range that has been granted permission in a security group rule. * @ip-permission.from-port@ - The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. * @ip-permission.group-id@ - The ID of a security group that has been granted permission. * @ip-permission.group-name@ - The name of a security group that has been granted permission. * @ip-permission.ipv6-cidr@ - An IPv6 CIDR range that has been granted permission in a security group rule. * @ip-permission.protocol@ - The IP protocol for the permission (@tcp@ | @udp@ | @icmp@ or a protocol number). * @ip-permission.to-port@ - The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code. * @ip-permission.user-id@ - The ID of an AWS account that has been granted permission. * @owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the owner of the security group. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the security group. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the security group. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC specified when the security group was created. -- --- * 'dsgsGroupNames' +-- * 'dsgsGroupNames' - [EC2-Classic and default VPC only] One or more security group names. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, use the @group-name@ filter to describe security groups by name. Default: Describes all your security groups. -- --- * 'dsgsGroupIds' +-- * 'dsgsGroupIds' - One or more security group IDs. Required for security groups in a nondefault VPC. Default: Describes all your security groups. -- --- * 'dsgsDryRun' +-- * 'dsgsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeSecurityGroups :: DescribeSecurityGroups describeSecurityGroups = @@ -78,54 +82,19 @@ , _dsgsDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. If using multiple filters for rules, the results include security groups for which any combination of rules - not necessarily a single rule - match all filters. --- --- - 'description' - The description of the security group. --- --- - 'egress.ip-permission.prefix-list-id' - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service to which the security group allows access. --- --- - 'group-id' - The ID of the security group. --- --- - 'group-name' - The name of the security group. --- --- - 'ip-permission.cidr' - A CIDR range that has been granted permission. --- --- - 'ip-permission.from-port' - The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. --- --- - 'ip-permission.group-id' - The ID of a security group that has been granted permission. --- --- - 'ip-permission.group-name' - The name of a security group that has been granted permission. --- --- - 'ip-permission.protocol' - The IP protocol for the permission ('tcp' | 'udp' | 'icmp' or a protocol number). --- --- - 'ip-permission.to-port' - The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code. --- --- - 'ip-permission.user-id' - The ID of an AWS account that has been granted permission. --- --- - 'owner-id' - The AWS account ID of the owner of the security group. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the security group. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the security group. --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC specified when the security group was created. --- +-- | One or more filters. If using multiple filters for rules, the results include security groups for which any combination of rules - not necessarily a single rule - match all filters. * @description@ - The description of the security group. * @egress.ip-permission.prefix-list-id@ - The ID (prefix) of the AWS service to which the security group allows access. * @group-id@ - The ID of the security group. * @group-name@ - The name of the security group. * @ip-permission.cidr@ - An IPv4 CIDR range that has been granted permission in a security group rule. * @ip-permission.from-port@ - The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. * @ip-permission.group-id@ - The ID of a security group that has been granted permission. * @ip-permission.group-name@ - The name of a security group that has been granted permission. * @ip-permission.ipv6-cidr@ - An IPv6 CIDR range that has been granted permission in a security group rule. * @ip-permission.protocol@ - The IP protocol for the permission (@tcp@ | @udp@ | @icmp@ or a protocol number). * @ip-permission.to-port@ - The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code. * @ip-permission.user-id@ - The ID of an AWS account that has been granted permission. * @owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the owner of the security group. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the security group. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the security group. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC specified when the security group was created. dsgsFilters :: Lens' DescribeSecurityGroups [Filter] dsgsFilters = lens _dsgsFilters (\ s a -> s{_dsgsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | [EC2-Classic and default VPC only] One or more security group names. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, use the 'group-name' filter to describe security groups by name. --- --- Default: Describes all your security groups. +-- | [EC2-Classic and default VPC only] One or more security group names. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, use the @group-name@ filter to describe security groups by name. Default: Describes all your security groups. dsgsGroupNames :: Lens' DescribeSecurityGroups [Text] dsgsGroupNames = lens _dsgsGroupNames (\ s a -> s{_dsgsGroupNames = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more security group IDs. Required for security groups in a nondefault VPC. --- --- Default: Describes all your security groups. +-- | One or more security group IDs. Required for security groups in a nondefault VPC. Default: Describes all your security groups. dsgsGroupIds :: Lens' DescribeSecurityGroups [Text] dsgsGroupIds = lens _dsgsGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_dsgsGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsgsDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSecurityGroups (Maybe Bool) dsgsDryRun = lens _dsgsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsgsDryRun = a}); @@ -156,7 +125,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSecurityGroups" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dsgsFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "GroupName" <$> _dsgsGroupNames), @@ -165,6 +134,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeSecurityGroups. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSecurityGroupsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSecurityGroupsResponse = DescribeSecurityGroupsResponse' { _dsgrsSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [SecurityGroup]) @@ -175,9 +146,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsgrsSecurityGroups' +-- * 'dsgrsSecurityGroups' - Information about one or more security groups. -- --- * 'dsgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSecurityGroupsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsgrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSecurityGroupsResponse @@ -191,7 +162,7 @@ dsgrsSecurityGroups :: Lens' DescribeSecurityGroupsResponse [SecurityGroup] dsgrsSecurityGroups = lens _dsgrsSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_dsgrsSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSecurityGroupsResponse Int dsgrsResponseStatus = lens _dsgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSnapshotAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSnapshotAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSnapshotAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSnapshotAttribute.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify only one attribute at a time. -- --- For more information about EBS snapshots, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about EBS snapshots, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSnapshotAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSnapshotAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSnapshotAttribute' smart constructor. data DescribeSnapshotAttribute = DescribeSnapshotAttribute' { _dsaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsaDryRun' +-- * 'dsaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dsaSnapshotId' +-- * 'dsaSnapshotId' - The ID of the EBS snapshot. -- --- * 'dsaAttribute' +-- * 'dsaAttribute' - The snapshot attribute you would like to view. describeSnapshotAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'dsaSnapshotId' -> SnapshotAttributeName -- ^ 'dsaAttribute' @@ -77,7 +81,7 @@ , _dsaAttribute = pAttribute_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsaDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotAttribute (Maybe Bool) dsaDryRun = lens _dsaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsaDryRun = a}); @@ -120,13 +124,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSnapshotAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dsaDryRun, "SnapshotId" =: _dsaSnapshotId, "Attribute" =: _dsaAttribute] -- | Contains the output of DescribeSnapshotAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSnapshotAttributeResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSnapshotAttributeResponse = DescribeSnapshotAttributeResponse' { _dsarsCreateVolumePermissions :: !(Maybe [CreateVolumePermission]) @@ -139,13 +145,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsarsCreateVolumePermissions' +-- * 'dsarsCreateVolumePermissions' - A list of permissions for creating volumes from the snapshot. -- --- * 'dsarsProductCodes' +-- * 'dsarsProductCodes' - A list of product codes. -- --- * 'dsarsSnapshotId' +-- * 'dsarsSnapshotId' - The ID of the EBS snapshot. -- --- * 'dsarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSnapshotAttributeResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSnapshotAttributeResponse @@ -169,7 +175,7 @@ dsarsSnapshotId :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotAttributeResponse (Maybe Text) dsarsSnapshotId = lens _dsarsSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_dsarsSnapshotId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotAttributeResponse Int dsarsResponseStatus = lens _dsarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSnapshots.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSnapshots.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSnapshots.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSnapshots.hs @@ -18,28 +18,32 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes one or more of the EBS snapshots available to you. Available snapshots include public snapshots available for any AWS account to launch, private snapshots that you own, and private snapshots owned by another AWS account but for which you\'ve been given explicit create volume permissions. +-- Describes one or more of the EBS snapshots available to you. Available snapshots include public snapshots available for any AWS account to launch, private snapshots that you own, and private snapshots owned by another AWS account but for which you've been given explicit create volume permissions. -- +-- -- The create volume permissions fall into the following categories: -- --- - /public/: The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions for the snapshot to the 'all' group. All AWS accounts have create volume permissions for these snapshots. +-- * /public/ : The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions for the snapshot to the @all@ group. All AWS accounts have create volume permissions for these snapshots. -- --- - /explicit/: The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions to a specific AWS account. +-- * /explicit/ : The owner of the snapshot granted create volume permissions to a specific AWS account. -- --- - /implicit/: An AWS account has implicit create volume permissions for all snapshots it owns. +-- * /implicit/ : An AWS account has implicit create volume permissions for all snapshots it owns. -- +-- +-- -- The list of snapshots returned can be modified by specifying snapshot IDs, snapshot owners, or AWS accounts with create volume permissions. If no options are specified, Amazon EC2 returns all snapshots for which you have create volume permissions. -- -- If you specify one or more snapshot IDs, only snapshots that have the specified IDs are returned. If you specify an invalid snapshot ID, an error is returned. If you specify a snapshot ID for which you do not have access, it is not included in the returned results. -- --- If you specify one or more snapshot owners using the 'OwnerIds' option, only snapshots from the specified owners and for which you have access are returned. The results can include the AWS account IDs of the specified owners, 'amazon' for snapshots owned by Amazon, or 'self' for snapshots that you own. +-- If you specify one or more snapshot owners using the @OwnerIds@ option, only snapshots from the specified owners and for which you have access are returned. The results can include the AWS account IDs of the specified owners, @amazon@ for snapshots owned by Amazon, or @self@ for snapshots that you own. -- --- If you specify a list of restorable users, only snapshots with create snapshot permissions for those users are returned. You can specify AWS account IDs (if you own the snapshots), 'self' for snapshots for which you own or have explicit permissions, or 'all' for public snapshots. +-- If you specify a list of restorable users, only snapshots with create snapshot permissions for those users are returned. You can specify AWS account IDs (if you own the snapshots), @self@ for snapshots for which you own or have explicit permissions, or @all@ for public snapshots. -- --- If you are describing a long list of snapshots, you can paginate the output to make the list more manageable. The 'MaxResults' parameter sets the maximum number of results returned in a single page. If the list of results exceeds your 'MaxResults' value, then that number of results is returned along with a 'NextToken' value that can be passed to a subsequent 'DescribeSnapshots' request to retrieve the remaining results. +-- If you are describing a long list of snapshots, you can paginate the output to make the list more manageable. The @MaxResults@ parameter sets the maximum number of results returned in a single page. If the list of results exceeds your @MaxResults@ value, then that number of results is returned along with a @NextToken@ value that can be passed to a subsequent @DescribeSnapshots@ request to retrieve the remaining results. -- --- For more information about EBS snapshots, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information about EBS snapshots, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSnapshots ( @@ -74,6 +78,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSnapshots. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSnapshots' smart constructor. data DescribeSnapshots = DescribeSnapshots' { _dssOwnerIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -89,19 +95,19 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dssOwnerIds' +-- * 'dssOwnerIds' - Returns the snapshots owned by the specified owner. Multiple owners can be specified. -- --- * 'dssFilters' +-- * 'dssFilters' - One or more filters. * @description@ - A description of the snapshot. * @owner-alias@ - Value from an Amazon-maintained list (@amazon@ | @aws-marketplace@ | @microsoft@ ) of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM consolew. * @owner-id@ - The ID of the AWS account that owns the snapshot. * @progress@ - The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage (for example, 80%). * @snapshot-id@ - The snapshot ID. * @start-time@ - The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated. * @status@ - The status of the snapshot (@pending@ | @completed@ | @error@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @volume-id@ - The ID of the volume the snapshot is for. * @volume-size@ - The size of the volume, in GiB. -- --- * 'dssNextToken' +-- * 'dssNextToken' - The @NextToken@ value returned from a previous paginated @DescribeSnapshots@ request where @MaxResults@ was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the @NextToken@ value. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dssSnapshotIds' +-- * 'dssSnapshotIds' - One or more snapshot IDs. Default: Describes snapshots for which you have launch permissions. -- --- * 'dssRestorableByUserIds' +-- * 'dssRestorableByUserIds' - One or more AWS accounts IDs that can create volumes from the snapshot. -- --- * 'dssDryRun' +-- * 'dssDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dssMaxResults' +-- * 'dssMaxResults' - The maximum number of snapshot results returned by @DescribeSnapshots@ in paginated output. When this parameter is used, @DescribeSnapshots@ only returns @MaxResults@ results in a single page along with a @NextToken@ response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another @DescribeSnapshots@ request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then @DescribeSnapshots@ returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the snapshot IDs parameter in the same request. describeSnapshots :: DescribeSnapshots describeSnapshots = @@ -119,42 +125,15 @@ dssOwnerIds :: Lens' DescribeSnapshots [Text] dssOwnerIds = lens _dssOwnerIds (\ s a -> s{_dssOwnerIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'description' - A description of the snapshot. --- --- - 'owner-alias' - Value from an Amazon-maintained list ('amazon' | 'aws-marketplace' | 'microsoft') of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM consolew. --- --- - 'owner-id' - The ID of the AWS account that owns the snapshot. --- --- - 'progress' - The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage (for example, 80%). --- --- - 'snapshot-id' - The snapshot ID. --- --- - 'start-time' - The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated. --- --- - 'status' - The status of the snapshot ('pending' | 'completed' | 'error'). --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'volume-id' - The ID of the volume the snapshot is for. --- --- - 'volume-size' - The size of the volume, in GiB. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @description@ - A description of the snapshot. * @owner-alias@ - Value from an Amazon-maintained list (@amazon@ | @aws-marketplace@ | @microsoft@ ) of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM consolew. * @owner-id@ - The ID of the AWS account that owns the snapshot. * @progress@ - The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage (for example, 80%). * @snapshot-id@ - The snapshot ID. * @start-time@ - The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated. * @status@ - The status of the snapshot (@pending@ | @completed@ | @error@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @volume-id@ - The ID of the volume the snapshot is for. * @volume-size@ - The size of the volume, in GiB. dssFilters :: Lens' DescribeSnapshots [Filter] dssFilters = lens _dssFilters (\ s a -> s{_dssFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The 'NextToken' value returned from a previous paginated 'DescribeSnapshots' request where 'MaxResults' was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the 'NextToken' value. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The @NextToken@ value returned from a previous paginated @DescribeSnapshots@ request where @MaxResults@ was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the @NextToken@ value. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dssNextToken :: Lens' DescribeSnapshots (Maybe Text) dssNextToken = lens _dssNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dssNextToken = a}); --- | One or more snapshot IDs. --- --- Default: Describes snapshots for which you have launch permissions. +-- | One or more snapshot IDs. Default: Describes snapshots for which you have launch permissions. dssSnapshotIds :: Lens' DescribeSnapshots [Text] dssSnapshotIds = lens _dssSnapshotIds (\ s a -> s{_dssSnapshotIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -162,11 +141,11 @@ dssRestorableByUserIds :: Lens' DescribeSnapshots [Text] dssRestorableByUserIds = lens _dssRestorableByUserIds (\ s a -> s{_dssRestorableByUserIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dssDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSnapshots (Maybe Bool) dssDryRun = lens _dssDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dssDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of snapshot results returned by 'DescribeSnapshots' in paginated output. When this parameter is used, 'DescribeSnapshots' only returns 'MaxResults' results in a single page along with a 'NextToken' response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another 'DescribeSnapshots' request with the returned 'NextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if 'MaxResults' is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then 'DescribeSnapshots' returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the snapshot IDs parameter in the same request. +-- | The maximum number of snapshot results returned by @DescribeSnapshots@ in paginated output. When this parameter is used, @DescribeSnapshots@ only returns @MaxResults@ results in a single page along with a @NextToken@ response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another @DescribeSnapshots@ request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then @DescribeSnapshots@ returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the snapshot IDs parameter in the same request. dssMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeSnapshots (Maybe Int) dssMaxResults = lens _dssMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dssMaxResults = a}); @@ -203,7 +182,7 @@ toQuery DescribeSnapshots'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSnapshots" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Owner" <$> _dssOwnerIds), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dssFilters), "NextToken" =: _dssNextToken, @@ -217,6 +196,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeSnapshots. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSnapshotsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSnapshotsResponse = DescribeSnapshotsResponse' { _dssrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -228,11 +209,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dssrsNextToken' +-- * 'dssrsNextToken' - The @NextToken@ value to include in a future @DescribeSnapshots@ request. When the results of a @DescribeSnapshots@ request exceed @MaxResults@ , this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dssrsSnapshots' +-- * 'dssrsSnapshots' - Information about the snapshots. -- --- * 'dssrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dssrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSnapshotsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dssrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSnapshotsResponse @@ -243,7 +224,7 @@ , _dssrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The 'NextToken' value to include in a future 'DescribeSnapshots' request. When the results of a 'DescribeSnapshots' request exceed 'MaxResults', this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The @NextToken@ value to include in a future @DescribeSnapshots@ request. When the results of a @DescribeSnapshots@ request exceed @MaxResults@ , this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dssrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotsResponse (Maybe Text) dssrsNextToken = lens _dssrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dssrsNextToken = a}); @@ -251,7 +232,7 @@ dssrsSnapshots :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotsResponse [Snapshot] dssrsSnapshots = lens _dssrsSnapshots (\ s a -> s{_dssrsSnapshots = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dssrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSnapshotsResponse Int dssrsResponseStatus = lens _dssrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dssrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes the data feed for Spot instances. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Describes the data feed for Spot instances. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotDatafeedSubscription' smart constructor. newtype DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription = DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription' { _dsdsDryRun :: Maybe Bool @@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsdsDryRun' +-- * 'dsdsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeSpotDatafeedSubscription :: DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription describeSpotDatafeedSubscription = @@ -61,7 +65,7 @@ { _dsdsDryRun = Nothing } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsdsDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Bool) dsdsDryRun = lens _dsdsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsdsDryRun = a}); @@ -95,11 +99,13 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dsdsDryRun] -- | Contains the output of DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse = DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse' { _dsdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription :: !(Maybe SpotDatafeedSubscription) @@ -110,9 +116,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription' +-- * 'dsdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription' - The Spot instance data feed subscription. -- --- * 'dsdsrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsdsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsdsrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse @@ -126,7 +132,7 @@ dsdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription :: Lens' DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse (Maybe SpotDatafeedSubscription) dsdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription = lens _dsdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription (\ s a -> s{_dsdsrsSpotDatafeedSubscription = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsdsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse Int dsdsrsResponseStatus = lens _dsdsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsdsrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetInstances.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes the running instances for the specified Spot fleet. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSpotFleetInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotFleetInstances' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotFleetInstances = DescribeSpotFleetInstances' { _dsfiNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -61,13 +65,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsfiNextToken' +-- * 'dsfiNextToken' - The token for the next set of results. -- --- * 'dsfiDryRun' +-- * 'dsfiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dsfiMaxResults' +-- * 'dsfiMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. -- --- * 'dsfiSpotFleetRequestId' +-- * 'dsfiSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. describeSpotFleetInstances :: Text -- ^ 'dsfiSpotFleetRequestId' -> DescribeSpotFleetInstances @@ -83,11 +87,11 @@ dsfiNextToken :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetInstances (Maybe Text) dsfiNextToken = lens _dsfiNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsfiNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsfiDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetInstances (Maybe Bool) dsfiDryRun = lens _dsfiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsfiDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. dsfiMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetInstances (Maybe Int) dsfiMaxResults = lens _dsfiMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dsfiMaxResults = a}); @@ -124,7 +128,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSpotFleetInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NextToken" =: _dsfiNextToken, "DryRun" =: _dsfiDryRun, "MaxResults" =: _dsfiMaxResults, @@ -132,6 +136,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotFleetInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotFleetInstancesResponse = DescribeSpotFleetInstancesResponse' { _dsfirsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -144,13 +150,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsfirsNextToken' +-- * 'dsfirsNextToken' - The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dsfirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsfirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. -- --- * 'dsfirsSpotFleetRequestId' +-- * 'dsfirsSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. -- --- * 'dsfirsActiveInstances' +-- * 'dsfirsActiveInstances' - The running instances. Note that this list is refreshed periodically and might be out of date. describeSpotFleetInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsfirsResponseStatus' -> Text -- ^ 'dsfirsSpotFleetRequestId' @@ -163,11 +169,11 @@ , _dsfirsActiveInstances = mempty } --- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dsfirsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) dsfirsNextToken = lens _dsfirsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsfirsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsfirsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetInstancesResponse Int dsfirsResponseStatus = lens _dsfirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsfirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes the events for the specified Spot fleet request during the specified time. -- +-- -- Spot fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described. This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a recorded event. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -55,6 +57,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotFleetRequestHistory' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory = DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory' { _dsfrhNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -69,17 +73,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsfrhNextToken' +-- * 'dsfrhNextToken' - The token for the next set of results. -- --- * 'dsfrhEventType' +-- * 'dsfrhEventType' - The type of events to describe. By default, all events are described. -- --- * 'dsfrhDryRun' +-- * 'dsfrhDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dsfrhMaxResults' +-- * 'dsfrhMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. -- --- * 'dsfrhSpotFleetRequestId' +-- * 'dsfrhSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. -- --- * 'dsfrhStartTime' +-- * 'dsfrhStartTime' - The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). describeSpotFleetRequestHistory :: Text -- ^ 'dsfrhSpotFleetRequestId' -> UTCTime -- ^ 'dsfrhStartTime' @@ -102,11 +106,11 @@ dsfrhEventType :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory (Maybe EventType) dsfrhEventType = lens _dsfrhEventType (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhEventType = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsfrhDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory (Maybe Bool) dsfrhDryRun = lens _dsfrhDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. dsfrhMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory (Maybe Int) dsfrhMaxResults = lens _dsfrhMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhMaxResults = a}); @@ -114,7 +118,7 @@ dsfrhSpotFleetRequestId :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory Text dsfrhSpotFleetRequestId = lens _dsfrhSpotFleetRequestId (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhSpotFleetRequestId = a}); --- | The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). +-- | The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). dsfrhStartTime :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory UTCTime dsfrhStartTime = lens _dsfrhStartTime (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhStartTime = a}) . _Time; @@ -152,7 +156,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NextToken" =: _dsfrhNextToken, "EventType" =: _dsfrhEventType, "DryRun" =: _dsfrhDryRun, @@ -162,6 +166,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse = DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse' { _dsfrhrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -176,17 +182,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsfrhrsNextToken' +-- * 'dsfrhrsNextToken' - The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dsfrhrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsfrhrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. -- --- * 'dsfrhrsSpotFleetRequestId' +-- * 'dsfrhrsSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. -- --- * 'dsfrhrsStartTime' +-- * 'dsfrhrsStartTime' - The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). -- --- * 'dsfrhrsLastEvaluatedTime' +-- * 'dsfrhrsLastEvaluatedTime' - The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). All records up to this time were retrieved. If @nextToken@ indicates that there are more results, this value is not present. -- --- * 'dsfrhrsHistoryRecords' +-- * 'dsfrhrsHistoryRecords' - Information about the events in the history of the Spot fleet request. describeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsfrhrsResponseStatus' -> Text -- ^ 'dsfrhrsSpotFleetRequestId' @@ -203,11 +209,11 @@ , _dsfrhrsHistoryRecords = mempty } --- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dsfrhrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse (Maybe Text) dsfrhrsNextToken = lens _dsfrhrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhrsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsfrhrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse Int dsfrhrsResponseStatus = lens _dsfrhrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhrsResponseStatus = a}); @@ -215,13 +221,11 @@ dsfrhrsSpotFleetRequestId :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse Text dsfrhrsSpotFleetRequestId = lens _dsfrhrsSpotFleetRequestId (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhrsSpotFleetRequestId = a}); --- | The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). +-- | The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). dsfrhrsStartTime :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse UTCTime dsfrhrsStartTime = lens _dsfrhrsStartTime (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhrsStartTime = a}) . _Time; --- | The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). All records up to this time were retrieved. --- --- If 'nextToken' indicates that there are more results, this value is not present. +-- | The last date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). All records up to this time were retrieved. If @nextToken@ indicates that there are more results, this value is not present. dsfrhrsLastEvaluatedTime :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistoryResponse UTCTime dsfrhrsLastEvaluatedTime = lens _dsfrhrsLastEvaluatedTime (\ s a -> s{_dsfrhrsLastEvaluatedTime = a}) . _Time; diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetRequests.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetRequests.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetRequests.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotFleetRequests.hs @@ -20,6 +20,10 @@ -- -- Describes your Spot fleet requests. -- +-- +-- Spot fleet requests are deleted 48 hours after they are canceled and their instances are terminated. +-- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSpotFleetRequests ( @@ -51,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotFleetRequests. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotFleetRequests' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotFleetRequests = DescribeSpotFleetRequests' { _dsfrSpotFleetRequestIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -63,13 +69,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsfrSpotFleetRequestIds' +-- * 'dsfrSpotFleetRequestIds' - The IDs of the Spot fleet requests. -- --- * 'dsfrNextToken' +-- * 'dsfrNextToken' - The token for the next set of results. -- --- * 'dsfrDryRun' +-- * 'dsfrDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dsfrMaxResults' +-- * 'dsfrMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. describeSpotFleetRequests :: DescribeSpotFleetRequests describeSpotFleetRequests = @@ -88,11 +94,11 @@ dsfrNextToken :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequests (Maybe Text) dsfrNextToken = lens _dsfrNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsfrNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsfrDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequests (Maybe Bool) dsfrDryRun = lens _dsfrDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsfrDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. dsfrMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequests (Maybe Int) dsfrMaxResults = lens _dsfrMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dsfrMaxResults = a}); @@ -131,7 +137,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSpotFleetRequests" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "SpotFleetRequestId" <$> _dsfrSpotFleetRequestIds), @@ -141,6 +147,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeSpotFleetRequests. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotFleetRequestsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotFleetRequestsResponse = DescribeSpotFleetRequestsResponse' { _dsfrrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -152,11 +160,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsfrrsNextToken' +-- * 'dsfrrsNextToken' - The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dsfrrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsfrrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. -- --- * 'dsfrrsSpotFleetRequestConfigs' +-- * 'dsfrrsSpotFleetRequestConfigs' - Information about the configuration of your Spot fleet. describeSpotFleetRequestsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsfrrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSpotFleetRequestsResponse @@ -167,11 +175,11 @@ , _dsfrrsSpotFleetRequestConfigs = mempty } --- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dsfrrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestsResponse (Maybe Text) dsfrrsNextToken = lens _dsfrrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsfrrsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsfrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSpotFleetRequestsResponse Int dsfrrsResponseStatus = lens _dsfrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsfrrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotInstanceRequests.hs @@ -18,9 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes the Spot instance requests that belong to your account. Spot instances are instances that Amazon EC2 launches when the bid price that you specify exceeds the current Spot price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price based on available Spot instance capacity and current Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Describes the Spot instance requests that belong to your account. Spot instances are instances that Amazon EC2 launches when the bid price that you specify exceeds the current Spot price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price based on available Spot instance capacity and current Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- You can use 'DescribeSpotInstanceRequests' to find a running Spot instance by examining the response. If the status of the Spot instance is 'fulfilled', the instance ID appears in the response and contains the identifier of the instance. Alternatively, you can use < DescribeInstances> with a filter to look for instances where the instance lifecycle is 'spot'. +-- +-- You can use @DescribeSpotInstanceRequests@ to find a running Spot instance by examining the response. If the status of the Spot instance is @fulfilled@ , the instance ID appears in the response and contains the identifier of the instance. Alternatively, you can use 'DescribeInstances' with a filter to look for instances where the instance lifecycle is @spot@ . +-- +-- Spot instance requests are deleted 4 hours after they are canceled and their instances are terminated. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSpotInstanceRequests ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotInstanceRequests. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotInstanceRequests' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotInstanceRequests = DescribeSpotInstanceRequests' { _dsirFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -59,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsirFilters' +-- * 'dsirFilters' - One or more filters. * @availability-zone-group@ - The Availability Zone group. * @create-time@ - The time stamp when the Spot instance request was created. * @fault-code@ - The fault code related to the request. * @fault-message@ - The fault message related to the request. * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance that fulfilled the request. * @launch-group@ - The Spot instance launch group. * @launch.block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination@ - Indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. * @launch.block-device-mapping.device-name@ - The device name for the Amazon EBS volume (for example, @/dev/sdh@ ). * @launch.block-device-mapping.snapshot-id@ - The ID of the snapshot used for the Amazon EBS volume. * @launch.block-device-mapping.volume-size@ - The size of the Amazon EBS volume, in GiB. * @launch.block-device-mapping.volume-type@ - The type of the Amazon EBS volume: @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, @st1@ for Throughput Optimized HDD, @sc1@ for Cold HDD, or @standard@ for Magnetic. * @launch.group-id@ - The security group for the instance. * @launch.image-id@ - The ID of the AMI. * @launch.instance-type@ - The type of instance (for example, @m3.medium@ ). * @launch.kernel-id@ - The kernel ID. * @launch.key-name@ - The name of the key pair the instance launched with. * @launch.monitoring-enabled@ - Whether monitoring is enabled for the Spot instance. * @launch.ramdisk-id@ - The RAM disk ID. * @network-interface.network-interface-id@ - The ID of the network interface. * @network-interface.device-index@ - The index of the device for the network interface attachment on the instance. * @network-interface.subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet for the instance. * @network-interface.description@ - A description of the network interface. * @network-interface.private-ip-address@ - The primary private IP address of the network interface. * @network-interface.delete-on-termination@ - Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. * @network-interface.group-id@ - The ID of the security group associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.group-name@ - The name of the security group associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.addresses.primary@ - Indicates whether the IP address is the primary private IP address. * @product-description@ - The product description associated with the instance (@Linux/UNIX@ | @Windows@ ). * @spot-instance-request-id@ - The Spot instance request ID. * @spot-price@ - The maximum hourly price for any Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. * @state@ - The state of the Spot instance request (@open@ | @active@ | @closed@ | @cancelled@ | @failed@ ). Spot bid status information can help you track your Amazon EC2 Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. * @status-code@ - The short code describing the most recent evaluation of your Spot instance request. * @status-message@ - The message explaining the status of the Spot instance request. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @type@ - The type of Spot instance request (@one-time@ | @persistent@ ). * @launched-availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone in which the bid is launched. * @valid-from@ - The start date of the request. * @valid-until@ - The end date of the request. -- --- * 'dsirSpotInstanceRequestIds' +-- * 'dsirSpotInstanceRequestIds' - One or more Spot instance request IDs. -- --- * 'dsirDryRun' +-- * 'dsirDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeSpotInstanceRequests :: DescribeSpotInstanceRequests describeSpotInstanceRequests = @@ -73,88 +79,7 @@ , _dsirDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'availability-zone-group' - The Availability Zone group. --- --- - 'create-time' - The time stamp when the Spot instance request was created. --- --- - 'fault-code' - The fault code related to the request. --- --- - 'fault-message' - The fault message related to the request. --- --- - 'instance-id' - The ID of the instance that fulfilled the request. --- --- - 'launch-group' - The Spot instance launch group. --- --- - 'launch.block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination' - Indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. --- --- - 'launch.block-device-mapping.device-name' - The device name for the Amazon EBS volume (for example, '\/dev\/sdh'). --- --- - 'launch.block-device-mapping.snapshot-id' - The ID of the snapshot used for the Amazon EBS volume. --- --- - 'launch.block-device-mapping.volume-size' - The size of the Amazon EBS volume, in GiB. --- --- - 'launch.block-device-mapping.volume-type' - The type of the Amazon EBS volume: 'gp2' for General Purpose SSD, 'io1' for Provisioned IOPS SSD, 'st1' for Throughput Optimized HDD, 'sc1'for Cold HDD, or 'standard' for Magnetic. --- --- - 'launch.group-id' - The security group for the instance. --- --- - 'launch.image-id' - The ID of the AMI. --- --- - 'launch.instance-type' - The type of instance (for example, 'm3.medium'). --- --- - 'launch.kernel-id' - The kernel ID. --- --- - 'launch.key-name' - The name of the key pair the instance launched with. --- --- - 'launch.monitoring-enabled' - Whether monitoring is enabled for the Spot instance. --- --- - 'launch.ramdisk-id' - The RAM disk ID. --- --- - 'network-interface.network-interface-id' - The ID of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.device-index' - The index of the device for the network interface attachment on the instance. --- --- - 'network-interface.subnet-id' - The ID of the subnet for the instance. --- --- - 'network-interface.description' - A description of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.private-ip-address' - The primary private IP address of the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.delete-on-termination' - Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. --- --- - 'network-interface.group-id' - The ID of the security group associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.group-name' - The name of the security group associated with the network interface. --- --- - 'network-interface.addresses.primary' - Indicates whether the IP address is the primary private IP address. --- --- - 'product-description' - The product description associated with the instance ('Linux\/UNIX' | 'Windows'). --- --- - 'spot-instance-request-id' - The Spot instance request ID. --- --- - 'spot-price' - The maximum hourly price for any Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. --- --- - 'state' - The state of the Spot instance request ('open' | 'active' | 'closed' | 'cancelled' | 'failed'). Spot bid status information can help you track your Amazon EC2 Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. --- --- - 'status-code' - The short code describing the most recent evaluation of your Spot instance request. --- --- - 'status-message' - The message explaining the status of the Spot instance request. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'type' - The type of Spot instance request ('one-time' | 'persistent'). --- --- - 'launched-availability-zone' - The Availability Zone in which the bid is launched. --- --- - 'valid-from' - The start date of the request. --- --- - 'valid-until' - The end date of the request. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @availability-zone-group@ - The Availability Zone group. * @create-time@ - The time stamp when the Spot instance request was created. * @fault-code@ - The fault code related to the request. * @fault-message@ - The fault message related to the request. * @instance-id@ - The ID of the instance that fulfilled the request. * @launch-group@ - The Spot instance launch group. * @launch.block-device-mapping.delete-on-termination@ - Indicates whether the Amazon EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. * @launch.block-device-mapping.device-name@ - The device name for the Amazon EBS volume (for example, @/dev/sdh@ ). * @launch.block-device-mapping.snapshot-id@ - The ID of the snapshot used for the Amazon EBS volume. * @launch.block-device-mapping.volume-size@ - The size of the Amazon EBS volume, in GiB. * @launch.block-device-mapping.volume-type@ - The type of the Amazon EBS volume: @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, @st1@ for Throughput Optimized HDD, @sc1@ for Cold HDD, or @standard@ for Magnetic. * @launch.group-id@ - The security group for the instance. * @launch.image-id@ - The ID of the AMI. * @launch.instance-type@ - The type of instance (for example, @m3.medium@ ). * @launch.kernel-id@ - The kernel ID. * @launch.key-name@ - The name of the key pair the instance launched with. * @launch.monitoring-enabled@ - Whether monitoring is enabled for the Spot instance. * @launch.ramdisk-id@ - The RAM disk ID. * @network-interface.network-interface-id@ - The ID of the network interface. * @network-interface.device-index@ - The index of the device for the network interface attachment on the instance. * @network-interface.subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet for the instance. * @network-interface.description@ - A description of the network interface. * @network-interface.private-ip-address@ - The primary private IP address of the network interface. * @network-interface.delete-on-termination@ - Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. * @network-interface.group-id@ - The ID of the security group associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.group-name@ - The name of the security group associated with the network interface. * @network-interface.addresses.primary@ - Indicates whether the IP address is the primary private IP address. * @product-description@ - The product description associated with the instance (@Linux/UNIX@ | @Windows@ ). * @spot-instance-request-id@ - The Spot instance request ID. * @spot-price@ - The maximum hourly price for any Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. * @state@ - The state of the Spot instance request (@open@ | @active@ | @closed@ | @cancelled@ | @failed@ ). Spot bid status information can help you track your Amazon EC2 Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. * @status-code@ - The short code describing the most recent evaluation of your Spot instance request. * @status-message@ - The message explaining the status of the Spot instance request. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @type@ - The type of Spot instance request (@one-time@ | @persistent@ ). * @launched-availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone in which the bid is launched. * @valid-from@ - The start date of the request. * @valid-until@ - The end date of the request. dsirFilters :: Lens' DescribeSpotInstanceRequests [Filter] dsirFilters = lens _dsirFilters (\ s a -> s{_dsirFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -162,7 +87,7 @@ dsirSpotInstanceRequestIds :: Lens' DescribeSpotInstanceRequests [Text] dsirSpotInstanceRequestIds = lens _dsirSpotInstanceRequestIds (\ s a -> s{_dsirSpotInstanceRequestIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsirDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSpotInstanceRequests (Maybe Bool) dsirDryRun = lens _dsirDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsirDryRun = a}); @@ -194,7 +119,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSpotInstanceRequests" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dsirFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "SpotInstanceRequestId" <$> @@ -203,6 +128,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeSpotInstanceRequests. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotInstanceRequestsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsResponse = DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsResponse' { _dsirrsSpotInstanceRequests :: !(Maybe [SpotInstanceRequest]) @@ -213,9 +140,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsirrsSpotInstanceRequests' +-- * 'dsirrsSpotInstanceRequests' - One or more Spot instance requests. -- --- * 'dsirrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsirrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSpotInstanceRequestsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsirrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsResponse @@ -229,7 +156,7 @@ dsirrsSpotInstanceRequests :: Lens' DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsResponse [SpotInstanceRequest] dsirrsSpotInstanceRequests = lens _dsirrsSpotInstanceRequests (\ s a -> s{_dsirrsSpotInstanceRequests = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsirrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSpotInstanceRequestsResponse Int dsirrsResponseStatus = lens _dsirrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsirrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotPriceHistory.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotPriceHistory.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotPriceHistory.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSpotPriceHistory.hs @@ -18,10 +18,12 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes the Spot price history. The prices returned are listed in chronological order, from the oldest to the most recent, for up to the past 90 days. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Describes the Spot price history. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- +-- -- When you specify a start and end time, this operation returns the prices of the instance types within the time range that you specified and the time when the price changed. The price is valid within the time period that you specified; the response merely indicates the last time that the price changed. -- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSpotPriceHistory ( @@ -58,6 +60,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSpotPriceHistory. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotPriceHistory' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotPriceHistory = DescribeSpotPriceHistory' { _dsphInstanceTypes :: !(Maybe [InstanceType]) @@ -75,23 +79,23 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsphInstanceTypes' +-- * 'dsphInstanceTypes' - Filters the results by the specified instance types. Note that T2 and HS1 instance types are not supported. -- --- * 'dsphStartTime' +-- * 'dsphStartTime' - The date and time, up to the past 90 days, from which to start retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). -- --- * 'dsphFilters' +-- * 'dsphFilters' - One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone for which prices should be returned. * @instance-type@ - The type of instance (for example, @m3.medium@ ). * @product-description@ - The product description for the Spot price (@Linux/UNIX@ | @SUSE Linux@ | @Windows@ | @Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)@ | @SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows (Amazon VPC)@ ). * @spot-price@ - The Spot price. The value must match exactly (or use wildcards; greater than or less than comparison is not supported). * @timestamp@ - The timestamp of the Spot price history, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). You can use wildcards (* and ?). Greater than or less than comparison is not supported. -- --- * 'dsphNextToken' +-- * 'dsphNextToken' - The token for the next set of results. -- --- * 'dsphAvailabilityZone' +-- * 'dsphAvailabilityZone' - Filters the results by the specified Availability Zone. -- --- * 'dsphEndTime' +-- * 'dsphEndTime' - The date and time, up to the current date, from which to stop retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). -- --- * 'dsphProductDescriptions' +-- * 'dsphProductDescriptions' - Filters the results by the specified basic product descriptions. -- --- * 'dsphDryRun' +-- * 'dsphDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dsphMaxResults' +-- * 'dsphMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. describeSpotPriceHistory :: DescribeSpotPriceHistory describeSpotPriceHistory = @@ -107,26 +111,15 @@ , _dsphMaxResults = Nothing } --- | Filters the results by the specified instance types. +-- | Filters the results by the specified instance types. Note that T2 and HS1 instance types are not supported. dsphInstanceTypes :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistory [InstanceType] dsphInstanceTypes = lens _dsphInstanceTypes (\ s a -> s{_dsphInstanceTypes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The date and time, up to the past 90 days, from which to start retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). +-- | The date and time, up to the past 90 days, from which to start retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). dsphStartTime :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistory (Maybe UTCTime) dsphStartTime = lens _dsphStartTime (\ s a -> s{_dsphStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone for which prices should be returned. --- --- - 'instance-type' - The type of instance (for example, 'm3.medium'). --- --- - 'product-description' - The product description for the Spot price ('Linux\/UNIX' | 'SUSE Linux' | 'Windows' | 'Linux\/UNIX (Amazon VPC)' | 'SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)' | 'Windows (Amazon VPC)'). --- --- - 'spot-price' - The Spot price. The value must match exactly (or use wildcards; greater than or less than comparison is not supported). --- --- - 'timestamp' - The timestamp of the Spot price history, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). You can use wildcards (* and ?). Greater than or less than comparison is not supported. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone for which prices should be returned. * @instance-type@ - The type of instance (for example, @m3.medium@ ). * @product-description@ - The product description for the Spot price (@Linux/UNIX@ | @SUSE Linux@ | @Windows@ | @Linux/UNIX (Amazon VPC)@ | @SUSE Linux (Amazon VPC)@ | @Windows (Amazon VPC)@ ). * @spot-price@ - The Spot price. The value must match exactly (or use wildcards; greater than or less than comparison is not supported). * @timestamp@ - The timestamp of the Spot price history, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). You can use wildcards (* and ?). Greater than or less than comparison is not supported. dsphFilters :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistory [Filter] dsphFilters = lens _dsphFilters (\ s a -> s{_dsphFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -138,7 +131,7 @@ dsphAvailabilityZone :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistory (Maybe Text) dsphAvailabilityZone = lens _dsphAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_dsphAvailabilityZone = a}); --- | The date and time, up to the current date, from which to stop retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). +-- | The date and time, up to the current date, from which to stop retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). dsphEndTime :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistory (Maybe UTCTime) dsphEndTime = lens _dsphEndTime (\ s a -> s{_dsphEndTime = a}) . mapping _Time; @@ -146,11 +139,11 @@ dsphProductDescriptions :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistory [Text] dsphProductDescriptions = lens _dsphProductDescriptions (\ s a -> s{_dsphProductDescriptions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsphDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistory (Maybe Bool) dsphDryRun = lens _dsphDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsphDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. Specify a value between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. dsphMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistory (Maybe Int) dsphMaxResults = lens _dsphMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dsphMaxResults = a}); @@ -189,7 +182,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSpotPriceHistory" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "InstanceType" <$> _dsphInstanceTypes), "StartTime" =: _dsphStartTime, @@ -205,6 +198,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeSpotPriceHistory. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSpotPriceHistoryResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSpotPriceHistoryResponse = DescribeSpotPriceHistoryResponse' { _dsphrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -216,11 +211,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsphrsNextToken' +-- * 'dsphrsNextToken' - The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dsphrsSpotPriceHistory' +-- * 'dsphrsSpotPriceHistory' - The historical Spot prices. -- --- * 'dsphrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsphrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSpotPriceHistoryResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsphrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSpotPriceHistoryResponse @@ -231,7 +226,7 @@ , _dsphrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token required to retrieve the next set of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dsphrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistoryResponse (Maybe Text) dsphrsNextToken = lens _dsphrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dsphrsNextToken = a}); @@ -239,7 +234,7 @@ dsphrsSpotPriceHistory :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistoryResponse [SpotPrice] dsphrsSpotPriceHistory = lens _dsphrsSpotPriceHistory (\ s a -> s{_dsphrsSpotPriceHistory = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsphrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSpotPriceHistoryResponse Int dsphrsResponseStatus = lens _dsphrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsphrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeStaleSecurityGroups.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- [EC2-VPC only] Describes the stale security group rules for security groups in a specified VPC. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security group in a peer VPC, or a security group in a peer VPC for which the VPC peering connection has been deleted. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeStaleSecurityGroups ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -58,13 +60,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dssgNextToken' +-- * 'dssgNextToken' - The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.) -- --- * 'dssgDryRun' +-- * 'dssgDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation. -- --- * 'dssgMaxResults' +-- * 'dssgMaxResults' - The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. -- --- * 'dssgVPCId' +-- * 'dssgVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. describeStaleSecurityGroups :: Text -- ^ 'dssgVPCId' -> DescribeStaleSecurityGroups @@ -120,7 +122,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeStaleSecurityGroups" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NextToken" =: _dssgNextToken, "DryRun" =: _dssgDryRun, "MaxResults" =: _dssgMaxResults, @@ -137,11 +139,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dssgrsStaleSecurityGroupSet' +-- * 'dssgrsStaleSecurityGroupSet' - Information about the stale security groups. -- --- * 'dssgrsNextToken' +-- * 'dssgrsNextToken' - The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional items to return, the string is empty. -- --- * 'dssgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dssgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeStaleSecurityGroupsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dssgrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsResponse @@ -160,7 +162,7 @@ dssgrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsResponse (Maybe Text) dssgrsNextToken = lens _dssgrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dssgrsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dssgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsResponse Int dssgrsResponseStatus = lens _dssgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dssgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSubnets.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSubnets.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSubnets.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeSubnets.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your subnets. -- --- For more information about subnets, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about subnets, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSubnets ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeSubnets. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSubnets' smart constructor. data DescribeSubnets = DescribeSubnets' { _dsSubnetIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsSubnetIds' +-- * 'dsSubnetIds' - One or more subnet IDs. Default: Describes all your subnets. -- --- * 'dsFilters' +-- * 'dsFilters' - One or more filters. * @availabilityZone@ - The Availability Zone for the subnet. You can also use @availability-zone@ as the filter name. * @available-ip-address-count@ - The number of IPv4 addresses in the subnet that are available. * @cidrBlock@ - The IPv4 CIDR block of the subnet. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match the subnet's CIDR block for information to be returned for the subnet. You can also use @cidr@ or @cidr-block@ as the filter names. * @defaultForAz@ - Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone. You can also use @default-for-az@ as the filter name. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block@ - An IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id@ - An association ID for an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.state@ - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet. * @state@ - The state of the subnet (@pending@ | @available@ ). * @subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the subnet. -- --- * 'dsDryRun' +-- * 'dsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeSubnets :: DescribeSubnets describeSubnets = @@ -73,38 +77,15 @@ , _dsDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more subnet IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your subnets. +-- | One or more subnet IDs. Default: Describes all your subnets. dsSubnetIds :: Lens' DescribeSubnets [Text] dsSubnetIds = lens _dsSubnetIds (\ s a -> s{_dsSubnetIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'availabilityZone' - The Availability Zone for the subnet. You can also use 'availability-zone' as the filter name. --- --- - 'available-ip-address-count' - The number of IP addresses in the subnet that are available. --- --- - 'cidrBlock' - The CIDR block of the subnet. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match the subnet\'s CIDR block for information to be returned for the subnet. You can also use 'cidr' or 'cidr-block' as the filter names. --- --- - 'defaultForAz' - Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone. You can also use 'default-for-az' as the filter name. --- --- - 'state' - The state of the subnet ('pending' | 'available'). --- --- - 'subnet-id' - The ID of the subnet. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC for the subnet. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @availabilityZone@ - The Availability Zone for the subnet. You can also use @availability-zone@ as the filter name. * @available-ip-address-count@ - The number of IPv4 addresses in the subnet that are available. * @cidrBlock@ - The IPv4 CIDR block of the subnet. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match the subnet's CIDR block for information to be returned for the subnet. You can also use @cidr@ or @cidr-block@ as the filter names. * @defaultForAz@ - Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone. You can also use @default-for-az@ as the filter name. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block@ - An IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id@ - An association ID for an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.state@ - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the subnet. * @state@ - The state of the subnet (@pending@ | @available@ ). * @subnet-id@ - The ID of the subnet. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC for the subnet. dsFilters :: Lens' DescribeSubnets [Filter] dsFilters = lens _dsFilters (\ s a -> s{_dsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dsDryRun :: Lens' DescribeSubnets (Maybe Bool) dsDryRun = lens _dsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dsDryRun = a}); @@ -133,13 +114,15 @@ toQuery DescribeSubnets'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeSubnets" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "SubnetId" <$> _dsSubnetIds), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dsFilters), "DryRun" =: _dsDryRun] -- | Contains the output of DescribeSubnets. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeSubnetsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeSubnetsResponse = DescribeSubnetsResponse' { _dsrsSubnets :: !(Maybe [Subnet]) @@ -150,9 +133,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dsrsSubnets' +-- * 'dsrsSubnets' - Information about one or more subnets. -- --- * 'dsrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeSubnetsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dsrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeSubnetsResponse @@ -166,7 +149,7 @@ dsrsSubnets :: Lens' DescribeSubnetsResponse [Subnet] dsrsSubnets = lens _dsrsSubnets (\ s a -> s{_dsrsSubnets = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeSubnetsResponse Int dsrsResponseStatus = lens _dsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dsrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeTags.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeTags.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeTags.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeTags.hs @@ -20,8 +20,10 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of the tags for your EC2 resources. -- --- For more information about tags, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -- +-- For more information about tags, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeTags ( @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeTags. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeTags' smart constructor. data DescribeTags = DescribeTags' { _dtFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -65,13 +69,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dtFilters' +-- * 'dtFilters' - One or more filters. * @key@ - The tag key. * @resource-id@ - The resource ID. * @resource-type@ - The resource type (@customer-gateway@ | @dhcp-options@ | @image@ | @instance@ | @internet-gateway@ | @network-acl@ | @network-interface@ | @reserved-instances@ | @route-table@ | @security-group@ | @snapshot@ | @spot-instances-request@ | @subnet@ | @volume@ | @vpc@ | @vpn-connection@ | @vpn-gateway@ ). * @value@ - The tag value. -- --- * 'dtNextToken' +-- * 'dtNextToken' - The token to retrieve the next page of results. -- --- * 'dtDryRun' +-- * 'dtDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dtMaxResults' +-- * 'dtMaxResults' - The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. describeTags :: DescribeTags describeTags = @@ -82,16 +86,7 @@ , _dtMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'key' - The tag key. --- --- - 'resource-id' - The resource ID. --- --- - 'resource-type' - The resource type ('customer-gateway' | 'dhcp-options' | 'image' | 'instance' | 'internet-gateway' | 'network-acl' | 'network-interface' | 'reserved-instances' | 'route-table' | 'security-group' | 'snapshot' | 'spot-instances-request' | 'subnet' | 'volume' | 'vpc' | 'vpn-connection' | 'vpn-gateway'). --- --- - 'value' - The tag value. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @key@ - The tag key. * @resource-id@ - The resource ID. * @resource-type@ - The resource type (@customer-gateway@ | @dhcp-options@ | @image@ | @instance@ | @internet-gateway@ | @network-acl@ | @network-interface@ | @reserved-instances@ | @route-table@ | @security-group@ | @snapshot@ | @spot-instances-request@ | @subnet@ | @volume@ | @vpc@ | @vpn-connection@ | @vpn-gateway@ ). * @value@ - The tag value. dtFilters :: Lens' DescribeTags [Filter] dtFilters = lens _dtFilters (\ s a -> s{_dtFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -99,11 +94,11 @@ dtNextToken :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Text) dtNextToken = lens _dtNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dtNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dtDryRun :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Bool) dtDryRun = lens _dtDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dtDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned 'NextToken' value. +-- | The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can be between 5 and 1000. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned @NextToken@ value. dtMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeTags (Maybe Int) dtMaxResults = lens _dtMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dtMaxResults = a}); @@ -140,13 +135,15 @@ toQuery DescribeTags'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeTags" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dtFilters), "NextToken" =: _dtNextToken, "DryRun" =: _dtDryRun, "MaxResults" =: _dtMaxResults] -- | Contains the output of DescribeTags. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeTagsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeTagsResponse = DescribeTagsResponse' { _dtrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -158,11 +155,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dtrsNextToken' +-- * 'dtrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return.. -- --- * 'dtrsTags' +-- * 'dtrsTags' - A list of tags. -- --- * 'dtrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dtrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeTagsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dtrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeTagsResponse @@ -173,7 +170,7 @@ , _dtrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return.. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return.. dtrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeTagsResponse (Maybe Text) dtrsNextToken = lens _dtrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dtrsNextToken = a}); @@ -181,7 +178,7 @@ dtrsTags :: Lens' DescribeTagsResponse [TagDescription] dtrsTags = lens _dtrsTags (\ s a -> s{_dtrsTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dtrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeTagsResponse Int dtrsResponseStatus = lens _dtrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dtrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCAttribute.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC. You can specify only one attribute at a time. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCAttribute' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCAttribute = DescribeVPCAttribute' { _dvpcaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcaDryRun' +-- * 'dvpcaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvpcaVPCId' +-- * 'dvpcaVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. -- --- * 'dvpcaAttribute' +-- * 'dvpcaAttribute' - The VPC attribute. describeVPCAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'dvpcaVPCId' -> VPCAttributeName -- ^ 'dvpcaAttribute' @@ -75,7 +79,7 @@ , _dvpcaAttribute = pAttribute_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvpcaDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVPCAttribute (Maybe Bool) dvpcaDryRun = lens _dvpcaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvpcaDryRun = a}); @@ -114,12 +118,14 @@ toQuery DescribeVPCAttribute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpcAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dvpcaDryRun, "VpcId" =: _dvpcaVPCId, "Attribute" =: _dvpcaAttribute] -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpcAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCAttributeResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCAttributeResponse = DescribeVPCAttributeResponse' { _dvpcarsEnableDNSHostnames :: !(Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) @@ -132,13 +138,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcarsEnableDNSHostnames' +-- * 'dvpcarsEnableDNSHostnames' - Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If this attribute is @true@ , instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. -- --- * 'dvpcarsEnableDNSSupport' +-- * 'dvpcarsEnableDNSSupport' - Indicates whether DNS resolution is enabled for the VPC. If this attribute is @true@ , the Amazon DNS server resolves DNS hostnames for your instances to their corresponding IP addresses; otherwise, it does not. -- --- * 'dvpcarsVPCId' +-- * 'dvpcarsVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. -- --- * 'dvpcarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvpcarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPCAttributeResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvpcarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPCAttributeResponse @@ -150,11 +156,11 @@ , _dvpcarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If this attribute is 'true', instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. +-- | Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If this attribute is @true@ , instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. dvpcarsEnableDNSHostnames :: Lens' DescribeVPCAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) dvpcarsEnableDNSHostnames = lens _dvpcarsEnableDNSHostnames (\ s a -> s{_dvpcarsEnableDNSHostnames = a}); --- | Indicates whether DNS resolution is enabled for the VPC. If this attribute is 'true', the Amazon DNS server resolves DNS hostnames for your instances to their corresponding IP addresses; otherwise, it does not. +-- | Indicates whether DNS resolution is enabled for the VPC. If this attribute is @true@ , the Amazon DNS server resolves DNS hostnames for your instances to their corresponding IP addresses; otherwise, it does not. dvpcarsEnableDNSSupport :: Lens' DescribeVPCAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) dvpcarsEnableDNSSupport = lens _dvpcarsEnableDNSSupport (\ s a -> s{_dvpcarsEnableDNSSupport = a}); @@ -162,7 +168,7 @@ dvpcarsVPCId :: Lens' DescribeVPCAttributeResponse (Maybe Text) dvpcarsVPCId = lens _dvpcarsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dvpcarsVPCId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvpcarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPCAttributeResponse Int dvpcarsResponseStatus = lens _dvpcarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvpcarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCClassicLink.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCClassicLink.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCClassicLink.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCClassicLink.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes the ClassicLink status of one or more VPCs. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCClassicLink ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcClassicLink. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCClassicLink' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCClassicLink = DescribeVPCClassicLink' { _dvclFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvclFilters' +-- * 'dvclFilters' - One or more filters. * @is-classic-link-enabled@ - Whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink (@true@ | @false@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. -- --- * 'dvclVPCIds' +-- * 'dvclVPCIds' - One or more VPCs for which you want to describe the ClassicLink status. -- --- * 'dvclDryRun' +-- * 'dvclDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeVPCClassicLink :: DescribeVPCClassicLink describeVPCClassicLink = @@ -71,16 +75,7 @@ , _dvclDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'is-classic-link-enabled' - Whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink ('true' | 'false'). --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @is-classic-link-enabled@ - Whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink (@true@ | @false@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. dvclFilters :: Lens' DescribeVPCClassicLink [Filter] dvclFilters = lens _dvclFilters (\ s a -> s{_dvclFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -88,7 +83,7 @@ dvclVPCIds :: Lens' DescribeVPCClassicLink [Text] dvclVPCIds = lens _dvclVPCIds (\ s a -> s{_dvclVPCIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvclDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVPCClassicLink (Maybe Bool) dvclDryRun = lens _dvclDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvclDryRun = a}); @@ -119,13 +114,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpcClassicLink" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dvclFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "VpcId" <$> _dvclVPCIds), "DryRun" =: _dvclDryRun] -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpcClassicLink. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCClassicLinkResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCClassicLinkResponse = DescribeVPCClassicLinkResponse' { _dvclrsVPCs :: !(Maybe [VPCClassicLink]) @@ -136,9 +133,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvclrsVPCs' +-- * 'dvclrsVPCs' - The ClassicLink status of one or more VPCs. -- --- * 'dvclrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvclrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPCClassicLinkResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvclrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPCClassicLinkResponse @@ -152,7 +149,7 @@ dvclrsVPCs :: Lens' DescribeVPCClassicLinkResponse [VPCClassicLink] dvclrsVPCs = lens _dvclrsVPCs (\ s a -> s{_dvclrsVPCs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvclrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPCClassicLinkResponse Int dvclrsResponseStatus = lens _dvclrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvclrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of one or more VPCs. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it\'s linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information about ClassicLink, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +-- Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of one or more VPCs. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information about ClassicLink, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport = DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport' { _dvcldsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -58,11 +62,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvcldsNextToken' +-- * 'dvcldsNextToken' - The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.) -- --- * 'dvcldsVPCIds' +-- * 'dvcldsVPCIds' - One or more VPC IDs. -- --- * 'dvcldsMaxResults' +-- * 'dvcldsMaxResults' - The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. describeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport :: DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport describeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport = @@ -116,13 +120,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NextToken" =: _dvcldsNextToken, toQuery (toQueryList "VpcIds" <$> _dvcldsVPCIds), "MaxResults" =: _dvcldsMaxResults] -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse = DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse' { _dvpccldnssrsVPCs :: !(Maybe [ClassicLinkDNSSupport]) @@ -134,11 +140,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpccldnssrsVPCs' +-- * 'dvpccldnssrsVPCs' - Information about the ClassicLink DNS support status of the VPCs. -- --- * 'dvpccldnssrsNextToken' +-- * 'dvpccldnssrsNextToken' - The token to use when requesting the next set of items. -- --- * 'dvpccldnssrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvpccldnssrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvpccldnssrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse @@ -157,7 +163,7 @@ dvpccldnssrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse (Maybe Text) dvpccldnssrsNextToken = lens _dvpccldnssrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dvpccldnssrsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvpccldnssrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse Int dvpccldnssrsResponseStatus = lens _dvpccldnssrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvpccldnssrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCEndpointServices.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCEndpointServices.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCEndpointServices.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCEndpointServices.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes all supported AWS services that can be specified when creating a VPC endpoint. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCEndpointServices ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcEndpointServices. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCEndpointServices' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCEndpointServices = DescribeVPCEndpointServices' { _dvesNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -58,11 +62,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvesNextToken' +-- * 'dvesNextToken' - The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.) -- --- * 'dvesDryRun' +-- * 'dvesDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvesMaxResults' +-- * 'dvesMaxResults' - The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. describeVPCEndpointServices :: DescribeVPCEndpointServices describeVPCEndpointServices = @@ -76,13 +80,11 @@ dvesNextToken :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpointServices (Maybe Text) dvesNextToken = lens _dvesNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dvesNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvesDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpointServices (Maybe Bool) dvesDryRun = lens _dvesDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvesDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. --- --- Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. +-- | The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. dvesMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpointServices (Maybe Int) dvesMaxResults = lens _dvesMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dvesMaxResults = a}); @@ -114,13 +116,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpcEndpointServices" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NextToken" =: _dvesNextToken, "DryRun" =: _dvesDryRun, "MaxResults" =: _dvesMaxResults] -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpcEndpointServices. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCEndpointServicesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCEndpointServicesResponse = DescribeVPCEndpointServicesResponse' { _dvesrsServiceNames :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -132,11 +136,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvesrsServiceNames' +-- * 'dvesrsServiceNames' - A list of supported AWS services. -- --- * 'dvesrsNextToken' +-- * 'dvesrsNextToken' - The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional items to return, the string is empty. -- --- * 'dvesrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvesrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPCEndpointServicesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvesrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPCEndpointServicesResponse @@ -155,7 +159,7 @@ dvesrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpointServicesResponse (Maybe Text) dvesrsNextToken = lens _dvesrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dvesrsNextToken = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvesrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpointServicesResponse Int dvesrsResponseStatus = lens _dvesrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvesrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCEndpoints.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCEndpoints.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCEndpoints.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCEndpoints.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of your VPC endpoints. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCEndpoints ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcEndpoints. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCEndpoints' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCEndpoints = DescribeVPCEndpoints' { _dvpceFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -62,15 +66,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpceFilters' +-- * 'dvpceFilters' - One or more filters. * @service-name@ : The name of the AWS service. * @vpc-id@ : The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint resides. * @vpc-endpoint-id@ : The ID of the endpoint. * @vpc-endpoint-state@ : The state of the endpoint. (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ) -- --- * 'dvpceNextToken' +-- * 'dvpceNextToken' - The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.) -- --- * 'dvpceVPCEndpointIds' +-- * 'dvpceVPCEndpointIds' - One or more endpoint IDs. -- --- * 'dvpceDryRun' +-- * 'dvpceDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvpceMaxResults' +-- * 'dvpceMaxResults' - The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. describeVPCEndpoints :: DescribeVPCEndpoints describeVPCEndpoints = @@ -82,16 +86,7 @@ , _dvpceMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'service-name': The name of the AWS service. --- --- - 'vpc-id': The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint resides. --- --- - 'vpc-endpoint-id': The ID of the endpoint. --- --- - 'vpc-endpoint-state': The state of the endpoint. ('pending' | 'available' | 'deleting' | 'deleted') --- +-- | One or more filters. * @service-name@ : The name of the AWS service. * @vpc-id@ : The ID of the VPC in which the endpoint resides. * @vpc-endpoint-id@ : The ID of the endpoint. * @vpc-endpoint-state@ : The state of the endpoint. (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ) dvpceFilters :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpoints [Filter] dvpceFilters = lens _dvpceFilters (\ s a -> s{_dvpceFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -103,13 +98,11 @@ dvpceVPCEndpointIds :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpoints [Text] dvpceVPCEndpointIds = lens _dvpceVPCEndpointIds (\ s a -> s{_dvpceVPCEndpointIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvpceDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpoints (Maybe Bool) dvpceDryRun = lens _dvpceDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvpceDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. --- --- Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. +-- | The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. dvpceMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpoints (Maybe Int) dvpceMaxResults = lens _dvpceMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dvpceMaxResults = a}); @@ -140,7 +133,7 @@ toQuery DescribeVPCEndpoints'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpcEndpoints" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dvpceFilters), "NextToken" =: _dvpceNextToken, toQuery @@ -151,6 +144,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpcEndpoints. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCEndpointsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCEndpointsResponse = DescribeVPCEndpointsResponse' { _dvpcersNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -162,11 +157,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcersNextToken' +-- * 'dvpcersNextToken' - The token to use when requesting the next set of items. If there are no additional items to return, the string is empty. -- --- * 'dvpcersVPCEndpoints' +-- * 'dvpcersVPCEndpoints' - Information about the endpoints. -- --- * 'dvpcersResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvpcersResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPCEndpointsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvpcersResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPCEndpointsResponse @@ -185,7 +180,7 @@ dvpcersVPCEndpoints :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpointsResponse [VPCEndpoint] dvpcersVPCEndpoints = lens _dvpcersVPCEndpoints (\ s a -> s{_dvpcersVPCEndpoints = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvpcersResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPCEndpointsResponse Int dvpcersResponseStatus = lens _dvpcersResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvpcersResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCPeeringConnections.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCPeeringConnections.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCPeeringConnections.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCPeeringConnections.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of your VPC peering connections. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCPeeringConnections ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcPeeringConnections. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCPeeringConnections' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCPeeringConnections = DescribeVPCPeeringConnections' { _dvpcpcFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcpcFilters' +-- * 'dvpcpcFilters' - One or more filters. * @accepter-vpc-info.cidr-block@ - The IPv4 CIDR block of the peer VPC. * @accepter-vpc-info.owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the owner of the peer VPC. * @accepter-vpc-info.vpc-id@ - The ID of the peer VPC. * @expiration-time@ - The expiration date and time for the VPC peering connection. * @requester-vpc-info.cidr-block@ - The IPv4 CIDR block of the requester's VPC. * @requester-vpc-info.owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the owner of the requester VPC. * @requester-vpc-info.vpc-id@ - The ID of the requester VPC. * @status-code@ - The status of the VPC peering connection (@pending-acceptance@ | @failed@ | @expired@ | @provisioning@ | @active@ | @deleted@ | @rejected@ ). * @status-message@ - A message that provides more information about the status of the VPC peering connection, if applicable. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-peering-connection-id@ - The ID of the VPC peering connection. -- --- * 'dvpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionIds' +-- * 'dvpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionIds' - One or more VPC peering connection IDs. Default: Describes all your VPC peering connections. -- --- * 'dvpcpcDryRun' +-- * 'dvpcpcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeVPCPeeringConnections :: DescribeVPCPeeringConnections describeVPCPeeringConnections = @@ -71,44 +75,15 @@ , _dvpcpcDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'accepter-vpc-info.cidr-block' - The CIDR block of the peer VPC. --- --- - 'accepter-vpc-info.owner-id' - The AWS account ID of the owner of the peer VPC. --- --- - 'accepter-vpc-info.vpc-id' - The ID of the peer VPC. --- --- - 'expiration-time' - The expiration date and time for the VPC peering connection. --- --- - 'requester-vpc-info.cidr-block' - The CIDR block of the requester\'s VPC. --- --- - 'requester-vpc-info.owner-id' - The AWS account ID of the owner of the requester VPC. --- --- - 'requester-vpc-info.vpc-id' - The ID of the requester VPC. --- --- - 'status-code' - The status of the VPC peering connection ('pending-acceptance' | 'failed' | 'expired' | 'provisioning' | 'active' | 'deleted' | 'rejected'). --- --- - 'status-message' - A message that provides more information about the status of the VPC peering connection, if applicable. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'vpc-peering-connection-id' - The ID of the VPC peering connection. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @accepter-vpc-info.cidr-block@ - The IPv4 CIDR block of the peer VPC. * @accepter-vpc-info.owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the owner of the peer VPC. * @accepter-vpc-info.vpc-id@ - The ID of the peer VPC. * @expiration-time@ - The expiration date and time for the VPC peering connection. * @requester-vpc-info.cidr-block@ - The IPv4 CIDR block of the requester's VPC. * @requester-vpc-info.owner-id@ - The AWS account ID of the owner of the requester VPC. * @requester-vpc-info.vpc-id@ - The ID of the requester VPC. * @status-code@ - The status of the VPC peering connection (@pending-acceptance@ | @failed@ | @expired@ | @provisioning@ | @active@ | @deleted@ | @rejected@ ). * @status-message@ - A message that provides more information about the status of the VPC peering connection, if applicable. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-peering-connection-id@ - The ID of the VPC peering connection. dvpcpcFilters :: Lens' DescribeVPCPeeringConnections [Filter] dvpcpcFilters = lens _dvpcpcFilters (\ s a -> s{_dvpcpcFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more VPC peering connection IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your VPC peering connections. +-- | One or more VPC peering connection IDs. Default: Describes all your VPC peering connections. dvpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionIds :: Lens' DescribeVPCPeeringConnections [Text] dvpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionIds = lens _dvpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionIds (\ s a -> s{_dvpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvpcpcDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVPCPeeringConnections (Maybe Bool) dvpcpcDryRun = lens _dvpcpcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvpcpcDryRun = a}); @@ -141,7 +116,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpcPeeringConnections" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dvpcpcFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "VpcPeeringConnectionId" <$> @@ -150,6 +125,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpcPeeringConnections. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCPeeringConnectionsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCPeeringConnectionsResponse = DescribeVPCPeeringConnectionsResponse' { _dvpcpcrsVPCPeeringConnections :: !(Maybe [VPCPeeringConnection]) @@ -160,9 +137,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcpcrsVPCPeeringConnections' +-- * 'dvpcpcrsVPCPeeringConnections' - Information about the VPC peering connections. -- --- * 'dvpcpcrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvpcpcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPCPeeringConnectionsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvpcpcrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPCPeeringConnectionsResponse @@ -176,7 +153,7 @@ dvpcpcrsVPCPeeringConnections :: Lens' DescribeVPCPeeringConnectionsResponse [VPCPeeringConnection] dvpcpcrsVPCPeeringConnections = lens _dvpcpcrsVPCPeeringConnections (\ s a -> s{_dvpcpcrsVPCPeeringConnections = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvpcpcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPCPeeringConnectionsResponse Int dvpcpcrsResponseStatus = lens _dvpcpcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvpcpcrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCs.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCs.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCs.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPCs.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Describes one or more of your VPCs. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCs ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpcs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCs' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCs = DescribeVPCs' { _dvsFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvsFilters' +-- * 'dvsFilters' - One or more filters. * @cidr@ - The IPv4 CIDR block of the VPC. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match the VPC's CIDR block for information to be returned for the VPC. Must contain the slash followed by one or two digits (for example, @/28@ ). * @dhcp-options-id@ - The ID of a set of DHCP options. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block@ - An IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id@ - The association ID for an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.state@ - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC. * @isDefault@ - Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC. * @state@ - The state of the VPC (@pending@ | @available@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC. -- --- * 'dvsVPCIds' +-- * 'dvsVPCIds' - One or more VPC IDs. Default: Describes all your VPCs. -- --- * 'dvsDryRun' +-- * 'dvsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeVPCs :: DescribeVPCs describeVPCs = @@ -71,34 +75,15 @@ , _dvsDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'cidr' - The CIDR block of the VPC. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match the VPC\'s CIDR block for information to be returned for the VPC. Must contain the slash followed by one or two digits (for example, '\/28'). --- --- - 'dhcp-options-id' - The ID of a set of DHCP options. --- --- - 'isDefault' - Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC. --- --- - 'state' - The state of the VPC ('pending' | 'available'). --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'vpc-id' - The ID of the VPC. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @cidr@ - The IPv4 CIDR block of the VPC. The CIDR block you specify must exactly match the VPC's CIDR block for information to be returned for the VPC. Must contain the slash followed by one or two digits (for example, @/28@ ). * @dhcp-options-id@ - The ID of a set of DHCP options. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.ipv6-cidr-block@ - An IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.association-id@ - The association ID for an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC. * @ipv6-cidr-block-association.state@ - The state of an IPv6 CIDR block associated with the VPC. * @isDefault@ - Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC. * @state@ - The state of the VPC (@pending@ | @available@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @vpc-id@ - The ID of the VPC. dvsFilters :: Lens' DescribeVPCs [Filter] dvsFilters = lens _dvsFilters (\ s a -> s{_dvsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more VPC IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your VPCs. +-- | One or more VPC IDs. Default: Describes all your VPCs. dvsVPCIds :: Lens' DescribeVPCs [Text] dvsVPCIds = lens _dvsVPCIds (\ s a -> s{_dvsVPCIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvsDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVPCs (Maybe Bool) dvsDryRun = lens _dvsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvsDryRun = a}); @@ -127,13 +112,15 @@ toQuery DescribeVPCs'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpcs" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dvsFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "VpcId" <$> _dvsVPCIds), "DryRun" =: _dvsDryRun] -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpcs. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPCsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPCsResponse = DescribeVPCsResponse' { _dvrsVPCs :: !(Maybe [VPC]) @@ -144,9 +131,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvrsVPCs' +-- * 'dvrsVPCs' - Information about one or more VPCs. -- --- * 'dvrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPCsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPCsResponse @@ -160,7 +147,7 @@ dvrsVPCs :: Lens' DescribeVPCsResponse [VPC] dvrsVPCs = lens _dvrsVPCs (\ s a -> s{_dvrsVPCs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPCsResponse Int dvrsResponseStatus = lens _dvrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPNConnections.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPNConnections.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPNConnections.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPNConnections.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your VPN connections. -- --- For more information about VPN connections, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about VPN connections, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPNConnections ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpnConnections. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPNConnections' smart constructor. data DescribeVPNConnections = DescribeVPNConnections' { _dvpncFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpncFilters' +-- * 'dvpncFilters' - One or more filters. * @customer-gateway-configuration@ - The configuration information for the customer gateway. * @customer-gateway-id@ - The ID of a customer gateway associated with the VPN connection. * @state@ - The state of the VPN connection (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @option.static-routes-only@ - Indicates whether the connection has static routes only. Used for devices that do not support Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). * @route.destination-cidr-block@ - The destination CIDR block. This corresponds to the subnet used in a customer data center. * @bgp-asn@ - The BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN) associated with a BGP device. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @type@ - The type of VPN connection. Currently the only supported type is @ipsec.1@ . * @vpn-connection-id@ - The ID of the VPN connection. * @vpn-gateway-id@ - The ID of a virtual private gateway associated with the VPN connection. -- --- * 'dvpncVPNConnectionIds' +-- * 'dvpncVPNConnectionIds' - One or more VPN connection IDs. Default: Describes your VPN connections. -- --- * 'dvpncDryRun' +-- * 'dvpncDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeVPNConnections :: DescribeVPNConnections describeVPNConnections = @@ -73,42 +77,15 @@ , _dvpncDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'customer-gateway-configuration' - The configuration information for the customer gateway. --- --- - 'customer-gateway-id' - The ID of a customer gateway associated with the VPN connection. --- --- - 'state' - The state of the VPN connection ('pending' | 'available' | 'deleting' | 'deleted'). --- --- - 'option.static-routes-only' - Indicates whether the connection has static routes only. Used for devices that do not support Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). --- --- - 'route.destination-cidr-block' - The destination CIDR block. This corresponds to the subnet used in a customer data center. --- --- - 'bgp-asn' - The BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN) associated with a BGP device. --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'type' - The type of VPN connection. Currently the only supported type is 'ipsec.1'. --- --- - 'vpn-connection-id' - The ID of the VPN connection. --- --- - 'vpn-gateway-id' - The ID of a virtual private gateway associated with the VPN connection. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @customer-gateway-configuration@ - The configuration information for the customer gateway. * @customer-gateway-id@ - The ID of a customer gateway associated with the VPN connection. * @state@ - The state of the VPN connection (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @option.static-routes-only@ - Indicates whether the connection has static routes only. Used for devices that do not support Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). * @route.destination-cidr-block@ - The destination CIDR block. This corresponds to the subnet used in a customer data center. * @bgp-asn@ - The BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN) associated with a BGP device. * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @type@ - The type of VPN connection. Currently the only supported type is @ipsec.1@ . * @vpn-connection-id@ - The ID of the VPN connection. * @vpn-gateway-id@ - The ID of a virtual private gateway associated with the VPN connection. dvpncFilters :: Lens' DescribeVPNConnections [Filter] dvpncFilters = lens _dvpncFilters (\ s a -> s{_dvpncFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more VPN connection IDs. --- --- Default: Describes your VPN connections. +-- | One or more VPN connection IDs. Default: Describes your VPN connections. dvpncVPNConnectionIds :: Lens' DescribeVPNConnections [Text] dvpncVPNConnectionIds = lens _dvpncVPNConnectionIds (\ s a -> s{_dvpncVPNConnectionIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvpncDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVPNConnections (Maybe Bool) dvpncDryRun = lens _dvpncDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvpncDryRun = a}); @@ -139,7 +116,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpnConnections" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dvpncFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "VpnConnectionId" <$> @@ -148,6 +125,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpnConnections. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPNConnectionsResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPNConnectionsResponse = DescribeVPNConnectionsResponse' { _dvcrsVPNConnections :: !(Maybe [VPNConnection]) @@ -158,9 +137,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvcrsVPNConnections' +-- * 'dvcrsVPNConnections' - Information about one or more VPN connections. -- --- * 'dvcrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPNConnectionsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvcrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPNConnectionsResponse @@ -174,7 +153,7 @@ dvcrsVPNConnections :: Lens' DescribeVPNConnectionsResponse [VPNConnection] dvcrsVPNConnections = lens _dvcrsVPNConnections (\ s a -> s{_dvcrsVPNConnections = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPNConnectionsResponse Int dvcrsResponseStatus = lens _dvcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvcrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPNGateways.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPNGateways.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPNGateways.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVPNGateways.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways. -- --- For more information about virtual private gateways, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about virtual private gateways, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPNGateways ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVpnGateways. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPNGateways' smart constructor. data DescribeVPNGateways = DescribeVPNGateways' { _dvgsFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvgsFilters' +-- * 'dvgsFilters' - One or more filters. * @attachment.state@ - The current state of the attachment between the gateway and the VPC (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @attachment.vpc-id@ - The ID of an attached VPC. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway (if applicable). * @state@ - The state of the virtual private gateway (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @type@ - The type of virtual private gateway. Currently the only supported type is @ipsec.1@ . * @vpn-gateway-id@ - The ID of the virtual private gateway. -- --- * 'dvgsVPNGatewayIds' +-- * 'dvgsVPNGatewayIds' - One or more virtual private gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your virtual private gateways. -- --- * 'dvgsDryRun' +-- * 'dvgsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . describeVPNGateways :: DescribeVPNGateways describeVPNGateways = @@ -73,36 +77,15 @@ , _dvgsDryRun = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'attachment.state' - The current state of the attachment between the gateway and the VPC ('attaching' | 'attached' | 'detaching' | 'detached'). --- --- - 'attachment.vpc-id' - The ID of an attached VPC. --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway (if applicable). --- --- - 'state' - The state of the virtual private gateway ('pending' | 'available' | 'deleting' | 'deleted'). --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'type' - The type of virtual private gateway. Currently the only supported type is 'ipsec.1'. --- --- - 'vpn-gateway-id' - The ID of the virtual private gateway. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @attachment.state@ - The current state of the attachment between the gateway and the VPC (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @attachment.vpc-id@ - The ID of an attached VPC. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway (if applicable). * @state@ - The state of the virtual private gateway (@pending@ | @available@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @type@ - The type of virtual private gateway. Currently the only supported type is @ipsec.1@ . * @vpn-gateway-id@ - The ID of the virtual private gateway. dvgsFilters :: Lens' DescribeVPNGateways [Filter] dvgsFilters = lens _dvgsFilters (\ s a -> s{_dvgsFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more virtual private gateway IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your virtual private gateways. +-- | One or more virtual private gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your virtual private gateways. dvgsVPNGatewayIds :: Lens' DescribeVPNGateways [Text] dvgsVPNGatewayIds = lens _dvgsVPNGatewayIds (\ s a -> s{_dvgsVPNGatewayIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvgsDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVPNGateways (Maybe Bool) dvgsDryRun = lens _dvgsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvgsDryRun = a}); @@ -132,7 +115,7 @@ toQuery DescribeVPNGateways'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVpnGateways" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dvgsFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "VpnGatewayId" <$> _dvgsVPNGatewayIds), @@ -140,6 +123,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeVpnGateways. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVPNGatewaysResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVPNGatewaysResponse = DescribeVPNGatewaysResponse' { _dvgrsVPNGateways :: !(Maybe [VPNGateway]) @@ -150,9 +135,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvgrsVPNGateways' +-- * 'dvgrsVPNGateways' - Information about one or more virtual private gateways. -- --- * 'dvgrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvgrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVPNGatewaysResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvgrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVPNGatewaysResponse @@ -166,7 +151,7 @@ dvgrsVPNGateways :: Lens' DescribeVPNGatewaysResponse [VPNGateway] dvgrsVPNGateways = lens _dvgrsVPNGateways (\ s a -> s{_dvgrsVPNGateways = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvgrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVPNGatewaysResponse Int dvgrsResponseStatus = lens _dvgrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvgrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumeAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumeAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumeAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumeAttribute.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify only one attribute at a time. -- --- For more information about EBS volumes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about EBS volumes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumeAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVolumeAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVolumeAttribute' smart constructor. data DescribeVolumeAttribute = DescribeVolumeAttribute' { _dvaAttribute :: !(Maybe VolumeAttributeName) @@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvaAttribute' +-- * 'dvaAttribute' - The instance attribute. -- --- * 'dvaDryRun' +-- * 'dvaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvaVolumeId' +-- * 'dvaVolumeId' - The ID of the volume. describeVolumeAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'dvaVolumeId' -> DescribeVolumeAttribute @@ -80,7 +84,7 @@ dvaAttribute :: Lens' DescribeVolumeAttribute (Maybe VolumeAttributeName) dvaAttribute = lens _dvaAttribute (\ s a -> s{_dvaAttribute = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvaDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVolumeAttribute (Maybe Bool) dvaDryRun = lens _dvaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvaDryRun = a}); @@ -117,12 +121,14 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVolumeAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Attribute" =: _dvaAttribute, "DryRun" =: _dvaDryRun, "VolumeId" =: _dvaVolumeId] -- | Contains the output of DescribeVolumeAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVolumeAttributeResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVolumeAttributeResponse = DescribeVolumeAttributeResponse' { _dvarsVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -135,13 +141,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvarsVolumeId' +-- * 'dvarsVolumeId' - The ID of the volume. -- --- * 'dvarsProductCodes' +-- * 'dvarsProductCodes' - A list of product codes. -- --- * 'dvarsAutoEnableIO' +-- * 'dvarsAutoEnableIO' - The state of @autoEnableIO@ attribute. -- --- * 'dvarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVolumeAttributeResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvarsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVolumeAttributeResponse @@ -161,11 +167,11 @@ dvarsProductCodes :: Lens' DescribeVolumeAttributeResponse [ProductCode] dvarsProductCodes = lens _dvarsProductCodes (\ s a -> s{_dvarsProductCodes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The state of 'autoEnableIO' attribute. +-- | The state of @autoEnableIO@ attribute. dvarsAutoEnableIO :: Lens' DescribeVolumeAttributeResponse (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) dvarsAutoEnableIO = lens _dvarsAutoEnableIO (\ s a -> s{_dvarsAutoEnableIO = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvarsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVolumeAttributeResponse Int dvarsResponseStatus = lens _dvarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumeStatus.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumeStatus.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumeStatus.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumeStatus.hs @@ -18,18 +18,18 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be affected if an issue occurs on the volume\'s underlying host. If the volume\'s underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system is restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs to be taken in response to the event. +-- Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be affected if an issue occurs on the volume's underlying host. If the volume's underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system is restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs to be taken in response to the event. -- --- The 'DescribeVolumeStatus' operation provides the following information about the specified volumes: -- --- /Status/: Reflects the current status of the volume. The possible values are 'ok', 'impaired' , 'warning', or 'insufficient-data'. If all checks pass, the overall status of the volume is 'ok'. If the check fails, the overall status is 'impaired'. If the status is 'insufficient-data', then the checks may still be taking place on your volume at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. For more information on volume status, see . +-- The @DescribeVolumeStatus@ operation provides the following information about the specified volumes: -- --- /Events/: Reflect the cause of a volume status and may require you to take action. For example, if your volume returns an 'impaired' status, then the volume event might be 'potential-data-inconsistency'. This means that your volume has been affected by an issue with the underlying host, has all I\/O operations disabled, and may have inconsistent data. +-- /Status/ : Reflects the current status of the volume. The possible values are @ok@ , @impaired@ , @warning@ , or @insufficient-data@ . If all checks pass, the overall status of the volume is @ok@ . If the check fails, the overall status is @impaired@ . If the status is @insufficient-data@ , then the checks may still be taking place on your volume at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. For more information on volume status, see . -- --- /Actions/: Reflect the actions you may have to take in response to an event. For example, if the status of the volume is 'impaired' and the volume event shows 'potential-data-inconsistency', then the action shows 'enable-volume-io'. This means that you may want to enable the I\/O operations for the volume by calling the < EnableVolumeIO> action and then check the volume for data consistency. +-- /Events/ : Reflect the cause of a volume status and may require you to take action. For example, if your volume returns an @impaired@ status, then the volume event might be @potential-data-inconsistency@ . This means that your volume has been affected by an issue with the underlying host, has all I/O operations disabled, and may have inconsistent data. -- --- Volume status is based on the volume status checks, and does not reflect the volume state. Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the 'error' state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I\/O.) +-- /Actions/ : Reflect the actions you may have to take in response to an event. For example, if the status of the volume is @impaired@ and the volume event shows @potential-data-inconsistency@ , then the action shows @enable-volume-io@ . This means that you may want to enable the I/O operations for the volume by calling the 'EnableVolumeIO' action and then check the volume for data consistency. -- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumeStatus ( @@ -62,6 +62,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVolumeStatus. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVolumeStatus' smart constructor. data DescribeVolumeStatus = DescribeVolumeStatus' { _dvssFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -75,15 +77,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvssFilters' +-- * 'dvssFilters' - One or more filters. * @action.code@ - The action code for the event (for example, @enable-volume-io@ ). * @action.description@ - A description of the action. * @action.event-id@ - The event ID associated with the action. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the instance. * @event.description@ - A description of the event. * @event.event-id@ - The event ID. * @event.event-type@ - The event type (for @io-enabled@ : @passed@ | @failed@ ; for @io-performance@ : @io-performance:degraded@ | @io-performance:severely-degraded@ | @io-performance:stalled@ ). * @event.not-after@ - The latest end time for the event. * @event.not-before@ - The earliest start time for the event. * @volume-status.details-name@ - The cause for @volume-status.status@ (@io-enabled@ | @io-performance@ ). * @volume-status.details-status@ - The status of @volume-status.details-name@ (for @io-enabled@ : @passed@ | @failed@ ; for @io-performance@ : @normal@ | @degraded@ | @severely-degraded@ | @stalled@ ). * @volume-status.status@ - The status of the volume (@ok@ | @impaired@ | @warning@ | @insufficient-data@ ). -- --- * 'dvssVolumeIds' +-- * 'dvssVolumeIds' - One or more volume IDs. Default: Describes all your volumes. -- --- * 'dvssNextToken' +-- * 'dvssNextToken' - The @NextToken@ value to include in a future @DescribeVolumeStatus@ request. When the results of the request exceed @MaxResults@ , this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dvssDryRun' +-- * 'dvssDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvssMaxResults' +-- * 'dvssMaxResults' - The maximum number of volume results returned by @DescribeVolumeStatus@ in paginated output. When this parameter is used, the request only returns @MaxResults@ results in a single page along with a @NextToken@ response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then @DescribeVolumeStatus@ returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request. describeVolumeStatus :: DescribeVolumeStatus describeVolumeStatus = @@ -95,50 +97,23 @@ , _dvssMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'action.code' - The action code for the event (for example, 'enable-volume-io'). --- --- - 'action.description' - A description of the action. --- --- - 'action.event-id' - The event ID associated with the action. --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone of the instance. --- --- - 'event.description' - A description of the event. --- --- - 'event.event-id' - The event ID. --- --- - 'event.event-type' - The event type (for 'io-enabled': 'passed' | 'failed'; for 'io-performance': 'io-performance:degraded' | 'io-performance:severely-degraded' | 'io-performance:stalled'). --- --- - 'event.not-after' - The latest end time for the event. --- --- - 'event.not-before' - The earliest start time for the event. --- --- - 'volume-status.details-name' - The cause for 'volume-status.status' ('io-enabled' | 'io-performance'). --- --- - 'volume-status.details-status' - The status of 'volume-status.details-name' (for 'io-enabled': 'passed' | 'failed'; for 'io-performance': 'normal' | 'degraded' | 'severely-degraded' | 'stalled'). --- --- - 'volume-status.status' - The status of the volume ('ok' | 'impaired' | 'warning' | 'insufficient-data'). --- +-- | One or more filters. * @action.code@ - The action code for the event (for example, @enable-volume-io@ ). * @action.description@ - A description of the action. * @action.event-id@ - The event ID associated with the action. * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone of the instance. * @event.description@ - A description of the event. * @event.event-id@ - The event ID. * @event.event-type@ - The event type (for @io-enabled@ : @passed@ | @failed@ ; for @io-performance@ : @io-performance:degraded@ | @io-performance:severely-degraded@ | @io-performance:stalled@ ). * @event.not-after@ - The latest end time for the event. * @event.not-before@ - The earliest start time for the event. * @volume-status.details-name@ - The cause for @volume-status.status@ (@io-enabled@ | @io-performance@ ). * @volume-status.details-status@ - The status of @volume-status.details-name@ (for @io-enabled@ : @passed@ | @failed@ ; for @io-performance@ : @normal@ | @degraded@ | @severely-degraded@ | @stalled@ ). * @volume-status.status@ - The status of the volume (@ok@ | @impaired@ | @warning@ | @insufficient-data@ ). dvssFilters :: Lens' DescribeVolumeStatus [Filter] dvssFilters = lens _dvssFilters (\ s a -> s{_dvssFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more volume IDs. --- --- Default: Describes all your volumes. +-- | One or more volume IDs. Default: Describes all your volumes. dvssVolumeIds :: Lens' DescribeVolumeStatus [Text] dvssVolumeIds = lens _dvssVolumeIds (\ s a -> s{_dvssVolumeIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The 'NextToken' value to include in a future 'DescribeVolumeStatus' request. When the results of the request exceed 'MaxResults', this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The @NextToken@ value to include in a future @DescribeVolumeStatus@ request. When the results of the request exceed @MaxResults@ , this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dvssNextToken :: Lens' DescribeVolumeStatus (Maybe Text) dvssNextToken = lens _dvssNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dvssNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvssDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVolumeStatus (Maybe Bool) dvssDryRun = lens _dvssDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvssDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of volume results returned by 'DescribeVolumeStatus' in paginated output. When this parameter is used, the request only returns 'MaxResults' results in a single page along with a 'NextToken' response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned 'NextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if 'MaxResults' is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then 'DescribeVolumeStatus' returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request. +-- | The maximum number of volume results returned by @DescribeVolumeStatus@ in paginated output. When this parameter is used, the request only returns @MaxResults@ results in a single page along with a @NextToken@ response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then @DescribeVolumeStatus@ returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request. dvssMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeVolumeStatus (Maybe Int) dvssMaxResults = lens _dvssMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_dvssMaxResults = a}); @@ -176,7 +151,7 @@ toQuery DescribeVolumeStatus'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVolumeStatus" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _dvssFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "VolumeId" <$> _dvssVolumeIds), "NextToken" =: _dvssNextToken, @@ -185,6 +160,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeVolumeStatus. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVolumeStatusResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVolumeStatusResponse = DescribeVolumeStatusResponse' { _dvsrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -196,11 +173,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvsrsNextToken' +-- * 'dvsrsNextToken' - The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dvsrsVolumeStatuses' +-- * 'dvsrsVolumeStatuses' - A list of volumes. -- --- * 'dvsrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVolumeStatusResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvsrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVolumeStatusResponse @@ -211,7 +188,7 @@ , _dvsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dvsrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeVolumeStatusResponse (Maybe Text) dvsrsNextToken = lens _dvsrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dvsrsNextToken = a}); @@ -219,7 +196,7 @@ dvsrsVolumeStatuses :: Lens' DescribeVolumeStatusResponse [VolumeStatusItem] dvsrsVolumeStatuses = lens _dvsrsVolumeStatuses (\ s a -> s{_dvsrsVolumeStatuses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVolumeStatusResponse Int dvsrsResponseStatus = lens _dvsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvsrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumes.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumes.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumes.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DescribeVolumes.hs @@ -20,10 +20,12 @@ -- -- Describes the specified EBS volumes. -- --- If you are describing a long list of volumes, you can paginate the output to make the list more manageable. The 'MaxResults' parameter sets the maximum number of results returned in a single page. If the list of results exceeds your 'MaxResults' value, then that number of results is returned along with a 'NextToken' value that can be passed to a subsequent 'DescribeVolumes' request to retrieve the remaining results. -- --- For more information about EBS volumes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- If you are describing a long list of volumes, you can paginate the output to make the list more manageable. The @MaxResults@ parameter sets the maximum number of results returned in a single page. If the list of results exceeds your @MaxResults@ value, then that number of results is returned along with a @NextToken@ value that can be passed to a subsequent @DescribeVolumes@ request to retrieve the remaining results. -- +-- For more information about EBS volumes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- -- This operation returns paginated results. module Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumes ( @@ -56,6 +58,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DescribeVolumes. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVolumes' smart constructor. data DescribeVolumes = DescribeVolumes' { _desFilters :: !(Maybe [Filter]) @@ -69,15 +73,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'desFilters' +-- * 'desFilters' - One or more filters. * @attachment.attach-time@ - The time stamp when the attachment initiated. * @attachment.delete-on-termination@ - Whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. * @attachment.device@ - The device name that is exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sda1@ ). * @attachment.instance-id@ - The ID of the instance the volume is attached to. * @attachment.status@ - The attachment state (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone in which the volume was created. * @create-time@ - The time stamp when the volume was created. * @encrypted@ - The encryption status of the volume. * @size@ - The size of the volume, in GiB. * @snapshot-id@ - The snapshot from which the volume was created. * @status@ - The status of the volume (@creating@ | @available@ | @in-use@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ | @error@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @volume-id@ - The volume ID. * @volume-type@ - The Amazon EBS volume type. This can be @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, @st1@ for Throughput Optimized HDD, @sc1@ for Cold HDD, or @standard@ for Magnetic volumes. -- --- * 'desVolumeIds' +-- * 'desVolumeIds' - One or more volume IDs. -- --- * 'desNextToken' +-- * 'desNextToken' - The @NextToken@ value returned from a previous paginated @DescribeVolumes@ request where @MaxResults@ was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the @NextToken@ value. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'desDryRun' +-- * 'desDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'desMaxResults' +-- * 'desMaxResults' - The maximum number of volume results returned by @DescribeVolumes@ in paginated output. When this parameter is used, @DescribeVolumes@ only returns @MaxResults@ results in a single page along with a @NextToken@ response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another @DescribeVolumes@ request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then @DescribeVolumes@ returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request. describeVolumes :: DescribeVolumes describeVolumes = @@ -89,40 +93,7 @@ , _desMaxResults = Nothing } --- | One or more filters. --- --- - 'attachment.attach-time' - The time stamp when the attachment initiated. --- --- - 'attachment.delete-on-termination' - Whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. --- --- - 'attachment.device' - The device name that is exposed to the instance (for example, '\/dev\/sda1'). --- --- - 'attachment.instance-id' - The ID of the instance the volume is attached to. --- --- - 'attachment.status' - The attachment state ('attaching' | 'attached' | 'detaching' | 'detached'). --- --- - 'availability-zone' - The Availability Zone in which the volume was created. --- --- - 'create-time' - The time stamp when the volume was created. --- --- - 'encrypted' - The encryption status of the volume. --- --- - 'size' - The size of the volume, in GiB. --- --- - 'snapshot-id' - The snapshot from which the volume was created. --- --- - 'status' - The status of the volume ('creating' | 'available' | 'in-use' | 'deleting' | 'deleted' | 'error'). --- --- - 'tag':/key/=/value/ - The key\/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. --- --- - 'tag-key' - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-value' filter. For example, if you use both the filter \"tag-key=Purpose\" and the filter \"tag-value=X\", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag\'s value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag\'s key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the 'tag':/key/=/value/ filter. --- --- - 'tag-value' - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the 'tag-key' filter. --- --- - 'volume-id' - The volume ID. --- --- - 'volume-type' - The Amazon EBS volume type. This can be 'gp2' for General Purpose SSD, 'io1' for Provisioned IOPS SSD, 'st1' for Throughput Optimized HDD, 'sc1' for Cold HDD, or 'standard' for Magnetic volumes. --- +-- | One or more filters. * @attachment.attach-time@ - The time stamp when the attachment initiated. * @attachment.delete-on-termination@ - Whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. * @attachment.device@ - The device name that is exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sda1@ ). * @attachment.instance-id@ - The ID of the instance the volume is attached to. * @attachment.status@ - The attachment state (@attaching@ | @attached@ | @detaching@ | @detached@ ). * @availability-zone@ - The Availability Zone in which the volume was created. * @create-time@ - The time stamp when the volume was created. * @encrypted@ - The encryption status of the volume. * @size@ - The size of the volume, in GiB. * @snapshot-id@ - The snapshot from which the volume was created. * @status@ - The status of the volume (@creating@ | @available@ | @in-use@ | @deleting@ | @deleted@ | @error@ ). * @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ - The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. * @tag-key@ - The key of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-value@ filter. For example, if you use both the filter "tag-key=Purpose" and the filter "tag-value=X", you get any resources assigned both the tag key Purpose (regardless of what the tag's value is), and the tag value X (regardless of what the tag's key is). If you want to list only resources where Purpose is X, see the @tag@ :/key/ =/value/ filter. * @tag-value@ - The value of a tag assigned to the resource. This filter is independent of the @tag-key@ filter. * @volume-id@ - The volume ID. * @volume-type@ - The Amazon EBS volume type. This can be @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, @st1@ for Throughput Optimized HDD, @sc1@ for Cold HDD, or @standard@ for Magnetic volumes. desFilters :: Lens' DescribeVolumes [Filter] desFilters = lens _desFilters (\ s a -> s{_desFilters = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -130,15 +101,15 @@ desVolumeIds :: Lens' DescribeVolumes [Text] desVolumeIds = lens _desVolumeIds (\ s a -> s{_desVolumeIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The 'NextToken' value returned from a previous paginated 'DescribeVolumes' request where 'MaxResults' was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the 'NextToken' value. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The @NextToken@ value returned from a previous paginated @DescribeVolumes@ request where @MaxResults@ was used and the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous results that returned the @NextToken@ value. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. desNextToken :: Lens' DescribeVolumes (Maybe Text) desNextToken = lens _desNextToken (\ s a -> s{_desNextToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . desDryRun :: Lens' DescribeVolumes (Maybe Bool) desDryRun = lens _desDryRun (\ s a -> s{_desDryRun = a}); --- | The maximum number of volume results returned by 'DescribeVolumes' in paginated output. When this parameter is used, 'DescribeVolumes' only returns 'MaxResults' results in a single page along with a 'NextToken' response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another 'DescribeVolumes' request with the returned 'NextToken' value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if 'MaxResults' is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then 'DescribeVolumes' returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request. +-- | The maximum number of volume results returned by @DescribeVolumes@ in paginated output. When this parameter is used, @DescribeVolumes@ only returns @MaxResults@ results in a single page along with a @NextToken@ response element. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by sending another @DescribeVolumes@ request with the returned @NextToken@ value. This value can be between 5 and 1000; if @MaxResults@ is given a value larger than 1000, only 1000 results are returned. If this parameter is not used, then @DescribeVolumes@ returns all results. You cannot specify this parameter and the volume IDs parameter in the same request. desMaxResults :: Lens' DescribeVolumes (Maybe Int) desMaxResults = lens _desMaxResults (\ s a -> s{_desMaxResults = a}); @@ -175,7 +146,7 @@ toQuery DescribeVolumes'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DescribeVolumes" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "Filter" <$> _desFilters), toQuery (toQueryList "VolumeId" <$> _desVolumeIds), "NextToken" =: _desNextToken, "DryRun" =: _desDryRun, @@ -183,6 +154,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of DescribeVolumes. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'describeVolumesResponse' smart constructor. data DescribeVolumesResponse = DescribeVolumesResponse' { _dvvrsNextToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -194,11 +167,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvvrsNextToken' +-- * 'dvvrsNextToken' - The @NextToken@ value to include in a future @DescribeVolumes@ request. When the results of a @DescribeVolumes@ request exceed @MaxResults@ , this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. -- --- * 'dvvrsVolumes' +-- * 'dvvrsVolumes' - Information about the volumes. -- --- * 'dvvrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvvrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. describeVolumesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvvrsResponseStatus' -> DescribeVolumesResponse @@ -209,7 +182,7 @@ , _dvvrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The 'NextToken' value to include in a future 'DescribeVolumes' request. When the results of a 'DescribeVolumes' request exceed 'MaxResults', this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is 'null' when there are no more results to return. +-- | The @NextToken@ value to include in a future @DescribeVolumes@ request. When the results of a @DescribeVolumes@ request exceed @MaxResults@ , this value can be used to retrieve the next page of results. This value is @null@ when there are no more results to return. dvvrsNextToken :: Lens' DescribeVolumesResponse (Maybe Text) dvvrsNextToken = lens _dvvrsNextToken (\ s a -> s{_dvvrsNextToken = a}); @@ -217,7 +190,7 @@ dvvrsVolumes :: Lens' DescribeVolumesResponse [Volume] dvvrsVolumes = lens _dvvrsVolumes (\ s a -> s{_dvvrsVolumes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvvrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DescribeVolumesResponse Int dvvrsResponseStatus = lens _dvvrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvvrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachClassicLinkVPC.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachClassicLinkVPC.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachClassicLinkVPC.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachClassicLinkVPC.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Unlinks (detaches) a linked EC2-Classic instance from a VPC. After the instance has been unlinked, the VPC security groups are no longer associated with it. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it\'s stopped. +-- Unlinks (detaches) a linked EC2-Classic instance from a VPC. After the instance has been unlinked, the VPC security groups are no longer associated with it. An instance is automatically unlinked from a VPC when it's stopped. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DetachClassicLinkVPC ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DetachClassicLinkVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'detachClassicLinkVPC' smart constructor. data DetachClassicLinkVPC = DetachClassicLinkVPC' { _dclvDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dclvDryRun' +-- * 'dclvDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dclvInstanceId' +-- * 'dclvInstanceId' - The ID of the instance to unlink from the VPC. -- --- * 'dclvVPCId' +-- * 'dclvVPCId' - The ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked. detachClassicLinkVPC :: Text -- ^ 'dclvInstanceId' -> Text -- ^ 'dclvVPCId' @@ -73,7 +77,7 @@ , _dclvVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dclvDryRun :: Lens' DetachClassicLinkVPC (Maybe Bool) dclvDryRun = lens _dclvDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dclvDryRun = a}); @@ -109,13 +113,15 @@ toQuery DetachClassicLinkVPC'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DetachClassicLinkVpc" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dclvDryRun, "InstanceId" =: _dclvInstanceId, "VpcId" =: _dclvVPCId] -- | Contains the output of DetachClassicLinkVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'detachClassicLinkVPCResponse' smart constructor. data DetachClassicLinkVPCResponse = DetachClassicLinkVPCResponse' { _dclvrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -126,9 +132,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dclvrsReturn' +-- * 'dclvrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'dclvrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dclvrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. detachClassicLinkVPCResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dclvrsResponseStatus' -> DetachClassicLinkVPCResponse @@ -138,11 +144,11 @@ , _dclvrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. dclvrsReturn :: Lens' DetachClassicLinkVPCResponse (Maybe Bool) dclvrsReturn = lens _dclvrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_dclvrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dclvrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DetachClassicLinkVPCResponse Int dclvrsResponseStatus = lens _dclvrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dclvrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachInternetGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachInternetGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachInternetGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachInternetGateway.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Detaches an Internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the Internet and the VPC. The VPC must not contain any running instances with Elastic IP addresses. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DetachInternetGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -43,6 +45,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DetachInternetGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'detachInternetGateway' smart constructor. data DetachInternetGateway = DetachInternetGateway' { _digDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -54,11 +58,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'digDryRun' +-- * 'digDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'digInternetGatewayId' +-- * 'digInternetGatewayId' - The ID of the Internet gateway. -- --- * 'digVPCId' +-- * 'digVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. detachInternetGateway :: Text -- ^ 'digInternetGatewayId' -> Text -- ^ 'digVPCId' @@ -70,7 +74,7 @@ , _digVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . digDryRun :: Lens' DetachInternetGateway (Maybe Bool) digDryRun = lens _digDryRun (\ s a -> s{_digDryRun = a}); @@ -102,7 +106,7 @@ toQuery DetachInternetGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DetachInternetGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _digDryRun, "InternetGatewayId" =: _digInternetGatewayId, "VpcId" =: _digVPCId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachNetworkInterface.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachNetworkInterface.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachNetworkInterface.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachNetworkInterface.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Detaches a network interface from an instance. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DetachNetworkInterface ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -43,6 +45,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DetachNetworkInterface. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'detachNetworkInterface' smart constructor. data DetachNetworkInterface = DetachNetworkInterface' { _dniForce :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -54,11 +58,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dniForce' +-- * 'dniForce' - Specifies whether to force a detachment. -- --- * 'dniDryRun' +-- * 'dniDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dniAttachmentId' +-- * 'dniAttachmentId' - The ID of the attachment. detachNetworkInterface :: Text -- ^ 'dniAttachmentId' -> DetachNetworkInterface @@ -73,7 +77,7 @@ dniForce :: Lens' DetachNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) dniForce = lens _dniForce (\ s a -> s{_dniForce = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dniDryRun :: Lens' DetachNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) dniDryRun = lens _dniDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dniDryRun = a}); @@ -103,7 +107,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DetachNetworkInterface" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Force" =: _dniForce, "DryRun" =: _dniDryRun, "AttachmentId" =: _dniAttachmentId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachVPNGateway.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachVPNGateway.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachVPNGateway.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachVPNGateway.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC. You do this if you\'re planning to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual private gateway (any attachments to the virtual private gateway are also described). +-- Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC. You do this if you're planning to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual private gateway (any attachments to the virtual private gateway are also described). -- --- You must wait for the attachment\'s state to switch to 'detached' before you can delete the VPC or attach a different VPC to the virtual private gateway. +-- +-- You must wait for the attachment's state to switch to @detached@ before you can delete the VPC or attach a different VPC to the virtual private gateway. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DetachVPNGateway ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DetachVpnGateway. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'detachVPNGateway' smart constructor. data DetachVPNGateway = DetachVPNGateway' { _dvpngDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,11 +60,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpngDryRun' +-- * 'dvpngDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvpngVPNGatewayId' +-- * 'dvpngVPNGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway. -- --- * 'dvpngVPCId' +-- * 'dvpngVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. detachVPNGateway :: Text -- ^ 'dvpngVPNGatewayId' -> Text -- ^ 'dvpngVPCId' @@ -72,7 +76,7 @@ , _dvpngVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvpngDryRun :: Lens' DetachVPNGateway (Maybe Bool) dvpngDryRun = lens _dvpngDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvpngDryRun = a}); @@ -103,7 +107,7 @@ toQuery DetachVPNGateway'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DetachVpnGateway" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dvpngDryRun, "VpnGatewayId" =: _dvpngVPNGatewayId, "VpcId" =: _dvpngVPCId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachVolume.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachVolume.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachVolume.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DetachVolume.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the 'busy' state while detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three. If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can\'t be detached while the instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first. +-- Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the @busy@ state while detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three. If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can't be detached while the instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first. -- +-- -- When a volume with an AWS Marketplace product code is detached from an instance, the product code is no longer associated with the instance. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DetachVolume ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -56,6 +58,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DetachVolume. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'detachVolume' smart constructor. data DetachVolume = DetachVolume' { _dvInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -69,15 +73,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvInstanceId' +-- * 'dvInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'dvForce' +-- * 'dvForce' - Forces detachment if the previous detachment attempt did not occur cleanly (for example, logging into an instance, unmounting the volume, and detaching normally). This option can lead to data loss or a corrupted file system. Use this option only as a last resort to detach a volume from a failed instance. The instance won't have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. -- --- * 'dvDevice' +-- * 'dvDevice' - The device name. -- --- * 'dvDryRun' +-- * 'dvDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvVolumeId' +-- * 'dvVolumeId' - The ID of the volume. detachVolume :: Text -- ^ 'dvVolumeId' -> DetachVolume @@ -94,7 +98,7 @@ dvInstanceId :: Lens' DetachVolume (Maybe Text) dvInstanceId = lens _dvInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_dvInstanceId = a}); --- | Forces detachment if the previous detachment attempt did not occur cleanly (for example, logging into an instance, unmounting the volume, and detaching normally). This option can lead to data loss or a corrupted file system. Use this option only as a last resort to detach a volume from a failed instance. The instance won\'t have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. +-- | Forces detachment if the previous detachment attempt did not occur cleanly (for example, logging into an instance, unmounting the volume, and detaching normally). This option can lead to data loss or a corrupted file system. Use this option only as a last resort to detach a volume from a failed instance. The instance won't have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. dvForce :: Lens' DetachVolume (Maybe Bool) dvForce = lens _dvForce (\ s a -> s{_dvForce = a}); @@ -102,7 +106,7 @@ dvDevice :: Lens' DetachVolume (Maybe Text) dvDevice = lens _dvDevice (\ s a -> s{_dvDevice = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvDryRun :: Lens' DetachVolume (Maybe Bool) dvDryRun = lens _dvDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvDryRun = a}); @@ -129,7 +133,7 @@ toQuery DetachVolume'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DetachVolume" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "InstanceId" =: _dvInstanceId, "Force" =: _dvForce, "Device" =: _dvDevice, "DryRun" =: _dvDryRun, "VolumeId" =: _dvVolumeId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVGWRoutePropagation.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVGWRoutePropagation.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVGWRoutePropagation.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVGWRoutePropagation.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DisableVGWRoutePropagation ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DisableVgwRoutePropagation. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'disableVGWRoutePropagation' smart constructor. data DisableVGWRoutePropagation = DisableVGWRoutePropagation' { _dvrpRouteTableId :: !Text @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvrpRouteTableId' +-- * 'dvrpRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table. -- --- * 'dvrpGatewayId' +-- * 'dvrpGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway. disableVGWRoutePropagation :: Text -- ^ 'dvrpRouteTableId' -> Text -- ^ 'dvrpGatewayId' @@ -95,7 +99,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DisableVgwRoutePropagation" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "RouteTableId" =: _dvrpRouteTableId, "GatewayId" =: _dvrpGatewayId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVPCClassicLink.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVPCClassicLink.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVPCClassicLink.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVPCClassicLink.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Disables ClassicLink for a VPC. You cannot disable ClassicLink for a VPC that has EC2-Classic instances linked to it. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DisableVPCClassicLink ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DisableVpcClassicLink. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'disableVPCClassicLink' smart constructor. data DisableVPCClassicLink = DisableVPCClassicLink' { _dvpcclDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcclDryRun' +-- * 'dvpcclDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'dvpcclVPCId' +-- * 'dvpcclVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. disableVPCClassicLink :: Text -- ^ 'dvpcclVPCId' -> DisableVPCClassicLink @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ , _dvpcclVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dvpcclDryRun :: Lens' DisableVPCClassicLink (Maybe Bool) dvpcclDryRun = lens _dvpcclDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dvpcclDryRun = a}); @@ -99,11 +103,13 @@ toQuery DisableVPCClassicLink'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DisableVpcClassicLink" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _dvpcclDryRun, "VpcId" =: _dvpcclVPCId] -- | Contains the output of DisableVpcClassicLink. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'disableVPCClassicLinkResponse' smart constructor. data DisableVPCClassicLinkResponse = DisableVPCClassicLinkResponse' { _dvpcclrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -114,9 +120,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvpcclrsReturn' +-- * 'dvpcclrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'dvpcclrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvpcclrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. disableVPCClassicLinkResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvpcclrsResponseStatus' -> DisableVPCClassicLinkResponse @@ -126,11 +132,11 @@ , _dvpcclrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. dvpcclrsReturn :: Lens' DisableVPCClassicLinkResponse (Maybe Bool) dvpcclrsReturn = lens _dvpcclrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_dvpcclrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvpcclrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DisableVPCClassicLinkResponse Int dvpcclrsResponseStatus = lens _dvpcclrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvpcclrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Disables ClassicLink DNS support for a VPC. If disabled, DNS hostnames resolve to public IP addresses when addressed between a linked EC2-Classic instance and instances in the VPC to which it\'s linked. For more information about ClassicLink, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +-- Disables ClassicLink DNS support for a VPC. If disabled, DNS hostnames resolve to public IP addresses when addressed between a linked EC2-Classic instance and instances in the VPC to which it's linked. For more information about ClassicLink, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'disableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport' smart constructor. newtype DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport = DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport' { _dvcldsVPCId :: Maybe Text @@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvcldsVPCId' +-- * 'dvcldsVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. disableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport :: DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport disableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport = @@ -93,11 +97,13 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VpcId" =: _dvcldsVPCId] -- | Contains the output of DisableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'disableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse' smart constructor. data DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse = DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse' { _dvcldsrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -108,9 +114,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dvcldsrsReturn' +-- * 'dvcldsrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'dvcldsrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'dvcldsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. disableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse :: Int -- ^ 'dvcldsrsResponseStatus' -> DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse @@ -120,11 +126,11 @@ , _dvcldsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. dvcldsrsReturn :: Lens' DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse (Maybe Bool) dvcldsrsReturn = lens _dvcldsrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_dvcldsrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. dvcldsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DisableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse Int dvcldsrsResponseStatus = lens _dvcldsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvcldsrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateAddress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateAddress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateAddress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateAddress.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it\'s associated with. +-- Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's associated with. -- --- An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -- --- This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn\'t return an error. +-- An Elastic IP address is for use in either the EC2-Classic platform or in a VPC. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- This is an idempotent operation. If you perform the operation more than once, Amazon EC2 doesn't return an error. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateAddress ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DisassociateAddress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'disassociateAddress' smart constructor. data DisassociateAddress = DisassociateAddress' { _dasAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -58,11 +62,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'dasAssociationId' +-- * 'dasAssociationId' - [EC2-VPC] The association ID. Required for EC2-VPC. -- --- * 'dasPublicIP' +-- * 'dasPublicIP' - [EC2-Classic] The Elastic IP address. Required for EC2-Classic. -- --- * 'dasDryRun' +-- * 'dasDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . disassociateAddress :: DisassociateAddress disassociateAddress = @@ -80,7 +84,7 @@ dasPublicIP :: Lens' DisassociateAddress (Maybe Text) dasPublicIP = lens _dasPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_dasPublicIP = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . dasDryRun :: Lens' DisassociateAddress (Maybe Bool) dasDryRun = lens _dasDryRun (\ s a -> s{_dasDryRun = a}); @@ -104,7 +108,7 @@ toQuery DisassociateAddress'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DisassociateAddress" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "AssociationId" =: _dasAssociationId, "PublicIp" =: _dasPublicIP, "DryRun" =: _dasDryRun] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateRouteTable.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateRouteTable.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateRouteTable.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateRouteTable.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Disassociates a subnet from a route table. -- --- After you perform this action, the subnet no longer uses the routes in the route table. Instead, it uses the routes in the VPC\'s main route table. For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- After you perform this action, the subnet no longer uses the routes in the route table. Instead, it uses the routes in the VPC's main route table. For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateRouteTable ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for DisassociateRouteTable. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'disassociateRouteTable' smart constructor. data DisassociateRouteTable = DisassociateRouteTable' { _drtDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -54,9 +58,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'drtDryRun' +-- * 'drtDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'drtAssociationId' +-- * 'drtAssociationId' - The association ID representing the current association between the route table and subnet. disassociateRouteTable :: Text -- ^ 'drtAssociationId' -> DisassociateRouteTable @@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ , _drtAssociationId = pAssociationId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . drtDryRun :: Lens' DisassociateRouteTable (Maybe Bool) drtDryRun = lens _drtDryRun (\ s a -> s{_drtDryRun = a}); @@ -96,7 +100,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("DisassociateRouteTable" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _drtDryRun, "AssociationId" =: _drtAssociationId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock.hs @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet. Currently, you can disassociate an IPv6 CIDR block only. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock + ( + -- * Creating a Request + disassociateSubnetCidrBlock + , DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock + -- * Request Lenses + , dscbAssociationId + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , disassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse + , DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dscbrsSubnetId + , dscbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , dscbrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'disassociateSubnetCidrBlock' smart constructor. +newtype DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock = DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock' + { _dscbAssociationId :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dscbAssociationId' - The association ID for the CIDR block. +disassociateSubnetCidrBlock + :: Text -- ^ 'dscbAssociationId' + -> DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock +disassociateSubnetCidrBlock pAssociationId_ = + DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock' + { _dscbAssociationId = pAssociationId_ + } + +-- | The association ID for the CIDR block. +dscbAssociationId :: Lens' DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock Text +dscbAssociationId = lens _dscbAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_dscbAssociationId = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock where + type Rs DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock = + DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' <$> + (x .@? "subnetId") <*> + (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockAssociation") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock + +instance NFData DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock + +instance ToHeaders DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock where + toQuery DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "AssociationId" =: _dscbAssociationId] + +-- | /See:/ 'disassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' smart constructor. +data DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse = DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' + { _dscbrsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dscbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation :: !(Maybe SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation) + , _dscbrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dscbrsSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'dscbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' - Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association. +-- +-- * 'dscbrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +disassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dscbrsResponseStatus' + -> DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse +disassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse pResponseStatus_ = + DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse' + { _dscbrsSubnetId = Nothing + , _dscbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = Nothing + , _dscbrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | The ID of the subnet. +dscbrsSubnetId :: Lens' DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse (Maybe Text) +dscbrsSubnetId = lens _dscbrsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_dscbrsSubnetId = a}); + +-- | Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association. +dscbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation :: Lens' DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse (Maybe SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation) +dscbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = lens _dscbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (\ s a -> s{_dscbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +dscbrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse Int +dscbrsResponseStatus = lens _dscbrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dscbrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateVPCCidrBlock.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateVPCCidrBlock.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/DisassociateVPCCidrBlock.hs @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateVPCCidrBlock +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC. Currently, you can disassociate an IPv6 CIDR block only. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.DisassociateVPCCidrBlock + ( + -- * Creating a Request + disassociateVPCCidrBlock + , DisassociateVPCCidrBlock + -- * Request Lenses + , dvcbAssociationId + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , disassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse + , DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , dvcbrsVPCId + , dvcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , dvcbrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'disassociateVPCCidrBlock' smart constructor. +newtype DisassociateVPCCidrBlock = DisassociateVPCCidrBlock' + { _dvcbAssociationId :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DisassociateVPCCidrBlock' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dvcbAssociationId' - The association ID for the CIDR block. +disassociateVPCCidrBlock + :: Text -- ^ 'dvcbAssociationId' + -> DisassociateVPCCidrBlock +disassociateVPCCidrBlock pAssociationId_ = + DisassociateVPCCidrBlock' + { _dvcbAssociationId = pAssociationId_ + } + +-- | The association ID for the CIDR block. +dvcbAssociationId :: Lens' DisassociateVPCCidrBlock Text +dvcbAssociationId = lens _dvcbAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_dvcbAssociationId = a}); + +instance AWSRequest DisassociateVPCCidrBlock where + type Rs DisassociateVPCCidrBlock = + DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' <$> + (x .@? "vpcId") <*> + (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockAssociation") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable DisassociateVPCCidrBlock + +instance NFData DisassociateVPCCidrBlock + +instance ToHeaders DisassociateVPCCidrBlock where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath DisassociateVPCCidrBlock where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery DisassociateVPCCidrBlock where + toQuery DisassociateVPCCidrBlock'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("DisassociateVpcCidrBlock" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "AssociationId" =: _dvcbAssociationId] + +-- | /See:/ 'disassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' smart constructor. +data DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse = DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' + { _dvcbrsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dvcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation :: !(Maybe VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation) + , _dvcbrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dvcbrsVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'dvcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' - Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association. +-- +-- * 'dvcbrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +disassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'dvcbrsResponseStatus' + -> DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse +disassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse pResponseStatus_ = + DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse' + { _dvcbrsVPCId = Nothing + , _dvcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = Nothing + , _dvcbrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +dvcbrsVPCId :: Lens' DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse (Maybe Text) +dvcbrsVPCId = lens _dvcbrsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_dvcbrsVPCId = a}); + +-- | Information about the IPv6 CIDR block association. +dvcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation :: Lens' DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse (Maybe VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation) +dvcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = lens _dvcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (\ s a -> s{_dvcbrsIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +dvcbrsResponseStatus :: Lens' DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse Int +dvcbrsResponseStatus = lens _dvcbrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_dvcbrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVGWRoutePropagation.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVGWRoutePropagation.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVGWRoutePropagation.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVGWRoutePropagation.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVGWRoutePropagation ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for EnableVgwRoutePropagation. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'enableVGWRoutePropagation' smart constructor. data EnableVGWRoutePropagation = EnableVGWRoutePropagation' { _evrpRouteTableId :: !Text @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'evrpRouteTableId' +-- * 'evrpRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table. -- --- * 'evrpGatewayId' +-- * 'evrpGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway. enableVGWRoutePropagation :: Text -- ^ 'evrpRouteTableId' -> Text -- ^ 'evrpGatewayId' @@ -95,7 +99,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("EnableVgwRoutePropagation" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "RouteTableId" =: _evrpRouteTableId, "GatewayId" =: _evrpGatewayId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVPCClassicLink.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVPCClassicLink.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVPCClassicLink.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVPCClassicLink.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Enables a VPC for ClassicLink. You can then link EC2-Classic instances to your ClassicLink-enabled VPC to allow communication over private IP addresses. You cannot enable your VPC for ClassicLink if any of your VPC\'s route tables have existing routes for address ranges within the '10.0.0.0\/8' IP address range, excluding local routes for VPCs in the '10.0.0.0\/16' and '10.1.0.0\/16' IP address ranges. For more information, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +-- Enables a VPC for ClassicLink. You can then link EC2-Classic instances to your ClassicLink-enabled VPC to allow communication over private IP addresses. You cannot enable your VPC for ClassicLink if any of your VPC's route tables have existing routes for address ranges within the @10.0.0.0/8@ IP address range, excluding local routes for VPCs in the @10.0.0.0/16@ and @10.1.0.0/16@ IP address ranges. For more information, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVPCClassicLink ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for EnableVpcClassicLink. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'enableVPCClassicLink' smart constructor. data EnableVPCClassicLink = EnableVPCClassicLink' { _evclDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'evclDryRun' +-- * 'evclDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'evclVPCId' +-- * 'evclVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. enableVPCClassicLink :: Text -- ^ 'evclVPCId' -> EnableVPCClassicLink @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ , _evclVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . evclDryRun :: Lens' EnableVPCClassicLink (Maybe Bool) evclDryRun = lens _evclDryRun (\ s a -> s{_evclDryRun = a}); @@ -99,11 +103,13 @@ toQuery EnableVPCClassicLink'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("EnableVpcClassicLink" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _evclDryRun, "VpcId" =: _evclVPCId] -- | Contains the output of EnableVpcClassicLink. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'enableVPCClassicLinkResponse' smart constructor. data EnableVPCClassicLinkResponse = EnableVPCClassicLinkResponse' { _evclrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -114,9 +120,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'evclrsReturn' +-- * 'evclrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'evclrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'evclrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. enableVPCClassicLinkResponse :: Int -- ^ 'evclrsResponseStatus' -> EnableVPCClassicLinkResponse @@ -126,11 +132,11 @@ , _evclrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. evclrsReturn :: Lens' EnableVPCClassicLinkResponse (Maybe Bool) evclrsReturn = lens _evclrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_evclrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. evclrsResponseStatus :: Lens' EnableVPCClassicLinkResponse Int evclrsResponseStatus = lens _evclrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_evclrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Enables a VPC to support DNS hostname resolution for ClassicLink. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it\'s linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information about ClassicLink, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +-- Enables a VPC to support DNS hostname resolution for ClassicLink. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance. For more information about ClassicLink, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -44,6 +46,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'enableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport' smart constructor. newtype EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport = EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport' { _evcldsVPCId :: Maybe Text @@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'evcldsVPCId' +-- * 'evcldsVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. enableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport :: EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport enableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport = @@ -92,11 +96,13 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VpcId" =: _evcldsVPCId] -- | Contains the output of EnableVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'enableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse' smart constructor. data EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse = EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse' { _evcldsrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -107,9 +113,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'evcldsrsReturn' +-- * 'evcldsrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'evcldsrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'evcldsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. enableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse :: Int -- ^ 'evcldsrsResponseStatus' -> EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse @@ -119,11 +125,11 @@ , _evcldsrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. evcldsrsReturn :: Lens' EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse (Maybe Bool) evcldsrsReturn = lens _evcldsrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_evcldsrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. evcldsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' EnableVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse Int evcldsrsResponseStatus = lens _evcldsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_evcldsrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVolumeIO.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVolumeIO.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVolumeIO.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/EnableVolumeIO.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Enables I\/O operations for a volume that had I\/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent. +-- Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.EnableVolumeIO ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for EnableVolumeIO. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'enableVolumeIO' smart constructor. data EnableVolumeIO = EnableVolumeIO' { _evioDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'evioDryRun' +-- * 'evioDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'evioVolumeId' +-- * 'evioVolumeId' - The ID of the volume. enableVolumeIO :: Text -- ^ 'evioVolumeId' -> EnableVolumeIO @@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ , _evioVolumeId = pVolumeId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . evioDryRun :: Lens' EnableVolumeIO (Maybe Bool) evioDryRun = lens _evioDryRun (\ s a -> s{_evioDryRun = a}); @@ -91,7 +95,7 @@ toQuery EnableVolumeIO'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("EnableVolumeIO" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _evioDryRun, "VolumeId" =: _evioVolumeId] -- | /See:/ 'enableVolumeIOResponse' smart constructor. diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetConsoleOutput.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetConsoleOutput.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetConsoleOutput.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetConsoleOutput.hs @@ -20,13 +20,15 @@ -- -- Gets the console output for the specified instance. -- +-- -- Instances do not have a physical monitor through which you can view their console output. They also lack physical controls that allow you to power up, reboot, or shut them down. To allow these actions, we provide them through the Amazon EC2 API and command line interface. -- -- Instance console output is buffered and posted shortly after instance boot, reboot, and termination. Amazon EC2 preserves the most recent 64 KB output which is available for at least one hour after the most recent post. -- --- For Linux instances, the instance console output displays the exact console output that would normally be displayed on a physical monitor attached to a computer. This output is buffered because the instance produces it and then posts it to a store where the instance\'s owner can retrieve it. +-- For Linux instances, the instance console output displays the exact console output that would normally be displayed on a physical monitor attached to a computer. This output is buffered because the instance produces it and then posts it to a store where the instance's owner can retrieve it. -- -- For Windows instances, the instance console output includes output from the EC2Config service. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.GetConsoleOutput ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -55,6 +57,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for GetConsoleOutput. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'getConsoleOutput' smart constructor. data GetConsoleOutput = GetConsoleOutput' { _gcoDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -65,9 +69,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'gcoDryRun' +-- * 'gcoDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'gcoInstanceId' +-- * 'gcoInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. getConsoleOutput :: Text -- ^ 'gcoInstanceId' -> GetConsoleOutput @@ -77,7 +81,7 @@ , _gcoInstanceId = pInstanceId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . gcoDryRun :: Lens' GetConsoleOutput (Maybe Bool) gcoDryRun = lens _gcoDryRun (\ s a -> s{_gcoDryRun = a}); @@ -110,12 +114,14 @@ toQuery GetConsoleOutput'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("GetConsoleOutput" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _gcoDryRun, "InstanceId" =: _gcoInstanceId] -- | Contains the output of GetConsoleOutput. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'getConsoleOutputResponse' smart constructor. data GetConsoleOutputResponse = GetConsoleOutputResponse' { _gcorsInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -128,13 +134,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'gcorsInstanceId' +-- * 'gcorsInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'gcorsOutput' +-- * 'gcorsOutput' - The console output, Base64-encoded. If using a command line tool, the tool decodes the output for you. -- --- * 'gcorsTimestamp' +-- * 'gcorsTimestamp' - The time the output was last updated. -- --- * 'gcorsResponseStatus' +-- * 'gcorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. getConsoleOutputResponse :: Int -- ^ 'gcorsResponseStatus' -> GetConsoleOutputResponse @@ -158,7 +164,7 @@ gcorsTimestamp :: Lens' GetConsoleOutputResponse (Maybe UTCTime) gcorsTimestamp = lens _gcorsTimestamp (\ s a -> s{_gcorsTimestamp = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. gcorsResponseStatus :: Lens' GetConsoleOutputResponse Int gcorsResponseStatus = lens _gcorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_gcorsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetConsoleScreenshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetConsoleScreenshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetConsoleScreenshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetConsoleScreenshot.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting. -- +-- -- The returned content is Base64-encoded. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.GetConsoleScreenshot ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for the request. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'getConsoleScreenshot' smart constructor. data GetConsoleScreenshot = GetConsoleScreenshot' { _gcsWakeUp :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -60,11 +64,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'gcsWakeUp' +-- * 'gcsWakeUp' - When set to @true@ , acts as keystroke input and wakes up an instance that's in standby or "sleep" mode. -- --- * 'gcsDryRun' +-- * 'gcsDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'gcsInstanceId' +-- * 'gcsInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. getConsoleScreenshot :: Text -- ^ 'gcsInstanceId' -> GetConsoleScreenshot @@ -75,11 +79,11 @@ , _gcsInstanceId = pInstanceId_ } --- | When set to 'true', acts as keystroke input and wakes up an instance that\'s in standby or \"sleep\" mode. +-- | When set to @true@ , acts as keystroke input and wakes up an instance that's in standby or "sleep" mode. gcsWakeUp :: Lens' GetConsoleScreenshot (Maybe Bool) gcsWakeUp = lens _gcsWakeUp (\ s a -> s{_gcsWakeUp = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . gcsDryRun :: Lens' GetConsoleScreenshot (Maybe Bool) gcsDryRun = lens _gcsDryRun (\ s a -> s{_gcsDryRun = a}); @@ -112,12 +116,14 @@ toQuery GetConsoleScreenshot'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("GetConsoleScreenshot" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "WakeUp" =: _gcsWakeUp, "DryRun" =: _gcsDryRun, "InstanceId" =: _gcsInstanceId] -- | Contains the output of the request. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'getConsoleScreenshotResponse' smart constructor. data GetConsoleScreenshotResponse = GetConsoleScreenshotResponse' { _gcsrsInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -129,11 +135,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'gcsrsInstanceId' +-- * 'gcsrsInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'gcsrsImageData' +-- * 'gcsrsImageData' - The data that comprises the image. -- --- * 'gcsrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'gcsrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. getConsoleScreenshotResponse :: Int -- ^ 'gcsrsResponseStatus' -> GetConsoleScreenshotResponse @@ -152,7 +158,7 @@ gcsrsImageData :: Lens' GetConsoleScreenshotResponse (Maybe Text) gcsrsImageData = lens _gcsrsImageData (\ s a -> s{_gcsrsImageData = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. gcsrsResponseStatus :: Lens' GetConsoleScreenshotResponse Int gcsrsResponseStatus = lens _gcsrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_gcsrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetHostReservationPurchasePreview.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation. -- --- This is a preview of the < PurchaseHostReservation> action and does not result in the offering being purchased. +-- +-- This is a preview of the 'PurchaseHostReservation' action and does not result in the offering being purchased. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.GetHostReservationPurchasePreview ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -58,9 +60,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ghrppOfferingId' +-- * 'ghrppOfferingId' - The offering ID of the reservation. -- --- * 'ghrppHostIdSet' +-- * 'ghrppHostIdSet' - The ID/s of the Dedicated Host/s that the reservation will be associated with. getHostReservationPurchasePreview :: Text -- ^ 'ghrppOfferingId' -> GetHostReservationPurchasePreview @@ -74,7 +76,7 @@ ghrppOfferingId :: Lens' GetHostReservationPurchasePreview Text ghrppOfferingId = lens _ghrppOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_ghrppOfferingId = a}); --- | The ID\/s of the Dedicated Host\/s that the reservation will be associated with. +-- | The ID/s of the Dedicated Host/s that the reservation will be associated with. ghrppHostIdSet :: Lens' GetHostReservationPurchasePreview [Text] ghrppHostIdSet = lens _ghrppHostIdSet (\ s a -> s{_ghrppHostIdSet = a}) . _Coerce; @@ -112,7 +114,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("GetHostReservationPurchasePreview" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "OfferingId" =: _ghrppOfferingId, toQueryList "HostIdSet" _ghrppHostIdSet] @@ -129,15 +131,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ghrpprsCurrencyCode' +-- * 'ghrpprsCurrencyCode' - The currency in which the @totalUpfrontPrice@ and @totalHourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . -- --- * 'ghrpprsTotalHourlyPrice' +-- * 'ghrpprsTotalHourlyPrice' - The potential total hourly price of the reservation per hour. -- --- * 'ghrpprsTotalUpfrontPrice' +-- * 'ghrpprsTotalUpfrontPrice' - The potential total upfront price. This is billed immediately. -- --- * 'ghrpprsPurchase' +-- * 'ghrpprsPurchase' - The purchase information of the Dedicated Host Reservation and the Dedicated Hosts associated with it. -- --- * 'ghrpprsResponseStatus' +-- * 'ghrpprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. getHostReservationPurchasePreviewResponse :: Int -- ^ 'ghrpprsResponseStatus' -> GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewResponse @@ -150,7 +152,7 @@ , _ghrpprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The currency in which the 'totalUpfrontPrice' and 'totalHourlyPrice' amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. +-- | The currency in which the @totalUpfrontPrice@ and @totalHourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . ghrpprsCurrencyCode :: Lens' GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewResponse (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) ghrpprsCurrencyCode = lens _ghrpprsCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_ghrpprsCurrencyCode = a}); @@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ ghrpprsPurchase :: Lens' GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewResponse [Purchase] ghrpprsPurchase = lens _ghrpprsPurchase (\ s a -> s{_ghrpprsPurchase = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. ghrpprsResponseStatus :: Lens' GetHostReservationPurchasePreviewResponse Int ghrpprsResponseStatus = lens _ghrpprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ghrpprsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetPasswordData.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetPasswordData.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetPasswordData.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetPasswordData.hs @@ -20,11 +20,13 @@ -- -- Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for an instance running Windows. -- --- The Windows password is generated at boot if the 'EC2Config' service plugin, 'Ec2SetPassword', is enabled. This usually only happens the first time an AMI is launched, and then 'Ec2SetPassword' is automatically disabled. The password is not generated for rebundled AMIs unless 'Ec2SetPassword' is enabled before bundling. -- +-- The Windows password is generated at boot if the @EC2Config@ service plugin, @Ec2SetPassword@ , is enabled. This usually only happens the first time an AMI is launched, and then @Ec2SetPassword@ is automatically disabled. The password is not generated for rebundled AMIs unless @Ec2SetPassword@ is enabled before bundling. +-- -- The password is encrypted using the key pair that you specified when you launched the instance. You must provide the corresponding key pair file. -- -- Password generation and encryption takes a few moments. We recommend that you wait up to 15 minutes after launching an instance before trying to retrieve the generated password. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.GetPasswordData ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for GetPasswordData. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'getPasswordData' smart constructor. data GetPasswordData = GetPasswordData' { _gpdDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -63,9 +67,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'gpdDryRun' +-- * 'gpdDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'gpdInstanceId' +-- * 'gpdInstanceId' - The ID of the Windows instance. getPasswordData :: Text -- ^ 'gpdInstanceId' -> GetPasswordData @@ -75,7 +79,7 @@ , _gpdInstanceId = pInstanceId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . gpdDryRun :: Lens' GetPasswordData (Maybe Bool) gpdDryRun = lens _gpdDryRun (\ s a -> s{_gpdDryRun = a}); @@ -108,12 +112,14 @@ toQuery GetPasswordData'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("GetPasswordData" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _gpdDryRun, "InstanceId" =: _gpdInstanceId] -- | Contains the output of GetPasswordData. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'getPasswordDataResponse' smart constructor. data GetPasswordDataResponse = GetPasswordDataResponse' { _gpdrsResponseStatus :: !Int @@ -126,13 +132,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'gpdrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'gpdrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. -- --- * 'gpdrsInstanceId' +-- * 'gpdrsInstanceId' - The ID of the Windows instance. -- --- * 'gpdrsPasswordData' +-- * 'gpdrsPasswordData' - The password of the instance. -- --- * 'gpdrsTimestamp' +-- * 'gpdrsTimestamp' - The time the data was last updated. getPasswordDataResponse :: Int -- ^ 'gpdrsResponseStatus' -> Text -- ^ 'gpdrsInstanceId' @@ -147,7 +153,7 @@ , _gpdrsTimestamp = _Time # pTimestamp_ } --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. gpdrsResponseStatus :: Lens' GetPasswordDataResponse Int gpdrsResponseStatus = lens _gpdrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_gpdrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.hs @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Returns details about the values and term of your specified Convertible Reserved Instances. When a target configuration is specified, it returns information about whether the exchange is valid and can be performed. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + ( + -- * Creating a Request + getReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + , GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + -- * Request Lenses + , grieqTargetConfigurations + , grieqDryRun + , grieqReservedInstanceIds + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , getReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse + , GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , grieqrsValidationFailureReason + , grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueRollup + , grieqrsCurrencyCode + , grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueSet + , grieqrsReservedInstanceValueRollup + , grieqrsOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt + , grieqrsReservedInstanceValueSet + , grieqrsIsValidExchange + , grieqrsPaymentDue + , grieqrsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | Contains the parameters for GetReservedInstanceExchangeQuote. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'getReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' smart constructor. +data GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' + { _grieqTargetConfigurations :: !(Maybe [TargetConfigurationRequest]) + , _grieqDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _grieqReservedInstanceIds :: ![Text] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'grieqTargetConfigurations' - The configuration requirements of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange for your current Convertible Reserved Instances. +-- +-- * 'grieqDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'grieqReservedInstanceIds' - The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange. +getReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + :: GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote +getReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = + GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' + { _grieqTargetConfigurations = Nothing + , _grieqDryRun = Nothing + , _grieqReservedInstanceIds = mempty + } + +-- | The configuration requirements of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange for your current Convertible Reserved Instances. +grieqTargetConfigurations :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote [TargetConfigurationRequest] +grieqTargetConfigurations = lens _grieqTargetConfigurations (\ s a -> s{_grieqTargetConfigurations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +grieqDryRun :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote (Maybe Bool) +grieqDryRun = lens _grieqDryRun (\ s a -> s{_grieqDryRun = a}); + +-- | The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange. +grieqReservedInstanceIds :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote [Text] +grieqReservedInstanceIds = lens _grieqReservedInstanceIds (\ s a -> s{_grieqReservedInstanceIds = a}) . _Coerce; + +instance AWSRequest GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + where + type Rs GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = + GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' <$> + (x .@? "validationFailureReason") <*> + (x .@? "targetConfigurationValueRollup") + <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") + <*> + (x .@? "targetConfigurationValueSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "reservedInstanceValueRollup") + <*> (x .@? "outputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt") + <*> + (x .@? "reservedInstanceValueSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "isValidExchange") + <*> (x .@? "paymentDue") + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + +instance NFData GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + +instance ToHeaders GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote + where + toQuery GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: + ("GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + toQuery + (toQueryList "TargetConfiguration" <$> + _grieqTargetConfigurations), + "DryRun" =: _grieqDryRun, + toQueryList "ReservedInstanceId" + _grieqReservedInstanceIds] + +-- | Contains the output of GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'getReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' smart constructor. +data GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse = GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' + { _grieqrsValidationFailureReason :: !(Maybe Text) + , _grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueRollup :: !(Maybe ReservationValue) + , _grieqrsCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueSet :: !(Maybe [TargetReservationValue]) + , _grieqrsReservedInstanceValueRollup :: !(Maybe ReservationValue) + , _grieqrsOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _grieqrsReservedInstanceValueSet :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstanceReservationValue]) + , _grieqrsIsValidExchange :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _grieqrsPaymentDue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _grieqrsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'grieqrsValidationFailureReason' - Describes the reason why the exchange cannot be completed. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueRollup' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsCurrencyCode' - The currency of the transaction. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueSet' - The values of the target Convertible Reserved Instances. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsReservedInstanceValueRollup' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt' - The new end date of the reservation term. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsReservedInstanceValueSet' - The configuration of your Convertible Reserved Instances. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsIsValidExchange' - If @true@ , the exchange is valid. If @false@ , the exchange cannot be completed. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsPaymentDue' - The total true upfront charge for the exchange. +-- +-- * 'grieqrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +getReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'grieqrsResponseStatus' + -> GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse +getReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse pResponseStatus_ = + GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse' + { _grieqrsValidationFailureReason = Nothing + , _grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueRollup = Nothing + , _grieqrsCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueSet = Nothing + , _grieqrsReservedInstanceValueRollup = Nothing + , _grieqrsOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt = Nothing + , _grieqrsReservedInstanceValueSet = Nothing + , _grieqrsIsValidExchange = Nothing + , _grieqrsPaymentDue = Nothing + , _grieqrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | Describes the reason why the exchange cannot be completed. +grieqrsValidationFailureReason :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse (Maybe Text) +grieqrsValidationFailureReason = lens _grieqrsValidationFailureReason (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsValidationFailureReason = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueRollup :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse (Maybe ReservationValue) +grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueRollup = lens _grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueRollup (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueRollup = a}); + +-- | The currency of the transaction. +grieqrsCurrencyCode :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse (Maybe Text) +grieqrsCurrencyCode = lens _grieqrsCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The values of the target Convertible Reserved Instances. +grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueSet :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse [TargetReservationValue] +grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueSet = lens _grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueSet (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsTargetConfigurationValueSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Undocumented member. +grieqrsReservedInstanceValueRollup :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse (Maybe ReservationValue) +grieqrsReservedInstanceValueRollup = lens _grieqrsReservedInstanceValueRollup (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsReservedInstanceValueRollup = a}); + +-- | The new end date of the reservation term. +grieqrsOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse (Maybe UTCTime) +grieqrsOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt = lens _grieqrsOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsOutputReservedInstancesWillExpireAt = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The configuration of your Convertible Reserved Instances. +grieqrsReservedInstanceValueSet :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse [ReservedInstanceReservationValue] +grieqrsReservedInstanceValueSet = lens _grieqrsReservedInstanceValueSet (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsReservedInstanceValueSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | If @true@ , the exchange is valid. If @false@ , the exchange cannot be completed. +grieqrsIsValidExchange :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse (Maybe Bool) +grieqrsIsValidExchange = lens _grieqrsIsValidExchange (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsIsValidExchange = a}); + +-- | The total true upfront charge for the exchange. +grieqrsPaymentDue :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse (Maybe Text) +grieqrsPaymentDue = lens _grieqrsPaymentDue (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsPaymentDue = a}); + +-- | -- | The response status code. +grieqrsResponseStatus :: Lens' GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse Int +grieqrsResponseStatus = lens _grieqrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_grieqrsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData + GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportImage.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportImage.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportImage.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportImage.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Import single or multi-volume disk images or EBS snapshots into an Amazon Machine Image (AMI). For more information, see in the /VM Import\/Export User Guide/. +-- Import single or multi-volume disk images or EBS snapshots into an Amazon Machine Image (AMI). For more information, see in the /VM Import\/Export User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ImportImage ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -63,6 +65,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ImportImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importImage' smart constructor. data ImportImage = ImportImage' { _impHypervisor :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -81,25 +85,25 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'impHypervisor' +-- * 'impHypervisor' - The target hypervisor platform. Valid values: @xen@ -- --- * 'impPlatform' +-- * 'impPlatform' - The operating system of the virtual machine. Valid values: @Windows@ | @Linux@ -- --- * 'impClientToken' +-- * 'impClientToken' - The token to enable idempotency for VM import requests. -- --- * 'impLicenseType' +-- * 'impLicenseType' - The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing. __Note:__ You may only use BYOL if you have existing licenses with rights to use these licenses in a third party cloud like AWS. For more information, see in the VM Import/Export User Guide. Valid values: @AWS@ | @BYOL@ -- --- * 'impRoleName' +-- * 'impRoleName' - The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'. -- --- * 'impArchitecture' +-- * 'impArchitecture' - The architecture of the virtual machine. Valid values: @i386@ | @x86_64@ -- --- * 'impDescription' +-- * 'impDescription' - A description string for the import image task. -- --- * 'impDryRun' +-- * 'impDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'impClientData' +-- * 'impClientData' - The client-specific data. -- --- * 'impDiskContainers' +-- * 'impDiskContainers' - Information about the disk containers. importImage :: ImportImage importImage = @@ -116,15 +120,11 @@ , _impDiskContainers = Nothing } --- | The target hypervisor platform. --- --- Valid values: 'xen' +-- | The target hypervisor platform. Valid values: @xen@ impHypervisor :: Lens' ImportImage (Maybe Text) impHypervisor = lens _impHypervisor (\ s a -> s{_impHypervisor = a}); --- | The operating system of the virtual machine. --- --- Valid values: 'Windows' | 'Linux' +-- | The operating system of the virtual machine. Valid values: @Windows@ | @Linux@ impPlatform :: Lens' ImportImage (Maybe Text) impPlatform = lens _impPlatform (\ s a -> s{_impPlatform = a}); @@ -132,21 +132,15 @@ impClientToken :: Lens' ImportImage (Maybe Text) impClientToken = lens _impClientToken (\ s a -> s{_impClientToken = a}); --- | The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing. --- --- __Note:__ You may only use BYOL if you have existing licenses with rights to use these licenses in a third party cloud like AWS. For more information, see in the VM Import\/Export User Guide. --- --- Valid values: 'AWS' | 'BYOL' +-- | The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing. __Note:__ You may only use BYOL if you have existing licenses with rights to use these licenses in a third party cloud like AWS. For more information, see in the VM Import/Export User Guide. Valid values: @AWS@ | @BYOL@ impLicenseType :: Lens' ImportImage (Maybe Text) impLicenseType = lens _impLicenseType (\ s a -> s{_impLicenseType = a}); --- | The name of the role to use when not using the default role, \'vmimport\'. +-- | The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'. impRoleName :: Lens' ImportImage (Maybe Text) impRoleName = lens _impRoleName (\ s a -> s{_impRoleName = a}); --- | The architecture of the virtual machine. --- --- Valid values: 'i386' | 'x86_64' +-- | The architecture of the virtual machine. Valid values: @i386@ | @x86_64@ impArchitecture :: Lens' ImportImage (Maybe Text) impArchitecture = lens _impArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_impArchitecture = a}); @@ -154,7 +148,7 @@ impDescription :: Lens' ImportImage (Maybe Text) impDescription = lens _impDescription (\ s a -> s{_impDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . impDryRun :: Lens' ImportImage (Maybe Bool) impDryRun = lens _impDryRun (\ s a -> s{_impDryRun = a}); @@ -201,7 +195,7 @@ toQuery ImportImage'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ImportImage" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Hypervisor" =: _impHypervisor, "Platform" =: _impPlatform, "ClientToken" =: _impClientToken, @@ -216,6 +210,8 @@ -- | Contains the output for ImportImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importImageResponse' smart constructor. data ImportImageResponse = ImportImageResponse' { _irsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -236,29 +232,29 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'irsStatus' +-- * 'irsStatus' - A brief status of the task. -- --- * 'irsHypervisor' +-- * 'irsHypervisor' - The target hypervisor of the import task. -- --- * 'irsPlatform' +-- * 'irsPlatform' - The operating system of the virtual machine. -- --- * 'irsProgress' +-- * 'irsProgress' - The progress of the task. -- --- * 'irsLicenseType' +-- * 'irsLicenseType' - The license type of the virtual machine. -- --- * 'irsSnapshotDetails' +-- * 'irsSnapshotDetails' - Information about the snapshots. -- --- * 'irsStatusMessage' +-- * 'irsStatusMessage' - A detailed status message of the import task. -- --- * 'irsImageId' +-- * 'irsImageId' - The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) created by the import task. -- --- * 'irsImportTaskId' +-- * 'irsImportTaskId' - The task ID of the import image task. -- --- * 'irsArchitecture' +-- * 'irsArchitecture' - The architecture of the virtual machine. -- --- * 'irsDescription' +-- * 'irsDescription' - A description of the import task. -- --- * 'irsResponseStatus' +-- * 'irsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. importImageResponse :: Int -- ^ 'irsResponseStatus' -> ImportImageResponse @@ -322,7 +318,7 @@ irsDescription :: Lens' ImportImageResponse (Maybe Text) irsDescription = lens _irsDescription (\ s a -> s{_irsDescription = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. irsResponseStatus :: Lens' ImportImageResponse Int irsResponseStatus = lens _irsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_irsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportInstance.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportInstance.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportInstance.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportInstance.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates an import instance task using metadata from the specified disk image. 'ImportInstance' only supports single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, use < ImportImage>. For more information, see . +-- Creates an import instance task using metadata from the specified disk image. @ImportInstance@ only supports single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, use 'ImportImage' . For more information, see . -- --- For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +-- +-- For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ImportInstance ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ImportInstance. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importInstance' smart constructor. data ImportInstance = ImportInstance' { _iiLaunchSpecification :: !(Maybe ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification) @@ -63,15 +67,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'iiLaunchSpecification' +-- * 'iiLaunchSpecification' - The launch specification. -- --- * 'iiDiskImages' +-- * 'iiDiskImages' - The disk image. -- --- * 'iiDescription' +-- * 'iiDescription' - A description for the instance being imported. -- --- * 'iiDryRun' +-- * 'iiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'iiPlatform' +-- * 'iiPlatform' - The instance operating system. importInstance :: PlatformValues -- ^ 'iiPlatform' -> ImportInstance @@ -96,7 +100,7 @@ iiDescription :: Lens' ImportInstance (Maybe Text) iiDescription = lens _iiDescription (\ s a -> s{_iiDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . iiDryRun :: Lens' ImportInstance (Maybe Bool) iiDryRun = lens _iiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_iiDryRun = a}); @@ -127,7 +131,7 @@ toQuery ImportInstance'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ImportInstance" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "LaunchSpecification" =: _iiLaunchSpecification, toQuery (toQueryList "DiskImage" <$> _iiDiskImages), "Description" =: _iiDescription, @@ -135,6 +139,8 @@ -- | Contains the output for ImportInstance. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importInstanceResponse' smart constructor. data ImportInstanceResponse = ImportInstanceResponse' { _iirsConversionTask :: !(Maybe ConversionTask) @@ -145,9 +151,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'iirsConversionTask' +-- * 'iirsConversionTask' - Information about the conversion task. -- --- * 'iirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'iirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. importInstanceResponse :: Int -- ^ 'iirsResponseStatus' -> ImportInstanceResponse @@ -161,7 +167,7 @@ iirsConversionTask :: Lens' ImportInstanceResponse (Maybe ConversionTask) iirsConversionTask = lens _iirsConversionTask (\ s a -> s{_iirsConversionTask = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. iirsResponseStatus :: Lens' ImportInstanceResponse Int iirsResponseStatus = lens _iirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_iirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportKeyPair.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportKeyPair.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportKeyPair.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportKeyPair.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Imports the public key from an RSA key pair that you created with a third-party tool. Compare this with < CreateKeyPair>, in which AWS creates the key pair and gives the keys to you (AWS keeps a copy of the public key). With ImportKeyPair, you create the key pair and give AWS just the public key. The private key is never transferred between you and AWS. +-- Imports the public key from an RSA key pair that you created with a third-party tool. Compare this with 'CreateKeyPair' , in which AWS creates the key pair and gives the keys to you (AWS keeps a copy of the public key). With ImportKeyPair, you create the key pair and give AWS just the public key. The private key is never transferred between you and AWS. -- --- For more information about key pairs, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about key pairs, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ImportKeyPair ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ImportKeyPair. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importKeyPair' smart constructor. data ImportKeyPair = ImportKeyPair' { _ikpDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -60,11 +64,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ikpDryRun' +-- * 'ikpDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ikpKeyName' +-- * 'ikpKeyName' - A unique name for the key pair. -- --- * 'ikpPublicKeyMaterial' +-- * 'ikpPublicKeyMaterial' - The public key. For API calls, the text must be base64-encoded. For command line tools, base64 encoding is performed for you.-- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data. The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. importKeyPair :: Text -- ^ 'ikpKeyName' -> ByteString -- ^ 'ikpPublicKeyMaterial' @@ -76,7 +80,7 @@ , _ikpPublicKeyMaterial = _Base64 # pPublicKeyMaterial_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ikpDryRun :: Lens' ImportKeyPair (Maybe Bool) ikpDryRun = lens _ikpDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ikpDryRun = a}); @@ -84,13 +88,7 @@ ikpKeyName :: Lens' ImportKeyPair Text ikpKeyName = lens _ikpKeyName (\ s a -> s{_ikpKeyName = a}); --- | The public key. For API calls, the text must be base64-encoded. For command line tools, base64 encoding is performed for you. --- --- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data, --- despite what the AWS documentation might say. --- The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during --- serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. --- This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. +-- | The public key. For API calls, the text must be base64-encoded. For command line tools, base64 encoding is performed for you.-- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data. The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. ikpPublicKeyMaterial :: Lens' ImportKeyPair ByteString ikpPublicKeyMaterial = lens _ikpPublicKeyMaterial (\ s a -> s{_ikpPublicKeyMaterial = a}) . _Base64; @@ -118,12 +116,14 @@ toQuery ImportKeyPair'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ImportKeyPair" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _ikpDryRun, "KeyName" =: _ikpKeyName, "PublicKeyMaterial" =: _ikpPublicKeyMaterial] -- | Contains the output of ImportKeyPair. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importKeyPairResponse' smart constructor. data ImportKeyPairResponse = ImportKeyPairResponse' { _ikprsKeyFingerprint :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -135,11 +135,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ikprsKeyFingerprint' +-- * 'ikprsKeyFingerprint' - The MD5 public key fingerprint as specified in section 4 of RFC 4716. -- --- * 'ikprsKeyName' +-- * 'ikprsKeyName' - The key pair name you provided. -- --- * 'ikprsResponseStatus' +-- * 'ikprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. importKeyPairResponse :: Int -- ^ 'ikprsResponseStatus' -> ImportKeyPairResponse @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ ikprsKeyName :: Lens' ImportKeyPairResponse (Maybe Text) ikprsKeyName = lens _ikprsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_ikprsKeyName = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. ikprsResponseStatus :: Lens' ImportKeyPairResponse Int ikprsResponseStatus = lens _ikprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ikprsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportSnapshot.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportSnapshot.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportSnapshot.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportSnapshot.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ImportSnapshot ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -51,6 +53,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ImportSnapshot. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importSnapshot' smart constructor. data ImportSnapshot = ImportSnapshot' { _isDiskContainer :: !(Maybe SnapshotDiskContainer) @@ -65,17 +69,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'isDiskContainer' +-- * 'isDiskContainer' - Information about the disk container. -- --- * 'isClientToken' +-- * 'isClientToken' - Token to enable idempotency for VM import requests. -- --- * 'isRoleName' +-- * 'isRoleName' - The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'. -- --- * 'isDescription' +-- * 'isDescription' - The description string for the import snapshot task. -- --- * 'isDryRun' +-- * 'isDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'isClientData' +-- * 'isClientData' - The client-specific data. importSnapshot :: ImportSnapshot importSnapshot = @@ -96,7 +100,7 @@ isClientToken :: Lens' ImportSnapshot (Maybe Text) isClientToken = lens _isClientToken (\ s a -> s{_isClientToken = a}); --- | The name of the role to use when not using the default role, \'vmimport\'. +-- | The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'. isRoleName :: Lens' ImportSnapshot (Maybe Text) isRoleName = lens _isRoleName (\ s a -> s{_isRoleName = a}); @@ -104,7 +108,7 @@ isDescription :: Lens' ImportSnapshot (Maybe Text) isDescription = lens _isDescription (\ s a -> s{_isDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . isDryRun :: Lens' ImportSnapshot (Maybe Bool) isDryRun = lens _isDryRun (\ s a -> s{_isDryRun = a}); @@ -138,7 +142,7 @@ toQuery ImportSnapshot'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ImportSnapshot" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DiskContainer" =: _isDiskContainer, "ClientToken" =: _isClientToken, "RoleName" =: _isRoleName, @@ -147,6 +151,8 @@ -- | Contains the output for ImportSnapshot. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importSnapshotResponse' smart constructor. data ImportSnapshotResponse = ImportSnapshotResponse' { _isrsSnapshotTaskDetail :: !(Maybe SnapshotTaskDetail) @@ -159,13 +165,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'isrsSnapshotTaskDetail' +-- * 'isrsSnapshotTaskDetail' - Information about the import snapshot task. -- --- * 'isrsImportTaskId' +-- * 'isrsImportTaskId' - The ID of the import snapshot task. -- --- * 'isrsDescription' +-- * 'isrsDescription' - A description of the import snapshot task. -- --- * 'isrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'isrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. importSnapshotResponse :: Int -- ^ 'isrsResponseStatus' -> ImportSnapshotResponse @@ -189,7 +195,7 @@ isrsDescription :: Lens' ImportSnapshotResponse (Maybe Text) isrsDescription = lens _isrsDescription (\ s a -> s{_isrsDescription = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. isrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ImportSnapshotResponse Int isrsResponseStatus = lens _isrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_isrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportVolume.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportVolume.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportVolume.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ImportVolume.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates an import volume task using metadata from the specified disk image.For more information, see . +-- Creates an import volume task using metadata from the specified disk image.For more information, see . -- --- For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +-- +-- For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ImportVolume ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ImportVolume. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importVolume' smart constructor. data ImportVolume = ImportVolume' { _ivDescription :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -63,15 +67,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ivDescription' +-- * 'ivDescription' - A description of the volume. -- --- * 'ivDryRun' +-- * 'ivDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ivAvailabilityZone' +-- * 'ivAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone for the resulting EBS volume. -- --- * 'ivImage' +-- * 'ivImage' - The disk image. -- --- * 'ivVolume' +-- * 'ivVolume' - The volume size. importVolume :: Text -- ^ 'ivAvailabilityZone' -> DiskImageDetail -- ^ 'ivImage' @@ -90,7 +94,7 @@ ivDescription :: Lens' ImportVolume (Maybe Text) ivDescription = lens _ivDescription (\ s a -> s{_ivDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ivDryRun :: Lens' ImportVolume (Maybe Bool) ivDryRun = lens _ivDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ivDryRun = a}); @@ -129,7 +133,7 @@ toQuery ImportVolume'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ImportVolume" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Description" =: _ivDescription, "DryRun" =: _ivDryRun, "AvailabilityZone" =: _ivAvailabilityZone, @@ -137,6 +141,8 @@ -- | Contains the output for ImportVolume. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'importVolumeResponse' smart constructor. data ImportVolumeResponse = ImportVolumeResponse' { _ivrsConversionTask :: !(Maybe ConversionTask) @@ -147,9 +153,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ivrsConversionTask' +-- * 'ivrsConversionTask' - Information about the conversion task. -- --- * 'ivrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'ivrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. importVolumeResponse :: Int -- ^ 'ivrsResponseStatus' -> ImportVolumeResponse @@ -163,7 +169,7 @@ ivrsConversionTask :: Lens' ImportVolumeResponse (Maybe ConversionTask) ivrsConversionTask = lens _ivrsConversionTask (\ s a -> s{_ivrsConversionTask = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. ivrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ImportVolumeResponse Int ivrsResponseStatus = lens _ivrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ivrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyHosts.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyHosts.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyHosts.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyHosts.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host. When auto-placement is enabled, AWS will place instances that you launch with a tenancy of 'host', but without targeting a specific host ID, onto any available Dedicated Host in your account which has auto-placement enabled. When auto-placement is disabled, you need to provide a host ID if you want the instance to launch onto a specific host. If no host ID is provided, the instance will be launched onto a suitable host which has auto-placement enabled. +-- Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host. When auto-placement is enabled, AWS will place instances that you launch with a tenancy of @host@ , but without targeting a specific host ID, onto any available Dedicated Host in your account which has auto-placement enabled. When auto-placement is disabled, you need to provide a host ID if you want the instance to launch onto a specific host. If no host ID is provided, the instance will be launched onto a suitable host which has auto-placement enabled. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyHosts ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyHosts. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyHosts' smart constructor. data ModifyHosts = ModifyHosts' { _mhHostIds :: ![Text] @@ -56,9 +60,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mhHostIds' +-- * 'mhHostIds' - The host IDs of the Dedicated Hosts you want to modify. -- --- * 'mhAutoPlacement' +-- * 'mhAutoPlacement' - Specify whether to enable or disable auto-placement. modifyHosts :: AutoPlacement -- ^ 'mhAutoPlacement' -> ModifyHosts @@ -104,12 +108,14 @@ toQuery ModifyHosts'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyHosts" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQueryList "HostId" _mhHostIds, "AutoPlacement" =: _mhAutoPlacement] -- | Contains the output of ModifyHosts. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyHostsResponse' smart constructor. data ModifyHostsResponse = ModifyHostsResponse' { _mhrsUnsuccessful :: !(Maybe [UnsuccessfulItem]) @@ -121,11 +127,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mhrsUnsuccessful' +-- * 'mhrsUnsuccessful' - The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that could not be modified. Check whether the setting you requested can be used. -- --- * 'mhrsSuccessful' +-- * 'mhrsSuccessful' - The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that were successfully modified. -- --- * 'mhrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'mhrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyHostsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'mhrsResponseStatus' -> ModifyHostsResponse @@ -144,7 +150,7 @@ mhrsSuccessful :: Lens' ModifyHostsResponse [Text] mhrsSuccessful = lens _mhrsSuccessful (\ s a -> s{_mhrsSuccessful = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. mhrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyHostsResponse Int mhrsResponseStatus = lens _mhrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mhrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyIdFormat.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyIdFormat.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyIdFormat.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyIdFormat.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-region basis. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created. The following resource types support longer IDs: 'instance' | 'reservation' | 'snapshot' | 'volume'. +-- Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-region basis. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created. The following resource types support longer IDs: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ . -- --- This setting applies to the IAM user who makes the request; it does not apply to the entire AWS account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings as the root user. If you\'re using this action as the root user, then these settings apply to the entire account, unless an IAM user explicitly overrides these settings for themselves. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -- --- Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant 'Describe' command for the resource type. +-- This setting applies to the IAM user who makes the request; it does not apply to the entire AWS account. By default, an IAM user defaults to the same settings as the root user. If you're using this action as the root user, then these settings apply to the entire account, unless an IAM user explicitly overrides these settings for themselves. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant @Describe@ command for the resource type. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyIdFormat ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters of ModifyIdFormat. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyIdFormat' smart constructor. data ModifyIdFormat = ModifyIdFormat' { _mifResource :: !Text @@ -56,9 +60,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mifResource' +-- * 'mifResource' - The type of resource: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ -- --- * 'mifUseLongIds' +-- * 'mifUseLongIds' - Indicate whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs). modifyIdFormat :: Text -- ^ 'mifResource' -> Bool -- ^ 'mifUseLongIds' @@ -69,7 +73,7 @@ , _mifUseLongIds = pUseLongIds_ } --- | The type of resource: 'instance' | 'reservation' | 'snapshot' | 'volume' +-- | The type of resource: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ mifResource :: Lens' ModifyIdFormat Text mifResource = lens _mifResource (\ s a -> s{_mifResource = a}); @@ -96,7 +100,7 @@ toQuery ModifyIdFormat'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyIdFormat" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Resource" =: _mifResource, "UseLongIds" =: _mifUseLongIds] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyIdentityIdFormat.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyIdentityIdFormat.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyIdentityIdFormat.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyIdentityIdFormat.hs @@ -20,11 +20,13 @@ -- -- Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an account. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created. -- --- The following resource types support longer IDs: 'instance' | 'reservation' | 'snapshot' | 'volume'. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -- +-- The following resource types support longer IDs: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ . For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- -- This setting applies to the principal specified in the request; it does not apply to the principal that makes the request. -- --- Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant 'Describe' command for the resource type. +-- Resources created with longer IDs are visible to all IAM roles and users, regardless of these settings and provided that they have permission to use the relevant @Describe@ command for the resource type. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyIdentityIdFormat ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters of ModifyIdentityIdFormat. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyIdentityIdFormat' smart constructor. data ModifyIdentityIdFormat = ModifyIdentityIdFormat' { _miifResource :: !Text @@ -60,11 +64,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'miifResource' +-- * 'miifResource' - The type of resource: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ -- --- * 'miifUseLongIds' +-- * 'miifUseLongIds' - Indicates whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs) -- --- * 'miifPrincipalARN' +-- * 'miifPrincipalARN' - The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM user, IAM role, or the root user. Specify @all@ to modify the ID format for all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user of the account. modifyIdentityIdFormat :: Text -- ^ 'miifResource' -> Bool -- ^ 'miifUseLongIds' @@ -77,7 +81,7 @@ , _miifPrincipalARN = pPrincipalARN_ } --- | The type of resource: 'instance' | 'reservation' | 'snapshot' | 'volume' +-- | The type of resource: @instance@ | @reservation@ | @snapshot@ | @volume@ miifResource :: Lens' ModifyIdentityIdFormat Text miifResource = lens _miifResource (\ s a -> s{_miifResource = a}); @@ -85,7 +89,7 @@ miifUseLongIds :: Lens' ModifyIdentityIdFormat Bool miifUseLongIds = lens _miifUseLongIds (\ s a -> s{_miifUseLongIds = a}); --- | The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM user, IAM role, or the root user. Specify 'all' to modify the ID format for all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user of the account. +-- | The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM user, IAM role, or the root user. Specify @all@ to modify the ID format for all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user of the account. miifPrincipalARN :: Lens' ModifyIdentityIdFormat Text miifPrincipalARN = lens _miifPrincipalARN (\ s a -> s{_miifPrincipalARN = a}); @@ -111,7 +115,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyIdentityIdFormat" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Resource" =: _miifResource, "UseLongIds" =: _miifUseLongIds, "PrincipalArn" =: _miifPrincipalARN] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyImageAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyImageAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyImageAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyImageAttribute.hs @@ -20,9 +20,7 @@ -- -- Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one attribute at a time. -- --- AWS Marketplace product codes cannot be modified. Images with an AWS Marketplace product code cannot be made public. -- --- The SriovNetSupport enhanced networking attribute cannot be changed using this command. Instead, enable SriovNetSupport on an instance and create an AMI from the instance. This will result in an image with SriovNetSupport enabled. module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyImageAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -54,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyImageAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyImageAttribute' smart constructor. data ModifyImageAttribute = ModifyImageAttribute' { _miaAttribute :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -72,25 +72,25 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'miaAttribute' +-- * 'miaAttribute' - The name of the attribute to modify. -- --- * 'miaUserIds' +-- * 'miaUserIds' - One or more AWS account IDs. This is only valid when modifying the @launchPermission@ attribute. -- --- * 'miaUserGroups' +-- * 'miaUserGroups' - One or more user groups. This is only valid when modifying the @launchPermission@ attribute. -- --- * 'miaValue' +-- * 'miaValue' - The value of the attribute being modified. This is only valid when modifying the @description@ attribute. -- --- * 'miaLaunchPermission' +-- * 'miaLaunchPermission' - A launch permission modification. -- --- * 'miaOperationType' +-- * 'miaOperationType' - The operation type. -- --- * 'miaProductCodes' +-- * 'miaProductCodes' - One or more product codes. After you add a product code to an AMI, it can't be removed. This is only valid when modifying the @productCodes@ attribute. -- --- * 'miaDescription' +-- * 'miaDescription' - A description for the AMI. -- --- * 'miaDryRun' +-- * 'miaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'miaImageId' +-- * 'miaImageId' - The ID of the AMI. modifyImageAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'miaImageId' -> ModifyImageAttribute @@ -112,15 +112,15 @@ miaAttribute :: Lens' ModifyImageAttribute (Maybe Text) miaAttribute = lens _miaAttribute (\ s a -> s{_miaAttribute = a}); --- | One or more AWS account IDs. This is only valid when modifying the 'launchPermission' attribute. +-- | One or more AWS account IDs. This is only valid when modifying the @launchPermission@ attribute. miaUserIds :: Lens' ModifyImageAttribute [Text] miaUserIds = lens _miaUserIds (\ s a -> s{_miaUserIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | One or more user groups. This is only valid when modifying the 'launchPermission' attribute. +-- | One or more user groups. This is only valid when modifying the @launchPermission@ attribute. miaUserGroups :: Lens' ModifyImageAttribute [Text] miaUserGroups = lens _miaUserGroups (\ s a -> s{_miaUserGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The value of the attribute being modified. This is only valid when modifying the 'description' attribute. +-- | The value of the attribute being modified. This is only valid when modifying the @description@ attribute. miaValue :: Lens' ModifyImageAttribute (Maybe Text) miaValue = lens _miaValue (\ s a -> s{_miaValue = a}); @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ miaOperationType :: Lens' ModifyImageAttribute (Maybe OperationType) miaOperationType = lens _miaOperationType (\ s a -> s{_miaOperationType = a}); --- | One or more product codes. After you add a product code to an AMI, it can\'t be removed. This is only valid when modifying the 'productCodes' attribute. +-- | One or more product codes. After you add a product code to an AMI, it can't be removed. This is only valid when modifying the @productCodes@ attribute. miaProductCodes :: Lens' ModifyImageAttribute [Text] miaProductCodes = lens _miaProductCodes (\ s a -> s{_miaProductCodes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ miaDescription :: Lens' ModifyImageAttribute (Maybe AttributeValue) miaDescription = lens _miaDescription (\ s a -> s{_miaDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . miaDryRun :: Lens' ModifyImageAttribute (Maybe Bool) miaDryRun = lens _miaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_miaDryRun = a}); @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ toQuery ModifyImageAttribute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyImageAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Attribute" =: _miaAttribute, toQuery (toQueryList "UserId" <$> _miaUserIds), toQuery (toQueryList "UserGroup" <$> _miaUserGroups), diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyInstanceAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyInstanceAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyInstanceAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyInstanceAttribute.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time. -- --- To modify some attributes, the instance must be stopped. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- To modify some attributes, the instance must be stopped. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyInstanceAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -58,6 +60,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyInstanceAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyInstanceAttribute' smart constructor. data ModifyInstanceAttribute = ModifyInstanceAttribute' { _mGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -82,37 +86,37 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mGroups' +-- * 'mGroups' - [EC2-VPC] Changes the security groups of the instance. You must specify at least one security group, even if it's just the default security group for the VPC. You must specify the security group ID, not the security group name. -- --- * 'mAttribute' +-- * 'mAttribute' - The name of the attribute. -- --- * 'mEnaSupport' +-- * 'mEnaSupport' - Set to @true@ to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the instance. This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable. -- --- * 'mSourceDestCheck' +-- * 'mSourceDestCheck' - Specifies whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of @true@ means that checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. This value must be @false@ for a NAT instance to perform NAT. -- --- * 'mDisableAPITermination' +-- * 'mDisableAPITermination' - If the value is @true@ , you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. You cannot use this paramater for Spot Instances. -- --- * 'mKernel' +-- * 'mKernel' - Changes the instance's kernel to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see . -- --- * 'mRAMDisk' +-- * 'mRAMDisk' - Changes the instance's RAM disk to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see . -- --- * 'mValue' +-- * 'mValue' - A new value for the attribute. Use only with the @kernel@ , @ramdisk@ , @userData@ , @disableApiTermination@ , or @instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior@ attribute. -- --- * 'mInstanceType' +-- * 'mInstanceType' - Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information, see . If the instance type is not valid, the error returned is @InvalidInstanceAttributeValue@ . -- --- * 'mSRIOVNetSupport' +-- * 'mSRIOVNetSupport' - Set to @simple@ to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface for the instance. There is no way to disable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface at this time. This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable. -- --- * 'mEBSOptimized' +-- * 'mEBSOptimized' - Specifies whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. -- --- * 'mUserData' +-- * 'mUserData' - Changes the instance's user data to the specified value. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. -- --- * 'mInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' +-- * 'mInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' - Specifies whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). -- --- * 'mBlockDeviceMappings' +-- * 'mBlockDeviceMappings' - Modifies the @DeleteOnTermination@ attribute for volumes that are currently attached. The volume must be owned by the caller. If no value is specified for @DeleteOnTermination@ , the default is @true@ and the volume is deleted when the instance is terminated. To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed instance, you must add them when you launch the instance. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'mDryRun' +-- * 'mDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'mInstanceId' +-- * 'mInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. modifyInstanceAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'mInstanceId' -> ModifyInstanceAttribute @@ -136,7 +140,7 @@ , _mInstanceId = pInstanceId_ } --- | [EC2-VPC] Changes the security groups of the instance. You must specify at least one security group, even if it\'s just the default security group for the VPC. You must specify the security group ID, not the security group name. +-- | [EC2-VPC] Changes the security groups of the instance. You must specify at least one security group, even if it's just the default security group for the VPC. You must specify the security group ID, not the security group name. mGroups :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute [Text] mGroups = lens _mGroups (\ s a -> s{_mGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -144,49 +148,43 @@ mAttribute :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe InstanceAttributeName) mAttribute = lens _mAttribute (\ s a -> s{_mAttribute = a}); --- | Set to 'true' to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the instance. --- --- This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable. +-- | Set to @true@ to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the instance. This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable. mEnaSupport :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) mEnaSupport = lens _mEnaSupport (\ s a -> s{_mEnaSupport = a}); --- | Specifies whether source\/destination checking is enabled. A value of 'true' means that checking is enabled, and 'false' means checking is disabled. This value must be 'false' for a NAT instance to perform NAT. +-- | Specifies whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of @true@ means that checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. This value must be @false@ for a NAT instance to perform NAT. mSourceDestCheck :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) mSourceDestCheck = lens _mSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_mSourceDestCheck = a}); --- | If the value is 'true', you can\'t terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. You cannot use this paramater for Spot Instances. +-- | If the value is @true@ , you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. You cannot use this paramater for Spot Instances. mDisableAPITermination :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) mDisableAPITermination = lens _mDisableAPITermination (\ s a -> s{_mDisableAPITermination = a}); --- | Changes the instance\'s kernel to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see . +-- | Changes the instance's kernel to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see . mKernel :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeValue) mKernel = lens _mKernel (\ s a -> s{_mKernel = a}); --- | Changes the instance\'s RAM disk to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see . +-- | Changes the instance's RAM disk to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see . mRAMDisk :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeValue) mRAMDisk = lens _mRAMDisk (\ s a -> s{_mRAMDisk = a}); --- | A new value for the attribute. Use only with the 'kernel', 'ramdisk', 'userData', 'disableApiTermination', or 'instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' attribute. +-- | A new value for the attribute. Use only with the @kernel@ , @ramdisk@ , @userData@ , @disableApiTermination@ , or @instanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior@ attribute. mValue :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe Text) mValue = lens _mValue (\ s a -> s{_mValue = a}); --- | Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information, see . If the instance type is not valid, the error returned is 'InvalidInstanceAttributeValue'. +-- | Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information, see . If the instance type is not valid, the error returned is @InvalidInstanceAttributeValue@ . mInstanceType :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeValue) mInstanceType = lens _mInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_mInstanceType = a}); --- | Set to 'simple' to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface for the instance. --- --- There is no way to disable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface at this time. --- --- This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable. +-- | Set to @simple@ to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface for the instance. There is no way to disable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface at this time. This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable. mSRIOVNetSupport :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeValue) mSRIOVNetSupport = lens _mSRIOVNetSupport (\ s a -> s{_mSRIOVNetSupport = a}); --- | Specifies whether the instance is optimized for EBS I\/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I\/O performance. This optimization isn\'t available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. +-- | Specifies whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. mEBSOptimized :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) mEBSOptimized = lens _mEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_mEBSOptimized = a}); --- | Changes the instance\'s user data to the specified value. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +-- | Changes the instance's user data to the specified value. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. mUserData :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe BlobAttributeValue) mUserData = lens _mUserData (\ s a -> s{_mUserData = a}); @@ -194,13 +192,11 @@ mInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe AttributeValue) mInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = lens _mInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior (\ s a -> s{_mInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = a}); --- | Modifies the 'DeleteOnTermination' attribute for volumes that are currently attached. The volume must be owned by the caller. If no value is specified for 'DeleteOnTermination', the default is 'true' and the volume is deleted when the instance is terminated. --- --- To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed instance, you must add them when you launch the instance. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Modifies the @DeleteOnTermination@ attribute for volumes that are currently attached. The volume must be owned by the caller. If no value is specified for @DeleteOnTermination@ , the default is @true@ and the volume is deleted when the instance is terminated. To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed instance, you must add them when you launch the instance. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . mBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute [InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification] mBlockDeviceMappings = lens _mBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_mBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . mDryRun :: Lens' ModifyInstanceAttribute (Maybe Bool) mDryRun = lens _mDryRun (\ s a -> s{_mDryRun = a}); @@ -230,7 +226,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyInstanceAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "GroupId" <$> _mGroups), "Attribute" =: _mAttribute, "EnaSupport" =: _mEnaSupport, diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyInstancePlacement.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyInstancePlacement.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyInstancePlacement.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyInstancePlacement.hs @@ -20,13 +20,15 @@ -- -- Set the instance affinity value for a specific stopped instance and modify the instance tenancy setting. -- --- Instance affinity is disabled by default. When instance affinity is 'host' and it is not associated with a specific Dedicated Host, the next time it is launched it will automatically be associated with the host it lands on. This relationship will persist if the instance is stopped\/started, or rebooted. -- +-- Instance affinity is disabled by default. When instance affinity is @host@ and it is not associated with a specific Dedicated Host, the next time it is launched it will automatically be associated with the host it lands on. This relationship will persist if the instance is stopped/started, or rebooted. +-- -- You can modify the host ID associated with a stopped instance. If a stopped instance has a new host ID association, the instance will target that host when restarted. -- --- You can modify the tenancy of a stopped instance with a tenancy of 'host' or 'dedicated'. +-- You can modify the tenancy of a stopped instance with a tenancy of @host@ or @dedicated@ . -- -- Affinity, hostID, and tenancy are not required parameters, but at least one of them must be specified in the request. Affinity and tenancy can be modified in the same request, but tenancy can only be modified on instances that are stopped. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyInstancePlacement ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -55,6 +57,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyInstancePlacement. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyInstancePlacement' smart constructor. data ModifyInstancePlacement = ModifyInstancePlacement' { _mipAffinity :: !(Maybe Affinity) @@ -67,13 +71,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mipAffinity' +-- * 'mipAffinity' - The new affinity setting for the instance. -- --- * 'mipHostId' +-- * 'mipHostId' - The ID of the Dedicated Host that the instance will have affinity with. -- --- * 'mipTenancy' +-- * 'mipTenancy' - The tenancy of the instance that you are modifying. -- --- * 'mipInstanceId' +-- * 'mipInstanceId' - The ID of the instance that you are modifying. modifyInstancePlacement :: Text -- ^ 'mipInstanceId' -> ModifyInstancePlacement @@ -126,13 +130,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyInstancePlacement" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Affinity" =: _mipAffinity, "HostId" =: _mipHostId, "Tenancy" =: _mipTenancy, "InstanceId" =: _mipInstanceId] -- | Contains the output of ModifyInstancePlacement. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyInstancePlacementResponse' smart constructor. data ModifyInstancePlacementResponse = ModifyInstancePlacementResponse' { _miprsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -143,9 +149,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'miprsReturn' +-- * 'miprsReturn' - Is @true@ if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise. -- --- * 'miprsResponseStatus' +-- * 'miprsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyInstancePlacementResponse :: Int -- ^ 'miprsResponseStatus' -> ModifyInstancePlacementResponse @@ -155,11 +161,11 @@ , _miprsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Is 'true' if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise. +-- | Is @true@ if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise. miprsReturn :: Lens' ModifyInstancePlacementResponse (Maybe Bool) miprsReturn = lens _miprsReturn (\ s a -> s{_miprsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. miprsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyInstancePlacementResponse Int miprsResponseStatus = lens _miprsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_miprsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Modifies the specified network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute' smart constructor. data ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute = ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute' { _mniaGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -60,17 +64,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mniaGroups' +-- * 'mniaGroups' - Changes the security groups for the network interface. The new set of groups you specify replaces the current set. You must specify at least one group, even if it's just the default security group in the VPC. You must specify the ID of the security group, not the name. -- --- * 'mniaSourceDestCheck' +-- * 'mniaSourceDestCheck' - Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. This value must be @false@ for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'mniaAttachment' +-- * 'mniaAttachment' - Information about the interface attachment. If modifying the 'delete on termination' attribute, you must specify the ID of the interface attachment. -- --- * 'mniaDescription' +-- * 'mniaDescription' - A description for the network interface. -- --- * 'mniaDryRun' +-- * 'mniaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'mniaNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'mniaNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. modifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'mniaNetworkInterfaceId' -> ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute @@ -84,15 +88,15 @@ , _mniaNetworkInterfaceId = pNetworkInterfaceId_ } --- | Changes the security groups for the network interface. The new set of groups you specify replaces the current set. You must specify at least one group, even if it\'s just the default security group in the VPC. You must specify the ID of the security group, not the name. +-- | Changes the security groups for the network interface. The new set of groups you specify replaces the current set. You must specify at least one group, even if it's just the default security group in the VPC. You must specify the ID of the security group, not the name. mniaGroups :: Lens' ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute [Text] mniaGroups = lens _mniaGroups (\ s a -> s{_mniaGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Indicates whether source\/destination checking is enabled. A value of 'true' means checking is enabled, and 'false' means checking is disabled. This value must be 'false' for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. This value must be @false@ for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . mniaSourceDestCheck :: Lens' ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) mniaSourceDestCheck = lens _mniaSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_mniaSourceDestCheck = a}); --- | Information about the interface attachment. If modifying the \'delete on termination\' attribute, you must specify the ID of the interface attachment. +-- | Information about the interface attachment. If modifying the 'delete on termination' attribute, you must specify the ID of the interface attachment. mniaAttachment :: Lens' ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute (Maybe NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges) mniaAttachment = lens _mniaAttachment (\ s a -> s{_mniaAttachment = a}); @@ -100,7 +104,7 @@ mniaDescription :: Lens' ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute (Maybe AttributeValue) mniaDescription = lens _mniaDescription (\ s a -> s{_mniaDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . mniaDryRun :: Lens' ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute (Maybe Bool) mniaDryRun = lens _mniaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_mniaDryRun = a}); @@ -134,7 +138,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQuery (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> _mniaGroups), "SourceDestCheck" =: _mniaSourceDestCheck, diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyReservedInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyReservedInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyReservedInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyReservedInstances.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Modifies the Availability Zone, instance count, instance type, or network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC) of your Reserved Instances. The Reserved Instances to be modified must be identical, except for Availability Zone, network platform, and instance type. +-- Modifies the Availability Zone, instance count, instance type, or network platform (EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC) of your Standard Reserved Instances. The Reserved Instances to be modified must be identical, except for Availability Zone, network platform, and instance type. -- +-- -- For more information, see in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyReservedInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyReservedInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyReservedInstances' smart constructor. data ModifyReservedInstances = ModifyReservedInstances' { _mriClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mriClientToken' +-- * 'mriClientToken' - A unique, case-sensitive token you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see . -- --- * 'mriReservedInstancesIds' +-- * 'mriReservedInstancesIds' - The IDs of the Reserved Instances to modify. -- --- * 'mriTargetConfigurations' +-- * 'mriTargetConfigurations' - The configuration settings for the Reserved Instances to modify. modifyReservedInstances :: ModifyReservedInstances modifyReservedInstances = @@ -73,7 +77,7 @@ , _mriTargetConfigurations = mempty } --- | A unique, case-sensitive token you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see . +-- | A unique, case-sensitive token you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see . mriClientToken :: Lens' ModifyReservedInstances (Maybe Text) mriClientToken = lens _mriClientToken (\ s a -> s{_mriClientToken = a}); @@ -111,7 +115,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyReservedInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ClientToken" =: _mriClientToken, toQueryList "ReservedInstancesId" _mriReservedInstancesIds, @@ -121,6 +125,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of ModifyReservedInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyReservedInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data ModifyReservedInstancesResponse = ModifyReservedInstancesResponse' { _mrirsReservedInstancesModificationId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -131,9 +137,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mrirsReservedInstancesModificationId' +-- * 'mrirsReservedInstancesModificationId' - The ID for the modification. -- --- * 'mrirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'mrirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyReservedInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'mrirsResponseStatus' -> ModifyReservedInstancesResponse @@ -147,7 +153,7 @@ mrirsReservedInstancesModificationId :: Lens' ModifyReservedInstancesResponse (Maybe Text) mrirsReservedInstancesModificationId = lens _mrirsReservedInstancesModificationId (\ s a -> s{_mrirsReservedInstancesModificationId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. mrirsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyReservedInstancesResponse Int mrirsResponseStatus = lens _mrirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mrirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySnapshotAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySnapshotAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySnapshotAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySnapshotAttribute.hs @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add or remove specified AWS account IDs from a snapshot\'s list of create volume permissions, but you cannot do both in a single API call. If you need to both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple API calls. +-- Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add or remove specified AWS account IDs from a snapshot's list of create volume permissions, but you cannot do both in a single API call. If you need to both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple API calls. -- --- Encrypted snapshots and snapshots with AWS Marketplace product codes cannot be made public. Snapshots encrypted with your default CMK cannot be shared with other accounts. -- --- For more information on modifying snapshot permissions, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information on modifying snapshot permissions, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifySnapshotAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifySnapshotAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifySnapshotAttribute' smart constructor. data ModifySnapshotAttribute = ModifySnapshotAttribute' { _msaAttribute :: !(Maybe SnapshotAttributeName) @@ -66,19 +68,19 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'msaAttribute' +-- * 'msaAttribute' - The snapshot attribute to modify. -- --- * 'msaCreateVolumePermission' +-- * 'msaCreateVolumePermission' - A JSON representation of the snapshot attribute modification. -- --- * 'msaUserIds' +-- * 'msaUserIds' - The account ID to modify for the snapshot. -- --- * 'msaGroupNames' +-- * 'msaGroupNames' - The group to modify for the snapshot. -- --- * 'msaOperationType' +-- * 'msaOperationType' - The type of operation to perform to the attribute. -- --- * 'msaDryRun' +-- * 'msaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'msaSnapshotId' +-- * 'msaSnapshotId' - The ID of the snapshot. modifySnapshotAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'msaSnapshotId' -> ModifySnapshotAttribute @@ -94,8 +96,6 @@ } -- | The snapshot attribute to modify. --- --- Only volume creation permissions may be modified at the customer level. msaAttribute :: Lens' ModifySnapshotAttribute (Maybe SnapshotAttributeName) msaAttribute = lens _msaAttribute (\ s a -> s{_msaAttribute = a}); @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ msaOperationType :: Lens' ModifySnapshotAttribute (Maybe OperationType) msaOperationType = lens _msaOperationType (\ s a -> s{_msaOperationType = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . msaDryRun :: Lens' ModifySnapshotAttribute (Maybe Bool) msaDryRun = lens _msaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_msaDryRun = a}); @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifySnapshotAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Attribute" =: _msaAttribute, "CreateVolumePermission" =: _msaCreateVolumePermission, diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySpotFleetRequest.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySpotFleetRequest.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySpotFleetRequest.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySpotFleetRequest.hs @@ -20,11 +20,13 @@ -- -- Modifies the specified Spot fleet request. -- --- While the Spot fleet request is being modified, it is in the 'modifying' state. -- --- To scale up your Spot fleet, increase its target capacity. The Spot fleet launches the additional Spot instances according to the allocation strategy for the Spot fleet request. If the allocation strategy is 'lowestPrice', the Spot fleet launches instances using the Spot pool with the lowest price. If the allocation strategy is 'diversified', the Spot fleet distributes the instances across the Spot pools. +-- While the Spot fleet request is being modified, it is in the @modifying@ state. -- --- To scale down your Spot fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the Spot fleet cancels any open bids that exceed the new target capacity. You can request that the Spot fleet terminate Spot instances until the size of the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is 'lowestPrice', the Spot fleet terminates the instances with the highest price per unit. If the allocation strategy is 'diversified', the Spot fleet terminates instances across the Spot pools. Alternatively, you can request that the Spot fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not replace any Spot instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually. +-- To scale up your Spot fleet, increase its target capacity. The Spot fleet launches the additional Spot instances according to the allocation strategy for the Spot fleet request. If the allocation strategy is @lowestPrice@ , the Spot fleet launches instances using the Spot pool with the lowest price. If the allocation strategy is @diversified@ , the Spot fleet distributes the instances across the Spot pools. +-- +-- To scale down your Spot fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the Spot fleet cancels any open bids that exceed the new target capacity. You can request that the Spot fleet terminate Spot instances until the size of the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is @lowestPrice@ , the Spot fleet terminates the instances with the highest price per unit. If the allocation strategy is @diversified@ , the Spot fleet terminates instances across the Spot pools. Alternatively, you can request that the Spot fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not replace any Spot instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifySpotFleetRequest ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifySpotFleetRequest. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifySpotFleetRequest' smart constructor. data ModifySpotFleetRequest = ModifySpotFleetRequest' { _msfrTargetCapacity :: !(Maybe Int) @@ -63,11 +67,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'msfrTargetCapacity' +-- * 'msfrTargetCapacity' - The size of the fleet. -- --- * 'msfrExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy' +-- * 'msfrExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy' - Indicates whether running Spot instances should be terminated if the target capacity of the Spot fleet request is decreased below the current size of the Spot fleet. -- --- * 'msfrSpotFleetRequestId' +-- * 'msfrSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. modifySpotFleetRequest :: Text -- ^ 'msfrSpotFleetRequestId' -> ModifySpotFleetRequest @@ -115,7 +119,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifySpotFleetRequest" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "TargetCapacity" =: _msfrTargetCapacity, "ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy" =: _msfrExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy, @@ -123,6 +127,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of ModifySpotFleetRequest. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifySpotFleetRequestResponse' smart constructor. data ModifySpotFleetRequestResponse = ModifySpotFleetRequestResponse' { _msfrrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -133,9 +139,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'msfrrsReturn' +-- * 'msfrrsReturn' - Is @true@ if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise. -- --- * 'msfrrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'msfrrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifySpotFleetRequestResponse :: Int -- ^ 'msfrrsResponseStatus' -> ModifySpotFleetRequestResponse @@ -145,11 +151,11 @@ , _msfrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Is 'true' if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise. +-- | Is @true@ if the request succeeds, and an error otherwise. msfrrsReturn :: Lens' ModifySpotFleetRequestResponse (Maybe Bool) msfrrsReturn = lens _msfrrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_msfrrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. msfrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifySpotFleetRequestResponse Int msfrrsResponseStatus = lens _msfrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_msfrrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySubnetAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySubnetAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySubnetAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifySubnetAttribute.hs @@ -18,13 +18,16 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Modifies a subnet attribute. +-- Modifies a subnet attribute. You can only modify one attribute at a time. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifySubnetAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request modifySubnetAttribute , ModifySubnetAttribute -- * Request Lenses + , msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation , msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch , msaSubnetId @@ -42,29 +45,39 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifySubnetAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifySubnetAttribute' smart constructor. data ModifySubnetAttribute = ModifySubnetAttribute' - { _msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch :: !(Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) - , _msaSubnetId :: !Text + { _msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation :: !(Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) + , _msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch :: !(Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) + , _msaSubnetId :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'ModifySubnetAttribute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch' +-- * 'msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation' - Specify @true@ to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified subnet should be assigned an IPv6 address. This includes a network interface that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance therefore receives an IPv6 address). -- --- * 'msaSubnetId' +-- * 'msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch' - Specify @true@ to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address. This includes a network interface that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance therefore receives a public IPv4 address). +-- +-- * 'msaSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. modifySubnetAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'msaSubnetId' -> ModifySubnetAttribute modifySubnetAttribute pSubnetId_ = ModifySubnetAttribute' - { _msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch = Nothing + { _msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation = Nothing + , _msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch = Nothing , _msaSubnetId = pSubnetId_ } --- | Specify 'true' to indicate that instances launched into the specified subnet should be assigned public IP address. +-- | Specify @true@ to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified subnet should be assigned an IPv6 address. This includes a network interface that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance therefore receives an IPv6 address). +msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation :: Lens' ModifySubnetAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) +msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation = lens _msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation (\ s a -> s{_msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation = a}); + +-- | Specify @true@ to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address. This includes a network interface that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance therefore receives a public IPv4 address). msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch :: Lens' ModifySubnetAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch = lens _msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch (\ s a -> s{_msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch = a}); @@ -92,7 +105,9 @@ toQuery ModifySubnetAttribute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifySubnetAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation" =: + _msaAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation, "MapPublicIpOnLaunch" =: _msaMapPublicIPOnLaunch, "SubnetId" =: _msaSubnetId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCAttribute.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyVPCAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -43,6 +45,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyVpcAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyVPCAttribute' smart constructor. data ModifyVPCAttribute = ModifyVPCAttribute' { _mvaEnableDNSHostnames :: !(Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) @@ -54,11 +58,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mvaEnableDNSHostnames' +-- * 'mvaEnableDNSHostnames' - Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. You can only enable DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS support. -- --- * 'mvaEnableDNSSupport' +-- * 'mvaEnableDNSSupport' - Indicates whether the DNS resolution is supported for the VPC. If enabled, queries to the Amazon provided DNS server at the 169.254.169.253 IP address, or the reserved IP address at the base of the VPC network range "plus two" will succeed. If disabled, the Amazon provided DNS service in the VPC that resolves public DNS hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled. You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. -- --- * 'mvaVPCId' +-- * 'mvaVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. modifyVPCAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'mvaVPCId' -> ModifyVPCAttribute @@ -69,15 +73,11 @@ , _mvaVPCId = pVPCId_ } --- | Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. --- --- You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. You can only enable DNS hostnames if you\'ve enabled DNS support. +-- | Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. You can only enable DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS support. mvaEnableDNSHostnames :: Lens' ModifyVPCAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) mvaEnableDNSHostnames = lens _mvaEnableDNSHostnames (\ s a -> s{_mvaEnableDNSHostnames = a}); --- | Indicates whether the DNS resolution is supported for the VPC. If enabled, queries to the Amazon provided DNS server at the 169.254.169.253 IP address, or the reserved IP address at the base of the VPC network range \"plus two\" will succeed. If disabled, the Amazon provided DNS service in the VPC that resolves public DNS hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled. --- --- You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. +-- | Indicates whether the DNS resolution is supported for the VPC. If enabled, queries to the Amazon provided DNS server at the 169.254.169.253 IP address, or the reserved IP address at the base of the VPC network range "plus two" will succeed. If disabled, the Amazon provided DNS service in the VPC that resolves public DNS hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled. You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. mvaEnableDNSSupport :: Lens' ModifyVPCAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) mvaEnableDNSSupport = lens _mvaEnableDNSSupport (\ s a -> s{_mvaEnableDNSSupport = a}); @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ toQuery ModifyVPCAttribute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyVpcAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "EnableDnsHostnames" =: _mvaEnableDNSHostnames, "EnableDnsSupport" =: _mvaEnableDNSSupport, "VpcId" =: _mvaVPCId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCEndpoint.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCEndpoint.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCEndpoint.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCEndpoint.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint. You can modify the policy associated with the endpoint, and you can add and remove route tables associated with the endpoint. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyVPCEndpoint ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyVpcEndpoint. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyVPCEndpoint' smart constructor. data ModifyVPCEndpoint = ModifyVPCEndpoint' { _mvePolicyDocument :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -63,17 +67,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mvePolicyDocument' +-- * 'mvePolicyDocument' - A policy document to attach to the endpoint. The policy must be in valid JSON format. -- --- * 'mveRemoveRouteTableIds' +-- * 'mveRemoveRouteTableIds' - One or more route table IDs to disassociate from the endpoint. -- --- * 'mveResetPolicy' +-- * 'mveResetPolicy' - Specify @true@ to reset the policy document to the default policy. The default policy allows access to the service. -- --- * 'mveAddRouteTableIds' +-- * 'mveAddRouteTableIds' - One or more route tables IDs to associate with the endpoint. -- --- * 'mveDryRun' +-- * 'mveDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'mveVPCEndpointId' +-- * 'mveVPCEndpointId' - The ID of the endpoint. modifyVPCEndpoint :: Text -- ^ 'mveVPCEndpointId' -> ModifyVPCEndpoint @@ -95,7 +99,7 @@ mveRemoveRouteTableIds :: Lens' ModifyVPCEndpoint [Text] mveRemoveRouteTableIds = lens _mveRemoveRouteTableIds (\ s a -> s{_mveRemoveRouteTableIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Specify 'true' to reset the policy document to the default policy. The default policy allows access to the service. +-- | Specify @true@ to reset the policy document to the default policy. The default policy allows access to the service. mveResetPolicy :: Lens' ModifyVPCEndpoint (Maybe Bool) mveResetPolicy = lens _mveResetPolicy (\ s a -> s{_mveResetPolicy = a}); @@ -103,7 +107,7 @@ mveAddRouteTableIds :: Lens' ModifyVPCEndpoint [Text] mveAddRouteTableIds = lens _mveAddRouteTableIds (\ s a -> s{_mveAddRouteTableIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . mveDryRun :: Lens' ModifyVPCEndpoint (Maybe Bool) mveDryRun = lens _mveDryRun (\ s a -> s{_mveDryRun = a}); @@ -134,7 +138,7 @@ toQuery ModifyVPCEndpoint'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyVpcEndpoint" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "PolicyDocument" =: _mvePolicyDocument, toQuery (toQueryList "RemoveRouteTableId" <$> @@ -148,6 +152,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of ModifyVpcEndpoint. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyVPCEndpointResponse' smart constructor. data ModifyVPCEndpointResponse = ModifyVPCEndpointResponse' { _mversReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -158,9 +164,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mversReturn' +-- * 'mversReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'mversResponseStatus' +-- * 'mversResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyVPCEndpointResponse :: Int -- ^ 'mversResponseStatus' -> ModifyVPCEndpointResponse @@ -170,11 +176,11 @@ , _mversResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. mversReturn :: Lens' ModifyVPCEndpointResponse (Maybe Bool) mversReturn = lens _mversReturn (\ s a -> s{_mversReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. mversResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyVPCEndpointResponse Int mversResponseStatus = lens _mversResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mversResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions.hs @@ -20,13 +20,17 @@ -- -- Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering connection. You can do the following: -- --- - Enable\/disable communication over the peering connection between an EC2-Classic instance that\'s linked to your VPC (using ClassicLink) and instances in the peer VPC. -- --- - Enable\/disable communication over the peering connection between instances in your VPC and an EC2-Classic instance that\'s linked to the peer VPC. +-- * Enable/disable communication over the peering connection between an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to your VPC (using ClassicLink) and instances in the peer VPC. -- --- - Enable\/disable a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC. +-- * Enable/disable communication over the peering connection between instances in your VPC and an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to the peer VPC. -- --- If the peered VPCs are in different accounts, each owner must initiate a separate request to modify the peering connection options, depending on whether their VPC was the requester or accepter for the VPC peering connection. If the peered VPCs are in the same account, you can modify the requester and accepter options in the same request. To confirm which VPC is the accepter and requester for a VPC peering connection, use the < DescribeVpcPeeringConnections> command. +-- * Enable/disable a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC. +-- +-- +-- +-- If the peered VPCs are in different accounts, each owner must initiate a separate request to modify the peering connection options, depending on whether their VPC was the requester or accepter for the VPC peering connection. If the peered VPCs are in the same account, you can modify the requester and accepter options in the same request. To confirm which VPC is the accepter and requester for a VPC peering connection, use the 'DescribeVpcPeeringConnections' command. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -66,13 +70,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mvpcoRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions' +-- * 'mvpcoRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions' - The VPC peering connection options for the requester VPC. -- --- * 'mvpcoAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions' +-- * 'mvpcoAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions' - The VPC peering connection options for the accepter VPC. -- --- * 'mvpcoDryRun' +-- * 'mvpcoDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'mvpcoVPCPeeringConnectionId' +-- * 'mvpcoVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of the VPC peering connection. modifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions :: Text -- ^ 'mvpcoVPCPeeringConnectionId' -> ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions @@ -92,7 +96,7 @@ mvpcoAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions :: Lens' ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions (Maybe PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest) mvpcoAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions = lens _mvpcoAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions (\ s a -> s{_mvpcoAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . mvpcoDryRun :: Lens' ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) mvpcoDryRun = lens _mvpcoDryRun (\ s a -> s{_mvpcoDryRun = a}); @@ -131,7 +135,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyVpcPeeringConnectionOptions" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions" =: _mvpcoRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions, "AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions" =: @@ -151,11 +155,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mvpcorsRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions' +-- * 'mvpcorsRequesterPeeringConnectionOptions' - Information about the VPC peering connection options for the requester VPC. -- --- * 'mvpcorsAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions' +-- * 'mvpcorsAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions' - Information about the VPC peering connection options for the accepter VPC. -- --- * 'mvpcorsResponseStatus' +-- * 'mvpcorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. modifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptionsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'mvpcorsResponseStatus' -> ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptionsResponse @@ -174,7 +178,7 @@ mvpcorsAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions :: Lens' ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptionsResponse (Maybe PeeringConnectionOptions) mvpcorsAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions = lens _mvpcorsAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions (\ s a -> s{_mvpcorsAccepterPeeringConnectionOptions = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. mvpcorsResponseStatus :: Lens' ModifyVPCPeeringConnectionOptionsResponse Int mvpcorsResponseStatus = lens _mvpcorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mvpcorsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVolumeAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVolumeAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVolumeAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ModifyVolumeAttribute.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Modifies a volume attribute. -- --- By default, all I\/O operations for the volume are suspended when the data on the volume is determined to be potentially inconsistent, to prevent undetectable, latent data corruption. The I\/O access to the volume can be resumed by first enabling I\/O access and then checking the data consistency on your volume. -- --- You can change the default behavior to resume I\/O operations. We recommend that you change this only for boot volumes or for volumes that are stateless or disposable. +-- By default, all I/O operations for the volume are suspended when the data on the volume is determined to be potentially inconsistent, to prevent undetectable, latent data corruption. The I/O access to the volume can be resumed by first enabling I/O access and then checking the data consistency on your volume. +-- +-- You can change the default behavior to resume I/O operations. We recommend that you change this only for boot volumes or for volumes that are stateless or disposable. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ModifyVolumeAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ModifyVolumeAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'modifyVolumeAttribute' smart constructor. data ModifyVolumeAttribute = ModifyVolumeAttribute' { _mvaAutoEnableIO :: !(Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) @@ -58,11 +62,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mvaAutoEnableIO' +-- * 'mvaAutoEnableIO' - Indicates whether the volume should be auto-enabled for I/O operations. -- --- * 'mvaDryRun' +-- * 'mvaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'mvaVolumeId' +-- * 'mvaVolumeId' - The ID of the volume. modifyVolumeAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'mvaVolumeId' -> ModifyVolumeAttribute @@ -73,11 +77,11 @@ , _mvaVolumeId = pVolumeId_ } --- | Indicates whether the volume should be auto-enabled for I\/O operations. +-- | Indicates whether the volume should be auto-enabled for I/O operations. mvaAutoEnableIO :: Lens' ModifyVolumeAttribute (Maybe AttributeBooleanValue) mvaAutoEnableIO = lens _mvaAutoEnableIO (\ s a -> s{_mvaAutoEnableIO = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . mvaDryRun :: Lens' ModifyVolumeAttribute (Maybe Bool) mvaDryRun = lens _mvaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_mvaDryRun = a}); @@ -105,7 +109,7 @@ toQuery ModifyVolumeAttribute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ModifyVolumeAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "AutoEnableIO" =: _mvaAutoEnableIO, "DryRun" =: _mvaDryRun, "VolumeId" =: _mvaVolumeId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/MonitorInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/MonitorInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/MonitorInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/MonitorInstances.hs @@ -18,7 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Enables monitoring for a running instance. For more information about monitoring instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance. Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- +-- To disable detailed monitoring, see . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.MonitorInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +49,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for MonitorInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'monitorInstances' smart constructor. data MonitorInstances = MonitorInstances' { _miDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -55,9 +61,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'miDryRun' +-- * 'miDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'miInstanceIds' +-- * 'miInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. monitorInstances :: MonitorInstances monitorInstances = @@ -66,7 +72,7 @@ , _miInstanceIds = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . miDryRun :: Lens' MonitorInstances (Maybe Bool) miDryRun = lens _miDryRun (\ s a -> s{_miDryRun = a}); @@ -99,12 +105,14 @@ toQuery MonitorInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("MonitorInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _miDryRun, toQueryList "InstanceId" _miInstanceIds] -- | Contains the output of MonitorInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'monitorInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data MonitorInstancesResponse = MonitorInstancesResponse' { _mirsInstanceMonitorings :: !(Maybe [InstanceMonitoring]) @@ -115,9 +123,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'mirsInstanceMonitorings' +-- * 'mirsInstanceMonitorings' - The monitoring information. -- --- * 'mirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'mirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. monitorInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'mirsResponseStatus' -> MonitorInstancesResponse @@ -127,11 +135,11 @@ , _mirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Monitoring information for one or more instances. +-- | The monitoring information. mirsInstanceMonitorings :: Lens' MonitorInstancesResponse [InstanceMonitoring] mirsInstanceMonitorings = lens _mirsInstanceMonitorings (\ s a -> s{_mirsInstanceMonitorings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. mirsResponseStatus :: Lens' MonitorInstancesResponse Int mirsResponseStatus = lens _mirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_mirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/MoveAddressToVPC.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/MoveAddressToVPC.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/MoveAddressToVPC.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/MoveAddressToVPC.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Moves an Elastic IP address from the EC2-Classic platform to the EC2-VPC platform. The Elastic IP address must be allocated to your account for more than 24 hours, and it must not be associated with an instance. After the Elastic IP address is moved, it is no longer available for use in the EC2-Classic platform, unless you move it back using the < RestoreAddressToClassic> request. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use in the EC2-VPC platform to the EC2-Classic platform. +-- Moves an Elastic IP address from the EC2-Classic platform to the EC2-VPC platform. The Elastic IP address must be allocated to your account for more than 24 hours, and it must not be associated with an instance. After the Elastic IP address is moved, it is no longer available for use in the EC2-Classic platform, unless you move it back using the 'RestoreAddressToClassic' request. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use in the EC2-VPC platform to the EC2-Classic platform. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.MoveAddressToVPC ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for MoveAddressToVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'moveAddressToVPC' smart constructor. data MoveAddressToVPC = MoveAddressToVPC' { _matvDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,9 +60,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'matvDryRun' +-- * 'matvDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'matvPublicIP' +-- * 'matvPublicIP' - The Elastic IP address. moveAddressToVPC :: Text -- ^ 'matvPublicIP' -> MoveAddressToVPC @@ -68,7 +72,7 @@ , _matvPublicIP = pPublicIP_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . matvDryRun :: Lens' MoveAddressToVPC (Maybe Bool) matvDryRun = lens _matvDryRun (\ s a -> s{_matvDryRun = a}); @@ -100,11 +104,13 @@ toQuery MoveAddressToVPC'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("MoveAddressToVpc" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _matvDryRun, "PublicIp" =: _matvPublicIP] -- | Contains the output of MoveAddressToVpc. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'moveAddressToVPCResponse' smart constructor. data MoveAddressToVPCResponse = MoveAddressToVPCResponse' { _matvrsStatus :: !(Maybe AddressStatus) @@ -116,11 +122,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'matvrsStatus' +-- * 'matvrsStatus' - The status of the move of the IP address. -- --- * 'matvrsAllocationId' +-- * 'matvrsAllocationId' - The allocation ID for the Elastic IP address. -- --- * 'matvrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'matvrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. moveAddressToVPCResponse :: Int -- ^ 'matvrsResponseStatus' -> MoveAddressToVPCResponse @@ -139,7 +145,7 @@ matvrsAllocationId :: Lens' MoveAddressToVPCResponse (Maybe Text) matvrsAllocationId = lens _matvrsAllocationId (\ s a -> s{_matvrsAllocationId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. matvrsResponseStatus :: Lens' MoveAddressToVPCResponse Int matvrsResponseStatus = lens _matvrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_matvrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseHostReservation.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseHostReservation.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseHostReservation.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseHostReservation.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation. This action results in the specified reservation being purchased and charged to your account. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.PurchaseHostReservation ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -63,15 +65,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'phrCurrencyCode' +-- * 'phrCurrencyCode' - The currency in which the @totalUpfrontPrice@ , @LimitPrice@ , and @totalHourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . -- --- * 'phrClientToken' +-- * 'phrClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'phrLimitPrice' +-- * 'phrLimitPrice' - The specified limit is checked against the total upfront cost of the reservation (calculated as the offering's upfront cost multiplied by the host count). If the total upfront cost is greater than the specified price limit, the request will fail. This is used to ensure that the purchase does not exceed the expected upfront cost of the purchase. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . For example, to indicate a limit price of USD 100, specify 100.00. -- --- * 'phrOfferingId' +-- * 'phrOfferingId' - The ID of the offering. -- --- * 'phrHostIdSet' +-- * 'phrHostIdSet' - The ID/s of the Dedicated Host/s that the reservation will be associated with. purchaseHostReservation :: Text -- ^ 'phrOfferingId' -> PurchaseHostReservation @@ -84,15 +86,15 @@ , _phrHostIdSet = mempty } --- | The currency in which the 'totalUpfrontPrice', 'LimitPrice', and 'totalHourlyPrice' amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. +-- | The currency in which the @totalUpfrontPrice@ , @LimitPrice@ , and @totalHourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . phrCurrencyCode :: Lens' PurchaseHostReservation (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) phrCurrencyCode = lens _phrCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_phrCurrencyCode = a}); --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . phrClientToken :: Lens' PurchaseHostReservation (Maybe Text) phrClientToken = lens _phrClientToken (\ s a -> s{_phrClientToken = a}); --- | The specified limit is checked against the total upfront cost of the reservation (calculated as the offering\'s upfront cost multiplied by the host count). If the total upfront cost is greater than the specified price limit, the request will fail. This is used to ensure that the purchase does not exceed the expected upfront cost of the purchase. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. For example, to indicate a limit price of USD 100, specify 100.00. +-- | The specified limit is checked against the total upfront cost of the reservation (calculated as the offering's upfront cost multiplied by the host count). If the total upfront cost is greater than the specified price limit, the request will fail. This is used to ensure that the purchase does not exceed the expected upfront cost of the purchase. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . For example, to indicate a limit price of USD 100, specify 100.00. phrLimitPrice :: Lens' PurchaseHostReservation (Maybe Text) phrLimitPrice = lens _phrLimitPrice (\ s a -> s{_phrLimitPrice = a}); @@ -100,7 +102,7 @@ phrOfferingId :: Lens' PurchaseHostReservation Text phrOfferingId = lens _phrOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_phrOfferingId = a}); --- | The ID\/s of the Dedicated Host\/s that the reservation will be associated with. +-- | The ID/s of the Dedicated Host/s that the reservation will be associated with. phrHostIdSet :: Lens' PurchaseHostReservation [Text] phrHostIdSet = lens _phrHostIdSet (\ s a -> s{_phrHostIdSet = a}) . _Coerce; @@ -135,7 +137,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("PurchaseHostReservation" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "CurrencyCode" =: _phrCurrencyCode, "ClientToken" =: _phrClientToken, "LimitPrice" =: _phrLimitPrice, @@ -156,17 +158,17 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'phrrsCurrencyCode' +-- * 'phrrsCurrencyCode' - The currency in which the @totalUpfrontPrice@ and @totalHourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . -- --- * 'phrrsClientToken' +-- * 'phrrsClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ -- --- * 'phrrsTotalHourlyPrice' +-- * 'phrrsTotalHourlyPrice' - The total hourly price of the reservation calculated per hour. -- --- * 'phrrsTotalUpfrontPrice' +-- * 'phrrsTotalUpfrontPrice' - The total amount that will be charged to your account when you purchase the reservation. -- --- * 'phrrsPurchase' +-- * 'phrrsPurchase' - Describes the details of the purchase. -- --- * 'phrrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'phrrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. purchaseHostReservationResponse :: Int -- ^ 'phrrsResponseStatus' -> PurchaseHostReservationResponse @@ -180,7 +182,7 @@ , _phrrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | The currency in which the 'totalUpfrontPrice' and 'totalHourlyPrice' amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. +-- | The currency in which the @totalUpfrontPrice@ and @totalHourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . phrrsCurrencyCode :: Lens' PurchaseHostReservationResponse (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) phrrsCurrencyCode = lens _phrrsCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_phrrsCurrencyCode = a}); @@ -200,7 +202,7 @@ phrrsPurchase :: Lens' PurchaseHostReservationResponse [Purchase] phrrsPurchase = lens _phrrsPurchase (\ s a -> s{_phrrsPurchase = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. phrrsResponseStatus :: Lens' PurchaseHostReservationResponse Int phrrsResponseStatus = lens _phrrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_phrrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account. With Reserved Instances, you obtain a capacity reservation for a certain instance configuration over a specified period of time and pay a lower hourly rate compared to On-Demand instance pricing. +-- Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account. With Reserved Instances, you pay a lower hourly rate compared to On-Demand instance pricing. -- --- Use < DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings> to get a list of Reserved Instance offerings that match your specifications. After you\'ve purchased a Reserved Instance, you can check for your new Reserved Instance with < DescribeReservedInstances>. -- --- For more information, see and in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Use 'DescribeReservedInstancesOfferings' to get a list of Reserved Instance offerings that match your specifications. After you've purchased a Reserved Instance, you can check for your new Reserved Instance with 'DescribeReservedInstances' . +-- +-- For more information, see and in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -51,6 +53,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'purchaseReservedInstancesOffering' smart constructor. data PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering = PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering' { _prioLimitPrice :: !(Maybe ReservedInstanceLimitPrice) @@ -63,13 +67,13 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'prioLimitPrice' +-- * 'prioLimitPrice' - Specified for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings to limit the total order and ensure that the Reserved Instances are not purchased at unexpected prices. -- --- * 'prioDryRun' +-- * 'prioDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'prioReservedInstancesOfferingId' +-- * 'prioReservedInstancesOfferingId' - The ID of the Reserved Instance offering to purchase. -- --- * 'prioInstanceCount' +-- * 'prioInstanceCount' - The number of Reserved Instances to purchase. purchaseReservedInstancesOffering :: Text -- ^ 'prioReservedInstancesOfferingId' -> Int -- ^ 'prioInstanceCount' @@ -86,7 +90,7 @@ prioLimitPrice :: Lens' PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe ReservedInstanceLimitPrice) prioLimitPrice = lens _prioLimitPrice (\ s a -> s{_prioLimitPrice = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . prioDryRun :: Lens' PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Bool) prioDryRun = lens _prioDryRun (\ s a -> s{_prioDryRun = a}); @@ -128,7 +132,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "LimitPrice" =: _prioLimitPrice, "DryRun" =: _prioDryRun, "ReservedInstancesOfferingId" =: @@ -137,6 +141,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of PurchaseReservedInstancesOffering. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'purchaseReservedInstancesOfferingResponse' smart constructor. data PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingResponse = PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingResponse' { _priorsReservedInstancesId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -147,9 +153,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'priorsReservedInstancesId' +-- * 'priorsReservedInstancesId' - The IDs of the purchased Reserved Instances. -- --- * 'priorsResponseStatus' +-- * 'priorsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. purchaseReservedInstancesOfferingResponse :: Int -- ^ 'priorsResponseStatus' -> PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingResponse @@ -163,7 +169,7 @@ priorsReservedInstancesId :: Lens' PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingResponse (Maybe Text) priorsReservedInstancesId = lens _priorsReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_priorsReservedInstancesId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. priorsResponseStatus :: Lens' PurchaseReservedInstancesOfferingResponse Int priorsResponseStatus = lens _priorsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_priorsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseScheduledInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseScheduledInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseScheduledInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/PurchaseScheduledInstances.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Purchases one or more Scheduled Instances with the specified schedule. -- --- Scheduled Instances enable you to purchase Amazon EC2 compute capacity by the hour for a one-year term. Before you can purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call < DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability> to check for available schedules and obtain a purchase token. After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call < RunScheduledInstances> during each scheduled time period. -- --- After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you can\'t cancel, modify, or resell your purchase. +-- Scheduled Instances enable you to purchase Amazon EC2 compute capacity by the hour for a one-year term. Before you can purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call 'DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability' to check for available schedules and obtain a purchase token. After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you must call 'RunScheduledInstances' during each scheduled time period. +-- +-- After you purchase a Scheduled Instance, you can't cancel, modify, or resell your purchase. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.PurchaseScheduledInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -50,6 +52,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for PurchaseScheduledInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'purchaseScheduledInstances' smart constructor. data PurchaseScheduledInstances = PurchaseScheduledInstances' { _psiClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -61,11 +65,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'psiClientToken' +-- * 'psiClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . -- --- * 'psiDryRun' +-- * 'psiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'psiPurchaseRequests' +-- * 'psiPurchaseRequests' - One or more purchase requests. purchaseScheduledInstances :: NonEmpty PurchaseRequest -- ^ 'psiPurchaseRequests' -> PurchaseScheduledInstances @@ -76,11 +80,11 @@ , _psiPurchaseRequests = _List1 # pPurchaseRequests_ } --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . psiClientToken :: Lens' PurchaseScheduledInstances (Maybe Text) psiClientToken = lens _psiClientToken (\ s a -> s{_psiClientToken = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . psiDryRun :: Lens' PurchaseScheduledInstances (Maybe Bool) psiDryRun = lens _psiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_psiDryRun = a}); @@ -115,13 +119,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("PurchaseScheduledInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ClientToken" =: _psiClientToken, "DryRun" =: _psiDryRun, toQueryList "PurchaseRequest" _psiPurchaseRequests] -- | Contains the output of PurchaseScheduledInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'purchaseScheduledInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data PurchaseScheduledInstancesResponse = PurchaseScheduledInstancesResponse' { _psirsScheduledInstanceSet :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstance]) @@ -132,9 +138,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'psirsScheduledInstanceSet' +-- * 'psirsScheduledInstanceSet' - Information about the Scheduled Instances. -- --- * 'psirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'psirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. purchaseScheduledInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'psirsResponseStatus' -> PurchaseScheduledInstancesResponse @@ -148,7 +154,7 @@ psirsScheduledInstanceSet :: Lens' PurchaseScheduledInstancesResponse [ScheduledInstance] psirsScheduledInstanceSet = lens _psirsScheduledInstanceSet (\ s a -> s{_psirsScheduledInstanceSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. psirsResponseStatus :: Lens' PurchaseScheduledInstancesResponse Int psirsResponseStatus = lens _psirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_psirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RebootInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RebootInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RebootInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RebootInstances.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Requests a reboot of one or more instances. This operation is asynchronous; it only queues a request to reboot the specified instances. The operation succeeds if the instances are valid and belong to you. Requests to reboot terminated instances are ignored. -- +-- -- If an instance does not cleanly shut down within four minutes, Amazon EC2 performs a hard reboot. -- --- For more information about troubleshooting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information about troubleshooting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RebootInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RebootInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'rebootInstances' smart constructor. data RebootInstances = RebootInstances' { _rebDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,9 +60,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rebDryRun' +-- * 'rebDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rebInstanceIds' +-- * 'rebInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. rebootInstances :: RebootInstances rebootInstances = @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ , _rebInstanceIds = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rebDryRun :: Lens' RebootInstances (Maybe Bool) rebDryRun = lens _rebDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rebDryRun = a}); @@ -94,7 +98,7 @@ toQuery RebootInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RebootInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _rebDryRun, toQueryList "InstanceId" _rebInstanceIds] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RegisterImage.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RegisterImage.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RegisterImage.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RegisterImage.hs @@ -18,21 +18,19 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Registers an AMI. When you\'re creating an AMI, this is the final step you must complete before you can launch an instance from the AMI. For more information about creating AMIs, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Registers an AMI. When you're creating an AMI, this is the final step you must complete before you can launch an instance from the AMI. For more information about creating AMIs, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- For Amazon EBS-backed instances, < CreateImage> creates and registers the AMI in a single request, so you don\'t have to register the AMI yourself. -- --- You can also use 'RegisterImage' to create an Amazon EBS-backed Linux AMI from a snapshot of a root device volume. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- You can also use @RegisterImage@ to create an Amazon EBS-backed Linux AMI from a snapshot of a root device volume. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- Some Linux distributions, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES), use the EC2 'billingProduct' code associated with an AMI to verify subscription status for package updates. Creating an AMI from an EBS snapshot does not maintain this billing code, and subsequent instances launched from such an AMI will not be able to connect to package update infrastructure. +-- /Important:/ Some Linux distributions, such as Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES), use the EC2 @billingProduct@ code associated with an AMI to verify subscription status for package updates. Creating an AMI from an EBS snapshot does not maintain this billing code, and subsequent instances launched from such an AMI will not be able to connect to package update infrastructure. -- --- Similarly, although you can create a Windows AMI from a snapshot, you can\'t successfully launch an instance from the AMI. +-- Similarly, although you can create a Windows AMI from a snapshot, you can't successfully launch an instance from the AMI. -- --- To create Windows AMIs or to create AMIs for Linux operating systems that must retain AMI billing codes to work properly, see < CreateImage>. +-- To create Windows AMIs or to create AMIs for Linux operating systems that must retain AMI billing codes to work properly, see 'CreateImage' . -- -- If needed, you can deregister an AMI at any time. Any modifications you make to an AMI backed by an instance store volume invalidates its registration. If you make changes to an image, deregister the previous image and register the new image. -- --- You can\'t register an image where a secondary (non-root) snapshot has AWS Marketplace product codes. module Network.AWS.EC2.RegisterImage ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -69,6 +67,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RegisterImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'registerImage' smart constructor. data RegisterImage = RegisterImage' { _riVirtualizationType :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -89,29 +89,29 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'riVirtualizationType' +-- * 'riVirtualizationType' - The type of virtualization. Default: @paravirtual@ -- --- * 'riImageLocation' +-- * 'riImageLocation' - The full path to your AMI manifest in Amazon S3 storage. -- --- * 'riEnaSupport' +-- * 'riEnaSupport' - Set to @true@ to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI. This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. -- --- * 'riRAMDiskId' +-- * 'riRAMDiskId' - The ID of the RAM disk. -- --- * 'riKernelId' +-- * 'riKernelId' - The ID of the kernel. -- --- * 'riRootDeviceName' +-- * 'riRootDeviceName' - The name of the root device (for example, @/dev/sda1@ , or @/dev/xvda@ ). -- --- * 'riSRIOVNetSupport' +-- * 'riSRIOVNetSupport' - Set to @simple@ to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI. There is no way to disable @sriovNetSupport@ at this time. This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. -- --- * 'riArchitecture' +-- * 'riArchitecture' - The architecture of the AMI. Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, @i386@ . For instance store-backed AMIs, the architecture specified in the manifest file. -- --- * 'riDescription' +-- * 'riDescription' - A description for your AMI. -- --- * 'riBlockDeviceMappings' +-- * 'riBlockDeviceMappings' - One or more block device mapping entries. -- --- * 'riDryRun' +-- * 'riDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'riName' +-- * 'riName' - A name for your AMI. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_) registerImage :: Text -- ^ 'riName' -> RegisterImage @@ -131,9 +131,7 @@ , _riName = pName_ } --- | The type of virtualization. --- --- Default: 'paravirtual' +-- | The type of virtualization. Default: @paravirtual@ riVirtualizationType :: Lens' RegisterImage (Maybe Text) riVirtualizationType = lens _riVirtualizationType (\ s a -> s{_riVirtualizationType = a}); @@ -141,9 +139,7 @@ riImageLocation :: Lens' RegisterImage (Maybe Text) riImageLocation = lens _riImageLocation (\ s a -> s{_riImageLocation = a}); --- | Set to 'true' to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI. --- --- This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. +-- | Set to @true@ to enable enhanced networking with ENA for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI. This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. riEnaSupport :: Lens' RegisterImage (Maybe Bool) riEnaSupport = lens _riEnaSupport (\ s a -> s{_riEnaSupport = a}); @@ -155,21 +151,15 @@ riKernelId :: Lens' RegisterImage (Maybe Text) riKernelId = lens _riKernelId (\ s a -> s{_riKernelId = a}); --- | The name of the root device (for example, '\/dev\/sda1', or '\/dev\/xvda'). +-- | The name of the root device (for example, @/dev/sda1@ , or @/dev/xvda@ ). riRootDeviceName :: Lens' RegisterImage (Maybe Text) riRootDeviceName = lens _riRootDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_riRootDeviceName = a}); --- | Set to 'simple' to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI. --- --- There is no way to disable 'sriovNetSupport' at this time. --- --- This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. +-- | Set to @simple@ to enable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface for the AMI and any instances that you launch from the AMI. There is no way to disable @sriovNetSupport@ at this time. This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. riSRIOVNetSupport :: Lens' RegisterImage (Maybe Text) riSRIOVNetSupport = lens _riSRIOVNetSupport (\ s a -> s{_riSRIOVNetSupport = a}); --- | The architecture of the AMI. --- --- Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, 'i386'. For instance store-backed AMIs, the architecture specified in the manifest file. +-- | The architecture of the AMI. Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, @i386@ . For instance store-backed AMIs, the architecture specified in the manifest file. riArchitecture :: Lens' RegisterImage (Maybe ArchitectureValues) riArchitecture = lens _riArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_riArchitecture = a}); @@ -181,13 +171,11 @@ riBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' RegisterImage [BlockDeviceMapping] riBlockDeviceMappings = lens _riBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_riBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . riDryRun :: Lens' RegisterImage (Maybe Bool) riDryRun = lens _riDryRun (\ s a -> s{_riDryRun = a}); --- | A name for your AMI. --- --- Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (\/), dashes (-), single quotes (\'), at-signs (\'), or underscores(_) +-- | A name for your AMI. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_) riName :: Lens' RegisterImage Text riName = lens _riName (\ s a -> s{_riName = a}); @@ -214,7 +202,7 @@ toQuery RegisterImage'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RegisterImage" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VirtualizationType" =: _riVirtualizationType, "ImageLocation" =: _riImageLocation, "EnaSupport" =: _riEnaSupport, @@ -231,6 +219,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of RegisterImage. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'registerImageResponse' smart constructor. data RegisterImageResponse = RegisterImageResponse' { _rirsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -241,9 +231,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rirsImageId' +-- * 'rirsImageId' - The ID of the newly registered AMI. -- --- * 'rirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'rirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. registerImageResponse :: Int -- ^ 'rirsResponseStatus' -> RegisterImageResponse @@ -257,7 +247,7 @@ rirsImageId :: Lens' RegisterImageResponse (Maybe Text) rirsImageId = lens _rirsImageId (\ s a -> s{_rirsImageId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. rirsResponseStatus :: Lens' RegisterImageResponse Int rirsResponseStatus = lens _rirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RejectVPCPeeringConnection.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RejectVPCPeeringConnection.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RejectVPCPeeringConnection.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RejectVPCPeeringConnection.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Rejects a VPC peering connection request. The VPC peering connection must be in the 'pending-acceptance' state. Use the < DescribeVpcPeeringConnections> request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. To delete an active VPC peering connection, or to delete a VPC peering connection request that you initiated, use < DeleteVpcPeeringConnection>. +-- Rejects a VPC peering connection request. The VPC peering connection must be in the @pending-acceptance@ state. Use the 'DescribeVpcPeeringConnections' request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. To delete an active VPC peering connection, or to delete a VPC peering connection request that you initiated, use 'DeleteVpcPeeringConnection' . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RejectVPCPeeringConnection ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RejectVpcPeeringConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'rejectVPCPeeringConnection' smart constructor. data RejectVPCPeeringConnection = RejectVPCPeeringConnection' { _rvpcDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rvpcDryRun' +-- * 'rvpcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' +-- * 'rvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of the VPC peering connection. rejectVPCPeeringConnection :: Text -- ^ 'rvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' -> RejectVPCPeeringConnection @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ , _rvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = pVPCPeeringConnectionId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rvpcDryRun :: Lens' RejectVPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Bool) rvpcDryRun = lens _rvpcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rvpcDryRun = a}); @@ -100,13 +104,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RejectVpcPeeringConnection" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _rvpcDryRun, "VpcPeeringConnectionId" =: _rvpcVPCPeeringConnectionId] -- | Contains the output of RejectVpcPeeringConnection. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'rejectVPCPeeringConnectionResponse' smart constructor. data RejectVPCPeeringConnectionResponse = RejectVPCPeeringConnectionResponse' { _rvpcrsReturn :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -117,9 +123,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rvpcrsReturn' +-- * 'rvpcrsReturn' - Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. -- --- * 'rvpcrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'rvpcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. rejectVPCPeeringConnectionResponse :: Int -- ^ 'rvpcrsResponseStatus' -> RejectVPCPeeringConnectionResponse @@ -129,11 +135,11 @@ , _rvpcrsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Returns 'true' if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. +-- | Returns @true@ if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error. rvpcrsReturn :: Lens' RejectVPCPeeringConnectionResponse (Maybe Bool) rvpcrsReturn = lens _rvpcrsReturn (\ s a -> s{_rvpcrsReturn = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. rvpcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RejectVPCPeeringConnectionResponse Int rvpcrsResponseStatus = lens _rvpcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rvpcrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReleaseAddress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReleaseAddress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReleaseAddress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReleaseAddress.hs @@ -20,11 +20,13 @@ -- -- Releases the specified Elastic IP address. -- --- After releasing an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address pool and might be unavailable to you. Be sure to update your DNS records and any servers or devices that communicate with the address. If you attempt to release an Elastic IP address that you already released, you\'ll get an 'AuthFailure' error if the address is already allocated to another AWS account. -- --- [EC2-Classic, default VPC] Releasing an Elastic IP address automatically disassociates it from any instance that it\'s associated with. To disassociate an Elastic IP address without releasing it, use < DisassociateAddress>. +-- After releasing an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address pool and might be unavailable to you. Be sure to update your DNS records and any servers or devices that communicate with the address. If you attempt to release an Elastic IP address that you already released, you'll get an @AuthFailure@ error if the address is already allocated to another AWS account. -- --- [Nondefault VPC] You must use < DisassociateAddress> to disassociate the Elastic IP address before you try to release it. Otherwise, Amazon EC2 returns an error ('InvalidIPAddress.InUse'). +-- [EC2-Classic, default VPC] Releasing an Elastic IP address automatically disassociates it from any instance that it's associated with. To disassociate an Elastic IP address without releasing it, use 'DisassociateAddress' . +-- +-- [Nondefault VPC] You must use 'DisassociateAddress' to disassociate the Elastic IP address before you try to release it. Otherwise, Amazon EC2 returns an error (@InvalidIPAddress.InUse@ ). +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ReleaseAddress ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ReleaseAddress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'releaseAddress' smart constructor. data ReleaseAddress = ReleaseAddress' { _raAllocationId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -60,11 +64,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'raAllocationId' +-- * 'raAllocationId' - [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID. Required for EC2-VPC. -- --- * 'raPublicIP' +-- * 'raPublicIP' - [EC2-Classic] The Elastic IP address. Required for EC2-Classic. -- --- * 'raDryRun' +-- * 'raDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . releaseAddress :: ReleaseAddress releaseAddress = @@ -82,7 +86,7 @@ raPublicIP :: Lens' ReleaseAddress (Maybe Text) raPublicIP = lens _raPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_raPublicIP = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . raDryRun :: Lens' ReleaseAddress (Maybe Bool) raDryRun = lens _raDryRun (\ s a -> s{_raDryRun = a}); @@ -105,7 +109,7 @@ toQuery ReleaseAddress'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ReleaseAddress" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "AllocationId" =: _raAllocationId, "PublicIp" =: _raPublicIP, "DryRun" =: _raDryRun] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReleaseHosts.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReleaseHosts.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReleaseHosts.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReleaseHosts.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released. On-Demand billing is stopped and the host goes into 'released' state. The host ID of Dedicated Hosts that have been released can no longer be specified in another request, e.g., ModifyHosts. You must stop or terminate all instances on a host before it can be released. +-- When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released. On-Demand billing is stopped and the host goes into @released@ state. The host ID of Dedicated Hosts that have been released can no longer be specified in another request, e.g., ModifyHosts. You must stop or terminate all instances on a host before it can be released. -- +-- -- When Dedicated Hosts are released, it make take some time for them to stop counting toward your limit and you may receive capacity errors when trying to allocate new Dedicated hosts. Try waiting a few minutes, and then try again. -- --- Released hosts will still appear in a < DescribeHosts> response. +-- Released hosts will still appear in a 'DescribeHosts' response. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ReleaseHosts ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ReleaseHosts. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'releaseHosts' smart constructor. newtype ReleaseHosts = ReleaseHosts' { _rhHostIds :: [Text] @@ -58,7 +62,7 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rhHostIds' +-- * 'rhHostIds' - The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts you want to release. releaseHosts :: ReleaseHosts releaseHosts = @@ -98,11 +102,13 @@ toQuery ReleaseHosts'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ReleaseHosts" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), toQueryList "HostId" _rhHostIds] -- | Contains the output of ReleaseHosts. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'releaseHostsResponse' smart constructor. data ReleaseHostsResponse = ReleaseHostsResponse' { _rhrsUnsuccessful :: !(Maybe [UnsuccessfulItem]) @@ -114,11 +120,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rhrsUnsuccessful' +-- * 'rhrsUnsuccessful' - The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that could not be released, including an error message. -- --- * 'rhrsSuccessful' +-- * 'rhrsSuccessful' - The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts that were successfully released. -- --- * 'rhrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'rhrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. releaseHostsResponse :: Int -- ^ 'rhrsResponseStatus' -> ReleaseHostsResponse @@ -137,7 +143,7 @@ rhrsSuccessful :: Lens' ReleaseHostsResponse [Text] rhrsSuccessful = lens _rhrsSuccessful (\ s a -> s{_rhrsSuccessful = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. rhrsResponseStatus :: Lens' ReleaseHostsResponse Int rhrsResponseStatus = lens _rhrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rhrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceNetworkACLAssociation.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceNetworkACLAssociation.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceNetworkACLAssociation.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceNetworkACLAssociation.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with. By default when you create a subnet, it\'s automatically associated with the default network ACL. For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with. By default when you create a subnet, it's automatically associated with the default network ACL. For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ReplaceNetworkACLAssociation ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'replaceNetworkACLAssociation' smart constructor. data ReplaceNetworkACLAssociation = ReplaceNetworkACLAssociation' { _rnaaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -57,11 +61,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rnaaDryRun' +-- * 'rnaaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rnaaAssociationId' +-- * 'rnaaAssociationId' - The ID of the current association between the original network ACL and the subnet. -- --- * 'rnaaNetworkACLId' +-- * 'rnaaNetworkACLId' - The ID of the new network ACL to associate with the subnet. replaceNetworkACLAssociation :: Text -- ^ 'rnaaAssociationId' -> Text -- ^ 'rnaaNetworkACLId' @@ -73,7 +77,7 @@ , _rnaaNetworkACLId = pNetworkACLId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rnaaDryRun :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLAssociation (Maybe Bool) rnaaDryRun = lens _rnaaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rnaaDryRun = a}); @@ -111,13 +115,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _rnaaDryRun, "AssociationId" =: _rnaaAssociationId, "NetworkAclId" =: _rnaaNetworkACLId] -- | Contains the output of ReplaceNetworkAclAssociation. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'replaceNetworkACLAssociationResponse' smart constructor. data ReplaceNetworkACLAssociationResponse = ReplaceNetworkACLAssociationResponse' { _rnaarsNewAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -128,9 +134,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rnaarsNewAssociationId' +-- * 'rnaarsNewAssociationId' - The ID of the new association. -- --- * 'rnaarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'rnaarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. replaceNetworkACLAssociationResponse :: Int -- ^ 'rnaarsResponseStatus' -> ReplaceNetworkACLAssociationResponse @@ -144,7 +150,7 @@ rnaarsNewAssociationId :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLAssociationResponse (Maybe Text) rnaarsNewAssociationId = lens _rnaarsNewAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_rnaarsNewAssociationId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. rnaarsResponseStatus :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLAssociationResponse Int rnaarsResponseStatus = lens _rnaarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rnaarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceNetworkACLEntry.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceNetworkACLEntry.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceNetworkACLEntry.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceNetworkACLEntry.hs @@ -18,22 +18,25 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information about network ACLs, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ReplaceNetworkACLEntry ( -- * Creating a Request replaceNetworkACLEntry , ReplaceNetworkACLEntry -- * Request Lenses + , rnaeIPv6CidrBlock , rnaeICMPTypeCode , rnaePortRange + , rnaeCidrBlock , rnaeDryRun , rnaeNetworkACLId , rnaeRuleNumber , rnaeProtocol , rnaeRuleAction , rnaeEgress - , rnaeCIdRBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , replaceNetworkACLEntryResponse @@ -49,70 +52,83 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ReplaceNetworkAclEntry. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'replaceNetworkACLEntry' smart constructor. data ReplaceNetworkACLEntry = ReplaceNetworkACLEntry' - { _rnaeICMPTypeCode :: !(Maybe ICMPTypeCode) - , _rnaePortRange :: !(Maybe PortRange) - , _rnaeDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _rnaeNetworkACLId :: !Text - , _rnaeRuleNumber :: !Int - , _rnaeProtocol :: !Text - , _rnaeRuleAction :: !RuleAction - , _rnaeEgress :: !Bool - , _rnaeCIdRBlock :: !Text + { _rnaeIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rnaeICMPTypeCode :: !(Maybe ICMPTypeCode) + , _rnaePortRange :: !(Maybe PortRange) + , _rnaeCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rnaeDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rnaeNetworkACLId :: !Text + , _rnaeRuleNumber :: !Int + , _rnaeProtocol :: !Text + , _rnaeRuleAction :: !RuleAction + , _rnaeEgress :: !Bool } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'ReplaceNetworkACLEntry' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rnaeICMPTypeCode' +-- * 'rnaeIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example @2001:bd8:1234:1a00::/64@ ). -- --- * 'rnaePortRange' +-- * 'rnaeICMPTypeCode' - ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying the ICMP (1) protocol, or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block. -- --- * 'rnaeDryRun' +-- * 'rnaePortRange' - TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if specifying TCP (6) or UDP (17) for the protocol. -- --- * 'rnaeNetworkACLId' +-- * 'rnaeCidrBlock' - The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example @172.16.0.0/24@ ). -- --- * 'rnaeRuleNumber' +-- * 'rnaeDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rnaeProtocol' +-- * 'rnaeNetworkACLId' - The ID of the ACL. -- --- * 'rnaeRuleAction' +-- * 'rnaeRuleNumber' - The rule number of the entry to replace. -- --- * 'rnaeEgress' +-- * 'rnaeProtocol' - The IP protocol. You can specify @all@ or @-1@ to mean all protocols. If you specify @all@ , @-1@ , or a protocol number other than @tcp@ , @udp@ , or @icmp@ , traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes you specify. If you specify protocol @58@ (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify. If you specify protocol @58@ (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must specify an ICMP type and code. -- --- * 'rnaeCIdRBlock' +-- * 'rnaeRuleAction' - Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. +-- +-- * 'rnaeEgress' - Indicates whether to replace the egress rule. Default: If no value is specified, we replace the ingress rule. replaceNetworkACLEntry :: Text -- ^ 'rnaeNetworkACLId' -> Int -- ^ 'rnaeRuleNumber' -> Text -- ^ 'rnaeProtocol' -> RuleAction -- ^ 'rnaeRuleAction' -> Bool -- ^ 'rnaeEgress' - -> Text -- ^ 'rnaeCIdRBlock' -> ReplaceNetworkACLEntry -replaceNetworkACLEntry pNetworkACLId_ pRuleNumber_ pProtocol_ pRuleAction_ pEgress_ pCIdRBlock_ = +replaceNetworkACLEntry pNetworkACLId_ pRuleNumber_ pProtocol_ pRuleAction_ pEgress_ = ReplaceNetworkACLEntry' - { _rnaeICMPTypeCode = Nothing + { _rnaeIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _rnaeICMPTypeCode = Nothing , _rnaePortRange = Nothing + , _rnaeCidrBlock = Nothing , _rnaeDryRun = Nothing , _rnaeNetworkACLId = pNetworkACLId_ , _rnaeRuleNumber = pRuleNumber_ , _rnaeProtocol = pProtocol_ , _rnaeRuleAction = pRuleAction_ , _rnaeEgress = pEgress_ - , _rnaeCIdRBlock = pCIdRBlock_ } --- | ICMP protocol: The ICMP type and code. Required if specifying 1 (ICMP) for the protocol. +-- | The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example @2001:bd8:1234:1a00::/64@ ). +rnaeIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) +rnaeIPv6CidrBlock = lens _rnaeIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_rnaeIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying the ICMP (1) protocol, or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block. rnaeICMPTypeCode :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry (Maybe ICMPTypeCode) rnaeICMPTypeCode = lens _rnaeICMPTypeCode (\ s a -> s{_rnaeICMPTypeCode = a}); --- | TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if specifying 6 (TCP) or 17 (UDP) for the protocol. +-- | TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if specifying TCP (6) or UDP (17) for the protocol. rnaePortRange :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry (Maybe PortRange) rnaePortRange = lens _rnaePortRange (\ s a -> s{_rnaePortRange = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example @172.16.0.0/24@ ). +rnaeCidrBlock :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) +rnaeCidrBlock = lens _rnaeCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_rnaeCidrBlock = a}); + +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rnaeDryRun :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry (Maybe Bool) rnaeDryRun = lens _rnaeDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rnaeDryRun = a}); @@ -124,7 +140,7 @@ rnaeRuleNumber :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry Int rnaeRuleNumber = lens _rnaeRuleNumber (\ s a -> s{_rnaeRuleNumber = a}); --- | The IP protocol. You can specify 'all' or '-1' to mean all protocols. +-- | The IP protocol. You can specify @all@ or @-1@ to mean all protocols. If you specify @all@ , @-1@ , or a protocol number other than @tcp@ , @udp@ , or @icmp@ , traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes you specify. If you specify protocol @58@ (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify. If you specify protocol @58@ (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must specify an ICMP type and code. rnaeProtocol :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry Text rnaeProtocol = lens _rnaeProtocol (\ s a -> s{_rnaeProtocol = a}); @@ -132,16 +148,10 @@ rnaeRuleAction :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry RuleAction rnaeRuleAction = lens _rnaeRuleAction (\ s a -> s{_rnaeRuleAction = a}); --- | Indicates whether to replace the egress rule. --- --- Default: If no value is specified, we replace the ingress rule. +-- | Indicates whether to replace the egress rule. Default: If no value is specified, we replace the ingress rule. rnaeEgress :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry Bool rnaeEgress = lens _rnaeEgress (\ s a -> s{_rnaeEgress = a}); --- | The network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation. -rnaeCIdRBlock :: Lens' ReplaceNetworkACLEntry Text -rnaeCIdRBlock = lens _rnaeCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_rnaeCIdRBlock = a}); - instance AWSRequest ReplaceNetworkACLEntry where type Rs ReplaceNetworkACLEntry = ReplaceNetworkACLEntryResponse @@ -164,16 +174,17 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ReplaceNetworkAclEntry" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "Ipv6CidrBlock" =: _rnaeIPv6CidrBlock, "Icmp" =: _rnaeICMPTypeCode, "PortRange" =: _rnaePortRange, + "CidrBlock" =: _rnaeCidrBlock, "DryRun" =: _rnaeDryRun, "NetworkAclId" =: _rnaeNetworkACLId, "RuleNumber" =: _rnaeRuleNumber, "Protocol" =: _rnaeProtocol, "RuleAction" =: _rnaeRuleAction, - "Egress" =: _rnaeEgress, - "CidrBlock" =: _rnaeCIdRBlock] + "Egress" =: _rnaeEgress] -- | /See:/ 'replaceNetworkACLEntryResponse' smart constructor. data ReplaceNetworkACLEntryResponse = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceRoute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceRoute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceRoute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceRoute.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC. You must provide only one of the following: Internet gateway or virtual private gateway, NAT instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, or network interface. +-- Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC. You must provide only one of the following: Internet gateway or virtual private gateway, NAT instance, NAT gateway, VPC peering connection, network interface, or egress-only Internet gateway. -- --- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ReplaceRoute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -29,12 +31,14 @@ -- * Request Lenses , rrVPCPeeringConnectionId , rrInstanceId + , rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId + , rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock , rrNatGatewayId , rrNetworkInterfaceId , rrGatewayId , rrDryRun + , rrDestinationCidrBlock , rrRouteTableId - , rrDestinationCIdRBlock -- * Destructuring the Response , replaceRouteResponse @@ -50,51 +54,60 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ReplaceRoute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'replaceRoute' smart constructor. data ReplaceRoute = ReplaceRoute' - { _rrVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rrInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rrNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rrNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rrGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rrDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _rrRouteTableId :: !Text - , _rrDestinationCIdRBlock :: !Text + { _rrVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rrInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rrNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rrNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rrGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rrDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rrDestinationCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rrRouteTableId :: !Text } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) -- | Creates a value of 'ReplaceRoute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rrVPCPeeringConnectionId' +-- * 'rrVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of a VPC peering connection. -- --- * 'rrInstanceId' +-- * 'rrInstanceId' - The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. -- --- * 'rrNatGatewayId' +-- * 'rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId' - [IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway. -- --- * 'rrNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. -- --- * 'rrGatewayId' +-- * 'rrNatGatewayId' - [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway. -- --- * 'rrDryRun' +-- * 'rrNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of a network interface. -- --- * 'rrRouteTableId' +-- * 'rrGatewayId' - The ID of an Internet gateway or virtual private gateway. -- --- * 'rrDestinationCIdRBlock' +-- * 'rrDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . +-- +-- * 'rrDestinationCidrBlock' - The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. +-- +-- * 'rrRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table. replaceRoute :: Text -- ^ 'rrRouteTableId' - -> Text -- ^ 'rrDestinationCIdRBlock' -> ReplaceRoute -replaceRoute pRouteTableId_ pDestinationCIdRBlock_ = +replaceRoute pRouteTableId_ = ReplaceRoute' { _rrVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing , _rrInstanceId = Nothing + , _rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = Nothing + , _rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing , _rrNatGatewayId = Nothing , _rrNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing , _rrGatewayId = Nothing , _rrDryRun = Nothing + , _rrDestinationCidrBlock = Nothing , _rrRouteTableId = pRouteTableId_ - , _rrDestinationCIdRBlock = pDestinationCIdRBlock_ } -- | The ID of a VPC peering connection. @@ -105,7 +118,15 @@ rrInstanceId :: Lens' ReplaceRoute (Maybe Text) rrInstanceId = lens _rrInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_rrInstanceId = a}); --- | The ID of a NAT gateway. +-- | [IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only Internet gateway. +rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: Lens' ReplaceRoute (Maybe Text) +rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = lens _rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. +rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' ReplaceRoute (Maybe Text) +rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = lens _rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | [IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway. rrNatGatewayId :: Lens' ReplaceRoute (Maybe Text) rrNatGatewayId = lens _rrNatGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_rrNatGatewayId = a}); @@ -117,18 +138,18 @@ rrGatewayId :: Lens' ReplaceRoute (Maybe Text) rrGatewayId = lens _rrGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_rrGatewayId = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rrDryRun :: Lens' ReplaceRoute (Maybe Bool) rrDryRun = lens _rrDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rrDryRun = a}); +-- | The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. +rrDestinationCidrBlock :: Lens' ReplaceRoute (Maybe Text) +rrDestinationCidrBlock = lens _rrDestinationCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_rrDestinationCidrBlock = a}); + -- | The ID of the route table. rrRouteTableId :: Lens' ReplaceRoute Text rrRouteTableId = lens _rrRouteTableId (\ s a -> s{_rrRouteTableId = a}); --- | The CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. -rrDestinationCIdRBlock :: Lens' ReplaceRoute Text -rrDestinationCIdRBlock = lens _rrDestinationCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_rrDestinationCIdRBlock = a}); - instance AWSRequest ReplaceRoute where type Rs ReplaceRoute = ReplaceRouteResponse request = postQuery ec2 @@ -148,15 +169,19 @@ toQuery ReplaceRoute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ReplaceRoute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "VpcPeeringConnectionId" =: _rrVPCPeeringConnectionId, "InstanceId" =: _rrInstanceId, + "EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId" =: + _rrEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId, + "DestinationIpv6CidrBlock" =: + _rrDestinationIPv6CidrBlock, "NatGatewayId" =: _rrNatGatewayId, "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _rrNetworkInterfaceId, "GatewayId" =: _rrGatewayId, "DryRun" =: _rrDryRun, - "RouteTableId" =: _rrRouteTableId, - "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _rrDestinationCIdRBlock] + "DestinationCidrBlock" =: _rrDestinationCidrBlock, + "RouteTableId" =: _rrRouteTableId] -- | /See:/ 'replaceRouteResponse' smart constructor. data ReplaceRouteResponse = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReplaceRouteTableAssociation.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Changes the route table associated with a given subnet in a VPC. After the operation completes, the subnet uses the routes in the new route table it\'s associated with. For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- Changes the route table associated with a given subnet in a VPC. After the operation completes, the subnet uses the routes in the new route table it's associated with. For more information about route tables, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- You can also use ReplaceRouteTableAssociation to change which table is the main route table in the VPC. You just specify the main route table\'s association ID and the route table to be the new main route table. +-- +-- You can also use ReplaceRouteTableAssociation to change which table is the main route table in the VPC. You just specify the main route table's association ID and the route table to be the new main route table. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ReplaceRouteTableAssociation ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ReplaceRouteTableAssociation. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'replaceRouteTableAssociation' smart constructor. data ReplaceRouteTableAssociation = ReplaceRouteTableAssociation' { _rrtaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -59,11 +63,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rrtaDryRun' +-- * 'rrtaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rrtaAssociationId' +-- * 'rrtaAssociationId' - The association ID. -- --- * 'rrtaRouteTableId' +-- * 'rrtaRouteTableId' - The ID of the new route table to associate with the subnet. replaceRouteTableAssociation :: Text -- ^ 'rrtaAssociationId' -> Text -- ^ 'rrtaRouteTableId' @@ -75,7 +79,7 @@ , _rrtaRouteTableId = pRouteTableId_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rrtaDryRun :: Lens' ReplaceRouteTableAssociation (Maybe Bool) rrtaDryRun = lens _rrtaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rrtaDryRun = a}); @@ -113,13 +117,15 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ReplaceRouteTableAssociation" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _rrtaDryRun, "AssociationId" =: _rrtaAssociationId, "RouteTableId" =: _rrtaRouteTableId] -- | Contains the output of ReplaceRouteTableAssociation. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'replaceRouteTableAssociationResponse' smart constructor. data ReplaceRouteTableAssociationResponse = ReplaceRouteTableAssociationResponse' { _rrtarsNewAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -130,9 +136,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rrtarsNewAssociationId' +-- * 'rrtarsNewAssociationId' - The ID of the new association. -- --- * 'rrtarsResponseStatus' +-- * 'rrtarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. replaceRouteTableAssociationResponse :: Int -- ^ 'rrtarsResponseStatus' -> ReplaceRouteTableAssociationResponse @@ -146,7 +152,7 @@ rrtarsNewAssociationId :: Lens' ReplaceRouteTableAssociationResponse (Maybe Text) rrtarsNewAssociationId = lens _rrtarsNewAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_rrtarsNewAssociationId = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. rrtarsResponseStatus :: Lens' ReplaceRouteTableAssociationResponse Int rrtarsResponseStatus = lens _rrtarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rrtarsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReportInstanceStatus.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReportInstanceStatus.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReportInstanceStatus.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ReportInstanceStatus.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Submits feedback about the status of an instance. The instance must be in the 'running' state. If your experience with the instance differs from the instance status returned by < DescribeInstanceStatus>, use < ReportInstanceStatus> to report your experience with the instance. Amazon EC2 collects this information to improve the accuracy of status checks. +-- Submits feedback about the status of an instance. The instance must be in the @running@ state. If your experience with the instance differs from the instance status returned by 'DescribeInstanceStatus' , use 'ReportInstanceStatus' to report your experience with the instance. Amazon EC2 collects this information to improve the accuracy of status checks. -- --- Use of this action does not change the value returned by < DescribeInstanceStatus>. +-- +-- Use of this action does not change the value returned by 'DescribeInstanceStatus' . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ReportInstanceStatus ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ReportInstanceStatus. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'reportInstanceStatus' smart constructor. data ReportInstanceStatus = ReportInstanceStatus' { _risStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) @@ -64,19 +68,19 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'risStartTime' +-- * 'risStartTime' - The time at which the reported instance health state began. -- --- * 'risEndTime' +-- * 'risEndTime' - The time at which the reported instance health state ended. -- --- * 'risDescription' +-- * 'risDescription' - Descriptive text about the health state of your instance. -- --- * 'risDryRun' +-- * 'risDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'risInstances' +-- * 'risInstances' - One or more instances. -- --- * 'risStatus' +-- * 'risStatus' - The status of all instances listed. -- --- * 'risReasonCodes' +-- * 'risReasonCodes' - One or more reason codes that describes the health state of your instance. * @instance-stuck-in-state@ : My instance is stuck in a state. * @unresponsive@ : My instance is unresponsive. * @not-accepting-credentials@ : My instance is not accepting my credentials. * @password-not-available@ : A password is not available for my instance. * @performance-network@ : My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are network related. * @performance-instance-store@ : My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are related to the instance stores. * @performance-ebs-volume@ : My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are related to an EBS volume. * @performance-other@ : My instance is experiencing performance problems. * @other@ : [explain using the description parameter] reportInstanceStatus :: ReportStatusType -- ^ 'risStatus' -> ReportInstanceStatus @@ -103,7 +107,7 @@ risDescription :: Lens' ReportInstanceStatus (Maybe Text) risDescription = lens _risDescription (\ s a -> s{_risDescription = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . risDryRun :: Lens' ReportInstanceStatus (Maybe Bool) risDryRun = lens _risDryRun (\ s a -> s{_risDryRun = a}); @@ -115,26 +119,7 @@ risStatus :: Lens' ReportInstanceStatus ReportStatusType risStatus = lens _risStatus (\ s a -> s{_risStatus = a}); --- | One or more reason codes that describes the health state of your instance. --- --- - 'instance-stuck-in-state': My instance is stuck in a state. --- --- - 'unresponsive': My instance is unresponsive. --- --- - 'not-accepting-credentials': My instance is not accepting my credentials. --- --- - 'password-not-available': A password is not available for my instance. --- --- - 'performance-network': My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are network related. --- --- - 'performance-instance-store': My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are related to the instance stores. --- --- - 'performance-ebs-volume': My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are related to an EBS volume. --- --- - 'performance-other': My instance is experiencing performance problems. --- --- - 'other': [explain using the description parameter] --- +-- | One or more reason codes that describes the health state of your instance. * @instance-stuck-in-state@ : My instance is stuck in a state. * @unresponsive@ : My instance is unresponsive. * @not-accepting-credentials@ : My instance is not accepting my credentials. * @password-not-available@ : A password is not available for my instance. * @performance-network@ : My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are network related. * @performance-instance-store@ : My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are related to the instance stores. * @performance-ebs-volume@ : My instance is experiencing performance problems which I believe are related to an EBS volume. * @performance-other@ : My instance is experiencing performance problems. * @other@ : [explain using the description parameter] risReasonCodes :: Lens' ReportInstanceStatus [ReportInstanceReasonCodes] risReasonCodes = lens _risReasonCodes (\ s a -> s{_risReasonCodes = a}) . _Coerce; @@ -158,7 +143,7 @@ toQuery ReportInstanceStatus'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ReportInstanceStatus" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "StartTime" =: _risStartTime, "EndTime" =: _risEndTime, "Description" =: _risDescription, diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RequestSpotFleet.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RequestSpotFleet.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RequestSpotFleet.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RequestSpotFleet.hs @@ -20,13 +20,15 @@ -- -- Creates a Spot fleet request. -- +-- -- You can submit a single request that includes multiple launch specifications that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet. -- -- By default, the Spot fleet requests Spot instances in the Spot pool where the price per unit is the lowest. Each launch specification can include its own instance weighting that reflects the value of the instance type to your application workload. -- -- Alternatively, you can specify that the Spot fleet distribute the target capacity across the Spot pools included in its launch specifications. By ensuring that the Spot instances in your Spot fleet are in different Spot pools, you can improve the availability of your fleet. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RequestSpotFleet ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +55,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RequestSpotFleet. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'requestSpotFleet' smart constructor. data RequestSpotFleet = RequestSpotFleet' { _rsfDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -63,9 +67,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsfDryRun' +-- * 'rsfDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rsfSpotFleetRequestConfig' +-- * 'rsfSpotFleetRequestConfig' - The configuration for the Spot fleet request. requestSpotFleet :: SpotFleetRequestConfigData -- ^ 'rsfSpotFleetRequestConfig' -> RequestSpotFleet @@ -75,7 +79,7 @@ , _rsfSpotFleetRequestConfig = pSpotFleetRequestConfig_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rsfDryRun :: Lens' RequestSpotFleet (Maybe Bool) rsfDryRun = lens _rsfDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rsfDryRun = a}); @@ -106,13 +110,15 @@ toQuery RequestSpotFleet'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RequestSpotFleet" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _rsfDryRun, "SpotFleetRequestConfig" =: _rsfSpotFleetRequestConfig] -- | Contains the output of RequestSpotFleet. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'requestSpotFleetResponse' smart constructor. data RequestSpotFleetResponse = RequestSpotFleetResponse' { _rsfrsResponseStatus :: !Int @@ -123,9 +129,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsfrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'rsfrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. -- --- * 'rsfrsSpotFleetRequestId' +-- * 'rsfrsSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. requestSpotFleetResponse :: Int -- ^ 'rsfrsResponseStatus' -> Text -- ^ 'rsfrsSpotFleetRequestId' @@ -136,7 +142,7 @@ , _rsfrsSpotFleetRequestId = pSpotFleetRequestId_ } --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. rsfrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RequestSpotFleetResponse Int rsfrsResponseStatus = lens _rsfrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rsfrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RequestSpotInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RequestSpotInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RequestSpotInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RequestSpotInstances.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Creates a Spot instance request. Spot instances are instances that Amazon EC2 launches when the bid price that you specify exceeds the current Spot price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price based on available Spot Instance capacity and current Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Creates a Spot instance request. Spot instances are instances that Amazon EC2 launches when the bid price that you specify exceeds the current Spot price. Amazon EC2 periodically sets the Spot price based on available Spot Instance capacity and current Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RequestSpotInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RequestSpotInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'requestSpotInstances' smart constructor. data RequestSpotInstances = RequestSpotInstances' { _rsisBlockDurationMinutes :: !(Maybe Int) @@ -73,27 +77,27 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsisBlockDurationMinutes' +-- * 'rsisBlockDurationMinutes' - The required duration for the Spot instances (also known as Spot blocks), in minutes. This value must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300, or 360). The duration period starts as soon as your Spot instance receives its instance ID. At the end of the duration period, Amazon EC2 marks the Spot instance for termination and provides a Spot instance termination notice, which gives the instance a two-minute warning before it terminates. Note that you can't specify an Availability Zone group or a launch group if you specify a duration. -- --- * 'rsisClientToken' +-- * 'rsisClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'rsisInstanceCount' +-- * 'rsisInstanceCount' - The maximum number of Spot instances to launch. Default: 1 -- --- * 'rsisLaunchSpecification' +-- * 'rsisLaunchSpecification' - Undocumented member. -- --- * 'rsisAvailabilityZoneGroup' +-- * 'rsisAvailabilityZoneGroup' - The user-specified name for a logical grouping of bids. When you specify an Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all Spot instances in the request are launched in the same Availability Zone. Instance proximity is maintained with this parameter, but the choice of Availability Zone is not. The group applies only to bids for Spot Instances of the same instance type. Any additional Spot instance requests that are specified with the same Availability Zone group name are launched in that same Availability Zone, as long as at least one instance from the group is still active. If there is no active instance running in the Availability Zone group that you specify for a new Spot instance request (all instances are terminated, the bid is expired, or the bid falls below current market), then Amazon EC2 launches the instance in any Availability Zone where the constraint can be met. Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot instances could be placed in a different zone from the original request, even if you specified the same Availability Zone group. Default: Instances are launched in any available Availability Zone. -- --- * 'rsisValidUntil' +-- * 'rsisValidUntil' - The end date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request remains active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled or this date and time is reached. Default: The request is effective indefinitely. -- --- * 'rsisLaunchGroup' +-- * 'rsisLaunchGroup' - The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot instances that launch together and terminate together. Default: Instances are launched and terminated individually -- --- * 'rsisType' +-- * 'rsisType' - The Spot instance request type. Default: @one-time@ -- --- * 'rsisValidFrom' +-- * 'rsisValidFrom' - The start date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until all instances launch, the request expires, or the request is canceled. If the request is persistent, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until it expires or is canceled. Default: The request is effective indefinitely. -- --- * 'rsisDryRun' +-- * 'rsisDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rsisSpotPrice' +-- * 'rsisSpotPrice' - The maximum hourly price (bid) for any Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. requestSpotInstances :: Text -- ^ 'rsisSpotPrice' -> RequestSpotInstances @@ -112,21 +116,15 @@ , _rsisSpotPrice = pSpotPrice_ } --- | The required duration for the Spot instances (also known as Spot blocks), in minutes. This value must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300, or 360). --- --- The duration period starts as soon as your Spot instance receives its instance ID. At the end of the duration period, Amazon EC2 marks the Spot instance for termination and provides a Spot instance termination notice, which gives the instance a two-minute warning before it terminates. --- --- Note that you can\'t specify an Availability Zone group or a launch group if you specify a duration. +-- | The required duration for the Spot instances (also known as Spot blocks), in minutes. This value must be a multiple of 60 (60, 120, 180, 240, 300, or 360). The duration period starts as soon as your Spot instance receives its instance ID. At the end of the duration period, Amazon EC2 marks the Spot instance for termination and provides a Spot instance termination notice, which gives the instance a two-minute warning before it terminates. Note that you can't specify an Availability Zone group or a launch group if you specify a duration. rsisBlockDurationMinutes :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe Int) rsisBlockDurationMinutes = lens _rsisBlockDurationMinutes (\ s a -> s{_rsisBlockDurationMinutes = a}); --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . rsisClientToken :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe Text) rsisClientToken = lens _rsisClientToken (\ s a -> s{_rsisClientToken = a}); --- | The maximum number of Spot instances to launch. --- --- Default: 1 +-- | The maximum number of Spot instances to launch. Default: 1 rsisInstanceCount :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe Int) rsisInstanceCount = lens _rsisInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_rsisInstanceCount = a}); @@ -134,41 +132,27 @@ rsisLaunchSpecification :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe RequestSpotLaunchSpecification) rsisLaunchSpecification = lens _rsisLaunchSpecification (\ s a -> s{_rsisLaunchSpecification = a}); --- | The user-specified name for a logical grouping of bids. --- --- When you specify an Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all Spot instances in the request are launched in the same Availability Zone. Instance proximity is maintained with this parameter, but the choice of Availability Zone is not. The group applies only to bids for Spot Instances of the same instance type. Any additional Spot instance requests that are specified with the same Availability Zone group name are launched in that same Availability Zone, as long as at least one instance from the group is still active. --- --- If there is no active instance running in the Availability Zone group that you specify for a new Spot instance request (all instances are terminated, the bid is expired, or the bid falls below current market), then Amazon EC2 launches the instance in any Availability Zone where the constraint can be met. Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot instances could be placed in a different zone from the original request, even if you specified the same Availability Zone group. --- --- Default: Instances are launched in any available Availability Zone. +-- | The user-specified name for a logical grouping of bids. When you specify an Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all Spot instances in the request are launched in the same Availability Zone. Instance proximity is maintained with this parameter, but the choice of Availability Zone is not. The group applies only to bids for Spot Instances of the same instance type. Any additional Spot instance requests that are specified with the same Availability Zone group name are launched in that same Availability Zone, as long as at least one instance from the group is still active. If there is no active instance running in the Availability Zone group that you specify for a new Spot instance request (all instances are terminated, the bid is expired, or the bid falls below current market), then Amazon EC2 launches the instance in any Availability Zone where the constraint can be met. Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot instances could be placed in a different zone from the original request, even if you specified the same Availability Zone group. Default: Instances are launched in any available Availability Zone. rsisAvailabilityZoneGroup :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe Text) rsisAvailabilityZoneGroup = lens _rsisAvailabilityZoneGroup (\ s a -> s{_rsisAvailabilityZoneGroup = a}); --- | The end date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request remains active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled or this date and time is reached. --- --- Default: The request is effective indefinitely. +-- | The end date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request remains active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled or this date and time is reached. Default: The request is effective indefinitely. rsisValidUntil :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe UTCTime) rsisValidUntil = lens _rsisValidUntil (\ s a -> s{_rsisValidUntil = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot instances that launch together and terminate together. --- --- Default: Instances are launched and terminated individually +-- | The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot instances that launch together and terminate together. Default: Instances are launched and terminated individually rsisLaunchGroup :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe Text) rsisLaunchGroup = lens _rsisLaunchGroup (\ s a -> s{_rsisLaunchGroup = a}); --- | The Spot instance request type. --- --- Default: 'one-time' +-- | The Spot instance request type. Default: @one-time@ rsisType :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe SpotInstanceType) rsisType = lens _rsisType (\ s a -> s{_rsisType = a}); --- | The start date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until all instances launch, the request expires, or the request is canceled. If the request is persistent, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until it expires or is canceled. --- --- Default: The request is effective indefinitely. +-- | The start date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until all instances launch, the request expires, or the request is canceled. If the request is persistent, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until it expires or is canceled. Default: The request is effective indefinitely. rsisValidFrom :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe UTCTime) rsisValidFrom = lens _rsisValidFrom (\ s a -> s{_rsisValidFrom = a}) . mapping _Time; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rsisDryRun :: Lens' RequestSpotInstances (Maybe Bool) rsisDryRun = lens _rsisDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rsisDryRun = a}); @@ -202,7 +186,7 @@ toQuery RequestSpotInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RequestSpotInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "BlockDurationMinutes" =: _rsisBlockDurationMinutes, "ClientToken" =: _rsisClientToken, "InstanceCount" =: _rsisInstanceCount, @@ -217,6 +201,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of RequestSpotInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'requestSpotInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data RequestSpotInstancesResponse = RequestSpotInstancesResponse' { _rsirsSpotInstanceRequests :: !(Maybe [SpotInstanceRequest]) @@ -227,9 +213,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsirsSpotInstanceRequests' +-- * 'rsirsSpotInstanceRequests' - One or more Spot instance requests. -- --- * 'rsirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'rsirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. requestSpotInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'rsirsResponseStatus' -> RequestSpotInstancesResponse @@ -243,7 +229,7 @@ rsirsSpotInstanceRequests :: Lens' RequestSpotInstancesResponse [SpotInstanceRequest] rsirsSpotInstanceRequests = lens _rsirsSpotInstanceRequests (\ s a -> s{_rsirsSpotInstanceRequests = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. rsirsResponseStatus :: Lens' RequestSpotInstancesResponse Int rsirsResponseStatus = lens _rsirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rsirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetImageAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetImageAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetImageAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetImageAttribute.hs @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ -- -- Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value. -- --- The productCodes attribute can\'t be reset. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ResetImageAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +45,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ResetImageAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'resetImageAttribute' smart constructor. data ResetImageAttribute = ResetImageAttribute' { _resDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,11 +58,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'resDryRun' +-- * 'resDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'resImageId' +-- * 'resImageId' - The ID of the AMI. -- --- * 'resAttribute' +-- * 'resAttribute' - The attribute to reset (currently you can only reset the launch permission attribute). resetImageAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'resImageId' -> ResetImageAttributeName -- ^ 'resAttribute' @@ -72,7 +74,7 @@ , _resAttribute = pAttribute_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . resDryRun :: Lens' ResetImageAttribute (Maybe Bool) resDryRun = lens _resDryRun (\ s a -> s{_resDryRun = a}); @@ -104,7 +106,7 @@ toQuery ResetImageAttribute'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ResetImageAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _resDryRun, "ImageId" =: _resImageId, "Attribute" =: _resAttribute] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetInstanceAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetInstanceAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetInstanceAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetInstanceAttribute.hs @@ -18,9 +18,11 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the 'kernel' or 'ramdisk', the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the 'sourceDestCheck', the instance can be either running or stopped. +-- Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the @kernel@ or @ramdisk@ , the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the @sourceDestCheck@ , the instance can be either running or stopped. -- --- The 'sourceDestCheck' attribute controls whether source\/destination checking is enabled. The default value is 'true', which means checking is enabled. This value must be 'false' for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- The @sourceDestCheck@ attribute controls whether source/destination checking is enabled. The default value is @true@ , which means checking is enabled. This value must be @false@ for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ResetInstanceAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ResetInstanceAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'resetInstanceAttribute' smart constructor. data ResetInstanceAttribute = ResetInstanceAttribute' { _riaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,11 +60,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'riaDryRun' +-- * 'riaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'riaInstanceId' +-- * 'riaInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. -- --- * 'riaAttribute' +-- * 'riaAttribute' - The attribute to reset. /Important:/ You can only reset the following attributes: @kernel@ | @ramdisk@ | @sourceDestCheck@ . To change an instance attribute, use 'ModifyInstanceAttribute' . resetInstanceAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'riaInstanceId' -> InstanceAttributeName -- ^ 'riaAttribute' @@ -72,7 +76,7 @@ , _riaAttribute = pAttribute_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . riaDryRun :: Lens' ResetInstanceAttribute (Maybe Bool) riaDryRun = lens _riaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_riaDryRun = a}); @@ -80,9 +84,7 @@ riaInstanceId :: Lens' ResetInstanceAttribute Text riaInstanceId = lens _riaInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_riaInstanceId = a}); --- | The attribute to reset. --- --- You can only reset the following attributes: 'kernel' | 'ramdisk' | 'sourceDestCheck'. To change an instance attribute, use < ModifyInstanceAttribute>. +-- | The attribute to reset. /Important:/ You can only reset the following attributes: @kernel@ | @ramdisk@ | @sourceDestCheck@ . To change an instance attribute, use 'ModifyInstanceAttribute' . riaAttribute :: Lens' ResetInstanceAttribute InstanceAttributeName riaAttribute = lens _riaAttribute (\ s a -> s{_riaAttribute = a}); @@ -108,7 +110,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ResetInstanceAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _riaDryRun, "InstanceId" =: _riaInstanceId, "Attribute" =: _riaAttribute] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Resets a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -43,6 +45,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'resetNetworkInterfaceAttribute' smart constructor. data ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute = ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute' { _rniaSourceDestCheck :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -54,11 +58,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rniaSourceDestCheck' +-- * 'rniaSourceDestCheck' - The source/destination checking attribute. Resets the value to @true@ . -- --- * 'rniaDryRun' +-- * 'rniaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rniaNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'rniaNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. resetNetworkInterfaceAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'rniaNetworkInterfaceId' -> ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute @@ -69,11 +73,11 @@ , _rniaNetworkInterfaceId = pNetworkInterfaceId_ } --- | The source\/destination checking attribute. Resets the value to 'true'. +-- | The source/destination checking attribute. Resets the value to @true@ . rniaSourceDestCheck :: Lens' ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute (Maybe Text) rniaSourceDestCheck = lens _rniaSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_rniaSourceDestCheck = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rniaDryRun :: Lens' ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute (Maybe Bool) rniaDryRun = lens _rniaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rniaDryRun = a}); @@ -105,7 +109,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "SourceDestCheck" =: _rniaSourceDestCheck, "DryRun" =: _rniaDryRun, "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _rniaNetworkInterfaceId] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetSnapshotAttribute.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetSnapshotAttribute.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetSnapshotAttribute.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/ResetSnapshotAttribute.hs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ -- -- Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot. -- --- For more information on modifying snapshot permissions, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- For more information on modifying snapshot permissions, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.ResetSnapshotAttribute ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for ResetSnapshotAttribute. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'resetSnapshotAttribute' smart constructor. data ResetSnapshotAttribute = ResetSnapshotAttribute' { _rsaDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,11 +60,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsaDryRun' +-- * 'rsaDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rsaSnapshotId' +-- * 'rsaSnapshotId' - The ID of the snapshot. -- --- * 'rsaAttribute' +-- * 'rsaAttribute' - The attribute to reset. Currently, only the attribute for permission to create volumes can be reset. resetSnapshotAttribute :: Text -- ^ 'rsaSnapshotId' -> SnapshotAttributeName -- ^ 'rsaAttribute' @@ -72,7 +76,7 @@ , _rsaAttribute = pAttribute_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rsaDryRun :: Lens' ResetSnapshotAttribute (Maybe Bool) rsaDryRun = lens _rsaDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rsaDryRun = a}); @@ -106,7 +110,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("ResetSnapshotAttribute" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _rsaDryRun, "SnapshotId" =: _rsaSnapshotId, "Attribute" =: _rsaAttribute] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RestoreAddressToClassic.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RestoreAddressToClassic.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RestoreAddressToClassic.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RestoreAddressToClassic.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Restores an Elastic IP address that was previously moved to the EC2-VPC platform back to the EC2-Classic platform. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use in EC2-VPC. The Elastic IP address must not be associated with an instance or network interface. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RestoreAddressToClassic ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -46,6 +48,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RestoreAddressToClassic. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'restoreAddressToClassic' smart constructor. data RestoreAddressToClassic = RestoreAddressToClassic' { _ratcDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -56,9 +60,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ratcDryRun' +-- * 'ratcDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'ratcPublicIP' +-- * 'ratcPublicIP' - The Elastic IP address. restoreAddressToClassic :: Text -- ^ 'ratcPublicIP' -> RestoreAddressToClassic @@ -68,7 +72,7 @@ , _ratcPublicIP = pPublicIP_ } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . ratcDryRun :: Lens' RestoreAddressToClassic (Maybe Bool) ratcDryRun = lens _ratcDryRun (\ s a -> s{_ratcDryRun = a}); @@ -102,11 +106,13 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RestoreAddressToClassic" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _ratcDryRun, "PublicIp" =: _ratcPublicIP] -- | Contains the output of RestoreAddressToClassic. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'restoreAddressToClassicResponse' smart constructor. data RestoreAddressToClassicResponse = RestoreAddressToClassicResponse' { _ratcrsStatus :: !(Maybe AddressStatus) @@ -118,11 +124,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'ratcrsStatus' +-- * 'ratcrsStatus' - The move status for the IP address. -- --- * 'ratcrsPublicIP' +-- * 'ratcrsPublicIP' - The Elastic IP address. -- --- * 'ratcrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'ratcrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. restoreAddressToClassicResponse :: Int -- ^ 'ratcrsResponseStatus' -> RestoreAddressToClassicResponse @@ -141,7 +147,7 @@ ratcrsPublicIP :: Lens' RestoreAddressToClassicResponse (Maybe Text) ratcrsPublicIP = lens _ratcrsPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_ratcrsPublicIP = a}); --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. ratcrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RestoreAddressToClassicResponse Int ratcrsResponseStatus = lens _ratcrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_ratcrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- [EC2-VPC only] Removes one or more egress rules from a security group for EC2-VPC. This action doesn\'t apply to security groups for use in EC2-Classic. The values that you specify in the revoke request (for example, ports) must match the existing rule\'s values for the rule to be revoked. +-- [EC2-VPC only] Removes one or more egress rules from a security group for EC2-VPC. This action doesn't apply to security groups for use in EC2-Classic. The values that you specify in the revoke request (for example, ports) must match the existing rule's values for the rule to be revoked. -- --- Each rule consists of the protocol and the CIDR range or source security group. For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. -- +-- Each rule consists of the protocol and the IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR range or source security group. For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. +-- -- Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RevokeSecurityGroupEgress ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -33,7 +35,7 @@ , rsgeIPPermissions , rsgeIPProtocol , rsgeToPort - , rsgeCIdRIP + , rsgeCidrIP , rsgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId , rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName , rsgeDryRun @@ -53,13 +55,15 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RevokeSecurityGroupEgress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'revokeSecurityGroupEgress' smart constructor. data RevokeSecurityGroupEgress = RevokeSecurityGroupEgress' { _rsgeFromPort :: !(Maybe Int) , _rsgeIPPermissions :: !(Maybe [IPPermission]) , _rsgeIPProtocol :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgeToPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _rsgeCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rsgeCidrIP :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgeDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -70,23 +74,23 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsgeFromPort' +-- * 'rsgeFromPort' - The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. We recommend that you specify the port range in a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'rsgeIPPermissions' +-- * 'rsgeIPPermissions' - A set of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range. -- --- * 'rsgeIPProtocol' +-- * 'rsgeIPProtocol' - The IP protocol name or number. We recommend that you specify the protocol in a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'rsgeToPort' +-- * 'rsgeToPort' - The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. We recommend that you specify the port range in a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'rsgeCIdRIP' +-- * 'rsgeCidrIP' - The CIDR IP address range. We recommend that you specify the CIDR range in a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'rsgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId' +-- * 'rsgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId' - The AWS account number for a destination security group. To revoke outbound access to a destination security group, we recommend that you use a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName' +-- * 'rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName' - The name of a destination security group. To revoke outbound access to a destination security group, we recommend that you use a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'rsgeDryRun' +-- * 'rsgeDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rsgeGroupId' +-- * 'rsgeGroupId' - The ID of the security group. revokeSecurityGroupEgress :: Text -- ^ 'rsgeGroupId' -> RevokeSecurityGroupEgress @@ -96,7 +100,7 @@ , _rsgeIPPermissions = Nothing , _rsgeIPProtocol = Nothing , _rsgeToPort = Nothing - , _rsgeCIdRIP = Nothing + , _rsgeCidrIP = Nothing , _rsgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing , _rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName = Nothing , _rsgeDryRun = Nothing @@ -107,7 +111,7 @@ rsgeFromPort :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Int) rsgeFromPort = lens _rsgeFromPort (\ s a -> s{_rsgeFromPort = a}); --- | A set of IP permissions. You can\'t specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range. +-- | A set of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range. rsgeIPPermissions :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupEgress [IPPermission] rsgeIPPermissions = lens _rsgeIPPermissions (\ s a -> s{_rsgeIPPermissions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; @@ -120,8 +124,8 @@ rsgeToPort = lens _rsgeToPort (\ s a -> s{_rsgeToPort = a}); -- | The CIDR IP address range. We recommend that you specify the CIDR range in a set of IP permissions instead. -rsgeCIdRIP :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Text) -rsgeCIdRIP = lens _rsgeCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_rsgeCIdRIP = a}); +rsgeCidrIP :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Text) +rsgeCidrIP = lens _rsgeCidrIP (\ s a -> s{_rsgeCidrIP = a}); -- | The AWS account number for a destination security group. To revoke outbound access to a destination security group, we recommend that you use a set of IP permissions instead. rsgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Text) @@ -131,7 +135,7 @@ rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Text) rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName = lens _rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rsgeSourceSecurityGroupName = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rsgeDryRun :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupEgress (Maybe Bool) rsgeDryRun = lens _rsgeDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rsgeDryRun = a}); @@ -161,12 +165,12 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RevokeSecurityGroupEgress" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "FromPort" =: _rsgeFromPort, toQuery (toQueryList "IpPermissions" <$> _rsgeIPPermissions), "IpProtocol" =: _rsgeIPProtocol, - "ToPort" =: _rsgeToPort, "CidrIp" =: _rsgeCIdRIP, + "ToPort" =: _rsgeToPort, "CidrIp" =: _rsgeCidrIP, "SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId" =: _rsgeSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId, "SourceSecurityGroupName" =: diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RevokeSecurityGroupIngress.hs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Removes one or more ingress rules from a security group. The values that you specify in the revoke request (for example, ports) must match the existing rule\'s values for the rule to be removed. +-- Removes one or more ingress rules from a security group. The values that you specify in the revoke request (for example, ports) must match the existing rule's values for the rule to be removed. -- +-- -- Each rule consists of the protocol and the CIDR range or source security group. For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. -- -- Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RevokeSecurityGroupIngress ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -34,7 +36,7 @@ , rsgiIPProtocol , rsgiGroupId , rsgiToPort - , rsgiCIdRIP + , rsgiCidrIP , rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId , rsgiGroupName , rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RevokeSecurityGroupIngress. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'revokeSecurityGroupIngress' smart constructor. data RevokeSecurityGroupIngress = RevokeSecurityGroupIngress' { _rsgiFromPort :: !(Maybe Int) @@ -61,7 +65,7 @@ , _rsgiIPProtocol :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgiGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgiToPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _rsgiCIdRIP :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rsgiCidrIP :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgiGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) , _rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -72,25 +76,25 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsgiFromPort' +-- * 'rsgiFromPort' - The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. For the ICMP type number, use @-1@ to specify all ICMP types. -- --- * 'rsgiIPPermissions' +-- * 'rsgiIPPermissions' - A set of IP permissions. You can't specify a source security group and a CIDR IP address range. -- --- * 'rsgiIPProtocol' +-- * 'rsgiIPProtocol' - The IP protocol name (@tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ ) or number (see ). Use @-1@ to specify all. -- --- * 'rsgiGroupId' +-- * 'rsgiGroupId' - The ID of the security group. Required for a security group in a nondefault VPC. -- --- * 'rsgiToPort' +-- * 'rsgiToPort' - The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code number. For the ICMP code number, use @-1@ to specify all ICMP codes for the ICMP type. -- --- * 'rsgiCIdRIP' +-- * 'rsgiCidrIP' - The CIDR IP address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying a source security group. -- --- * 'rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId' +-- * 'rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId' - [EC2-Classic] The AWS account ID of the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'rsgiGroupName' +-- * 'rsgiGroupName' - [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the security group. -- --- * 'rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName' +-- * 'rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName' - [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be in the same VPC. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. -- --- * 'rsgiDryRun' +-- * 'rsgiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . revokeSecurityGroupIngress :: RevokeSecurityGroupIngress revokeSecurityGroupIngress = @@ -100,22 +104,22 @@ , _rsgiIPProtocol = Nothing , _rsgiGroupId = Nothing , _rsgiToPort = Nothing - , _rsgiCIdRIP = Nothing + , _rsgiCidrIP = Nothing , _rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = Nothing , _rsgiGroupName = Nothing , _rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName = Nothing , _rsgiDryRun = Nothing } --- | The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. For the ICMP type number, use '-1' to specify all ICMP types. +-- | The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. For the ICMP type number, use @-1@ to specify all ICMP types. rsgiFromPort :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Int) rsgiFromPort = lens _rsgiFromPort (\ s a -> s{_rsgiFromPort = a}); --- | A set of IP permissions. You can\'t specify a source security group and a CIDR IP address range. +-- | A set of IP permissions. You can't specify a source security group and a CIDR IP address range. rsgiIPPermissions :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress [IPPermission] rsgiIPPermissions = lens _rsgiIPPermissions (\ s a -> s{_rsgiIPPermissions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The IP protocol name ('tcp', 'udp', 'icmp') or number (see ). Use '-1' to specify all. +-- | The IP protocol name (@tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ ) or number (see ). Use @-1@ to specify all. rsgiIPProtocol :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) rsgiIPProtocol = lens _rsgiIPProtocol (\ s a -> s{_rsgiIPProtocol = a}); @@ -123,15 +127,15 @@ rsgiGroupId :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) rsgiGroupId = lens _rsgiGroupId (\ s a -> s{_rsgiGroupId = a}); --- | The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code number. For the ICMP code number, use '-1' to specify all ICMP codes for the ICMP type. +-- | The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code number. For the ICMP code number, use @-1@ to specify all ICMP codes for the ICMP type. rsgiToPort :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Int) rsgiToPort = lens _rsgiToPort (\ s a -> s{_rsgiToPort = a}); --- | The CIDR IP address range. You can\'t specify this parameter when specifying a source security group. -rsgiCIdRIP :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) -rsgiCIdRIP = lens _rsgiCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_rsgiCIdRIP = a}); +-- | The CIDR IP address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying a source security group. +rsgiCidrIP :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) +rsgiCidrIP = lens _rsgiCidrIP (\ s a -> s{_rsgiCidrIP = a}); --- | [EC2-Classic] The AWS account ID of the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can\'t specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. +-- | [EC2-Classic] The AWS account ID of the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = lens _rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = a}); @@ -139,11 +143,11 @@ rsgiGroupName :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) rsgiGroupName = lens _rsgiGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rsgiGroupName = a}); --- | [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can\'t specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be in the same VPC. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. +-- | [EC2-Classic, default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. For EC2-VPC, the source security group must be in the same VPC. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Text) rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName = lens _rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName (\ s a -> s{_rsgiSourceSecurityGroupName = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rsgiDryRun :: Lens' RevokeSecurityGroupIngress (Maybe Bool) rsgiDryRun = lens _rsgiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rsgiDryRun = a}); @@ -169,13 +173,13 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RevokeSecurityGroupIngress" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "FromPort" =: _rsgiFromPort, toQuery (toQueryList "IpPermissions" <$> _rsgiIPPermissions), "IpProtocol" =: _rsgiIPProtocol, "GroupId" =: _rsgiGroupId, "ToPort" =: _rsgiToPort, - "CidrIp" =: _rsgiCIdRIP, + "CidrIp" =: _rsgiCidrIP, "SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId" =: _rsgiSourceSecurityGroupOwnerId, "GroupName" =: _rsgiGroupName, diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RunInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RunInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RunInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RunInstances.hs @@ -20,27 +20,33 @@ -- -- Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have permissions. -- --- When you launch an instance, it enters the 'pending' state. After the instance is ready for you, it enters the 'running' state. To check the state of your instance, call < DescribeInstances>. -- --- To ensure faster instance launches, break up large requests into smaller batches. For example, create five separate launch requests for 100 instances each instead of one launch request for 500 instances. +-- You can specify a number of options, or leave the default options. The following rules apply: -- --- To tag your instance, ensure that it is 'running' as < CreateTags> requires a resource ID. For more information about tagging, see . +-- * [EC2-VPC] If you don't specify a subnet ID, we choose a default subnet from your default VPC for you. If you don't have a default VPC, you must specify a subnet ID in the request. -- --- If you don\'t specify a security group when launching an instance, Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- * [EC2-Classic] If don't specify an Availability Zone, we choose one for you. -- --- [EC2-VPC only accounts] If you don\'t specify a subnet in the request, we choose a default subnet from your default VPC for you. +-- * Some instance types must be launched into a VPC. If you do not have a default VPC, or if you do not specify a subnet ID, the request fails. For more information, see . -- --- [EC2-Classic accounts] If you\'re launching into EC2-Classic and you don\'t specify an Availability Zone, we choose one for you. +-- * [EC2-VPC] All instances have a network interface with a primary private IPv4 address. If you don't specify this address, we choose one from the IPv4 range of your subnet. -- --- Linux instances have access to the public key of the key pair at boot. You can use this key to provide secure access to the instance. Amazon EC2 public images use this feature to provide secure access without passwords. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- * Not all instance types support IPv6 addresses. For more information, see . -- --- You can provide optional user data when launching an instance. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- * If you don't specify a security group ID, we use the default security group. For more information, see . -- --- If any of the AMIs have a product code attached for which the user has not subscribed, 'RunInstances' fails. +-- * If any of the AMIs have a product code attached for which the user has not subscribed, the request fails. -- --- Some instance types can only be launched into a VPC. If you do not have a default VPC, or if you do not specify a subnet ID in the request, 'RunInstances' fails. For more information, see . -- --- For more information about troubleshooting, see , and in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- +-- To ensure faster instance launches, break up large requests into smaller batches. For example, create 5 separate launch requests for 100 instances each instead of 1 launch request for 500 instances. +-- +-- An instance is ready for you to use when it's in the @running@ state. You can check the state of your instance using 'DescribeInstances' . After launch, you can apply tags to your running instance (requires a resource ID). For more information, see 'CreateTags' and . +-- +-- Linux instances have access to the public key of the key pair at boot. You can use this key to provide secure access to the instance. Amazon EC2 public images use this feature to provide secure access without passwords. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- For troubleshooting, see , and in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RunInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -61,12 +67,14 @@ , rEBSOptimized , rUserData , rMonitoring + , rIPv6AddressCount , rIAMInstanceProfile , rPrivateIPAddress , rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior , rBlockDeviceMappings , rDryRun , rPlacement + , rIPv6Addresses , rImageId , rMinCount , rMaxCount @@ -91,6 +99,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RunInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'runInstances' smart constructor. data RunInstances = RunInstances' { _rAdditionalInfo :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -107,12 +117,14 @@ , _rEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) , _rUserData :: !(Maybe Text) , _rMonitoring :: !(Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) + , _rIPv6AddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) , _rIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) , _rPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) , _rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior :: !(Maybe ShutdownBehavior) , _rBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) , _rDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) , _rPlacement :: !(Maybe Placement) + , _rIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [InstanceIPv6Address]) , _rImageId :: !Text , _rMinCount :: !Int , _rMaxCount :: !Int @@ -122,51 +134,55 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rAdditionalInfo' +-- * 'rAdditionalInfo' - Reserved. -- --- * 'rSecurityGroupIds' +-- * 'rSecurityGroupIds' - One or more security group IDs. You can create a security group using 'CreateSecurityGroup' . Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. -- --- * 'rSecurityGroups' +-- * 'rSecurityGroups' - [EC2-Classic, default VPC] One or more security group names. For a nondefault VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. -- --- * 'rClientToken' +-- * 'rClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters -- --- * 'rDisableAPITermination' +-- * 'rDisableAPITermination' - If you set this parameter to @true@ , you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. To change this attribute to @false@ after launch, use 'ModifyInstanceAttribute' . Alternatively, if you set @InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior@ to @terminate@ , you can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command from the instance. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'rKeyName' +-- * 'rKeyName' - The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using 'CreateKeyPair' or 'ImportKeyPair' . /Important:/ If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in. -- --- * 'rNetworkInterfaces' +-- * 'rNetworkInterfaces' - One or more network interfaces. -- --- * 'rRAMDiskId' +-- * 'rRAMDiskId' - The ID of the RAM disk. /Important:/ We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'rSubnetId' +-- * 'rSubnetId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet to launch the instance into. -- --- * 'rKernelId' +-- * 'rKernelId' - The ID of the kernel. /Important:/ We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- * 'rInstanceType' +-- * 'rInstanceType' - The instance type. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . Default: @m1.small@ -- --- * 'rEBSOptimized' +-- * 'rEBSOptimized' - Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'rUserData' +-- * 'rUserData' - The user data to make available to the instance. For more information, see (Linux) and (Windows). If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. -- --- * 'rMonitoring' +-- * 'rMonitoring' - The monitoring for the instance. -- --- * 'rIAMInstanceProfile' +-- * 'rIPv6AddressCount' - [EC2-VPC] A number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. -- --- * 'rPrivateIPAddress' +-- * 'rIAMInstanceProfile' - The IAM instance profile. -- --- * 'rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' +-- * 'rPrivateIPAddress' - [EC2-VPC] The primary IPv4 address. You must specify a value from the IPv4 address range of the subnet. Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. You can't specify this option if you've specified the option to designate a private IP address as the primary IP address in a network interface specification. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in the request. -- --- * 'rBlockDeviceMappings' +-- * 'rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' - Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). Default: @stop@ -- --- * 'rDryRun' +-- * 'rBlockDeviceMappings' - The block device mapping. /Important:/ Supplying both a snapshot ID and an encryption value as arguments for block-device mapping results in an error. This is because only blank volumes can be encrypted on start, and these are not created from a snapshot. If a snapshot is the basis for the volume, it contains data by definition and its encryption status cannot be changed using this action. -- --- * 'rPlacement' +-- * 'rDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rImageId' +-- * 'rPlacement' - The placement for the instance. -- --- * 'rMinCount' +-- * 'rIPv6Addresses' - [EC2-VPC] Specify one or more IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet to associate with the primary network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. -- --- * 'rMaxCount' +-- * 'rImageId' - The ID of the AMI, which you can get by calling 'DescribeImages' . +-- +-- * 'rMinCount' - The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that is more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches no instances. Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ. +-- +-- * 'rMaxCount' - The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches the largest possible number of instances above @MinCount@ . Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see in the Amazon EC2 FAQ. runInstances :: Text -- ^ 'rImageId' -> Int -- ^ 'rMinCount' @@ -188,12 +204,14 @@ , _rEBSOptimized = Nothing , _rUserData = Nothing , _rMonitoring = Nothing + , _rIPv6AddressCount = Nothing , _rIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing , _rPrivateIPAddress = Nothing , _rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = Nothing , _rBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing , _rDryRun = Nothing , _rPlacement = Nothing + , _rIPv6Addresses = Nothing , _rImageId = pImageId_ , _rMinCount = pMinCount_ , _rMaxCount = pMaxCount_ @@ -203,33 +221,23 @@ rAdditionalInfo :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Text) rAdditionalInfo = lens _rAdditionalInfo (\ s a -> s{_rAdditionalInfo = a}); --- | One or more security group IDs. You can create a security group using < CreateSecurityGroup>. --- --- Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. +-- | One or more security group IDs. You can create a security group using 'CreateSecurityGroup' . Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. rSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RunInstances [Text] rSecurityGroupIds = lens _rSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | [EC2-Classic, default VPC] One or more security group names. For a nondefault VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. --- --- Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. +-- | [EC2-Classic, default VPC] One or more security group names. For a nondefault VPC, you must use security group IDs instead. Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. rSecurityGroups :: Lens' RunInstances [Text] rSecurityGroups = lens _rSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_rSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . --- --- Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters rClientToken :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Text) rClientToken = lens _rClientToken (\ s a -> s{_rClientToken = a}); --- | If you set this parameter to 'true', you can\'t terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. If you set this parameter to 'true' and then later want to be able to terminate the instance, you must first change the value of the 'disableApiTermination' attribute to 'false' using < ModifyInstanceAttribute>. Alternatively, if you set 'InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' to 'terminate', you can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command from the instance. --- --- Default: 'false' +-- | If you set this parameter to @true@ , you can't terminate the instance using the Amazon EC2 console, CLI, or API; otherwise, you can. To change this attribute to @false@ after launch, use 'ModifyInstanceAttribute' . Alternatively, if you set @InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior@ to @terminate@ , you can terminate the instance by running the shutdown command from the instance. Default: @false@ rDisableAPITermination :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Bool) rDisableAPITermination = lens _rDisableAPITermination (\ s a -> s{_rDisableAPITermination = a}); --- | The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using < CreateKeyPair> or < ImportKeyPair>. --- --- If you do not specify a key pair, you can\'t connect to the instance unless you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in. +-- | The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using 'CreateKeyPair' or 'ImportKeyPair' . /Important:/ If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in. rKeyName :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Text) rKeyName = lens _rKeyName (\ s a -> s{_rKeyName = a}); @@ -237,9 +245,7 @@ rNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' RunInstances [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification] rNetworkInterfaces = lens _rNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_rNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The ID of the RAM disk. --- --- We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | The ID of the RAM disk. /Important:/ We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . rRAMDiskId :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Text) rRAMDiskId = lens _rRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_rRAMDiskId = a}); @@ -247,21 +253,15 @@ rSubnetId :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Text) rSubnetId = lens _rSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_rSubnetId = a}); --- | The ID of the kernel. --- --- We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- | The ID of the kernel. /Important:/ We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . rKernelId :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Text) rKernelId = lens _rKernelId (\ s a -> s{_rKernelId = a}); --- | The instance type. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. --- --- Default: 'm1.small' +-- | The instance type. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . Default: @m1.small@ rInstanceType :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe InstanceType) rInstanceType = lens _rInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_rInstanceType = a}); --- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I\/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I\/O performance. This optimization isn\'t available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. --- --- Default: 'false' +-- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. Default: @false@ rEBSOptimized :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Bool) rEBSOptimized = lens _rEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_rEBSOptimized = a}); @@ -273,31 +273,27 @@ rMonitoring :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) rMonitoring = lens _rMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_rMonitoring = a}); +-- | [EC2-VPC] A number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. +rIPv6AddressCount :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Int) +rIPv6AddressCount = lens _rIPv6AddressCount (\ s a -> s{_rIPv6AddressCount = a}); + -- | The IAM instance profile. rIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) rIAMInstanceProfile = lens _rIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_rIAMInstanceProfile = a}); --- | [EC2-VPC] The primary IP address. You must specify a value from the IP address range of the subnet. --- --- Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. Therefore, you can\'t specify this parameter if 'PrivateIpAddresses.n.Primary' is set to 'true' and 'PrivateIpAddresses.n.PrivateIpAddress' is set to an IP address. --- --- Default: We select an IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. +-- | [EC2-VPC] The primary IPv4 address. You must specify a value from the IPv4 address range of the subnet. Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. You can't specify this option if you've specified the option to designate a private IP address as the primary IP address in a network interface specification. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in the request. rPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Text) rPrivateIPAddress = lens _rPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_rPrivateIPAddress = a}); --- | Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). --- --- Default: 'stop' +-- | Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). Default: @stop@ rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe ShutdownBehavior) rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = lens _rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior (\ s a -> s{_rInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = a}); --- | The block device mapping. --- --- Supplying both a snapshot ID and an encryption value as arguments for block-device mapping results in an error. This is because only blank volumes can be encrypted on start, and these are not created from a snapshot. If a snapshot is the basis for the volume, it contains data by definition and its encryption status cannot be changed using this action. +-- | The block device mapping. /Important:/ Supplying both a snapshot ID and an encryption value as arguments for block-device mapping results in an error. This is because only blank volumes can be encrypted on start, and these are not created from a snapshot. If a snapshot is the basis for the volume, it contains data by definition and its encryption status cannot be changed using this action. rBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' RunInstances [BlockDeviceMapping] rBlockDeviceMappings = lens _rBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_rBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rDryRun :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Bool) rDryRun = lens _rDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rDryRun = a}); @@ -305,19 +301,19 @@ rPlacement :: Lens' RunInstances (Maybe Placement) rPlacement = lens _rPlacement (\ s a -> s{_rPlacement = a}); --- | The ID of the AMI, which you can get by calling < DescribeImages>. +-- | [EC2-VPC] Specify one or more IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet to associate with the primary network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. +rIPv6Addresses :: Lens' RunInstances [InstanceIPv6Address] +rIPv6Addresses = lens _rIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_rIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the AMI, which you can get by calling 'DescribeImages' . rImageId :: Lens' RunInstances Text rImageId = lens _rImageId (\ s a -> s{_rImageId = a}); --- | The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that is more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches no instances. --- --- Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you\'re allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ. +-- | The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that is more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches no instances. Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ. rMinCount :: Lens' RunInstances Int rMinCount = lens _rMinCount (\ s a -> s{_rMinCount = a}); --- | The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches the largest possible number of instances above 'MinCount'. --- --- Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you\'re allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see in the Amazon EC2 FAQ. +-- | The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches the largest possible number of instances above @MinCount@ . Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see in the Amazon EC2 FAQ. rMaxCount :: Lens' RunInstances Int rMaxCount = lens _rMaxCount (\ s a -> s{_rMaxCount = a}); @@ -340,7 +336,7 @@ toQuery RunInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RunInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "AdditionalInfo" =: _rAdditionalInfo, toQuery (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> @@ -359,6 +355,7 @@ "EbsOptimized" =: _rEBSOptimized, "UserData" =: _rUserData, "Monitoring" =: _rMonitoring, + "Ipv6AddressCount" =: _rIPv6AddressCount, "IamInstanceProfile" =: _rIAMInstanceProfile, "PrivateIpAddress" =: _rPrivateIPAddress, "InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" =: @@ -367,5 +364,7 @@ (toQueryList "BlockDeviceMapping" <$> _rBlockDeviceMappings), "DryRun" =: _rDryRun, "Placement" =: _rPlacement, + toQuery + (toQueryList "Ipv6Address" <$> _rIPv6Addresses), "ImageId" =: _rImageId, "MinCount" =: _rMinCount, "MaxCount" =: _rMaxCount] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RunScheduledInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RunScheduledInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RunScheduledInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/RunScheduledInstances.hs @@ -20,9 +20,11 @@ -- -- Launches the specified Scheduled Instances. -- --- Before you can launch a Scheduled Instance, you must purchase it and obtain an identifier using < PurchaseScheduledInstances>. -- --- You must launch a Scheduled Instance during its scheduled time period. You can\'t stop or reboot a Scheduled Instance, but you can terminate it as needed. If you terminate a Scheduled Instance before the current scheduled time period ends, you can launch it again after a few minutes. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Before you can launch a Scheduled Instance, you must purchase it and obtain an identifier using 'PurchaseScheduledInstances' . +-- +-- You must launch a Scheduled Instance during its scheduled time period. You can't stop or reboot a Scheduled Instance, but you can terminate it as needed. If you terminate a Scheduled Instance before the current scheduled time period ends, you can launch it again after a few minutes. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.RunScheduledInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -52,6 +54,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for RunScheduledInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'runScheduledInstances' smart constructor. data RunScheduledInstances = RunScheduledInstances' { _rsiClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -65,15 +69,15 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rsiClientToken' +-- * 'rsiClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . -- --- * 'rsiInstanceCount' +-- * 'rsiInstanceCount' - The number of instances. Default: 1 -- --- * 'rsiDryRun' +-- * 'rsiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'rsiScheduledInstanceId' +-- * 'rsiScheduledInstanceId' - The Scheduled Instance ID. -- --- * 'rsiLaunchSpecification' +-- * 'rsiLaunchSpecification' - The launch specification. You must match the instance type, Availability Zone, network, and platform of the schedule that you purchased. runScheduledInstances :: Text -- ^ 'rsiScheduledInstanceId' -> ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification -- ^ 'rsiLaunchSpecification' @@ -87,17 +91,15 @@ , _rsiLaunchSpecification = pLaunchSpecification_ } --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see . rsiClientToken :: Lens' RunScheduledInstances (Maybe Text) rsiClientToken = lens _rsiClientToken (\ s a -> s{_rsiClientToken = a}); --- | The number of instances. --- --- Default: 1 +-- | The number of instances. Default: 1 rsiInstanceCount :: Lens' RunScheduledInstances (Maybe Int) rsiInstanceCount = lens _rsiInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_rsiInstanceCount = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . rsiDryRun :: Lens' RunScheduledInstances (Maybe Bool) rsiDryRun = lens _rsiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_rsiDryRun = a}); @@ -135,7 +137,7 @@ toQuery RunScheduledInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("RunScheduledInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "ClientToken" =: _rsiClientToken, "InstanceCount" =: _rsiInstanceCount, "DryRun" =: _rsiDryRun, @@ -144,6 +146,8 @@ -- | Contains the output of RunScheduledInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'runScheduledInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data RunScheduledInstancesResponse = RunScheduledInstancesResponse' { _rrsInstanceIdSet :: !(Maybe [Text]) @@ -154,9 +158,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'rrsInstanceIdSet' +-- * 'rrsInstanceIdSet' - The IDs of the newly launched instances. -- --- * 'rrsResponseStatus' +-- * 'rrsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. runScheduledInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'rrsResponseStatus' -> RunScheduledInstancesResponse @@ -170,7 +174,7 @@ rrsInstanceIdSet :: Lens' RunScheduledInstancesResponse [Text] rrsInstanceIdSet = lens _rrsInstanceIdSet (\ s a -> s{_rrsInstanceIdSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. rrsResponseStatus :: Lens' RunScheduledInstancesResponse Int rrsResponseStatus = lens _rrsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_rrsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/StartInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/StartInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/StartInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/StartInstances.hs @@ -18,15 +18,17 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Starts an Amazon EBS-backed AMI that you\'ve previously stopped. +-- Starts an Amazon EBS-backed AMI that you've previously stopped. -- +-- -- Instances that use Amazon EBS volumes as their root devices can be quickly stopped and started. When an instance is stopped, the compute resources are released and you are not billed for hourly instance usage. However, your root partition Amazon EBS volume remains, continues to persist your data, and you are charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. You can restart your instance at any time. Each time you transition an instance from stopped to started, Amazon EC2 charges a full instance hour, even if transitions happen multiple times within a single hour. -- -- Before stopping an instance, make sure it is in a state from which it can be restarted. Stopping an instance does not preserve data stored in RAM. -- -- Performing this operation on an instance that uses an instance store as its root device returns an error. -- --- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.StartInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -54,6 +56,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for StartInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'startInstances' smart constructor. data StartInstances = StartInstances' { _sAdditionalInfo :: !(Maybe Text) @@ -65,11 +69,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'sAdditionalInfo' +-- * 'sAdditionalInfo' - Reserved. -- --- * 'sDryRun' +-- * 'sDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'sInstanceIds' +-- * 'sInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. startInstances :: StartInstances startInstances = @@ -83,7 +87,7 @@ sAdditionalInfo :: Lens' StartInstances (Maybe Text) sAdditionalInfo = lens _sAdditionalInfo (\ s a -> s{_sAdditionalInfo = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . sDryRun :: Lens' StartInstances (Maybe Bool) sDryRun = lens _sDryRun (\ s a -> s{_sDryRun = a}); @@ -116,13 +120,15 @@ toQuery StartInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("StartInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "AdditionalInfo" =: _sAdditionalInfo, "DryRun" =: _sDryRun, toQueryList "InstanceId" _sInstanceIds] -- | Contains the output of StartInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'startInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data StartInstancesResponse = StartInstancesResponse' { _srsStartingInstances :: !(Maybe [InstanceStateChange]) @@ -133,9 +139,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'srsStartingInstances' +-- * 'srsStartingInstances' - Information about one or more started instances. -- --- * 'srsResponseStatus' +-- * 'srsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. startInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'srsResponseStatus' -> StartInstancesResponse @@ -149,7 +155,7 @@ srsStartingInstances :: Lens' StartInstancesResponse [InstanceStateChange] srsStartingInstances = lens _srsStartingInstances (\ s a -> s{_srsStartingInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. srsResponseStatus :: Lens' StartInstancesResponse Int srsResponseStatus = lens _srsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_srsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/StopInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/StopInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/StopInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/StopInstances.hs @@ -20,15 +20,17 @@ -- -- Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance. -- --- We don\'t charge hourly usage for a stopped instance, or data transfer fees; however, your root partition Amazon EBS volume remains, continues to persist your data, and you are charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. Each time you transition an instance from stopped to started, Amazon EC2 charges a full instance hour, even if transitions happen multiple times within a single hour. -- --- You can\'t start or stop Spot instances, and you can\'t stop instance store-backed instances. +-- We don't charge hourly usage for a stopped instance, or data transfer fees; however, your root partition Amazon EBS volume remains, continues to persist your data, and you are charged for Amazon EBS volume usage. Each time you transition an instance from stopped to started, Amazon EC2 charges a full instance hour, even if transitions happen multiple times within a single hour. -- +-- You can't start or stop Spot instances, and you can't stop instance store-backed instances. +-- -- When you stop an instance, we shut it down. You can restart your instance at any time. Before stopping an instance, make sure it is in a state from which it can be restarted. Stopping an instance does not preserve data stored in RAM. -- --- Stopping an instance is different to rebooting or terminating it. For example, when you stop an instance, the root device and any other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate an instance, the root device and any other devices attached during the instance launch are automatically deleted. For more information about the differences between rebooting, stopping, and terminating instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Stopping an instance is different to rebooting or terminating it. For example, when you stop an instance, the root device and any other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate an instance, the root device and any other devices attached during the instance launch are automatically deleted. For more information about the differences between rebooting, stopping, and terminating instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- When you stop an instance, we attempt to shut it down forcibly after a short while. If your instance appears stuck in the stopping state after a period of time, there may be an issue with the underlying host computer. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- When you stop an instance, we attempt to shut it down forcibly after a short while. If your instance appears stuck in the stopping state after a period of time, there may be an issue with the underlying host computer. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.StopInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -56,6 +58,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for StopInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'stopInstances' smart constructor. data StopInstances = StopInstances' { _siForce :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -67,11 +71,11 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'siForce' +-- * 'siForce' - Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is not recommended for Windows instances. Default: @false@ -- --- * 'siDryRun' +-- * 'siDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'siInstanceIds' +-- * 'siInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. stopInstances :: StopInstances stopInstances = @@ -81,13 +85,11 @@ , _siInstanceIds = mempty } --- | Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is not recommended for Windows instances. --- --- Default: 'false' +-- | Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is not recommended for Windows instances. Default: @false@ siForce :: Lens' StopInstances (Maybe Bool) siForce = lens _siForce (\ s a -> s{_siForce = a}); --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . siDryRun :: Lens' StopInstances (Maybe Bool) siDryRun = lens _siDryRun (\ s a -> s{_siDryRun = a}); @@ -120,12 +122,14 @@ toQuery StopInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("StopInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "Force" =: _siForce, "DryRun" =: _siDryRun, toQueryList "InstanceId" _siInstanceIds] -- | Contains the output of StopInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'stopInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data StopInstancesResponse = StopInstancesResponse' { _sirsStoppingInstances :: !(Maybe [InstanceStateChange]) @@ -136,9 +140,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'sirsStoppingInstances' +-- * 'sirsStoppingInstances' - Information about one or more stopped instances. -- --- * 'sirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'sirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. stopInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'sirsResponseStatus' -> StopInstancesResponse @@ -152,7 +156,7 @@ sirsStoppingInstances :: Lens' StopInstancesResponse [InstanceStateChange] sirsStoppingInstances = lens _sirsStoppingInstances (\ s a -> s{_sirsStoppingInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. sirsResponseStatus :: Lens' StopInstancesResponse Int sirsResponseStatus = lens _sirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_sirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/TerminateInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/TerminateInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/TerminateInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/TerminateInstances.hs @@ -20,13 +20,17 @@ -- -- Shuts down one or more instances. This operation is idempotent; if you terminate an instance more than once, each call succeeds. -- +-- +-- If you specify multiple instances and the request fails (for example, because of a single incorrect instance ID), none of the instances are terminated. +-- -- Terminated instances remain visible after termination (for approximately one hour). -- -- By default, Amazon EC2 deletes all EBS volumes that were attached when the instance launched. Volumes attached after instance launch continue running. -- --- You can stop, start, and terminate EBS-backed instances. You can only terminate instance store-backed instances. What happens to an instance differs if you stop it or terminate it. For example, when you stop an instance, the root device and any other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate an instance, any attached EBS volumes with the 'DeleteOnTermination' block device mapping parameter set to 'true' are automatically deleted. For more information about the differences between stopping and terminating instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- You can stop, start, and terminate EBS-backed instances. You can only terminate instance store-backed instances. What happens to an instance differs if you stop it or terminate it. For example, when you stop an instance, the root device and any other devices attached to the instance persist. When you terminate an instance, any attached EBS volumes with the @DeleteOnTermination@ block device mapping parameter set to @true@ are automatically deleted. For more information about the differences between stopping and terminating instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . -- --- For more information about troubleshooting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- For more information about troubleshooting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.TerminateInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -53,6 +57,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for TerminateInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'terminateInstances' smart constructor. data TerminateInstances = TerminateInstances' { _tiDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -63,9 +69,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'tiDryRun' +-- * 'tiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'tiInstanceIds' +-- * 'tiInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches. terminateInstances :: TerminateInstances terminateInstances = @@ -74,11 +80,11 @@ , _tiInstanceIds = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . tiDryRun :: Lens' TerminateInstances (Maybe Bool) tiDryRun = lens _tiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_tiDryRun = a}); --- | One or more instance IDs. +-- | One or more instance IDs. Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches. tiInstanceIds :: Lens' TerminateInstances [Text] tiInstanceIds = lens _tiInstanceIds (\ s a -> s{_tiInstanceIds = a}) . _Coerce; @@ -108,12 +114,14 @@ toQuery TerminateInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("TerminateInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _tiDryRun, toQueryList "InstanceId" _tiInstanceIds] -- | Contains the output of TerminateInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'terminateInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data TerminateInstancesResponse = TerminateInstancesResponse' { _tirsTerminatingInstances :: !(Maybe [InstanceStateChange]) @@ -124,9 +132,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'tirsTerminatingInstances' +-- * 'tirsTerminatingInstances' - Information about one or more terminated instances. -- --- * 'tirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'tirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. terminateInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'tirsResponseStatus' -> TerminateInstancesResponse @@ -140,7 +148,7 @@ tirsTerminatingInstances :: Lens' TerminateInstancesResponse [InstanceStateChange] tirsTerminatingInstances = lens _tirsTerminatingInstances (\ s a -> s{_tirsTerminatingInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. tirsResponseStatus :: Lens' TerminateInstancesResponse Int tirsResponseStatus = lens _tirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_tirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types.hs @@ -158,6 +158,9 @@ -- * NetworkInterfaceType , NetworkInterfaceType (..) + -- * OfferingClassType + , OfferingClassType (..) + -- * OfferingTypeValues , OfferingTypeValues (..) @@ -215,6 +218,9 @@ -- * RuleAction , RuleAction (..) + -- * Scope + , Scope (..) + -- * ShutdownBehavior , ShutdownBehavior (..) @@ -239,6 +245,9 @@ -- * StatusType , StatusType (..) + -- * SubnetCidrBlockStateCode + , SubnetCidrBlockStateCode (..) + -- * SubnetState , SubnetState (..) @@ -257,6 +266,9 @@ -- * VPCAttributeName , VPCAttributeName (..) + -- * VPCCidrBlockStateCode + , VPCCidrBlockStateCode (..) + -- * VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode , VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode (..) @@ -525,6 +537,12 @@ , eibdsDeleteOnTermination , eibdsVolumeId + -- * EgressOnlyInternetGateway + , EgressOnlyInternetGateway + , egressOnlyInternetGateway + , eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId + , eoigAttachments + -- * EventInformation , EventInformation , eventInformation @@ -670,14 +688,25 @@ , ipUserIdGroupPairs , ipPrefixListIds , ipToPort + , ipIPv6Ranges , ipIPRanges , ipIPProtocol -- * IPRange , IPRange , ipRange - , irCIdRIP + , irCidrIP + -- * IPv6CidrBlock + , IPv6CidrBlock + , ipv6CidrBlock + , icbIPv6CidrBlock + + -- * IPv6Range + , IPv6Range + , ipv6Range + , irCidrIPv6 + -- * IdFormat , IdFormat , idFormat @@ -863,6 +892,11 @@ , iedTargetEnvironment , iedInstanceId + -- * InstanceIPv6Address + , InstanceIPv6Address + , instanceIPv6Address + , iiaIPv6Address + -- * InstanceMonitoring , InstanceMonitoring , instanceMonitoring @@ -886,6 +920,7 @@ , iniPrivateDNSName , iniDescription , iniAssociation + , iniIPv6Addresses -- * InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation , InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation @@ -912,10 +947,12 @@ , inisAssociatePublicIPAddress , inisNetworkInterfaceId , inisSubnetId + , inisIPv6AddressCount , inisPrivateIPAddress , inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount , inisDescription , inisDeviceIndex + , inisIPv6Addresses -- * InstancePrivateIPAddress , InstancePrivateIPAddress @@ -1072,12 +1109,13 @@ -- * NetworkACLEntry , NetworkACLEntry , networkACLEntry + , naeIPv6CidrBlock , naeICMPTypeCode , naeRuleNumber , naeRuleAction , naeProtocol , naePortRange - , naeCIdRBlock + , naeCidrBlock , naeEgress -- * NetworkInterface @@ -1102,6 +1140,7 @@ , niRequesterId , niDescription , niAssociation + , niIPv6Addresses -- * NetworkInterfaceAssociation , NetworkInterfaceAssociation @@ -1129,6 +1168,11 @@ , niacDeleteOnTermination , niacAttachmentId + -- * NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address + , NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address + , networkInterfaceIPv6Address + , niiaIPv6Address + -- * NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress , NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress , networkInterfacePrivateIPAddress @@ -1182,7 +1226,7 @@ -- * PrefixList , PrefixList , prefixList - , plCIdRs + , plCidrs , plPrefixListId , plPrefixListName @@ -1297,12 +1341,25 @@ , rReservationId , rOwnerId + -- * ReservationValue + , ReservationValue + , reservationValue + , rvHourlyPrice + , rvRemainingTotalValue + , rvRemainingUpfrontValue + -- * ReservedInstanceLimitPrice , ReservedInstanceLimitPrice , reservedInstanceLimitPrice , rilpAmount , rilpCurrencyCode + -- * ReservedInstanceReservationValue + , ReservedInstanceReservationValue + , reservedInstanceReservationValue + , rirvReservationValue + , rirvReservedInstanceId + -- * ReservedInstances , ReservedInstances , reservedInstances @@ -1314,12 +1371,14 @@ , riInstanceType , riEnd , riAvailabilityZone + , riScope , riRecurringCharges , riOfferingType , riUsagePrice , riFixedPrice , riReservedInstancesId , riInstanceTenancy + , riOfferingClass , riDuration , riTags @@ -1330,6 +1389,7 @@ , ricInstanceCount , ricInstanceType , ricAvailabilityZone + , ricScope -- * ReservedInstancesId , ReservedInstancesId @@ -1378,12 +1438,14 @@ , rioInstanceType , rioAvailabilityZone , rioPricingDetails + , rioScope , rioRecurringCharges , rioOfferingType , rioUsagePrice , rioFixedPrice , rioInstanceTenancy , rioReservedInstancesOfferingId + , rioOfferingClass , rioDuration -- * Route @@ -1393,12 +1455,14 @@ , rInstanceId , rOrigin , rState + , rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId + , rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock , rNatGatewayId , rNetworkInterfaceId , rGatewayId , rInstanceOwnerId , rDestinationPrefixListId - , rDestinationCIdRBlock + , rDestinationCidrBlock -- * RouteTable , RouteTable @@ -1510,6 +1574,11 @@ , siiapARN , siiapName + -- * ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address + , ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address + , scheduledInstancesIPv6Address + , siiaIPv6Address + -- * ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification , ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification , scheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification @@ -1542,10 +1611,12 @@ , siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs , siniNetworkInterfaceId , siniSubnetId + , siniIPv6AddressCount , siniPrivateIPAddress , siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount , siniDescription , siniDeviceIndex + , siniIPv6Addresses -- * ScheduledInstancesPlacement , ScheduledInstancesPlacement @@ -1787,16 +1858,31 @@ -- * Subnet , Subnet , subnet + , subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet + , subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation , subMapPublicIPOnLaunch , subDefaultForAz , subTags , subAvailabilityZone , subAvailableIPAddressCount - , subCIdRBlock + , subCidrBlock , subState , subSubnetId , subVPCId + -- * SubnetCidrBlockState + , SubnetCidrBlockState + , subnetCidrBlockState + , scbsState + , scbsStatusMessage + + -- * SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , subnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , sicbaAssociationId + , sicbaIPv6CidrBlock + , sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState + -- * Tag , Tag , tag @@ -1811,6 +1897,24 @@ , tdKey , tdValue + -- * TargetConfiguration + , TargetConfiguration + , targetConfiguration + , tcInstanceCount + , tcOfferingId + + -- * TargetConfigurationRequest + , TargetConfigurationRequest + , targetConfigurationRequest + , tcrInstanceCount + , tcrOfferingId + + -- * TargetReservationValue + , TargetReservationValue + , targetReservationValue + , trvReservationValue + , trvTargetConfiguration + -- * UnsuccessfulItem , UnsuccessfulItem , unsuccessfulItem @@ -1862,9 +1966,10 @@ -- * VPC , VPC , vpc + , vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet , vpcTags , vpcIsDefault - , vpcCIdRBlock + , vpcCidrBlock , vpcDHCPOptionsId , vpcInstanceTenancy , vpcState @@ -1876,6 +1981,12 @@ , vaState , vaVPCId + -- * VPCCidrBlockState + , VPCCidrBlockState + , vpcCidrBlockState + , vcbsState + , vcbsStatusMessage + -- * VPCClassicLink , VPCClassicLink , vpcClassicLink @@ -1894,6 +2005,13 @@ , veVPCEndpointId , veRouteTableIds + -- * VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + , vicbaAssociationId + , vicbaIPv6CidrBlock + , vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState + -- * VPCPeeringConnection , VPCPeeringConnection , vpcPeeringConnection @@ -1923,7 +2041,8 @@ , vpcviVPCId , vpcviOwnerId , vpcviPeeringOptions - , vpcviCIdRBlock + , vpcviCidrBlock + , vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet -- * VPNConnection , VPNConnection @@ -1964,7 +2083,7 @@ , vpnStaticRoute , vsrState , vsrSource - , vsrDestinationCIdRBlock + , vsrDestinationCidrBlock -- * Volume , Volume @@ -2043,14 +2162,14 @@ import Network.AWS.Prelude import Network.AWS.Sign.V4 --- | API version '2016-04-01' of the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud SDK configuration. +-- | API version @2016-11-15@ of the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud SDK configuration. ec2 :: Service ec2 = Service { _svcAbbrev = "EC2" , _svcSigner = v4 , _svcPrefix = "ec2" - , _svcVersion = "2016-04-01" + , _svcVersion = "2016-11-15" , _svcEndpoint = defaultEndpoint ec2 , _svcTimeout = Just 70 , _svcCheck = statusSuccess diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types/Product.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types/Product.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types/Product.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types/Product.hs @@ -24,13718 +24,14737 @@ -- | Describes an account attribute. -- --- /See:/ 'accountAttribute' smart constructor. -data AccountAttribute = AccountAttribute' - { _aaAttributeValues :: !(Maybe [AccountAttributeValue]) - , _aaAttributeName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'AccountAttribute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'aaAttributeValues' --- --- * 'aaAttributeName' -accountAttribute - :: AccountAttribute -accountAttribute = - AccountAttribute' - { _aaAttributeValues = Nothing - , _aaAttributeName = Nothing - } - --- | One or more values for the account attribute. -aaAttributeValues :: Lens' AccountAttribute [AccountAttributeValue] -aaAttributeValues = lens _aaAttributeValues (\ s a -> s{_aaAttributeValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of the account attribute. -aaAttributeName :: Lens' AccountAttribute (Maybe Text) -aaAttributeName = lens _aaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_aaAttributeName = a}); - -instance FromXML AccountAttribute where - parseXML x - = AccountAttribute' <$> - (x .@? "attributeValueSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "attributeName") - -instance Hashable AccountAttribute - -instance NFData AccountAttribute - --- | Describes a value of an account attribute. --- --- /See:/ 'accountAttributeValue' smart constructor. -newtype AccountAttributeValue = AccountAttributeValue' - { _aavAttributeValue :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'AccountAttributeValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'aavAttributeValue' -accountAttributeValue - :: AccountAttributeValue -accountAttributeValue = - AccountAttributeValue' - { _aavAttributeValue = Nothing - } - --- | The value of the attribute. -aavAttributeValue :: Lens' AccountAttributeValue (Maybe Text) -aavAttributeValue = lens _aavAttributeValue (\ s a -> s{_aavAttributeValue = a}); - -instance FromXML AccountAttributeValue where - parseXML x - = AccountAttributeValue' <$> (x .@? "attributeValue") - -instance Hashable AccountAttributeValue - -instance NFData AccountAttributeValue - --- | Describes a running instance in a Spot fleet. --- --- /See:/ 'activeInstance' smart constructor. -data ActiveInstance = ActiveInstance' - { _aiInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _aiInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _aiSpotInstanceRequestId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ActiveInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'aiInstanceId' --- --- * 'aiInstanceType' --- --- * 'aiSpotInstanceRequestId' -activeInstance - :: ActiveInstance -activeInstance = - ActiveInstance' - { _aiInstanceId = Nothing - , _aiInstanceType = Nothing - , _aiSpotInstanceRequestId = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the instance. -aiInstanceId :: Lens' ActiveInstance (Maybe Text) -aiInstanceId = lens _aiInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_aiInstanceId = a}); - --- | The instance type. -aiInstanceType :: Lens' ActiveInstance (Maybe Text) -aiInstanceType = lens _aiInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_aiInstanceType = a}); - --- | The ID of the Spot instance request. -aiSpotInstanceRequestId :: Lens' ActiveInstance (Maybe Text) -aiSpotInstanceRequestId = lens _aiSpotInstanceRequestId (\ s a -> s{_aiSpotInstanceRequestId = a}); - -instance FromXML ActiveInstance where - parseXML x - = ActiveInstance' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "instanceType") <*> - (x .@? "spotInstanceRequestId") - -instance Hashable ActiveInstance - -instance NFData ActiveInstance - --- | Describes an Elastic IP address. --- --- /See:/ 'address' smart constructor. -data Address = Address' - { _aAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _aInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _aAllocationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _aDomain :: !(Maybe DomainType) - , _aNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _aPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _aPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Address' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'aAssociationId' --- --- * 'aInstanceId' --- --- * 'aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId' --- --- * 'aAllocationId' --- --- * 'aDomain' --- --- * 'aNetworkInterfaceId' --- --- * 'aPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'aPublicIP' -address - :: Address -address = - Address' - { _aAssociationId = Nothing - , _aInstanceId = Nothing - , _aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId = Nothing - , _aAllocationId = Nothing - , _aDomain = Nothing - , _aNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing - , _aPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _aPublicIP = Nothing - } - --- | The ID representing the association of the address with an instance in a VPC. -aAssociationId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) -aAssociationId = lens _aAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_aAssociationId = a}); - --- | The ID of the instance that the address is associated with (if any). -aInstanceId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) -aInstanceId = lens _aInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_aInstanceId = a}); - --- | The ID of the AWS account that owns the network interface. -aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) -aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId = lens _aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId = a}); - --- | The ID representing the allocation of the address for use with EC2-VPC. -aAllocationId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) -aAllocationId = lens _aAllocationId (\ s a -> s{_aAllocationId = a}); - --- | Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic ('standard') or instances in a VPC ('vpc'). -aDomain :: Lens' Address (Maybe DomainType) -aDomain = lens _aDomain (\ s a -> s{_aDomain = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface. -aNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) -aNetworkInterfaceId = lens _aNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_aNetworkInterfaceId = a}); - --- | The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. -aPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) -aPrivateIPAddress = lens _aPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_aPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | The Elastic IP address. -aPublicIP :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) -aPublicIP = lens _aPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_aPublicIP = a}); - -instance FromXML Address where - parseXML x - = Address' <$> - (x .@? "associationId") <*> (x .@? "instanceId") <*> - (x .@? "networkInterfaceOwnerId") - <*> (x .@? "allocationId") - <*> (x .@? "domain") - <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") - <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") - <*> (x .@? "publicIp") - -instance Hashable Address - -instance NFData Address - --- | Describes a value for a resource attribute that is a Boolean value. --- --- /See:/ 'attributeBooleanValue' smart constructor. -newtype AttributeBooleanValue = AttributeBooleanValue' - { _abvValue :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'AttributeBooleanValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'abvValue' -attributeBooleanValue - :: AttributeBooleanValue -attributeBooleanValue = - AttributeBooleanValue' - { _abvValue = Nothing - } - --- | The attribute value. The valid values are 'true' or 'false'. -abvValue :: Lens' AttributeBooleanValue (Maybe Bool) -abvValue = lens _abvValue (\ s a -> s{_abvValue = a}); - -instance FromXML AttributeBooleanValue where - parseXML x - = AttributeBooleanValue' <$> (x .@? "value") - -instance Hashable AttributeBooleanValue - -instance NFData AttributeBooleanValue - -instance ToQuery AttributeBooleanValue where - toQuery AttributeBooleanValue'{..} - = mconcat ["Value" =: _abvValue] - --- | Describes a value for a resource attribute that is a String. --- --- /See:/ 'attributeValue' smart constructor. -newtype AttributeValue = AttributeValue' - { _avValue :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'AttributeValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'avValue' -attributeValue - :: AttributeValue -attributeValue = - AttributeValue' - { _avValue = Nothing - } - --- | The attribute value. Note that the value is case-sensitive. -avValue :: Lens' AttributeValue (Maybe Text) -avValue = lens _avValue (\ s a -> s{_avValue = a}); - -instance FromXML AttributeValue where - parseXML x = AttributeValue' <$> (x .@? "value") - -instance Hashable AttributeValue - -instance NFData AttributeValue - -instance ToQuery AttributeValue where - toQuery AttributeValue'{..} - = mconcat ["Value" =: _avValue] - --- | Describes an Availability Zone. --- --- /See:/ 'availabilityZone' smart constructor. -data AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone' - { _azState :: !(Maybe AvailabilityZoneState) - , _azRegionName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _azZoneName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _azMessages :: !(Maybe [AvailabilityZoneMessage]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'AvailabilityZone' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'azState' --- --- * 'azRegionName' --- --- * 'azZoneName' --- --- * 'azMessages' -availabilityZone - :: AvailabilityZone -availabilityZone = - AvailabilityZone' - { _azState = Nothing - , _azRegionName = Nothing - , _azZoneName = Nothing - , _azMessages = Nothing - } - --- | The state of the Availability Zone. -azState :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe AvailabilityZoneState) -azState = lens _azState (\ s a -> s{_azState = a}); - --- | The name of the region. -azRegionName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) -azRegionName = lens _azRegionName (\ s a -> s{_azRegionName = a}); - --- | The name of the Availability Zone. -azZoneName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) -azZoneName = lens _azZoneName (\ s a -> s{_azZoneName = a}); - --- | Any messages about the Availability Zone. -azMessages :: Lens' AvailabilityZone [AvailabilityZoneMessage] -azMessages = lens _azMessages (\ s a -> s{_azMessages = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML AvailabilityZone where - parseXML x - = AvailabilityZone' <$> - (x .@? "zoneState") <*> (x .@? "regionName") <*> - (x .@? "zoneName") - <*> - (x .@? "messageSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable AvailabilityZone - -instance NFData AvailabilityZone - --- | Describes a message about an Availability Zone. --- --- /See:/ 'availabilityZoneMessage' smart constructor. -newtype AvailabilityZoneMessage = AvailabilityZoneMessage' - { _azmMessage :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'AvailabilityZoneMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'azmMessage' -availabilityZoneMessage - :: AvailabilityZoneMessage -availabilityZoneMessage = - AvailabilityZoneMessage' - { _azmMessage = Nothing - } - --- | The message about the Availability Zone. -azmMessage :: Lens' AvailabilityZoneMessage (Maybe Text) -azmMessage = lens _azmMessage (\ s a -> s{_azmMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML AvailabilityZoneMessage where - parseXML x - = AvailabilityZoneMessage' <$> (x .@? "message") - -instance Hashable AvailabilityZoneMessage - -instance NFData AvailabilityZoneMessage - --- | The capacity information for instances launched onto the Dedicated Host. --- --- /See:/ 'availableCapacity' smart constructor. -data AvailableCapacity = AvailableCapacity' - { _acAvailableInstanceCapacity :: !(Maybe [InstanceCapacity]) - , _acAvailableVCPUs :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'AvailableCapacity' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'acAvailableInstanceCapacity' --- --- * 'acAvailableVCPUs' -availableCapacity - :: AvailableCapacity -availableCapacity = - AvailableCapacity' - { _acAvailableInstanceCapacity = Nothing - , _acAvailableVCPUs = Nothing - } - --- | The total number of instances that the Dedicated Host supports. -acAvailableInstanceCapacity :: Lens' AvailableCapacity [InstanceCapacity] -acAvailableInstanceCapacity = lens _acAvailableInstanceCapacity (\ s a -> s{_acAvailableInstanceCapacity = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The number of vCPUs available on the Dedicated Host. -acAvailableVCPUs :: Lens' AvailableCapacity (Maybe Int) -acAvailableVCPUs = lens _acAvailableVCPUs (\ s a -> s{_acAvailableVCPUs = a}); - -instance FromXML AvailableCapacity where - parseXML x - = AvailableCapacity' <$> - (x .@? "availableInstanceCapacity" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "availableVCpus") - -instance Hashable AvailableCapacity - -instance NFData AvailableCapacity - --- | /See:/ 'blobAttributeValue' smart constructor. -newtype BlobAttributeValue = BlobAttributeValue' - { _bavValue :: Maybe Base64 - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'BlobAttributeValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'bavValue' -blobAttributeValue - :: BlobAttributeValue -blobAttributeValue = - BlobAttributeValue' - { _bavValue = Nothing - } - --- | Undocumented member. --- --- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data, --- despite what the AWS documentation might say. --- The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during --- serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. --- This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. -bavValue :: Lens' BlobAttributeValue (Maybe ByteString) -bavValue = lens _bavValue (\ s a -> s{_bavValue = a}) . mapping _Base64; - -instance Hashable BlobAttributeValue - -instance NFData BlobAttributeValue - -instance ToQuery BlobAttributeValue where - toQuery BlobAttributeValue'{..} - = mconcat ["Value" =: _bavValue] - --- | Describes a block device mapping. --- --- /See:/ 'blockDeviceMapping' smart constructor. -data BlockDeviceMapping = BlockDeviceMapping' - { _bdmVirtualName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _bdmNoDevice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _bdmEBS :: !(Maybe EBSBlockDevice) - , _bdmDeviceName :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'BlockDeviceMapping' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'bdmVirtualName' --- --- * 'bdmNoDevice' --- --- * 'bdmEBS' --- --- * 'bdmDeviceName' -blockDeviceMapping - :: Text -- ^ 'bdmDeviceName' - -> BlockDeviceMapping -blockDeviceMapping pDeviceName_ = - BlockDeviceMapping' - { _bdmVirtualName = Nothing - , _bdmNoDevice = Nothing - , _bdmEBS = Nothing - , _bdmDeviceName = pDeviceName_ - } - --- | The virtual device name ('ephemeral'N). Instance store volumes are numbered starting from 0. An instance type with 2 available instance store volumes can specify mappings for 'ephemeral0' and 'ephemeral1'.The number of available instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to the instance, you must mount the volume. --- --- Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for the AMI. -bdmVirtualName :: Lens' BlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) -bdmVirtualName = lens _bdmVirtualName (\ s a -> s{_bdmVirtualName = a}); - --- | Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the AMI. -bdmNoDevice :: Lens' BlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) -bdmNoDevice = lens _bdmNoDevice (\ s a -> s{_bdmNoDevice = a}); - --- | Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. -bdmEBS :: Lens' BlockDeviceMapping (Maybe EBSBlockDevice) -bdmEBS = lens _bdmEBS (\ s a -> s{_bdmEBS = a}); - --- | The device name exposed to the instance (for example, '\/dev\/sdh' or 'xvdh'). -bdmDeviceName :: Lens' BlockDeviceMapping Text -bdmDeviceName = lens _bdmDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_bdmDeviceName = a}); - -instance FromXML BlockDeviceMapping where - parseXML x - = BlockDeviceMapping' <$> - (x .@? "virtualName") <*> (x .@? "noDevice") <*> - (x .@? "ebs") - <*> (x .@ "deviceName") - -instance Hashable BlockDeviceMapping - -instance NFData BlockDeviceMapping - -instance ToQuery BlockDeviceMapping where - toQuery BlockDeviceMapping'{..} - = mconcat - ["VirtualName" =: _bdmVirtualName, - "NoDevice" =: _bdmNoDevice, "Ebs" =: _bdmEBS, - "DeviceName" =: _bdmDeviceName] - --- | Describes a bundle task. --- --- /See:/ 'bundleTask' smart constructor. -data BundleTask = BundleTask' - { _btBundleTaskError :: !(Maybe BundleTaskError) - , _btBundleId :: !Text - , _btInstanceId :: !Text - , _btProgress :: !Text - , _btStartTime :: !ISO8601 - , _btState :: !BundleTaskState - , _btStorage :: !Storage - , _btUpdateTime :: !ISO8601 - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'BundleTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'btBundleTaskError' --- --- * 'btBundleId' --- --- * 'btInstanceId' --- --- * 'btProgress' --- --- * 'btStartTime' --- --- * 'btState' --- --- * 'btStorage' --- --- * 'btUpdateTime' -bundleTask - :: Text -- ^ 'btBundleId' - -> Text -- ^ 'btInstanceId' - -> Text -- ^ 'btProgress' - -> UTCTime -- ^ 'btStartTime' - -> BundleTaskState -- ^ 'btState' - -> Storage -- ^ 'btStorage' - -> UTCTime -- ^ 'btUpdateTime' - -> BundleTask -bundleTask pBundleId_ pInstanceId_ pProgress_ pStartTime_ pState_ pStorage_ pUpdateTime_ = - BundleTask' - { _btBundleTaskError = Nothing - , _btBundleId = pBundleId_ - , _btInstanceId = pInstanceId_ - , _btProgress = pProgress_ - , _btStartTime = _Time # pStartTime_ - , _btState = pState_ - , _btStorage = pStorage_ - , _btUpdateTime = _Time # pUpdateTime_ - } - --- | If the task fails, a description of the error. -btBundleTaskError :: Lens' BundleTask (Maybe BundleTaskError) -btBundleTaskError = lens _btBundleTaskError (\ s a -> s{_btBundleTaskError = a}); - --- | The ID of the bundle task. -btBundleId :: Lens' BundleTask Text -btBundleId = lens _btBundleId (\ s a -> s{_btBundleId = a}); - --- | The ID of the instance associated with this bundle task. -btInstanceId :: Lens' BundleTask Text -btInstanceId = lens _btInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_btInstanceId = a}); - --- | The level of task completion, as a percent (for example, 20%). -btProgress :: Lens' BundleTask Text -btProgress = lens _btProgress (\ s a -> s{_btProgress = a}); - --- | The time this task started. -btStartTime :: Lens' BundleTask UTCTime -btStartTime = lens _btStartTime (\ s a -> s{_btStartTime = a}) . _Time; - --- | The state of the task. -btState :: Lens' BundleTask BundleTaskState -btState = lens _btState (\ s a -> s{_btState = a}); - --- | The Amazon S3 storage locations. -btStorage :: Lens' BundleTask Storage -btStorage = lens _btStorage (\ s a -> s{_btStorage = a}); - --- | The time of the most recent update for the task. -btUpdateTime :: Lens' BundleTask UTCTime -btUpdateTime = lens _btUpdateTime (\ s a -> s{_btUpdateTime = a}) . _Time; - -instance FromXML BundleTask where - parseXML x - = BundleTask' <$> - (x .@? "error") <*> (x .@ "bundleId") <*> - (x .@ "instanceId") - <*> (x .@ "progress") - <*> (x .@ "startTime") - <*> (x .@ "state") - <*> (x .@ "storage") - <*> (x .@ "updateTime") - -instance Hashable BundleTask - -instance NFData BundleTask - --- | Describes an error for < BundleInstance>. --- --- /See:/ 'bundleTaskError' smart constructor. -data BundleTaskError = BundleTaskError' - { _bteCode :: !(Maybe Text) - , _bteMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'BundleTaskError' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'bteCode' --- --- * 'bteMessage' -bundleTaskError - :: BundleTaskError -bundleTaskError = - BundleTaskError' - { _bteCode = Nothing - , _bteMessage = Nothing - } - --- | The error code. -bteCode :: Lens' BundleTaskError (Maybe Text) -bteCode = lens _bteCode (\ s a -> s{_bteCode = a}); - --- | The error message. -bteMessage :: Lens' BundleTaskError (Maybe Text) -bteMessage = lens _bteMessage (\ s a -> s{_bteMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML BundleTaskError where - parseXML x - = BundleTaskError' <$> - (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "message") - -instance Hashable BundleTaskError - -instance NFData BundleTaskError - --- | Describes a Spot fleet error. --- --- /See:/ 'cancelSpotFleetRequestsError' smart constructor. -data CancelSpotFleetRequestsError = CancelSpotFleetRequestsError' - { _csfreCode :: !CancelBatchErrorCode - , _csfreMessage :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'CancelSpotFleetRequestsError' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'csfreCode' --- --- * 'csfreMessage' -cancelSpotFleetRequestsError - :: CancelBatchErrorCode -- ^ 'csfreCode' - -> Text -- ^ 'csfreMessage' - -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsError -cancelSpotFleetRequestsError pCode_ pMessage_ = - CancelSpotFleetRequestsError' - { _csfreCode = pCode_ - , _csfreMessage = pMessage_ - } - --- | The error code. -csfreCode :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsError CancelBatchErrorCode -csfreCode = lens _csfreCode (\ s a -> s{_csfreCode = a}); - --- | The description for the error code. -csfreMessage :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsError Text -csfreMessage = lens _csfreMessage (\ s a -> s{_csfreMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML CancelSpotFleetRequestsError where - parseXML x - = CancelSpotFleetRequestsError' <$> - (x .@ "code") <*> (x .@ "message") - -instance Hashable CancelSpotFleetRequestsError - -instance NFData CancelSpotFleetRequestsError - --- | Describes a Spot fleet request that was not successfully canceled. --- --- /See:/ 'cancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' smart constructor. -data CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem = CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' - { _csfreiSpotFleetRequestId :: !Text - , _csfreiError :: !CancelSpotFleetRequestsError - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'csfreiSpotFleetRequestId' --- --- * 'csfreiError' -cancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem - :: Text -- ^ 'csfreiSpotFleetRequestId' - -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsError -- ^ 'csfreiError' - -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem -cancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem pSpotFleetRequestId_ pError_ = - CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' - { _csfreiSpotFleetRequestId = pSpotFleetRequestId_ - , _csfreiError = pError_ - } - --- | The ID of the Spot fleet request. -csfreiSpotFleetRequestId :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem Text -csfreiSpotFleetRequestId = lens _csfreiSpotFleetRequestId (\ s a -> s{_csfreiSpotFleetRequestId = a}); - --- | The error. -csfreiError :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem CancelSpotFleetRequestsError -csfreiError = lens _csfreiError (\ s a -> s{_csfreiError = a}); - -instance FromXML CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem - where - parseXML x - = CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' <$> - (x .@ "spotFleetRequestId") <*> (x .@ "error") - -instance Hashable CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem - -instance NFData CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem - --- | Describes a Spot fleet request that was successfully canceled. --- --- /See:/ 'cancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' smart constructor. -data CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem = CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' - { _csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId :: !Text - , _csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState :: !BatchState - , _csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState :: !BatchState - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId' --- --- * 'csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState' --- --- * 'csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState' -cancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem - :: Text -- ^ 'csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId' - -> BatchState -- ^ 'csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState' - -> BatchState -- ^ 'csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState' - -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem -cancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem pSpotFleetRequestId_ pCurrentSpotFleetRequestState_ pPreviousSpotFleetRequestState_ = - CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' - { _csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId = pSpotFleetRequestId_ - , _csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState = pCurrentSpotFleetRequestState_ - , _csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState = pPreviousSpotFleetRequestState_ - } - --- | The ID of the Spot fleet request. -csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem Text -csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId = lens _csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId (\ s a -> s{_csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId = a}); - --- | The current state of the Spot fleet request. -csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem BatchState -csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState = lens _csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState (\ s a -> s{_csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState = a}); - --- | The previous state of the Spot fleet request. -csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem BatchState -csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState = lens _csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState (\ s a -> s{_csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState = a}); - -instance FromXML CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem - where - parseXML x - = CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' <$> - (x .@ "spotFleetRequestId") <*> - (x .@ "currentSpotFleetRequestState") - <*> (x .@ "previousSpotFleetRequestState") - -instance Hashable CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem - -instance NFData CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem - --- | Describes a request to cancel a Spot instance. --- --- /See:/ 'cancelledSpotInstanceRequest' smart constructor. -data CancelledSpotInstanceRequest = CancelledSpotInstanceRequest' - { _csirState :: !(Maybe CancelSpotInstanceRequestState) - , _csirSpotInstanceRequestId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'CancelledSpotInstanceRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'csirState' --- --- * 'csirSpotInstanceRequestId' -cancelledSpotInstanceRequest - :: CancelledSpotInstanceRequest -cancelledSpotInstanceRequest = - CancelledSpotInstanceRequest' - { _csirState = Nothing - , _csirSpotInstanceRequestId = Nothing - } - --- | The state of the Spot instance request. -csirState :: Lens' CancelledSpotInstanceRequest (Maybe CancelSpotInstanceRequestState) -csirState = lens _csirState (\ s a -> s{_csirState = a}); - --- | The ID of the Spot instance request. -csirSpotInstanceRequestId :: Lens' CancelledSpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) -csirSpotInstanceRequestId = lens _csirSpotInstanceRequestId (\ s a -> s{_csirSpotInstanceRequestId = a}); - -instance FromXML CancelledSpotInstanceRequest where - parseXML x - = CancelledSpotInstanceRequest' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "spotInstanceRequestId") - -instance Hashable CancelledSpotInstanceRequest - -instance NFData CancelledSpotInstanceRequest - --- | Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of a VPC. --- --- /See:/ 'classicLinkDNSSupport' smart constructor. -data ClassicLinkDNSSupport = ClassicLinkDNSSupport' - { _cldsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ClassicLinkDNSSupport' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'cldsVPCId' --- --- * 'cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported' -classicLinkDNSSupport - :: ClassicLinkDNSSupport -classicLinkDNSSupport = - ClassicLinkDNSSupport' - { _cldsVPCId = Nothing - , _cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the VPC. -cldsVPCId :: Lens' ClassicLinkDNSSupport (Maybe Text) -cldsVPCId = lens _cldsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_cldsVPCId = a}); - --- | Indicates whether ClassicLink DNS support is enabled for the VPC. -cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported :: Lens' ClassicLinkDNSSupport (Maybe Bool) -cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported = lens _cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported (\ s a -> s{_cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported = a}); - -instance FromXML ClassicLinkDNSSupport where - parseXML x - = ClassicLinkDNSSupport' <$> - (x .@? "vpcId") <*> (x .@? "classicLinkDnsSupported") - -instance Hashable ClassicLinkDNSSupport - -instance NFData ClassicLinkDNSSupport - --- | Describes a linked EC2-Classic instance. --- --- /See:/ 'classicLinkInstance' smart constructor. -data ClassicLinkInstance = ClassicLinkInstance' - { _cliInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _cliGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) - , _cliVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _cliTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ClassicLinkInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'cliInstanceId' --- --- * 'cliGroups' --- --- * 'cliVPCId' --- --- * 'cliTags' -classicLinkInstance - :: ClassicLinkInstance -classicLinkInstance = - ClassicLinkInstance' - { _cliInstanceId = Nothing - , _cliGroups = Nothing - , _cliVPCId = Nothing - , _cliTags = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the instance. -cliInstanceId :: Lens' ClassicLinkInstance (Maybe Text) -cliInstanceId = lens _cliInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_cliInstanceId = a}); - --- | A list of security groups. -cliGroups :: Lens' ClassicLinkInstance [GroupIdentifier] -cliGroups = lens _cliGroups (\ s a -> s{_cliGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the VPC. -cliVPCId :: Lens' ClassicLinkInstance (Maybe Text) -cliVPCId = lens _cliVPCId (\ s a -> s{_cliVPCId = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the instance. -cliTags :: Lens' ClassicLinkInstance [Tag] -cliTags = lens _cliTags (\ s a -> s{_cliTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML ClassicLinkInstance where - parseXML x - = ClassicLinkInstance' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> - (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable ClassicLinkInstance - -instance NFData ClassicLinkInstance - --- | Describes the client-specific data. --- --- /See:/ 'clientData' smart constructor. -data ClientData = ClientData' - { _cdUploadStart :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _cdUploadSize :: !(Maybe Double) - , _cdUploadEnd :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _cdComment :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ClientData' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'cdUploadStart' --- --- * 'cdUploadSize' --- --- * 'cdUploadEnd' --- --- * 'cdComment' -clientData - :: ClientData -clientData = - ClientData' - { _cdUploadStart = Nothing - , _cdUploadSize = Nothing - , _cdUploadEnd = Nothing - , _cdComment = Nothing - } - --- | The time that the disk upload starts. -cdUploadStart :: Lens' ClientData (Maybe UTCTime) -cdUploadStart = lens _cdUploadStart (\ s a -> s{_cdUploadStart = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The size of the uploaded disk image, in GiB. -cdUploadSize :: Lens' ClientData (Maybe Double) -cdUploadSize = lens _cdUploadSize (\ s a -> s{_cdUploadSize = a}); - --- | The time that the disk upload ends. -cdUploadEnd :: Lens' ClientData (Maybe UTCTime) -cdUploadEnd = lens _cdUploadEnd (\ s a -> s{_cdUploadEnd = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | A user-defined comment about the disk upload. -cdComment :: Lens' ClientData (Maybe Text) -cdComment = lens _cdComment (\ s a -> s{_cdComment = a}); - -instance Hashable ClientData - -instance NFData ClientData - -instance ToQuery ClientData where - toQuery ClientData'{..} - = mconcat - ["UploadStart" =: _cdUploadStart, - "UploadSize" =: _cdUploadSize, - "UploadEnd" =: _cdUploadEnd, "Comment" =: _cdComment] - --- | Describes a conversion task. --- --- /See:/ 'conversionTask' smart constructor. -data ConversionTask = ConversionTask' - { _ctImportInstance :: !(Maybe ImportInstanceTaskDetails) - , _ctStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ctImportVolume :: !(Maybe ImportVolumeTaskDetails) - , _ctExpirationTime :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ctTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _ctConversionTaskId :: !Text - , _ctState :: !ConversionTaskState - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ConversionTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ctImportInstance' --- --- * 'ctStatusMessage' --- --- * 'ctImportVolume' --- --- * 'ctExpirationTime' --- --- * 'ctTags' --- --- * 'ctConversionTaskId' --- --- * 'ctState' -conversionTask - :: Text -- ^ 'ctConversionTaskId' - -> ConversionTaskState -- ^ 'ctState' - -> ConversionTask -conversionTask pConversionTaskId_ pState_ = - ConversionTask' - { _ctImportInstance = Nothing - , _ctStatusMessage = Nothing - , _ctImportVolume = Nothing - , _ctExpirationTime = Nothing - , _ctTags = Nothing - , _ctConversionTaskId = pConversionTaskId_ - , _ctState = pState_ - } - --- | If the task is for importing an instance, this contains information about the import instance task. -ctImportInstance :: Lens' ConversionTask (Maybe ImportInstanceTaskDetails) -ctImportInstance = lens _ctImportInstance (\ s a -> s{_ctImportInstance = a}); - --- | The status message related to the conversion task. -ctStatusMessage :: Lens' ConversionTask (Maybe Text) -ctStatusMessage = lens _ctStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_ctStatusMessage = a}); - --- | If the task is for importing a volume, this contains information about the import volume task. -ctImportVolume :: Lens' ConversionTask (Maybe ImportVolumeTaskDetails) -ctImportVolume = lens _ctImportVolume (\ s a -> s{_ctImportVolume = a}); - --- | The time when the task expires. If the upload isn\'t complete before the expiration time, we automatically cancel the task. -ctExpirationTime :: Lens' ConversionTask (Maybe Text) -ctExpirationTime = lens _ctExpirationTime (\ s a -> s{_ctExpirationTime = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the task. -ctTags :: Lens' ConversionTask [Tag] -ctTags = lens _ctTags (\ s a -> s{_ctTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the conversion task. -ctConversionTaskId :: Lens' ConversionTask Text -ctConversionTaskId = lens _ctConversionTaskId (\ s a -> s{_ctConversionTaskId = a}); - --- | The state of the conversion task. -ctState :: Lens' ConversionTask ConversionTaskState -ctState = lens _ctState (\ s a -> s{_ctState = a}); - -instance FromXML ConversionTask where - parseXML x - = ConversionTask' <$> - (x .@? "importInstance") <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") - <*> (x .@? "importVolume") - <*> (x .@? "expirationTime") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "conversionTaskId") - <*> (x .@ "state") - -instance Hashable ConversionTask - -instance NFData ConversionTask - --- | Describes the user or group to be added or removed from the permissions for a volume. --- --- /See:/ 'createVolumePermission' smart constructor. -data CreateVolumePermission = CreateVolumePermission' - { _cvpGroup :: !(Maybe PermissionGroup) - , _cvpUserId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'CreateVolumePermission' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'cvpGroup' --- --- * 'cvpUserId' -createVolumePermission - :: CreateVolumePermission -createVolumePermission = - CreateVolumePermission' - { _cvpGroup = Nothing - , _cvpUserId = Nothing - } - --- | The specific group that is to be added or removed from a volume\'s list of create volume permissions. -cvpGroup :: Lens' CreateVolumePermission (Maybe PermissionGroup) -cvpGroup = lens _cvpGroup (\ s a -> s{_cvpGroup = a}); - --- | The specific AWS account ID that is to be added or removed from a volume\'s list of create volume permissions. -cvpUserId :: Lens' CreateVolumePermission (Maybe Text) -cvpUserId = lens _cvpUserId (\ s a -> s{_cvpUserId = a}); - -instance FromXML CreateVolumePermission where - parseXML x - = CreateVolumePermission' <$> - (x .@? "group") <*> (x .@? "userId") - -instance Hashable CreateVolumePermission - -instance NFData CreateVolumePermission - -instance ToQuery CreateVolumePermission where - toQuery CreateVolumePermission'{..} - = mconcat - ["Group" =: _cvpGroup, "UserId" =: _cvpUserId] - --- | Describes modifications to the permissions for a volume. --- --- /See:/ 'createVolumePermissionModifications' smart constructor. -data CreateVolumePermissionModifications = CreateVolumePermissionModifications' - { _cvpmRemove :: !(Maybe [CreateVolumePermission]) - , _cvpmAdd :: !(Maybe [CreateVolumePermission]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'CreateVolumePermissionModifications' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'cvpmRemove' --- --- * 'cvpmAdd' -createVolumePermissionModifications - :: CreateVolumePermissionModifications -createVolumePermissionModifications = - CreateVolumePermissionModifications' - { _cvpmRemove = Nothing - , _cvpmAdd = Nothing - } - --- | Removes a specific AWS account ID or group from a volume\'s list of create volume permissions. -cvpmRemove :: Lens' CreateVolumePermissionModifications [CreateVolumePermission] -cvpmRemove = lens _cvpmRemove (\ s a -> s{_cvpmRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Adds a specific AWS account ID or group to a volume\'s list of create volume permissions. -cvpmAdd :: Lens' CreateVolumePermissionModifications [CreateVolumePermission] -cvpmAdd = lens _cvpmAdd (\ s a -> s{_cvpmAdd = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance Hashable CreateVolumePermissionModifications - -instance NFData CreateVolumePermissionModifications - -instance ToQuery CreateVolumePermissionModifications - where - toQuery CreateVolumePermissionModifications'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery (toQueryList "Remove" <$> _cvpmRemove), - toQuery (toQueryList "Add" <$> _cvpmAdd)] - --- | Describes a customer gateway. --- --- /See:/ 'customerGateway' smart constructor. -data CustomerGateway = CustomerGateway' - { _cgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _cgBGPASN :: !Text - , _cgCustomerGatewayId :: !Text - , _cgIPAddress :: !Text - , _cgState :: !Text - , _cgType :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'CustomerGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'cgTags' --- --- * 'cgBGPASN' --- --- * 'cgCustomerGatewayId' --- --- * 'cgIPAddress' --- --- * 'cgState' --- --- * 'cgType' -customerGateway - :: Text -- ^ 'cgBGPASN' - -> Text -- ^ 'cgCustomerGatewayId' - -> Text -- ^ 'cgIPAddress' - -> Text -- ^ 'cgState' - -> Text -- ^ 'cgType' - -> CustomerGateway -customerGateway pBGPASN_ pCustomerGatewayId_ pIPAddress_ pState_ pType_ = - CustomerGateway' - { _cgTags = Nothing - , _cgBGPASN = pBGPASN_ - , _cgCustomerGatewayId = pCustomerGatewayId_ - , _cgIPAddress = pIPAddress_ - , _cgState = pState_ - , _cgType = pType_ - } - --- | Any tags assigned to the customer gateway. -cgTags :: Lens' CustomerGateway [Tag] -cgTags = lens _cgTags (\ s a -> s{_cgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The customer gateway\'s Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN). -cgBGPASN :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text -cgBGPASN = lens _cgBGPASN (\ s a -> s{_cgBGPASN = a}); - --- | The ID of the customer gateway. -cgCustomerGatewayId :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text -cgCustomerGatewayId = lens _cgCustomerGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_cgCustomerGatewayId = a}); - --- | The Internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway\'s outside interface. -cgIPAddress :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text -cgIPAddress = lens _cgIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_cgIPAddress = a}); - --- | The current state of the customer gateway ('pending | available | deleting | deleted'). -cgState :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text -cgState = lens _cgState (\ s a -> s{_cgState = a}); - --- | The type of VPN connection the customer gateway supports ('ipsec.1'). -cgType :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text -cgType = lens _cgType (\ s a -> s{_cgType = a}); - -instance FromXML CustomerGateway where - parseXML x - = CustomerGateway' <$> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "bgpAsn") - <*> (x .@ "customerGatewayId") - <*> (x .@ "ipAddress") - <*> (x .@ "state") - <*> (x .@ "type") - -instance Hashable CustomerGateway - -instance NFData CustomerGateway - --- | Describes a DHCP configuration option. --- --- /See:/ 'dhcpConfiguration' smart constructor. -data DHCPConfiguration = DHCPConfiguration' - { _dcValues :: !(Maybe [AttributeValue]) - , _dcKey :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'DHCPConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dcValues' --- --- * 'dcKey' -dhcpConfiguration - :: DHCPConfiguration -dhcpConfiguration = - DHCPConfiguration' - { _dcValues = Nothing - , _dcKey = Nothing - } - --- | One or more values for the DHCP option. -dcValues :: Lens' DHCPConfiguration [AttributeValue] -dcValues = lens _dcValues (\ s a -> s{_dcValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of a DHCP option. -dcKey :: Lens' DHCPConfiguration (Maybe Text) -dcKey = lens _dcKey (\ s a -> s{_dcKey = a}); - -instance FromXML DHCPConfiguration where - parseXML x - = DHCPConfiguration' <$> - (x .@? "valueSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "key") - -instance Hashable DHCPConfiguration - -instance NFData DHCPConfiguration - --- | Describes a set of DHCP options. --- --- /See:/ 'dhcpOptions' smart constructor. -data DHCPOptions = DHCPOptions' - { _doDHCPConfigurations :: !(Maybe [DHCPConfiguration]) - , _doDHCPOptionsId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _doTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'DHCPOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'doDHCPConfigurations' --- --- * 'doDHCPOptionsId' --- --- * 'doTags' -dhcpOptions - :: DHCPOptions -dhcpOptions = - DHCPOptions' - { _doDHCPConfigurations = Nothing - , _doDHCPOptionsId = Nothing - , _doTags = Nothing - } - --- | One or more DHCP options in the set. -doDHCPConfigurations :: Lens' DHCPOptions [DHCPConfiguration] -doDHCPConfigurations = lens _doDHCPConfigurations (\ s a -> s{_doDHCPConfigurations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the set of DHCP options. -doDHCPOptionsId :: Lens' DHCPOptions (Maybe Text) -doDHCPOptionsId = lens _doDHCPOptionsId (\ s a -> s{_doDHCPOptionsId = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the DHCP options set. -doTags :: Lens' DHCPOptions [Tag] -doTags = lens _doTags (\ s a -> s{_doTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML DHCPOptions where - parseXML x - = DHCPOptions' <$> - (x .@? "dhcpConfigurationSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "dhcpOptionsId") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable DHCPOptions - -instance NFData DHCPOptions - --- | Describes a disk image. --- --- /See:/ 'diskImage' smart constructor. -data DiskImage = DiskImage' - { _diImage :: !(Maybe DiskImageDetail) - , _diVolume :: !(Maybe VolumeDetail) - , _diDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'DiskImage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'diImage' --- --- * 'diVolume' --- --- * 'diDescription' -diskImage - :: DiskImage -diskImage = - DiskImage' - { _diImage = Nothing - , _diVolume = Nothing - , _diDescription = Nothing - } - --- | Information about the disk image. -diImage :: Lens' DiskImage (Maybe DiskImageDetail) -diImage = lens _diImage (\ s a -> s{_diImage = a}); - --- | Information about the volume. -diVolume :: Lens' DiskImage (Maybe VolumeDetail) -diVolume = lens _diVolume (\ s a -> s{_diVolume = a}); - --- | A description of the disk image. -diDescription :: Lens' DiskImage (Maybe Text) -diDescription = lens _diDescription (\ s a -> s{_diDescription = a}); - -instance Hashable DiskImage - -instance NFData DiskImage - -instance ToQuery DiskImage where - toQuery DiskImage'{..} - = mconcat - ["Image" =: _diImage, "Volume" =: _diVolume, - "Description" =: _diDescription] - --- | Describes a disk image. --- --- /See:/ 'diskImageDescription' smart constructor. -data DiskImageDescription = DiskImageDescription' - { _dChecksum :: !(Maybe Text) - , _dFormat :: !DiskImageFormat - , _dSize :: !Integer - , _dImportManifestURL :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'DiskImageDescription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'dChecksum' --- --- * 'dFormat' --- --- * 'dSize' --- --- * 'dImportManifestURL' -diskImageDescription - :: DiskImageFormat -- ^ 'dFormat' - -> Integer -- ^ 'dSize' - -> Text -- ^ 'dImportManifestURL' - -> DiskImageDescription -diskImageDescription pFormat_ pSize_ pImportManifestURL_ = - DiskImageDescription' - { _dChecksum = Nothing - , _dFormat = pFormat_ - , _dSize = pSize_ - , _dImportManifestURL = pImportManifestURL_ - } - --- | The checksum computed for the disk image. -dChecksum :: Lens' DiskImageDescription (Maybe Text) -dChecksum = lens _dChecksum (\ s a -> s{_dChecksum = a}); - --- | The disk image format. -dFormat :: Lens' DiskImageDescription DiskImageFormat -dFormat = lens _dFormat (\ s a -> s{_dFormat = a}); - --- | The size of the disk image, in GiB. -dSize :: Lens' DiskImageDescription Integer -dSize = lens _dSize (\ s a -> s{_dSize = a}); - --- | A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3. For information about creating a presigned URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the \"Query String Request Authentication Alternative\" section of the topic in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide/. --- --- For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . -dImportManifestURL :: Lens' DiskImageDescription Text -dImportManifestURL = lens _dImportManifestURL (\ s a -> s{_dImportManifestURL = a}); - -instance FromXML DiskImageDescription where - parseXML x - = DiskImageDescription' <$> - (x .@? "checksum") <*> (x .@ "format") <*> - (x .@ "size") - <*> (x .@ "importManifestUrl") - -instance Hashable DiskImageDescription - -instance NFData DiskImageDescription - --- | Describes a disk image. --- --- /See:/ 'diskImageDetail' smart constructor. -data DiskImageDetail = DiskImageDetail' - { _didFormat :: !DiskImageFormat - , _didBytes :: !Integer - , _didImportManifestURL :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'DiskImageDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'didFormat' --- --- * 'didBytes' --- --- * 'didImportManifestURL' -diskImageDetail - :: DiskImageFormat -- ^ 'didFormat' - -> Integer -- ^ 'didBytes' - -> Text -- ^ 'didImportManifestURL' - -> DiskImageDetail -diskImageDetail pFormat_ pBytes_ pImportManifestURL_ = - DiskImageDetail' - { _didFormat = pFormat_ - , _didBytes = pBytes_ - , _didImportManifestURL = pImportManifestURL_ - } - --- | The disk image format. -didFormat :: Lens' DiskImageDetail DiskImageFormat -didFormat = lens _didFormat (\ s a -> s{_didFormat = a}); - --- | The size of the disk image, in GiB. -didBytes :: Lens' DiskImageDetail Integer -didBytes = lens _didBytes (\ s a -> s{_didBytes = a}); - --- | A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3 and presented here as an Amazon S3 presigned URL. For information about creating a presigned URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the \"Query String Request Authentication Alternative\" section of the topic in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide/. --- --- For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . -didImportManifestURL :: Lens' DiskImageDetail Text -didImportManifestURL = lens _didImportManifestURL (\ s a -> s{_didImportManifestURL = a}); - -instance Hashable DiskImageDetail - -instance NFData DiskImageDetail - -instance ToQuery DiskImageDetail where - toQuery DiskImageDetail'{..} - = mconcat - ["Format" =: _didFormat, "Bytes" =: _didBytes, - "ImportManifestUrl" =: _didImportManifestURL] - --- | Describes a disk image volume. --- --- /See:/ 'diskImageVolumeDescription' smart constructor. -data DiskImageVolumeDescription = DiskImageVolumeDescription' - { _divdSize :: !(Maybe Integer) - , _divdId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'DiskImageVolumeDescription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'divdSize' --- --- * 'divdId' -diskImageVolumeDescription - :: Text -- ^ 'divdId' - -> DiskImageVolumeDescription -diskImageVolumeDescription pId_ = - DiskImageVolumeDescription' - { _divdSize = Nothing - , _divdId = pId_ - } - --- | The size of the volume, in GiB. -divdSize :: Lens' DiskImageVolumeDescription (Maybe Integer) -divdSize = lens _divdSize (\ s a -> s{_divdSize = a}); - --- | The volume identifier. -divdId :: Lens' DiskImageVolumeDescription Text -divdId = lens _divdId (\ s a -> s{_divdId = a}); - -instance FromXML DiskImageVolumeDescription where - parseXML x - = DiskImageVolumeDescription' <$> - (x .@? "size") <*> (x .@ "id") - -instance Hashable DiskImageVolumeDescription - -instance NFData DiskImageVolumeDescription - --- | Describes a block device for an EBS volume. --- --- /See:/ 'ebsBlockDevice' smart constructor. -data EBSBlockDevice = EBSBlockDevice' - { _ebdDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ebdVolumeSize :: !(Maybe Int) - , _ebdIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) - , _ebdEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ebdVolumeType :: !(Maybe VolumeType) - , _ebdSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'EBSBlockDevice' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ebdDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'ebdVolumeSize' --- --- * 'ebdIOPS' --- --- * 'ebdEncrypted' --- --- * 'ebdVolumeType' --- --- * 'ebdSnapshotId' -ebsBlockDevice - :: EBSBlockDevice -ebsBlockDevice = - EBSBlockDevice' - { _ebdDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _ebdVolumeSize = Nothing - , _ebdIOPS = Nothing - , _ebdEncrypted = Nothing - , _ebdVolumeType = Nothing - , _ebdSnapshotId = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. -ebdDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Bool) -ebdDeleteOnTermination = lens _ebdDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_ebdDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | The size of the volume, in GiB. --- --- Constraints: 1-16384 for General Purpose SSD ('gp2'), 4-16384 for Provisioned IOPS SSD ('io1'), 500-16384 for Throughput Optimized HDD ('st1'), 500-16384 for Cold HDD ('sc1'), and 1-1024 for Magnetic ('standard') volumes. If you specify a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size. --- --- Default: If you\'re creating the volume from a snapshot and don\'t specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. -ebdVolumeSize :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Int) -ebdVolumeSize = lens _ebdVolumeSize (\ s a -> s{_ebdVolumeSize = a}); - --- | The number of I\/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For 'io1', this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For 'gp2', this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I\/O credits for bursting. For more information about General Purpose SSD baseline performance, I\/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. --- --- Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for 'io1' volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for 'gp2' volumes. --- --- Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create 'io1' volumes; it is not used in requests to create 'gp2', 'st1', 'sc1', or 'standard' volumes. -ebdIOPS :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Int) -ebdIOPS = lens _ebdIOPS (\ s a -> s{_ebdIOPS = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the EBS volume is encrypted. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. -ebdEncrypted :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Bool) -ebdEncrypted = lens _ebdEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_ebdEncrypted = a}); - --- | The volume type: 'gp2', 'io1', 'st1', 'sc1', or 'standard'. --- --- Default: 'standard' -ebdVolumeType :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe VolumeType) -ebdVolumeType = lens _ebdVolumeType (\ s a -> s{_ebdVolumeType = a}); - --- | The ID of the snapshot. -ebdSnapshotId :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Text) -ebdSnapshotId = lens _ebdSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_ebdSnapshotId = a}); - -instance FromXML EBSBlockDevice where - parseXML x - = EBSBlockDevice' <$> - (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") <*> - (x .@? "volumeSize") - <*> (x .@? "iops") - <*> (x .@? "encrypted") - <*> (x .@? "volumeType") - <*> (x .@? "snapshotId") - -instance Hashable EBSBlockDevice - -instance NFData EBSBlockDevice - -instance ToQuery EBSBlockDevice where - toQuery EBSBlockDevice'{..} - = mconcat - ["DeleteOnTermination" =: _ebdDeleteOnTermination, - "VolumeSize" =: _ebdVolumeSize, "Iops" =: _ebdIOPS, - "Encrypted" =: _ebdEncrypted, - "VolumeType" =: _ebdVolumeType, - "SnapshotId" =: _ebdSnapshotId] - --- | Describes a parameter used to set up an EBS volume in a block device mapping. --- --- /See:/ 'ebsInstanceBlockDevice' smart constructor. -data EBSInstanceBlockDevice = EBSInstanceBlockDevice' - { _eibdStatus :: !(Maybe AttachmentStatus) - , _eibdDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _eibdVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _eibdAttachTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'EBSInstanceBlockDevice' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'eibdStatus' --- --- * 'eibdDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'eibdVolumeId' --- --- * 'eibdAttachTime' -ebsInstanceBlockDevice - :: EBSInstanceBlockDevice -ebsInstanceBlockDevice = - EBSInstanceBlockDevice' - { _eibdStatus = Nothing - , _eibdDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _eibdVolumeId = Nothing - , _eibdAttachTime = Nothing - } - --- | The attachment state. -eibdStatus :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDevice (Maybe AttachmentStatus) -eibdStatus = lens _eibdStatus (\ s a -> s{_eibdStatus = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. -eibdDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDevice (Maybe Bool) -eibdDeleteOnTermination = lens _eibdDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_eibdDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | The ID of the EBS volume. -eibdVolumeId :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDevice (Maybe Text) -eibdVolumeId = lens _eibdVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_eibdVolumeId = a}); - --- | The time stamp when the attachment initiated. -eibdAttachTime :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDevice (Maybe UTCTime) -eibdAttachTime = lens _eibdAttachTime (\ s a -> s{_eibdAttachTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance FromXML EBSInstanceBlockDevice where - parseXML x - = EBSInstanceBlockDevice' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") - <*> (x .@? "volumeId") - <*> (x .@? "attachTime") - -instance Hashable EBSInstanceBlockDevice - -instance NFData EBSInstanceBlockDevice - --- | Describes information used to set up an EBS volume specified in a block device mapping. --- --- /See:/ 'ebsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification' smart constructor. -data EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification = EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification' - { _eibdsDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _eibdsVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'eibdsDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'eibdsVolumeId' -ebsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification - :: EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification -ebsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification = - EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification' - { _eibdsDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _eibdsVolumeId = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. -eibdsDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification (Maybe Bool) -eibdsDeleteOnTermination = lens _eibdsDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_eibdsDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | The ID of the EBS volume. -eibdsVolumeId :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification (Maybe Text) -eibdsVolumeId = lens _eibdsVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_eibdsVolumeId = a}); - -instance Hashable EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification - -instance NFData EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification - -instance ToQuery EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification - where - toQuery EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - ["DeleteOnTermination" =: _eibdsDeleteOnTermination, - "VolumeId" =: _eibdsVolumeId] - --- | Describes a Spot fleet event. --- --- /See:/ 'eventInformation' smart constructor. -data EventInformation = EventInformation' - { _eiInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _eiEventDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _eiEventSubType :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'EventInformation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'eiInstanceId' --- --- * 'eiEventDescription' --- --- * 'eiEventSubType' -eventInformation - :: EventInformation -eventInformation = - EventInformation' - { _eiInstanceId = Nothing - , _eiEventDescription = Nothing - , _eiEventSubType = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the instance. This information is available only for 'instanceChange' events. -eiInstanceId :: Lens' EventInformation (Maybe Text) -eiInstanceId = lens _eiInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_eiInstanceId = a}); - --- | The description of the event. -eiEventDescription :: Lens' EventInformation (Maybe Text) -eiEventDescription = lens _eiEventDescription (\ s a -> s{_eiEventDescription = a}); - --- | The event. --- --- The following are the 'error' events. --- --- - 'iamFleetRoleInvalid' - The Spot fleet did not have the required permissions either to launch or terminate an instance. --- --- - 'launchSpecTemporarilyBlacklisted' - The configuration is not valid and several attempts to launch instances have failed. For more information, see the description of the event. --- --- - 'spotFleetRequestConfigurationInvalid' - The configuration is not valid. For more information, see the description of the event. --- --- - 'spotInstanceCountLimitExceeded' - You\'ve reached the limit on the number of Spot instances that you can launch. --- --- The following are the 'fleetRequestChange' events. --- --- - 'active' - The Spot fleet has been validated and Amazon EC2 is attempting to maintain the target number of running Spot instances. --- --- - 'cancelled' - The Spot fleet is canceled and has no running Spot instances. The Spot fleet will be deleted two days after its instances were terminated. --- --- - 'cancelled_running' - The Spot fleet is canceled and will not launch additional Spot instances, but its existing Spot instances continue to run until they are interrupted or terminated. --- --- - 'cancelled_terminating' - The Spot fleet is canceled and its Spot instances are terminating. --- --- - 'expired' - The Spot fleet request has expired. A subsequent event indicates that the instances were terminated, if the request was created with 'TerminateInstancesWithExpiration' set. --- --- - 'modify_in_progress' - A request to modify the Spot fleet request was accepted and is in progress. --- --- - 'modify_successful' - The Spot fleet request was modified. --- --- - 'price_update' - The bid price for a launch configuration was adjusted because it was too high. This change is permanent. --- --- - 'submitted' - The Spot fleet request is being evaluated and Amazon EC2 is preparing to launch the target number of Spot instances. --- --- The following are the 'instanceChange' events. --- --- - 'launched' - A bid was fulfilled and a new instance was launched. --- --- - 'terminated' - An instance was terminated by the user. --- -eiEventSubType :: Lens' EventInformation (Maybe Text) -eiEventSubType = lens _eiEventSubType (\ s a -> s{_eiEventSubType = a}); - -instance FromXML EventInformation where - parseXML x - = EventInformation' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "eventDescription") - <*> (x .@? "eventSubType") - -instance Hashable EventInformation - -instance NFData EventInformation - --- | Describes an instance export task. --- --- /See:/ 'exportTask' smart constructor. -data ExportTask = ExportTask' - { _etDescription :: !Text - , _etExportTaskId :: !Text - , _etExportToS3Task :: !ExportToS3Task - , _etInstanceExportDetails :: !InstanceExportDetails - , _etState :: !ExportTaskState - , _etStatusMessage :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ExportTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'etDescription' --- --- * 'etExportTaskId' --- --- * 'etExportToS3Task' --- --- * 'etInstanceExportDetails' --- --- * 'etState' --- --- * 'etStatusMessage' -exportTask - :: Text -- ^ 'etDescription' - -> Text -- ^ 'etExportTaskId' - -> ExportToS3Task -- ^ 'etExportToS3Task' - -> InstanceExportDetails -- ^ 'etInstanceExportDetails' - -> ExportTaskState -- ^ 'etState' - -> Text -- ^ 'etStatusMessage' - -> ExportTask -exportTask pDescription_ pExportTaskId_ pExportToS3Task_ pInstanceExportDetails_ pState_ pStatusMessage_ = - ExportTask' - { _etDescription = pDescription_ - , _etExportTaskId = pExportTaskId_ - , _etExportToS3Task = pExportToS3Task_ - , _etInstanceExportDetails = pInstanceExportDetails_ - , _etState = pState_ - , _etStatusMessage = pStatusMessage_ - } - --- | A description of the resource being exported. -etDescription :: Lens' ExportTask Text -etDescription = lens _etDescription (\ s a -> s{_etDescription = a}); - --- | The ID of the export task. -etExportTaskId :: Lens' ExportTask Text -etExportTaskId = lens _etExportTaskId (\ s a -> s{_etExportTaskId = a}); - --- | Information about the export task. -etExportToS3Task :: Lens' ExportTask ExportToS3Task -etExportToS3Task = lens _etExportToS3Task (\ s a -> s{_etExportToS3Task = a}); - --- | Information about the instance to export. -etInstanceExportDetails :: Lens' ExportTask InstanceExportDetails -etInstanceExportDetails = lens _etInstanceExportDetails (\ s a -> s{_etInstanceExportDetails = a}); - --- | The state of the export task. -etState :: Lens' ExportTask ExportTaskState -etState = lens _etState (\ s a -> s{_etState = a}); - --- | The status message related to the export task. -etStatusMessage :: Lens' ExportTask Text -etStatusMessage = lens _etStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_etStatusMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML ExportTask where - parseXML x - = ExportTask' <$> - (x .@ "description") <*> (x .@ "exportTaskId") <*> - (x .@ "exportToS3") - <*> (x .@ "instanceExport") - <*> (x .@ "state") - <*> (x .@ "statusMessage") - -instance Hashable ExportTask - -instance NFData ExportTask - --- | Describes the format and location for an instance export task. --- --- /See:/ 'exportToS3Task' smart constructor. -data ExportToS3Task = ExportToS3Task' - { _etstS3Key :: !(Maybe Text) - , _etstContainerFormat :: !(Maybe ContainerFormat) - , _etstS3Bucket :: !(Maybe Text) - , _etstDiskImageFormat :: !(Maybe DiskImageFormat) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ExportToS3Task' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'etstS3Key' --- --- * 'etstContainerFormat' --- --- * 'etstS3Bucket' --- --- * 'etstDiskImageFormat' -exportToS3Task - :: ExportToS3Task -exportToS3Task = - ExportToS3Task' - { _etstS3Key = Nothing - , _etstContainerFormat = Nothing - , _etstS3Bucket = Nothing - , _etstDiskImageFormat = Nothing - } - --- | The encryption key for your S3 bucket. -etstS3Key :: Lens' ExportToS3Task (Maybe Text) -etstS3Key = lens _etstS3Key (\ s a -> s{_etstS3Key = a}); - --- | The container format used to combine disk images with metadata (such as OVF). If absent, only the disk image is exported. -etstContainerFormat :: Lens' ExportToS3Task (Maybe ContainerFormat) -etstContainerFormat = lens _etstContainerFormat (\ s a -> s{_etstContainerFormat = a}); - --- | The S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist and grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the AWS account 'vm-import-export\'amazon.com'. -etstS3Bucket :: Lens' ExportToS3Task (Maybe Text) -etstS3Bucket = lens _etstS3Bucket (\ s a -> s{_etstS3Bucket = a}); - --- | The format for the exported image. -etstDiskImageFormat :: Lens' ExportToS3Task (Maybe DiskImageFormat) -etstDiskImageFormat = lens _etstDiskImageFormat (\ s a -> s{_etstDiskImageFormat = a}); - -instance FromXML ExportToS3Task where - parseXML x - = ExportToS3Task' <$> - (x .@? "s3Key") <*> (x .@? "containerFormat") <*> - (x .@? "s3Bucket") - <*> (x .@? "diskImageFormat") - -instance Hashable ExportToS3Task - -instance NFData ExportToS3Task - --- | Describes an instance export task. --- --- /See:/ 'exportToS3TaskSpecification' smart constructor. -data ExportToS3TaskSpecification = ExportToS3TaskSpecification' - { _etstsContainerFormat :: !(Maybe ContainerFormat) - , _etstsS3Prefix :: !(Maybe Text) - , _etstsS3Bucket :: !(Maybe Text) - , _etstsDiskImageFormat :: !(Maybe DiskImageFormat) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ExportToS3TaskSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'etstsContainerFormat' --- --- * 'etstsS3Prefix' --- --- * 'etstsS3Bucket' --- --- * 'etstsDiskImageFormat' -exportToS3TaskSpecification - :: ExportToS3TaskSpecification -exportToS3TaskSpecification = - ExportToS3TaskSpecification' - { _etstsContainerFormat = Nothing - , _etstsS3Prefix = Nothing - , _etstsS3Bucket = Nothing - , _etstsDiskImageFormat = Nothing - } - --- | The container format used to combine disk images with metadata (such as OVF). If absent, only the disk image is exported. -etstsContainerFormat :: Lens' ExportToS3TaskSpecification (Maybe ContainerFormat) -etstsContainerFormat = lens _etstsContainerFormat (\ s a -> s{_etstsContainerFormat = a}); - --- | The image is written to a single object in the S3 bucket at the S3 key s3prefix + exportTaskId + \'.\' + diskImageFormat. -etstsS3Prefix :: Lens' ExportToS3TaskSpecification (Maybe Text) -etstsS3Prefix = lens _etstsS3Prefix (\ s a -> s{_etstsS3Prefix = a}); - --- | The S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist and grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the AWS account 'vm-import-export\'amazon.com'. -etstsS3Bucket :: Lens' ExportToS3TaskSpecification (Maybe Text) -etstsS3Bucket = lens _etstsS3Bucket (\ s a -> s{_etstsS3Bucket = a}); - --- | The format for the exported image. -etstsDiskImageFormat :: Lens' ExportToS3TaskSpecification (Maybe DiskImageFormat) -etstsDiskImageFormat = lens _etstsDiskImageFormat (\ s a -> s{_etstsDiskImageFormat = a}); - -instance Hashable ExportToS3TaskSpecification - -instance NFData ExportToS3TaskSpecification - -instance ToQuery ExportToS3TaskSpecification where - toQuery ExportToS3TaskSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - ["ContainerFormat" =: _etstsContainerFormat, - "S3Prefix" =: _etstsS3Prefix, - "S3Bucket" =: _etstsS3Bucket, - "DiskImageFormat" =: _etstsDiskImageFormat] - --- | A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list of results. Filters can be used to match a set of resources by various criteria, such as tags, attributes, or IDs. --- --- /See:/ 'filter'' smart constructor. -data Filter = Filter' - { _fValues :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _fName :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Filter' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'fValues' --- --- * 'fName' -filter' - :: Text -- ^ 'fName' - -> Filter -filter' pName_ = - Filter' - { _fValues = Nothing - , _fName = pName_ - } - --- | One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. -fValues :: Lens' Filter [Text] -fValues = lens _fValues (\ s a -> s{_fValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive. -fName :: Lens' Filter Text -fName = lens _fName (\ s a -> s{_fName = a}); - -instance Hashable Filter - -instance NFData Filter - -instance ToQuery Filter where - toQuery Filter'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery (toQueryList "Value" <$> _fValues), - "Name" =: _fName] - --- | Describes a flow log. --- --- /See:/ 'flowLog' smart constructor. -data FlowLog = FlowLog' - { _flCreationTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _flResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _flFlowLogStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _flTrafficType :: !(Maybe TrafficType) - , _flDeliverLogsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _flDeliverLogsErrorMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _flLogGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _flDeliverLogsPermissionARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _flFlowLogId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'FlowLog' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'flCreationTime' --- --- * 'flResourceId' --- --- * 'flFlowLogStatus' --- --- * 'flTrafficType' --- --- * 'flDeliverLogsStatus' --- --- * 'flDeliverLogsErrorMessage' --- --- * 'flLogGroupName' --- --- * 'flDeliverLogsPermissionARN' --- --- * 'flFlowLogId' -flowLog - :: FlowLog -flowLog = - FlowLog' - { _flCreationTime = Nothing - , _flResourceId = Nothing - , _flFlowLogStatus = Nothing - , _flTrafficType = Nothing - , _flDeliverLogsStatus = Nothing - , _flDeliverLogsErrorMessage = Nothing - , _flLogGroupName = Nothing - , _flDeliverLogsPermissionARN = Nothing - , _flFlowLogId = Nothing - } - --- | The date and time the flow log was created. -flCreationTime :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe UTCTime) -flCreationTime = lens _flCreationTime (\ s a -> s{_flCreationTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The ID of the resource on which the flow log was created. -flResourceId :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) -flResourceId = lens _flResourceId (\ s a -> s{_flResourceId = a}); - --- | The status of the flow log ('ACTIVE'). -flFlowLogStatus :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) -flFlowLogStatus = lens _flFlowLogStatus (\ s a -> s{_flFlowLogStatus = a}); - --- | The type of traffic captured for the flow log. -flTrafficType :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe TrafficType) -flTrafficType = lens _flTrafficType (\ s a -> s{_flTrafficType = a}); - --- | The status of the logs delivery ('SUCCESS' | 'FAILED'). -flDeliverLogsStatus :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) -flDeliverLogsStatus = lens _flDeliverLogsStatus (\ s a -> s{_flDeliverLogsStatus = a}); - --- | Information about the error that occurred. 'Rate limited' indicates that CloudWatch logs throttling has been applied for one or more network interfaces, or that you\'ve reached the limit on the number of CloudWatch Logs log groups that you can create. 'Access error' indicates that the IAM role associated with the flow log does not have sufficient permissions to publish to CloudWatch Logs. 'Unknown error' indicates an internal error. -flDeliverLogsErrorMessage :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) -flDeliverLogsErrorMessage = lens _flDeliverLogsErrorMessage (\ s a -> s{_flDeliverLogsErrorMessage = a}); - --- | The name of the flow log group. -flLogGroupName :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) -flLogGroupName = lens _flLogGroupName (\ s a -> s{_flLogGroupName = a}); - --- | The ARN of the IAM role that posts logs to CloudWatch Logs. -flDeliverLogsPermissionARN :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) -flDeliverLogsPermissionARN = lens _flDeliverLogsPermissionARN (\ s a -> s{_flDeliverLogsPermissionARN = a}); - --- | The flow log ID. -flFlowLogId :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) -flFlowLogId = lens _flFlowLogId (\ s a -> s{_flFlowLogId = a}); - -instance FromXML FlowLog where - parseXML x - = FlowLog' <$> - (x .@? "creationTime") <*> (x .@? "resourceId") <*> - (x .@? "flowLogStatus") - <*> (x .@? "trafficType") - <*> (x .@? "deliverLogsStatus") - <*> (x .@? "deliverLogsErrorMessage") - <*> (x .@? "logGroupName") - <*> (x .@? "deliverLogsPermissionArn") - <*> (x .@? "flowLogId") - -instance Hashable FlowLog - -instance NFData FlowLog - --- | Describes a security group. --- --- /See:/ 'groupIdentifier' smart constructor. -data GroupIdentifier = GroupIdentifier' - { _giGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _giGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'GroupIdentifier' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'giGroupId' --- --- * 'giGroupName' -groupIdentifier - :: GroupIdentifier -groupIdentifier = - GroupIdentifier' - { _giGroupId = Nothing - , _giGroupName = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the security group. -giGroupId :: Lens' GroupIdentifier (Maybe Text) -giGroupId = lens _giGroupId (\ s a -> s{_giGroupId = a}); - --- | The name of the security group. -giGroupName :: Lens' GroupIdentifier (Maybe Text) -giGroupName = lens _giGroupName (\ s a -> s{_giGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML GroupIdentifier where - parseXML x - = GroupIdentifier' <$> - (x .@? "groupId") <*> (x .@? "groupName") - -instance Hashable GroupIdentifier - -instance NFData GroupIdentifier - -instance ToQuery GroupIdentifier where - toQuery GroupIdentifier'{..} - = mconcat - ["GroupId" =: _giGroupId, - "GroupName" =: _giGroupName] - --- | Describes an event in the history of the Spot fleet request. --- --- /See:/ 'historyRecord' smart constructor. -data HistoryRecord = HistoryRecord' - { _hrTimestamp :: !ISO8601 - , _hrEventType :: !EventType - , _hrEventInformation :: !EventInformation - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'HistoryRecord' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'hrTimestamp' --- --- * 'hrEventType' --- --- * 'hrEventInformation' -historyRecord - :: UTCTime -- ^ 'hrTimestamp' - -> EventType -- ^ 'hrEventType' - -> EventInformation -- ^ 'hrEventInformation' - -> HistoryRecord -historyRecord pTimestamp_ pEventType_ pEventInformation_ = - HistoryRecord' - { _hrTimestamp = _Time # pTimestamp_ - , _hrEventType = pEventType_ - , _hrEventInformation = pEventInformation_ - } - --- | The date and time of the event, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). -hrTimestamp :: Lens' HistoryRecord UTCTime -hrTimestamp = lens _hrTimestamp (\ s a -> s{_hrTimestamp = a}) . _Time; - --- | The event type. --- --- - 'error' - Indicates an error with the Spot fleet request. --- --- - 'fleetRequestChange' - Indicates a change in the status or configuration of the Spot fleet request. --- --- - 'instanceChange' - Indicates that an instance was launched or terminated. --- -hrEventType :: Lens' HistoryRecord EventType -hrEventType = lens _hrEventType (\ s a -> s{_hrEventType = a}); - --- | Information about the event. -hrEventInformation :: Lens' HistoryRecord EventInformation -hrEventInformation = lens _hrEventInformation (\ s a -> s{_hrEventInformation = a}); - -instance FromXML HistoryRecord where - parseXML x - = HistoryRecord' <$> - (x .@ "timestamp") <*> (x .@ "eventType") <*> - (x .@ "eventInformation") - -instance Hashable HistoryRecord - -instance NFData HistoryRecord - --- | Describes the properties of the Dedicated Host. --- --- /See:/ 'host' smart constructor. -data Host = Host' - { _hState :: !(Maybe AllocationState) - , _hClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hHostId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hAvailableCapacity :: !(Maybe AvailableCapacity) - , _hHostReservationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hHostProperties :: !(Maybe HostProperties) - , _hAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hInstances :: !(Maybe [HostInstance]) - , _hAutoPlacement :: !(Maybe AutoPlacement) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Host' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'hState' --- --- * 'hClientToken' --- --- * 'hHostId' --- --- * 'hAvailableCapacity' --- --- * 'hHostReservationId' --- --- * 'hHostProperties' --- --- * 'hAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'hInstances' --- --- * 'hAutoPlacement' -host - :: Host -host = - Host' - { _hState = Nothing - , _hClientToken = Nothing - , _hHostId = Nothing - , _hAvailableCapacity = Nothing - , _hHostReservationId = Nothing - , _hHostProperties = Nothing - , _hAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _hInstances = Nothing - , _hAutoPlacement = Nothing - } - --- | The Dedicated Host\'s state. -hState :: Lens' Host (Maybe AllocationState) -hState = lens _hState (\ s a -> s{_hState = a}); - --- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -hClientToken :: Lens' Host (Maybe Text) -hClientToken = lens _hClientToken (\ s a -> s{_hClientToken = a}); - --- | The ID of the Dedicated Host. -hHostId :: Lens' Host (Maybe Text) -hHostId = lens _hHostId (\ s a -> s{_hHostId = a}); - --- | The number of new instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host. -hAvailableCapacity :: Lens' Host (Maybe AvailableCapacity) -hAvailableCapacity = lens _hAvailableCapacity (\ s a -> s{_hAvailableCapacity = a}); - --- | The reservation ID of the Dedicated Host. This returns a 'null' response if the Dedicated Host doesn\'t have an associated reservation. -hHostReservationId :: Lens' Host (Maybe Text) -hHostReservationId = lens _hHostReservationId (\ s a -> s{_hHostReservationId = a}); - --- | The hardware specifications of the Dedicated Host. -hHostProperties :: Lens' Host (Maybe HostProperties) -hHostProperties = lens _hHostProperties (\ s a -> s{_hHostProperties = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone of the Dedicated Host. -hAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Host (Maybe Text) -hAvailabilityZone = lens _hAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_hAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The IDs and instance type that are currently running on the Dedicated Host. -hInstances :: Lens' Host [HostInstance] -hInstances = lens _hInstances (\ s a -> s{_hInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Whether auto-placement is on or off. -hAutoPlacement :: Lens' Host (Maybe AutoPlacement) -hAutoPlacement = lens _hAutoPlacement (\ s a -> s{_hAutoPlacement = a}); - -instance FromXML Host where - parseXML x - = Host' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "clientToken") <*> - (x .@? "hostId") - <*> (x .@? "availableCapacity") - <*> (x .@? "hostReservationId") - <*> (x .@? "hostProperties") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> - (x .@? "instances" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "autoPlacement") - -instance Hashable Host - -instance NFData Host - --- | Describes an instance running on a Dedicated Host. --- --- /See:/ 'hostInstance' smart constructor. -data HostInstance = HostInstance' - { _hiInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hiInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'HostInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'hiInstanceId' --- --- * 'hiInstanceType' -hostInstance - :: HostInstance -hostInstance = - HostInstance' - { _hiInstanceId = Nothing - , _hiInstanceType = Nothing - } - --- | the IDs of instances that are running on the Dedicated Host. -hiInstanceId :: Lens' HostInstance (Maybe Text) -hiInstanceId = lens _hiInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_hiInstanceId = a}); - --- | The instance type size (for example, 'm3.medium') of the running instance. -hiInstanceType :: Lens' HostInstance (Maybe Text) -hiInstanceType = lens _hiInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_hiInstanceType = a}); - -instance FromXML HostInstance where - parseXML x - = HostInstance' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "instanceType") - -instance Hashable HostInstance - -instance NFData HostInstance - --- | Details about the Dedicated Host Reservation offering. --- --- /See:/ 'hostOffering' smart constructor. -data HostOffering = HostOffering' - { _hoInstanceFamily :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hoCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) - , _hoHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hoUpfrontPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hoOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hoDuration :: !(Maybe Int) - , _hoPaymentOption :: !(Maybe PaymentOption) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'HostOffering' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'hoInstanceFamily' --- --- * 'hoCurrencyCode' --- --- * 'hoHourlyPrice' --- --- * 'hoUpfrontPrice' --- --- * 'hoOfferingId' --- --- * 'hoDuration' --- --- * 'hoPaymentOption' -hostOffering - :: HostOffering -hostOffering = - HostOffering' - { _hoInstanceFamily = Nothing - , _hoCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _hoHourlyPrice = Nothing - , _hoUpfrontPrice = Nothing - , _hoOfferingId = Nothing - , _hoDuration = Nothing - , _hoPaymentOption = Nothing - } - --- | The instance family of the offering. -hoInstanceFamily :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Text) -hoInstanceFamily = lens _hoInstanceFamily (\ s a -> s{_hoInstanceFamily = a}); - --- | The currency of the offering. -hoCurrencyCode :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) -hoCurrencyCode = lens _hoCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_hoCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The hourly price of the offering. -hoHourlyPrice :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Text) -hoHourlyPrice = lens _hoHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_hoHourlyPrice = a}); - --- | The upfront price of the offering. Does not apply to No Upfront offerings. -hoUpfrontPrice :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Text) -hoUpfrontPrice = lens _hoUpfrontPrice (\ s a -> s{_hoUpfrontPrice = a}); - --- | The ID of the offering. -hoOfferingId :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Text) -hoOfferingId = lens _hoOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_hoOfferingId = a}); - --- | The duration of the offering (in seconds). -hoDuration :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Int) -hoDuration = lens _hoDuration (\ s a -> s{_hoDuration = a}); - --- | The available payment option. -hoPaymentOption :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe PaymentOption) -hoPaymentOption = lens _hoPaymentOption (\ s a -> s{_hoPaymentOption = a}); - -instance FromXML HostOffering where - parseXML x - = HostOffering' <$> - (x .@? "instanceFamily") <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") - <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") - <*> (x .@? "upfrontPrice") - <*> (x .@? "offeringId") - <*> (x .@? "duration") - <*> (x .@? "paymentOption") - -instance Hashable HostOffering - -instance NFData HostOffering - --- | Describes properties of a Dedicated Host. --- --- /See:/ 'hostProperties' smart constructor. -data HostProperties = HostProperties' - { _hpInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hpTotalVCPUs :: !(Maybe Int) - , _hpCores :: !(Maybe Int) - , _hpSockets :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'HostProperties' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'hpInstanceType' --- --- * 'hpTotalVCPUs' --- --- * 'hpCores' --- --- * 'hpSockets' -hostProperties - :: HostProperties -hostProperties = - HostProperties' - { _hpInstanceType = Nothing - , _hpTotalVCPUs = Nothing - , _hpCores = Nothing - , _hpSockets = Nothing - } - --- | The instance type size that the Dedicated Host supports (for example, 'm3.medium'). -hpInstanceType :: Lens' HostProperties (Maybe Text) -hpInstanceType = lens _hpInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_hpInstanceType = a}); - --- | The number of vCPUs on the Dedicated Host. -hpTotalVCPUs :: Lens' HostProperties (Maybe Int) -hpTotalVCPUs = lens _hpTotalVCPUs (\ s a -> s{_hpTotalVCPUs = a}); - --- | The number of cores on the Dedicated Host. -hpCores :: Lens' HostProperties (Maybe Int) -hpCores = lens _hpCores (\ s a -> s{_hpCores = a}); - --- | The number of sockets on the Dedicated Host. -hpSockets :: Lens' HostProperties (Maybe Int) -hpSockets = lens _hpSockets (\ s a -> s{_hpSockets = a}); - -instance FromXML HostProperties where - parseXML x - = HostProperties' <$> - (x .@? "instanceType") <*> (x .@? "totalVCpus") <*> - (x .@? "cores") - <*> (x .@? "sockets") - -instance Hashable HostProperties - -instance NFData HostProperties - --- | Details about the Dedicated Host Reservation and associated Dedicated Hosts. --- --- /See:/ 'hostReservation' smart constructor. -data HostReservation = HostReservation' - { _hrState :: !(Maybe ReservationState) - , _hrInstanceFamily :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hrCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) - , _hrHostReservationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hrStart :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _hrHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hrCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _hrUpfrontPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hrEnd :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _hrHostIdSet :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _hrOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _hrDuration :: !(Maybe Int) - , _hrPaymentOption :: !(Maybe PaymentOption) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'HostReservation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'hrState' --- --- * 'hrInstanceFamily' --- --- * 'hrCurrencyCode' --- --- * 'hrHostReservationId' --- --- * 'hrStart' --- --- * 'hrHourlyPrice' --- --- * 'hrCount' --- --- * 'hrUpfrontPrice' --- --- * 'hrEnd' --- --- * 'hrHostIdSet' --- --- * 'hrOfferingId' --- --- * 'hrDuration' --- --- * 'hrPaymentOption' -hostReservation - :: HostReservation -hostReservation = - HostReservation' - { _hrState = Nothing - , _hrInstanceFamily = Nothing - , _hrCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _hrHostReservationId = Nothing - , _hrStart = Nothing - , _hrHourlyPrice = Nothing - , _hrCount = Nothing - , _hrUpfrontPrice = Nothing - , _hrEnd = Nothing - , _hrHostIdSet = Nothing - , _hrOfferingId = Nothing - , _hrDuration = Nothing - , _hrPaymentOption = Nothing - } - --- | The state of the reservation. -hrState :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe ReservationState) -hrState = lens _hrState (\ s a -> s{_hrState = a}); - --- | The instance family of the Dedicated Host Reservation. The instance family on the Dedicated Host must be the same in order for it to benefit from the reservation. -hrInstanceFamily :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) -hrInstanceFamily = lens _hrInstanceFamily (\ s a -> s{_hrInstanceFamily = a}); - --- | The currency in which the 'upfrontPrice' and 'hourlyPrice' amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. -hrCurrencyCode :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) -hrCurrencyCode = lens _hrCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_hrCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The ID of the reservation that specifies the associated Dedicated Hosts. -hrHostReservationId :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) -hrHostReservationId = lens _hrHostReservationId (\ s a -> s{_hrHostReservationId = a}); - --- | The date and time that the reservation started. -hrStart :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe UTCTime) -hrStart = lens _hrStart (\ s a -> s{_hrStart = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The hourly price of the reservation. -hrHourlyPrice :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) -hrHourlyPrice = lens _hrHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_hrHourlyPrice = a}); - --- | The number of Dedicated Hosts the reservation is associated with. -hrCount :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Int) -hrCount = lens _hrCount (\ s a -> s{_hrCount = a}); - --- | The upfront price of the reservation. -hrUpfrontPrice :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) -hrUpfrontPrice = lens _hrUpfrontPrice (\ s a -> s{_hrUpfrontPrice = a}); - --- | The date and time that the reservation ends. -hrEnd :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe UTCTime) -hrEnd = lens _hrEnd (\ s a -> s{_hrEnd = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts associated with the reservation. -hrHostIdSet :: Lens' HostReservation [Text] -hrHostIdSet = lens _hrHostIdSet (\ s a -> s{_hrHostIdSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the reservation. This remains the same regardless of which Dedicated Hosts are associated with it. -hrOfferingId :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) -hrOfferingId = lens _hrOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_hrOfferingId = a}); - --- | The length of the reservation\'s term, specified in seconds. Can be '31536000 (1 year)' | '94608000 (3 years)'. -hrDuration :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Int) -hrDuration = lens _hrDuration (\ s a -> s{_hrDuration = a}); - --- | The payment option selected for this reservation. -hrPaymentOption :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe PaymentOption) -hrPaymentOption = lens _hrPaymentOption (\ s a -> s{_hrPaymentOption = a}); - -instance FromXML HostReservation where - parseXML x - = HostReservation' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "instanceFamily") <*> - (x .@? "currencyCode") - <*> (x .@? "hostReservationId") - <*> (x .@? "start") - <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") - <*> (x .@? "count") - <*> (x .@? "upfrontPrice") - <*> (x .@? "end") - <*> - (x .@? "hostIdSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "offeringId") - <*> (x .@? "duration") - <*> (x .@? "paymentOption") - -instance Hashable HostReservation - -instance NFData HostReservation - --- | Describes an IAM instance profile. --- --- /See:/ 'iamInstanceProfile' smart constructor. -data IAMInstanceProfile = IAMInstanceProfile' - { _iapARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iapId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'IAMInstanceProfile' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iapARN' --- --- * 'iapId' -iamInstanceProfile - :: IAMInstanceProfile -iamInstanceProfile = - IAMInstanceProfile' - { _iapARN = Nothing - , _iapId = Nothing - } - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile. -iapARN :: Lens' IAMInstanceProfile (Maybe Text) -iapARN = lens _iapARN (\ s a -> s{_iapARN = a}); - --- | The ID of the instance profile. -iapId :: Lens' IAMInstanceProfile (Maybe Text) -iapId = lens _iapId (\ s a -> s{_iapId = a}); - -instance FromXML IAMInstanceProfile where - parseXML x - = IAMInstanceProfile' <$> - (x .@? "arn") <*> (x .@? "id") - -instance Hashable IAMInstanceProfile - -instance NFData IAMInstanceProfile - --- | Describes an IAM instance profile. --- --- /See:/ 'iamInstanceProfileSpecification' smart constructor. -data IAMInstanceProfileSpecification = IAMInstanceProfileSpecification' - { _iapsARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iapsName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'IAMInstanceProfileSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iapsARN' --- --- * 'iapsName' -iamInstanceProfileSpecification - :: IAMInstanceProfileSpecification -iamInstanceProfileSpecification = - IAMInstanceProfileSpecification' - { _iapsARN = Nothing - , _iapsName = Nothing - } - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile. -iapsARN :: Lens' IAMInstanceProfileSpecification (Maybe Text) -iapsARN = lens _iapsARN (\ s a -> s{_iapsARN = a}); - --- | The name of the instance profile. -iapsName :: Lens' IAMInstanceProfileSpecification (Maybe Text) -iapsName = lens _iapsName (\ s a -> s{_iapsName = a}); - -instance FromXML IAMInstanceProfileSpecification - where - parseXML x - = IAMInstanceProfileSpecification' <$> - (x .@? "arn") <*> (x .@? "name") - -instance Hashable IAMInstanceProfileSpecification - -instance NFData IAMInstanceProfileSpecification - -instance ToQuery IAMInstanceProfileSpecification - where - toQuery IAMInstanceProfileSpecification'{..} - = mconcat ["Arn" =: _iapsARN, "Name" =: _iapsName] - --- | Describes the ICMP type and code. --- --- /See:/ 'icmpTypeCode' smart constructor. -data ICMPTypeCode = ICMPTypeCode' - { _itcCode :: !(Maybe Int) - , _itcType :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ICMPTypeCode' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'itcCode' --- --- * 'itcType' -icmpTypeCode - :: ICMPTypeCode -icmpTypeCode = - ICMPTypeCode' - { _itcCode = Nothing - , _itcType = Nothing - } - --- | The ICMP type. A value of -1 means all types. -itcCode :: Lens' ICMPTypeCode (Maybe Int) -itcCode = lens _itcCode (\ s a -> s{_itcCode = a}); - --- | The ICMP code. A value of -1 means all codes for the specified ICMP type. -itcType :: Lens' ICMPTypeCode (Maybe Int) -itcType = lens _itcType (\ s a -> s{_itcType = a}); - -instance FromXML ICMPTypeCode where - parseXML x - = ICMPTypeCode' <$> (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "type") - -instance Hashable ICMPTypeCode - -instance NFData ICMPTypeCode - -instance ToQuery ICMPTypeCode where - toQuery ICMPTypeCode'{..} - = mconcat ["Code" =: _itcCode, "Type" =: _itcType] - --- | Describes a security group rule. --- --- /See:/ 'ipPermission' smart constructor. -data IPPermission = IPPermission' - { _ipFromPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _ipUserIdGroupPairs :: !(Maybe [UserIdGroupPair]) - , _ipPrefixListIds :: !(Maybe [PrefixListId]) - , _ipToPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _ipIPRanges :: !(Maybe [IPRange]) - , _ipIPProtocol :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'IPPermission' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ipFromPort' --- --- * 'ipUserIdGroupPairs' --- --- * 'ipPrefixListIds' --- --- * 'ipToPort' --- --- * 'ipIPRanges' --- --- * 'ipIPProtocol' -ipPermission - :: Text -- ^ 'ipIPProtocol' - -> IPPermission -ipPermission pIPProtocol_ = - IPPermission' - { _ipFromPort = Nothing - , _ipUserIdGroupPairs = Nothing - , _ipPrefixListIds = Nothing - , _ipToPort = Nothing - , _ipIPRanges = Nothing - , _ipIPProtocol = pIPProtocol_ - } - --- | The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of '-1' indicates all ICMP types. -ipFromPort :: Lens' IPPermission (Maybe Int) -ipFromPort = lens _ipFromPort (\ s a -> s{_ipFromPort = a}); - --- | One or more security group and AWS account ID pairs. -ipUserIdGroupPairs :: Lens' IPPermission [UserIdGroupPair] -ipUserIdGroupPairs = lens _ipUserIdGroupPairs (\ s a -> s{_ipUserIdGroupPairs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | (Valid for < AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress>, < RevokeSecurityGroupEgress> and < DescribeSecurityGroups> only) One or more prefix list IDs for an AWS service. In an < AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress> request, this is the AWS service that you want to access through a VPC endpoint from instances associated with the security group. -ipPrefixListIds :: Lens' IPPermission [PrefixListId] -ipPrefixListIds = lens _ipPrefixListIds (\ s a -> s{_ipPrefixListIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP code. A value of '-1' indicates all ICMP codes for the specified ICMP type. -ipToPort :: Lens' IPPermission (Maybe Int) -ipToPort = lens _ipToPort (\ s a -> s{_ipToPort = a}); - --- | One or more IP ranges. -ipIPRanges :: Lens' IPPermission [IPRange] -ipIPRanges = lens _ipIPRanges (\ s a -> s{_ipIPRanges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The IP protocol name (for 'tcp', 'udp', and 'icmp') or number (see ). --- --- [EC2-VPC only] When you authorize or revoke security group rules, you can use '-1' to specify all. -ipIPProtocol :: Lens' IPPermission Text -ipIPProtocol = lens _ipIPProtocol (\ s a -> s{_ipIPProtocol = a}); - -instance FromXML IPPermission where - parseXML x - = IPPermission' <$> - (x .@? "fromPort") <*> - (x .@? "groups" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "prefixListIds" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "toPort") - <*> - (x .@? "ipRanges" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "ipProtocol") - -instance Hashable IPPermission - -instance NFData IPPermission - -instance ToQuery IPPermission where - toQuery IPPermission'{..} - = mconcat - ["FromPort" =: _ipFromPort, - toQuery - (toQueryList "Groups" <$> _ipUserIdGroupPairs), - toQuery - (toQueryList "PrefixListIds" <$> _ipPrefixListIds), - "ToPort" =: _ipToPort, - toQuery (toQueryList "IpRanges" <$> _ipIPRanges), - "IpProtocol" =: _ipIPProtocol] - --- | Describes an IP range. --- --- /See:/ 'ipRange' smart constructor. -newtype IPRange = IPRange' - { _irCIdRIP :: Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'IPRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'irCIdRIP' -ipRange - :: Text -- ^ 'irCIdRIP' - -> IPRange -ipRange pCIdRIP_ = - IPRange' - { _irCIdRIP = pCIdRIP_ - } - --- | The CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. -irCIdRIP :: Lens' IPRange Text -irCIdRIP = lens _irCIdRIP (\ s a -> s{_irCIdRIP = a}); - -instance FromXML IPRange where - parseXML x = IPRange' <$> (x .@ "cidrIp") - -instance Hashable IPRange - -instance NFData IPRange - -instance ToQuery IPRange where - toQuery IPRange'{..} - = mconcat ["CidrIp" =: _irCIdRIP] - --- | Describes the ID format for a resource. --- --- /See:/ 'idFormat' smart constructor. -data IdFormat = IdFormat' - { _ifUseLongIds :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ifDeadline :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _ifResource :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'IdFormat' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ifUseLongIds' --- --- * 'ifDeadline' --- --- * 'ifResource' -idFormat - :: IdFormat -idFormat = - IdFormat' - { _ifUseLongIds = Nothing - , _ifDeadline = Nothing - , _ifResource = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether longer IDs (17-character IDs) are enabled for the resource. -ifUseLongIds :: Lens' IdFormat (Maybe Bool) -ifUseLongIds = lens _ifUseLongIds (\ s a -> s{_ifUseLongIds = a}); - --- | The date in UTC at which you are permanently switched over to using longer IDs. If a deadline is not yet available for this resource type, this field is not returned. -ifDeadline :: Lens' IdFormat (Maybe UTCTime) -ifDeadline = lens _ifDeadline (\ s a -> s{_ifDeadline = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The type of resource. -ifResource :: Lens' IdFormat (Maybe Text) -ifResource = lens _ifResource (\ s a -> s{_ifResource = a}); - -instance FromXML IdFormat where - parseXML x - = IdFormat' <$> - (x .@? "useLongIds") <*> (x .@? "deadline") <*> - (x .@? "resource") - -instance Hashable IdFormat - -instance NFData IdFormat - --- | Describes an image. --- --- /See:/ 'image' smart constructor. -data Image = Image' - { _iPlatform :: !(Maybe PlatformValues) - , _iEnaSupport :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _iImageOwnerAlias :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iRootDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iSRIOVNetSupport :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iCreationDate :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iProductCodes :: !(Maybe [ProductCode]) - , _iStateReason :: !(Maybe StateReason) - , _iDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) - , _iTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _iImageId :: !Text - , _iImageLocation :: !Text - , _iState :: !ImageState - , _iOwnerId :: !Text - , _iPublic :: !Bool - , _iArchitecture :: !ArchitectureValues - , _iImageType :: !ImageTypeValues - , _iRootDeviceType :: !DeviceType - , _iVirtualizationType :: !VirtualizationType - , _iHypervisor :: !HypervisorType - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Image' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iPlatform' --- --- * 'iEnaSupport' --- --- * 'iImageOwnerAlias' --- --- * 'iRAMDiskId' --- --- * 'iKernelId' --- --- * 'iRootDeviceName' --- --- * 'iSRIOVNetSupport' --- --- * 'iName' --- --- * 'iCreationDate' --- --- * 'iProductCodes' --- --- * 'iStateReason' --- --- * 'iDescription' --- --- * 'iBlockDeviceMappings' --- --- * 'iTags' --- --- * 'iImageId' --- --- * 'iImageLocation' --- --- * 'iState' --- --- * 'iOwnerId' --- --- * 'iPublic' --- --- * 'iArchitecture' --- --- * 'iImageType' --- --- * 'iRootDeviceType' --- --- * 'iVirtualizationType' --- --- * 'iHypervisor' -image - :: Text -- ^ 'iImageId' - -> Text -- ^ 'iImageLocation' - -> ImageState -- ^ 'iState' - -> Text -- ^ 'iOwnerId' - -> Bool -- ^ 'iPublic' - -> ArchitectureValues -- ^ 'iArchitecture' - -> ImageTypeValues -- ^ 'iImageType' - -> DeviceType -- ^ 'iRootDeviceType' - -> VirtualizationType -- ^ 'iVirtualizationType' - -> HypervisorType -- ^ 'iHypervisor' - -> Image -image pImageId_ pImageLocation_ pState_ pOwnerId_ pPublic_ pArchitecture_ pImageType_ pRootDeviceType_ pVirtualizationType_ pHypervisor_ = - Image' - { _iPlatform = Nothing - , _iEnaSupport = Nothing - , _iImageOwnerAlias = Nothing - , _iRAMDiskId = Nothing - , _iKernelId = Nothing - , _iRootDeviceName = Nothing - , _iSRIOVNetSupport = Nothing - , _iName = Nothing - , _iCreationDate = Nothing - , _iProductCodes = Nothing - , _iStateReason = Nothing - , _iDescription = Nothing - , _iBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing - , _iTags = Nothing - , _iImageId = pImageId_ - , _iImageLocation = pImageLocation_ - , _iState = pState_ - , _iOwnerId = pOwnerId_ - , _iPublic = pPublic_ - , _iArchitecture = pArchitecture_ - , _iImageType = pImageType_ - , _iRootDeviceType = pRootDeviceType_ - , _iVirtualizationType = pVirtualizationType_ - , _iHypervisor = pHypervisor_ - } - --- | The value is 'Windows' for Windows AMIs; otherwise blank. -iPlatform :: Lens' Image (Maybe PlatformValues) -iPlatform = lens _iPlatform (\ s a -> s{_iPlatform = a}); - --- | Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. -iEnaSupport :: Lens' Image (Maybe Bool) -iEnaSupport = lens _iEnaSupport (\ s a -> s{_iEnaSupport = a}); - --- | The AWS account alias (for example, 'amazon', 'self') or the AWS account ID of the AMI owner. -iImageOwnerAlias :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) -iImageOwnerAlias = lens _iImageOwnerAlias (\ s a -> s{_iImageOwnerAlias = a}); - --- | The RAM disk associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine images. -iRAMDiskId :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) -iRAMDiskId = lens _iRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_iRAMDiskId = a}); - --- | The kernel associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine images. -iKernelId :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) -iKernelId = lens _iKernelId (\ s a -> s{_iKernelId = a}); - --- | The device name of the root device (for example, '\/dev\/sda1' or '\/dev\/xvda'). -iRootDeviceName :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) -iRootDeviceName = lens _iRootDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_iRootDeviceName = a}); - --- | Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface is enabled. -iSRIOVNetSupport :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) -iSRIOVNetSupport = lens _iSRIOVNetSupport (\ s a -> s{_iSRIOVNetSupport = a}); - --- | The name of the AMI that was provided during image creation. -iName :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) -iName = lens _iName (\ s a -> s{_iName = a}); - --- | The date and time the image was created. -iCreationDate :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) -iCreationDate = lens _iCreationDate (\ s a -> s{_iCreationDate = a}); - --- | Any product codes associated with the AMI. -iProductCodes :: Lens' Image [ProductCode] -iProductCodes = lens _iProductCodes (\ s a -> s{_iProductCodes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The reason for the state change. -iStateReason :: Lens' Image (Maybe StateReason) -iStateReason = lens _iStateReason (\ s a -> s{_iStateReason = a}); - --- | The description of the AMI that was provided during image creation. -iDescription :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) -iDescription = lens _iDescription (\ s a -> s{_iDescription = a}); - --- | Any block device mapping entries. -iBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' Image [BlockDeviceMapping] -iBlockDeviceMappings = lens _iBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_iBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Any tags assigned to the image. -iTags :: Lens' Image [Tag] -iTags = lens _iTags (\ s a -> s{_iTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the AMI. -iImageId :: Lens' Image Text -iImageId = lens _iImageId (\ s a -> s{_iImageId = a}); - --- | The location of the AMI. -iImageLocation :: Lens' Image Text -iImageLocation = lens _iImageLocation (\ s a -> s{_iImageLocation = a}); - --- | The current state of the AMI. If the state is 'available', the image is successfully registered and can be used to launch an instance. -iState :: Lens' Image ImageState -iState = lens _iState (\ s a -> s{_iState = a}); - --- | The AWS account ID of the image owner. -iOwnerId :: Lens' Image Text -iOwnerId = lens _iOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_iOwnerId = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the image has public launch permissions. The value is 'true' if this image has public launch permissions or 'false' if it has only implicit and explicit launch permissions. -iPublic :: Lens' Image Bool -iPublic = lens _iPublic (\ s a -> s{_iPublic = a}); - --- | The architecture of the image. -iArchitecture :: Lens' Image ArchitectureValues -iArchitecture = lens _iArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_iArchitecture = a}); - --- | The type of image. -iImageType :: Lens' Image ImageTypeValues -iImageType = lens _iImageType (\ s a -> s{_iImageType = a}); - --- | The type of root device used by the AMI. The AMI can use an EBS volume or an instance store volume. -iRootDeviceType :: Lens' Image DeviceType -iRootDeviceType = lens _iRootDeviceType (\ s a -> s{_iRootDeviceType = a}); - --- | The type of virtualization of the AMI. -iVirtualizationType :: Lens' Image VirtualizationType -iVirtualizationType = lens _iVirtualizationType (\ s a -> s{_iVirtualizationType = a}); - --- | The hypervisor type of the image. -iHypervisor :: Lens' Image HypervisorType -iHypervisor = lens _iHypervisor (\ s a -> s{_iHypervisor = a}); - -instance FromXML Image where - parseXML x - = Image' <$> - (x .@? "platform") <*> (x .@? "enaSupport") <*> - (x .@? "imageOwnerAlias") - <*> (x .@? "ramdiskId") - <*> (x .@? "kernelId") - <*> (x .@? "rootDeviceName") - <*> (x .@? "sriovNetSupport") - <*> (x .@? "name") - <*> (x .@? "creationDate") - <*> - (x .@? "productCodes" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "stateReason") - <*> (x .@? "description") - <*> - (x .@? "blockDeviceMapping" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "imageId") - <*> (x .@ "imageLocation") - <*> (x .@ "imageState") - <*> (x .@ "imageOwnerId") - <*> (x .@ "isPublic") - <*> (x .@ "architecture") - <*> (x .@ "imageType") - <*> (x .@ "rootDeviceType") - <*> (x .@ "virtualizationType") - <*> (x .@ "hypervisor") - -instance Hashable Image - -instance NFData Image - --- | Describes the disk container object for an import image task. --- --- /See:/ 'imageDiskContainer' smart constructor. -data ImageDiskContainer = ImageDiskContainer' - { _idcFormat :: !(Maybe Text) - , _idcURL :: !(Maybe Text) - , _idcDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _idcUserBucket :: !(Maybe UserBucket) - , _idcDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _idcSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ImageDiskContainer' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'idcFormat' --- --- * 'idcURL' --- --- * 'idcDeviceName' --- --- * 'idcUserBucket' --- --- * 'idcDescription' --- --- * 'idcSnapshotId' -imageDiskContainer - :: ImageDiskContainer -imageDiskContainer = - ImageDiskContainer' - { _idcFormat = Nothing - , _idcURL = Nothing - , _idcDeviceName = Nothing - , _idcUserBucket = Nothing - , _idcDescription = Nothing - , _idcSnapshotId = Nothing - } - --- | The format of the disk image being imported. --- --- Valid values: 'RAW' | 'VHD' | 'VMDK' | 'OVA' -idcFormat :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) -idcFormat = lens _idcFormat (\ s a -> s{_idcFormat = a}); - --- | The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. The URL can either be a https URL (https:\/\/..) or an Amazon S3 URL (s3:\/\/..) -idcURL :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) -idcURL = lens _idcURL (\ s a -> s{_idcURL = a}); - --- | The block device mapping for the disk. -idcDeviceName :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) -idcDeviceName = lens _idcDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_idcDeviceName = a}); - --- | The S3 bucket for the disk image. -idcUserBucket :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe UserBucket) -idcUserBucket = lens _idcUserBucket (\ s a -> s{_idcUserBucket = a}); - --- | The description of the disk image. -idcDescription :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) -idcDescription = lens _idcDescription (\ s a -> s{_idcDescription = a}); - --- | The ID of the EBS snapshot to be used for importing the snapshot. -idcSnapshotId :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) -idcSnapshotId = lens _idcSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_idcSnapshotId = a}); - -instance Hashable ImageDiskContainer - -instance NFData ImageDiskContainer - -instance ToQuery ImageDiskContainer where - toQuery ImageDiskContainer'{..} - = mconcat - ["Format" =: _idcFormat, "Url" =: _idcURL, - "DeviceName" =: _idcDeviceName, - "UserBucket" =: _idcUserBucket, - "Description" =: _idcDescription, - "SnapshotId" =: _idcSnapshotId] - --- | Describes an import image task. --- --- /See:/ 'importImageTask' smart constructor. -data ImportImageTask = ImportImageTask' - { _iitStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitHypervisor :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitProgress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitLicenseType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitSnapshotDetails :: !(Maybe [SnapshotDetail]) - , _iitStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitImageId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitImportTaskId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitArchitecture :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ImportImageTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iitStatus' --- --- * 'iitHypervisor' --- --- * 'iitPlatform' --- --- * 'iitProgress' --- --- * 'iitLicenseType' --- --- * 'iitSnapshotDetails' --- --- * 'iitStatusMessage' --- --- * 'iitImageId' --- --- * 'iitImportTaskId' --- --- * 'iitArchitecture' --- --- * 'iitDescription' -importImageTask - :: ImportImageTask -importImageTask = - ImportImageTask' - { _iitStatus = Nothing - , _iitHypervisor = Nothing - , _iitPlatform = Nothing - , _iitProgress = Nothing - , _iitLicenseType = Nothing - , _iitSnapshotDetails = Nothing - , _iitStatusMessage = Nothing - , _iitImageId = Nothing - , _iitImportTaskId = Nothing - , _iitArchitecture = Nothing - , _iitDescription = Nothing - } - --- | A brief status for the import image task. -iitStatus :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitStatus = lens _iitStatus (\ s a -> s{_iitStatus = a}); - --- | The target hypervisor for the import task. --- --- Valid values: 'xen' -iitHypervisor :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitHypervisor = lens _iitHypervisor (\ s a -> s{_iitHypervisor = a}); - --- | The description string for the import image task. -iitPlatform :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitPlatform = lens _iitPlatform (\ s a -> s{_iitPlatform = a}); - --- | The percentage of progress of the import image task. -iitProgress :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitProgress = lens _iitProgress (\ s a -> s{_iitProgress = a}); - --- | The license type of the virtual machine. -iitLicenseType :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitLicenseType = lens _iitLicenseType (\ s a -> s{_iitLicenseType = a}); - --- | Information about the snapshots. -iitSnapshotDetails :: Lens' ImportImageTask [SnapshotDetail] -iitSnapshotDetails = lens _iitSnapshotDetails (\ s a -> s{_iitSnapshotDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | A descriptive status message for the import image task. -iitStatusMessage :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitStatusMessage = lens _iitStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_iitStatusMessage = a}); - --- | The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the imported virtual machine. -iitImageId :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitImageId = lens _iitImageId (\ s a -> s{_iitImageId = a}); - --- | The ID of the import image task. -iitImportTaskId :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitImportTaskId = lens _iitImportTaskId (\ s a -> s{_iitImportTaskId = a}); - --- | The architecture of the virtual machine. --- --- Valid values: 'i386' | 'x86_64' -iitArchitecture :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitArchitecture = lens _iitArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_iitArchitecture = a}); - --- | A description of the import task. -iitDescription :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) -iitDescription = lens _iitDescription (\ s a -> s{_iitDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML ImportImageTask where - parseXML x - = ImportImageTask' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "hypervisor") <*> - (x .@? "platform") - <*> (x .@? "progress") - <*> (x .@? "licenseType") - <*> - (x .@? "snapshotDetailSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") - <*> (x .@? "imageId") - <*> (x .@? "importTaskId") - <*> (x .@? "architecture") - <*> (x .@? "description") - -instance Hashable ImportImageTask - -instance NFData ImportImageTask - --- | Describes the launch specification for VM import. --- --- /See:/ 'importInstanceLaunchSpecification' smart constructor. -data ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification = ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification' - { _iilsAdditionalInfo :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iilsGroupNames :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _iilsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iilsInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) - , _iilsGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _iilsUserData :: !(Maybe UserData) - , _iilsMonitoring :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _iilsPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior :: !(Maybe ShutdownBehavior) - , _iilsArchitecture :: !(Maybe ArchitectureValues) - , _iilsPlacement :: !(Maybe Placement) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iilsAdditionalInfo' --- --- * 'iilsGroupNames' --- --- * 'iilsSubnetId' --- --- * 'iilsInstanceType' --- --- * 'iilsGroupIds' --- --- * 'iilsUserData' --- --- * 'iilsMonitoring' --- --- * 'iilsPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' --- --- * 'iilsArchitecture' --- --- * 'iilsPlacement' -importInstanceLaunchSpecification - :: ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification -importInstanceLaunchSpecification = - ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification' - { _iilsAdditionalInfo = Nothing - , _iilsGroupNames = Nothing - , _iilsSubnetId = Nothing - , _iilsInstanceType = Nothing - , _iilsGroupIds = Nothing - , _iilsUserData = Nothing - , _iilsMonitoring = Nothing - , _iilsPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = Nothing - , _iilsArchitecture = Nothing - , _iilsPlacement = Nothing - } - --- | Reserved. -iilsAdditionalInfo :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -iilsAdditionalInfo = lens _iilsAdditionalInfo (\ s a -> s{_iilsAdditionalInfo = a}); - --- | One or more security group names. -iilsGroupNames :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification [Text] -iilsGroupNames = lens _iilsGroupNames (\ s a -> s{_iilsGroupNames = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. -iilsSubnetId :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -iilsSubnetId = lens _iilsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_iilsSubnetId = a}); - --- | The instance type. For more information about the instance types that you can import, see in the VM Import\/Export User Guide. -iilsInstanceType :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe InstanceType) -iilsInstanceType = lens _iilsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_iilsInstanceType = a}); - --- | One or more security group IDs. -iilsGroupIds :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification [Text] -iilsGroupIds = lens _iilsGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_iilsGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The user data to make available to the instance. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. -iilsUserData :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe UserData) -iilsUserData = lens _iilsUserData (\ s a -> s{_iilsUserData = a}); - --- | Indicates whether monitoring is enabled. -iilsMonitoring :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) -iilsMonitoring = lens _iilsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_iilsMonitoring = a}); - --- | [EC2-VPC] An available IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. -iilsPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -iilsPrivateIPAddress = lens _iilsPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_iilsPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). -iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe ShutdownBehavior) -iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = lens _iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior (\ s a -> s{_iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = a}); - --- | The architecture of the instance. -iilsArchitecture :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe ArchitectureValues) -iilsArchitecture = lens _iilsArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_iilsArchitecture = a}); - --- | The placement information for the instance. -iilsPlacement :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Placement) -iilsPlacement = lens _iilsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_iilsPlacement = a}); - -instance Hashable ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification - -instance NFData ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification - -instance ToQuery ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification - where - toQuery ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - ["AdditionalInfo" =: _iilsAdditionalInfo, - toQuery - (toQueryList "GroupName" <$> _iilsGroupNames), - "SubnetId" =: _iilsSubnetId, - "InstanceType" =: _iilsInstanceType, - toQuery (toQueryList "GroupId" <$> _iilsGroupIds), - "UserData" =: _iilsUserData, - "Monitoring" =: _iilsMonitoring, - "PrivateIpAddress" =: _iilsPrivateIPAddress, - "InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" =: - _iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior, - "Architecture" =: _iilsArchitecture, - "Placement" =: _iilsPlacement] - --- | Describes an import instance task. --- --- /See:/ 'importInstanceTaskDetails' smart constructor. -data ImportInstanceTaskDetails = ImportInstanceTaskDetails' - { _iitdInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitdPlatform :: !(Maybe PlatformValues) - , _iitdDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iitdVolumes :: ![ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem] - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ImportInstanceTaskDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iitdInstanceId' --- --- * 'iitdPlatform' --- --- * 'iitdDescription' --- --- * 'iitdVolumes' -importInstanceTaskDetails - :: ImportInstanceTaskDetails -importInstanceTaskDetails = - ImportInstanceTaskDetails' - { _iitdInstanceId = Nothing - , _iitdPlatform = Nothing - , _iitdDescription = Nothing - , _iitdVolumes = mempty - } - --- | The ID of the instance. -iitdInstanceId :: Lens' ImportInstanceTaskDetails (Maybe Text) -iitdInstanceId = lens _iitdInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_iitdInstanceId = a}); - --- | The instance operating system. -iitdPlatform :: Lens' ImportInstanceTaskDetails (Maybe PlatformValues) -iitdPlatform = lens _iitdPlatform (\ s a -> s{_iitdPlatform = a}); - --- | A description of the task. -iitdDescription :: Lens' ImportInstanceTaskDetails (Maybe Text) -iitdDescription = lens _iitdDescription (\ s a -> s{_iitdDescription = a}); - --- | One or more volumes. -iitdVolumes :: Lens' ImportInstanceTaskDetails [ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem] -iitdVolumes = lens _iitdVolumes (\ s a -> s{_iitdVolumes = a}) . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML ImportInstanceTaskDetails where - parseXML x - = ImportInstanceTaskDetails' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "platform") <*> - (x .@? "description") - <*> - (x .@? "volumes" .!@ mempty >>= parseXMLList "item") - -instance Hashable ImportInstanceTaskDetails - -instance NFData ImportInstanceTaskDetails - --- | Describes an import volume task. --- --- /See:/ 'importInstanceVolumeDetailItem' smart constructor. -data ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem = ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem' - { _iivdiStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iivdiDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iivdiBytesConverted :: !Integer - , _iivdiAvailabilityZone :: !Text - , _iivdiImage :: !DiskImageDescription - , _iivdiVolume :: !DiskImageVolumeDescription - , _iivdiStatus :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iivdiStatusMessage' --- --- * 'iivdiDescription' --- --- * 'iivdiBytesConverted' --- --- * 'iivdiAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'iivdiImage' --- --- * 'iivdiVolume' --- --- * 'iivdiStatus' -importInstanceVolumeDetailItem - :: Integer -- ^ 'iivdiBytesConverted' - -> Text -- ^ 'iivdiAvailabilityZone' - -> DiskImageDescription -- ^ 'iivdiImage' - -> DiskImageVolumeDescription -- ^ 'iivdiVolume' - -> Text -- ^ 'iivdiStatus' - -> ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem -importInstanceVolumeDetailItem pBytesConverted_ pAvailabilityZone_ pImage_ pVolume_ pStatus_ = - ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem' - { _iivdiStatusMessage = Nothing - , _iivdiDescription = Nothing - , _iivdiBytesConverted = pBytesConverted_ - , _iivdiAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ - , _iivdiImage = pImage_ - , _iivdiVolume = pVolume_ - , _iivdiStatus = pStatus_ - } - --- | The status information or errors related to the disk image. -iivdiStatusMessage :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem (Maybe Text) -iivdiStatusMessage = lens _iivdiStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_iivdiStatusMessage = a}); - --- | A description of the task. -iivdiDescription :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem (Maybe Text) -iivdiDescription = lens _iivdiDescription (\ s a -> s{_iivdiDescription = a}); - --- | The number of bytes converted so far. -iivdiBytesConverted :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem Integer -iivdiBytesConverted = lens _iivdiBytesConverted (\ s a -> s{_iivdiBytesConverted = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone where the resulting instance will reside. -iivdiAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem Text -iivdiAvailabilityZone = lens _iivdiAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_iivdiAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The image. -iivdiImage :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem DiskImageDescription -iivdiImage = lens _iivdiImage (\ s a -> s{_iivdiImage = a}); - --- | The volume. -iivdiVolume :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem DiskImageVolumeDescription -iivdiVolume = lens _iivdiVolume (\ s a -> s{_iivdiVolume = a}); - --- | The status of the import of this particular disk image. -iivdiStatus :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem Text -iivdiStatus = lens _iivdiStatus (\ s a -> s{_iivdiStatus = a}); - -instance FromXML ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem where - parseXML x - = ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem' <$> - (x .@? "statusMessage") <*> (x .@? "description") <*> - (x .@ "bytesConverted") - <*> (x .@ "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@ "image") - <*> (x .@ "volume") - <*> (x .@ "status") - -instance Hashable ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem - -instance NFData ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem - --- | Describes an import snapshot task. --- --- /See:/ 'importSnapshotTask' smart constructor. -data ImportSnapshotTask = ImportSnapshotTask' - { _istSnapshotTaskDetail :: !(Maybe SnapshotTaskDetail) - , _istImportTaskId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _istDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ImportSnapshotTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'istSnapshotTaskDetail' --- --- * 'istImportTaskId' --- --- * 'istDescription' -importSnapshotTask - :: ImportSnapshotTask -importSnapshotTask = - ImportSnapshotTask' - { _istSnapshotTaskDetail = Nothing - , _istImportTaskId = Nothing - , _istDescription = Nothing - } - --- | Describes an import snapshot task. -istSnapshotTaskDetail :: Lens' ImportSnapshotTask (Maybe SnapshotTaskDetail) -istSnapshotTaskDetail = lens _istSnapshotTaskDetail (\ s a -> s{_istSnapshotTaskDetail = a}); - --- | The ID of the import snapshot task. -istImportTaskId :: Lens' ImportSnapshotTask (Maybe Text) -istImportTaskId = lens _istImportTaskId (\ s a -> s{_istImportTaskId = a}); - --- | A description of the import snapshot task. -istDescription :: Lens' ImportSnapshotTask (Maybe Text) -istDescription = lens _istDescription (\ s a -> s{_istDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML ImportSnapshotTask where - parseXML x - = ImportSnapshotTask' <$> - (x .@? "snapshotTaskDetail") <*> - (x .@? "importTaskId") - <*> (x .@? "description") - -instance Hashable ImportSnapshotTask - -instance NFData ImportSnapshotTask - --- | Describes an import volume task. --- --- /See:/ 'importVolumeTaskDetails' smart constructor. -data ImportVolumeTaskDetails = ImportVolumeTaskDetails' - { _ivtdDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ivtdBytesConverted :: !Integer - , _ivtdAvailabilityZone :: !Text - , _ivtdImage :: !DiskImageDescription - , _ivtdVolume :: !DiskImageVolumeDescription - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ImportVolumeTaskDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ivtdDescription' --- --- * 'ivtdBytesConverted' --- --- * 'ivtdAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'ivtdImage' --- --- * 'ivtdVolume' -importVolumeTaskDetails - :: Integer -- ^ 'ivtdBytesConverted' - -> Text -- ^ 'ivtdAvailabilityZone' - -> DiskImageDescription -- ^ 'ivtdImage' - -> DiskImageVolumeDescription -- ^ 'ivtdVolume' - -> ImportVolumeTaskDetails -importVolumeTaskDetails pBytesConverted_ pAvailabilityZone_ pImage_ pVolume_ = - ImportVolumeTaskDetails' - { _ivtdDescription = Nothing - , _ivtdBytesConverted = pBytesConverted_ - , _ivtdAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ - , _ivtdImage = pImage_ - , _ivtdVolume = pVolume_ - } - --- | The description you provided when starting the import volume task. -ivtdDescription :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails (Maybe Text) -ivtdDescription = lens _ivtdDescription (\ s a -> s{_ivtdDescription = a}); - --- | The number of bytes converted so far. -ivtdBytesConverted :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails Integer -ivtdBytesConverted = lens _ivtdBytesConverted (\ s a -> s{_ivtdBytesConverted = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone where the resulting volume will reside. -ivtdAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails Text -ivtdAvailabilityZone = lens _ivtdAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_ivtdAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The image. -ivtdImage :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails DiskImageDescription -ivtdImage = lens _ivtdImage (\ s a -> s{_ivtdImage = a}); - --- | The volume. -ivtdVolume :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails DiskImageVolumeDescription -ivtdVolume = lens _ivtdVolume (\ s a -> s{_ivtdVolume = a}); - -instance FromXML ImportVolumeTaskDetails where - parseXML x - = ImportVolumeTaskDetails' <$> - (x .@? "description") <*> (x .@ "bytesConverted") <*> - (x .@ "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@ "image") - <*> (x .@ "volume") - -instance Hashable ImportVolumeTaskDetails - -instance NFData ImportVolumeTaskDetails - --- | Describes an instance. --- --- /See:/ 'instance'' smart constructor. -data Instance = Instance' - { _insPublicDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insPlatform :: !(Maybe PlatformValues) - , _insSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) - , _insClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insEnaSupport :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _insSourceDestCheck :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _insVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [InstanceNetworkInterface]) - , _insRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insRootDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insSRIOVNetSupport :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _insStateTransitionReason :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insInstanceLifecycle :: !(Maybe InstanceLifecycleType) - , _insIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfile) - , _insPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insProductCodes :: !(Maybe [ProductCode]) - , _insSpotInstanceRequestId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insStateReason :: !(Maybe StateReason) - , _insBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [InstanceBlockDeviceMapping]) - , _insPublicIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _insTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _insInstanceId :: !Text - , _insImageId :: !Text - , _insAMILaunchIndex :: !Int - , _insInstanceType :: !InstanceType - , _insLaunchTime :: !ISO8601 - , _insPlacement :: !Placement - , _insMonitoring :: !Monitoring - , _insArchitecture :: !ArchitectureValues - , _insRootDeviceType :: !DeviceType - , _insVirtualizationType :: !VirtualizationType - , _insHypervisor :: !HypervisorType - , _insState :: !InstanceState - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Instance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'insPublicDNSName' --- --- * 'insPlatform' --- --- * 'insSecurityGroups' --- --- * 'insClientToken' --- --- * 'insEnaSupport' --- --- * 'insSourceDestCheck' --- --- * 'insVPCId' --- --- * 'insKeyName' --- --- * 'insNetworkInterfaces' --- --- * 'insRAMDiskId' --- --- * 'insSubnetId' --- --- * 'insKernelId' --- --- * 'insRootDeviceName' --- --- * 'insSRIOVNetSupport' --- --- * 'insEBSOptimized' --- --- * 'insStateTransitionReason' --- --- * 'insInstanceLifecycle' --- --- * 'insIAMInstanceProfile' --- --- * 'insPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'insProductCodes' --- --- * 'insSpotInstanceRequestId' --- --- * 'insPrivateDNSName' --- --- * 'insStateReason' --- --- * 'insBlockDeviceMappings' --- --- * 'insPublicIPAddress' --- --- * 'insTags' --- --- * 'insInstanceId' --- --- * 'insImageId' --- --- * 'insAMILaunchIndex' --- --- * 'insInstanceType' --- --- * 'insLaunchTime' --- --- * 'insPlacement' --- --- * 'insMonitoring' --- --- * 'insArchitecture' --- --- * 'insRootDeviceType' --- --- * 'insVirtualizationType' --- --- * 'insHypervisor' --- --- * 'insState' -instance' - :: Text -- ^ 'insInstanceId' - -> Text -- ^ 'insImageId' - -> Int -- ^ 'insAMILaunchIndex' - -> InstanceType -- ^ 'insInstanceType' - -> UTCTime -- ^ 'insLaunchTime' - -> Placement -- ^ 'insPlacement' - -> Monitoring -- ^ 'insMonitoring' - -> ArchitectureValues -- ^ 'insArchitecture' - -> DeviceType -- ^ 'insRootDeviceType' - -> VirtualizationType -- ^ 'insVirtualizationType' - -> HypervisorType -- ^ 'insHypervisor' - -> InstanceState -- ^ 'insState' - -> Instance -instance' pInstanceId_ pImageId_ pAMILaunchIndex_ pInstanceType_ pLaunchTime_ pPlacement_ pMonitoring_ pArchitecture_ pRootDeviceType_ pVirtualizationType_ pHypervisor_ pState_ = - Instance' - { _insPublicDNSName = Nothing - , _insPlatform = Nothing - , _insSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _insClientToken = Nothing - , _insEnaSupport = Nothing - , _insSourceDestCheck = Nothing - , _insVPCId = Nothing - , _insKeyName = Nothing - , _insNetworkInterfaces = Nothing - , _insRAMDiskId = Nothing - , _insSubnetId = Nothing - , _insKernelId = Nothing - , _insRootDeviceName = Nothing - , _insSRIOVNetSupport = Nothing - , _insEBSOptimized = Nothing - , _insStateTransitionReason = Nothing - , _insInstanceLifecycle = Nothing - , _insIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing - , _insPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _insProductCodes = Nothing - , _insSpotInstanceRequestId = Nothing - , _insPrivateDNSName = Nothing - , _insStateReason = Nothing - , _insBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing - , _insPublicIPAddress = Nothing - , _insTags = Nothing - , _insInstanceId = pInstanceId_ - , _insImageId = pImageId_ - , _insAMILaunchIndex = pAMILaunchIndex_ - , _insInstanceType = pInstanceType_ - , _insLaunchTime = _Time # pLaunchTime_ - , _insPlacement = pPlacement_ - , _insMonitoring = pMonitoring_ - , _insArchitecture = pArchitecture_ - , _insRootDeviceType = pRootDeviceType_ - , _insVirtualizationType = pVirtualizationType_ - , _insHypervisor = pHypervisor_ - , _insState = pState_ - } - --- | The public DNS name assigned to the instance. This name is not available until the instance enters the 'running' state. For EC2-VPC, this name is only available if you\'ve enabled DNS hostnames for your VPC. -insPublicDNSName :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insPublicDNSName = lens _insPublicDNSName (\ s a -> s{_insPublicDNSName = a}); - --- | The value is 'Windows' for Windows instances; otherwise blank. -insPlatform :: Lens' Instance (Maybe PlatformValues) -insPlatform = lens _insPlatform (\ s a -> s{_insPlatform = a}); - --- | One or more security groups for the instance. -insSecurityGroups :: Lens' Instance [GroupIdentifier] -insSecurityGroups = lens _insSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_insSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance, if applicable. -insClientToken :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insClientToken = lens _insClientToken (\ s a -> s{_insClientToken = a}); - --- | Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. -insEnaSupport :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Bool) -insEnaSupport = lens _insEnaSupport (\ s a -> s{_insEnaSupport = a}); - --- | Specifies whether to enable an instance launched in a VPC to perform NAT. This controls whether source\/destination checking is enabled on the instance. A value of 'true' means checking is enabled, and 'false' means checking is disabled. The value must be 'false' for the instance to perform NAT. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/. -insSourceDestCheck :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Bool) -insSourceDestCheck = lens _insSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_insSourceDestCheck = a}); - --- | [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC in which the instance is running. -insVPCId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insVPCId = lens _insVPCId (\ s a -> s{_insVPCId = a}); - --- | The name of the key pair, if this instance was launched with an associated key pair. -insKeyName :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insKeyName = lens _insKeyName (\ s a -> s{_insKeyName = a}); - --- | [EC2-VPC] One or more network interfaces for the instance. -insNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' Instance [InstanceNetworkInterface] -insNetworkInterfaces = lens _insNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_insNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The RAM disk associated with this instance, if applicable. -insRAMDiskId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insRAMDiskId = lens _insRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_insRAMDiskId = a}); - --- | [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet in which the instance is running. -insSubnetId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insSubnetId = lens _insSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_insSubnetId = a}); - --- | The kernel associated with this instance, if applicable. -insKernelId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insKernelId = lens _insKernelId (\ s a -> s{_insKernelId = a}); - --- | The root device name (for example, '\/dev\/sda1' or '\/dev\/xvda'). -insRootDeviceName :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insRootDeviceName = lens _insRootDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_insRootDeviceName = a}); - --- | Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface is enabled. -insSRIOVNetSupport :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insSRIOVNetSupport = lens _insSRIOVNetSupport (\ s a -> s{_insSRIOVNetSupport = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I\/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal I\/O performance. This optimization isn\'t available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. -insEBSOptimized :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Bool) -insEBSOptimized = lens _insEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_insEBSOptimized = a}); - --- | The reason for the most recent state transition. This might be an empty string. -insStateTransitionReason :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insStateTransitionReason = lens _insStateTransitionReason (\ s a -> s{_insStateTransitionReason = a}); - --- | Indicates whether this is a Spot instance or a Scheduled Instance. -insInstanceLifecycle :: Lens' Instance (Maybe InstanceLifecycleType) -insInstanceLifecycle = lens _insInstanceLifecycle (\ s a -> s{_insInstanceLifecycle = a}); - --- | The IAM instance profile associated with the instance, if applicable. -insIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' Instance (Maybe IAMInstanceProfile) -insIAMInstanceProfile = lens _insIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_insIAMInstanceProfile = a}); - --- | The private IP address assigned to the instance. -insPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insPrivateIPAddress = lens _insPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_insPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | The product codes attached to this instance, if applicable. -insProductCodes :: Lens' Instance [ProductCode] -insProductCodes = lens _insProductCodes (\ s a -> s{_insProductCodes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | If the request is a Spot instance request, the ID of the request. -insSpotInstanceRequestId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insSpotInstanceRequestId = lens _insSpotInstanceRequestId (\ s a -> s{_insSpotInstanceRequestId = a}); - --- | The private DNS name assigned to the instance. This DNS name can only be used inside the Amazon EC2 network. This name is not available until the instance enters the 'running' state. For EC2-VPC, this name is only available if you\'ve enabled DNS hostnames for your VPC. -insPrivateDNSName :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insPrivateDNSName = lens _insPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_insPrivateDNSName = a}); - --- | The reason for the most recent state transition. -insStateReason :: Lens' Instance (Maybe StateReason) -insStateReason = lens _insStateReason (\ s a -> s{_insStateReason = a}); - --- | Any block device mapping entries for the instance. -insBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' Instance [InstanceBlockDeviceMapping] -insBlockDeviceMappings = lens _insBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_insBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The public IP address assigned to the instance, if applicable. -insPublicIPAddress :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) -insPublicIPAddress = lens _insPublicIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_insPublicIPAddress = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the instance. -insTags :: Lens' Instance [Tag] -insTags = lens _insTags (\ s a -> s{_insTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the instance. -insInstanceId :: Lens' Instance Text -insInstanceId = lens _insInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_insInstanceId = a}); - --- | The ID of the AMI used to launch the instance. -insImageId :: Lens' Instance Text -insImageId = lens _insImageId (\ s a -> s{_insImageId = a}); - --- | The AMI launch index, which can be used to find this instance in the launch group. -insAMILaunchIndex :: Lens' Instance Int -insAMILaunchIndex = lens _insAMILaunchIndex (\ s a -> s{_insAMILaunchIndex = a}); - --- | The instance type. -insInstanceType :: Lens' Instance InstanceType -insInstanceType = lens _insInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_insInstanceType = a}); - --- | The time the instance was launched. -insLaunchTime :: Lens' Instance UTCTime -insLaunchTime = lens _insLaunchTime (\ s a -> s{_insLaunchTime = a}) . _Time; - --- | The location where the instance launched, if applicable. -insPlacement :: Lens' Instance Placement -insPlacement = lens _insPlacement (\ s a -> s{_insPlacement = a}); - --- | The monitoring information for the instance. -insMonitoring :: Lens' Instance Monitoring -insMonitoring = lens _insMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_insMonitoring = a}); - --- | The architecture of the image. -insArchitecture :: Lens' Instance ArchitectureValues -insArchitecture = lens _insArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_insArchitecture = a}); - --- | The root device type used by the AMI. The AMI can use an EBS volume or an instance store volume. -insRootDeviceType :: Lens' Instance DeviceType -insRootDeviceType = lens _insRootDeviceType (\ s a -> s{_insRootDeviceType = a}); - --- | The virtualization type of the instance. -insVirtualizationType :: Lens' Instance VirtualizationType -insVirtualizationType = lens _insVirtualizationType (\ s a -> s{_insVirtualizationType = a}); - --- | The hypervisor type of the instance. -insHypervisor :: Lens' Instance HypervisorType -insHypervisor = lens _insHypervisor (\ s a -> s{_insHypervisor = a}); - --- | The current state of the instance. -insState :: Lens' Instance InstanceState -insState = lens _insState (\ s a -> s{_insState = a}); - -instance FromXML Instance where - parseXML x - = Instance' <$> - (x .@? "dnsName") <*> (x .@? "platform") <*> - (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "clientToken") - <*> (x .@? "enaSupport") - <*> (x .@? "sourceDestCheck") - <*> (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> (x .@? "keyName") - <*> - (x .@? "networkInterfaceSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "ramdiskId") - <*> (x .@? "subnetId") - <*> (x .@? "kernelId") - <*> (x .@? "rootDeviceName") - <*> (x .@? "sriovNetSupport") - <*> (x .@? "ebsOptimized") - <*> (x .@? "reason") - <*> (x .@? "instanceLifecycle") - <*> (x .@? "iamInstanceProfile") - <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") - <*> - (x .@? "productCodes" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "spotInstanceRequestId") - <*> (x .@? "privateDnsName") - <*> (x .@? "stateReason") - <*> - (x .@? "blockDeviceMapping" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "ipAddress") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "instanceId") - <*> (x .@ "imageId") - <*> (x .@ "amiLaunchIndex") - <*> (x .@ "instanceType") - <*> (x .@ "launchTime") - <*> (x .@ "placement") - <*> (x .@ "monitoring") - <*> (x .@ "architecture") - <*> (x .@ "rootDeviceType") - <*> (x .@ "virtualizationType") - <*> (x .@ "hypervisor") - <*> (x .@ "instanceState") - -instance Hashable Instance - -instance NFData Instance - --- | Describes a block device mapping. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceBlockDeviceMapping' smart constructor. -data InstanceBlockDeviceMapping = InstanceBlockDeviceMapping' - { _ibdmEBS :: !(Maybe EBSInstanceBlockDevice) - , _ibdmDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceBlockDeviceMapping' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ibdmEBS' --- --- * 'ibdmDeviceName' -instanceBlockDeviceMapping - :: InstanceBlockDeviceMapping -instanceBlockDeviceMapping = - InstanceBlockDeviceMapping' - { _ibdmEBS = Nothing - , _ibdmDeviceName = Nothing - } - --- | Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. -ibdmEBS :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe EBSInstanceBlockDevice) -ibdmEBS = lens _ibdmEBS (\ s a -> s{_ibdmEBS = a}); - --- | The device name exposed to the instance (for example, '\/dev\/sdh' or 'xvdh'). -ibdmDeviceName :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) -ibdmDeviceName = lens _ibdmDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_ibdmDeviceName = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceBlockDeviceMapping where - parseXML x - = InstanceBlockDeviceMapping' <$> - (x .@? "ebs") <*> (x .@? "deviceName") - -instance Hashable InstanceBlockDeviceMapping - -instance NFData InstanceBlockDeviceMapping - --- | Describes a block device mapping entry. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification' smart constructor. -data InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification = InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification' - { _ibdmsVirtualName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ibdmsNoDevice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ibdmsEBS :: !(Maybe EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) - , _ibdmsDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ibdmsVirtualName' --- --- * 'ibdmsNoDevice' --- --- * 'ibdmsEBS' --- --- * 'ibdmsDeviceName' -instanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification - :: InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification -instanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification = - InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification' - { _ibdmsVirtualName = Nothing - , _ibdmsNoDevice = Nothing - , _ibdmsEBS = Nothing - , _ibdmsDeviceName = Nothing - } - --- | The virtual device name. -ibdmsVirtualName :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification (Maybe Text) -ibdmsVirtualName = lens _ibdmsVirtualName (\ s a -> s{_ibdmsVirtualName = a}); - --- | suppress the specified device included in the block device mapping. -ibdmsNoDevice :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification (Maybe Text) -ibdmsNoDevice = lens _ibdmsNoDevice (\ s a -> s{_ibdmsNoDevice = a}); - --- | Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. -ibdmsEBS :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification (Maybe EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) -ibdmsEBS = lens _ibdmsEBS (\ s a -> s{_ibdmsEBS = a}); - --- | The device name exposed to the instance (for example, '\/dev\/sdh' or 'xvdh'). -ibdmsDeviceName :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification (Maybe Text) -ibdmsDeviceName = lens _ibdmsDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_ibdmsDeviceName = a}); - -instance Hashable - InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification - -instance NFData - InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification - -instance ToQuery - InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification where - toQuery InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - ["VirtualName" =: _ibdmsVirtualName, - "NoDevice" =: _ibdmsNoDevice, "Ebs" =: _ibdmsEBS, - "DeviceName" =: _ibdmsDeviceName] - --- | Information about the instance type that the Dedicated Host supports. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceCapacity' smart constructor. -data InstanceCapacity = InstanceCapacity' - { _icAvailableCapacity :: !(Maybe Int) - , _icInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _icTotalCapacity :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceCapacity' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'icAvailableCapacity' --- --- * 'icInstanceType' --- --- * 'icTotalCapacity' -instanceCapacity - :: InstanceCapacity -instanceCapacity = - InstanceCapacity' - { _icAvailableCapacity = Nothing - , _icInstanceType = Nothing - , _icTotalCapacity = Nothing - } - --- | The number of instances that can still be launched onto the Dedicated Host. -icAvailableCapacity :: Lens' InstanceCapacity (Maybe Int) -icAvailableCapacity = lens _icAvailableCapacity (\ s a -> s{_icAvailableCapacity = a}); - --- | The instance type size supported by the Dedicated Host. -icInstanceType :: Lens' InstanceCapacity (Maybe Text) -icInstanceType = lens _icInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_icInstanceType = a}); - --- | The total number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host. -icTotalCapacity :: Lens' InstanceCapacity (Maybe Int) -icTotalCapacity = lens _icTotalCapacity (\ s a -> s{_icTotalCapacity = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceCapacity where - parseXML x - = InstanceCapacity' <$> - (x .@? "availableCapacity") <*> - (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "totalCapacity") - -instance Hashable InstanceCapacity - -instance NFData InstanceCapacity - --- | Describes a Reserved Instance listing state. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceCount' smart constructor. -data InstanceCount = InstanceCount' - { _icState :: !(Maybe ListingState) - , _icInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceCount' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'icState' --- --- * 'icInstanceCount' -instanceCount - :: InstanceCount -instanceCount = - InstanceCount' - { _icState = Nothing - , _icInstanceCount = Nothing - } - --- | The states of the listed Reserved Instances. -icState :: Lens' InstanceCount (Maybe ListingState) -icState = lens _icState (\ s a -> s{_icState = a}); - --- | The number of listed Reserved Instances in the state specified by the 'state'. -icInstanceCount :: Lens' InstanceCount (Maybe Int) -icInstanceCount = lens _icInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_icInstanceCount = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceCount where - parseXML x - = InstanceCount' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "instanceCount") - -instance Hashable InstanceCount - -instance NFData InstanceCount - --- | Describes an instance to export. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceExportDetails' smart constructor. -data InstanceExportDetails = InstanceExportDetails' - { _iedTargetEnvironment :: !(Maybe ExportEnvironment) - , _iedInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceExportDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iedTargetEnvironment' --- --- * 'iedInstanceId' -instanceExportDetails - :: InstanceExportDetails -instanceExportDetails = - InstanceExportDetails' - { _iedTargetEnvironment = Nothing - , _iedInstanceId = Nothing - } - --- | The target virtualization environment. -iedTargetEnvironment :: Lens' InstanceExportDetails (Maybe ExportEnvironment) -iedTargetEnvironment = lens _iedTargetEnvironment (\ s a -> s{_iedTargetEnvironment = a}); - --- | The ID of the resource being exported. -iedInstanceId :: Lens' InstanceExportDetails (Maybe Text) -iedInstanceId = lens _iedInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_iedInstanceId = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceExportDetails where - parseXML x - = InstanceExportDetails' <$> - (x .@? "targetEnvironment") <*> (x .@? "instanceId") - -instance Hashable InstanceExportDetails - -instance NFData InstanceExportDetails - --- | Describes the monitoring information of the instance. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceMonitoring' smart constructor. -data InstanceMonitoring = InstanceMonitoring' - { _imInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _imMonitoring :: !(Maybe Monitoring) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceMonitoring' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'imInstanceId' --- --- * 'imMonitoring' -instanceMonitoring - :: InstanceMonitoring -instanceMonitoring = - InstanceMonitoring' - { _imInstanceId = Nothing - , _imMonitoring = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the instance. -imInstanceId :: Lens' InstanceMonitoring (Maybe Text) -imInstanceId = lens _imInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_imInstanceId = a}); - --- | The monitoring information. -imMonitoring :: Lens' InstanceMonitoring (Maybe Monitoring) -imMonitoring = lens _imMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_imMonitoring = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceMonitoring where - parseXML x - = InstanceMonitoring' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "monitoring") - -instance Hashable InstanceMonitoring - -instance NFData InstanceMonitoring - --- | Describes a network interface. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceNetworkInterface' smart constructor. -data InstanceNetworkInterface = InstanceNetworkInterface' - { _iniGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) - , _iniStatus :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceStatus) - , _iniPrivateIPAddresses :: !(Maybe [InstancePrivateIPAddress]) - , _iniSourceDestCheck :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _iniVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniMACAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniAttachment :: !(Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) - , _iniOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniAssociation :: !(Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceNetworkInterface' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iniGroups' --- --- * 'iniStatus' --- --- * 'iniPrivateIPAddresses' --- --- * 'iniSourceDestCheck' --- --- * 'iniVPCId' --- --- * 'iniNetworkInterfaceId' --- --- * 'iniSubnetId' --- --- * 'iniMACAddress' --- --- * 'iniAttachment' --- --- * 'iniOwnerId' --- --- * 'iniPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'iniPrivateDNSName' --- --- * 'iniDescription' --- --- * 'iniAssociation' -instanceNetworkInterface - :: InstanceNetworkInterface -instanceNetworkInterface = - InstanceNetworkInterface' - { _iniGroups = Nothing - , _iniStatus = Nothing - , _iniPrivateIPAddresses = Nothing - , _iniSourceDestCheck = Nothing - , _iniVPCId = Nothing - , _iniNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing - , _iniSubnetId = Nothing - , _iniMACAddress = Nothing - , _iniAttachment = Nothing - , _iniOwnerId = Nothing - , _iniPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _iniPrivateDNSName = Nothing - , _iniDescription = Nothing - , _iniAssociation = Nothing - } - --- | One or more security groups. -iniGroups :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface [GroupIdentifier] -iniGroups = lens _iniGroups (\ s a -> s{_iniGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The status of the network interface. -iniStatus :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceStatus) -iniStatus = lens _iniStatus (\ s a -> s{_iniStatus = a}); - --- | The private IP addresses associated with the network interface. -iniPrivateIPAddresses :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface [InstancePrivateIPAddress] -iniPrivateIPAddresses = lens _iniPrivateIPAddresses (\ s a -> s{_iniPrivateIPAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Indicates whether to validate network traffic to or from this network interface. -iniSourceDestCheck :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) -iniSourceDestCheck = lens _iniSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_iniSourceDestCheck = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC. -iniVPCId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -iniVPCId = lens _iniVPCId (\ s a -> s{_iniVPCId = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface. -iniNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -iniNetworkInterfaceId = lens _iniNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_iniNetworkInterfaceId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet. -iniSubnetId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -iniSubnetId = lens _iniSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_iniSubnetId = a}); - --- | The MAC address. -iniMACAddress :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -iniMACAddress = lens _iniMACAddress (\ s a -> s{_iniMACAddress = a}); - --- | The network interface attachment. -iniAttachment :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) -iniAttachment = lens _iniAttachment (\ s a -> s{_iniAttachment = a}); - --- | The ID of the AWS account that created the network interface. -iniOwnerId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -iniOwnerId = lens _iniOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_iniOwnerId = a}); - --- | The IP address of the network interface within the subnet. -iniPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -iniPrivateIPAddress = lens _iniPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_iniPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | The private DNS name. -iniPrivateDNSName :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -iniPrivateDNSName = lens _iniPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_iniPrivateDNSName = a}); - --- | The description. -iniDescription :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -iniDescription = lens _iniDescription (\ s a -> s{_iniDescription = a}); - --- | The association information for an Elastic IP associated with the network interface. -iniAssociation :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) -iniAssociation = lens _iniAssociation (\ s a -> s{_iniAssociation = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceNetworkInterface where - parseXML x - = InstanceNetworkInterface' <$> - (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "status") - <*> - (x .@? "privateIpAddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "sourceDestCheck") - <*> (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") - <*> (x .@? "subnetId") - <*> (x .@? "macAddress") - <*> (x .@? "attachment") - <*> (x .@? "ownerId") - <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") - <*> (x .@? "privateDnsName") - <*> (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@? "association") - -instance Hashable InstanceNetworkInterface - -instance NFData InstanceNetworkInterface - --- | Describes association information for an Elastic IP address. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' smart constructor. -data InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation = InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' - { _iniaPublicDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniaIPOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniaPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iniaPublicDNSName' --- --- * 'iniaIPOwnerId' --- --- * 'iniaPublicIP' -instanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation - :: InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation -instanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation = - InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' - { _iniaPublicDNSName = Nothing - , _iniaIPOwnerId = Nothing - , _iniaPublicIP = Nothing - } - --- | The public DNS name. -iniaPublicDNSName :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) -iniaPublicDNSName = lens _iniaPublicDNSName (\ s a -> s{_iniaPublicDNSName = a}); - --- | The ID of the owner of the Elastic IP address. -iniaIPOwnerId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) -iniaIPOwnerId = lens _iniaIPOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_iniaIPOwnerId = a}); - --- | The public IP address or Elastic IP address bound to the network interface. -iniaPublicIP :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) -iniaPublicIP = lens _iniaPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_iniaPublicIP = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation - where - parseXML x - = InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' <$> - (x .@? "publicDnsName") <*> (x .@? "ipOwnerId") <*> - (x .@? "publicIp") - -instance Hashable InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation - -instance NFData InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation - --- | Describes a network interface attachment. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' smart constructor. -data InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment = InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' - { _iniaStatus :: !(Maybe AttachmentStatus) - , _iniaDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _iniaAttachmentId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iniaAttachTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _iniaDeviceIndex :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iniaStatus' --- --- * 'iniaDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'iniaAttachmentId' --- --- * 'iniaAttachTime' --- --- * 'iniaDeviceIndex' -instanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment - :: InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment -instanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment = - InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' - { _iniaStatus = Nothing - , _iniaDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _iniaAttachmentId = Nothing - , _iniaAttachTime = Nothing - , _iniaDeviceIndex = Nothing - } - --- | The attachment state. -iniaStatus :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe AttachmentStatus) -iniaStatus = lens _iniaStatus (\ s a -> s{_iniaStatus = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. -iniaDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Bool) -iniaDeleteOnTermination = lens _iniaDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_iniaDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface attachment. -iniaAttachmentId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Text) -iniaAttachmentId = lens _iniaAttachmentId (\ s a -> s{_iniaAttachmentId = a}); - --- | The time stamp when the attachment initiated. -iniaAttachTime :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe UTCTime) -iniaAttachTime = lens _iniaAttachTime (\ s a -> s{_iniaAttachTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment. -iniaDeviceIndex :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Int) -iniaDeviceIndex = lens _iniaDeviceIndex (\ s a -> s{_iniaDeviceIndex = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment - where - parseXML x - = InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") - <*> (x .@? "attachmentId") - <*> (x .@? "attachTime") - <*> (x .@? "deviceIndex") - -instance Hashable InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment - -instance NFData InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment - --- | Describes a network interface. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' smart constructor. -data InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification = InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' - { _inisGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _inisPrivateIPAddresses :: !(Maybe [PrivateIPAddressSpecification]) - , _inisDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _inisAssociatePublicIPAddress :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _inisNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _inisSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _inisPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _inisDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _inisDeviceIndex :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'inisGroups' --- --- * 'inisPrivateIPAddresses' --- --- * 'inisDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'inisAssociatePublicIPAddress' --- --- * 'inisNetworkInterfaceId' --- --- * 'inisSubnetId' --- --- * 'inisPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount' --- --- * 'inisDescription' --- --- * 'inisDeviceIndex' -instanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification - :: InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification -instanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification = - InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' - { _inisGroups = Nothing - , _inisPrivateIPAddresses = Nothing - , _inisDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _inisAssociatePublicIPAddress = Nothing - , _inisNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing - , _inisSubnetId = Nothing - , _inisPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = Nothing - , _inisDescription = Nothing - , _inisDeviceIndex = Nothing - } - --- | The IDs of the security groups for the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. -inisGroups :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification [Text] -inisGroups = lens _inisGroups (\ s a -> s{_inisGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | One or more private IP addresses to assign to the network interface. Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. -inisPrivateIPAddresses :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification [PrivateIPAddressSpecification] -inisPrivateIPAddresses = lens _inisPrivateIPAddresses (\ s a -> s{_inisPrivateIPAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | If set to 'true', the interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. You can specify 'true' only if creating a new network interface when launching an instance. -inisDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Bool) -inisDeleteOnTermination = lens _inisDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_inisDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | Indicates whether to assign a public IP address to an instance you launch in a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching into a default subnet, the default value is 'true'. -inisAssociatePublicIPAddress :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Bool) -inisAssociatePublicIPAddress = lens _inisAssociatePublicIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_inisAssociatePublicIPAddress = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface. -inisNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Text) -inisNetworkInterfaceId = lens _inisNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_inisNetworkInterfaceId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet associated with the network string. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. -inisSubnetId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Text) -inisSubnetId = lens _inisSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_inisSubnetId = a}); - --- | The private IP address of the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. -inisPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Text) -inisPrivateIPAddress = lens _inisPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_inisPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | The number of secondary private IP addresses. You can\'t specify this option and specify more than one private IP address using the private IP addresses option. -inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Int) -inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = lens _inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount (\ s a -> s{_inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = a}); - --- | The description of the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. -inisDescription :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Text) -inisDescription = lens _inisDescription (\ s a -> s{_inisDescription = a}); - --- | The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment. If you are specifying a network interface in a < RunInstances> request, you must provide the device index. -inisDeviceIndex :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Int) -inisDeviceIndex = lens _inisDeviceIndex (\ s a -> s{_inisDeviceIndex = a}); - -instance FromXML - InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification where - parseXML x - = InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' <$> - (x .@? "SecurityGroupId" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "SecurityGroupId")) - <*> - (x .@? "privateIpAddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") - <*> (x .@? "associatePublicIpAddress") - <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") - <*> (x .@? "subnetId") - <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") - <*> (x .@? "secondaryPrivateIpAddressCount") - <*> (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@? "deviceIndex") - -instance Hashable - InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification - -instance NFData InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification - -instance ToQuery - InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification where - toQuery InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery - (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> _inisGroups), - toQuery - (toQueryList "PrivateIpAddresses" <$> - _inisPrivateIPAddresses), - "DeleteOnTermination" =: _inisDeleteOnTermination, - "AssociatePublicIpAddress" =: - _inisAssociatePublicIPAddress, - "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _inisNetworkInterfaceId, - "SubnetId" =: _inisSubnetId, - "PrivateIpAddress" =: _inisPrivateIPAddress, - "SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" =: - _inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount, - "Description" =: _inisDescription, - "DeviceIndex" =: _inisDeviceIndex] - --- | Describes a private IP address. --- --- /See:/ 'instancePrivateIPAddress' smart constructor. -data InstancePrivateIPAddress = InstancePrivateIPAddress' - { _ipiaPrimary :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _ipiaPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ipiaPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ipiaAssociation :: !(Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstancePrivateIPAddress' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ipiaPrimary' --- --- * 'ipiaPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'ipiaPrivateDNSName' --- --- * 'ipiaAssociation' -instancePrivateIPAddress - :: InstancePrivateIPAddress -instancePrivateIPAddress = - InstancePrivateIPAddress' - { _ipiaPrimary = Nothing - , _ipiaPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _ipiaPrivateDNSName = Nothing - , _ipiaAssociation = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether this IP address is the primary private IP address of the network interface. -ipiaPrimary :: Lens' InstancePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Bool) -ipiaPrimary = lens _ipiaPrimary (\ s a -> s{_ipiaPrimary = a}); - --- | The private IP address of the network interface. -ipiaPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' InstancePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Text) -ipiaPrivateIPAddress = lens _ipiaPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_ipiaPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | The private DNS name. -ipiaPrivateDNSName :: Lens' InstancePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Text) -ipiaPrivateDNSName = lens _ipiaPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_ipiaPrivateDNSName = a}); - --- | The association information for an Elastic IP address for the network interface. -ipiaAssociation :: Lens' InstancePrivateIPAddress (Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) -ipiaAssociation = lens _ipiaAssociation (\ s a -> s{_ipiaAssociation = a}); - -instance FromXML InstancePrivateIPAddress where - parseXML x - = InstancePrivateIPAddress' <$> - (x .@? "primary") <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") <*> - (x .@? "privateDnsName") - <*> (x .@? "association") - -instance Hashable InstancePrivateIPAddress - -instance NFData InstancePrivateIPAddress - --- | Describes the current state of the instance. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceState' smart constructor. -data InstanceState = InstanceState' - { _isName :: !InstanceStateName - , _isCode :: !Int - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceState' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'isName' --- --- * 'isCode' -instanceState - :: InstanceStateName -- ^ 'isName' - -> Int -- ^ 'isCode' - -> InstanceState -instanceState pName_ pCode_ = - InstanceState' - { _isName = pName_ - , _isCode = pCode_ - } - --- | The current state of the instance. -isName :: Lens' InstanceState InstanceStateName -isName = lens _isName (\ s a -> s{_isName = a}); - --- | The low byte represents the state. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. --- --- - '0' : 'pending' --- --- - '16' : 'running' --- --- - '32' : 'shutting-down' --- --- - '48' : 'terminated' --- --- - '64' : 'stopping' --- --- - '80' : 'stopped' --- -isCode :: Lens' InstanceState Int -isCode = lens _isCode (\ s a -> s{_isCode = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceState where - parseXML x - = InstanceState' <$> (x .@ "name") <*> (x .@ "code") - -instance Hashable InstanceState - -instance NFData InstanceState - --- | Describes an instance state change. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceStateChange' smart constructor. -data InstanceStateChange = InstanceStateChange' - { _iscInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iscCurrentState :: !(Maybe InstanceState) - , _iscPreviousState :: !(Maybe InstanceState) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStateChange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iscInstanceId' --- --- * 'iscCurrentState' --- --- * 'iscPreviousState' -instanceStateChange - :: InstanceStateChange -instanceStateChange = - InstanceStateChange' - { _iscInstanceId = Nothing - , _iscCurrentState = Nothing - , _iscPreviousState = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the instance. -iscInstanceId :: Lens' InstanceStateChange (Maybe Text) -iscInstanceId = lens _iscInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_iscInstanceId = a}); - --- | The current state of the instance. -iscCurrentState :: Lens' InstanceStateChange (Maybe InstanceState) -iscCurrentState = lens _iscCurrentState (\ s a -> s{_iscCurrentState = a}); - --- | The previous state of the instance. -iscPreviousState :: Lens' InstanceStateChange (Maybe InstanceState) -iscPreviousState = lens _iscPreviousState (\ s a -> s{_iscPreviousState = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceStateChange where - parseXML x - = InstanceStateChange' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "currentState") <*> - (x .@? "previousState") - -instance Hashable InstanceStateChange - -instance NFData InstanceStateChange - --- | Describes the status of an instance. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceStatus' smart constructor. -data InstanceStatus = InstanceStatus' - { _isInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _isSystemStatus :: !(Maybe InstanceStatusSummary) - , _isEvents :: !(Maybe [InstanceStatusEvent]) - , _isAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _isInstanceStatus :: !(Maybe InstanceStatusSummary) - , _isInstanceState :: !(Maybe InstanceState) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'isInstanceId' --- --- * 'isSystemStatus' --- --- * 'isEvents' --- --- * 'isAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'isInstanceStatus' --- --- * 'isInstanceState' -instanceStatus - :: InstanceStatus -instanceStatus = - InstanceStatus' - { _isInstanceId = Nothing - , _isSystemStatus = Nothing - , _isEvents = Nothing - , _isAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _isInstanceStatus = Nothing - , _isInstanceState = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the instance. -isInstanceId :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe Text) -isInstanceId = lens _isInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_isInstanceId = a}); - --- | Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues related to the systems that support an instance, such as hardware failures and network connectivity problems. -isSystemStatus :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe InstanceStatusSummary) -isSystemStatus = lens _isSystemStatus (\ s a -> s{_isSystemStatus = a}); - --- | Any scheduled events associated with the instance. -isEvents :: Lens' InstanceStatus [InstanceStatusEvent] -isEvents = lens _isEvents (\ s a -> s{_isEvents = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The Availability Zone of the instance. -isAvailabilityZone :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe Text) -isAvailabilityZone = lens _isAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_isAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues internal to the instance, such as impaired reachability. -isInstanceStatus :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe InstanceStatusSummary) -isInstanceStatus = lens _isInstanceStatus (\ s a -> s{_isInstanceStatus = a}); - --- | The intended state of the instance. < DescribeInstanceStatus> requires that an instance be in the 'running' state. -isInstanceState :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe InstanceState) -isInstanceState = lens _isInstanceState (\ s a -> s{_isInstanceState = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceStatus where - parseXML x - = InstanceStatus' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "systemStatus") <*> - (x .@? "eventsSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "instanceStatus") - <*> (x .@? "instanceState") - -instance Hashable InstanceStatus - -instance NFData InstanceStatus - --- | Describes the instance status. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceStatusDetails' smart constructor. -data InstanceStatusDetails = InstanceStatusDetails' - { _isdStatus :: !(Maybe StatusType) - , _isdImpairedSince :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _isdName :: !(Maybe StatusName) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStatusDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'isdStatus' --- --- * 'isdImpairedSince' --- --- * 'isdName' -instanceStatusDetails - :: InstanceStatusDetails -instanceStatusDetails = - InstanceStatusDetails' - { _isdStatus = Nothing - , _isdImpairedSince = Nothing - , _isdName = Nothing - } - --- | The status. -isdStatus :: Lens' InstanceStatusDetails (Maybe StatusType) -isdStatus = lens _isdStatus (\ s a -> s{_isdStatus = a}); - --- | The time when a status check failed. For an instance that was launched and impaired, this is the time when the instance was launched. -isdImpairedSince :: Lens' InstanceStatusDetails (Maybe UTCTime) -isdImpairedSince = lens _isdImpairedSince (\ s a -> s{_isdImpairedSince = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The type of instance status. -isdName :: Lens' InstanceStatusDetails (Maybe StatusName) -isdName = lens _isdName (\ s a -> s{_isdName = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceStatusDetails where - parseXML x - = InstanceStatusDetails' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "impairedSince") <*> - (x .@? "name") - -instance Hashable InstanceStatusDetails - -instance NFData InstanceStatusDetails - --- | Describes a scheduled event for an instance. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceStatusEvent' smart constructor. -data InstanceStatusEvent = InstanceStatusEvent' - { _iseNotBefore :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _iseCode :: !(Maybe EventCode) - , _iseDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _iseNotAfter :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStatusEvent' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'iseNotBefore' --- --- * 'iseCode' --- --- * 'iseDescription' --- --- * 'iseNotAfter' -instanceStatusEvent - :: InstanceStatusEvent -instanceStatusEvent = - InstanceStatusEvent' - { _iseNotBefore = Nothing - , _iseCode = Nothing - , _iseDescription = Nothing - , _iseNotAfter = Nothing - } - --- | The earliest scheduled start time for the event. -iseNotBefore :: Lens' InstanceStatusEvent (Maybe UTCTime) -iseNotBefore = lens _iseNotBefore (\ s a -> s{_iseNotBefore = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The event code. -iseCode :: Lens' InstanceStatusEvent (Maybe EventCode) -iseCode = lens _iseCode (\ s a -> s{_iseCode = a}); - --- | A description of the event. --- --- After a scheduled event is completed, it can still be described for up to a week. If the event has been completed, this description starts with the following text: [Completed]. -iseDescription :: Lens' InstanceStatusEvent (Maybe Text) -iseDescription = lens _iseDescription (\ s a -> s{_iseDescription = a}); - --- | The latest scheduled end time for the event. -iseNotAfter :: Lens' InstanceStatusEvent (Maybe UTCTime) -iseNotAfter = lens _iseNotAfter (\ s a -> s{_iseNotAfter = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance FromXML InstanceStatusEvent where - parseXML x - = InstanceStatusEvent' <$> - (x .@? "notBefore") <*> (x .@? "code") <*> - (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@? "notAfter") - -instance Hashable InstanceStatusEvent - -instance NFData InstanceStatusEvent - --- | Describes the status of an instance. --- --- /See:/ 'instanceStatusSummary' smart constructor. -data InstanceStatusSummary = InstanceStatusSummary' - { _issDetails :: !(Maybe [InstanceStatusDetails]) - , _issStatus :: !SummaryStatus - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStatusSummary' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'issDetails' --- --- * 'issStatus' -instanceStatusSummary - :: SummaryStatus -- ^ 'issStatus' - -> InstanceStatusSummary -instanceStatusSummary pStatus_ = - InstanceStatusSummary' - { _issDetails = Nothing - , _issStatus = pStatus_ - } - --- | The system instance health or application instance health. -issDetails :: Lens' InstanceStatusSummary [InstanceStatusDetails] -issDetails = lens _issDetails (\ s a -> s{_issDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The status. -issStatus :: Lens' InstanceStatusSummary SummaryStatus -issStatus = lens _issStatus (\ s a -> s{_issStatus = a}); - -instance FromXML InstanceStatusSummary where - parseXML x - = InstanceStatusSummary' <$> - (x .@? "details" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "status") - -instance Hashable InstanceStatusSummary - -instance NFData InstanceStatusSummary - --- | Describes an Internet gateway. --- --- /See:/ 'internetGateway' smart constructor. -data InternetGateway = InternetGateway' - { _igAttachments :: !(Maybe [InternetGatewayAttachment]) - , _igTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _igInternetGatewayId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InternetGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'igAttachments' --- --- * 'igTags' --- --- * 'igInternetGatewayId' -internetGateway - :: Text -- ^ 'igInternetGatewayId' - -> InternetGateway -internetGateway pInternetGatewayId_ = - InternetGateway' - { _igAttachments = Nothing - , _igTags = Nothing - , _igInternetGatewayId = pInternetGatewayId_ - } - --- | Any VPCs attached to the Internet gateway. -igAttachments :: Lens' InternetGateway [InternetGatewayAttachment] -igAttachments = lens _igAttachments (\ s a -> s{_igAttachments = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Any tags assigned to the Internet gateway. -igTags :: Lens' InternetGateway [Tag] -igTags = lens _igTags (\ s a -> s{_igTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the Internet gateway. -igInternetGatewayId :: Lens' InternetGateway Text -igInternetGatewayId = lens _igInternetGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_igInternetGatewayId = a}); - -instance FromXML InternetGateway where - parseXML x - = InternetGateway' <$> - (x .@? "attachmentSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "internetGatewayId") - -instance Hashable InternetGateway - -instance NFData InternetGateway - --- | Describes the attachment of a VPC to an Internet gateway. --- --- /See:/ 'internetGatewayAttachment' smart constructor. -data InternetGatewayAttachment = InternetGatewayAttachment' - { _igaState :: !AttachmentStatus - , _igaVPCId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'InternetGatewayAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'igaState' --- --- * 'igaVPCId' -internetGatewayAttachment - :: AttachmentStatus -- ^ 'igaState' - -> Text -- ^ 'igaVPCId' - -> InternetGatewayAttachment -internetGatewayAttachment pState_ pVPCId_ = - InternetGatewayAttachment' - { _igaState = pState_ - , _igaVPCId = pVPCId_ - } - --- | The current state of the attachment. -igaState :: Lens' InternetGatewayAttachment AttachmentStatus -igaState = lens _igaState (\ s a -> s{_igaState = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC. -igaVPCId :: Lens' InternetGatewayAttachment Text -igaVPCId = lens _igaVPCId (\ s a -> s{_igaVPCId = a}); - -instance FromXML InternetGatewayAttachment where - parseXML x - = InternetGatewayAttachment' <$> - (x .@ "state") <*> (x .@ "vpcId") - -instance Hashable InternetGatewayAttachment - -instance NFData InternetGatewayAttachment - --- | Describes a key pair. --- --- /See:/ 'keyPairInfo' smart constructor. -data KeyPairInfo = KeyPairInfo' - { _kpiKeyFingerprint :: !(Maybe Text) - , _kpiKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'KeyPairInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'kpiKeyFingerprint' --- --- * 'kpiKeyName' -keyPairInfo - :: KeyPairInfo -keyPairInfo = - KeyPairInfo' - { _kpiKeyFingerprint = Nothing - , _kpiKeyName = Nothing - } - --- | If you used < CreateKeyPair> to create the key pair, this is the SHA-1 digest of the DER encoded private key. If you used < ImportKeyPair> to provide AWS the public key, this is the MD5 public key fingerprint as specified in section 4 of RFC4716. -kpiKeyFingerprint :: Lens' KeyPairInfo (Maybe Text) -kpiKeyFingerprint = lens _kpiKeyFingerprint (\ s a -> s{_kpiKeyFingerprint = a}); - --- | The name of the key pair. -kpiKeyName :: Lens' KeyPairInfo (Maybe Text) -kpiKeyName = lens _kpiKeyName (\ s a -> s{_kpiKeyName = a}); - -instance FromXML KeyPairInfo where - parseXML x - = KeyPairInfo' <$> - (x .@? "keyFingerprint") <*> (x .@? "keyName") - -instance Hashable KeyPairInfo - -instance NFData KeyPairInfo - --- | Describes a launch permission. --- --- /See:/ 'launchPermission' smart constructor. -data LaunchPermission = LaunchPermission' - { _lpGroup :: !(Maybe PermissionGroup) - , _lpUserId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'LaunchPermission' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'lpGroup' --- --- * 'lpUserId' -launchPermission - :: LaunchPermission -launchPermission = - LaunchPermission' - { _lpGroup = Nothing - , _lpUserId = Nothing - } - --- | The name of the group. -lpGroup :: Lens' LaunchPermission (Maybe PermissionGroup) -lpGroup = lens _lpGroup (\ s a -> s{_lpGroup = a}); - --- | The AWS account ID. -lpUserId :: Lens' LaunchPermission (Maybe Text) -lpUserId = lens _lpUserId (\ s a -> s{_lpUserId = a}); - -instance FromXML LaunchPermission where - parseXML x - = LaunchPermission' <$> - (x .@? "group") <*> (x .@? "userId") - -instance Hashable LaunchPermission - -instance NFData LaunchPermission - -instance ToQuery LaunchPermission where - toQuery LaunchPermission'{..} - = mconcat - ["Group" =: _lpGroup, "UserId" =: _lpUserId] - --- | Describes a launch permission modification. --- --- /See:/ 'launchPermissionModifications' smart constructor. -data LaunchPermissionModifications = LaunchPermissionModifications' - { _lpmRemove :: !(Maybe [LaunchPermission]) - , _lpmAdd :: !(Maybe [LaunchPermission]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'LaunchPermissionModifications' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'lpmRemove' --- --- * 'lpmAdd' -launchPermissionModifications - :: LaunchPermissionModifications -launchPermissionModifications = - LaunchPermissionModifications' - { _lpmRemove = Nothing - , _lpmAdd = Nothing - } - --- | The AWS account ID to remove from the list of launch permissions for the AMI. -lpmRemove :: Lens' LaunchPermissionModifications [LaunchPermission] -lpmRemove = lens _lpmRemove (\ s a -> s{_lpmRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The AWS account ID to add to the list of launch permissions for the AMI. -lpmAdd :: Lens' LaunchPermissionModifications [LaunchPermission] -lpmAdd = lens _lpmAdd (\ s a -> s{_lpmAdd = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance Hashable LaunchPermissionModifications - -instance NFData LaunchPermissionModifications - -instance ToQuery LaunchPermissionModifications where - toQuery LaunchPermissionModifications'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery (toQueryList "Remove" <$> _lpmRemove), - toQuery (toQueryList "Add" <$> _lpmAdd)] - --- | Describes the launch specification for an instance. --- --- /See:/ 'launchSpecification' smart constructor. -data LaunchSpecification = LaunchSpecification' - { _lsSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) - , _lsKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _lsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification]) - , _lsRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _lsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _lsKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _lsInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) - , _lsEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _lsUserData :: !(Maybe Text) - , _lsMonitoring :: !(Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) - , _lsIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) - , _lsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _lsAddressingType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _lsBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) - , _lsPlacement :: !(Maybe SpotPlacement) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'LaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'lsSecurityGroups' --- --- * 'lsKeyName' --- --- * 'lsNetworkInterfaces' --- --- * 'lsRAMDiskId' --- --- * 'lsSubnetId' --- --- * 'lsKernelId' --- --- * 'lsInstanceType' --- --- * 'lsEBSOptimized' --- --- * 'lsUserData' --- --- * 'lsMonitoring' --- --- * 'lsIAMInstanceProfile' --- --- * 'lsImageId' --- --- * 'lsAddressingType' --- --- * 'lsBlockDeviceMappings' --- --- * 'lsPlacement' -launchSpecification - :: LaunchSpecification -launchSpecification = - LaunchSpecification' - { _lsSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _lsKeyName = Nothing - , _lsNetworkInterfaces = Nothing - , _lsRAMDiskId = Nothing - , _lsSubnetId = Nothing - , _lsKernelId = Nothing - , _lsInstanceType = Nothing - , _lsEBSOptimized = Nothing - , _lsUserData = Nothing - , _lsMonitoring = Nothing - , _lsIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing - , _lsImageId = Nothing - , _lsAddressingType = Nothing - , _lsBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing - , _lsPlacement = Nothing - } - --- | One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic, you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups. -lsSecurityGroups :: Lens' LaunchSpecification [GroupIdentifier] -lsSecurityGroups = lens _lsSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_lsSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of the key pair. -lsKeyName :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -lsKeyName = lens _lsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_lsKeyName = a}); - --- | One or more network interfaces. -lsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' LaunchSpecification [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification] -lsNetworkInterfaces = lens _lsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_lsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the RAM disk. -lsRAMDiskId :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -lsRAMDiskId = lens _lsRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_lsRAMDiskId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. -lsSubnetId :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -lsSubnetId = lens _lsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_lsSubnetId = a}); - --- | The ID of the kernel. -lsKernelId :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -lsKernelId = lens _lsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_lsKernelId = a}); - --- | The instance type. -lsInstanceType :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe InstanceType) -lsInstanceType = lens _lsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_lsInstanceType = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I\/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I\/O performance. This optimization isn\'t available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. --- --- Default: 'false' -lsEBSOptimized :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) -lsEBSOptimized = lens _lsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_lsEBSOptimized = a}); - --- | The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. -lsUserData :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -lsUserData = lens _lsUserData (\ s a -> s{_lsUserData = a}); - --- | Undocumented member. -lsMonitoring :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) -lsMonitoring = lens _lsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_lsMonitoring = a}); - --- | The IAM instance profile. -lsIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) -lsIAMInstanceProfile = lens _lsIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_lsIAMInstanceProfile = a}); - --- | The ID of the AMI. -lsImageId :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -lsImageId = lens _lsImageId (\ s a -> s{_lsImageId = a}); - --- | Deprecated. -lsAddressingType :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -lsAddressingType = lens _lsAddressingType (\ s a -> s{_lsAddressingType = a}); - --- | One or more block device mapping entries. --- --- Although you can specify encrypted EBS volumes in this block device mapping for your Spot Instances, these volumes are not encrypted. -lsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' LaunchSpecification [BlockDeviceMapping] -lsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _lsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_lsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The placement information for the instance. -lsPlacement :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe SpotPlacement) -lsPlacement = lens _lsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_lsPlacement = a}); - -instance FromXML LaunchSpecification where - parseXML x - = LaunchSpecification' <$> - (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "keyName") - <*> - (x .@? "networkInterfaceSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "ramdiskId") - <*> (x .@? "subnetId") - <*> (x .@? "kernelId") - <*> (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "ebsOptimized") - <*> (x .@? "userData") - <*> (x .@? "monitoring") - <*> (x .@? "iamInstanceProfile") - <*> (x .@? "imageId") - <*> (x .@? "addressingType") - <*> - (x .@? "blockDeviceMapping" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "placement") - -instance Hashable LaunchSpecification - -instance NFData LaunchSpecification - --- | Describes the monitoring for the instance. --- --- /See:/ 'monitoring' smart constructor. -newtype Monitoring = Monitoring' - { _mState :: Maybe MonitoringState - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Monitoring' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'mState' -monitoring - :: Monitoring -monitoring = - Monitoring' - { _mState = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether monitoring is enabled for the instance. -mState :: Lens' Monitoring (Maybe MonitoringState) -mState = lens _mState (\ s a -> s{_mState = a}); - -instance FromXML Monitoring where - parseXML x = Monitoring' <$> (x .@? "state") - -instance Hashable Monitoring - -instance NFData Monitoring - --- | Describes the status of a moving Elastic IP address. --- --- /See:/ 'movingAddressStatus' smart constructor. -data MovingAddressStatus = MovingAddressStatus' - { _masMoveStatus :: !(Maybe MoveStatus) - , _masPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'MovingAddressStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'masMoveStatus' --- --- * 'masPublicIP' -movingAddressStatus - :: MovingAddressStatus -movingAddressStatus = - MovingAddressStatus' - { _masMoveStatus = Nothing - , _masPublicIP = Nothing - } - --- | The status of the Elastic IP address that\'s being moved to the EC2-VPC platform, or restored to the EC2-Classic platform. -masMoveStatus :: Lens' MovingAddressStatus (Maybe MoveStatus) -masMoveStatus = lens _masMoveStatus (\ s a -> s{_masMoveStatus = a}); - --- | The Elastic IP address. -masPublicIP :: Lens' MovingAddressStatus (Maybe Text) -masPublicIP = lens _masPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_masPublicIP = a}); - -instance FromXML MovingAddressStatus where - parseXML x - = MovingAddressStatus' <$> - (x .@? "moveStatus") <*> (x .@? "publicIp") - -instance Hashable MovingAddressStatus - -instance NFData MovingAddressStatus - --- | Describes a NAT gateway. --- --- /See:/ 'natGateway' smart constructor. -data NatGateway = NatGateway' - { _ngState :: !(Maybe NatGatewayState) - , _ngFailureCode :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ngVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ngFailureMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ngNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ngSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ngDeleteTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _ngProvisionedBandwidth :: !(Maybe ProvisionedBandwidth) - , _ngNatGatewayAddresses :: !(Maybe [NatGatewayAddress]) - , _ngCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NatGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ngState' --- --- * 'ngFailureCode' --- --- * 'ngVPCId' --- --- * 'ngFailureMessage' --- --- * 'ngNatGatewayId' --- --- * 'ngSubnetId' --- --- * 'ngDeleteTime' --- --- * 'ngProvisionedBandwidth' --- --- * 'ngNatGatewayAddresses' --- --- * 'ngCreateTime' -natGateway - :: NatGateway -natGateway = - NatGateway' - { _ngState = Nothing - , _ngFailureCode = Nothing - , _ngVPCId = Nothing - , _ngFailureMessage = Nothing - , _ngNatGatewayId = Nothing - , _ngSubnetId = Nothing - , _ngDeleteTime = Nothing - , _ngProvisionedBandwidth = Nothing - , _ngNatGatewayAddresses = Nothing - , _ngCreateTime = Nothing - } - --- | The state of the NAT gateway. --- --- - 'pending': The NAT gateway is being created and is not ready to process traffic. --- --- - 'failed': The NAT gateway could not be created. Check the 'failureCode' and 'failureMessage' fields for the reason. --- --- - 'available': The NAT gateway is able to process traffic. This status remains until you delete the NAT gateway, and does not indicate the health of the NAT gateway. --- --- - 'deleting': The NAT gateway is in the process of being terminated and may still be processing traffic. --- --- - 'deleted': The NAT gateway has been terminated and is no longer processing traffic. --- -ngState :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe NatGatewayState) -ngState = lens _ngState (\ s a -> s{_ngState = a}); - --- | If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error code for the failure. ('InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet' | 'Gateway.NotAttached' | 'InvalidAllocationID.NotFound' | 'Resource.AlreadyAssociated' | 'InternalError' | 'InvalidSubnetID.NotFound') -ngFailureCode :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) -ngFailureCode = lens _ngFailureCode (\ s a -> s{_ngFailureCode = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway is located. -ngVPCId :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) -ngVPCId = lens _ngVPCId (\ s a -> s{_ngVPCId = a}); - --- | If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error message for the failure, that corresponds to the error code. --- --- - For InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet: \"Subnet has insufficient free addresses to create this NAT gateway\" --- --- - For Gateway.NotAttached: \"Network vpc-xxxxxxxx has no Internet gateway attached\" --- --- - For InvalidAllocationID.NotFound: \"Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx could not be associated with this NAT gateway\" --- --- - For Resource.AlreadyAssociated: \"Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx is already associated\" --- --- - For InternalError: \"Network interface eni-xxxxxxxx, created and used internally by this NAT gateway is in an invalid state. Please try again.\" --- --- - For InvalidSubnetID.NotFound: \"The specified subnet subnet-xxxxxxxx does not exist or could not be found.\" --- -ngFailureMessage :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) -ngFailureMessage = lens _ngFailureMessage (\ s a -> s{_ngFailureMessage = a}); - --- | The ID of the NAT gateway. -ngNatGatewayId :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) -ngNatGatewayId = lens _ngNatGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_ngNatGatewayId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway is located. -ngSubnetId :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) -ngSubnetId = lens _ngSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_ngSubnetId = a}); - --- | The date and time the NAT gateway was deleted, if applicable. -ngDeleteTime :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe UTCTime) -ngDeleteTime = lens _ngDeleteTime (\ s a -> s{_ngDeleteTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . -ngProvisionedBandwidth :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe ProvisionedBandwidth) -ngProvisionedBandwidth = lens _ngProvisionedBandwidth (\ s a -> s{_ngProvisionedBandwidth = a}); - --- | Information about the IP addresses and network interface associated with the NAT gateway. -ngNatGatewayAddresses :: Lens' NatGateway [NatGatewayAddress] -ngNatGatewayAddresses = lens _ngNatGatewayAddresses (\ s a -> s{_ngNatGatewayAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The date and time the NAT gateway was created. -ngCreateTime :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe UTCTime) -ngCreateTime = lens _ngCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_ngCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance FromXML NatGateway where - parseXML x - = NatGateway' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "failureCode") <*> - (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> (x .@? "failureMessage") - <*> (x .@? "natGatewayId") - <*> (x .@? "subnetId") - <*> (x .@? "deleteTime") - <*> (x .@? "provisionedBandwidth") - <*> - (x .@? "natGatewayAddressSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "createTime") - -instance Hashable NatGateway - -instance NFData NatGateway - --- | Describes the IP addresses and network interface associated with a NAT gateway. --- --- /See:/ 'natGatewayAddress' smart constructor. -data NatGatewayAddress = NatGatewayAddress' - { _ngaPrivateIP :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ngaAllocationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ngaNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ngaPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NatGatewayAddress' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ngaPrivateIP' --- --- * 'ngaAllocationId' --- --- * 'ngaNetworkInterfaceId' --- --- * 'ngaPublicIP' -natGatewayAddress - :: NatGatewayAddress -natGatewayAddress = - NatGatewayAddress' - { _ngaPrivateIP = Nothing - , _ngaAllocationId = Nothing - , _ngaNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing - , _ngaPublicIP = Nothing - } - --- | The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. -ngaPrivateIP :: Lens' NatGatewayAddress (Maybe Text) -ngaPrivateIP = lens _ngaPrivateIP (\ s a -> s{_ngaPrivateIP = a}); - --- | The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address that\'s associated with the NAT gateway. -ngaAllocationId :: Lens' NatGatewayAddress (Maybe Text) -ngaAllocationId = lens _ngaAllocationId (\ s a -> s{_ngaAllocationId = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface associated with the NAT gateway. -ngaNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' NatGatewayAddress (Maybe Text) -ngaNetworkInterfaceId = lens _ngaNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_ngaNetworkInterfaceId = a}); - --- | The Elastic IP address associated with the NAT gateway. -ngaPublicIP :: Lens' NatGatewayAddress (Maybe Text) -ngaPublicIP = lens _ngaPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_ngaPublicIP = a}); - -instance FromXML NatGatewayAddress where - parseXML x - = NatGatewayAddress' <$> - (x .@? "privateIp") <*> (x .@? "allocationId") <*> - (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") - <*> (x .@? "publicIp") - -instance Hashable NatGatewayAddress - -instance NFData NatGatewayAddress - --- | Describes a network ACL. --- --- /See:/ 'networkACL' smart constructor. -data NetworkACL = NetworkACL' - { _naEntries :: !(Maybe [NetworkACLEntry]) - , _naNetworkACLId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _naVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _naAssociations :: !(Maybe [NetworkACLAssociation]) - , _naTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _naIsDefault :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NetworkACL' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'naEntries' --- --- * 'naNetworkACLId' --- --- * 'naVPCId' --- --- * 'naAssociations' --- --- * 'naTags' --- --- * 'naIsDefault' -networkACL - :: NetworkACL -networkACL = - NetworkACL' - { _naEntries = Nothing - , _naNetworkACLId = Nothing - , _naVPCId = Nothing - , _naAssociations = Nothing - , _naTags = Nothing - , _naIsDefault = Nothing - } - --- | One or more entries (rules) in the network ACL. -naEntries :: Lens' NetworkACL [NetworkACLEntry] -naEntries = lens _naEntries (\ s a -> s{_naEntries = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the network ACL. -naNetworkACLId :: Lens' NetworkACL (Maybe Text) -naNetworkACLId = lens _naNetworkACLId (\ s a -> s{_naNetworkACLId = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC for the network ACL. -naVPCId :: Lens' NetworkACL (Maybe Text) -naVPCId = lens _naVPCId (\ s a -> s{_naVPCId = a}); - --- | Any associations between the network ACL and one or more subnets -naAssociations :: Lens' NetworkACL [NetworkACLAssociation] -naAssociations = lens _naAssociations (\ s a -> s{_naAssociations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Any tags assigned to the network ACL. -naTags :: Lens' NetworkACL [Tag] -naTags = lens _naTags (\ s a -> s{_naTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Indicates whether this is the default network ACL for the VPC. -naIsDefault :: Lens' NetworkACL (Maybe Bool) -naIsDefault = lens _naIsDefault (\ s a -> s{_naIsDefault = a}); - -instance FromXML NetworkACL where - parseXML x - = NetworkACL' <$> - (x .@? "entrySet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "networkAclId") - <*> (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> - (x .@? "associationSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "default") - -instance Hashable NetworkACL - -instance NFData NetworkACL - --- | Describes an association between a network ACL and a subnet. --- --- /See:/ 'networkACLAssociation' smart constructor. -data NetworkACLAssociation = NetworkACLAssociation' - { _naaNetworkACLId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _naaSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _naaNetworkACLAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NetworkACLAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'naaNetworkACLId' --- --- * 'naaSubnetId' --- --- * 'naaNetworkACLAssociationId' -networkACLAssociation - :: NetworkACLAssociation -networkACLAssociation = - NetworkACLAssociation' - { _naaNetworkACLId = Nothing - , _naaSubnetId = Nothing - , _naaNetworkACLAssociationId = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the network ACL. -naaNetworkACLId :: Lens' NetworkACLAssociation (Maybe Text) -naaNetworkACLId = lens _naaNetworkACLId (\ s a -> s{_naaNetworkACLId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet. -naaSubnetId :: Lens' NetworkACLAssociation (Maybe Text) -naaSubnetId = lens _naaSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_naaSubnetId = a}); - --- | The ID of the association between a network ACL and a subnet. -naaNetworkACLAssociationId :: Lens' NetworkACLAssociation (Maybe Text) -naaNetworkACLAssociationId = lens _naaNetworkACLAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_naaNetworkACLAssociationId = a}); - -instance FromXML NetworkACLAssociation where - parseXML x - = NetworkACLAssociation' <$> - (x .@? "networkAclId") <*> (x .@? "subnetId") <*> - (x .@? "networkAclAssociationId") - -instance Hashable NetworkACLAssociation - -instance NFData NetworkACLAssociation - --- | Describes an entry in a network ACL. --- --- /See:/ 'networkACLEntry' smart constructor. -data NetworkACLEntry = NetworkACLEntry' - { _naeICMPTypeCode :: !(Maybe ICMPTypeCode) - , _naeRuleNumber :: !(Maybe Int) - , _naeRuleAction :: !(Maybe RuleAction) - , _naeProtocol :: !(Maybe Text) - , _naePortRange :: !(Maybe PortRange) - , _naeCIdRBlock :: !(Maybe Text) - , _naeEgress :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NetworkACLEntry' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'naeICMPTypeCode' --- --- * 'naeRuleNumber' --- --- * 'naeRuleAction' --- --- * 'naeProtocol' --- --- * 'naePortRange' --- --- * 'naeCIdRBlock' --- --- * 'naeEgress' -networkACLEntry - :: NetworkACLEntry -networkACLEntry = - NetworkACLEntry' - { _naeICMPTypeCode = Nothing - , _naeRuleNumber = Nothing - , _naeRuleAction = Nothing - , _naeProtocol = Nothing - , _naePortRange = Nothing - , _naeCIdRBlock = Nothing - , _naeEgress = Nothing - } - --- | ICMP protocol: The ICMP type and code. -naeICMPTypeCode :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe ICMPTypeCode) -naeICMPTypeCode = lens _naeICMPTypeCode (\ s a -> s{_naeICMPTypeCode = a}); - --- | The rule number for the entry. ACL entries are processed in ascending order by rule number. -naeRuleNumber :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Int) -naeRuleNumber = lens _naeRuleNumber (\ s a -> s{_naeRuleNumber = a}); - --- | Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. -naeRuleAction :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe RuleAction) -naeRuleAction = lens _naeRuleAction (\ s a -> s{_naeRuleAction = a}); - --- | The protocol. A value of '-1' means all protocols. -naeProtocol :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) -naeProtocol = lens _naeProtocol (\ s a -> s{_naeProtocol = a}); - --- | TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. -naePortRange :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe PortRange) -naePortRange = lens _naePortRange (\ s a -> s{_naePortRange = a}); - --- | The network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation. -naeCIdRBlock :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) -naeCIdRBlock = lens _naeCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_naeCIdRBlock = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule (applied to traffic leaving the subnet). -naeEgress :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Bool) -naeEgress = lens _naeEgress (\ s a -> s{_naeEgress = a}); - -instance FromXML NetworkACLEntry where - parseXML x - = NetworkACLEntry' <$> - (x .@? "icmpTypeCode") <*> (x .@? "ruleNumber") <*> - (x .@? "ruleAction") - <*> (x .@? "protocol") - <*> (x .@? "portRange") - <*> (x .@? "cidrBlock") - <*> (x .@? "egress") - -instance Hashable NetworkACLEntry - -instance NFData NetworkACLEntry - --- | Describes a network interface. --- --- /See:/ 'networkInterface' smart constructor. -data NetworkInterface = NetworkInterface' - { _niGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) - , _niStatus :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceStatus) - , _niPrivateIPAddresses :: !(Maybe [NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress]) - , _niSourceDestCheck :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _niInterfaceType :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceType) - , _niVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niTagSet :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _niRequesterManaged :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _niNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niMACAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niAttachment :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceAttachment) - , _niOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niRequesterId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niAssociation :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceAssociation) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterface' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'niGroups' --- --- * 'niStatus' --- --- * 'niPrivateIPAddresses' --- --- * 'niSourceDestCheck' --- --- * 'niInterfaceType' --- --- * 'niVPCId' --- --- * 'niTagSet' --- --- * 'niRequesterManaged' --- --- * 'niNetworkInterfaceId' --- --- * 'niSubnetId' --- --- * 'niMACAddress' --- --- * 'niAttachment' --- --- * 'niOwnerId' --- --- * 'niAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'niPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'niPrivateDNSName' --- --- * 'niRequesterId' --- --- * 'niDescription' --- --- * 'niAssociation' -networkInterface - :: NetworkInterface -networkInterface = - NetworkInterface' - { _niGroups = Nothing - , _niStatus = Nothing - , _niPrivateIPAddresses = Nothing - , _niSourceDestCheck = Nothing - , _niInterfaceType = Nothing - , _niVPCId = Nothing - , _niTagSet = Nothing - , _niRequesterManaged = Nothing - , _niNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing - , _niSubnetId = Nothing - , _niMACAddress = Nothing - , _niAttachment = Nothing - , _niOwnerId = Nothing - , _niAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _niPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _niPrivateDNSName = Nothing - , _niRequesterId = Nothing - , _niDescription = Nothing - , _niAssociation = Nothing - } - --- | Any security groups for the network interface. -niGroups :: Lens' NetworkInterface [GroupIdentifier] -niGroups = lens _niGroups (\ s a -> s{_niGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The status of the network interface. -niStatus :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceStatus) -niStatus = lens _niStatus (\ s a -> s{_niStatus = a}); - --- | The private IP addresses associated with the network interface. -niPrivateIPAddresses :: Lens' NetworkInterface [NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress] -niPrivateIPAddresses = lens _niPrivateIPAddresses (\ s a -> s{_niPrivateIPAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Indicates whether traffic to or from the instance is validated. -niSourceDestCheck :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) -niSourceDestCheck = lens _niSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_niSourceDestCheck = a}); - --- | The type of interface. -niInterfaceType :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceType) -niInterfaceType = lens _niInterfaceType (\ s a -> s{_niInterfaceType = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC. -niVPCId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niVPCId = lens _niVPCId (\ s a -> s{_niVPCId = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the network interface. -niTagSet :: Lens' NetworkInterface [Tag] -niTagSet = lens _niTagSet (\ s a -> s{_niTagSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by AWS. -niRequesterManaged :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) -niRequesterManaged = lens _niRequesterManaged (\ s a -> s{_niRequesterManaged = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface. -niNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niNetworkInterfaceId = lens _niNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_niNetworkInterfaceId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet. -niSubnetId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niSubnetId = lens _niSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_niSubnetId = a}); - --- | The MAC address. -niMACAddress :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niMACAddress = lens _niMACAddress (\ s a -> s{_niMACAddress = a}); - --- | The network interface attachment. -niAttachment :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceAttachment) -niAttachment = lens _niAttachment (\ s a -> s{_niAttachment = a}); - --- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the network interface. -niOwnerId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niOwnerId = lens _niOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_niOwnerId = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone. -niAvailabilityZone :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niAvailabilityZone = lens _niAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_niAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The IP address of the network interface within the subnet. -niPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niPrivateIPAddress = lens _niPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_niPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | The private DNS name. -niPrivateDNSName :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niPrivateDNSName = lens _niPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_niPrivateDNSName = a}); - --- | The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console or Auto Scaling). -niRequesterId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niRequesterId = lens _niRequesterId (\ s a -> s{_niRequesterId = a}); - --- | A description. -niDescription :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -niDescription = lens _niDescription (\ s a -> s{_niDescription = a}); - --- | The association information for an Elastic IP associated with the network interface. -niAssociation :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceAssociation) -niAssociation = lens _niAssociation (\ s a -> s{_niAssociation = a}); - -instance FromXML NetworkInterface where - parseXML x - = NetworkInterface' <$> - (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "status") - <*> - (x .@? "privateIpAddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "sourceDestCheck") - <*> (x .@? "interfaceType") - <*> (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "requesterManaged") - <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") - <*> (x .@? "subnetId") - <*> (x .@? "macAddress") - <*> (x .@? "attachment") - <*> (x .@? "ownerId") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") - <*> (x .@? "privateDnsName") - <*> (x .@? "requesterId") - <*> (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@? "association") - -instance Hashable NetworkInterface - -instance NFData NetworkInterface - --- | Describes association information for an Elastic IP address. --- --- /See:/ 'networkInterfaceAssociation' smart constructor. -data NetworkInterfaceAssociation = NetworkInterfaceAssociation' - { _niaAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niaPublicDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niaAllocationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niaIPOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niaPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfaceAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'niaAssociationId' --- --- * 'niaPublicDNSName' --- --- * 'niaAllocationId' --- --- * 'niaIPOwnerId' --- --- * 'niaPublicIP' -networkInterfaceAssociation - :: NetworkInterfaceAssociation -networkInterfaceAssociation = - NetworkInterfaceAssociation' - { _niaAssociationId = Nothing - , _niaPublicDNSName = Nothing - , _niaAllocationId = Nothing - , _niaIPOwnerId = Nothing - , _niaPublicIP = Nothing - } - --- | The association ID. -niaAssociationId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) -niaAssociationId = lens _niaAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_niaAssociationId = a}); - --- | The public DNS name. -niaPublicDNSName :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) -niaPublicDNSName = lens _niaPublicDNSName (\ s a -> s{_niaPublicDNSName = a}); - --- | The allocation ID. -niaAllocationId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) -niaAllocationId = lens _niaAllocationId (\ s a -> s{_niaAllocationId = a}); - --- | The ID of the Elastic IP address owner. -niaIPOwnerId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) -niaIPOwnerId = lens _niaIPOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_niaIPOwnerId = a}); - --- | The address of the Elastic IP address bound to the network interface. -niaPublicIP :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) -niaPublicIP = lens _niaPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_niaPublicIP = a}); - -instance FromXML NetworkInterfaceAssociation where - parseXML x - = NetworkInterfaceAssociation' <$> - (x .@? "associationId") <*> (x .@? "publicDnsName") - <*> (x .@? "allocationId") - <*> (x .@? "ipOwnerId") - <*> (x .@? "publicIp") - -instance Hashable NetworkInterfaceAssociation - -instance NFData NetworkInterfaceAssociation - --- | Describes a network interface attachment. --- --- /See:/ 'networkInterfaceAttachment' smart constructor. -data NetworkInterfaceAttachment = NetworkInterfaceAttachment' - { _niaInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niaStatus :: !(Maybe AttachmentStatus) - , _niaDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _niaAttachmentId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niaInstanceOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _niaAttachTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _niaDeviceIndex :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfaceAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'niaInstanceId' --- --- * 'niaStatus' --- --- * 'niaDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'niaAttachmentId' --- --- * 'niaInstanceOwnerId' --- --- * 'niaAttachTime' --- --- * 'niaDeviceIndex' -networkInterfaceAttachment - :: NetworkInterfaceAttachment -networkInterfaceAttachment = - NetworkInterfaceAttachment' - { _niaInstanceId = Nothing - , _niaStatus = Nothing - , _niaDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _niaAttachmentId = Nothing - , _niaInstanceOwnerId = Nothing - , _niaAttachTime = Nothing - , _niaDeviceIndex = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the instance. -niaInstanceId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Text) -niaInstanceId = lens _niaInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_niaInstanceId = a}); - --- | The attachment state. -niaStatus :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe AttachmentStatus) -niaStatus = lens _niaStatus (\ s a -> s{_niaStatus = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. -niaDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Bool) -niaDeleteOnTermination = lens _niaDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_niaDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface attachment. -niaAttachmentId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Text) -niaAttachmentId = lens _niaAttachmentId (\ s a -> s{_niaAttachmentId = a}); - --- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the instance. -niaInstanceOwnerId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Text) -niaInstanceOwnerId = lens _niaInstanceOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_niaInstanceOwnerId = a}); - --- | The timestamp indicating when the attachment initiated. -niaAttachTime :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe UTCTime) -niaAttachTime = lens _niaAttachTime (\ s a -> s{_niaAttachTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The device index of the network interface attachment on the instance. -niaDeviceIndex :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Int) -niaDeviceIndex = lens _niaDeviceIndex (\ s a -> s{_niaDeviceIndex = a}); - -instance FromXML NetworkInterfaceAttachment where - parseXML x - = NetworkInterfaceAttachment' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "status") <*> - (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") - <*> (x .@? "attachmentId") - <*> (x .@? "instanceOwnerId") - <*> (x .@? "attachTime") - <*> (x .@? "deviceIndex") - -instance Hashable NetworkInterfaceAttachment - -instance NFData NetworkInterfaceAttachment - --- | Describes an attachment change. --- --- /See:/ 'networkInterfaceAttachmentChanges' smart constructor. -data NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges = NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges' - { _niacDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _niacAttachmentId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'niacDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'niacAttachmentId' -networkInterfaceAttachmentChanges - :: NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges -networkInterfaceAttachmentChanges = - NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges' - { _niacDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _niacAttachmentId = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. -niacDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges (Maybe Bool) -niacDeleteOnTermination = lens _niacDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_niacDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface attachment. -niacAttachmentId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges (Maybe Text) -niacAttachmentId = lens _niacAttachmentId (\ s a -> s{_niacAttachmentId = a}); - -instance Hashable NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges - -instance NFData NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges - -instance ToQuery NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges - where - toQuery NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges'{..} - = mconcat - ["DeleteOnTermination" =: _niacDeleteOnTermination, - "AttachmentId" =: _niacAttachmentId] - --- | Describes the private IP address of a network interface. --- --- /See:/ 'networkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' smart constructor. -data NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress = NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' - { _nipiaPrimary :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _nipiaPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _nipiaPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _nipiaAssociation :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceAssociation) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'nipiaPrimary' --- --- * 'nipiaPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'nipiaPrivateDNSName' --- --- * 'nipiaAssociation' -networkInterfacePrivateIPAddress - :: NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress -networkInterfacePrivateIPAddress = - NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' - { _nipiaPrimary = Nothing - , _nipiaPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _nipiaPrivateDNSName = Nothing - , _nipiaAssociation = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether this IP address is the primary private IP address of the network interface. -nipiaPrimary :: Lens' NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Bool) -nipiaPrimary = lens _nipiaPrimary (\ s a -> s{_nipiaPrimary = a}); - --- | The private IP address. -nipiaPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Text) -nipiaPrivateIPAddress = lens _nipiaPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_nipiaPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | The private DNS name. -nipiaPrivateDNSName :: Lens' NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Text) -nipiaPrivateDNSName = lens _nipiaPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_nipiaPrivateDNSName = a}); - --- | The association information for an Elastic IP address associated with the network interface. -nipiaAssociation :: Lens' NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress (Maybe NetworkInterfaceAssociation) -nipiaAssociation = lens _nipiaAssociation (\ s a -> s{_nipiaAssociation = a}); - -instance FromXML NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress - where - parseXML x - = NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' <$> - (x .@? "primary") <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") <*> - (x .@? "privateDnsName") - <*> (x .@? "association") - -instance Hashable NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress - -instance NFData NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress - --- | /See:/ 'newDHCPConfiguration' smart constructor. -data NewDHCPConfiguration = NewDHCPConfiguration' - { _ndcValues :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _ndcKey :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'NewDHCPConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ndcValues' --- --- * 'ndcKey' -newDHCPConfiguration - :: NewDHCPConfiguration -newDHCPConfiguration = - NewDHCPConfiguration' - { _ndcValues = Nothing - , _ndcKey = Nothing - } - --- | Undocumented member. -ndcValues :: Lens' NewDHCPConfiguration [Text] -ndcValues = lens _ndcValues (\ s a -> s{_ndcValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Undocumented member. -ndcKey :: Lens' NewDHCPConfiguration (Maybe Text) -ndcKey = lens _ndcKey (\ s a -> s{_ndcKey = a}); - -instance Hashable NewDHCPConfiguration - -instance NFData NewDHCPConfiguration - -instance ToQuery NewDHCPConfiguration where - toQuery NewDHCPConfiguration'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery (toQueryList "Value" <$> _ndcValues), - "Key" =: _ndcKey] - --- | Describes the VPC peering connection options. --- --- /See:/ 'peeringConnectionOptions' smart constructor. -data PeeringConnectionOptions = PeeringConnectionOptions' - { _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PeeringConnectionOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink' --- --- * 'pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC' --- --- * 'pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC' -peeringConnectionOptions - :: PeeringConnectionOptions -peeringConnectionOptions = - PeeringConnectionOptions' - { _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = Nothing - , _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = Nothing - , _pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = Nothing - } - --- | If true, enables outbound communication from instances in a local VPC to an EC2-Classic instance that\'s linked to a peer VPC via ClassicLink. -pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) -pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = lens _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink (\ s a -> s{_pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = a}); - --- | If true, enables outbound communication from an EC2-Classic instance that\'s linked to a local VPC via ClassicLink to instances in a peer VPC. -pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) -pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = lens _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = a}); - --- | If true, enables a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC. -pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) -pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = lens _pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = a}); - -instance FromXML PeeringConnectionOptions where - parseXML x - = PeeringConnectionOptions' <$> - (x .@? "allowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink") - <*> - (x .@? "allowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc") - <*> (x .@? "allowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc") - -instance Hashable PeeringConnectionOptions - -instance NFData PeeringConnectionOptions - --- | The VPC peering connection options. --- --- /See:/ 'peeringConnectionOptionsRequest' smart constructor. -data PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest = PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest' - { _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink' --- --- * 'pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC' --- --- * 'pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC' -peeringConnectionOptionsRequest - :: PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest -peeringConnectionOptionsRequest = - PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest' - { _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = Nothing - , _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = Nothing - , _pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = Nothing - } - --- | If true, enables outbound communication from instances in a local VPC to an EC2-Classic instance that\'s linked to a peer VPC via ClassicLink. -pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest (Maybe Bool) -pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = lens _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink (\ s a -> s{_pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = a}); - --- | If true, enables outbound communication from an EC2-Classic instance that\'s linked to a local VPC via ClassicLink to instances in a peer VPC. -pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest (Maybe Bool) -pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = lens _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = a}); - --- | If true, enables a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC. -pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest (Maybe Bool) -pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = lens _pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = a}); - -instance Hashable PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest - -instance NFData PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest - -instance ToQuery PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest - where - toQuery PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest'{..} - = mconcat - ["AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink" =: - _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink, - "AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc" =: - _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC, - "AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc" =: - _pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC] - --- | Describes the placement for the instance. --- --- /See:/ 'placement' smart constructor. -data Placement = Placement' - { _pAffinity :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pHostId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) - , _pGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Placement' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pAffinity' --- --- * 'pHostId' --- --- * 'pAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'pTenancy' --- --- * 'pGroupName' -placement - :: Placement -placement = - Placement' - { _pAffinity = Nothing - , _pHostId = Nothing - , _pAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _pTenancy = Nothing - , _pGroupName = Nothing - } - --- | The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host. This parameter is not supported for the < ImportInstance> command. -pAffinity :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Text) -pAffinity = lens _pAffinity (\ s a -> s{_pAffinity = a}); - --- | The ID of the Dedicted host on which the instance resides. This parameter is not support for the < ImportInstance> command. -pHostId :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Text) -pHostId = lens _pHostId (\ s a -> s{_pHostId = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone of the instance. -pAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Text) -pAvailabilityZone = lens _pAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_pAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance with a tenancy of 'dedicated' runs on single-tenant hardware. The 'host' tenancy is not supported for the < ImportInstance> command. -pTenancy :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Tenancy) -pTenancy = lens _pTenancy (\ s a -> s{_pTenancy = a}); - --- | The name of the placement group the instance is in (for cluster compute instances). -pGroupName :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Text) -pGroupName = lens _pGroupName (\ s a -> s{_pGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML Placement where - parseXML x - = Placement' <$> - (x .@? "affinity") <*> (x .@? "hostId") <*> - (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "tenancy") - <*> (x .@? "groupName") - -instance Hashable Placement - -instance NFData Placement - -instance ToQuery Placement where - toQuery Placement'{..} - = mconcat - ["Affinity" =: _pAffinity, "HostId" =: _pHostId, - "AvailabilityZone" =: _pAvailabilityZone, - "Tenancy" =: _pTenancy, "GroupName" =: _pGroupName] - --- | Describes a placement group. --- --- /See:/ 'placementGroup' smart constructor. -data PlacementGroup = PlacementGroup' - { _pgState :: !(Maybe PlacementGroupState) - , _pgStrategy :: !(Maybe PlacementStrategy) - , _pgGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PlacementGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pgState' --- --- * 'pgStrategy' --- --- * 'pgGroupName' -placementGroup - :: PlacementGroup -placementGroup = - PlacementGroup' - { _pgState = Nothing - , _pgStrategy = Nothing - , _pgGroupName = Nothing - } - --- | The state of the placement group. -pgState :: Lens' PlacementGroup (Maybe PlacementGroupState) -pgState = lens _pgState (\ s a -> s{_pgState = a}); - --- | The placement strategy. -pgStrategy :: Lens' PlacementGroup (Maybe PlacementStrategy) -pgStrategy = lens _pgStrategy (\ s a -> s{_pgStrategy = a}); - --- | The name of the placement group. -pgGroupName :: Lens' PlacementGroup (Maybe Text) -pgGroupName = lens _pgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_pgGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML PlacementGroup where - parseXML x - = PlacementGroup' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "strategy") <*> - (x .@? "groupName") - -instance Hashable PlacementGroup - -instance NFData PlacementGroup - --- | Describes a range of ports. --- --- /See:/ 'portRange' smart constructor. -data PortRange = PortRange' - { _prTo :: !(Maybe Int) - , _prFrom :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PortRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'prTo' --- --- * 'prFrom' -portRange - :: PortRange -portRange = - PortRange' - { _prTo = Nothing - , _prFrom = Nothing - } - --- | The last port in the range. -prTo :: Lens' PortRange (Maybe Int) -prTo = lens _prTo (\ s a -> s{_prTo = a}); - --- | The first port in the range. -prFrom :: Lens' PortRange (Maybe Int) -prFrom = lens _prFrom (\ s a -> s{_prFrom = a}); - -instance FromXML PortRange where - parseXML x - = PortRange' <$> (x .@? "to") <*> (x .@? "from") - -instance Hashable PortRange - -instance NFData PortRange - -instance ToQuery PortRange where - toQuery PortRange'{..} - = mconcat ["To" =: _prTo, "From" =: _prFrom] - --- | Describes prefixes for AWS services. --- --- /See:/ 'prefixList' smart constructor. -data PrefixList = PrefixList' - { _plCIdRs :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _plPrefixListId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _plPrefixListName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PrefixList' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'plCIdRs' --- --- * 'plPrefixListId' --- --- * 'plPrefixListName' -prefixList - :: PrefixList -prefixList = - PrefixList' - { _plCIdRs = Nothing - , _plPrefixListId = Nothing - , _plPrefixListName = Nothing - } - --- | The IP address range of the AWS service. -plCIdRs :: Lens' PrefixList [Text] -plCIdRs = lens _plCIdRs (\ s a -> s{_plCIdRs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the prefix. -plPrefixListId :: Lens' PrefixList (Maybe Text) -plPrefixListId = lens _plPrefixListId (\ s a -> s{_plPrefixListId = a}); - --- | The name of the prefix. -plPrefixListName :: Lens' PrefixList (Maybe Text) -plPrefixListName = lens _plPrefixListName (\ s a -> s{_plPrefixListName = a}); - -instance FromXML PrefixList where - parseXML x - = PrefixList' <$> - (x .@? "cidrSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "prefixListId") - <*> (x .@? "prefixListName") - -instance Hashable PrefixList - -instance NFData PrefixList - --- | The ID of the prefix. --- --- /See:/ 'prefixListId' smart constructor. -newtype PrefixListId = PrefixListId' - { _pliPrefixListId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PrefixListId' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pliPrefixListId' -prefixListId - :: PrefixListId -prefixListId = - PrefixListId' - { _pliPrefixListId = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the prefix. -pliPrefixListId :: Lens' PrefixListId (Maybe Text) -pliPrefixListId = lens _pliPrefixListId (\ s a -> s{_pliPrefixListId = a}); - -instance FromXML PrefixListId where - parseXML x = PrefixListId' <$> (x .@? "prefixListId") - -instance Hashable PrefixListId - -instance NFData PrefixListId - -instance ToQuery PrefixListId where - toQuery PrefixListId'{..} - = mconcat ["PrefixListId" =: _pliPrefixListId] - --- | Describes the price for a Reserved Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'priceSchedule' smart constructor. -data PriceSchedule = PriceSchedule' - { _psCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) - , _psTerm :: !(Maybe Integer) - , _psActive :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _psPrice :: !(Maybe Double) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PriceSchedule' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'psCurrencyCode' --- --- * 'psTerm' --- --- * 'psActive' --- --- * 'psPrice' -priceSchedule - :: PriceSchedule -priceSchedule = - PriceSchedule' - { _psCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _psTerm = Nothing - , _psActive = Nothing - , _psPrice = Nothing - } - --- | The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. -psCurrencyCode :: Lens' PriceSchedule (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) -psCurrencyCode = lens _psCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_psCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The number of months remaining in the reservation. For example, 2 is the second to the last month before the capacity reservation expires. -psTerm :: Lens' PriceSchedule (Maybe Integer) -psTerm = lens _psTerm (\ s a -> s{_psTerm = a}); - --- | The current price schedule, as determined by the term remaining for the Reserved Instance in the listing. --- --- A specific price schedule is always in effect, but only one price schedule can be active at any time. Take, for example, a Reserved Instance listing that has five months remaining in its term. When you specify price schedules for five months and two months, this means that schedule 1, covering the first three months of the remaining term, will be active during months 5, 4, and 3. Then schedule 2, covering the last two months of the term, will be active for months 2 and 1. -psActive :: Lens' PriceSchedule (Maybe Bool) -psActive = lens _psActive (\ s a -> s{_psActive = a}); - --- | The fixed price for the term. -psPrice :: Lens' PriceSchedule (Maybe Double) -psPrice = lens _psPrice (\ s a -> s{_psPrice = a}); - -instance FromXML PriceSchedule where - parseXML x - = PriceSchedule' <$> - (x .@? "currencyCode") <*> (x .@? "term") <*> - (x .@? "active") - <*> (x .@? "price") - -instance Hashable PriceSchedule - -instance NFData PriceSchedule - --- | Describes the price for a Reserved Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'priceScheduleSpecification' smart constructor. -data PriceScheduleSpecification = PriceScheduleSpecification' - { _pssCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) - , _pssTerm :: !(Maybe Integer) - , _pssPrice :: !(Maybe Double) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PriceScheduleSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pssCurrencyCode' --- --- * 'pssTerm' --- --- * 'pssPrice' -priceScheduleSpecification - :: PriceScheduleSpecification -priceScheduleSpecification = - PriceScheduleSpecification' - { _pssCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _pssTerm = Nothing - , _pssPrice = Nothing - } - --- | The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. -pssCurrencyCode :: Lens' PriceScheduleSpecification (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) -pssCurrencyCode = lens _pssCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_pssCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The number of months remaining in the reservation. For example, 2 is the second to the last month before the capacity reservation expires. -pssTerm :: Lens' PriceScheduleSpecification (Maybe Integer) -pssTerm = lens _pssTerm (\ s a -> s{_pssTerm = a}); - --- | The fixed price for the term. -pssPrice :: Lens' PriceScheduleSpecification (Maybe Double) -pssPrice = lens _pssPrice (\ s a -> s{_pssPrice = a}); - -instance Hashable PriceScheduleSpecification - -instance NFData PriceScheduleSpecification - -instance ToQuery PriceScheduleSpecification where - toQuery PriceScheduleSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - ["CurrencyCode" =: _pssCurrencyCode, - "Term" =: _pssTerm, "Price" =: _pssPrice] - --- | Describes a Reserved Instance offering. --- --- /See:/ 'pricingDetail' smart constructor. -data PricingDetail = PricingDetail' - { _pdCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _pdPrice :: !(Maybe Double) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PricingDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pdCount' --- --- * 'pdPrice' -pricingDetail - :: PricingDetail -pricingDetail = - PricingDetail' - { _pdCount = Nothing - , _pdPrice = Nothing - } - --- | The number of reservations available for the price. -pdCount :: Lens' PricingDetail (Maybe Int) -pdCount = lens _pdCount (\ s a -> s{_pdCount = a}); - --- | The price per instance. -pdPrice :: Lens' PricingDetail (Maybe Double) -pdPrice = lens _pdPrice (\ s a -> s{_pdPrice = a}); - -instance FromXML PricingDetail where - parseXML x - = PricingDetail' <$> - (x .@? "count") <*> (x .@? "price") - -instance Hashable PricingDetail - -instance NFData PricingDetail - --- | Describes a secondary private IP address for a network interface. --- --- /See:/ 'privateIPAddressSpecification' smart constructor. -data PrivateIPAddressSpecification = PrivateIPAddressSpecification' - { _piasPrimary :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _piasPrivateIPAddress :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PrivateIPAddressSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'piasPrimary' --- --- * 'piasPrivateIPAddress' -privateIPAddressSpecification - :: Text -- ^ 'piasPrivateIPAddress' - -> PrivateIPAddressSpecification -privateIPAddressSpecification pPrivateIPAddress_ = - PrivateIPAddressSpecification' - { _piasPrimary = Nothing - , _piasPrivateIPAddress = pPrivateIPAddress_ - } - --- | Indicates whether the private IP address is the primary private IP address. Only one IP address can be designated as primary. -piasPrimary :: Lens' PrivateIPAddressSpecification (Maybe Bool) -piasPrimary = lens _piasPrimary (\ s a -> s{_piasPrimary = a}); - --- | The private IP addresses. -piasPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' PrivateIPAddressSpecification Text -piasPrivateIPAddress = lens _piasPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_piasPrivateIPAddress = a}); - -instance FromXML PrivateIPAddressSpecification where - parseXML x - = PrivateIPAddressSpecification' <$> - (x .@? "primary") <*> (x .@ "privateIpAddress") - -instance Hashable PrivateIPAddressSpecification - -instance NFData PrivateIPAddressSpecification - -instance ToQuery PrivateIPAddressSpecification where - toQuery PrivateIPAddressSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - ["Primary" =: _piasPrimary, - "PrivateIpAddress" =: _piasPrivateIPAddress] - --- | Describes a product code. --- --- /See:/ 'productCode' smart constructor. -data ProductCode = ProductCode' - { _pcProductCodeType :: !(Maybe ProductCodeValues) - , _pcProductCodeId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ProductCode' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pcProductCodeType' --- --- * 'pcProductCodeId' -productCode - :: ProductCode -productCode = - ProductCode' - { _pcProductCodeType = Nothing - , _pcProductCodeId = Nothing - } - --- | The type of product code. -pcProductCodeType :: Lens' ProductCode (Maybe ProductCodeValues) -pcProductCodeType = lens _pcProductCodeType (\ s a -> s{_pcProductCodeType = a}); - --- | The product code. -pcProductCodeId :: Lens' ProductCode (Maybe Text) -pcProductCodeId = lens _pcProductCodeId (\ s a -> s{_pcProductCodeId = a}); - -instance FromXML ProductCode where - parseXML x - = ProductCode' <$> - (x .@? "type") <*> (x .@? "productCode") - -instance Hashable ProductCode - -instance NFData ProductCode - --- | Describes a virtual private gateway propagating route. --- --- /See:/ 'propagatingVGW' smart constructor. -newtype PropagatingVGW = PropagatingVGW' - { _pvGatewayId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PropagatingVGW' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pvGatewayId' -propagatingVGW - :: PropagatingVGW -propagatingVGW = - PropagatingVGW' - { _pvGatewayId = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the virtual private gateway (VGW). -pvGatewayId :: Lens' PropagatingVGW (Maybe Text) -pvGatewayId = lens _pvGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_pvGatewayId = a}); - -instance FromXML PropagatingVGW where - parseXML x = PropagatingVGW' <$> (x .@? "gatewayId") - -instance Hashable PropagatingVGW - -instance NFData PropagatingVGW - --- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . --- --- /See:/ 'provisionedBandwidth' smart constructor. -data ProvisionedBandwidth = ProvisionedBandwidth' - { _pbStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pbRequested :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pbProvisioned :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pbRequestTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _pbProvisionTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ProvisionedBandwidth' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pbStatus' --- --- * 'pbRequested' --- --- * 'pbProvisioned' --- --- * 'pbRequestTime' --- --- * 'pbProvisionTime' -provisionedBandwidth - :: ProvisionedBandwidth -provisionedBandwidth = - ProvisionedBandwidth' - { _pbStatus = Nothing - , _pbRequested = Nothing - , _pbProvisioned = Nothing - , _pbRequestTime = Nothing - , _pbProvisionTime = Nothing - } - --- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . -pbStatus :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe Text) -pbStatus = lens _pbStatus (\ s a -> s{_pbStatus = a}); - --- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . -pbRequested :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe Text) -pbRequested = lens _pbRequested (\ s a -> s{_pbRequested = a}); - --- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . -pbProvisioned :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe Text) -pbProvisioned = lens _pbProvisioned (\ s a -> s{_pbProvisioned = a}); - --- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . -pbRequestTime :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe UTCTime) -pbRequestTime = lens _pbRequestTime (\ s a -> s{_pbRequestTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . -pbProvisionTime :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe UTCTime) -pbProvisionTime = lens _pbProvisionTime (\ s a -> s{_pbProvisionTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance FromXML ProvisionedBandwidth where - parseXML x - = ProvisionedBandwidth' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "requested") <*> - (x .@? "provisioned") - <*> (x .@? "requestTime") - <*> (x .@? "provisionTime") - -instance Hashable ProvisionedBandwidth - -instance NFData ProvisionedBandwidth - --- | Describes the result of the purchase. --- --- /See:/ 'purchase' smart constructor. -data Purchase = Purchase' - { _pInstanceFamily :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) - , _pHostReservationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pUpfrontPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _pHostIdSet :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _pDuration :: !(Maybe Int) - , _pPaymentOption :: !(Maybe PaymentOption) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Purchase' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'pInstanceFamily' --- --- * 'pCurrencyCode' --- --- * 'pHostReservationId' --- --- * 'pHourlyPrice' --- --- * 'pUpfrontPrice' --- --- * 'pHostIdSet' --- --- * 'pDuration' --- --- * 'pPaymentOption' -purchase - :: Purchase -purchase = - Purchase' - { _pInstanceFamily = Nothing - , _pCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _pHostReservationId = Nothing - , _pHourlyPrice = Nothing - , _pUpfrontPrice = Nothing - , _pHostIdSet = Nothing - , _pDuration = Nothing - , _pPaymentOption = Nothing - } - --- | The instance family on the Dedicated Host that the reservation can be associated with. -pInstanceFamily :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Text) -pInstanceFamily = lens _pInstanceFamily (\ s a -> s{_pInstanceFamily = a}); - --- | The currency in which the 'UpfrontPrice' and 'HourlyPrice' amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. -pCurrencyCode :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) -pCurrencyCode = lens _pCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_pCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The ID of the reservation. -pHostReservationId :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Text) -pHostReservationId = lens _pHostReservationId (\ s a -> s{_pHostReservationId = a}); - --- | The hourly price of the reservation per hour. -pHourlyPrice :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Text) -pHourlyPrice = lens _pHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_pHourlyPrice = a}); - --- | The upfront price of the reservation. -pUpfrontPrice :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Text) -pUpfrontPrice = lens _pUpfrontPrice (\ s a -> s{_pUpfrontPrice = a}); - --- | The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts associated with the reservation. -pHostIdSet :: Lens' Purchase [Text] -pHostIdSet = lens _pHostIdSet (\ s a -> s{_pHostIdSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The duration of the reservation\'s term in seconds. -pDuration :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Int) -pDuration = lens _pDuration (\ s a -> s{_pDuration = a}); - --- | The payment option for the reservation. -pPaymentOption :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe PaymentOption) -pPaymentOption = lens _pPaymentOption (\ s a -> s{_pPaymentOption = a}); - -instance FromXML Purchase where - parseXML x - = Purchase' <$> - (x .@? "instanceFamily") <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") - <*> (x .@? "hostReservationId") - <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") - <*> (x .@? "upfrontPrice") - <*> - (x .@? "hostIdSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "duration") - <*> (x .@? "paymentOption") - -instance Hashable Purchase - -instance NFData Purchase - --- | Describes a request to purchase Scheduled Instances. --- --- /See:/ 'purchaseRequest' smart constructor. -data PurchaseRequest = PurchaseRequest' - { _prPurchaseToken :: !Text - , _prInstanceCount :: !Int - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'PurchaseRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'prPurchaseToken' --- --- * 'prInstanceCount' -purchaseRequest - :: Text -- ^ 'prPurchaseToken' - -> Int -- ^ 'prInstanceCount' - -> PurchaseRequest -purchaseRequest pPurchaseToken_ pInstanceCount_ = - PurchaseRequest' - { _prPurchaseToken = pPurchaseToken_ - , _prInstanceCount = pInstanceCount_ - } - --- | The purchase token. -prPurchaseToken :: Lens' PurchaseRequest Text -prPurchaseToken = lens _prPurchaseToken (\ s a -> s{_prPurchaseToken = a}); - --- | The number of instances. -prInstanceCount :: Lens' PurchaseRequest Int -prInstanceCount = lens _prInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_prInstanceCount = a}); - -instance Hashable PurchaseRequest - -instance NFData PurchaseRequest - -instance ToQuery PurchaseRequest where - toQuery PurchaseRequest'{..} - = mconcat - ["PurchaseToken" =: _prPurchaseToken, - "InstanceCount" =: _prInstanceCount] - --- | Describes a recurring charge. --- --- /See:/ 'recurringCharge' smart constructor. -data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge' - { _rcAmount :: !(Maybe Double) - , _rcFrequency :: !(Maybe RecurringChargeFrequency) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'RecurringCharge' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rcAmount' --- --- * 'rcFrequency' -recurringCharge - :: RecurringCharge -recurringCharge = - RecurringCharge' - { _rcAmount = Nothing - , _rcFrequency = Nothing - } - --- | The amount of the recurring charge. -rcAmount :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Double) -rcAmount = lens _rcAmount (\ s a -> s{_rcAmount = a}); - --- | The frequency of the recurring charge. -rcFrequency :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe RecurringChargeFrequency) -rcFrequency = lens _rcFrequency (\ s a -> s{_rcFrequency = a}); - -instance FromXML RecurringCharge where - parseXML x - = RecurringCharge' <$> - (x .@? "amount") <*> (x .@? "frequency") - -instance Hashable RecurringCharge - -instance NFData RecurringCharge - --- | Describes a region. --- --- /See:/ 'regionInfo' smart constructor. -data RegionInfo = RegionInfo' - { _riRegionName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _riEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'RegionInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'riRegionName' --- --- * 'riEndpoint' -regionInfo - :: RegionInfo -regionInfo = - RegionInfo' - { _riRegionName = Nothing - , _riEndpoint = Nothing - } - --- | The name of the region. -riRegionName :: Lens' RegionInfo (Maybe Text) -riRegionName = lens _riRegionName (\ s a -> s{_riRegionName = a}); - --- | The region service endpoint. -riEndpoint :: Lens' RegionInfo (Maybe Text) -riEndpoint = lens _riEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_riEndpoint = a}); - -instance FromXML RegionInfo where - parseXML x - = RegionInfo' <$> - (x .@? "regionName") <*> (x .@? "regionEndpoint") - -instance Hashable RegionInfo - -instance NFData RegionInfo - --- | Describes the launch specification for an instance. --- --- /See:/ 'requestSpotLaunchSpecification' smart constructor. -data RequestSpotLaunchSpecification = RequestSpotLaunchSpecification' - { _rslsSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _rslsSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _rslsKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rslsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification]) - , _rslsRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rslsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rslsKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rslsInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) - , _rslsEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _rslsUserData :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rslsMonitoring :: !(Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) - , _rslsIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) - , _rslsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rslsAddressingType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rslsBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) - , _rslsPlacement :: !(Maybe SpotPlacement) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'RequestSpotLaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rslsSecurityGroupIds' --- --- * 'rslsSecurityGroups' --- --- * 'rslsKeyName' --- --- * 'rslsNetworkInterfaces' --- --- * 'rslsRAMDiskId' --- --- * 'rslsSubnetId' --- --- * 'rslsKernelId' --- --- * 'rslsInstanceType' --- --- * 'rslsEBSOptimized' --- --- * 'rslsUserData' --- --- * 'rslsMonitoring' --- --- * 'rslsIAMInstanceProfile' --- --- * 'rslsImageId' --- --- * 'rslsAddressingType' --- --- * 'rslsBlockDeviceMappings' --- --- * 'rslsPlacement' -requestSpotLaunchSpecification - :: RequestSpotLaunchSpecification -requestSpotLaunchSpecification = - RequestSpotLaunchSpecification' - { _rslsSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _rslsSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _rslsKeyName = Nothing - , _rslsNetworkInterfaces = Nothing - , _rslsRAMDiskId = Nothing - , _rslsSubnetId = Nothing - , _rslsKernelId = Nothing - , _rslsInstanceType = Nothing - , _rslsEBSOptimized = Nothing - , _rslsUserData = Nothing - , _rslsMonitoring = Nothing - , _rslsIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing - , _rslsImageId = Nothing - , _rslsAddressingType = Nothing - , _rslsBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing - , _rslsPlacement = Nothing - } - --- | Undocumented member. -rslsSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification [Text] -rslsSecurityGroupIds = lens _rslsSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rslsSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Undocumented member. -rslsSecurityGroups :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification [Text] -rslsSecurityGroups = lens _rslsSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_rslsSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of the key pair. -rslsKeyName :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -rslsKeyName = lens _rslsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_rslsKeyName = a}); - --- | One or more network interfaces. -rslsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification] -rslsNetworkInterfaces = lens _rslsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_rslsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the RAM disk. -rslsRAMDiskId :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -rslsRAMDiskId = lens _rslsRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_rslsRAMDiskId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. -rslsSubnetId :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -rslsSubnetId = lens _rslsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_rslsSubnetId = a}); - --- | The ID of the kernel. -rslsKernelId :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -rslsKernelId = lens _rslsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_rslsKernelId = a}); - --- | The instance type. -rslsInstanceType :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe InstanceType) -rslsInstanceType = lens _rslsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_rslsInstanceType = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I\/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I\/O performance. This optimization isn\'t available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. --- --- Default: 'false' -rslsEBSOptimized :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) -rslsEBSOptimized = lens _rslsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_rslsEBSOptimized = a}); - --- | The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. -rslsUserData :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -rslsUserData = lens _rslsUserData (\ s a -> s{_rslsUserData = a}); - --- | Undocumented member. -rslsMonitoring :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) -rslsMonitoring = lens _rslsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_rslsMonitoring = a}); - --- | The IAM instance profile. -rslsIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) -rslsIAMInstanceProfile = lens _rslsIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_rslsIAMInstanceProfile = a}); - --- | The ID of the AMI. -rslsImageId :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -rslsImageId = lens _rslsImageId (\ s a -> s{_rslsImageId = a}); - --- | Deprecated. -rslsAddressingType :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -rslsAddressingType = lens _rslsAddressingType (\ s a -> s{_rslsAddressingType = a}); - --- | One or more block device mapping entries. --- --- Although you can specify encrypted EBS volumes in this block device mapping for your Spot Instances, these volumes are not encrypted. -rslsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification [BlockDeviceMapping] -rslsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _rslsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_rslsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The placement information for the instance. -rslsPlacement :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe SpotPlacement) -rslsPlacement = lens _rslsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_rslsPlacement = a}); - -instance Hashable RequestSpotLaunchSpecification - -instance NFData RequestSpotLaunchSpecification - -instance ToQuery RequestSpotLaunchSpecification where - toQuery RequestSpotLaunchSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery - (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> - _rslsSecurityGroupIds), - toQuery - (toQueryList "SecurityGroup" <$> - _rslsSecurityGroups), - "KeyName" =: _rslsKeyName, - toQuery - (toQueryList "NetworkInterface" <$> - _rslsNetworkInterfaces), - "RamdiskId" =: _rslsRAMDiskId, - "SubnetId" =: _rslsSubnetId, - "KernelId" =: _rslsKernelId, - "InstanceType" =: _rslsInstanceType, - "EbsOptimized" =: _rslsEBSOptimized, - "UserData" =: _rslsUserData, - "Monitoring" =: _rslsMonitoring, - "IamInstanceProfile" =: _rslsIAMInstanceProfile, - "ImageId" =: _rslsImageId, - "AddressingType" =: _rslsAddressingType, - toQuery - (toQueryList "BlockDeviceMapping" <$> - _rslsBlockDeviceMappings), - "Placement" =: _rslsPlacement] - --- | Describes a reservation. --- --- /See:/ 'reservation' smart constructor. -data Reservation = Reservation' - { _rGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) - , _rInstances :: !(Maybe [Instance]) - , _rRequesterId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rReservationId :: !Text - , _rOwnerId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Reservation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rGroups' --- --- * 'rInstances' --- --- * 'rRequesterId' --- --- * 'rReservationId' --- --- * 'rOwnerId' -reservation - :: Text -- ^ 'rReservationId' - -> Text -- ^ 'rOwnerId' - -> Reservation -reservation pReservationId_ pOwnerId_ = - Reservation' - { _rGroups = Nothing - , _rInstances = Nothing - , _rRequesterId = Nothing - , _rReservationId = pReservationId_ - , _rOwnerId = pOwnerId_ - } - --- | [EC2-Classic only] One or more security groups. -rGroups :: Lens' Reservation [GroupIdentifier] -rGroups = lens _rGroups (\ s a -> s{_rGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | One or more instances. -rInstances :: Lens' Reservation [Instance] -rInstances = lens _rInstances (\ s a -> s{_rInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the requester that launched the instances on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console or Auto Scaling). -rRequesterId :: Lens' Reservation (Maybe Text) -rRequesterId = lens _rRequesterId (\ s a -> s{_rRequesterId = a}); - --- | The ID of the reservation. -rReservationId :: Lens' Reservation Text -rReservationId = lens _rReservationId (\ s a -> s{_rReservationId = a}); - --- | The ID of the AWS account that owns the reservation. -rOwnerId :: Lens' Reservation Text -rOwnerId = lens _rOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rOwnerId = a}); - -instance FromXML Reservation where - parseXML x - = Reservation' <$> - (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "instancesSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "requesterId") - <*> (x .@ "reservationId") - <*> (x .@ "ownerId") - -instance Hashable Reservation - -instance NFData Reservation - --- | Describes the limit price of a Reserved Instance offering. --- --- /See:/ 'reservedInstanceLimitPrice' smart constructor. -data ReservedInstanceLimitPrice = ReservedInstanceLimitPrice' - { _rilpAmount :: !(Maybe Double) - , _rilpCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstanceLimitPrice' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rilpAmount' --- --- * 'rilpCurrencyCode' -reservedInstanceLimitPrice - :: ReservedInstanceLimitPrice -reservedInstanceLimitPrice = - ReservedInstanceLimitPrice' - { _rilpAmount = Nothing - , _rilpCurrencyCode = Nothing - } - --- | Used for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings. Specifies the limit price on the total order (instanceCount * price). -rilpAmount :: Lens' ReservedInstanceLimitPrice (Maybe Double) -rilpAmount = lens _rilpAmount (\ s a -> s{_rilpAmount = a}); - --- | The currency in which the 'limitPrice' amount is specified. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. -rilpCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedInstanceLimitPrice (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) -rilpCurrencyCode = lens _rilpCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rilpCurrencyCode = a}); - -instance Hashable ReservedInstanceLimitPrice - -instance NFData ReservedInstanceLimitPrice - -instance ToQuery ReservedInstanceLimitPrice where - toQuery ReservedInstanceLimitPrice'{..} - = mconcat - ["Amount" =: _rilpAmount, - "CurrencyCode" =: _rilpCurrencyCode] - --- | Describes a Reserved Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'reservedInstances' smart constructor. -data ReservedInstances = ReservedInstances' - { _riState :: !(Maybe ReservedInstanceState) - , _riCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) - , _riInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _riProductDescription :: !(Maybe RIProductDescription) - , _riStart :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _riInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) - , _riEnd :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _riAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _riRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) - , _riOfferingType :: !(Maybe OfferingTypeValues) - , _riUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) - , _riFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) - , _riReservedInstancesId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _riInstanceTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) - , _riDuration :: !(Maybe Integer) - , _riTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstances' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'riState' --- --- * 'riCurrencyCode' --- --- * 'riInstanceCount' --- --- * 'riProductDescription' --- --- * 'riStart' --- --- * 'riInstanceType' --- --- * 'riEnd' --- --- * 'riAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'riRecurringCharges' --- --- * 'riOfferingType' --- --- * 'riUsagePrice' --- --- * 'riFixedPrice' --- --- * 'riReservedInstancesId' --- --- * 'riInstanceTenancy' --- --- * 'riDuration' --- --- * 'riTags' -reservedInstances - :: ReservedInstances -reservedInstances = - ReservedInstances' - { _riState = Nothing - , _riCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _riInstanceCount = Nothing - , _riProductDescription = Nothing - , _riStart = Nothing - , _riInstanceType = Nothing - , _riEnd = Nothing - , _riAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _riRecurringCharges = Nothing - , _riOfferingType = Nothing - , _riUsagePrice = Nothing - , _riFixedPrice = Nothing - , _riReservedInstancesId = Nothing - , _riInstanceTenancy = Nothing - , _riDuration = Nothing - , _riTags = Nothing - } - --- | The state of the Reserved Instance purchase. -riState :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe ReservedInstanceState) -riState = lens _riState (\ s a -> s{_riState = a}); - --- | The currency of the Reserved Instance. It\'s specified using ISO 4217 standard currency codes. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. -riCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) -riCurrencyCode = lens _riCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_riCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The number of reservations purchased. -riInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Int) -riInstanceCount = lens _riInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_riInstanceCount = a}); - --- | The Reserved Instance product platform description. -riProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe RIProductDescription) -riProductDescription = lens _riProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_riProductDescription = a}); - --- | The date and time the Reserved Instance started. -riStart :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe UTCTime) -riStart = lens _riStart (\ s a -> s{_riStart = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The instance type on which the Reserved Instance can be used. -riInstanceType :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe InstanceType) -riInstanceType = lens _riInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_riInstanceType = a}); - --- | The time when the Reserved Instance expires. -riEnd :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe UTCTime) -riEnd = lens _riEnd (\ s a -> s{_riEnd = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used. -riAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Text) -riAvailabilityZone = lens _riAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_riAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource. -riRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedInstances [RecurringCharge] -riRecurringCharges = lens _riRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_riRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The Reserved Instance offering type. -riOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe OfferingTypeValues) -riOfferingType = lens _riOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_riOfferingType = a}); - --- | The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour. -riUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Double) -riUsagePrice = lens _riUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_riUsagePrice = a}); - --- | The purchase price of the Reserved Instance. -riFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Double) -riFixedPrice = lens _riFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_riFixedPrice = a}); - --- | The ID of the Reserved Instance. -riReservedInstancesId :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Text) -riReservedInstancesId = lens _riReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_riReservedInstancesId = a}); - --- | The tenancy of the instance. -riInstanceTenancy :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Tenancy) -riInstanceTenancy = lens _riInstanceTenancy (\ s a -> s{_riInstanceTenancy = a}); - --- | The duration of the Reserved Instance, in seconds. -riDuration :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Integer) -riDuration = lens _riDuration (\ s a -> s{_riDuration = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the resource. -riTags :: Lens' ReservedInstances [Tag] -riTags = lens _riTags (\ s a -> s{_riTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML ReservedInstances where - parseXML x - = ReservedInstances' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") <*> - (x .@? "instanceCount") - <*> (x .@? "productDescription") - <*> (x .@? "start") - <*> (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "end") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> - (x .@? "recurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "offeringType") - <*> (x .@? "usagePrice") - <*> (x .@? "fixedPrice") - <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesId") - <*> (x .@? "instanceTenancy") - <*> (x .@? "duration") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable ReservedInstances - -instance NFData ReservedInstances - --- | Describes the configuration settings for the modified Reserved Instances. --- --- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesConfiguration' smart constructor. -data ReservedInstancesConfiguration = ReservedInstancesConfiguration' - { _ricPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ricInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _ricInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) - , _ricAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ricPlatform' --- --- * 'ricInstanceCount' --- --- * 'ricInstanceType' --- --- * 'ricAvailabilityZone' -reservedInstancesConfiguration - :: ReservedInstancesConfiguration -reservedInstancesConfiguration = - ReservedInstancesConfiguration' - { _ricPlatform = Nothing - , _ricInstanceCount = Nothing - , _ricInstanceType = Nothing - , _ricAvailabilityZone = Nothing - } - --- | The network platform of the modified Reserved Instances, which is either EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC. -ricPlatform :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe Text) -ricPlatform = lens _ricPlatform (\ s a -> s{_ricPlatform = a}); - --- | The number of modified Reserved Instances. -ricInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe Int) -ricInstanceCount = lens _ricInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_ricInstanceCount = a}); - --- | The instance type for the modified Reserved Instances. -ricInstanceType :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe InstanceType) -ricInstanceType = lens _ricInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_ricInstanceType = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone for the modified Reserved Instances. -ricAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe Text) -ricAvailabilityZone = lens _ricAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_ricAvailabilityZone = a}); - -instance FromXML ReservedInstancesConfiguration where - parseXML x - = ReservedInstancesConfiguration' <$> - (x .@? "platform") <*> (x .@? "instanceCount") <*> - (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - -instance Hashable ReservedInstancesConfiguration - -instance NFData ReservedInstancesConfiguration - -instance ToQuery ReservedInstancesConfiguration where - toQuery ReservedInstancesConfiguration'{..} - = mconcat - ["Platform" =: _ricPlatform, - "InstanceCount" =: _ricInstanceCount, - "InstanceType" =: _ricInstanceType, - "AvailabilityZone" =: _ricAvailabilityZone] - --- | Describes the ID of a Reserved Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesId' smart constructor. -newtype ReservedInstancesId = ReservedInstancesId' - { _riiReservedInstancesId :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesId' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'riiReservedInstancesId' -reservedInstancesId - :: ReservedInstancesId -reservedInstancesId = - ReservedInstancesId' - { _riiReservedInstancesId = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the Reserved Instance. -riiReservedInstancesId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesId (Maybe Text) -riiReservedInstancesId = lens _riiReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_riiReservedInstancesId = a}); - -instance FromXML ReservedInstancesId where - parseXML x - = ReservedInstancesId' <$> - (x .@? "reservedInstancesId") - -instance Hashable ReservedInstancesId - -instance NFData ReservedInstancesId - --- | Describes a Reserved Instance listing. --- --- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesListing' smart constructor. -data ReservedInstancesListing = ReservedInstancesListing' - { _rilStatus :: !(Maybe ListingStatus) - , _rilClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rilUpdateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _rilCreateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _rilPriceSchedules :: !(Maybe [PriceSchedule]) - , _rilStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rilReservedInstancesId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rilTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _rilInstanceCounts :: !(Maybe [InstanceCount]) - , _rilReservedInstancesListingId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesListing' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rilStatus' --- --- * 'rilClientToken' --- --- * 'rilUpdateDate' --- --- * 'rilCreateDate' --- --- * 'rilPriceSchedules' --- --- * 'rilStatusMessage' --- --- * 'rilReservedInstancesId' --- --- * 'rilTags' --- --- * 'rilInstanceCounts' --- --- * 'rilReservedInstancesListingId' -reservedInstancesListing - :: ReservedInstancesListing -reservedInstancesListing = - ReservedInstancesListing' - { _rilStatus = Nothing - , _rilClientToken = Nothing - , _rilUpdateDate = Nothing - , _rilCreateDate = Nothing - , _rilPriceSchedules = Nothing - , _rilStatusMessage = Nothing - , _rilReservedInstancesId = Nothing - , _rilTags = Nothing - , _rilInstanceCounts = Nothing - , _rilReservedInstancesListingId = Nothing - } - --- | The status of the Reserved Instance listing. -rilStatus :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe ListingStatus) -rilStatus = lens _rilStatus (\ s a -> s{_rilStatus = a}); - --- | A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request is idempotent. For more information, see . -rilClientToken :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe Text) -rilClientToken = lens _rilClientToken (\ s a -> s{_rilClientToken = a}); - --- | The last modified timestamp of the listing. -rilUpdateDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe UTCTime) -rilUpdateDate = lens _rilUpdateDate (\ s a -> s{_rilUpdateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The time the listing was created. -rilCreateDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe UTCTime) -rilCreateDate = lens _rilCreateDate (\ s a -> s{_rilCreateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The price of the Reserved Instance listing. -rilPriceSchedules :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing [PriceSchedule] -rilPriceSchedules = lens _rilPriceSchedules (\ s a -> s{_rilPriceSchedules = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The reason for the current status of the Reserved Instance listing. The response can be blank. -rilStatusMessage :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe Text) -rilStatusMessage = lens _rilStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_rilStatusMessage = a}); - --- | The ID of the Reserved Instance. -rilReservedInstancesId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe Text) -rilReservedInstancesId = lens _rilReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_rilReservedInstancesId = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the resource. -rilTags :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing [Tag] -rilTags = lens _rilTags (\ s a -> s{_rilTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The number of instances in this state. -rilInstanceCounts :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing [InstanceCount] -rilInstanceCounts = lens _rilInstanceCounts (\ s a -> s{_rilInstanceCounts = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the Reserved Instance listing. -rilReservedInstancesListingId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe Text) -rilReservedInstancesListingId = lens _rilReservedInstancesListingId (\ s a -> s{_rilReservedInstancesListingId = a}); - -instance FromXML ReservedInstancesListing where - parseXML x - = ReservedInstancesListing' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "clientToken") <*> - (x .@? "updateDate") - <*> (x .@? "createDate") - <*> - (x .@? "priceSchedules" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") - <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesId") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "instanceCounts" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesListingId") - -instance Hashable ReservedInstancesListing - -instance NFData ReservedInstancesListing - --- | Describes a Reserved Instance modification. --- --- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesModification' smart constructor. -data ReservedInstancesModification = ReservedInstancesModification' - { _rimModificationResults :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstancesModificationResult]) - , _rimStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rimClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rimUpdateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _rimCreateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _rimEffectiveDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _rimStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rimReservedInstancesModificationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rimReservedInstancesIds :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstancesId]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesModification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rimModificationResults' --- --- * 'rimStatus' --- --- * 'rimClientToken' --- --- * 'rimUpdateDate' --- --- * 'rimCreateDate' --- --- * 'rimEffectiveDate' --- --- * 'rimStatusMessage' --- --- * 'rimReservedInstancesModificationId' --- --- * 'rimReservedInstancesIds' -reservedInstancesModification - :: ReservedInstancesModification -reservedInstancesModification = - ReservedInstancesModification' - { _rimModificationResults = Nothing - , _rimStatus = Nothing - , _rimClientToken = Nothing - , _rimUpdateDate = Nothing - , _rimCreateDate = Nothing - , _rimEffectiveDate = Nothing - , _rimStatusMessage = Nothing - , _rimReservedInstancesModificationId = Nothing - , _rimReservedInstancesIds = Nothing - } - --- | Contains target configurations along with their corresponding new Reserved Instance IDs. -rimModificationResults :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification [ReservedInstancesModificationResult] -rimModificationResults = lens _rimModificationResults (\ s a -> s{_rimModificationResults = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The status of the Reserved Instances modification request. -rimStatus :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe Text) -rimStatus = lens _rimStatus (\ s a -> s{_rimStatus = a}); - --- | A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request is idempotent. For more information, see . -rimClientToken :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe Text) -rimClientToken = lens _rimClientToken (\ s a -> s{_rimClientToken = a}); - --- | The time when the modification request was last updated. -rimUpdateDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe UTCTime) -rimUpdateDate = lens _rimUpdateDate (\ s a -> s{_rimUpdateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The time when the modification request was created. -rimCreateDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe UTCTime) -rimCreateDate = lens _rimCreateDate (\ s a -> s{_rimCreateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The time for the modification to become effective. -rimEffectiveDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe UTCTime) -rimEffectiveDate = lens _rimEffectiveDate (\ s a -> s{_rimEffectiveDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The reason for the status. -rimStatusMessage :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe Text) -rimStatusMessage = lens _rimStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_rimStatusMessage = a}); - --- | A unique ID for the Reserved Instance modification. -rimReservedInstancesModificationId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe Text) -rimReservedInstancesModificationId = lens _rimReservedInstancesModificationId (\ s a -> s{_rimReservedInstancesModificationId = a}); - --- | The IDs of one or more Reserved Instances. -rimReservedInstancesIds :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification [ReservedInstancesId] -rimReservedInstancesIds = lens _rimReservedInstancesIds (\ s a -> s{_rimReservedInstancesIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML ReservedInstancesModification where - parseXML x - = ReservedInstancesModification' <$> - (x .@? "modificationResultSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "status") - <*> (x .@? "clientToken") - <*> (x .@? "updateDate") - <*> (x .@? "createDate") - <*> (x .@? "effectiveDate") - <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") - <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesModificationId") - <*> - (x .@? "reservedInstancesSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable ReservedInstancesModification - -instance NFData ReservedInstancesModification - --- | Describes the modification request\/s. --- --- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesModificationResult' smart constructor. -data ReservedInstancesModificationResult = ReservedInstancesModificationResult' - { _rimrReservedInstancesId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rimrTargetConfiguration :: !(Maybe ReservedInstancesConfiguration) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesModificationResult' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rimrReservedInstancesId' --- --- * 'rimrTargetConfiguration' -reservedInstancesModificationResult - :: ReservedInstancesModificationResult -reservedInstancesModificationResult = - ReservedInstancesModificationResult' - { _rimrReservedInstancesId = Nothing - , _rimrTargetConfiguration = Nothing - } - --- | The ID for the Reserved Instances that were created as part of the modification request. This field is only available when the modification is fulfilled. -rimrReservedInstancesId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModificationResult (Maybe Text) -rimrReservedInstancesId = lens _rimrReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_rimrReservedInstancesId = a}); - --- | The target Reserved Instances configurations supplied as part of the modification request. -rimrTargetConfiguration :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModificationResult (Maybe ReservedInstancesConfiguration) -rimrTargetConfiguration = lens _rimrTargetConfiguration (\ s a -> s{_rimrTargetConfiguration = a}); - -instance FromXML ReservedInstancesModificationResult - where - parseXML x - = ReservedInstancesModificationResult' <$> - (x .@? "reservedInstancesId") <*> - (x .@? "targetConfiguration") - -instance Hashable ReservedInstancesModificationResult - -instance NFData ReservedInstancesModificationResult - --- | Describes a Reserved Instance offering. --- --- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesOffering' smart constructor. -data ReservedInstancesOffering = ReservedInstancesOffering' - { _rioMarketplace :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _rioCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) - , _rioProductDescription :: !(Maybe RIProductDescription) - , _rioInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) - , _rioAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rioPricingDetails :: !(Maybe [PricingDetail]) - , _rioRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) - , _rioOfferingType :: !(Maybe OfferingTypeValues) - , _rioUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) - , _rioFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) - , _rioInstanceTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) - , _rioReservedInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rioDuration :: !(Maybe Integer) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesOffering' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rioMarketplace' --- --- * 'rioCurrencyCode' --- --- * 'rioProductDescription' --- --- * 'rioInstanceType' --- --- * 'rioAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'rioPricingDetails' --- --- * 'rioRecurringCharges' --- --- * 'rioOfferingType' --- --- * 'rioUsagePrice' --- --- * 'rioFixedPrice' --- --- * 'rioInstanceTenancy' --- --- * 'rioReservedInstancesOfferingId' --- --- * 'rioDuration' -reservedInstancesOffering - :: ReservedInstancesOffering -reservedInstancesOffering = - ReservedInstancesOffering' - { _rioMarketplace = Nothing - , _rioCurrencyCode = Nothing - , _rioProductDescription = Nothing - , _rioInstanceType = Nothing - , _rioAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _rioPricingDetails = Nothing - , _rioRecurringCharges = Nothing - , _rioOfferingType = Nothing - , _rioUsagePrice = Nothing - , _rioFixedPrice = Nothing - , _rioInstanceTenancy = Nothing - , _rioReservedInstancesOfferingId = Nothing - , _rioDuration = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether the offering is available through the Reserved Instance Marketplace (resale) or AWS. If it\'s a Reserved Instance Marketplace offering, this is 'true'. -rioMarketplace :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Bool) -rioMarketplace = lens _rioMarketplace (\ s a -> s{_rioMarketplace = a}); - --- | The currency of the Reserved Instance offering you are purchasing. It\'s specified using ISO 4217 standard currency codes. At this time, the only supported currency is 'USD'. -rioCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) -rioCurrencyCode = lens _rioCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rioCurrencyCode = a}); - --- | The Reserved Instance product platform description. -rioProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe RIProductDescription) -rioProductDescription = lens _rioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_rioProductDescription = a}); - --- | The instance type on which the Reserved Instance can be used. -rioInstanceType :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe InstanceType) -rioInstanceType = lens _rioInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_rioInstanceType = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used. -rioAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rioAvailabilityZone = lens _rioAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rioAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The pricing details of the Reserved Instance offering. -rioPricingDetails :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering [PricingDetail] -rioPricingDetails = lens _rioPricingDetails (\ s a -> s{_rioPricingDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource. -rioRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering [RecurringCharge] -rioRecurringCharges = lens _rioRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_rioRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The Reserved Instance offering type. -rioOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe OfferingTypeValues) -rioOfferingType = lens _rioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_rioOfferingType = a}); - --- | The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour. -rioUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) -rioUsagePrice = lens _rioUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_rioUsagePrice = a}); - --- | The purchase price of the Reserved Instance. -rioFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) -rioFixedPrice = lens _rioFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_rioFixedPrice = a}); - --- | The tenancy of the instance. -rioInstanceTenancy :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Tenancy) -rioInstanceTenancy = lens _rioInstanceTenancy (\ s a -> s{_rioInstanceTenancy = a}); - --- | The ID of the Reserved Instance offering. -rioReservedInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) -rioReservedInstancesOfferingId = lens _rioReservedInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_rioReservedInstancesOfferingId = a}); - --- | The duration of the Reserved Instance, in seconds. -rioDuration :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Integer) -rioDuration = lens _rioDuration (\ s a -> s{_rioDuration = a}); - -instance FromXML ReservedInstancesOffering where - parseXML x - = ReservedInstancesOffering' <$> - (x .@? "marketplace") <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") <*> - (x .@? "productDescription") - <*> (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> - (x .@? "pricingDetailsSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "recurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "offeringType") - <*> (x .@? "usagePrice") - <*> (x .@? "fixedPrice") - <*> (x .@? "instanceTenancy") - <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesOfferingId") - <*> (x .@? "duration") - -instance Hashable ReservedInstancesOffering - -instance NFData ReservedInstancesOffering - --- | Describes a route in a route table. --- --- /See:/ 'route' smart constructor. -data Route = Route' - { _rVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rOrigin :: !(Maybe RouteOrigin) - , _rState :: !(Maybe RouteState) - , _rNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rInstanceOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rDestinationPrefixListId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rDestinationCIdRBlock :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Route' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rVPCPeeringConnectionId' --- --- * 'rInstanceId' --- --- * 'rOrigin' --- --- * 'rState' --- --- * 'rNatGatewayId' --- --- * 'rNetworkInterfaceId' --- --- * 'rGatewayId' --- --- * 'rInstanceOwnerId' --- --- * 'rDestinationPrefixListId' --- --- * 'rDestinationCIdRBlock' -route - :: Route -route = - Route' - { _rVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing - , _rInstanceId = Nothing - , _rOrigin = Nothing - , _rState = Nothing - , _rNatGatewayId = Nothing - , _rNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing - , _rGatewayId = Nothing - , _rInstanceOwnerId = Nothing - , _rDestinationPrefixListId = Nothing - , _rDestinationCIdRBlock = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the VPC peering connection. -rVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) -rVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _rVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_rVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); - --- | The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. -rInstanceId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) -rInstanceId = lens _rInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_rInstanceId = a}); - --- | Describes how the route was created. --- --- - 'CreateRouteTable' - The route was automatically created when the route table was created. --- --- - 'CreateRoute' - The route was manually added to the route table. --- --- - 'EnableVgwRoutePropagation' - The route was propagated by route propagation. --- -rOrigin :: Lens' Route (Maybe RouteOrigin) -rOrigin = lens _rOrigin (\ s a -> s{_rOrigin = a}); - --- | The state of the route. The 'blackhole' state indicates that the route\'s target isn\'t available (for example, the specified gateway isn\'t attached to the VPC, or the specified NAT instance has been terminated). -rState :: Lens' Route (Maybe RouteState) -rState = lens _rState (\ s a -> s{_rState = a}); - --- | The ID of a NAT gateway. -rNatGatewayId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) -rNatGatewayId = lens _rNatGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_rNatGatewayId = a}); - --- | The ID of the network interface. -rNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) -rNetworkInterfaceId = lens _rNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_rNetworkInterfaceId = a}); - --- | The ID of a gateway attached to your VPC. -rGatewayId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) -rGatewayId = lens _rGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_rGatewayId = a}); - --- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the instance. -rInstanceOwnerId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) -rInstanceOwnerId = lens _rInstanceOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rInstanceOwnerId = a}); - --- | The prefix of the AWS service. -rDestinationPrefixListId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) -rDestinationPrefixListId = lens _rDestinationPrefixListId (\ s a -> s{_rDestinationPrefixListId = a}); - --- | The CIDR block used for the destination match. -rDestinationCIdRBlock :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) -rDestinationCIdRBlock = lens _rDestinationCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_rDestinationCIdRBlock = a}); - -instance FromXML Route where - parseXML x - = Route' <$> - (x .@? "vpcPeeringConnectionId") <*> - (x .@? "instanceId") - <*> (x .@? "origin") - <*> (x .@? "state") - <*> (x .@? "natGatewayId") - <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") - <*> (x .@? "gatewayId") - <*> (x .@? "instanceOwnerId") - <*> (x .@? "destinationPrefixListId") - <*> (x .@? "destinationCidrBlock") - -instance Hashable Route - -instance NFData Route - --- | Describes a route table. --- --- /See:/ 'routeTable' smart constructor. -data RouteTable = RouteTable' - { _rtRouteTableId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rtRoutes :: !(Maybe [Route]) - , _rtVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rtPropagatingVGWs :: !(Maybe [PropagatingVGW]) - , _rtAssociations :: !(Maybe [RouteTableAssociation]) - , _rtTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'RouteTable' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rtRouteTableId' --- --- * 'rtRoutes' --- --- * 'rtVPCId' --- --- * 'rtPropagatingVGWs' --- --- * 'rtAssociations' --- --- * 'rtTags' -routeTable - :: RouteTable -routeTable = - RouteTable' - { _rtRouteTableId = Nothing - , _rtRoutes = Nothing - , _rtVPCId = Nothing - , _rtPropagatingVGWs = Nothing - , _rtAssociations = Nothing - , _rtTags = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the route table. -rtRouteTableId :: Lens' RouteTable (Maybe Text) -rtRouteTableId = lens _rtRouteTableId (\ s a -> s{_rtRouteTableId = a}); - --- | The routes in the route table. -rtRoutes :: Lens' RouteTable [Route] -rtRoutes = lens _rtRoutes (\ s a -> s{_rtRoutes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the VPC. -rtVPCId :: Lens' RouteTable (Maybe Text) -rtVPCId = lens _rtVPCId (\ s a -> s{_rtVPCId = a}); - --- | Any virtual private gateway (VGW) propagating routes. -rtPropagatingVGWs :: Lens' RouteTable [PropagatingVGW] -rtPropagatingVGWs = lens _rtPropagatingVGWs (\ s a -> s{_rtPropagatingVGWs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The associations between the route table and one or more subnets. -rtAssociations :: Lens' RouteTable [RouteTableAssociation] -rtAssociations = lens _rtAssociations (\ s a -> s{_rtAssociations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Any tags assigned to the route table. -rtTags :: Lens' RouteTable [Tag] -rtTags = lens _rtTags (\ s a -> s{_rtTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML RouteTable where - parseXML x - = RouteTable' <$> - (x .@? "routeTableId") <*> - (x .@? "routeSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> - (x .@? "propagatingVgwSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "associationSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable RouteTable - -instance NFData RouteTable - --- | Describes an association between a route table and a subnet. --- --- /See:/ 'routeTableAssociation' smart constructor. -data RouteTableAssociation = RouteTableAssociation' - { _rtaRouteTableId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rtaRouteTableAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _rtaMain :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _rtaSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'RouteTableAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rtaRouteTableId' --- --- * 'rtaRouteTableAssociationId' --- --- * 'rtaMain' --- --- * 'rtaSubnetId' -routeTableAssociation - :: RouteTableAssociation -routeTableAssociation = - RouteTableAssociation' - { _rtaRouteTableId = Nothing - , _rtaRouteTableAssociationId = Nothing - , _rtaMain = Nothing - , _rtaSubnetId = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the route table. -rtaRouteTableId :: Lens' RouteTableAssociation (Maybe Text) -rtaRouteTableId = lens _rtaRouteTableId (\ s a -> s{_rtaRouteTableId = a}); - --- | The ID of the association between a route table and a subnet. -rtaRouteTableAssociationId :: Lens' RouteTableAssociation (Maybe Text) -rtaRouteTableAssociationId = lens _rtaRouteTableAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_rtaRouteTableAssociationId = a}); - --- | Indicates whether this is the main route table. -rtaMain :: Lens' RouteTableAssociation (Maybe Bool) -rtaMain = lens _rtaMain (\ s a -> s{_rtaMain = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet. A subnet ID is not returned for an implicit association. -rtaSubnetId :: Lens' RouteTableAssociation (Maybe Text) -rtaSubnetId = lens _rtaSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_rtaSubnetId = a}); - -instance FromXML RouteTableAssociation where - parseXML x - = RouteTableAssociation' <$> - (x .@? "routeTableId") <*> - (x .@? "routeTableAssociationId") - <*> (x .@? "main") - <*> (x .@? "subnetId") - -instance Hashable RouteTableAssociation - -instance NFData RouteTableAssociation - --- | Describes the monitoring for the instance. --- --- /See:/ 'runInstancesMonitoringEnabled' smart constructor. -newtype RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled = RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled' - { _rimeEnabled :: Bool - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'rimeEnabled' -runInstancesMonitoringEnabled - :: Bool -- ^ 'rimeEnabled' - -> RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled -runInstancesMonitoringEnabled pEnabled_ = - RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled' - { _rimeEnabled = pEnabled_ - } - --- | Indicates whether monitoring is enabled for the instance. -rimeEnabled :: Lens' RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled Bool -rimeEnabled = lens _rimeEnabled (\ s a -> s{_rimeEnabled = a}); - -instance FromXML RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled where - parseXML x - = RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled' <$> (x .@ "enabled") - -instance Hashable RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled - -instance NFData RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled - -instance ToQuery RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled where - toQuery RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled'{..} - = mconcat ["Enabled" =: _rimeEnabled] - --- | Describes the storage parameters for S3 and S3 buckets for an instance store-backed AMI. --- --- /See:/ 's3Storage' smart constructor. -data S3Storage = S3Storage' - { _ssPrefix :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ssUploadPolicy :: !(Maybe Base64) - , _ssBucket :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ssUploadPolicySignature :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ssAWSAccessKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'S3Storage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ssPrefix' --- --- * 'ssUploadPolicy' --- --- * 'ssBucket' --- --- * 'ssUploadPolicySignature' --- --- * 'ssAWSAccessKeyId' -s3Storage - :: S3Storage -s3Storage = - S3Storage' - { _ssPrefix = Nothing - , _ssUploadPolicy = Nothing - , _ssBucket = Nothing - , _ssUploadPolicySignature = Nothing - , _ssAWSAccessKeyId = Nothing - } - --- | The beginning of the file name of the AMI. -ssPrefix :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe Text) -ssPrefix = lens _ssPrefix (\ s a -> s{_ssPrefix = a}); - --- | An Amazon S3 upload policy that gives Amazon EC2 permission to upload items into Amazon S3 on your behalf. --- --- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data, --- despite what the AWS documentation might say. --- The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during --- serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. --- This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. -ssUploadPolicy :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe ByteString) -ssUploadPolicy = lens _ssUploadPolicy (\ s a -> s{_ssUploadPolicy = a}) . mapping _Base64; - --- | The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error. -ssBucket :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe Text) -ssBucket = lens _ssBucket (\ s a -> s{_ssBucket = a}); - --- | The signature of the JSON document. -ssUploadPolicySignature :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe Text) -ssUploadPolicySignature = lens _ssUploadPolicySignature (\ s a -> s{_ssUploadPolicySignature = a}); - --- | The access key ID of the owner of the bucket. Before you specify a value for your access key ID, review and follow the guidance in . -ssAWSAccessKeyId :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe Text) -ssAWSAccessKeyId = lens _ssAWSAccessKeyId (\ s a -> s{_ssAWSAccessKeyId = a}); - -instance FromXML S3Storage where - parseXML x - = S3Storage' <$> - (x .@? "prefix") <*> (x .@? "uploadPolicy") <*> - (x .@? "bucket") - <*> (x .@? "uploadPolicySignature") - <*> (x .@? "AWSAccessKeyId") - -instance Hashable S3Storage - -instance NFData S3Storage - -instance ToQuery S3Storage where - toQuery S3Storage'{..} - = mconcat - ["Prefix" =: _ssPrefix, - "UploadPolicy" =: _ssUploadPolicy, - "Bucket" =: _ssBucket, - "UploadPolicySignature" =: _ssUploadPolicySignature, - "AWSAccessKeyId" =: _ssAWSAccessKeyId] - --- | Describes a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstance' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstance = ScheduledInstance' - { _siPreviousSlotEndTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _siPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siTermStartDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _siInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siScheduledInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siCreateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _siSlotDurationInHours :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siTotalScheduledInstanceHours :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siRecurrence :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) - , _siAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siTermEndDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _siNextSlotStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _siNetworkPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'siPreviousSlotEndTime' --- --- * 'siPlatform' --- --- * 'siTermStartDate' --- --- * 'siInstanceCount' --- --- * 'siScheduledInstanceId' --- --- * 'siHourlyPrice' --- --- * 'siCreateDate' --- --- * 'siSlotDurationInHours' --- --- * 'siTotalScheduledInstanceHours' --- --- * 'siInstanceType' --- --- * 'siRecurrence' --- --- * 'siAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'siTermEndDate' --- --- * 'siNextSlotStartTime' --- --- * 'siNetworkPlatform' -scheduledInstance - :: ScheduledInstance -scheduledInstance = - ScheduledInstance' - { _siPreviousSlotEndTime = Nothing - , _siPlatform = Nothing - , _siTermStartDate = Nothing - , _siInstanceCount = Nothing - , _siScheduledInstanceId = Nothing - , _siHourlyPrice = Nothing - , _siCreateDate = Nothing - , _siSlotDurationInHours = Nothing - , _siTotalScheduledInstanceHours = Nothing - , _siInstanceType = Nothing - , _siRecurrence = Nothing - , _siAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _siTermEndDate = Nothing - , _siNextSlotStartTime = Nothing - , _siNetworkPlatform = Nothing - } - --- | The time that the previous schedule ended or will end. -siPreviousSlotEndTime :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -siPreviousSlotEndTime = lens _siPreviousSlotEndTime (\ s a -> s{_siPreviousSlotEndTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The platform ('Linux\/UNIX' or 'Windows'). -siPlatform :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) -siPlatform = lens _siPlatform (\ s a -> s{_siPlatform = a}); - --- | The start date for the Scheduled Instance. -siTermStartDate :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -siTermStartDate = lens _siTermStartDate (\ s a -> s{_siTermStartDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The number of instances. -siInstanceCount :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Int) -siInstanceCount = lens _siInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_siInstanceCount = a}); - --- | The Scheduled Instance ID. -siScheduledInstanceId :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) -siScheduledInstanceId = lens _siScheduledInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_siScheduledInstanceId = a}); - --- | The hourly price for a single instance. -siHourlyPrice :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) -siHourlyPrice = lens _siHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_siHourlyPrice = a}); - --- | The date when the Scheduled Instance was purchased. -siCreateDate :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -siCreateDate = lens _siCreateDate (\ s a -> s{_siCreateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The number of hours in the schedule. -siSlotDurationInHours :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Int) -siSlotDurationInHours = lens _siSlotDurationInHours (\ s a -> s{_siSlotDurationInHours = a}); - --- | The total number of hours for a single instance for the entire term. -siTotalScheduledInstanceHours :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Int) -siTotalScheduledInstanceHours = lens _siTotalScheduledInstanceHours (\ s a -> s{_siTotalScheduledInstanceHours = a}); - --- | The instance type. -siInstanceType :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) -siInstanceType = lens _siInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_siInstanceType = a}); - --- | The schedule recurrence. -siRecurrence :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) -siRecurrence = lens _siRecurrence (\ s a -> s{_siRecurrence = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone. -siAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) -siAvailabilityZone = lens _siAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_siAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The end date for the Scheduled Instance. -siTermEndDate :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -siTermEndDate = lens _siTermEndDate (\ s a -> s{_siTermEndDate = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The time for the next schedule to start. -siNextSlotStartTime :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) -siNextSlotStartTime = lens _siNextSlotStartTime (\ s a -> s{_siNextSlotStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The network platform ('EC2-Classic' or 'EC2-VPC'). -siNetworkPlatform :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) -siNetworkPlatform = lens _siNetworkPlatform (\ s a -> s{_siNetworkPlatform = a}); - -instance FromXML ScheduledInstance where - parseXML x - = ScheduledInstance' <$> - (x .@? "previousSlotEndTime") <*> (x .@? "platform") - <*> (x .@? "termStartDate") - <*> (x .@? "instanceCount") - <*> (x .@? "scheduledInstanceId") - <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") - <*> (x .@? "createDate") - <*> (x .@? "slotDurationInHours") - <*> (x .@? "totalScheduledInstanceHours") - <*> (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "recurrence") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "termEndDate") - <*> (x .@? "nextSlotStartTime") - <*> (x .@? "networkPlatform") - -instance Hashable ScheduledInstance - -instance NFData ScheduledInstance - --- | Describes a schedule that is available for your Scheduled Instances. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstanceAvailability' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstanceAvailability = ScheduledInstanceAvailability' - { _siaMaxTermDurationInDays :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siaPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siaPurchaseToken :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siaHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siaAvailableInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siaSlotDurationInHours :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siaInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siaRecurrence :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) - , _siaAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siaMinTermDurationInDays :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siaFirstSlotStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _siaNetworkPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstanceAvailability' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'siaMaxTermDurationInDays' --- --- * 'siaPlatform' --- --- * 'siaPurchaseToken' --- --- * 'siaHourlyPrice' --- --- * 'siaAvailableInstanceCount' --- --- * 'siaSlotDurationInHours' --- --- * 'siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours' --- --- * 'siaInstanceType' --- --- * 'siaRecurrence' --- --- * 'siaAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'siaMinTermDurationInDays' --- --- * 'siaFirstSlotStartTime' --- --- * 'siaNetworkPlatform' -scheduledInstanceAvailability - :: ScheduledInstanceAvailability -scheduledInstanceAvailability = - ScheduledInstanceAvailability' - { _siaMaxTermDurationInDays = Nothing - , _siaPlatform = Nothing - , _siaPurchaseToken = Nothing - , _siaHourlyPrice = Nothing - , _siaAvailableInstanceCount = Nothing - , _siaSlotDurationInHours = Nothing - , _siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours = Nothing - , _siaInstanceType = Nothing - , _siaRecurrence = Nothing - , _siaAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _siaMinTermDurationInDays = Nothing - , _siaFirstSlotStartTime = Nothing - , _siaNetworkPlatform = Nothing - } - --- | The maximum term. The only possible value is 365 days. -siaMaxTermDurationInDays :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) -siaMaxTermDurationInDays = lens _siaMaxTermDurationInDays (\ s a -> s{_siaMaxTermDurationInDays = a}); - --- | The platform ('Linux\/UNIX' or 'Windows'). -siaPlatform :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) -siaPlatform = lens _siaPlatform (\ s a -> s{_siaPlatform = a}); - --- | The purchase token. This token expires in two hours. -siaPurchaseToken :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) -siaPurchaseToken = lens _siaPurchaseToken (\ s a -> s{_siaPurchaseToken = a}); - --- | The hourly price for a single instance. -siaHourlyPrice :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) -siaHourlyPrice = lens _siaHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_siaHourlyPrice = a}); - --- | The number of available instances. -siaAvailableInstanceCount :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) -siaAvailableInstanceCount = lens _siaAvailableInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_siaAvailableInstanceCount = a}); - --- | The number of hours in the schedule. -siaSlotDurationInHours :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) -siaSlotDurationInHours = lens _siaSlotDurationInHours (\ s a -> s{_siaSlotDurationInHours = a}); - --- | The total number of hours for a single instance for the entire term. -siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) -siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours = lens _siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours (\ s a -> s{_siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours = a}); - --- | The instance type. You can specify one of the C3, C4, M4, or R3 instance types. -siaInstanceType :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) -siaInstanceType = lens _siaInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_siaInstanceType = a}); - --- | The schedule recurrence. -siaRecurrence :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) -siaRecurrence = lens _siaRecurrence (\ s a -> s{_siaRecurrence = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone. -siaAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) -siaAvailabilityZone = lens _siaAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_siaAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The minimum term. The only possible value is 365 days. -siaMinTermDurationInDays :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) -siaMinTermDurationInDays = lens _siaMinTermDurationInDays (\ s a -> s{_siaMinTermDurationInDays = a}); - --- | The time period for the first schedule to start. -siaFirstSlotStartTime :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe UTCTime) -siaFirstSlotStartTime = lens _siaFirstSlotStartTime (\ s a -> s{_siaFirstSlotStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The network platform ('EC2-Classic' or 'EC2-VPC'). -siaNetworkPlatform :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) -siaNetworkPlatform = lens _siaNetworkPlatform (\ s a -> s{_siaNetworkPlatform = a}); - -instance FromXML ScheduledInstanceAvailability where - parseXML x - = ScheduledInstanceAvailability' <$> - (x .@? "maxTermDurationInDays") <*> - (x .@? "platform") - <*> (x .@? "purchaseToken") - <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") - <*> (x .@? "availableInstanceCount") - <*> (x .@? "slotDurationInHours") - <*> (x .@? "totalScheduledInstanceHours") - <*> (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "recurrence") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "minTermDurationInDays") - <*> (x .@? "firstSlotStartTime") - <*> (x .@? "networkPlatform") - -instance Hashable ScheduledInstanceAvailability - -instance NFData ScheduledInstanceAvailability - --- | Describes the recurring schedule for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstanceRecurrence' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstanceRecurrence = ScheduledInstanceRecurrence' - { _sirFrequency :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _sirOccurrenceUnit :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirInterval :: !(Maybe Int) - , _sirOccurrenceDaySet :: !(Maybe [Int]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstanceRecurrence' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sirFrequency' --- --- * 'sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd' --- --- * 'sirOccurrenceUnit' --- --- * 'sirInterval' --- --- * 'sirOccurrenceDaySet' -scheduledInstanceRecurrence - :: ScheduledInstanceRecurrence -scheduledInstanceRecurrence = - ScheduledInstanceRecurrence' - { _sirFrequency = Nothing - , _sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = Nothing - , _sirOccurrenceUnit = Nothing - , _sirInterval = Nothing - , _sirOccurrenceDaySet = Nothing - } - --- | The frequency ('Daily', 'Weekly', or 'Monthly'). -sirFrequency :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence (Maybe Text) -sirFrequency = lens _sirFrequency (\ s a -> s{_sirFrequency = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the occurrence is relative to the end of the specified week or month. -sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence (Maybe Bool) -sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = lens _sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd (\ s a -> s{_sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = a}); - --- | The unit for 'occurrenceDaySet' ('DayOfWeek' or 'DayOfMonth'). -sirOccurrenceUnit :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence (Maybe Text) -sirOccurrenceUnit = lens _sirOccurrenceUnit (\ s a -> s{_sirOccurrenceUnit = a}); - --- | The interval quantity. The interval unit depends on the value of 'frequency'. For example, every 2 weeks or every 2 months. -sirInterval :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence (Maybe Int) -sirInterval = lens _sirInterval (\ s a -> s{_sirInterval = a}); - --- | The days. For a monthly schedule, this is one or more days of the month (1-31). For a weekly schedule, this is one or more days of the week (1-7, where 1 is Sunday). -sirOccurrenceDaySet :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence [Int] -sirOccurrenceDaySet = lens _sirOccurrenceDaySet (\ s a -> s{_sirOccurrenceDaySet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML ScheduledInstanceRecurrence where - parseXML x - = ScheduledInstanceRecurrence' <$> - (x .@? "frequency") <*> - (x .@? "occurrenceRelativeToEnd") - <*> (x .@? "occurrenceUnit") - <*> (x .@? "interval") - <*> - (x .@? "occurrenceDaySet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable ScheduledInstanceRecurrence - -instance NFData ScheduledInstanceRecurrence - --- | Describes the recurring schedule for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest = ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest' - { _sirrFrequency :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _sirrOccurrenceDays :: !(Maybe [Int]) - , _sirrOccurrenceUnit :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirrInterval :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sirrFrequency' --- --- * 'sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd' --- --- * 'sirrOccurrenceDays' --- --- * 'sirrOccurrenceUnit' --- --- * 'sirrInterval' -scheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest - :: ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest -scheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest = - ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest' - { _sirrFrequency = Nothing - , _sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = Nothing - , _sirrOccurrenceDays = Nothing - , _sirrOccurrenceUnit = Nothing - , _sirrInterval = Nothing - } - --- | The frequency ('Daily', 'Weekly', or 'Monthly'). -sirrFrequency :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirrFrequency = lens _sirrFrequency (\ s a -> s{_sirrFrequency = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the occurrence is relative to the end of the specified week or month. You can\'t specify this value with a daily schedule. -sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest (Maybe Bool) -sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = lens _sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd (\ s a -> s{_sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = a}); - --- | The days. For a monthly schedule, this is one or more days of the month (1-31). For a weekly schedule, this is one or more days of the week (1-7, where 1 is Sunday). You can\'t specify this value with a daily schedule. If the occurrence is relative to the end of the month, you can specify only a single day. -sirrOccurrenceDays :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest [Int] -sirrOccurrenceDays = lens _sirrOccurrenceDays (\ s a -> s{_sirrOccurrenceDays = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The unit for 'OccurrenceDays' ('DayOfWeek' or 'DayOfMonth'). This value is required for a monthly schedule. You can\'t specify 'DayOfWeek' with a weekly schedule. You can\'t specify this value with a daily schedule. -sirrOccurrenceUnit :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirrOccurrenceUnit = lens _sirrOccurrenceUnit (\ s a -> s{_sirrOccurrenceUnit = a}); - --- | The interval quantity. The interval unit depends on the value of 'Frequency'. For example, every 2 weeks or every 2 months. -sirrInterval :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest (Maybe Int) -sirrInterval = lens _sirrInterval (\ s a -> s{_sirrInterval = a}); - -instance Hashable ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest - -instance NFData ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest - -instance ToQuery ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest - where - toQuery ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest'{..} - = mconcat - ["Frequency" =: _sirrFrequency, - "OccurrenceRelativeToEnd" =: - _sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd, - toQuery - (toQueryList "OccurrenceDay" <$> - _sirrOccurrenceDays), - "OccurrenceUnit" =: _sirrOccurrenceUnit, - "Interval" =: _sirrInterval] - --- | Describes a block device mapping for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping = ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping' - { _sibdmVirtualName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sibdmNoDevice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sibdmEBS :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstancesEBS) - , _sibdmDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sibdmVirtualName' --- --- * 'sibdmNoDevice' --- --- * 'sibdmEBS' --- --- * 'sibdmDeviceName' -scheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping - :: ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping -scheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping = - ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping' - { _sibdmVirtualName = Nothing - , _sibdmNoDevice = Nothing - , _sibdmEBS = Nothing - , _sibdmDeviceName = Nothing - } - --- | The virtual device name ('ephemeral'N). Instance store volumes are numbered starting from 0. An instance type with two available instance store volumes can specify mappings for 'ephemeral0' and 'ephemeral1'.The number of available instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to the instance, you must mount the volume. --- --- Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for the AMI. -sibdmVirtualName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) -sibdmVirtualName = lens _sibdmVirtualName (\ s a -> s{_sibdmVirtualName = a}); - --- | Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the AMI. -sibdmNoDevice :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) -sibdmNoDevice = lens _sibdmNoDevice (\ s a -> s{_sibdmNoDevice = a}); - --- | Parameters used to set up EBS volumes automatically when the instance is launched. -sibdmEBS :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe ScheduledInstancesEBS) -sibdmEBS = lens _sibdmEBS (\ s a -> s{_sibdmEBS = a}); - --- | The device name exposed to the instance (for example, '\/dev\/sdh' or 'xvdh'). -sibdmDeviceName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) -sibdmDeviceName = lens _sibdmDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_sibdmDeviceName = a}); - -instance Hashable - ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping - -instance NFData ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping - -instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping - where - toQuery ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping'{..} - = mconcat - ["VirtualName" =: _sibdmVirtualName, - "NoDevice" =: _sibdmNoDevice, "Ebs" =: _sibdmEBS, - "DeviceName" =: _sibdmDeviceName] - --- | Describes an EBS volume for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesEBS' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstancesEBS = ScheduledInstancesEBS' - { _sieDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _sieVolumeSize :: !(Maybe Int) - , _sieIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) - , _sieEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _sieVolumeType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sieSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesEBS' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sieDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'sieVolumeSize' --- --- * 'sieIOPS' --- --- * 'sieEncrypted' --- --- * 'sieVolumeType' --- --- * 'sieSnapshotId' -scheduledInstancesEBS - :: ScheduledInstancesEBS -scheduledInstancesEBS = - ScheduledInstancesEBS' - { _sieDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _sieVolumeSize = Nothing - , _sieIOPS = Nothing - , _sieEncrypted = Nothing - , _sieVolumeType = Nothing - , _sieSnapshotId = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. -sieDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Bool) -sieDeleteOnTermination = lens _sieDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_sieDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | The size of the volume, in GiB. --- --- Default: If you\'re creating the volume from a snapshot and don\'t specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. -sieVolumeSize :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Int) -sieVolumeSize = lens _sieVolumeSize (\ s a -> s{_sieVolumeSize = a}); - --- | The number of I\/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For io1 volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For 'gp2' volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I\/O credits for bursting. For more information about 'gp2' baseline performance, I\/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. --- --- Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for 'io1' volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for 'gp2' volumes. --- --- Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create 'io1'volumes; it is not used in requests to create 'gp2', 'st1', 'sc1', or 'standard' volumes. -sieIOPS :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Int) -sieIOPS = lens _sieIOPS (\ s a -> s{_sieIOPS = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the volume is encrypted. You can attached encrypted volumes only to instances that support them. -sieEncrypted :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Bool) -sieEncrypted = lens _sieEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_sieEncrypted = a}); - --- | The volume type. 'gp2' for General Purpose SSD, 'io1' for Provisioned IOPS SSD, Throughput Optimized HDD for 'st1', Cold HDD for 'sc1', or 'standard' for Magnetic. --- --- Default: 'standard' -sieVolumeType :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Text) -sieVolumeType = lens _sieVolumeType (\ s a -> s{_sieVolumeType = a}); - --- | The ID of the snapshot. -sieSnapshotId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Text) -sieSnapshotId = lens _sieSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_sieSnapshotId = a}); - -instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesEBS - -instance NFData ScheduledInstancesEBS - -instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesEBS where - toQuery ScheduledInstancesEBS'{..} - = mconcat - ["DeleteOnTermination" =: _sieDeleteOnTermination, - "VolumeSize" =: _sieVolumeSize, "Iops" =: _sieIOPS, - "Encrypted" =: _sieEncrypted, - "VolumeType" =: _sieVolumeType, - "SnapshotId" =: _sieSnapshotId] - --- | Describes an IAM instance profile for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile = ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile' - { _siiapARN :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siiapName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'siiapARN' --- --- * 'siiapName' -scheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile - :: ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile -scheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile = - ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile' - { _siiapARN = Nothing - , _siiapName = Nothing - } - --- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). -siiapARN :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile (Maybe Text) -siiapARN = lens _siiapARN (\ s a -> s{_siiapARN = a}); - --- | The name. -siiapName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile (Maybe Text) -siiapName = lens _siiapName (\ s a -> s{_siiapName = a}); - -instance Hashable - ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile - -instance NFData ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile - -instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile - where - toQuery ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile'{..} - = mconcat ["Arn" =: _siiapARN, "Name" =: _siiapName] - --- | Describes the launch specification for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- If you are launching the Scheduled Instance in EC2-VPC, you must specify the ID of the subnet. You can specify the subnet using either 'SubnetId' or 'NetworkInterface'. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification = ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification' - { _silsSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _silsKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _silsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface]) - , _silsRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _silsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _silsKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _silsInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _silsEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _silsUserData :: !(Maybe Text) - , _silsMonitoring :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstancesMonitoring) - , _silsIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile) - , _silsBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping]) - , _silsPlacement :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstancesPlacement) - , _silsImageId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'silsSecurityGroupIds' --- --- * 'silsKeyName' --- --- * 'silsNetworkInterfaces' --- --- * 'silsRAMDiskId' --- --- * 'silsSubnetId' --- --- * 'silsKernelId' --- --- * 'silsInstanceType' --- --- * 'silsEBSOptimized' --- --- * 'silsUserData' --- --- * 'silsMonitoring' --- --- * 'silsIAMInstanceProfile' --- --- * 'silsBlockDeviceMappings' --- --- * 'silsPlacement' --- --- * 'silsImageId' -scheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification - :: Text -- ^ 'silsImageId' - -> ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification -scheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification pImageId_ = - ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification' - { _silsSecurityGroupIds = Nothing - , _silsKeyName = Nothing - , _silsNetworkInterfaces = Nothing - , _silsRAMDiskId = Nothing - , _silsSubnetId = Nothing - , _silsKernelId = Nothing - , _silsInstanceType = Nothing - , _silsEBSOptimized = Nothing - , _silsUserData = Nothing - , _silsMonitoring = Nothing - , _silsIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing - , _silsBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing - , _silsPlacement = Nothing - , _silsImageId = pImageId_ - } - --- | The IDs of one or more security groups. -silsSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification [Text] -silsSecurityGroupIds = lens _silsSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_silsSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The name of the key pair. -silsKeyName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -silsKeyName = lens _silsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_silsKeyName = a}); - --- | One or more network interfaces. -silsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification [ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface] -silsNetworkInterfaces = lens _silsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_silsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the RAM disk. -silsRAMDiskId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -silsRAMDiskId = lens _silsRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_silsRAMDiskId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. -silsSubnetId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -silsSubnetId = lens _silsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_silsSubnetId = a}); - --- | The ID of the kernel. -silsKernelId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -silsKernelId = lens _silsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_silsKernelId = a}); - --- | The instance type. -silsInstanceType :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -silsInstanceType = lens _silsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_silsInstanceType = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the instances are optimized for EBS I\/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I\/O performance. This optimization isn\'t available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. --- --- Default: 'false' -silsEBSOptimized :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) -silsEBSOptimized = lens _silsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_silsEBSOptimized = a}); - --- | The base64-encoded MIME user data. -silsUserData :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -silsUserData = lens _silsUserData (\ s a -> s{_silsUserData = a}); - --- | Enable or disable monitoring for the instances. -silsMonitoring :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe ScheduledInstancesMonitoring) -silsMonitoring = lens _silsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_silsMonitoring = a}); - --- | The IAM instance profile. -silsIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile) -silsIAMInstanceProfile = lens _silsIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_silsIAMInstanceProfile = a}); - --- | One or more block device mapping entries. -silsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification [ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping] -silsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _silsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_silsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The placement information. -silsPlacement :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe ScheduledInstancesPlacement) -silsPlacement = lens _silsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_silsPlacement = a}); - --- | The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI). -silsImageId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification Text -silsImageId = lens _silsImageId (\ s a -> s{_silsImageId = a}); - -instance Hashable - ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification - -instance NFData ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification - -instance ToQuery - ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification where - toQuery ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery - (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> - _silsSecurityGroupIds), - "KeyName" =: _silsKeyName, - toQuery - (toQueryList "NetworkInterface" <$> - _silsNetworkInterfaces), - "RamdiskId" =: _silsRAMDiskId, - "SubnetId" =: _silsSubnetId, - "KernelId" =: _silsKernelId, - "InstanceType" =: _silsInstanceType, - "EbsOptimized" =: _silsEBSOptimized, - "UserData" =: _silsUserData, - "Monitoring" =: _silsMonitoring, - "IamInstanceProfile" =: _silsIAMInstanceProfile, - toQuery - (toQueryList "BlockDeviceMapping" <$> - _silsBlockDeviceMappings), - "Placement" =: _silsPlacement, - "ImageId" =: _silsImageId] - --- | Describes whether monitoring is enabled for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesMonitoring' smart constructor. -newtype ScheduledInstancesMonitoring = ScheduledInstancesMonitoring' - { _simEnabled :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesMonitoring' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'simEnabled' -scheduledInstancesMonitoring - :: ScheduledInstancesMonitoring -scheduledInstancesMonitoring = - ScheduledInstancesMonitoring' - { _simEnabled = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether monitoring is enabled. -simEnabled :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesMonitoring (Maybe Bool) -simEnabled = lens _simEnabled (\ s a -> s{_simEnabled = a}); - -instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesMonitoring - -instance NFData ScheduledInstancesMonitoring - -instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesMonitoring where - toQuery ScheduledInstancesMonitoring'{..} - = mconcat ["Enabled" =: _simEnabled] - --- | Describes a network interface for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesNetworkInterface' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface = ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface' - { _siniGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _siniDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _siniAssociatePublicIPAddress :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig]) - , _siniNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siniSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siniPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _siniDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _siniDeviceIndex :: !(Maybe Int) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'siniGroups' --- --- * 'siniDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'siniAssociatePublicIPAddress' --- --- * 'siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs' --- --- * 'siniNetworkInterfaceId' --- --- * 'siniSubnetId' --- --- * 'siniPrivateIPAddress' --- --- * 'siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount' --- --- * 'siniDescription' --- --- * 'siniDeviceIndex' -scheduledInstancesNetworkInterface - :: ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface -scheduledInstancesNetworkInterface = - ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface' - { _siniGroups = Nothing - , _siniDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _siniAssociatePublicIPAddress = Nothing - , _siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs = Nothing - , _siniNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing - , _siniSubnetId = Nothing - , _siniPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - , _siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = Nothing - , _siniDescription = Nothing - , _siniDeviceIndex = Nothing - } - --- | The IDs of one or more security groups. -siniGroups :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface [Text] -siniGroups = lens _siniGroups (\ s a -> s{_siniGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Indicates whether to delete the interface when the instance is terminated. -siniDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) -siniDeleteOnTermination = lens _siniDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_siniDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | Indicates whether to assign a public IP address to instances launched in a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching into a default subnet, the default value is 'true'. -siniAssociatePublicIPAddress :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) -siniAssociatePublicIPAddress = lens _siniAssociatePublicIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_siniAssociatePublicIPAddress = a}); - --- | The private IP addresses. -siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface [ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig] -siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs = lens _siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs (\ s a -> s{_siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the network interface. -siniNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -siniNetworkInterfaceId = lens _siniNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_siniNetworkInterfaceId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet. -siniSubnetId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -siniSubnetId = lens _siniSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_siniSubnetId = a}); - --- | The IP address of the network interface within the subnet. -siniPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -siniPrivateIPAddress = lens _siniPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_siniPrivateIPAddress = a}); - --- | The number of secondary private IP addresses. -siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Int) -siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = lens _siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount (\ s a -> s{_siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = a}); - --- | The description. -siniDescription :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) -siniDescription = lens _siniDescription (\ s a -> s{_siniDescription = a}); - --- | The index of the device for the network interface attachment. -siniDeviceIndex :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Int) -siniDeviceIndex = lens _siniDeviceIndex (\ s a -> s{_siniDeviceIndex = a}); - -instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface - -instance NFData ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface - -instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface - where - toQuery ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery (toQueryList "Group" <$> _siniGroups), - "DeleteOnTermination" =: _siniDeleteOnTermination, - "AssociatePublicIpAddress" =: - _siniAssociatePublicIPAddress, - toQuery - (toQueryList "PrivateIpAddressConfig" <$> - _siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs), - "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _siniNetworkInterfaceId, - "SubnetId" =: _siniSubnetId, - "PrivateIpAddress" =: _siniPrivateIPAddress, - "SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" =: - _siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount, - "Description" =: _siniDescription, - "DeviceIndex" =: _siniDeviceIndex] - --- | Describes the placement for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesPlacement' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstancesPlacement = ScheduledInstancesPlacement' - { _sipAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sipGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesPlacement' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sipAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'sipGroupName' -scheduledInstancesPlacement - :: ScheduledInstancesPlacement -scheduledInstancesPlacement = - ScheduledInstancesPlacement' - { _sipAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _sipGroupName = Nothing - } - --- | The Availability Zone. -sipAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesPlacement (Maybe Text) -sipAvailabilityZone = lens _sipAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sipAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The name of the placement group. -sipGroupName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesPlacement (Maybe Text) -sipGroupName = lens _sipGroupName (\ s a -> s{_sipGroupName = a}); - -instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesPlacement - -instance NFData ScheduledInstancesPlacement - -instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesPlacement where - toQuery ScheduledInstancesPlacement'{..} - = mconcat - ["AvailabilityZone" =: _sipAvailabilityZone, - "GroupName" =: _sipGroupName] - --- | Describes a private IP address for a Scheduled Instance. --- --- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig' smart constructor. -data ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig = ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig' - { _sipiacPrimary :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _sipiacPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sipiacPrimary' --- --- * 'sipiacPrivateIPAddress' -scheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig - :: ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig -scheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig = - ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig' - { _sipiacPrimary = Nothing - , _sipiacPrivateIPAddress = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether this is a primary IP address. Otherwise, this is a secondary IP address. -sipiacPrimary :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig (Maybe Bool) -sipiacPrimary = lens _sipiacPrimary (\ s a -> s{_sipiacPrimary = a}); - --- | The IP address. -sipiacPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig (Maybe Text) -sipiacPrivateIPAddress = lens _sipiacPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_sipiacPrivateIPAddress = a}); - -instance Hashable - ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig - -instance NFData - ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig - -instance ToQuery - ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig where - toQuery ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig'{..} - = mconcat - ["Primary" =: _sipiacPrimary, - "PrivateIpAddress" =: _sipiacPrivateIPAddress] - --- | Describes a security group --- --- /See:/ 'securityGroup' smart constructor. -data SecurityGroup = SecurityGroup' - { _sgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sgIPPermissions :: !(Maybe [IPPermission]) - , _sgIPPermissionsEgress :: !(Maybe [IPPermission]) - , _sgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _sgOwnerId :: !Text - , _sgGroupId :: !Text - , _sgGroupName :: !Text - , _sgDescription :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sgVPCId' --- --- * 'sgIPPermissions' --- --- * 'sgIPPermissionsEgress' --- --- * 'sgTags' --- --- * 'sgOwnerId' --- --- * 'sgGroupId' --- --- * 'sgGroupName' --- --- * 'sgDescription' -securityGroup - :: Text -- ^ 'sgOwnerId' - -> Text -- ^ 'sgGroupId' - -> Text -- ^ 'sgGroupName' - -> Text -- ^ 'sgDescription' - -> SecurityGroup -securityGroup pOwnerId_ pGroupId_ pGroupName_ pDescription_ = - SecurityGroup' - { _sgVPCId = Nothing - , _sgIPPermissions = Nothing - , _sgIPPermissionsEgress = Nothing - , _sgTags = Nothing - , _sgOwnerId = pOwnerId_ - , _sgGroupId = pGroupId_ - , _sgGroupName = pGroupName_ - , _sgDescription = pDescription_ - } - --- | [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC for the security group. -sgVPCId :: Lens' SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -sgVPCId = lens _sgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_sgVPCId = a}); - --- | One or more inbound rules associated with the security group. -sgIPPermissions :: Lens' SecurityGroup [IPPermission] -sgIPPermissions = lens _sgIPPermissions (\ s a -> s{_sgIPPermissions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | [EC2-VPC] One or more outbound rules associated with the security group. -sgIPPermissionsEgress :: Lens' SecurityGroup [IPPermission] -sgIPPermissionsEgress = lens _sgIPPermissionsEgress (\ s a -> s{_sgIPPermissionsEgress = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Any tags assigned to the security group. -sgTags :: Lens' SecurityGroup [Tag] -sgTags = lens _sgTags (\ s a -> s{_sgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the security group. -sgOwnerId :: Lens' SecurityGroup Text -sgOwnerId = lens _sgOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_sgOwnerId = a}); - --- | The ID of the security group. -sgGroupId :: Lens' SecurityGroup Text -sgGroupId = lens _sgGroupId (\ s a -> s{_sgGroupId = a}); - --- | The name of the security group. -sgGroupName :: Lens' SecurityGroup Text -sgGroupName = lens _sgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_sgGroupName = a}); - --- | A description of the security group. -sgDescription :: Lens' SecurityGroup Text -sgDescription = lens _sgDescription (\ s a -> s{_sgDescription = a}); - -instance FromXML SecurityGroup where - parseXML x - = SecurityGroup' <$> - (x .@? "vpcId") <*> - (x .@? "ipPermissions" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "ipPermissionsEgress" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "ownerId") - <*> (x .@ "groupId") - <*> (x .@ "groupName") - <*> (x .@ "groupDescription") - -instance Hashable SecurityGroup - -instance NFData SecurityGroup - --- | Describes a VPC with a security group that references your security group. --- --- /See:/ 'securityGroupReference' smart constructor. -data SecurityGroupReference = SecurityGroupReference' - { _sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sgrGroupId :: !Text - , _sgrReferencingVPCId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SecurityGroupReference' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId' --- --- * 'sgrGroupId' --- --- * 'sgrReferencingVPCId' -securityGroupReference - :: Text -- ^ 'sgrGroupId' - -> Text -- ^ 'sgrReferencingVPCId' - -> SecurityGroupReference -securityGroupReference pGroupId_ pReferencingVPCId_ = - SecurityGroupReference' - { _sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing - , _sgrGroupId = pGroupId_ - , _sgrReferencingVPCId = pReferencingVPCId_ - } - --- | The ID of the VPC peering connection. -sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' SecurityGroupReference (Maybe Text) -sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); - --- | The ID of your security group. -sgrGroupId :: Lens' SecurityGroupReference Text -sgrGroupId = lens _sgrGroupId (\ s a -> s{_sgrGroupId = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC with the referencing security group. -sgrReferencingVPCId :: Lens' SecurityGroupReference Text -sgrReferencingVPCId = lens _sgrReferencingVPCId (\ s a -> s{_sgrReferencingVPCId = a}); - -instance FromXML SecurityGroupReference where - parseXML x - = SecurityGroupReference' <$> - (x .@? "vpcPeeringConnectionId") <*> (x .@ "groupId") - <*> (x .@ "referencingVpcId") - -instance Hashable SecurityGroupReference - -instance NFData SecurityGroupReference - --- | Describes the time period for a Scheduled Instance to start its first schedule. The time period must span less than one day. --- --- /See:/ 'slotDateTimeRangeRequest' smart constructor. -data SlotDateTimeRangeRequest = SlotDateTimeRangeRequest' - { _sdtrrEarliestTime :: !ISO8601 - , _sdtrrLatestTime :: !ISO8601 - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SlotDateTimeRangeRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sdtrrEarliestTime' --- --- * 'sdtrrLatestTime' -slotDateTimeRangeRequest - :: UTCTime -- ^ 'sdtrrEarliestTime' - -> UTCTime -- ^ 'sdtrrLatestTime' - -> SlotDateTimeRangeRequest -slotDateTimeRangeRequest pEarliestTime_ pLatestTime_ = - SlotDateTimeRangeRequest' - { _sdtrrEarliestTime = _Time # pEarliestTime_ - , _sdtrrLatestTime = _Time # pLatestTime_ - } - --- | The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. -sdtrrEarliestTime :: Lens' SlotDateTimeRangeRequest UTCTime -sdtrrEarliestTime = lens _sdtrrEarliestTime (\ s a -> s{_sdtrrEarliestTime = a}) . _Time; - --- | The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. This value must be later than or equal to the earliest date and at most three months in the future. -sdtrrLatestTime :: Lens' SlotDateTimeRangeRequest UTCTime -sdtrrLatestTime = lens _sdtrrLatestTime (\ s a -> s{_sdtrrLatestTime = a}) . _Time; - -instance Hashable SlotDateTimeRangeRequest - -instance NFData SlotDateTimeRangeRequest - -instance ToQuery SlotDateTimeRangeRequest where - toQuery SlotDateTimeRangeRequest'{..} - = mconcat - ["EarliestTime" =: _sdtrrEarliestTime, - "LatestTime" =: _sdtrrLatestTime] - --- | Describes the time period for a Scheduled Instance to start its first schedule. --- --- /See:/ 'slotStartTimeRangeRequest' smart constructor. -data SlotStartTimeRangeRequest = SlotStartTimeRangeRequest' - { _sstrrLatestTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _sstrrEarliestTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SlotStartTimeRangeRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sstrrLatestTime' --- --- * 'sstrrEarliestTime' -slotStartTimeRangeRequest - :: SlotStartTimeRangeRequest -slotStartTimeRangeRequest = - SlotStartTimeRangeRequest' - { _sstrrLatestTime = Nothing - , _sstrrEarliestTime = Nothing - } - --- | The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. -sstrrLatestTime :: Lens' SlotStartTimeRangeRequest (Maybe UTCTime) -sstrrLatestTime = lens _sstrrLatestTime (\ s a -> s{_sstrrLatestTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. -sstrrEarliestTime :: Lens' SlotStartTimeRangeRequest (Maybe UTCTime) -sstrrEarliestTime = lens _sstrrEarliestTime (\ s a -> s{_sstrrEarliestTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance Hashable SlotStartTimeRangeRequest - -instance NFData SlotStartTimeRangeRequest - -instance ToQuery SlotStartTimeRangeRequest where - toQuery SlotStartTimeRangeRequest'{..} - = mconcat - ["LatestTime" =: _sstrrLatestTime, - "EarliestTime" =: _sstrrEarliestTime] - --- | Describes a snapshot. --- --- /See:/ 'snapshot' smart constructor. -data Snapshot = Snapshot' - { _sStateMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sOwnerAlias :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sDataEncryptionKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _sSnapshotId :: !Text - , _sOwnerId :: !Text - , _sVolumeId :: !Text - , _sVolumeSize :: !Int - , _sDescription :: !Text - , _sStartTime :: !ISO8601 - , _sProgress :: !Text - , _sState :: !SnapshotState - , _sEncrypted :: !Bool - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Snapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sStateMessage' --- --- * 'sOwnerAlias' --- --- * 'sDataEncryptionKeyId' --- --- * 'sKMSKeyId' --- --- * 'sTags' --- --- * 'sSnapshotId' --- --- * 'sOwnerId' --- --- * 'sVolumeId' --- --- * 'sVolumeSize' --- --- * 'sDescription' --- --- * 'sStartTime' --- --- * 'sProgress' --- --- * 'sState' --- --- * 'sEncrypted' -snapshot - :: Text -- ^ 'sSnapshotId' - -> Text -- ^ 'sOwnerId' - -> Text -- ^ 'sVolumeId' - -> Int -- ^ 'sVolumeSize' - -> Text -- ^ 'sDescription' - -> UTCTime -- ^ 'sStartTime' - -> Text -- ^ 'sProgress' - -> SnapshotState -- ^ 'sState' - -> Bool -- ^ 'sEncrypted' - -> Snapshot -snapshot pSnapshotId_ pOwnerId_ pVolumeId_ pVolumeSize_ pDescription_ pStartTime_ pProgress_ pState_ pEncrypted_ = - Snapshot' - { _sStateMessage = Nothing - , _sOwnerAlias = Nothing - , _sDataEncryptionKeyId = Nothing - , _sKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _sTags = Nothing - , _sSnapshotId = pSnapshotId_ - , _sOwnerId = pOwnerId_ - , _sVolumeId = pVolumeId_ - , _sVolumeSize = pVolumeSize_ - , _sDescription = pDescription_ - , _sStartTime = _Time # pStartTime_ - , _sProgress = pProgress_ - , _sState = pState_ - , _sEncrypted = pEncrypted_ - } - --- | Encrypted Amazon EBS snapshots are copied asynchronously. If a snapshot copy operation fails (for example, if the proper AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) permissions are not obtained) this field displays error state details to help you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by the < DescribeSnapshots> API operation. -sStateMessage :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) -sStateMessage = lens _sStateMessage (\ s a -> s{_sStateMessage = a}); - --- | Value from an Amazon-maintained list ('amazon' | 'aws-marketplace' | 'microsoft') of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM console. -sOwnerAlias :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) -sOwnerAlias = lens _sOwnerAlias (\ s a -> s{_sOwnerAlias = a}); - --- | The data encryption key identifier for the snapshot. This value is a unique identifier that corresponds to the data encryption key that was used to encrypt the original volume or snapshot copy. Because data encryption keys are inherited by volumes created from snapshots, and vice versa, if snapshots share the same data encryption key identifier, then they belong to the same volume\/snapshot lineage. This parameter is only returned by the < DescribeSnapshots> API operation. -sDataEncryptionKeyId :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) -sDataEncryptionKeyId = lens _sDataEncryptionKeyId (\ s a -> s{_sDataEncryptionKeyId = a}); - --- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the parent volume. -sKMSKeyId :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) -sKMSKeyId = lens _sKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_sKMSKeyId = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the snapshot. -sTags :: Lens' Snapshot [Tag] -sTags = lens _sTags (\ s a -> s{_sTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the snapshot. Each snapshot receives a unique identifier when it is created. -sSnapshotId :: Lens' Snapshot Text -sSnapshotId = lens _sSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_sSnapshotId = a}); - --- | The AWS account ID of the EBS snapshot owner. -sOwnerId :: Lens' Snapshot Text -sOwnerId = lens _sOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_sOwnerId = a}); - --- | The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot. Snapshots created by the < CopySnapshot> action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose. -sVolumeId :: Lens' Snapshot Text -sVolumeId = lens _sVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_sVolumeId = a}); - --- | The size of the volume, in GiB. -sVolumeSize :: Lens' Snapshot Int -sVolumeSize = lens _sVolumeSize (\ s a -> s{_sVolumeSize = a}); - --- | The description for the snapshot. -sDescription :: Lens' Snapshot Text -sDescription = lens _sDescription (\ s a -> s{_sDescription = a}); - --- | The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated. -sStartTime :: Lens' Snapshot UTCTime -sStartTime = lens _sStartTime (\ s a -> s{_sStartTime = a}) . _Time; - --- | The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage. -sProgress :: Lens' Snapshot Text -sProgress = lens _sProgress (\ s a -> s{_sProgress = a}); - --- | The snapshot state. -sState :: Lens' Snapshot SnapshotState -sState = lens _sState (\ s a -> s{_sState = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted. -sEncrypted :: Lens' Snapshot Bool -sEncrypted = lens _sEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_sEncrypted = a}); - -instance FromXML Snapshot where - parseXML x - = Snapshot' <$> - (x .@? "statusMessage") <*> (x .@? "ownerAlias") <*> - (x .@? "dataEncryptionKeyId") - <*> (x .@? "kmsKeyId") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "snapshotId") - <*> (x .@ "ownerId") - <*> (x .@ "volumeId") - <*> (x .@ "volumeSize") - <*> (x .@ "description") - <*> (x .@ "startTime") - <*> (x .@ "progress") - <*> (x .@ "status") - <*> (x .@ "encrypted") - -instance Hashable Snapshot - -instance NFData Snapshot - --- | Describes the snapshot created from the imported disk. --- --- /See:/ 'snapshotDetail' smart constructor. -data SnapshotDetail = SnapshotDetail' - { _sdStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdProgress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdFormat :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdURL :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdUserBucket :: !(Maybe UserBucketDetails) - , _sdDiskImageSize :: !(Maybe Double) - , _sdDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SnapshotDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sdStatus' --- --- * 'sdProgress' --- --- * 'sdFormat' --- --- * 'sdURL' --- --- * 'sdDeviceName' --- --- * 'sdStatusMessage' --- --- * 'sdUserBucket' --- --- * 'sdDiskImageSize' --- --- * 'sdDescription' --- --- * 'sdSnapshotId' -snapshotDetail - :: SnapshotDetail -snapshotDetail = - SnapshotDetail' - { _sdStatus = Nothing - , _sdProgress = Nothing - , _sdFormat = Nothing - , _sdURL = Nothing - , _sdDeviceName = Nothing - , _sdStatusMessage = Nothing - , _sdUserBucket = Nothing - , _sdDiskImageSize = Nothing - , _sdDescription = Nothing - , _sdSnapshotId = Nothing - } - --- | A brief status of the snapshot creation. -sdStatus :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) -sdStatus = lens _sdStatus (\ s a -> s{_sdStatus = a}); - --- | The percentage of progress for the task. -sdProgress :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) -sdProgress = lens _sdProgress (\ s a -> s{_sdProgress = a}); - --- | The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. -sdFormat :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) -sdFormat = lens _sdFormat (\ s a -> s{_sdFormat = a}); - --- | The URL used to access the disk image. -sdURL :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) -sdURL = lens _sdURL (\ s a -> s{_sdURL = a}); - --- | The block device mapping for the snapshot. -sdDeviceName :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) -sdDeviceName = lens _sdDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_sdDeviceName = a}); - --- | A detailed status message for the snapshot creation. -sdStatusMessage :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) -sdStatusMessage = lens _sdStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_sdStatusMessage = a}); - --- | The S3 bucket for the disk image. -sdUserBucket :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe UserBucketDetails) -sdUserBucket = lens _sdUserBucket (\ s a -> s{_sdUserBucket = a}); - --- | The size of the disk in the snapshot, in GiB. -sdDiskImageSize :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Double) -sdDiskImageSize = lens _sdDiskImageSize (\ s a -> s{_sdDiskImageSize = a}); - --- | A description for the snapshot. -sdDescription :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) -sdDescription = lens _sdDescription (\ s a -> s{_sdDescription = a}); - --- | The snapshot ID of the disk being imported. -sdSnapshotId :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) -sdSnapshotId = lens _sdSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_sdSnapshotId = a}); - -instance FromXML SnapshotDetail where - parseXML x - = SnapshotDetail' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "progress") <*> - (x .@? "format") - <*> (x .@? "url") - <*> (x .@? "deviceName") - <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") - <*> (x .@? "userBucket") - <*> (x .@? "diskImageSize") - <*> (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@? "snapshotId") - -instance Hashable SnapshotDetail - -instance NFData SnapshotDetail - --- | The disk container object for the import snapshot request. --- --- /See:/ 'snapshotDiskContainer' smart constructor. -data SnapshotDiskContainer = SnapshotDiskContainer' - { _sdcFormat :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdcURL :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdcUserBucket :: !(Maybe UserBucket) - , _sdcDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SnapshotDiskContainer' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sdcFormat' --- --- * 'sdcURL' --- --- * 'sdcUserBucket' --- --- * 'sdcDescription' -snapshotDiskContainer - :: SnapshotDiskContainer -snapshotDiskContainer = - SnapshotDiskContainer' - { _sdcFormat = Nothing - , _sdcURL = Nothing - , _sdcUserBucket = Nothing - , _sdcDescription = Nothing - } - --- | The format of the disk image being imported. --- --- Valid values: 'RAW' | 'VHD' | 'VMDK' | 'OVA' -sdcFormat :: Lens' SnapshotDiskContainer (Maybe Text) -sdcFormat = lens _sdcFormat (\ s a -> s{_sdcFormat = a}); - --- | The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. It can either be a https URL (https:\/\/..) or an Amazon S3 URL (s3:\/\/..). -sdcURL :: Lens' SnapshotDiskContainer (Maybe Text) -sdcURL = lens _sdcURL (\ s a -> s{_sdcURL = a}); - --- | The S3 bucket for the disk image. -sdcUserBucket :: Lens' SnapshotDiskContainer (Maybe UserBucket) -sdcUserBucket = lens _sdcUserBucket (\ s a -> s{_sdcUserBucket = a}); - --- | The description of the disk image being imported. -sdcDescription :: Lens' SnapshotDiskContainer (Maybe Text) -sdcDescription = lens _sdcDescription (\ s a -> s{_sdcDescription = a}); - -instance Hashable SnapshotDiskContainer - -instance NFData SnapshotDiskContainer - -instance ToQuery SnapshotDiskContainer where - toQuery SnapshotDiskContainer'{..} - = mconcat - ["Format" =: _sdcFormat, "Url" =: _sdcURL, - "UserBucket" =: _sdcUserBucket, - "Description" =: _sdcDescription] - --- | Details about the import snapshot task. --- --- /See:/ 'snapshotTaskDetail' smart constructor. -data SnapshotTaskDetail = SnapshotTaskDetail' - { _stdStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _stdProgress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _stdFormat :: !(Maybe Text) - , _stdURL :: !(Maybe Text) - , _stdStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - , _stdUserBucket :: !(Maybe UserBucketDetails) - , _stdDiskImageSize :: !(Maybe Double) - , _stdDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _stdSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SnapshotTaskDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'stdStatus' --- --- * 'stdProgress' --- --- * 'stdFormat' --- --- * 'stdURL' --- --- * 'stdStatusMessage' --- --- * 'stdUserBucket' --- --- * 'stdDiskImageSize' --- --- * 'stdDescription' --- --- * 'stdSnapshotId' -snapshotTaskDetail - :: SnapshotTaskDetail -snapshotTaskDetail = - SnapshotTaskDetail' - { _stdStatus = Nothing - , _stdProgress = Nothing - , _stdFormat = Nothing - , _stdURL = Nothing - , _stdStatusMessage = Nothing - , _stdUserBucket = Nothing - , _stdDiskImageSize = Nothing - , _stdDescription = Nothing - , _stdSnapshotId = Nothing - } - --- | A brief status for the import snapshot task. -stdStatus :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) -stdStatus = lens _stdStatus (\ s a -> s{_stdStatus = a}); - --- | The percentage of completion for the import snapshot task. -stdProgress :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) -stdProgress = lens _stdProgress (\ s a -> s{_stdProgress = a}); - --- | The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. -stdFormat :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) -stdFormat = lens _stdFormat (\ s a -> s{_stdFormat = a}); - --- | The URL of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. -stdURL :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) -stdURL = lens _stdURL (\ s a -> s{_stdURL = a}); - --- | A detailed status message for the import snapshot task. -stdStatusMessage :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) -stdStatusMessage = lens _stdStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_stdStatusMessage = a}); - --- | The S3 bucket for the disk image. -stdUserBucket :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe UserBucketDetails) -stdUserBucket = lens _stdUserBucket (\ s a -> s{_stdUserBucket = a}); - --- | The size of the disk in the snapshot, in GiB. -stdDiskImageSize :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Double) -stdDiskImageSize = lens _stdDiskImageSize (\ s a -> s{_stdDiskImageSize = a}); - --- | The description of the snapshot. -stdDescription :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) -stdDescription = lens _stdDescription (\ s a -> s{_stdDescription = a}); - --- | The snapshot ID of the disk being imported. -stdSnapshotId :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) -stdSnapshotId = lens _stdSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_stdSnapshotId = a}); - -instance FromXML SnapshotTaskDetail where - parseXML x - = SnapshotTaskDetail' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "progress") <*> - (x .@? "format") - <*> (x .@? "url") - <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") - <*> (x .@? "userBucket") - <*> (x .@? "diskImageSize") - <*> (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@? "snapshotId") - -instance Hashable SnapshotTaskDetail - -instance NFData SnapshotTaskDetail - --- | Describes the data feed for a Spot instance. --- --- /See:/ 'spotDatafeedSubscription' smart constructor. -data SpotDatafeedSubscription = SpotDatafeedSubscription' - { _sdsState :: !(Maybe DatafeedSubscriptionState) - , _sdsPrefix :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdsBucket :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdsOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sdsFault :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceStateFault) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotDatafeedSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sdsState' --- --- * 'sdsPrefix' --- --- * 'sdsBucket' --- --- * 'sdsOwnerId' --- --- * 'sdsFault' -spotDatafeedSubscription - :: SpotDatafeedSubscription -spotDatafeedSubscription = - SpotDatafeedSubscription' - { _sdsState = Nothing - , _sdsPrefix = Nothing - , _sdsBucket = Nothing - , _sdsOwnerId = Nothing - , _sdsFault = Nothing - } - --- | The state of the Spot instance data feed subscription. -sdsState :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe DatafeedSubscriptionState) -sdsState = lens _sdsState (\ s a -> s{_sdsState = a}); - --- | The prefix that is prepended to data feed files. -sdsPrefix :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Text) -sdsPrefix = lens _sdsPrefix (\ s a -> s{_sdsPrefix = a}); - --- | The Amazon S3 bucket where the Spot instance data feed is located. -sdsBucket :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Text) -sdsBucket = lens _sdsBucket (\ s a -> s{_sdsBucket = a}); - --- | The AWS account ID of the account. -sdsOwnerId :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Text) -sdsOwnerId = lens _sdsOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_sdsOwnerId = a}); - --- | The fault codes for the Spot instance request, if any. -sdsFault :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe SpotInstanceStateFault) -sdsFault = lens _sdsFault (\ s a -> s{_sdsFault = a}); - -instance FromXML SpotDatafeedSubscription where - parseXML x - = SpotDatafeedSubscription' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "prefix") <*> - (x .@? "bucket") - <*> (x .@? "ownerId") - <*> (x .@? "fault") - -instance Hashable SpotDatafeedSubscription - -instance NFData SpotDatafeedSubscription - --- | Describes the launch specification for one or more Spot instances. --- --- /See:/ 'spotFleetLaunchSpecification' smart constructor. -data SpotFleetLaunchSpecification = SpotFleetLaunchSpecification' - { _sflsSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) - , _sflsSpotPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sflsWeightedCapacity :: !(Maybe Double) - , _sflsKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sflsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification]) - , _sflsRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sflsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sflsKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sflsInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) - , _sflsEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _sflsUserData :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sflsMonitoring :: !(Maybe SpotFleetMonitoring) - , _sflsIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) - , _sflsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sflsAddressingType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sflsBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) - , _sflsPlacement :: !(Maybe SpotPlacement) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotFleetLaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sflsSecurityGroups' --- --- * 'sflsSpotPrice' --- --- * 'sflsWeightedCapacity' --- --- * 'sflsKeyName' --- --- * 'sflsNetworkInterfaces' --- --- * 'sflsRAMDiskId' --- --- * 'sflsSubnetId' --- --- * 'sflsKernelId' --- --- * 'sflsInstanceType' --- --- * 'sflsEBSOptimized' --- --- * 'sflsUserData' --- --- * 'sflsMonitoring' --- --- * 'sflsIAMInstanceProfile' --- --- * 'sflsImageId' --- --- * 'sflsAddressingType' --- --- * 'sflsBlockDeviceMappings' --- --- * 'sflsPlacement' -spotFleetLaunchSpecification - :: SpotFleetLaunchSpecification -spotFleetLaunchSpecification = - SpotFleetLaunchSpecification' - { _sflsSecurityGroups = Nothing - , _sflsSpotPrice = Nothing - , _sflsWeightedCapacity = Nothing - , _sflsKeyName = Nothing - , _sflsNetworkInterfaces = Nothing - , _sflsRAMDiskId = Nothing - , _sflsSubnetId = Nothing - , _sflsKernelId = Nothing - , _sflsInstanceType = Nothing - , _sflsEBSOptimized = Nothing - , _sflsUserData = Nothing - , _sflsMonitoring = Nothing - , _sflsIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing - , _sflsImageId = Nothing - , _sflsAddressingType = Nothing - , _sflsBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing - , _sflsPlacement = Nothing - } - --- | One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic, you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups. -sflsSecurityGroups :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification [GroupIdentifier] -sflsSecurityGroups = lens _sflsSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_sflsSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The bid price per unit hour for the specified instance type. If this value is not specified, the default is the Spot bid price specified for the fleet. To determine the bid price per unit hour, divide the Spot bid price by the value of 'WeightedCapacity'. -sflsSpotPrice :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -sflsSpotPrice = lens _sflsSpotPrice (\ s a -> s{_sflsSpotPrice = a}); - --- | The number of units provided by the specified instance type. These are the same units that you chose to set the target capacity in terms (instances or a performance characteristic such as vCPUs, memory, or I\/O). --- --- If the target capacity divided by this value is not a whole number, we round the number of instances to the next whole number. If this value is not specified, the default is 1. -sflsWeightedCapacity :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Double) -sflsWeightedCapacity = lens _sflsWeightedCapacity (\ s a -> s{_sflsWeightedCapacity = a}); - --- | The name of the key pair. -sflsKeyName :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -sflsKeyName = lens _sflsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_sflsKeyName = a}); - --- | One or more network interfaces. -sflsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification] -sflsNetworkInterfaces = lens _sflsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_sflsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the RAM disk. -sflsRAMDiskId :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -sflsRAMDiskId = lens _sflsRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_sflsRAMDiskId = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. To specify multiple subnets, separate them using commas; for example, \"subnet-a61dafcf, subnet-65ea5f08\". -sflsSubnetId :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -sflsSubnetId = lens _sflsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_sflsSubnetId = a}); - --- | The ID of the kernel. -sflsKernelId :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -sflsKernelId = lens _sflsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_sflsKernelId = a}); - --- | The instance type. -sflsInstanceType :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe InstanceType) -sflsInstanceType = lens _sflsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_sflsInstanceType = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the instances are optimized for EBS I\/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I\/O performance. This optimization isn\'t available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. --- --- Default: 'false' -sflsEBSOptimized :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) -sflsEBSOptimized = lens _sflsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_sflsEBSOptimized = a}); - --- | The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. -sflsUserData :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -sflsUserData = lens _sflsUserData (\ s a -> s{_sflsUserData = a}); - --- | Enable or disable monitoring for the instances. -sflsMonitoring :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe SpotFleetMonitoring) -sflsMonitoring = lens _sflsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_sflsMonitoring = a}); - --- | The IAM instance profile. -sflsIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) -sflsIAMInstanceProfile = lens _sflsIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_sflsIAMInstanceProfile = a}); - --- | The ID of the AMI. -sflsImageId :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -sflsImageId = lens _sflsImageId (\ s a -> s{_sflsImageId = a}); - --- | Deprecated. -sflsAddressingType :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) -sflsAddressingType = lens _sflsAddressingType (\ s a -> s{_sflsAddressingType = a}); - --- | One or more block device mapping entries. -sflsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification [BlockDeviceMapping] -sflsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _sflsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_sflsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The placement information. -sflsPlacement :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe SpotPlacement) -sflsPlacement = lens _sflsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_sflsPlacement = a}); - -instance FromXML SpotFleetLaunchSpecification where - parseXML x - = SpotFleetLaunchSpecification' <$> - (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "spotPrice") - <*> (x .@? "weightedCapacity") - <*> (x .@? "keyName") - <*> - (x .@? "networkInterfaceSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "ramdiskId") - <*> (x .@? "subnetId") - <*> (x .@? "kernelId") - <*> (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "ebsOptimized") - <*> (x .@? "userData") - <*> (x .@? "monitoring") - <*> (x .@? "iamInstanceProfile") - <*> (x .@? "imageId") - <*> (x .@? "addressingType") - <*> - (x .@? "blockDeviceMapping" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "placement") - -instance Hashable SpotFleetLaunchSpecification - -instance NFData SpotFleetLaunchSpecification - -instance ToQuery SpotFleetLaunchSpecification where - toQuery SpotFleetLaunchSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - [toQuery - (toQueryList "GroupSet" <$> _sflsSecurityGroups), - "SpotPrice" =: _sflsSpotPrice, - "WeightedCapacity" =: _sflsWeightedCapacity, - "KeyName" =: _sflsKeyName, - toQuery - (toQueryList "NetworkInterfaceSet" <$> - _sflsNetworkInterfaces), - "RamdiskId" =: _sflsRAMDiskId, - "SubnetId" =: _sflsSubnetId, - "KernelId" =: _sflsKernelId, - "InstanceType" =: _sflsInstanceType, - "EbsOptimized" =: _sflsEBSOptimized, - "UserData" =: _sflsUserData, - "Monitoring" =: _sflsMonitoring, - "IamInstanceProfile" =: _sflsIAMInstanceProfile, - "ImageId" =: _sflsImageId, - "AddressingType" =: _sflsAddressingType, - toQuery - (toQueryList "BlockDeviceMapping" <$> - _sflsBlockDeviceMappings), - "Placement" =: _sflsPlacement] - --- | Describes whether monitoring is enabled. --- --- /See:/ 'spotFleetMonitoring' smart constructor. -newtype SpotFleetMonitoring = SpotFleetMonitoring' - { _sfmEnabled :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotFleetMonitoring' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sfmEnabled' -spotFleetMonitoring - :: SpotFleetMonitoring -spotFleetMonitoring = - SpotFleetMonitoring' - { _sfmEnabled = Nothing - } - --- | Enables monitoring for the instance. --- --- Default: 'false' -sfmEnabled :: Lens' SpotFleetMonitoring (Maybe Bool) -sfmEnabled = lens _sfmEnabled (\ s a -> s{_sfmEnabled = a}); - -instance FromXML SpotFleetMonitoring where - parseXML x - = SpotFleetMonitoring' <$> (x .@? "enabled") - -instance Hashable SpotFleetMonitoring - -instance NFData SpotFleetMonitoring - -instance ToQuery SpotFleetMonitoring where - toQuery SpotFleetMonitoring'{..} - = mconcat ["Enabled" =: _sfmEnabled] - --- | Describes a Spot fleet request. --- --- /See:/ 'spotFleetRequestConfig' smart constructor. -data SpotFleetRequestConfig = SpotFleetRequestConfig' - { _sfrcActivityStatus :: !(Maybe ActivityStatus) - , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestId :: !Text - , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestState :: !BatchState - , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig :: !SpotFleetRequestConfigData - , _sfrcCreateTime :: !ISO8601 - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotFleetRequestConfig' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sfrcActivityStatus' --- --- * 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestId' --- --- * 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestState' --- --- * 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig' --- --- * 'sfrcCreateTime' -spotFleetRequestConfig - :: Text -- ^ 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestId' - -> BatchState -- ^ 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestState' - -> SpotFleetRequestConfigData -- ^ 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig' - -> UTCTime -- ^ 'sfrcCreateTime' - -> SpotFleetRequestConfig -spotFleetRequestConfig pSpotFleetRequestId_ pSpotFleetRequestState_ pSpotFleetRequestConfig_ pCreateTime_ = - SpotFleetRequestConfig' - { _sfrcActivityStatus = Nothing - , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestId = pSpotFleetRequestId_ - , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestState = pSpotFleetRequestState_ - , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig = pSpotFleetRequestConfig_ - , _sfrcCreateTime = _Time # pCreateTime_ - } - --- | The progress of the Spot fleet request. If there is an error, the status is 'error'. After all bids are placed, the status is 'pending_fulfillment'. If the size of the fleet is equal to or greater than its target capacity, the status is 'fulfilled'. If the size of the fleet is decreased, the status is 'pending_termination' while Spot instances are terminating. -sfrcActivityStatus :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig (Maybe ActivityStatus) -sfrcActivityStatus = lens _sfrcActivityStatus (\ s a -> s{_sfrcActivityStatus = a}); - --- | The ID of the Spot fleet request. -sfrcSpotFleetRequestId :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig Text -sfrcSpotFleetRequestId = lens _sfrcSpotFleetRequestId (\ s a -> s{_sfrcSpotFleetRequestId = a}); - --- | The state of the Spot fleet request. -sfrcSpotFleetRequestState :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig BatchState -sfrcSpotFleetRequestState = lens _sfrcSpotFleetRequestState (\ s a -> s{_sfrcSpotFleetRequestState = a}); - --- | Information about the configuration of the Spot fleet request. -sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig SpotFleetRequestConfigData -sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig = lens _sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig (\ s a -> s{_sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig = a}); - --- | The creation date and time of the request. -sfrcCreateTime :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig UTCTime -sfrcCreateTime = lens _sfrcCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_sfrcCreateTime = a}) . _Time; - -instance FromXML SpotFleetRequestConfig where - parseXML x - = SpotFleetRequestConfig' <$> - (x .@? "activityStatus") <*> - (x .@ "spotFleetRequestId") - <*> (x .@ "spotFleetRequestState") - <*> (x .@ "spotFleetRequestConfig") - <*> (x .@ "createTime") - -instance Hashable SpotFleetRequestConfig - -instance NFData SpotFleetRequestConfig - --- | Describes the configuration of a Spot fleet request. --- --- /See:/ 'spotFleetRequestConfigData' smart constructor. -data SpotFleetRequestConfigData = SpotFleetRequestConfigData' - { _sfrcdClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy :: !(Maybe ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy) - , _sfrcdValidUntil :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _sfrcdFulfilledCapacity :: !(Maybe Double) - , _sfrcdType :: !(Maybe FleetType) - , _sfrcdValidFrom :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _sfrcdAllocationStrategy :: !(Maybe AllocationStrategy) - , _sfrcdSpotPrice :: !Text - , _sfrcdTargetCapacity :: !Int - , _sfrcdIAMFleetRole :: !Text - , _sfrcdLaunchSpecifications :: !(List1 SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotFleetRequestConfigData' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sfrcdClientToken' --- --- * 'sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy' --- --- * 'sfrcdValidUntil' --- --- * 'sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration' --- --- * 'sfrcdFulfilledCapacity' --- --- * 'sfrcdType' --- --- * 'sfrcdValidFrom' --- --- * 'sfrcdAllocationStrategy' --- --- * 'sfrcdSpotPrice' --- --- * 'sfrcdTargetCapacity' --- --- * 'sfrcdIAMFleetRole' --- --- * 'sfrcdLaunchSpecifications' -spotFleetRequestConfigData - :: Text -- ^ 'sfrcdSpotPrice' - -> Int -- ^ 'sfrcdTargetCapacity' - -> Text -- ^ 'sfrcdIAMFleetRole' - -> NonEmpty SpotFleetLaunchSpecification -- ^ 'sfrcdLaunchSpecifications' - -> SpotFleetRequestConfigData -spotFleetRequestConfigData pSpotPrice_ pTargetCapacity_ pIAMFleetRole_ pLaunchSpecifications_ = - SpotFleetRequestConfigData' - { _sfrcdClientToken = Nothing - , _sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = Nothing - , _sfrcdValidUntil = Nothing - , _sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration = Nothing - , _sfrcdFulfilledCapacity = Nothing - , _sfrcdType = Nothing - , _sfrcdValidFrom = Nothing - , _sfrcdAllocationStrategy = Nothing - , _sfrcdSpotPrice = pSpotPrice_ - , _sfrcdTargetCapacity = pTargetCapacity_ - , _sfrcdIAMFleetRole = pIAMFleetRole_ - , _sfrcdLaunchSpecifications = _List1 # pLaunchSpecifications_ - } - --- | A unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see . -sfrcdClientToken :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe Text) -sfrcdClientToken = lens _sfrcdClientToken (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdClientToken = a}); - --- | Indicates whether running Spot instances should be terminated if the target capacity of the Spot fleet request is decreased below the current size of the Spot fleet. -sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy) -sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = lens _sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = a}); - --- | The end date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). At this point, no new Spot instance requests are placed or enabled to fulfill the request. -sfrcdValidUntil :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe UTCTime) -sfrcdValidUntil = lens _sfrcdValidUntil (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdValidUntil = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Indicates whether running Spot instances should be terminated when the Spot fleet request expires. -sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe Bool) -sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration = lens _sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration = a}); - --- | The number of units fulfilled by this request compared to the set target capacity. -sfrcdFulfilledCapacity :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe Double) -sfrcdFulfilledCapacity = lens _sfrcdFulfilledCapacity (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdFulfilledCapacity = a}); - --- | The type of request. Indicates whether the fleet will only 'request' the target capacity or also attempt to 'maintain' it. When you 'request' a certain target capacity, the fleet will only place the required bids. It will not attempt to replenish Spot instances if capacity is diminished, nor will it submit bids in alternative Spot pools if capacity is not available. When you want to 'maintain' a certain target capacity, fleet will place the required bids to meet this target capacity. It will also automatically replenish any interrupted instances. Default: 'maintain'. -sfrcdType :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe FleetType) -sfrcdType = lens _sfrcdType (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdType = a}); - --- | The start date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). The default is to start fulfilling the request immediately. -sfrcdValidFrom :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe UTCTime) -sfrcdValidFrom = lens _sfrcdValidFrom (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdValidFrom = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Indicates how to allocate the target capacity across the Spot pools specified by the Spot fleet request. The default is 'lowestPrice'. -sfrcdAllocationStrategy :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe AllocationStrategy) -sfrcdAllocationStrategy = lens _sfrcdAllocationStrategy (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdAllocationStrategy = a}); - --- | The bid price per unit hour. -sfrcdSpotPrice :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData Text -sfrcdSpotPrice = lens _sfrcdSpotPrice (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdSpotPrice = a}); - --- | The number of units to request. You can choose to set the target capacity in terms of instances or a performance characteristic that is important to your application workload, such as vCPUs, memory, or I\/O. -sfrcdTargetCapacity :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData Int -sfrcdTargetCapacity = lens _sfrcdTargetCapacity (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdTargetCapacity = a}); - --- | Grants the Spot fleet permission to terminate Spot instances on your behalf when you cancel its Spot fleet request using < CancelSpotFleetRequests> or when the Spot fleet request expires, if you set 'terminateInstancesWithExpiration'. -sfrcdIAMFleetRole :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData Text -sfrcdIAMFleetRole = lens _sfrcdIAMFleetRole (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdIAMFleetRole = a}); - --- | Information about the launch specifications for the Spot fleet request. -sfrcdLaunchSpecifications :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (NonEmpty SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) -sfrcdLaunchSpecifications = lens _sfrcdLaunchSpecifications (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdLaunchSpecifications = a}) . _List1; - -instance FromXML SpotFleetRequestConfigData where - parseXML x - = SpotFleetRequestConfigData' <$> - (x .@? "clientToken") <*> - (x .@? "excessCapacityTerminationPolicy") - <*> (x .@? "validUntil") - <*> (x .@? "terminateInstancesWithExpiration") - <*> (x .@? "fulfilledCapacity") - <*> (x .@? "type") - <*> (x .@? "validFrom") - <*> (x .@? "allocationStrategy") - <*> (x .@ "spotPrice") - <*> (x .@ "targetCapacity") - <*> (x .@ "iamFleetRole") - <*> - (x .@? "launchSpecifications" .!@ mempty >>= - parseXMLList1 "item") - -instance Hashable SpotFleetRequestConfigData - -instance NFData SpotFleetRequestConfigData - -instance ToQuery SpotFleetRequestConfigData where - toQuery SpotFleetRequestConfigData'{..} - = mconcat - ["ClientToken" =: _sfrcdClientToken, - "ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy" =: - _sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy, - "ValidUntil" =: _sfrcdValidUntil, - "TerminateInstancesWithExpiration" =: - _sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration, - "FulfilledCapacity" =: _sfrcdFulfilledCapacity, - "Type" =: _sfrcdType, "ValidFrom" =: _sfrcdValidFrom, - "AllocationStrategy" =: _sfrcdAllocationStrategy, - "SpotPrice" =: _sfrcdSpotPrice, - "TargetCapacity" =: _sfrcdTargetCapacity, - "IamFleetRole" =: _sfrcdIAMFleetRole, - toQueryList "LaunchSpecifications" - _sfrcdLaunchSpecifications] - --- | Describes a Spot instance request. --- --- /See:/ 'spotInstanceRequest' smart constructor. -data SpotInstanceRequest = SpotInstanceRequest' - { _sirInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirStatus :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceStatus) - , _sirState :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceState) - , _sirActualBlockHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirBlockDurationMinutes :: !(Maybe Int) - , _sirProductDescription :: !(Maybe RIProductDescription) - , _sirSpotPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirLaunchSpecification :: !(Maybe LaunchSpecification) - , _sirAvailabilityZoneGroup :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirValidUntil :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _sirLaunchGroup :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirFault :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceStateFault) - , _sirSpotInstanceRequestId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sirType :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceType) - , _sirValidFrom :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _sirCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _sirTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotInstanceRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sirInstanceId' --- --- * 'sirStatus' --- --- * 'sirState' --- --- * 'sirActualBlockHourlyPrice' --- --- * 'sirBlockDurationMinutes' --- --- * 'sirProductDescription' --- --- * 'sirSpotPrice' --- --- * 'sirLaunchSpecification' --- --- * 'sirAvailabilityZoneGroup' --- --- * 'sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'sirValidUntil' --- --- * 'sirLaunchGroup' --- --- * 'sirFault' --- --- * 'sirSpotInstanceRequestId' --- --- * 'sirType' --- --- * 'sirValidFrom' --- --- * 'sirCreateTime' --- --- * 'sirTags' -spotInstanceRequest - :: SpotInstanceRequest -spotInstanceRequest = - SpotInstanceRequest' - { _sirInstanceId = Nothing - , _sirStatus = Nothing - , _sirState = Nothing - , _sirActualBlockHourlyPrice = Nothing - , _sirBlockDurationMinutes = Nothing - , _sirProductDescription = Nothing - , _sirSpotPrice = Nothing - , _sirLaunchSpecification = Nothing - , _sirAvailabilityZoneGroup = Nothing - , _sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _sirValidUntil = Nothing - , _sirLaunchGroup = Nothing - , _sirFault = Nothing - , _sirSpotInstanceRequestId = Nothing - , _sirType = Nothing - , _sirValidFrom = Nothing - , _sirCreateTime = Nothing - , _sirTags = Nothing - } - --- | The instance ID, if an instance has been launched to fulfill the Spot instance request. -sirInstanceId :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirInstanceId = lens _sirInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_sirInstanceId = a}); - --- | The status code and status message describing the Spot instance request. -sirStatus :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe SpotInstanceStatus) -sirStatus = lens _sirStatus (\ s a -> s{_sirStatus = a}); - --- | The state of the Spot instance request. Spot bid status information can help you track your Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -sirState :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe SpotInstanceState) -sirState = lens _sirState (\ s a -> s{_sirState = a}); - --- | If you specified a duration and your Spot instance request was fulfilled, this is the fixed hourly price in effect for the Spot instance while it runs. -sirActualBlockHourlyPrice :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirActualBlockHourlyPrice = lens _sirActualBlockHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_sirActualBlockHourlyPrice = a}); - --- | The duration for the Spot instance, in minutes. -sirBlockDurationMinutes :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Int) -sirBlockDurationMinutes = lens _sirBlockDurationMinutes (\ s a -> s{_sirBlockDurationMinutes = a}); - --- | The product description associated with the Spot instance. -sirProductDescription :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe RIProductDescription) -sirProductDescription = lens _sirProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_sirProductDescription = a}); - --- | The maximum hourly price (bid) for the Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. -sirSpotPrice :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirSpotPrice = lens _sirSpotPrice (\ s a -> s{_sirSpotPrice = a}); - --- | Additional information for launching instances. -sirLaunchSpecification :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe LaunchSpecification) -sirLaunchSpecification = lens _sirLaunchSpecification (\ s a -> s{_sirLaunchSpecification = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone group. If you specify the same Availability Zone group for all Spot instance requests, all Spot instances are launched in the same Availability Zone. -sirAvailabilityZoneGroup :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirAvailabilityZoneGroup = lens _sirAvailabilityZoneGroup (\ s a -> s{_sirAvailabilityZoneGroup = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone in which the bid is launched. -sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone = lens _sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The end date of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). If this is a one-time request, it remains active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled or this date is reached. -sirValidUntil :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe UTCTime) -sirValidUntil = lens _sirValidUntil (\ s a -> s{_sirValidUntil = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot instances that launch together and terminate together. -sirLaunchGroup :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirLaunchGroup = lens _sirLaunchGroup (\ s a -> s{_sirLaunchGroup = a}); - --- | The fault codes for the Spot instance request, if any. -sirFault :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe SpotInstanceStateFault) -sirFault = lens _sirFault (\ s a -> s{_sirFault = a}); - --- | The ID of the Spot instance request. -sirSpotInstanceRequestId :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) -sirSpotInstanceRequestId = lens _sirSpotInstanceRequestId (\ s a -> s{_sirSpotInstanceRequestId = a}); - --- | The Spot instance request type. -sirType :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe SpotInstanceType) -sirType = lens _sirType (\ s a -> s{_sirType = a}); - --- | The start date of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). The request becomes active at this date and time. -sirValidFrom :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe UTCTime) -sirValidFrom = lens _sirValidFrom (\ s a -> s{_sirValidFrom = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The date and time when the Spot instance request was created, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). -sirCreateTime :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe UTCTime) -sirCreateTime = lens _sirCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_sirCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Any tags assigned to the resource. -sirTags :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest [Tag] -sirTags = lens _sirTags (\ s a -> s{_sirTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML SpotInstanceRequest where - parseXML x - = SpotInstanceRequest' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "status") <*> - (x .@? "state") - <*> (x .@? "actualBlockHourlyPrice") - <*> (x .@? "blockDurationMinutes") - <*> (x .@? "productDescription") - <*> (x .@? "spotPrice") - <*> (x .@? "launchSpecification") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZoneGroup") - <*> (x .@? "launchedAvailabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "validUntil") - <*> (x .@? "launchGroup") - <*> (x .@? "fault") - <*> (x .@? "spotInstanceRequestId") - <*> (x .@? "type") - <*> (x .@? "validFrom") - <*> (x .@? "createTime") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable SpotInstanceRequest - -instance NFData SpotInstanceRequest - --- | Describes a Spot instance state change. --- --- /See:/ 'spotInstanceStateFault' smart constructor. -data SpotInstanceStateFault = SpotInstanceStateFault' - { _sisfCode :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sisfMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotInstanceStateFault' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sisfCode' --- --- * 'sisfMessage' -spotInstanceStateFault - :: SpotInstanceStateFault -spotInstanceStateFault = - SpotInstanceStateFault' - { _sisfCode = Nothing - , _sisfMessage = Nothing - } - --- | The reason code for the Spot instance state change. -sisfCode :: Lens' SpotInstanceStateFault (Maybe Text) -sisfCode = lens _sisfCode (\ s a -> s{_sisfCode = a}); - --- | The message for the Spot instance state change. -sisfMessage :: Lens' SpotInstanceStateFault (Maybe Text) -sisfMessage = lens _sisfMessage (\ s a -> s{_sisfMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML SpotInstanceStateFault where - parseXML x - = SpotInstanceStateFault' <$> - (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "message") - -instance Hashable SpotInstanceStateFault - -instance NFData SpotInstanceStateFault - --- | Describes the status of a Spot instance request. --- --- /See:/ 'spotInstanceStatus' smart constructor. -data SpotInstanceStatus = SpotInstanceStatus' - { _sisUpdateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _sisCode :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sisMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotInstanceStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sisUpdateTime' --- --- * 'sisCode' --- --- * 'sisMessage' -spotInstanceStatus - :: SpotInstanceStatus -spotInstanceStatus = - SpotInstanceStatus' - { _sisUpdateTime = Nothing - , _sisCode = Nothing - , _sisMessage = Nothing - } - --- | The date and time of the most recent status update, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). -sisUpdateTime :: Lens' SpotInstanceStatus (Maybe UTCTime) -sisUpdateTime = lens _sisUpdateTime (\ s a -> s{_sisUpdateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The status code. For a list of status codes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. -sisCode :: Lens' SpotInstanceStatus (Maybe Text) -sisCode = lens _sisCode (\ s a -> s{_sisCode = a}); - --- | The description for the status code. -sisMessage :: Lens' SpotInstanceStatus (Maybe Text) -sisMessage = lens _sisMessage (\ s a -> s{_sisMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML SpotInstanceStatus where - parseXML x - = SpotInstanceStatus' <$> - (x .@? "updateTime") <*> (x .@? "code") <*> - (x .@? "message") - -instance Hashable SpotInstanceStatus - -instance NFData SpotInstanceStatus - --- | Describes Spot instance placement. --- --- /See:/ 'spotPlacement' smart constructor. -data SpotPlacement = SpotPlacement' - { _spAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _spGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotPlacement' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'spAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'spGroupName' -spotPlacement - :: SpotPlacement -spotPlacement = - SpotPlacement' - { _spAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _spGroupName = Nothing - } - --- | The Availability Zone. --- --- [Spot fleet only] To specify multiple Availability Zones, separate them using commas; for example, \"us-west-2a, us-west-2b\". -spAvailabilityZone :: Lens' SpotPlacement (Maybe Text) -spAvailabilityZone = lens _spAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_spAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The name of the placement group (for cluster instances). -spGroupName :: Lens' SpotPlacement (Maybe Text) -spGroupName = lens _spGroupName (\ s a -> s{_spGroupName = a}); - -instance FromXML SpotPlacement where - parseXML x - = SpotPlacement' <$> - (x .@? "availabilityZone") <*> (x .@? "groupName") - -instance Hashable SpotPlacement - -instance NFData SpotPlacement - -instance ToQuery SpotPlacement where - toQuery SpotPlacement'{..} - = mconcat - ["AvailabilityZone" =: _spAvailabilityZone, - "GroupName" =: _spGroupName] - --- | Describes the maximum hourly price (bid) for any Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. --- --- /See:/ 'spotPrice' smart constructor. -data SpotPrice = SpotPrice' - { _sProductDescription :: !(Maybe RIProductDescription) - , _sSpotPrice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) - , _sAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sTimestamp :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'SpotPrice' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sProductDescription' --- --- * 'sSpotPrice' --- --- * 'sInstanceType' --- --- * 'sAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'sTimestamp' -spotPrice - :: SpotPrice -spotPrice = - SpotPrice' - { _sProductDescription = Nothing - , _sSpotPrice = Nothing - , _sInstanceType = Nothing - , _sAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _sTimestamp = Nothing - } - --- | A general description of the AMI. -sProductDescription :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe RIProductDescription) -sProductDescription = lens _sProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_sProductDescription = a}); - --- | The maximum price (bid) that you are willing to pay for a Spot instance. -sSpotPrice :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe Text) -sSpotPrice = lens _sSpotPrice (\ s a -> s{_sSpotPrice = a}); - --- | The instance type. -sInstanceType :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe InstanceType) -sInstanceType = lens _sInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_sInstanceType = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone. -sAvailabilityZone :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe Text) -sAvailabilityZone = lens _sAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The date and time the request was created, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/-/MM/-/DD/T/HH/:/MM/:/SS/Z). -sTimestamp :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe UTCTime) -sTimestamp = lens _sTimestamp (\ s a -> s{_sTimestamp = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance FromXML SpotPrice where - parseXML x - = SpotPrice' <$> - (x .@? "productDescription") <*> (x .@? "spotPrice") - <*> (x .@? "instanceType") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "timestamp") - -instance Hashable SpotPrice - -instance NFData SpotPrice - --- | Describes a stale rule in a security group. --- --- /See:/ 'staleIPPermission' smart constructor. -data StaleIPPermission = StaleIPPermission' - { _sipFromPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _sipUserIdGroupPairs :: !(Maybe [UserIdGroupPair]) - , _sipPrefixListIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) - , _sipIPProtocol :: !(Maybe Text) - , _sipToPort :: !(Maybe Int) - , _sipIPRanges :: !(Maybe [Text]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'StaleIPPermission' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sipFromPort' --- --- * 'sipUserIdGroupPairs' --- --- * 'sipPrefixListIds' --- --- * 'sipIPProtocol' --- --- * 'sipToPort' --- --- * 'sipIPRanges' -staleIPPermission - :: StaleIPPermission -staleIPPermission = - StaleIPPermission' - { _sipFromPort = Nothing - , _sipUserIdGroupPairs = Nothing - , _sipPrefixListIds = Nothing - , _sipIPProtocol = Nothing - , _sipToPort = Nothing - , _sipIPRanges = Nothing - } - --- | The start of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of '-1' indicates all ICMP types. -sipFromPort :: Lens' StaleIPPermission (Maybe Int) -sipFromPort = lens _sipFromPort (\ s a -> s{_sipFromPort = a}); - --- | One or more security group pairs. Returns the ID of the referenced security group and VPC, and the ID and status of the VPC peering connection. -sipUserIdGroupPairs :: Lens' StaleIPPermission [UserIdGroupPair] -sipUserIdGroupPairs = lens _sipUserIdGroupPairs (\ s a -> s{_sipUserIdGroupPairs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | One or more prefix list IDs for an AWS service. Not applicable for stale security group rules. -sipPrefixListIds :: Lens' StaleIPPermission [Text] -sipPrefixListIds = lens _sipPrefixListIds (\ s a -> s{_sipPrefixListIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The IP protocol name (for 'tcp', 'udp', and 'icmp') or number (see . -sipIPProtocol :: Lens' StaleIPPermission (Maybe Text) -sipIPProtocol = lens _sipIPProtocol (\ s a -> s{_sipIPProtocol = a}); - --- | The end of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of '-1' indicates all ICMP types. -sipToPort :: Lens' StaleIPPermission (Maybe Int) -sipToPort = lens _sipToPort (\ s a -> s{_sipToPort = a}); - --- | One or more IP ranges. Not applicable for stale security group rules. -sipIPRanges :: Lens' StaleIPPermission [Text] -sipIPRanges = lens _sipIPRanges (\ s a -> s{_sipIPRanges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML StaleIPPermission where - parseXML x - = StaleIPPermission' <$> - (x .@? "fromPort") <*> - (x .@? "groups" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "prefixListIds" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "ipProtocol") - <*> (x .@? "toPort") - <*> - (x .@? "ipRanges" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable StaleIPPermission - -instance NFData StaleIPPermission - --- | Describes a stale security group (a security group that contains stale rules). --- --- /See:/ 'staleSecurityGroup' smart constructor. -data StaleSecurityGroup = StaleSecurityGroup' - { _ssgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ssgGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress :: !(Maybe [StaleIPPermission]) - , _ssgStaleIPPermissions :: !(Maybe [StaleIPPermission]) - , _ssgDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ssgGroupId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'StaleSecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ssgVPCId' --- --- * 'ssgGroupName' --- --- * 'ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress' --- --- * 'ssgStaleIPPermissions' --- --- * 'ssgDescription' --- --- * 'ssgGroupId' -staleSecurityGroup - :: Text -- ^ 'ssgGroupId' - -> StaleSecurityGroup -staleSecurityGroup pGroupId_ = - StaleSecurityGroup' - { _ssgVPCId = Nothing - , _ssgGroupName = Nothing - , _ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress = Nothing - , _ssgStaleIPPermissions = Nothing - , _ssgDescription = Nothing - , _ssgGroupId = pGroupId_ - } - --- | The ID of the VPC for the security group. -ssgVPCId :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -ssgVPCId = lens _ssgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_ssgVPCId = a}); - --- | The name of the security group. -ssgGroupName :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -ssgGroupName = lens _ssgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ssgGroupName = a}); - --- | Information about the stale outbound rules in the security group. -ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup [StaleIPPermission] -ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress = lens _ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress (\ s a -> s{_ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Information about the stale inbound rules in the security group. -ssgStaleIPPermissions :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup [StaleIPPermission] -ssgStaleIPPermissions = lens _ssgStaleIPPermissions (\ s a -> s{_ssgStaleIPPermissions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The description of the security group. -ssgDescription :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) -ssgDescription = lens _ssgDescription (\ s a -> s{_ssgDescription = a}); - --- | The ID of the security group. -ssgGroupId :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup Text -ssgGroupId = lens _ssgGroupId (\ s a -> s{_ssgGroupId = a}); - -instance FromXML StaleSecurityGroup where - parseXML x - = StaleSecurityGroup' <$> - (x .@? "vpcId") <*> (x .@? "groupName") <*> - (x .@? "staleIpPermissionsEgress" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "staleIpPermissions" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@ "groupId") - -instance Hashable StaleSecurityGroup - -instance NFData StaleSecurityGroup - --- | Describes a state change. --- --- /See:/ 'stateReason' smart constructor. -data StateReason = StateReason' - { _srCode :: !(Maybe Text) - , _srMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'StateReason' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'srCode' --- --- * 'srMessage' -stateReason - :: StateReason -stateReason = - StateReason' - { _srCode = Nothing - , _srMessage = Nothing - } - --- | The reason code for the state change. -srCode :: Lens' StateReason (Maybe Text) -srCode = lens _srCode (\ s a -> s{_srCode = a}); - --- | The message for the state change. --- --- - 'Server.SpotInstanceTermination': A Spot instance was terminated due to an increase in the market price. --- --- - 'Server.InternalError': An internal error occurred during instance launch, resulting in termination. --- --- - 'Server.InsufficientInstanceCapacity': There was insufficient instance capacity to satisfy the launch request. --- --- - 'Client.InternalError': A client error caused the instance to terminate on launch. --- --- - 'Client.InstanceInitiatedShutdown': The instance was shut down using the 'shutdown -h' command from the instance. --- --- - 'Client.UserInitiatedShutdown': The instance was shut down using the Amazon EC2 API. --- --- - 'Client.VolumeLimitExceeded': The limit on the number of EBS volumes or total storage was exceeded. Decrease usage or request an increase in your limits. --- --- - 'Client.InvalidSnapshot.NotFound': The specified snapshot was not found. --- -srMessage :: Lens' StateReason (Maybe Text) -srMessage = lens _srMessage (\ s a -> s{_srMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML StateReason where - parseXML x - = StateReason' <$> - (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "message") - -instance Hashable StateReason - -instance NFData StateReason - --- | Describes the storage location for an instance store-backed AMI. --- --- /See:/ 'storage' smart constructor. -newtype Storage = Storage' - { _sS3 :: Maybe S3Storage - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Storage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'sS3' -storage - :: Storage -storage = - Storage' - { _sS3 = Nothing - } - --- | An Amazon S3 storage location. -sS3 :: Lens' Storage (Maybe S3Storage) -sS3 = lens _sS3 (\ s a -> s{_sS3 = a}); - -instance FromXML Storage where - parseXML x = Storage' <$> (x .@? "S3") - -instance Hashable Storage - -instance NFData Storage - -instance ToQuery Storage where - toQuery Storage'{..} = mconcat ["S3" =: _sS3] - --- | Describes a subnet. --- --- /See:/ 'subnet' smart constructor. -data Subnet = Subnet' - { _subMapPublicIPOnLaunch :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _subDefaultForAz :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _subTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _subAvailabilityZone :: !Text - , _subAvailableIPAddressCount :: !Int - , _subCIdRBlock :: !Text - , _subState :: !SubnetState - , _subSubnetId :: !Text - , _subVPCId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Subnet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'subMapPublicIPOnLaunch' --- --- * 'subDefaultForAz' --- --- * 'subTags' --- --- * 'subAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'subAvailableIPAddressCount' --- --- * 'subCIdRBlock' --- --- * 'subState' --- --- * 'subSubnetId' --- --- * 'subVPCId' -subnet - :: Text -- ^ 'subAvailabilityZone' - -> Int -- ^ 'subAvailableIPAddressCount' - -> Text -- ^ 'subCIdRBlock' - -> SubnetState -- ^ 'subState' - -> Text -- ^ 'subSubnetId' - -> Text -- ^ 'subVPCId' - -> Subnet -subnet pAvailabilityZone_ pAvailableIPAddressCount_ pCIdRBlock_ pState_ pSubnetId_ pVPCId_ = - Subnet' - { _subMapPublicIPOnLaunch = Nothing - , _subDefaultForAz = Nothing - , _subTags = Nothing - , _subAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ - , _subAvailableIPAddressCount = pAvailableIPAddressCount_ - , _subCIdRBlock = pCIdRBlock_ - , _subState = pState_ - , _subSubnetId = pSubnetId_ - , _subVPCId = pVPCId_ - } - --- | Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IP address. -subMapPublicIPOnLaunch :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Bool) -subMapPublicIPOnLaunch = lens _subMapPublicIPOnLaunch (\ s a -> s{_subMapPublicIPOnLaunch = a}); - --- | Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone. -subDefaultForAz :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Bool) -subDefaultForAz = lens _subDefaultForAz (\ s a -> s{_subDefaultForAz = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the subnet. -subTags :: Lens' Subnet [Tag] -subTags = lens _subTags (\ s a -> s{_subTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The Availability Zone of the subnet. -subAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Subnet Text -subAvailabilityZone = lens _subAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_subAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The number of unused IP addresses in the subnet. Note that the IP addresses for any stopped instances are considered unavailable. -subAvailableIPAddressCount :: Lens' Subnet Int -subAvailableIPAddressCount = lens _subAvailableIPAddressCount (\ s a -> s{_subAvailableIPAddressCount = a}); - --- | The CIDR block assigned to the subnet. -subCIdRBlock :: Lens' Subnet Text -subCIdRBlock = lens _subCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_subCIdRBlock = a}); - --- | The current state of the subnet. -subState :: Lens' Subnet SubnetState -subState = lens _subState (\ s a -> s{_subState = a}); - --- | The ID of the subnet. -subSubnetId :: Lens' Subnet Text -subSubnetId = lens _subSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_subSubnetId = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC the subnet is in. -subVPCId :: Lens' Subnet Text -subVPCId = lens _subVPCId (\ s a -> s{_subVPCId = a}); - -instance FromXML Subnet where - parseXML x - = Subnet' <$> - (x .@? "mapPublicIpOnLaunch") <*> - (x .@? "defaultForAz") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@ "availableIpAddressCount") - <*> (x .@ "cidrBlock") - <*> (x .@ "state") - <*> (x .@ "subnetId") - <*> (x .@ "vpcId") - -instance Hashable Subnet - -instance NFData Subnet - --- | Describes a tag. --- --- /See:/ 'tag' smart constructor. -data Tag = Tag' - { _tagKey :: !Text - , _tagValue :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Tag' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'tagKey' --- --- * 'tagValue' -tag - :: Text -- ^ 'tagKey' - -> Text -- ^ 'tagValue' - -> Tag -tag pKey_ pValue_ = - Tag' - { _tagKey = pKey_ - , _tagValue = pValue_ - } - --- | The key of the tag. --- --- Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with 'aws:' -tagKey :: Lens' Tag Text -tagKey = lens _tagKey (\ s a -> s{_tagKey = a}); - --- | The value of the tag. --- --- Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 255 Unicode characters. -tagValue :: Lens' Tag Text -tagValue = lens _tagValue (\ s a -> s{_tagValue = a}); - -instance FromXML Tag where - parseXML x = Tag' <$> (x .@ "key") <*> (x .@ "value") - -instance Hashable Tag - -instance NFData Tag - -instance ToQuery Tag where - toQuery Tag'{..} - = mconcat ["Key" =: _tagKey, "Value" =: _tagValue] - --- | Describes a tag. --- --- /See:/ 'tagDescription' smart constructor. -data TagDescription = TagDescription' - { _tdResourceId :: !Text - , _tdResourceType :: !ResourceType - , _tdKey :: !Text - , _tdValue :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'TagDescription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'tdResourceId' --- --- * 'tdResourceType' --- --- * 'tdKey' --- --- * 'tdValue' -tagDescription - :: Text -- ^ 'tdResourceId' - -> ResourceType -- ^ 'tdResourceType' - -> Text -- ^ 'tdKey' - -> Text -- ^ 'tdValue' - -> TagDescription -tagDescription pResourceId_ pResourceType_ pKey_ pValue_ = - TagDescription' - { _tdResourceId = pResourceId_ - , _tdResourceType = pResourceType_ - , _tdKey = pKey_ - , _tdValue = pValue_ - } - --- | The ID of the resource. For example, 'ami-1a2b3c4d'. -tdResourceId :: Lens' TagDescription Text -tdResourceId = lens _tdResourceId (\ s a -> s{_tdResourceId = a}); - --- | The resource type. -tdResourceType :: Lens' TagDescription ResourceType -tdResourceType = lens _tdResourceType (\ s a -> s{_tdResourceType = a}); - --- | The tag key. -tdKey :: Lens' TagDescription Text -tdKey = lens _tdKey (\ s a -> s{_tdKey = a}); - --- | The tag value. -tdValue :: Lens' TagDescription Text -tdValue = lens _tdValue (\ s a -> s{_tdValue = a}); - -instance FromXML TagDescription where - parseXML x - = TagDescription' <$> - (x .@ "resourceId") <*> (x .@ "resourceType") <*> - (x .@ "key") - <*> (x .@ "value") - -instance Hashable TagDescription - -instance NFData TagDescription - --- | Information about items that were not successfully processed in a batch call. --- --- /See:/ 'unsuccessfulItem' smart constructor. -data UnsuccessfulItem = UnsuccessfulItem' - { _uiResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _uiError :: !UnsuccessfulItemError - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'UnsuccessfulItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'uiResourceId' --- --- * 'uiError' -unsuccessfulItem - :: UnsuccessfulItemError -- ^ 'uiError' - -> UnsuccessfulItem -unsuccessfulItem pError_ = - UnsuccessfulItem' - { _uiResourceId = Nothing - , _uiError = pError_ - } - --- | The ID of the resource. -uiResourceId :: Lens' UnsuccessfulItem (Maybe Text) -uiResourceId = lens _uiResourceId (\ s a -> s{_uiResourceId = a}); - --- | Information about the error. -uiError :: Lens' UnsuccessfulItem UnsuccessfulItemError -uiError = lens _uiError (\ s a -> s{_uiError = a}); - -instance FromXML UnsuccessfulItem where - parseXML x - = UnsuccessfulItem' <$> - (x .@? "resourceId") <*> (x .@ "error") - -instance Hashable UnsuccessfulItem - -instance NFData UnsuccessfulItem - --- | Information about the error that occurred. For more information about errors, see . --- --- /See:/ 'unsuccessfulItemError' smart constructor. -data UnsuccessfulItemError = UnsuccessfulItemError' - { _uieCode :: !Text - , _uieMessage :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'UnsuccessfulItemError' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'uieCode' --- --- * 'uieMessage' -unsuccessfulItemError - :: Text -- ^ 'uieCode' - -> Text -- ^ 'uieMessage' - -> UnsuccessfulItemError -unsuccessfulItemError pCode_ pMessage_ = - UnsuccessfulItemError' - { _uieCode = pCode_ - , _uieMessage = pMessage_ - } - --- | The error code. -uieCode :: Lens' UnsuccessfulItemError Text -uieCode = lens _uieCode (\ s a -> s{_uieCode = a}); - --- | The error message accompanying the error code. -uieMessage :: Lens' UnsuccessfulItemError Text -uieMessage = lens _uieMessage (\ s a -> s{_uieMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML UnsuccessfulItemError where - parseXML x - = UnsuccessfulItemError' <$> - (x .@ "code") <*> (x .@ "message") - -instance Hashable UnsuccessfulItemError - -instance NFData UnsuccessfulItemError - --- | Describes the S3 bucket for the disk image. --- --- /See:/ 'userBucket' smart constructor. -data UserBucket = UserBucket' - { _ubS3Key :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ubS3Bucket :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'UserBucket' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ubS3Key' --- --- * 'ubS3Bucket' -userBucket - :: UserBucket -userBucket = - UserBucket' - { _ubS3Key = Nothing - , _ubS3Bucket = Nothing - } - --- | The file name of the disk image. -ubS3Key :: Lens' UserBucket (Maybe Text) -ubS3Key = lens _ubS3Key (\ s a -> s{_ubS3Key = a}); - --- | The name of the S3 bucket where the disk image is located. -ubS3Bucket :: Lens' UserBucket (Maybe Text) -ubS3Bucket = lens _ubS3Bucket (\ s a -> s{_ubS3Bucket = a}); - -instance Hashable UserBucket - -instance NFData UserBucket - -instance ToQuery UserBucket where - toQuery UserBucket'{..} - = mconcat - ["S3Key" =: _ubS3Key, "S3Bucket" =: _ubS3Bucket] - --- | Describes the S3 bucket for the disk image. --- --- /See:/ 'userBucketDetails' smart constructor. -data UserBucketDetails = UserBucketDetails' - { _ubdS3Key :: !(Maybe Text) - , _ubdS3Bucket :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'UserBucketDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'ubdS3Key' --- --- * 'ubdS3Bucket' -userBucketDetails - :: UserBucketDetails -userBucketDetails = - UserBucketDetails' - { _ubdS3Key = Nothing - , _ubdS3Bucket = Nothing - } - --- | The file name of the disk image. -ubdS3Key :: Lens' UserBucketDetails (Maybe Text) -ubdS3Key = lens _ubdS3Key (\ s a -> s{_ubdS3Key = a}); - --- | The S3 bucket from which the disk image was created. -ubdS3Bucket :: Lens' UserBucketDetails (Maybe Text) -ubdS3Bucket = lens _ubdS3Bucket (\ s a -> s{_ubdS3Bucket = a}); - -instance FromXML UserBucketDetails where - parseXML x - = UserBucketDetails' <$> - (x .@? "s3Key") <*> (x .@? "s3Bucket") - -instance Hashable UserBucketDetails - -instance NFData UserBucketDetails - --- | Describes the user data for an instance. --- --- /See:/ 'userData' smart constructor. -newtype UserData = UserData' - { _udData :: Maybe Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'UserData' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'udData' -userData - :: UserData -userData = - UserData' - { _udData = Nothing - } - --- | The user data. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. -udData :: Lens' UserData (Maybe Text) -udData = lens _udData (\ s a -> s{_udData = a}); - -instance Hashable UserData - -instance NFData UserData - -instance ToQuery UserData where - toQuery UserData'{..} = mconcat ["Data" =: _udData] - --- | Describes a security group and AWS account ID pair. --- --- /See:/ 'userIdGroupPair' smart constructor. -data UserIdGroupPair = UserIdGroupPair' - { _uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _uigpVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _uigpUserId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _uigpGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _uigpGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _uigpPeeringStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'UserIdGroupPair' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId' --- --- * 'uigpVPCId' --- --- * 'uigpUserId' --- --- * 'uigpGroupId' --- --- * 'uigpGroupName' --- --- * 'uigpPeeringStatus' -userIdGroupPair - :: UserIdGroupPair -userIdGroupPair = - UserIdGroupPair' - { _uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing - , _uigpVPCId = Nothing - , _uigpUserId = Nothing - , _uigpGroupId = Nothing - , _uigpGroupName = Nothing - , _uigpPeeringStatus = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the VPC peering connection, if applicable. -uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) -uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC for the referenced security group, if applicable. -uigpVPCId :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) -uigpVPCId = lens _uigpVPCId (\ s a -> s{_uigpVPCId = a}); - --- | The ID of an AWS account. For a referenced security group in another VPC, the account ID of the referenced security group is returned. --- --- [EC2-Classic] Required when adding or removing rules that reference a security group in another AWS account. -uigpUserId :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) -uigpUserId = lens _uigpUserId (\ s a -> s{_uigpUserId = a}); - --- | The ID of the security group. -uigpGroupId :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) -uigpGroupId = lens _uigpGroupId (\ s a -> s{_uigpGroupId = a}); - --- | The name of the security group. In a request, use this parameter for a security group in EC2-Classic or a default VPC only. For a security group in a nondefault VPC, use the security group ID. -uigpGroupName :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) -uigpGroupName = lens _uigpGroupName (\ s a -> s{_uigpGroupName = a}); - --- | The status of a VPC peering connection, if applicable. -uigpPeeringStatus :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) -uigpPeeringStatus = lens _uigpPeeringStatus (\ s a -> s{_uigpPeeringStatus = a}); - -instance FromXML UserIdGroupPair where - parseXML x - = UserIdGroupPair' <$> - (x .@? "vpcPeeringConnectionId") <*> (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> (x .@? "userId") - <*> (x .@? "groupId") - <*> (x .@? "groupName") - <*> (x .@? "peeringStatus") - -instance Hashable UserIdGroupPair - -instance NFData UserIdGroupPair - -instance ToQuery UserIdGroupPair where - toQuery UserIdGroupPair'{..} - = mconcat - ["VpcPeeringConnectionId" =: - _uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId, - "VpcId" =: _uigpVPCId, "UserId" =: _uigpUserId, - "GroupId" =: _uigpGroupId, - "GroupName" =: _uigpGroupName, - "PeeringStatus" =: _uigpPeeringStatus] - --- | Describes telemetry for a VPN tunnel. --- --- /See:/ 'vgwTelemetry' smart constructor. -data VGWTelemetry = VGWTelemetry' - { _vtStatus :: !(Maybe TelemetryStatus) - , _vtOutsideIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vtLastStatusChange :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _vtAcceptedRouteCount :: !(Maybe Int) - , _vtStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VGWTelemetry' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vtStatus' --- --- * 'vtOutsideIPAddress' --- --- * 'vtLastStatusChange' --- --- * 'vtAcceptedRouteCount' --- --- * 'vtStatusMessage' -vgwTelemetry - :: VGWTelemetry -vgwTelemetry = - VGWTelemetry' - { _vtStatus = Nothing - , _vtOutsideIPAddress = Nothing - , _vtLastStatusChange = Nothing - , _vtAcceptedRouteCount = Nothing - , _vtStatusMessage = Nothing - } - --- | The status of the VPN tunnel. -vtStatus :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe TelemetryStatus) -vtStatus = lens _vtStatus (\ s a -> s{_vtStatus = a}); - --- | The Internet-routable IP address of the virtual private gateway\'s outside interface. -vtOutsideIPAddress :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe Text) -vtOutsideIPAddress = lens _vtOutsideIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_vtOutsideIPAddress = a}); - --- | The date and time of the last change in status. -vtLastStatusChange :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe UTCTime) -vtLastStatusChange = lens _vtLastStatusChange (\ s a -> s{_vtLastStatusChange = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The number of accepted routes. -vtAcceptedRouteCount :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe Int) -vtAcceptedRouteCount = lens _vtAcceptedRouteCount (\ s a -> s{_vtAcceptedRouteCount = a}); - --- | If an error occurs, a description of the error. -vtStatusMessage :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe Text) -vtStatusMessage = lens _vtStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_vtStatusMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML VGWTelemetry where - parseXML x - = VGWTelemetry' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "outsideIpAddress") <*> - (x .@? "lastStatusChange") - <*> (x .@? "acceptedRouteCount") - <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") - -instance Hashable VGWTelemetry - -instance NFData VGWTelemetry - --- | Describes a VPC. --- --- /See:/ 'vpc' smart constructor. -data VPC = VPC' - { _vpcTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _vpcIsDefault :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _vpcCIdRBlock :: !Text - , _vpcDHCPOptionsId :: !Text - , _vpcInstanceTenancy :: !Tenancy - , _vpcState :: !VPCState - , _vpcVPCId :: !Text - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPC' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vpcTags' --- --- * 'vpcIsDefault' --- --- * 'vpcCIdRBlock' --- --- * 'vpcDHCPOptionsId' --- --- * 'vpcInstanceTenancy' --- --- * 'vpcState' --- --- * 'vpcVPCId' -vpc - :: Text -- ^ 'vpcCIdRBlock' - -> Text -- ^ 'vpcDHCPOptionsId' - -> Tenancy -- ^ 'vpcInstanceTenancy' - -> VPCState -- ^ 'vpcState' - -> Text -- ^ 'vpcVPCId' - -> VPC -vpc pCIdRBlock_ pDHCPOptionsId_ pInstanceTenancy_ pState_ pVPCId_ = - VPC' - { _vpcTags = Nothing - , _vpcIsDefault = Nothing - , _vpcCIdRBlock = pCIdRBlock_ - , _vpcDHCPOptionsId = pDHCPOptionsId_ - , _vpcInstanceTenancy = pInstanceTenancy_ - , _vpcState = pState_ - , _vpcVPCId = pVPCId_ - } - --- | Any tags assigned to the VPC. -vpcTags :: Lens' VPC [Tag] -vpcTags = lens _vpcTags (\ s a -> s{_vpcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC. -vpcIsDefault :: Lens' VPC (Maybe Bool) -vpcIsDefault = lens _vpcIsDefault (\ s a -> s{_vpcIsDefault = a}); - --- | The CIDR block for the VPC. -vpcCIdRBlock :: Lens' VPC Text -vpcCIdRBlock = lens _vpcCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_vpcCIdRBlock = a}); - --- | The ID of the set of DHCP options you\'ve associated with the VPC (or 'default' if the default options are associated with the VPC). -vpcDHCPOptionsId :: Lens' VPC Text -vpcDHCPOptionsId = lens _vpcDHCPOptionsId (\ s a -> s{_vpcDHCPOptionsId = a}); - --- | The allowed tenancy of instances launched into the VPC. -vpcInstanceTenancy :: Lens' VPC Tenancy -vpcInstanceTenancy = lens _vpcInstanceTenancy (\ s a -> s{_vpcInstanceTenancy = a}); - --- | The current state of the VPC. -vpcState :: Lens' VPC VPCState -vpcState = lens _vpcState (\ s a -> s{_vpcState = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC. -vpcVPCId :: Lens' VPC Text -vpcVPCId = lens _vpcVPCId (\ s a -> s{_vpcVPCId = a}); - -instance FromXML VPC where - parseXML x - = VPC' <$> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "isDefault") - <*> (x .@ "cidrBlock") - <*> (x .@ "dhcpOptionsId") - <*> (x .@ "instanceTenancy") - <*> (x .@ "state") - <*> (x .@ "vpcId") - -instance Hashable VPC - -instance NFData VPC - --- | Describes an attachment between a virtual private gateway and a VPC. --- --- /See:/ 'vpcAttachment' smart constructor. -data VPCAttachment = VPCAttachment' - { _vaState :: !(Maybe AttachmentStatus) - , _vaVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPCAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vaState' --- --- * 'vaVPCId' -vpcAttachment - :: VPCAttachment -vpcAttachment = - VPCAttachment' - { _vaState = Nothing - , _vaVPCId = Nothing - } - --- | The current state of the attachment. -vaState :: Lens' VPCAttachment (Maybe AttachmentStatus) -vaState = lens _vaState (\ s a -> s{_vaState = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC. -vaVPCId :: Lens' VPCAttachment (Maybe Text) -vaVPCId = lens _vaVPCId (\ s a -> s{_vaVPCId = a}); - -instance FromXML VPCAttachment where - parseXML x - = VPCAttachment' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "vpcId") - -instance Hashable VPCAttachment - -instance NFData VPCAttachment - --- | Describes whether a VPC is enabled for ClassicLink. --- --- /See:/ 'vpcClassicLink' smart constructor. -data VPCClassicLink = VPCClassicLink' - { _vclVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vclTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _vclClassicLinkEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPCClassicLink' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vclVPCId' --- --- * 'vclTags' --- --- * 'vclClassicLinkEnabled' -vpcClassicLink - :: VPCClassicLink -vpcClassicLink = - VPCClassicLink' - { _vclVPCId = Nothing - , _vclTags = Nothing - , _vclClassicLinkEnabled = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the VPC. -vclVPCId :: Lens' VPCClassicLink (Maybe Text) -vclVPCId = lens _vclVPCId (\ s a -> s{_vclVPCId = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the VPC. -vclTags :: Lens' VPCClassicLink [Tag] -vclTags = lens _vclTags (\ s a -> s{_vclTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Indicates whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink. -vclClassicLinkEnabled :: Lens' VPCClassicLink (Maybe Bool) -vclClassicLinkEnabled = lens _vclClassicLinkEnabled (\ s a -> s{_vclClassicLinkEnabled = a}); - -instance FromXML VPCClassicLink where - parseXML x - = VPCClassicLink' <$> - (x .@? "vpcId") <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "classicLinkEnabled") - -instance Hashable VPCClassicLink - -instance NFData VPCClassicLink - --- | Describes a VPC endpoint. --- --- /See:/ 'vpcEndpoint' smart constructor. -data VPCEndpoint = VPCEndpoint' - { _veState :: !(Maybe State) - , _vePolicyDocument :: !(Maybe Text) - , _veVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _veCreationTimestamp :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _veServiceName :: !(Maybe Text) - , _veVPCEndpointId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _veRouteTableIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPCEndpoint' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'veState' --- --- * 'vePolicyDocument' --- --- * 'veVPCId' --- --- * 'veCreationTimestamp' --- --- * 'veServiceName' --- --- * 'veVPCEndpointId' --- --- * 'veRouteTableIds' -vpcEndpoint - :: VPCEndpoint -vpcEndpoint = - VPCEndpoint' - { _veState = Nothing - , _vePolicyDocument = Nothing - , _veVPCId = Nothing - , _veCreationTimestamp = Nothing - , _veServiceName = Nothing - , _veVPCEndpointId = Nothing - , _veRouteTableIds = Nothing - } - --- | The state of the VPC endpoint. -veState :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe State) -veState = lens _veState (\ s a -> s{_veState = a}); - --- | The policy document associated with the endpoint. -vePolicyDocument :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) -vePolicyDocument = lens _vePolicyDocument (\ s a -> s{_vePolicyDocument = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC to which the endpoint is associated. -veVPCId :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) -veVPCId = lens _veVPCId (\ s a -> s{_veVPCId = a}); - --- | The date and time the VPC endpoint was created. -veCreationTimestamp :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe UTCTime) -veCreationTimestamp = lens _veCreationTimestamp (\ s a -> s{_veCreationTimestamp = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The name of the AWS service to which the endpoint is associated. -veServiceName :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) -veServiceName = lens _veServiceName (\ s a -> s{_veServiceName = a}); - --- | The ID of the VPC endpoint. -veVPCEndpointId :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) -veVPCEndpointId = lens _veVPCEndpointId (\ s a -> s{_veVPCEndpointId = a}); - --- | One or more route tables associated with the endpoint. -veRouteTableIds :: Lens' VPCEndpoint [Text] -veRouteTableIds = lens _veRouteTableIds (\ s a -> s{_veRouteTableIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML VPCEndpoint where - parseXML x - = VPCEndpoint' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "policyDocument") <*> - (x .@? "vpcId") - <*> (x .@? "creationTimestamp") - <*> (x .@? "serviceName") - <*> (x .@? "vpcEndpointId") - <*> - (x .@? "routeTableIdSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable VPCEndpoint - -instance NFData VPCEndpoint - --- | Describes a VPC peering connection. --- --- /See:/ 'vpcPeeringConnection' smart constructor. -data VPCPeeringConnection = VPCPeeringConnection' - { _vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vpcpcStatus :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason) - , _vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo) - , _vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo) - , _vpcpcExpirationTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _vpcpcTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPCPeeringConnection' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' --- --- * 'vpcpcStatus' --- --- * 'vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo' --- --- * 'vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo' --- --- * 'vpcpcExpirationTime' --- --- * 'vpcpcTags' -vpcPeeringConnection - :: VPCPeeringConnection -vpcPeeringConnection = - VPCPeeringConnection' - { _vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing - , _vpcpcStatus = Nothing - , _vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo = Nothing - , _vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo = Nothing - , _vpcpcExpirationTime = Nothing - , _vpcpcTags = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the VPC peering connection. -vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Text) -vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); - --- | The status of the VPC peering connection. -vpcpcStatus :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason) -vpcpcStatus = lens _vpcpcStatus (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcStatus = a}); - --- | Information about the accepter VPC. CIDR block information is not returned when creating a VPC peering connection, or when describing a VPC peering connection that\'s in the 'initiating-request' or 'pending-acceptance' state. -vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo) -vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo = lens _vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo = a}); - --- | Information about the requester VPC. -vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo) -vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo = lens _vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo = a}); - --- | The time that an unaccepted VPC peering connection will expire. -vpcpcExpirationTime :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe UTCTime) -vpcpcExpirationTime = lens _vpcpcExpirationTime (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcExpirationTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | Any tags assigned to the resource. -vpcpcTags :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection [Tag] -vpcpcTags = lens _vpcpcTags (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML VPCPeeringConnection where - parseXML x - = VPCPeeringConnection' <$> - (x .@? "vpcPeeringConnectionId") <*> (x .@? "status") - <*> (x .@? "accepterVpcInfo") - <*> (x .@? "requesterVpcInfo") - <*> (x .@? "expirationTime") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable VPCPeeringConnection - -instance NFData VPCPeeringConnection - --- | Describes the VPC peering connection options. --- --- /See:/ 'vpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' smart constructor. -data VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription = VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' - { _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink' --- --- * 'vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC' --- --- * 'vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC' -vpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription - :: VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription -vpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription = - VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' - { _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = Nothing - , _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = Nothing - , _vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether a local VPC can communicate with a ClassicLink connection in the peer VPC over the VPC peering connection. -vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription (Maybe Bool) -vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = lens _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink (\ s a -> s{_vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = a}); - --- | Indicates whether a local ClassicLink connection can communicate with the peer VPC over the VPC peering connection. -vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription (Maybe Bool) -vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = lens _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = a}); - --- | Indicates whether a local VPC can resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in a peer VPC. -vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription (Maybe Bool) -vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = lens _vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = a}); - -instance FromXML - VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription where - parseXML x - = VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' <$> - (x .@? "allowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink") - <*> - (x .@? "allowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc") - <*> (x .@? "allowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc") - -instance Hashable - VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription - -instance NFData - VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription - --- | Describes the status of a VPC peering connection. --- --- /See:/ 'vpcPeeringConnectionStateReason' smart constructor. -data VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason = VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason' - { _vpcsrCode :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode) - , _vpcsrMessage :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vpcsrCode' --- --- * 'vpcsrMessage' -vpcPeeringConnectionStateReason - :: VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason -vpcPeeringConnectionStateReason = - VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason' - { _vpcsrCode = Nothing - , _vpcsrMessage = Nothing - } - --- | The status of the VPC peering connection. -vpcsrCode :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode) -vpcsrCode = lens _vpcsrCode (\ s a -> s{_vpcsrCode = a}); - --- | A message that provides more information about the status, if applicable. -vpcsrMessage :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason (Maybe Text) -vpcsrMessage = lens _vpcsrMessage (\ s a -> s{_vpcsrMessage = a}); - -instance FromXML VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason - where - parseXML x - = VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason' <$> - (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "message") - -instance Hashable VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason - -instance NFData VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason - --- | Describes a VPC in a VPC peering connection. --- --- /See:/ 'vpcPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' smart constructor. -data VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo = VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' - { _vpcviVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vpcviOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vpcviPeeringOptions :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) - , _vpcviCIdRBlock :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vpcviVPCId' --- --- * 'vpcviOwnerId' --- --- * 'vpcviPeeringOptions' --- --- * 'vpcviCIdRBlock' -vpcPeeringConnectionVPCInfo - :: VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo -vpcPeeringConnectionVPCInfo = - VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' - { _vpcviVPCId = Nothing - , _vpcviOwnerId = Nothing - , _vpcviPeeringOptions = Nothing - , _vpcviCIdRBlock = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the VPC. -vpcviVPCId :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo (Maybe Text) -vpcviVPCId = lens _vpcviVPCId (\ s a -> s{_vpcviVPCId = a}); - --- | The AWS account ID of the VPC owner. -vpcviOwnerId :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo (Maybe Text) -vpcviOwnerId = lens _vpcviOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_vpcviOwnerId = a}); - --- | Information about the VPC peering connection options for the accepter or requester VPC. -vpcviPeeringOptions :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) -vpcviPeeringOptions = lens _vpcviPeeringOptions (\ s a -> s{_vpcviPeeringOptions = a}); - --- | The CIDR block for the VPC. -vpcviCIdRBlock :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo (Maybe Text) -vpcviCIdRBlock = lens _vpcviCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_vpcviCIdRBlock = a}); - -instance FromXML VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo where - parseXML x - = VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' <$> - (x .@? "vpcId") <*> (x .@? "ownerId") <*> - (x .@? "peeringOptions") - <*> (x .@? "cidrBlock") - -instance Hashable VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo - -instance NFData VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo - --- | Describes a VPN connection. --- --- /See:/ 'vpnConnection' smart constructor. -data VPNConnection = VPNConnection' - { _vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vcRoutes :: !(Maybe [VPNStaticRoute]) - , _vcVPNGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vcOptions :: !(Maybe VPNConnectionOptions) - , _vcTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _vcVGWTelemetry :: !(Maybe [VGWTelemetry]) - , _vcVPNConnectionId :: !Text - , _vcCustomerGatewayId :: !Text - , _vcState :: !VPNState - , _vcType :: !GatewayType - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPNConnection' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration' --- --- * 'vcRoutes' --- --- * 'vcVPNGatewayId' --- --- * 'vcOptions' --- --- * 'vcTags' --- --- * 'vcVGWTelemetry' --- --- * 'vcVPNConnectionId' --- --- * 'vcCustomerGatewayId' --- --- * 'vcState' --- --- * 'vcType' -vpnConnection - :: Text -- ^ 'vcVPNConnectionId' - -> Text -- ^ 'vcCustomerGatewayId' - -> VPNState -- ^ 'vcState' - -> GatewayType -- ^ 'vcType' - -> VPNConnection -vpnConnection pVPNConnectionId_ pCustomerGatewayId_ pState_ pType_ = - VPNConnection' - { _vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration = Nothing - , _vcRoutes = Nothing - , _vcVPNGatewayId = Nothing - , _vcOptions = Nothing - , _vcTags = Nothing - , _vcVGWTelemetry = Nothing - , _vcVPNConnectionId = pVPNConnectionId_ - , _vcCustomerGatewayId = pCustomerGatewayId_ - , _vcState = pState_ - , _vcType = pType_ - } - --- | The configuration information for the VPN connection\'s customer gateway (in the native XML format). This element is always present in the < CreateVpnConnection> response; however, it\'s present in the < DescribeVpnConnections> response only if the VPN connection is in the 'pending' or 'available' state. -vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration :: Lens' VPNConnection (Maybe Text) -vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration = lens _vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration (\ s a -> s{_vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration = a}); - --- | The static routes associated with the VPN connection. -vcRoutes :: Lens' VPNConnection [VPNStaticRoute] -vcRoutes = lens _vcRoutes (\ s a -> s{_vcRoutes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the virtual private gateway at the AWS side of the VPN connection. -vcVPNGatewayId :: Lens' VPNConnection (Maybe Text) -vcVPNGatewayId = lens _vcVPNGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_vcVPNGatewayId = a}); - --- | The VPN connection options. -vcOptions :: Lens' VPNConnection (Maybe VPNConnectionOptions) -vcOptions = lens _vcOptions (\ s a -> s{_vcOptions = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the VPN connection. -vcTags :: Lens' VPNConnection [Tag] -vcTags = lens _vcTags (\ s a -> s{_vcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | Information about the VPN tunnel. -vcVGWTelemetry :: Lens' VPNConnection [VGWTelemetry] -vcVGWTelemetry = lens _vcVGWTelemetry (\ s a -> s{_vcVGWTelemetry = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the VPN connection. -vcVPNConnectionId :: Lens' VPNConnection Text -vcVPNConnectionId = lens _vcVPNConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_vcVPNConnectionId = a}); - --- | The ID of the customer gateway at your end of the VPN connection. -vcCustomerGatewayId :: Lens' VPNConnection Text -vcCustomerGatewayId = lens _vcCustomerGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_vcCustomerGatewayId = a}); - --- | The current state of the VPN connection. -vcState :: Lens' VPNConnection VPNState -vcState = lens _vcState (\ s a -> s{_vcState = a}); - --- | The type of VPN connection. -vcType :: Lens' VPNConnection GatewayType -vcType = lens _vcType (\ s a -> s{_vcType = a}); - -instance FromXML VPNConnection where - parseXML x - = VPNConnection' <$> - (x .@? "customerGatewayConfiguration") <*> - (x .@? "routes" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "vpnGatewayId") - <*> (x .@? "options") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> - (x .@? "vgwTelemetry" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "vpnConnectionId") - <*> (x .@ "customerGatewayId") - <*> (x .@ "state") - <*> (x .@ "type") - -instance Hashable VPNConnection - -instance NFData VPNConnection - --- | Describes VPN connection options. --- --- /See:/ 'vpnConnectionOptions' smart constructor. -newtype VPNConnectionOptions = VPNConnectionOptions' - { _vcoStaticRoutesOnly :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPNConnectionOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vcoStaticRoutesOnly' -vpnConnectionOptions - :: VPNConnectionOptions -vpnConnectionOptions = - VPNConnectionOptions' - { _vcoStaticRoutesOnly = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. Static routes must be used for devices that don\'t support BGP. -vcoStaticRoutesOnly :: Lens' VPNConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) -vcoStaticRoutesOnly = lens _vcoStaticRoutesOnly (\ s a -> s{_vcoStaticRoutesOnly = a}); - -instance FromXML VPNConnectionOptions where - parseXML x - = VPNConnectionOptions' <$> - (x .@? "staticRoutesOnly") - -instance Hashable VPNConnectionOptions - -instance NFData VPNConnectionOptions - --- | Describes VPN connection options. --- --- /See:/ 'vpnConnectionOptionsSpecification' smart constructor. -newtype VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification = VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification' - { _vcosStaticRoutesOnly :: Maybe Bool - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vcosStaticRoutesOnly' -vpnConnectionOptionsSpecification - :: VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification -vpnConnectionOptionsSpecification = - VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification' - { _vcosStaticRoutesOnly = Nothing - } - --- | Indicates whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. Static routes must be used for devices that don\'t support BGP. -vcosStaticRoutesOnly :: Lens' VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification (Maybe Bool) -vcosStaticRoutesOnly = lens _vcosStaticRoutesOnly (\ s a -> s{_vcosStaticRoutesOnly = a}); - -instance Hashable VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification - -instance NFData VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification - -instance ToQuery VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification - where - toQuery VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification'{..} - = mconcat - ["StaticRoutesOnly" =: _vcosStaticRoutesOnly] - --- | Describes a virtual private gateway. --- --- /See:/ 'vpnGateway' smart constructor. -data VPNGateway = VPNGateway' - { _vgState :: !(Maybe VPNState) - , _vgVPCAttachments :: !(Maybe [VPCAttachment]) - , _vgVPNGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vgAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vgType :: !(Maybe GatewayType) - , _vgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPNGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vgState' --- --- * 'vgVPCAttachments' --- --- * 'vgVPNGatewayId' --- --- * 'vgAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'vgType' --- --- * 'vgTags' -vpnGateway - :: VPNGateway -vpnGateway = - VPNGateway' - { _vgState = Nothing - , _vgVPCAttachments = Nothing - , _vgVPNGatewayId = Nothing - , _vgAvailabilityZone = Nothing - , _vgType = Nothing - , _vgTags = Nothing - } - --- | The current state of the virtual private gateway. -vgState :: Lens' VPNGateway (Maybe VPNState) -vgState = lens _vgState (\ s a -> s{_vgState = a}); - --- | Any VPCs attached to the virtual private gateway. -vgVPCAttachments :: Lens' VPNGateway [VPCAttachment] -vgVPCAttachments = lens _vgVPCAttachments (\ s a -> s{_vgVPCAttachments = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The ID of the virtual private gateway. -vgVPNGatewayId :: Lens' VPNGateway (Maybe Text) -vgVPNGatewayId = lens _vgVPNGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_vgVPNGatewayId = a}); - --- | The Availability Zone where the virtual private gateway was created, if applicable. This field may be empty or not returned. -vgAvailabilityZone :: Lens' VPNGateway (Maybe Text) -vgAvailabilityZone = lens _vgAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_vgAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The type of VPN connection the virtual private gateway supports. -vgType :: Lens' VPNGateway (Maybe GatewayType) -vgType = lens _vgType (\ s a -> s{_vgType = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the virtual private gateway. -vgTags :: Lens' VPNGateway [Tag] -vgTags = lens _vgTags (\ s a -> s{_vgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML VPNGateway where - parseXML x - = VPNGateway' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> - (x .@? "attachments" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "vpnGatewayId") - <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@? "type") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable VPNGateway - -instance NFData VPNGateway - --- | Describes a static route for a VPN connection. --- --- /See:/ 'vpnStaticRoute' smart constructor. -data VPNStaticRoute = VPNStaticRoute' - { _vsrState :: !(Maybe VPNState) - , _vsrSource :: !(Maybe VPNStaticRouteSource) - , _vsrDestinationCIdRBlock :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VPNStaticRoute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vsrState' --- --- * 'vsrSource' --- --- * 'vsrDestinationCIdRBlock' -vpnStaticRoute - :: VPNStaticRoute -vpnStaticRoute = - VPNStaticRoute' - { _vsrState = Nothing - , _vsrSource = Nothing - , _vsrDestinationCIdRBlock = Nothing - } - --- | The current state of the static route. -vsrState :: Lens' VPNStaticRoute (Maybe VPNState) -vsrState = lens _vsrState (\ s a -> s{_vsrState = a}); - --- | Indicates how the routes were provided. -vsrSource :: Lens' VPNStaticRoute (Maybe VPNStaticRouteSource) -vsrSource = lens _vsrSource (\ s a -> s{_vsrSource = a}); - --- | The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer data center. -vsrDestinationCIdRBlock :: Lens' VPNStaticRoute (Maybe Text) -vsrDestinationCIdRBlock = lens _vsrDestinationCIdRBlock (\ s a -> s{_vsrDestinationCIdRBlock = a}); - -instance FromXML VPNStaticRoute where - parseXML x - = VPNStaticRoute' <$> - (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "source") <*> - (x .@? "destinationCidrBlock") - -instance Hashable VPNStaticRoute - -instance NFData VPNStaticRoute - --- | Describes a volume. --- --- /See:/ 'volume' smart constructor. -data Volume = Volume' - { _vAttachments :: !(Maybe [VolumeAttachment]) - , _vIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) - , _vKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) - , _vAvailabilityZone :: !Text - , _vCreateTime :: !ISO8601 - , _vEncrypted :: !Bool - , _vSize :: !Int - , _vSnapshotId :: !Text - , _vState :: !VolumeState - , _vVolumeId :: !Text - , _vVolumeType :: !VolumeType - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'Volume' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vAttachments' --- --- * 'vIOPS' --- --- * 'vKMSKeyId' --- --- * 'vTags' --- --- * 'vAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'vCreateTime' --- --- * 'vEncrypted' --- --- * 'vSize' --- --- * 'vSnapshotId' --- --- * 'vState' --- --- * 'vVolumeId' --- --- * 'vVolumeType' -volume - :: Text -- ^ 'vAvailabilityZone' - -> UTCTime -- ^ 'vCreateTime' - -> Bool -- ^ 'vEncrypted' - -> Int -- ^ 'vSize' - -> Text -- ^ 'vSnapshotId' - -> VolumeState -- ^ 'vState' - -> Text -- ^ 'vVolumeId' - -> VolumeType -- ^ 'vVolumeType' - -> Volume -volume pAvailabilityZone_ pCreateTime_ pEncrypted_ pSize_ pSnapshotId_ pState_ pVolumeId_ pVolumeType_ = - Volume' - { _vAttachments = Nothing - , _vIOPS = Nothing - , _vKMSKeyId = Nothing - , _vTags = Nothing - , _vAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ - , _vCreateTime = _Time # pCreateTime_ - , _vEncrypted = pEncrypted_ - , _vSize = pSize_ - , _vSnapshotId = pSnapshotId_ - , _vState = pState_ - , _vVolumeId = pVolumeId_ - , _vVolumeType = pVolumeType_ - } - --- | Information about the volume attachments. -vAttachments :: Lens' Volume [VolumeAttachment] -vAttachments = lens _vAttachments (\ s a -> s{_vAttachments = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The number of I\/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For General Purpose SSD volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I\/O credits for bursting. For more information on General Purpose SSD baseline performance, I\/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. --- --- Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for io1 volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for 'gp2' volumes. --- --- Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create 'io1' volumes; it is not used in requests to create 'gp2', 'st1', 'sc1', or 'standard' volumes. -vIOPS :: Lens' Volume (Maybe Int) -vIOPS = lens _vIOPS (\ s a -> s{_vIOPS = a}); - --- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the volume. -vKMSKeyId :: Lens' Volume (Maybe Text) -vKMSKeyId = lens _vKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_vKMSKeyId = a}); - --- | Any tags assigned to the volume. -vTags :: Lens' Volume [Tag] -vTags = lens _vTags (\ s a -> s{_vTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - --- | The Availability Zone for the volume. -vAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Volume Text -vAvailabilityZone = lens _vAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_vAvailabilityZone = a}); - --- | The time stamp when volume creation was initiated. -vCreateTime :: Lens' Volume UTCTime -vCreateTime = lens _vCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_vCreateTime = a}) . _Time; - --- | Indicates whether the volume will be encrypted. -vEncrypted :: Lens' Volume Bool -vEncrypted = lens _vEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_vEncrypted = a}); - --- | The size of the volume, in GiBs. -vSize :: Lens' Volume Int -vSize = lens _vSize (\ s a -> s{_vSize = a}); - --- | The snapshot from which the volume was created, if applicable. -vSnapshotId :: Lens' Volume Text -vSnapshotId = lens _vSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_vSnapshotId = a}); - --- | The volume state. -vState :: Lens' Volume VolumeState -vState = lens _vState (\ s a -> s{_vState = a}); - --- | The ID of the volume. -vVolumeId :: Lens' Volume Text -vVolumeId = lens _vVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_vVolumeId = a}); - --- | The volume type. This can be 'gp2' for General Purpose SSD, 'io1' for Provisioned IOPS SSD, 'st1' for Throughput Optimized HDD, 'sc1' for Cold HDD, or 'standard' for Magnetic volumes. -vVolumeType :: Lens' Volume VolumeType -vVolumeType = lens _vVolumeType (\ s a -> s{_vVolumeType = a}); - -instance FromXML Volume where - parseXML x - = Volume' <$> - (x .@? "attachmentSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@? "iops") - <*> (x .@? "kmsKeyId") - <*> - (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - <*> (x .@ "availabilityZone") - <*> (x .@ "createTime") - <*> (x .@ "encrypted") - <*> (x .@ "size") - <*> (x .@ "snapshotId") - <*> (x .@ "status") - <*> (x .@ "volumeId") - <*> (x .@ "volumeType") - -instance Hashable Volume - -instance NFData Volume - --- | Describes volume attachment details. --- --- /See:/ 'volumeAttachment' smart constructor. -data VolumeAttachment = VolumeAttachment' - { _volInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _volDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) - , _volState :: !(Maybe VolumeAttachmentState) - , _volDevice :: !(Maybe Text) - , _volVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) - , _volAttachTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VolumeAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'volInstanceId' --- --- * 'volDeleteOnTermination' --- --- * 'volState' --- --- * 'volDevice' --- --- * 'volVolumeId' --- --- * 'volAttachTime' -volumeAttachment - :: VolumeAttachment -volumeAttachment = - VolumeAttachment' - { _volInstanceId = Nothing - , _volDeleteOnTermination = Nothing - , _volState = Nothing - , _volDevice = Nothing - , _volVolumeId = Nothing - , _volAttachTime = Nothing - } - --- | The ID of the instance. -volInstanceId :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe Text) -volInstanceId = lens _volInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_volInstanceId = a}); - --- | Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. -volDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe Bool) -volDeleteOnTermination = lens _volDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_volDeleteOnTermination = a}); - --- | The attachment state of the volume. -volState :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe VolumeAttachmentState) -volState = lens _volState (\ s a -> s{_volState = a}); - --- | The device name. -volDevice :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe Text) -volDevice = lens _volDevice (\ s a -> s{_volDevice = a}); - --- | The ID of the volume. -volVolumeId :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe Text) -volVolumeId = lens _volVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_volVolumeId = a}); - --- | The time stamp when the attachment initiated. -volAttachTime :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe UTCTime) -volAttachTime = lens _volAttachTime (\ s a -> s{_volAttachTime = a}) . mapping _Time; - -instance FromXML VolumeAttachment where - parseXML x - = VolumeAttachment' <$> - (x .@? "instanceId") <*> - (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") - <*> (x .@? "status") - <*> (x .@? "device") - <*> (x .@? "volumeId") - <*> (x .@? "attachTime") - -instance Hashable VolumeAttachment - -instance NFData VolumeAttachment - --- | Describes an EBS volume. --- --- /See:/ 'volumeDetail' smart constructor. -newtype VolumeDetail = VolumeDetail' - { _vdSize :: Integer - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VolumeDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vdSize' -volumeDetail - :: Integer -- ^ 'vdSize' - -> VolumeDetail -volumeDetail pSize_ = - VolumeDetail' - { _vdSize = pSize_ - } - --- | The size of the volume, in GiB. -vdSize :: Lens' VolumeDetail Integer -vdSize = lens _vdSize (\ s a -> s{_vdSize = a}); - -instance Hashable VolumeDetail - -instance NFData VolumeDetail - -instance ToQuery VolumeDetail where - toQuery VolumeDetail'{..} - = mconcat ["Size" =: _vdSize] - --- | Describes a volume status operation code. --- --- /See:/ 'volumeStatusAction' smart constructor. -data VolumeStatusAction = VolumeStatusAction' - { _vsaEventType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vsaCode :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vsaDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vsaEventId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusAction' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vsaEventType' --- --- * 'vsaCode' --- --- * 'vsaDescription' --- --- * 'vsaEventId' -volumeStatusAction - :: VolumeStatusAction -volumeStatusAction = - VolumeStatusAction' - { _vsaEventType = Nothing - , _vsaCode = Nothing - , _vsaDescription = Nothing - , _vsaEventId = Nothing - } - --- | The event type associated with this operation. -vsaEventType :: Lens' VolumeStatusAction (Maybe Text) -vsaEventType = lens _vsaEventType (\ s a -> s{_vsaEventType = a}); - --- | The code identifying the operation, for example, 'enable-volume-io'. -vsaCode :: Lens' VolumeStatusAction (Maybe Text) -vsaCode = lens _vsaCode (\ s a -> s{_vsaCode = a}); - --- | A description of the operation. -vsaDescription :: Lens' VolumeStatusAction (Maybe Text) -vsaDescription = lens _vsaDescription (\ s a -> s{_vsaDescription = a}); - --- | The ID of the event associated with this operation. -vsaEventId :: Lens' VolumeStatusAction (Maybe Text) -vsaEventId = lens _vsaEventId (\ s a -> s{_vsaEventId = a}); - -instance FromXML VolumeStatusAction where - parseXML x - = VolumeStatusAction' <$> - (x .@? "eventType") <*> (x .@? "code") <*> - (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@? "eventId") - -instance Hashable VolumeStatusAction - -instance NFData VolumeStatusAction - --- | Describes a volume status. --- --- /See:/ 'volumeStatusDetails' smart constructor. -data VolumeStatusDetails = VolumeStatusDetails' - { _vsdStatus :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vsdName :: !(Maybe VolumeStatusName) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vsdStatus' --- --- * 'vsdName' -volumeStatusDetails - :: VolumeStatusDetails -volumeStatusDetails = - VolumeStatusDetails' - { _vsdStatus = Nothing - , _vsdName = Nothing - } - --- | The intended status of the volume status. -vsdStatus :: Lens' VolumeStatusDetails (Maybe Text) -vsdStatus = lens _vsdStatus (\ s a -> s{_vsdStatus = a}); - --- | The name of the volume status. -vsdName :: Lens' VolumeStatusDetails (Maybe VolumeStatusName) -vsdName = lens _vsdName (\ s a -> s{_vsdName = a}); - -instance FromXML VolumeStatusDetails where - parseXML x - = VolumeStatusDetails' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "name") - -instance Hashable VolumeStatusDetails - -instance NFData VolumeStatusDetails - --- | Describes a volume status event. --- --- /See:/ 'volumeStatusEvent' smart constructor. -data VolumeStatusEvent = VolumeStatusEvent' - { _vseNotBefore :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _vseEventType :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vseDescription :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vseNotAfter :: !(Maybe ISO8601) - , _vseEventId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusEvent' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vseNotBefore' --- --- * 'vseEventType' --- --- * 'vseDescription' --- --- * 'vseNotAfter' --- --- * 'vseEventId' -volumeStatusEvent - :: VolumeStatusEvent -volumeStatusEvent = - VolumeStatusEvent' - { _vseNotBefore = Nothing - , _vseEventType = Nothing - , _vseDescription = Nothing - , _vseNotAfter = Nothing - , _vseEventId = Nothing - } - --- | The earliest start time of the event. -vseNotBefore :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe UTCTime) -vseNotBefore = lens _vseNotBefore (\ s a -> s{_vseNotBefore = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The type of this event. -vseEventType :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe Text) -vseEventType = lens _vseEventType (\ s a -> s{_vseEventType = a}); - --- | A description of the event. -vseDescription :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe Text) -vseDescription = lens _vseDescription (\ s a -> s{_vseDescription = a}); - --- | The latest end time of the event. -vseNotAfter :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe UTCTime) -vseNotAfter = lens _vseNotAfter (\ s a -> s{_vseNotAfter = a}) . mapping _Time; - --- | The ID of this event. -vseEventId :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe Text) -vseEventId = lens _vseEventId (\ s a -> s{_vseEventId = a}); - -instance FromXML VolumeStatusEvent where - parseXML x - = VolumeStatusEvent' <$> - (x .@? "notBefore") <*> (x .@? "eventType") <*> - (x .@? "description") - <*> (x .@? "notAfter") - <*> (x .@? "eventId") - -instance Hashable VolumeStatusEvent - -instance NFData VolumeStatusEvent - --- | Describes the status of a volume. --- --- /See:/ 'volumeStatusInfo' smart constructor. -data VolumeStatusInfo = VolumeStatusInfo' - { _vsiStatus :: !(Maybe VolumeStatusInfoStatus) - , _vsiDetails :: !(Maybe [VolumeStatusDetails]) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vsiStatus' --- --- * 'vsiDetails' -volumeStatusInfo - :: VolumeStatusInfo -volumeStatusInfo = - VolumeStatusInfo' - { _vsiStatus = Nothing - , _vsiDetails = Nothing - } - --- | The status of the volume. -vsiStatus :: Lens' VolumeStatusInfo (Maybe VolumeStatusInfoStatus) -vsiStatus = lens _vsiStatus (\ s a -> s{_vsiStatus = a}); - --- | The details of the volume status. -vsiDetails :: Lens' VolumeStatusInfo [VolumeStatusDetails] -vsiDetails = lens _vsiDetails (\ s a -> s{_vsiDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; - -instance FromXML VolumeStatusInfo where - parseXML x - = VolumeStatusInfo' <$> - (x .@? "status") <*> - (x .@? "details" .!@ mempty >>= - may (parseXMLList "item")) - -instance Hashable VolumeStatusInfo - -instance NFData VolumeStatusInfo - --- | Describes the volume status. --- --- /See:/ 'volumeStatusItem' smart constructor. -data VolumeStatusItem = VolumeStatusItem' - { _vsiVolumeStatus :: !(Maybe VolumeStatusInfo) - , _vsiActions :: !(Maybe [VolumeStatusAction]) - , _vsiEvents :: !(Maybe [VolumeStatusEvent]) - , _vsiAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) - , _vsiVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) - } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) - --- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. --- --- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: --- --- * 'vsiVolumeStatus' --- --- * 'vsiActions' --- --- * 'vsiEvents' --- --- * 'vsiAvailabilityZone' --- --- * 'vsiVolumeId' +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'accountAttribute' smart constructor. +data AccountAttribute = AccountAttribute' + { _aaAttributeValues :: !(Maybe [AccountAttributeValue]) + , _aaAttributeName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AccountAttribute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'aaAttributeValues' - One or more values for the account attribute. +-- +-- * 'aaAttributeName' - The name of the account attribute. +accountAttribute + :: AccountAttribute +accountAttribute = + AccountAttribute' + { _aaAttributeValues = Nothing + , _aaAttributeName = Nothing + } + +-- | One or more values for the account attribute. +aaAttributeValues :: Lens' AccountAttribute [AccountAttributeValue] +aaAttributeValues = lens _aaAttributeValues (\ s a -> s{_aaAttributeValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the account attribute. +aaAttributeName :: Lens' AccountAttribute (Maybe Text) +aaAttributeName = lens _aaAttributeName (\ s a -> s{_aaAttributeName = a}); + +instance FromXML AccountAttribute where + parseXML x + = AccountAttribute' <$> + (x .@? "attributeValueSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "attributeName") + +instance Hashable AccountAttribute + +instance NFData AccountAttribute + +-- | Describes a value of an account attribute. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'accountAttributeValue' smart constructor. +newtype AccountAttributeValue = AccountAttributeValue' + { _aavAttributeValue :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AccountAttributeValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'aavAttributeValue' - The value of the attribute. +accountAttributeValue + :: AccountAttributeValue +accountAttributeValue = + AccountAttributeValue' + { _aavAttributeValue = Nothing + } + +-- | The value of the attribute. +aavAttributeValue :: Lens' AccountAttributeValue (Maybe Text) +aavAttributeValue = lens _aavAttributeValue (\ s a -> s{_aavAttributeValue = a}); + +instance FromXML AccountAttributeValue where + parseXML x + = AccountAttributeValue' <$> (x .@? "attributeValue") + +instance Hashable AccountAttributeValue + +instance NFData AccountAttributeValue + +-- | Describes a running instance in a Spot fleet. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'activeInstance' smart constructor. +data ActiveInstance = ActiveInstance' + { _aiInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aiInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aiSpotInstanceRequestId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ActiveInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'aiInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'aiInstanceType' - The instance type. +-- +-- * 'aiSpotInstanceRequestId' - The ID of the Spot instance request. +activeInstance + :: ActiveInstance +activeInstance = + ActiveInstance' + { _aiInstanceId = Nothing + , _aiInstanceType = Nothing + , _aiSpotInstanceRequestId = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. +aiInstanceId :: Lens' ActiveInstance (Maybe Text) +aiInstanceId = lens _aiInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_aiInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The instance type. +aiInstanceType :: Lens' ActiveInstance (Maybe Text) +aiInstanceType = lens _aiInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_aiInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Spot instance request. +aiSpotInstanceRequestId :: Lens' ActiveInstance (Maybe Text) +aiSpotInstanceRequestId = lens _aiSpotInstanceRequestId (\ s a -> s{_aiSpotInstanceRequestId = a}); + +instance FromXML ActiveInstance where + parseXML x + = ActiveInstance' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "instanceType") <*> + (x .@? "spotInstanceRequestId") + +instance Hashable ActiveInstance + +instance NFData ActiveInstance + +-- | Describes an Elastic IP address. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'address' smart constructor. +data Address = Address' + { _aAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aAllocationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aDomain :: !(Maybe DomainType) + , _aNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _aPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Address' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'aAssociationId' - The ID representing the association of the address with an instance in a VPC. +-- +-- * 'aInstanceId' - The ID of the instance that the address is associated with (if any). +-- +-- * 'aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId' - The ID of the AWS account that owns the network interface. +-- +-- * 'aAllocationId' - The ID representing the allocation of the address for use with EC2-VPC. +-- +-- * 'aDomain' - Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic (@standard@ ) or instances in a VPC (@vpc@ ). +-- +-- * 'aNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'aPrivateIPAddress' - The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. +-- +-- * 'aPublicIP' - The Elastic IP address. +address + :: Address +address = + Address' + { _aAssociationId = Nothing + , _aInstanceId = Nothing + , _aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId = Nothing + , _aAllocationId = Nothing + , _aDomain = Nothing + , _aNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _aPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _aPublicIP = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID representing the association of the address with an instance in a VPC. +aAssociationId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) +aAssociationId = lens _aAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_aAssociationId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the instance that the address is associated with (if any). +aInstanceId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) +aInstanceId = lens _aInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_aInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the AWS account that owns the network interface. +aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) +aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId = lens _aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_aNetworkInterfaceOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The ID representing the allocation of the address for use with EC2-VPC. +aAllocationId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) +aAllocationId = lens _aAllocationId (\ s a -> s{_aAllocationId = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this Elastic IP address is for use with instances in EC2-Classic (@standard@ ) or instances in a VPC (@vpc@ ). +aDomain :: Lens' Address (Maybe DomainType) +aDomain = lens _aDomain (\ s a -> s{_aDomain = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +aNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) +aNetworkInterfaceId = lens _aNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_aNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. +aPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) +aPrivateIPAddress = lens _aPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_aPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The Elastic IP address. +aPublicIP :: Lens' Address (Maybe Text) +aPublicIP = lens _aPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_aPublicIP = a}); + +instance FromXML Address where + parseXML x + = Address' <$> + (x .@? "associationId") <*> (x .@? "instanceId") <*> + (x .@? "networkInterfaceOwnerId") + <*> (x .@? "allocationId") + <*> (x .@? "domain") + <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") + <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") + <*> (x .@? "publicIp") + +instance Hashable Address + +instance NFData Address + +-- | Describes a value for a resource attribute that is a Boolean value. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'attributeBooleanValue' smart constructor. +newtype AttributeBooleanValue = AttributeBooleanValue' + { _abvValue :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AttributeBooleanValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'abvValue' - The attribute value. The valid values are @true@ or @false@ . +attributeBooleanValue + :: AttributeBooleanValue +attributeBooleanValue = + AttributeBooleanValue' + { _abvValue = Nothing + } + +-- | The attribute value. The valid values are @true@ or @false@ . +abvValue :: Lens' AttributeBooleanValue (Maybe Bool) +abvValue = lens _abvValue (\ s a -> s{_abvValue = a}); + +instance FromXML AttributeBooleanValue where + parseXML x + = AttributeBooleanValue' <$> (x .@? "value") + +instance Hashable AttributeBooleanValue + +instance NFData AttributeBooleanValue + +instance ToQuery AttributeBooleanValue where + toQuery AttributeBooleanValue'{..} + = mconcat ["Value" =: _abvValue] + +-- | Describes a value for a resource attribute that is a String. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'attributeValue' smart constructor. +newtype AttributeValue = AttributeValue' + { _avValue :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AttributeValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'avValue' - The attribute value. Note that the value is case-sensitive. +attributeValue + :: AttributeValue +attributeValue = + AttributeValue' + { _avValue = Nothing + } + +-- | The attribute value. Note that the value is case-sensitive. +avValue :: Lens' AttributeValue (Maybe Text) +avValue = lens _avValue (\ s a -> s{_avValue = a}); + +instance FromXML AttributeValue where + parseXML x = AttributeValue' <$> (x .@? "value") + +instance Hashable AttributeValue + +instance NFData AttributeValue + +instance ToQuery AttributeValue where + toQuery AttributeValue'{..} + = mconcat ["Value" =: _avValue] + +-- | Describes an Availability Zone. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'availabilityZone' smart constructor. +data AvailabilityZone = AvailabilityZone' + { _azState :: !(Maybe AvailabilityZoneState) + , _azRegionName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _azZoneName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _azMessages :: !(Maybe [AvailabilityZoneMessage]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AvailabilityZone' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'azState' - The state of the Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'azRegionName' - The name of the region. +-- +-- * 'azZoneName' - The name of the Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'azMessages' - Any messages about the Availability Zone. +availabilityZone + :: AvailabilityZone +availabilityZone = + AvailabilityZone' + { _azState = Nothing + , _azRegionName = Nothing + , _azZoneName = Nothing + , _azMessages = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the Availability Zone. +azState :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe AvailabilityZoneState) +azState = lens _azState (\ s a -> s{_azState = a}); + +-- | The name of the region. +azRegionName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) +azRegionName = lens _azRegionName (\ s a -> s{_azRegionName = a}); + +-- | The name of the Availability Zone. +azZoneName :: Lens' AvailabilityZone (Maybe Text) +azZoneName = lens _azZoneName (\ s a -> s{_azZoneName = a}); + +-- | Any messages about the Availability Zone. +azMessages :: Lens' AvailabilityZone [AvailabilityZoneMessage] +azMessages = lens _azMessages (\ s a -> s{_azMessages = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML AvailabilityZone where + parseXML x + = AvailabilityZone' <$> + (x .@? "zoneState") <*> (x .@? "regionName") <*> + (x .@? "zoneName") + <*> + (x .@? "messageSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable AvailabilityZone + +instance NFData AvailabilityZone + +-- | Describes a message about an Availability Zone. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'availabilityZoneMessage' smart constructor. +newtype AvailabilityZoneMessage = AvailabilityZoneMessage' + { _azmMessage :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AvailabilityZoneMessage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'azmMessage' - The message about the Availability Zone. +availabilityZoneMessage + :: AvailabilityZoneMessage +availabilityZoneMessage = + AvailabilityZoneMessage' + { _azmMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The message about the Availability Zone. +azmMessage :: Lens' AvailabilityZoneMessage (Maybe Text) +azmMessage = lens _azmMessage (\ s a -> s{_azmMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML AvailabilityZoneMessage where + parseXML x + = AvailabilityZoneMessage' <$> (x .@? "message") + +instance Hashable AvailabilityZoneMessage + +instance NFData AvailabilityZoneMessage + +-- | The capacity information for instances launched onto the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'availableCapacity' smart constructor. +data AvailableCapacity = AvailableCapacity' + { _acAvailableInstanceCapacity :: !(Maybe [InstanceCapacity]) + , _acAvailableVCPUs :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'AvailableCapacity' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'acAvailableInstanceCapacity' - The total number of instances that the Dedicated Host supports. +-- +-- * 'acAvailableVCPUs' - The number of vCPUs available on the Dedicated Host. +availableCapacity + :: AvailableCapacity +availableCapacity = + AvailableCapacity' + { _acAvailableInstanceCapacity = Nothing + , _acAvailableVCPUs = Nothing + } + +-- | The total number of instances that the Dedicated Host supports. +acAvailableInstanceCapacity :: Lens' AvailableCapacity [InstanceCapacity] +acAvailableInstanceCapacity = lens _acAvailableInstanceCapacity (\ s a -> s{_acAvailableInstanceCapacity = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The number of vCPUs available on the Dedicated Host. +acAvailableVCPUs :: Lens' AvailableCapacity (Maybe Int) +acAvailableVCPUs = lens _acAvailableVCPUs (\ s a -> s{_acAvailableVCPUs = a}); + +instance FromXML AvailableCapacity where + parseXML x + = AvailableCapacity' <$> + (x .@? "availableInstanceCapacity" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "availableVCpus") + +instance Hashable AvailableCapacity + +instance NFData AvailableCapacity + +-- | /See:/ 'blobAttributeValue' smart constructor. +newtype BlobAttributeValue = BlobAttributeValue' + { _bavValue :: Maybe Base64 + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'BlobAttributeValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'bavValue' - Undocumented member.-- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data. The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. +blobAttributeValue + :: BlobAttributeValue +blobAttributeValue = + BlobAttributeValue' + { _bavValue = Nothing + } + +-- | Undocumented member.-- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data. The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. +bavValue :: Lens' BlobAttributeValue (Maybe ByteString) +bavValue = lens _bavValue (\ s a -> s{_bavValue = a}) . mapping _Base64; + +instance Hashable BlobAttributeValue + +instance NFData BlobAttributeValue + +instance ToQuery BlobAttributeValue where + toQuery BlobAttributeValue'{..} + = mconcat ["Value" =: _bavValue] + +-- | Describes a block device mapping. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'blockDeviceMapping' smart constructor. +data BlockDeviceMapping = BlockDeviceMapping' + { _bdmVirtualName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _bdmNoDevice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _bdmEBS :: !(Maybe EBSBlockDevice) + , _bdmDeviceName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'BlockDeviceMapping' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'bdmVirtualName' - The virtual device name (@ephemeral@ N). Instance store volumes are numbered starting from 0. An instance type with 2 available instance store volumes can specify mappings for @ephemeral0@ and @ephemeral1@ .The number of available instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to the instance, you must mount the volume. Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for the AMI. +-- +-- * 'bdmNoDevice' - Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'bdmEBS' - Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. +-- +-- * 'bdmDeviceName' - The device name exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). +blockDeviceMapping + :: Text -- ^ 'bdmDeviceName' + -> BlockDeviceMapping +blockDeviceMapping pDeviceName_ = + BlockDeviceMapping' + { _bdmVirtualName = Nothing + , _bdmNoDevice = Nothing + , _bdmEBS = Nothing + , _bdmDeviceName = pDeviceName_ + } + +-- | The virtual device name (@ephemeral@ N). Instance store volumes are numbered starting from 0. An instance type with 2 available instance store volumes can specify mappings for @ephemeral0@ and @ephemeral1@ .The number of available instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to the instance, you must mount the volume. Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for the AMI. +bdmVirtualName :: Lens' BlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) +bdmVirtualName = lens _bdmVirtualName (\ s a -> s{_bdmVirtualName = a}); + +-- | Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the AMI. +bdmNoDevice :: Lens' BlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) +bdmNoDevice = lens _bdmNoDevice (\ s a -> s{_bdmNoDevice = a}); + +-- | Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. +bdmEBS :: Lens' BlockDeviceMapping (Maybe EBSBlockDevice) +bdmEBS = lens _bdmEBS (\ s a -> s{_bdmEBS = a}); + +-- | The device name exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). +bdmDeviceName :: Lens' BlockDeviceMapping Text +bdmDeviceName = lens _bdmDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_bdmDeviceName = a}); + +instance FromXML BlockDeviceMapping where + parseXML x + = BlockDeviceMapping' <$> + (x .@? "virtualName") <*> (x .@? "noDevice") <*> + (x .@? "ebs") + <*> (x .@ "deviceName") + +instance Hashable BlockDeviceMapping + +instance NFData BlockDeviceMapping + +instance ToQuery BlockDeviceMapping where + toQuery BlockDeviceMapping'{..} + = mconcat + ["VirtualName" =: _bdmVirtualName, + "NoDevice" =: _bdmNoDevice, "Ebs" =: _bdmEBS, + "DeviceName" =: _bdmDeviceName] + +-- | Describes a bundle task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'bundleTask' smart constructor. +data BundleTask = BundleTask' + { _btBundleTaskError :: !(Maybe BundleTaskError) + , _btBundleId :: !Text + , _btInstanceId :: !Text + , _btProgress :: !Text + , _btStartTime :: !ISO8601 + , _btState :: !BundleTaskState + , _btStorage :: !Storage + , _btUpdateTime :: !ISO8601 + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'BundleTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'btBundleTaskError' - If the task fails, a description of the error. +-- +-- * 'btBundleId' - The ID of the bundle task. +-- +-- * 'btInstanceId' - The ID of the instance associated with this bundle task. +-- +-- * 'btProgress' - The level of task completion, as a percent (for example, 20%). +-- +-- * 'btStartTime' - The time this task started. +-- +-- * 'btState' - The state of the task. +-- +-- * 'btStorage' - The Amazon S3 storage locations. +-- +-- * 'btUpdateTime' - The time of the most recent update for the task. +bundleTask + :: Text -- ^ 'btBundleId' + -> Text -- ^ 'btInstanceId' + -> Text -- ^ 'btProgress' + -> UTCTime -- ^ 'btStartTime' + -> BundleTaskState -- ^ 'btState' + -> Storage -- ^ 'btStorage' + -> UTCTime -- ^ 'btUpdateTime' + -> BundleTask +bundleTask pBundleId_ pInstanceId_ pProgress_ pStartTime_ pState_ pStorage_ pUpdateTime_ = + BundleTask' + { _btBundleTaskError = Nothing + , _btBundleId = pBundleId_ + , _btInstanceId = pInstanceId_ + , _btProgress = pProgress_ + , _btStartTime = _Time # pStartTime_ + , _btState = pState_ + , _btStorage = pStorage_ + , _btUpdateTime = _Time # pUpdateTime_ + } + +-- | If the task fails, a description of the error. +btBundleTaskError :: Lens' BundleTask (Maybe BundleTaskError) +btBundleTaskError = lens _btBundleTaskError (\ s a -> s{_btBundleTaskError = a}); + +-- | The ID of the bundle task. +btBundleId :: Lens' BundleTask Text +btBundleId = lens _btBundleId (\ s a -> s{_btBundleId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the instance associated with this bundle task. +btInstanceId :: Lens' BundleTask Text +btInstanceId = lens _btInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_btInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The level of task completion, as a percent (for example, 20%). +btProgress :: Lens' BundleTask Text +btProgress = lens _btProgress (\ s a -> s{_btProgress = a}); + +-- | The time this task started. +btStartTime :: Lens' BundleTask UTCTime +btStartTime = lens _btStartTime (\ s a -> s{_btStartTime = a}) . _Time; + +-- | The state of the task. +btState :: Lens' BundleTask BundleTaskState +btState = lens _btState (\ s a -> s{_btState = a}); + +-- | The Amazon S3 storage locations. +btStorage :: Lens' BundleTask Storage +btStorage = lens _btStorage (\ s a -> s{_btStorage = a}); + +-- | The time of the most recent update for the task. +btUpdateTime :: Lens' BundleTask UTCTime +btUpdateTime = lens _btUpdateTime (\ s a -> s{_btUpdateTime = a}) . _Time; + +instance FromXML BundleTask where + parseXML x + = BundleTask' <$> + (x .@? "error") <*> (x .@ "bundleId") <*> + (x .@ "instanceId") + <*> (x .@ "progress") + <*> (x .@ "startTime") + <*> (x .@ "state") + <*> (x .@ "storage") + <*> (x .@ "updateTime") + +instance Hashable BundleTask + +instance NFData BundleTask + +-- | Describes an error for 'BundleInstance' . +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'bundleTaskError' smart constructor. +data BundleTaskError = BundleTaskError' + { _bteCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _bteMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'BundleTaskError' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'bteCode' - The error code. +-- +-- * 'bteMessage' - The error message. +bundleTaskError + :: BundleTaskError +bundleTaskError = + BundleTaskError' + { _bteCode = Nothing + , _bteMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The error code. +bteCode :: Lens' BundleTaskError (Maybe Text) +bteCode = lens _bteCode (\ s a -> s{_bteCode = a}); + +-- | The error message. +bteMessage :: Lens' BundleTaskError (Maybe Text) +bteMessage = lens _bteMessage (\ s a -> s{_bteMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML BundleTaskError where + parseXML x + = BundleTaskError' <$> + (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "message") + +instance Hashable BundleTaskError + +instance NFData BundleTaskError + +-- | Describes a Spot fleet error. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'cancelSpotFleetRequestsError' smart constructor. +data CancelSpotFleetRequestsError = CancelSpotFleetRequestsError' + { _csfreCode :: !CancelBatchErrorCode + , _csfreMessage :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CancelSpotFleetRequestsError' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'csfreCode' - The error code. +-- +-- * 'csfreMessage' - The description for the error code. +cancelSpotFleetRequestsError + :: CancelBatchErrorCode -- ^ 'csfreCode' + -> Text -- ^ 'csfreMessage' + -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsError +cancelSpotFleetRequestsError pCode_ pMessage_ = + CancelSpotFleetRequestsError' + { _csfreCode = pCode_ + , _csfreMessage = pMessage_ + } + +-- | The error code. +csfreCode :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsError CancelBatchErrorCode +csfreCode = lens _csfreCode (\ s a -> s{_csfreCode = a}); + +-- | The description for the error code. +csfreMessage :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsError Text +csfreMessage = lens _csfreMessage (\ s a -> s{_csfreMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML CancelSpotFleetRequestsError where + parseXML x + = CancelSpotFleetRequestsError' <$> + (x .@ "code") <*> (x .@ "message") + +instance Hashable CancelSpotFleetRequestsError + +instance NFData CancelSpotFleetRequestsError + +-- | Describes a Spot fleet request that was not successfully canceled. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'cancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' smart constructor. +data CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem = CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' + { _csfreiSpotFleetRequestId :: !Text + , _csfreiError :: !CancelSpotFleetRequestsError + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'csfreiSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. +-- +-- * 'csfreiError' - The error. +cancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem + :: Text -- ^ 'csfreiSpotFleetRequestId' + -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsError -- ^ 'csfreiError' + -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem +cancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem pSpotFleetRequestId_ pError_ = + CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' + { _csfreiSpotFleetRequestId = pSpotFleetRequestId_ + , _csfreiError = pError_ + } + +-- | The ID of the Spot fleet request. +csfreiSpotFleetRequestId :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem Text +csfreiSpotFleetRequestId = lens _csfreiSpotFleetRequestId (\ s a -> s{_csfreiSpotFleetRequestId = a}); + +-- | The error. +csfreiError :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem CancelSpotFleetRequestsError +csfreiError = lens _csfreiError (\ s a -> s{_csfreiError = a}); + +instance FromXML CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem + where + parseXML x + = CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem' <$> + (x .@ "spotFleetRequestId") <*> (x .@ "error") + +instance Hashable CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem + +instance NFData CancelSpotFleetRequestsErrorItem + +-- | Describes a Spot fleet request that was successfully canceled. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'cancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' smart constructor. +data CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem = CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' + { _csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId :: !Text + , _csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState :: !BatchState + , _csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState :: !BatchState + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. +-- +-- * 'csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState' - The current state of the Spot fleet request. +-- +-- * 'csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState' - The previous state of the Spot fleet request. +cancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem + :: Text -- ^ 'csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId' + -> BatchState -- ^ 'csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState' + -> BatchState -- ^ 'csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState' + -> CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem +cancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem pSpotFleetRequestId_ pCurrentSpotFleetRequestState_ pPreviousSpotFleetRequestState_ = + CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' + { _csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId = pSpotFleetRequestId_ + , _csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState = pCurrentSpotFleetRequestState_ + , _csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState = pPreviousSpotFleetRequestState_ + } + +-- | The ID of the Spot fleet request. +csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem Text +csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId = lens _csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId (\ s a -> s{_csfrsiSpotFleetRequestId = a}); + +-- | The current state of the Spot fleet request. +csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem BatchState +csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState = lens _csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState (\ s a -> s{_csfrsiCurrentSpotFleetRequestState = a}); + +-- | The previous state of the Spot fleet request. +csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState :: Lens' CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem BatchState +csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState = lens _csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState (\ s a -> s{_csfrsiPreviousSpotFleetRequestState = a}); + +instance FromXML CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem + where + parseXML x + = CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem' <$> + (x .@ "spotFleetRequestId") <*> + (x .@ "currentSpotFleetRequestState") + <*> (x .@ "previousSpotFleetRequestState") + +instance Hashable CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem + +instance NFData CancelSpotFleetRequestsSuccessItem + +-- | Describes a request to cancel a Spot instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'cancelledSpotInstanceRequest' smart constructor. +data CancelledSpotInstanceRequest = CancelledSpotInstanceRequest' + { _csirState :: !(Maybe CancelSpotInstanceRequestState) + , _csirSpotInstanceRequestId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CancelledSpotInstanceRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'csirState' - The state of the Spot instance request. +-- +-- * 'csirSpotInstanceRequestId' - The ID of the Spot instance request. +cancelledSpotInstanceRequest + :: CancelledSpotInstanceRequest +cancelledSpotInstanceRequest = + CancelledSpotInstanceRequest' + { _csirState = Nothing + , _csirSpotInstanceRequestId = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the Spot instance request. +csirState :: Lens' CancelledSpotInstanceRequest (Maybe CancelSpotInstanceRequestState) +csirState = lens _csirState (\ s a -> s{_csirState = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Spot instance request. +csirSpotInstanceRequestId :: Lens' CancelledSpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) +csirSpotInstanceRequestId = lens _csirSpotInstanceRequestId (\ s a -> s{_csirSpotInstanceRequestId = a}); + +instance FromXML CancelledSpotInstanceRequest where + parseXML x + = CancelledSpotInstanceRequest' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "spotInstanceRequestId") + +instance Hashable CancelledSpotInstanceRequest + +instance NFData CancelledSpotInstanceRequest + +-- | Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of a VPC. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'classicLinkDNSSupport' smart constructor. +data ClassicLinkDNSSupport = ClassicLinkDNSSupport' + { _cldsVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ClassicLinkDNSSupport' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cldsVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported' - Indicates whether ClassicLink DNS support is enabled for the VPC. +classicLinkDNSSupport + :: ClassicLinkDNSSupport +classicLinkDNSSupport = + ClassicLinkDNSSupport' + { _cldsVPCId = Nothing + , _cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +cldsVPCId :: Lens' ClassicLinkDNSSupport (Maybe Text) +cldsVPCId = lens _cldsVPCId (\ s a -> s{_cldsVPCId = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether ClassicLink DNS support is enabled for the VPC. +cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported :: Lens' ClassicLinkDNSSupport (Maybe Bool) +cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported = lens _cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported (\ s a -> s{_cldsClassicLinkDNSSupported = a}); + +instance FromXML ClassicLinkDNSSupport where + parseXML x + = ClassicLinkDNSSupport' <$> + (x .@? "vpcId") <*> (x .@? "classicLinkDnsSupported") + +instance Hashable ClassicLinkDNSSupport + +instance NFData ClassicLinkDNSSupport + +-- | Describes a linked EC2-Classic instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'classicLinkInstance' smart constructor. +data ClassicLinkInstance = ClassicLinkInstance' + { _cliInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cliGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) + , _cliVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _cliTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ClassicLinkInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cliInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'cliGroups' - A list of security groups. +-- +-- * 'cliVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'cliTags' - Any tags assigned to the instance. +classicLinkInstance + :: ClassicLinkInstance +classicLinkInstance = + ClassicLinkInstance' + { _cliInstanceId = Nothing + , _cliGroups = Nothing + , _cliVPCId = Nothing + , _cliTags = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. +cliInstanceId :: Lens' ClassicLinkInstance (Maybe Text) +cliInstanceId = lens _cliInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_cliInstanceId = a}); + +-- | A list of security groups. +cliGroups :: Lens' ClassicLinkInstance [GroupIdentifier] +cliGroups = lens _cliGroups (\ s a -> s{_cliGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +cliVPCId :: Lens' ClassicLinkInstance (Maybe Text) +cliVPCId = lens _cliVPCId (\ s a -> s{_cliVPCId = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the instance. +cliTags :: Lens' ClassicLinkInstance [Tag] +cliTags = lens _cliTags (\ s a -> s{_cliTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML ClassicLinkInstance where + parseXML x + = ClassicLinkInstance' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> + (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable ClassicLinkInstance + +instance NFData ClassicLinkInstance + +-- | Describes the client-specific data. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'clientData' smart constructor. +data ClientData = ClientData' + { _cdUploadStart :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _cdUploadSize :: !(Maybe Double) + , _cdUploadEnd :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _cdComment :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ClientData' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cdUploadStart' - The time that the disk upload starts. +-- +-- * 'cdUploadSize' - The size of the uploaded disk image, in GiB. +-- +-- * 'cdUploadEnd' - The time that the disk upload ends. +-- +-- * 'cdComment' - A user-defined comment about the disk upload. +clientData + :: ClientData +clientData = + ClientData' + { _cdUploadStart = Nothing + , _cdUploadSize = Nothing + , _cdUploadEnd = Nothing + , _cdComment = Nothing + } + +-- | The time that the disk upload starts. +cdUploadStart :: Lens' ClientData (Maybe UTCTime) +cdUploadStart = lens _cdUploadStart (\ s a -> s{_cdUploadStart = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The size of the uploaded disk image, in GiB. +cdUploadSize :: Lens' ClientData (Maybe Double) +cdUploadSize = lens _cdUploadSize (\ s a -> s{_cdUploadSize = a}); + +-- | The time that the disk upload ends. +cdUploadEnd :: Lens' ClientData (Maybe UTCTime) +cdUploadEnd = lens _cdUploadEnd (\ s a -> s{_cdUploadEnd = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | A user-defined comment about the disk upload. +cdComment :: Lens' ClientData (Maybe Text) +cdComment = lens _cdComment (\ s a -> s{_cdComment = a}); + +instance Hashable ClientData + +instance NFData ClientData + +instance ToQuery ClientData where + toQuery ClientData'{..} + = mconcat + ["UploadStart" =: _cdUploadStart, + "UploadSize" =: _cdUploadSize, + "UploadEnd" =: _cdUploadEnd, "Comment" =: _cdComment] + +-- | Describes a conversion task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'conversionTask' smart constructor. +data ConversionTask = ConversionTask' + { _ctImportInstance :: !(Maybe ImportInstanceTaskDetails) + , _ctStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ctImportVolume :: !(Maybe ImportVolumeTaskDetails) + , _ctExpirationTime :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ctTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _ctConversionTaskId :: !Text + , _ctState :: !ConversionTaskState + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ConversionTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ctImportInstance' - If the task is for importing an instance, this contains information about the import instance task. +-- +-- * 'ctStatusMessage' - The status message related to the conversion task. +-- +-- * 'ctImportVolume' - If the task is for importing a volume, this contains information about the import volume task. +-- +-- * 'ctExpirationTime' - The time when the task expires. If the upload isn't complete before the expiration time, we automatically cancel the task. +-- +-- * 'ctTags' - Any tags assigned to the task. +-- +-- * 'ctConversionTaskId' - The ID of the conversion task. +-- +-- * 'ctState' - The state of the conversion task. +conversionTask + :: Text -- ^ 'ctConversionTaskId' + -> ConversionTaskState -- ^ 'ctState' + -> ConversionTask +conversionTask pConversionTaskId_ pState_ = + ConversionTask' + { _ctImportInstance = Nothing + , _ctStatusMessage = Nothing + , _ctImportVolume = Nothing + , _ctExpirationTime = Nothing + , _ctTags = Nothing + , _ctConversionTaskId = pConversionTaskId_ + , _ctState = pState_ + } + +-- | If the task is for importing an instance, this contains information about the import instance task. +ctImportInstance :: Lens' ConversionTask (Maybe ImportInstanceTaskDetails) +ctImportInstance = lens _ctImportInstance (\ s a -> s{_ctImportInstance = a}); + +-- | The status message related to the conversion task. +ctStatusMessage :: Lens' ConversionTask (Maybe Text) +ctStatusMessage = lens _ctStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_ctStatusMessage = a}); + +-- | If the task is for importing a volume, this contains information about the import volume task. +ctImportVolume :: Lens' ConversionTask (Maybe ImportVolumeTaskDetails) +ctImportVolume = lens _ctImportVolume (\ s a -> s{_ctImportVolume = a}); + +-- | The time when the task expires. If the upload isn't complete before the expiration time, we automatically cancel the task. +ctExpirationTime :: Lens' ConversionTask (Maybe Text) +ctExpirationTime = lens _ctExpirationTime (\ s a -> s{_ctExpirationTime = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the task. +ctTags :: Lens' ConversionTask [Tag] +ctTags = lens _ctTags (\ s a -> s{_ctTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the conversion task. +ctConversionTaskId :: Lens' ConversionTask Text +ctConversionTaskId = lens _ctConversionTaskId (\ s a -> s{_ctConversionTaskId = a}); + +-- | The state of the conversion task. +ctState :: Lens' ConversionTask ConversionTaskState +ctState = lens _ctState (\ s a -> s{_ctState = a}); + +instance FromXML ConversionTask where + parseXML x + = ConversionTask' <$> + (x .@? "importInstance") <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + <*> (x .@? "importVolume") + <*> (x .@? "expirationTime") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "conversionTaskId") + <*> (x .@ "state") + +instance Hashable ConversionTask + +instance NFData ConversionTask + +-- | Describes the user or group to be added or removed from the permissions for a volume. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'createVolumePermission' smart constructor. +data CreateVolumePermission = CreateVolumePermission' + { _cvpGroup :: !(Maybe PermissionGroup) + , _cvpUserId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateVolumePermission' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cvpGroup' - The specific group that is to be added or removed from a volume's list of create volume permissions. +-- +-- * 'cvpUserId' - The specific AWS account ID that is to be added or removed from a volume's list of create volume permissions. +createVolumePermission + :: CreateVolumePermission +createVolumePermission = + CreateVolumePermission' + { _cvpGroup = Nothing + , _cvpUserId = Nothing + } + +-- | The specific group that is to be added or removed from a volume's list of create volume permissions. +cvpGroup :: Lens' CreateVolumePermission (Maybe PermissionGroup) +cvpGroup = lens _cvpGroup (\ s a -> s{_cvpGroup = a}); + +-- | The specific AWS account ID that is to be added or removed from a volume's list of create volume permissions. +cvpUserId :: Lens' CreateVolumePermission (Maybe Text) +cvpUserId = lens _cvpUserId (\ s a -> s{_cvpUserId = a}); + +instance FromXML CreateVolumePermission where + parseXML x + = CreateVolumePermission' <$> + (x .@? "group") <*> (x .@? "userId") + +instance Hashable CreateVolumePermission + +instance NFData CreateVolumePermission + +instance ToQuery CreateVolumePermission where + toQuery CreateVolumePermission'{..} + = mconcat + ["Group" =: _cvpGroup, "UserId" =: _cvpUserId] + +-- | Describes modifications to the permissions for a volume. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'createVolumePermissionModifications' smart constructor. +data CreateVolumePermissionModifications = CreateVolumePermissionModifications' + { _cvpmRemove :: !(Maybe [CreateVolumePermission]) + , _cvpmAdd :: !(Maybe [CreateVolumePermission]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CreateVolumePermissionModifications' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cvpmRemove' - Removes a specific AWS account ID or group from a volume's list of create volume permissions. +-- +-- * 'cvpmAdd' - Adds a specific AWS account ID or group to a volume's list of create volume permissions. +createVolumePermissionModifications + :: CreateVolumePermissionModifications +createVolumePermissionModifications = + CreateVolumePermissionModifications' + { _cvpmRemove = Nothing + , _cvpmAdd = Nothing + } + +-- | Removes a specific AWS account ID or group from a volume's list of create volume permissions. +cvpmRemove :: Lens' CreateVolumePermissionModifications [CreateVolumePermission] +cvpmRemove = lens _cvpmRemove (\ s a -> s{_cvpmRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Adds a specific AWS account ID or group to a volume's list of create volume permissions. +cvpmAdd :: Lens' CreateVolumePermissionModifications [CreateVolumePermission] +cvpmAdd = lens _cvpmAdd (\ s a -> s{_cvpmAdd = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance Hashable CreateVolumePermissionModifications + +instance NFData CreateVolumePermissionModifications + +instance ToQuery CreateVolumePermissionModifications + where + toQuery CreateVolumePermissionModifications'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery (toQueryList "Remove" <$> _cvpmRemove), + toQuery (toQueryList "Add" <$> _cvpmAdd)] + +-- | Describes a customer gateway. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'customerGateway' smart constructor. +data CustomerGateway = CustomerGateway' + { _cgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _cgBGPASN :: !Text + , _cgCustomerGatewayId :: !Text + , _cgIPAddress :: !Text + , _cgState :: !Text + , _cgType :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'CustomerGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'cgTags' - Any tags assigned to the customer gateway. +-- +-- * 'cgBGPASN' - The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN). +-- +-- * 'cgCustomerGatewayId' - The ID of the customer gateway. +-- +-- * 'cgIPAddress' - The Internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway's outside interface. +-- +-- * 'cgState' - The current state of the customer gateway (@pending | available | deleting | deleted@ ). +-- +-- * 'cgType' - The type of VPN connection the customer gateway supports (@ipsec.1@ ). +customerGateway + :: Text -- ^ 'cgBGPASN' + -> Text -- ^ 'cgCustomerGatewayId' + -> Text -- ^ 'cgIPAddress' + -> Text -- ^ 'cgState' + -> Text -- ^ 'cgType' + -> CustomerGateway +customerGateway pBGPASN_ pCustomerGatewayId_ pIPAddress_ pState_ pType_ = + CustomerGateway' + { _cgTags = Nothing + , _cgBGPASN = pBGPASN_ + , _cgCustomerGatewayId = pCustomerGatewayId_ + , _cgIPAddress = pIPAddress_ + , _cgState = pState_ + , _cgType = pType_ + } + +-- | Any tags assigned to the customer gateway. +cgTags :: Lens' CustomerGateway [Tag] +cgTags = lens _cgTags (\ s a -> s{_cgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The customer gateway's Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Autonomous System Number (ASN). +cgBGPASN :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text +cgBGPASN = lens _cgBGPASN (\ s a -> s{_cgBGPASN = a}); + +-- | The ID of the customer gateway. +cgCustomerGatewayId :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text +cgCustomerGatewayId = lens _cgCustomerGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_cgCustomerGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The Internet-routable IP address of the customer gateway's outside interface. +cgIPAddress :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text +cgIPAddress = lens _cgIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_cgIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The current state of the customer gateway (@pending | available | deleting | deleted@ ). +cgState :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text +cgState = lens _cgState (\ s a -> s{_cgState = a}); + +-- | The type of VPN connection the customer gateway supports (@ipsec.1@ ). +cgType :: Lens' CustomerGateway Text +cgType = lens _cgType (\ s a -> s{_cgType = a}); + +instance FromXML CustomerGateway where + parseXML x + = CustomerGateway' <$> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "bgpAsn") + <*> (x .@ "customerGatewayId") + <*> (x .@ "ipAddress") + <*> (x .@ "state") + <*> (x .@ "type") + +instance Hashable CustomerGateway + +instance NFData CustomerGateway + +-- | Describes a DHCP configuration option. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dhcpConfiguration' smart constructor. +data DHCPConfiguration = DHCPConfiguration' + { _dcValues :: !(Maybe [AttributeValue]) + , _dcKey :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DHCPConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dcValues' - One or more values for the DHCP option. +-- +-- * 'dcKey' - The name of a DHCP option. +dhcpConfiguration + :: DHCPConfiguration +dhcpConfiguration = + DHCPConfiguration' + { _dcValues = Nothing + , _dcKey = Nothing + } + +-- | One or more values for the DHCP option. +dcValues :: Lens' DHCPConfiguration [AttributeValue] +dcValues = lens _dcValues (\ s a -> s{_dcValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of a DHCP option. +dcKey :: Lens' DHCPConfiguration (Maybe Text) +dcKey = lens _dcKey (\ s a -> s{_dcKey = a}); + +instance FromXML DHCPConfiguration where + parseXML x + = DHCPConfiguration' <$> + (x .@? "valueSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "key") + +instance Hashable DHCPConfiguration + +instance NFData DHCPConfiguration + +-- | Describes a set of DHCP options. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'dhcpOptions' smart constructor. +data DHCPOptions = DHCPOptions' + { _doDHCPConfigurations :: !(Maybe [DHCPConfiguration]) + , _doDHCPOptionsId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _doTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DHCPOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'doDHCPConfigurations' - One or more DHCP options in the set. +-- +-- * 'doDHCPOptionsId' - The ID of the set of DHCP options. +-- +-- * 'doTags' - Any tags assigned to the DHCP options set. +dhcpOptions + :: DHCPOptions +dhcpOptions = + DHCPOptions' + { _doDHCPConfigurations = Nothing + , _doDHCPOptionsId = Nothing + , _doTags = Nothing + } + +-- | One or more DHCP options in the set. +doDHCPConfigurations :: Lens' DHCPOptions [DHCPConfiguration] +doDHCPConfigurations = lens _doDHCPConfigurations (\ s a -> s{_doDHCPConfigurations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the set of DHCP options. +doDHCPOptionsId :: Lens' DHCPOptions (Maybe Text) +doDHCPOptionsId = lens _doDHCPOptionsId (\ s a -> s{_doDHCPOptionsId = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the DHCP options set. +doTags :: Lens' DHCPOptions [Tag] +doTags = lens _doTags (\ s a -> s{_doTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML DHCPOptions where + parseXML x + = DHCPOptions' <$> + (x .@? "dhcpConfigurationSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "dhcpOptionsId") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable DHCPOptions + +instance NFData DHCPOptions + +-- | Describes a disk image. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'diskImage' smart constructor. +data DiskImage = DiskImage' + { _diImage :: !(Maybe DiskImageDetail) + , _diVolume :: !(Maybe VolumeDetail) + , _diDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DiskImage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'diImage' - Information about the disk image. +-- +-- * 'diVolume' - Information about the volume. +-- +-- * 'diDescription' - A description of the disk image. +diskImage + :: DiskImage +diskImage = + DiskImage' + { _diImage = Nothing + , _diVolume = Nothing + , _diDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | Information about the disk image. +diImage :: Lens' DiskImage (Maybe DiskImageDetail) +diImage = lens _diImage (\ s a -> s{_diImage = a}); + +-- | Information about the volume. +diVolume :: Lens' DiskImage (Maybe VolumeDetail) +diVolume = lens _diVolume (\ s a -> s{_diVolume = a}); + +-- | A description of the disk image. +diDescription :: Lens' DiskImage (Maybe Text) +diDescription = lens _diDescription (\ s a -> s{_diDescription = a}); + +instance Hashable DiskImage + +instance NFData DiskImage + +instance ToQuery DiskImage where + toQuery DiskImage'{..} + = mconcat + ["Image" =: _diImage, "Volume" =: _diVolume, + "Description" =: _diDescription] + +-- | Describes a disk image. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'diskImageDescription' smart constructor. +data DiskImageDescription = DiskImageDescription' + { _dChecksum :: !(Maybe Text) + , _dFormat :: !DiskImageFormat + , _dSize :: !Integer + , _dImportManifestURL :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DiskImageDescription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'dChecksum' - The checksum computed for the disk image. +-- +-- * 'dFormat' - The disk image format. +-- +-- * 'dSize' - The size of the disk image, in GiB. +-- +-- * 'dImportManifestURL' - A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3. For information about creating a presigned URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the "Query String Request Authentication Alternative" section of the topic in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide/ . For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +diskImageDescription + :: DiskImageFormat -- ^ 'dFormat' + -> Integer -- ^ 'dSize' + -> Text -- ^ 'dImportManifestURL' + -> DiskImageDescription +diskImageDescription pFormat_ pSize_ pImportManifestURL_ = + DiskImageDescription' + { _dChecksum = Nothing + , _dFormat = pFormat_ + , _dSize = pSize_ + , _dImportManifestURL = pImportManifestURL_ + } + +-- | The checksum computed for the disk image. +dChecksum :: Lens' DiskImageDescription (Maybe Text) +dChecksum = lens _dChecksum (\ s a -> s{_dChecksum = a}); + +-- | The disk image format. +dFormat :: Lens' DiskImageDescription DiskImageFormat +dFormat = lens _dFormat (\ s a -> s{_dFormat = a}); + +-- | The size of the disk image, in GiB. +dSize :: Lens' DiskImageDescription Integer +dSize = lens _dSize (\ s a -> s{_dSize = a}); + +-- | A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3. For information about creating a presigned URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the "Query String Request Authentication Alternative" section of the topic in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide/ . For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +dImportManifestURL :: Lens' DiskImageDescription Text +dImportManifestURL = lens _dImportManifestURL (\ s a -> s{_dImportManifestURL = a}); + +instance FromXML DiskImageDescription where + parseXML x + = DiskImageDescription' <$> + (x .@? "checksum") <*> (x .@ "format") <*> + (x .@ "size") + <*> (x .@ "importManifestUrl") + +instance Hashable DiskImageDescription + +instance NFData DiskImageDescription + +-- | Describes a disk image. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'diskImageDetail' smart constructor. +data DiskImageDetail = DiskImageDetail' + { _didFormat :: !DiskImageFormat + , _didBytes :: !Integer + , _didImportManifestURL :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DiskImageDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'didFormat' - The disk image format. +-- +-- * 'didBytes' - The size of the disk image, in GiB. +-- +-- * 'didImportManifestURL' - A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3 and presented here as an Amazon S3 presigned URL. For information about creating a presigned URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the "Query String Request Authentication Alternative" section of the topic in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide/ . For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +diskImageDetail + :: DiskImageFormat -- ^ 'didFormat' + -> Integer -- ^ 'didBytes' + -> Text -- ^ 'didImportManifestURL' + -> DiskImageDetail +diskImageDetail pFormat_ pBytes_ pImportManifestURL_ = + DiskImageDetail' + { _didFormat = pFormat_ + , _didBytes = pBytes_ + , _didImportManifestURL = pImportManifestURL_ + } + +-- | The disk image format. +didFormat :: Lens' DiskImageDetail DiskImageFormat +didFormat = lens _didFormat (\ s a -> s{_didFormat = a}); + +-- | The size of the disk image, in GiB. +didBytes :: Lens' DiskImageDetail Integer +didBytes = lens _didBytes (\ s a -> s{_didBytes = a}); + +-- | A presigned URL for the import manifest stored in Amazon S3 and presented here as an Amazon S3 presigned URL. For information about creating a presigned URL for an Amazon S3 object, read the "Query String Request Authentication Alternative" section of the topic in the /Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide/ . For information about the import manifest referenced by this API action, see . +didImportManifestURL :: Lens' DiskImageDetail Text +didImportManifestURL = lens _didImportManifestURL (\ s a -> s{_didImportManifestURL = a}); + +instance Hashable DiskImageDetail + +instance NFData DiskImageDetail + +instance ToQuery DiskImageDetail where + toQuery DiskImageDetail'{..} + = mconcat + ["Format" =: _didFormat, "Bytes" =: _didBytes, + "ImportManifestUrl" =: _didImportManifestURL] + +-- | Describes a disk image volume. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'diskImageVolumeDescription' smart constructor. +data DiskImageVolumeDescription = DiskImageVolumeDescription' + { _divdSize :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _divdId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'DiskImageVolumeDescription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'divdSize' - The size of the volume, in GiB. +-- +-- * 'divdId' - The volume identifier. +diskImageVolumeDescription + :: Text -- ^ 'divdId' + -> DiskImageVolumeDescription +diskImageVolumeDescription pId_ = + DiskImageVolumeDescription' + { _divdSize = Nothing + , _divdId = pId_ + } + +-- | The size of the volume, in GiB. +divdSize :: Lens' DiskImageVolumeDescription (Maybe Integer) +divdSize = lens _divdSize (\ s a -> s{_divdSize = a}); + +-- | The volume identifier. +divdId :: Lens' DiskImageVolumeDescription Text +divdId = lens _divdId (\ s a -> s{_divdId = a}); + +instance FromXML DiskImageVolumeDescription where + parseXML x + = DiskImageVolumeDescription' <$> + (x .@? "size") <*> (x .@ "id") + +instance Hashable DiskImageVolumeDescription + +instance NFData DiskImageVolumeDescription + +-- | Describes a block device for an EBS volume. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ebsBlockDevice' smart constructor. +data EBSBlockDevice = EBSBlockDevice' + { _ebdDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ebdVolumeSize :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ebdIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ebdEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ebdVolumeType :: !(Maybe VolumeType) + , _ebdSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EBSBlockDevice' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ebdDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. +-- +-- * 'ebdVolumeSize' - The size of the volume, in GiB. Constraints: 1-16384 for General Purpose SSD (@gp2@ ), 4-16384 for Provisioned IOPS SSD (@io1@ ), 500-16384 for Throughput Optimized HDD (@st1@ ), 500-16384 for Cold HDD (@sc1@ ), and 1-1024 for Magnetic (@standard@ ) volumes. If you specify a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size. Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. +-- +-- * 'ebdIOPS' - The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For @io1@ , this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For @gp2@ , this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. For more information about General Purpose SSD baseline performance, I/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for @io1@ volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for @gp2@ volumes. Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create @io1@ volumes; it is not used in requests to create @gp2@ , @st1@ , @sc1@ , or @standard@ volumes. +-- +-- * 'ebdEncrypted' - Indicates whether the EBS volume is encrypted. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. +-- +-- * 'ebdVolumeType' - The volume type: @gp2@ , @io1@ , @st1@ , @sc1@ , or @standard@ . Default: @standard@ +-- +-- * 'ebdSnapshotId' - The ID of the snapshot. +ebsBlockDevice + :: EBSBlockDevice +ebsBlockDevice = + EBSBlockDevice' + { _ebdDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _ebdVolumeSize = Nothing + , _ebdIOPS = Nothing + , _ebdEncrypted = Nothing + , _ebdVolumeType = Nothing + , _ebdSnapshotId = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. +ebdDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Bool) +ebdDeleteOnTermination = lens _ebdDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_ebdDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | The size of the volume, in GiB. Constraints: 1-16384 for General Purpose SSD (@gp2@ ), 4-16384 for Provisioned IOPS SSD (@io1@ ), 500-16384 for Throughput Optimized HDD (@st1@ ), 500-16384 for Cold HDD (@sc1@ ), and 1-1024 for Magnetic (@standard@ ) volumes. If you specify a snapshot, the volume size must be equal to or larger than the snapshot size. Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. +ebdVolumeSize :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Int) +ebdVolumeSize = lens _ebdVolumeSize (\ s a -> s{_ebdVolumeSize = a}); + +-- | The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For @io1@ , this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For @gp2@ , this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. For more information about General Purpose SSD baseline performance, I/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for @io1@ volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for @gp2@ volumes. Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create @io1@ volumes; it is not used in requests to create @gp2@ , @st1@ , @sc1@ , or @standard@ volumes. +ebdIOPS :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Int) +ebdIOPS = lens _ebdIOPS (\ s a -> s{_ebdIOPS = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the EBS volume is encrypted. Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes may only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. +ebdEncrypted :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Bool) +ebdEncrypted = lens _ebdEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_ebdEncrypted = a}); + +-- | The volume type: @gp2@ , @io1@ , @st1@ , @sc1@ , or @standard@ . Default: @standard@ +ebdVolumeType :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe VolumeType) +ebdVolumeType = lens _ebdVolumeType (\ s a -> s{_ebdVolumeType = a}); + +-- | The ID of the snapshot. +ebdSnapshotId :: Lens' EBSBlockDevice (Maybe Text) +ebdSnapshotId = lens _ebdSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_ebdSnapshotId = a}); + +instance FromXML EBSBlockDevice where + parseXML x + = EBSBlockDevice' <$> + (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") <*> + (x .@? "volumeSize") + <*> (x .@? "iops") + <*> (x .@? "encrypted") + <*> (x .@? "volumeType") + <*> (x .@? "snapshotId") + +instance Hashable EBSBlockDevice + +instance NFData EBSBlockDevice + +instance ToQuery EBSBlockDevice where + toQuery EBSBlockDevice'{..} + = mconcat + ["DeleteOnTermination" =: _ebdDeleteOnTermination, + "VolumeSize" =: _ebdVolumeSize, "Iops" =: _ebdIOPS, + "Encrypted" =: _ebdEncrypted, + "VolumeType" =: _ebdVolumeType, + "SnapshotId" =: _ebdSnapshotId] + +-- | Describes a parameter used to set up an EBS volume in a block device mapping. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ebsInstanceBlockDevice' smart constructor. +data EBSInstanceBlockDevice = EBSInstanceBlockDevice' + { _eibdStatus :: !(Maybe AttachmentStatus) + , _eibdDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _eibdVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _eibdAttachTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EBSInstanceBlockDevice' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'eibdStatus' - The attachment state. +-- +-- * 'eibdDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. +-- +-- * 'eibdVolumeId' - The ID of the EBS volume. +-- +-- * 'eibdAttachTime' - The time stamp when the attachment initiated. +ebsInstanceBlockDevice + :: EBSInstanceBlockDevice +ebsInstanceBlockDevice = + EBSInstanceBlockDevice' + { _eibdStatus = Nothing + , _eibdDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _eibdVolumeId = Nothing + , _eibdAttachTime = Nothing + } + +-- | The attachment state. +eibdStatus :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDevice (Maybe AttachmentStatus) +eibdStatus = lens _eibdStatus (\ s a -> s{_eibdStatus = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. +eibdDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDevice (Maybe Bool) +eibdDeleteOnTermination = lens _eibdDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_eibdDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | The ID of the EBS volume. +eibdVolumeId :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDevice (Maybe Text) +eibdVolumeId = lens _eibdVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_eibdVolumeId = a}); + +-- | The time stamp when the attachment initiated. +eibdAttachTime :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDevice (Maybe UTCTime) +eibdAttachTime = lens _eibdAttachTime (\ s a -> s{_eibdAttachTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance FromXML EBSInstanceBlockDevice where + parseXML x + = EBSInstanceBlockDevice' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") + <*> (x .@? "volumeId") + <*> (x .@? "attachTime") + +instance Hashable EBSInstanceBlockDevice + +instance NFData EBSInstanceBlockDevice + +-- | Describes information used to set up an EBS volume specified in a block device mapping. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ebsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification' smart constructor. +data EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification = EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification' + { _eibdsDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _eibdsVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'eibdsDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. +-- +-- * 'eibdsVolumeId' - The ID of the EBS volume. +ebsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification + :: EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification +ebsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification = + EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification' + { _eibdsDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _eibdsVolumeId = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. +eibdsDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification (Maybe Bool) +eibdsDeleteOnTermination = lens _eibdsDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_eibdsDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | The ID of the EBS volume. +eibdsVolumeId :: Lens' EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification (Maybe Text) +eibdsVolumeId = lens _eibdsVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_eibdsVolumeId = a}); + +instance Hashable EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification + +instance NFData EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification + +instance ToQuery EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification + where + toQuery EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + ["DeleteOnTermination" =: _eibdsDeleteOnTermination, + "VolumeId" =: _eibdsVolumeId] + +-- | Describes an egress-only Internet gateway. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'egressOnlyInternetGateway' smart constructor. +data EgressOnlyInternetGateway = EgressOnlyInternetGateway' + { _eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _eoigAttachments :: !(Maybe [InternetGatewayAttachment]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EgressOnlyInternetGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId' - The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway. +-- +-- * 'eoigAttachments' - Information about the attachment of the egress-only Internet gateway. +egressOnlyInternetGateway + :: EgressOnlyInternetGateway +egressOnlyInternetGateway = + EgressOnlyInternetGateway' + { _eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = Nothing + , _eoigAttachments = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway. +eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: Lens' EgressOnlyInternetGateway (Maybe Text) +eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = lens _eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_eoigEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = a}); + +-- | Information about the attachment of the egress-only Internet gateway. +eoigAttachments :: Lens' EgressOnlyInternetGateway [InternetGatewayAttachment] +eoigAttachments = lens _eoigAttachments (\ s a -> s{_eoigAttachments = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML EgressOnlyInternetGateway where + parseXML x + = EgressOnlyInternetGateway' <$> + (x .@? "egressOnlyInternetGatewayId") <*> + (x .@? "attachmentSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable EgressOnlyInternetGateway + +instance NFData EgressOnlyInternetGateway + +-- | Describes a Spot fleet event. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'eventInformation' smart constructor. +data EventInformation = EventInformation' + { _eiInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _eiEventDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _eiEventSubType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'EventInformation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'eiInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. This information is available only for @instanceChange@ events. +-- +-- * 'eiEventDescription' - The description of the event. +-- +-- * 'eiEventSubType' - The event. The following are the @error@ events. * @iamFleetRoleInvalid@ - The Spot fleet did not have the required permissions either to launch or terminate an instance. * @launchSpecTemporarilyBlacklisted@ - The configuration is not valid and several attempts to launch instances have failed. For more information, see the description of the event. * @spotFleetRequestConfigurationInvalid@ - The configuration is not valid. For more information, see the description of the event. * @spotInstanceCountLimitExceeded@ - You've reached the limit on the number of Spot instances that you can launch. The following are the @fleetRequestChange@ events. * @active@ - The Spot fleet has been validated and Amazon EC2 is attempting to maintain the target number of running Spot instances. * @cancelled@ - The Spot fleet is canceled and has no running Spot instances. The Spot fleet will be deleted two days after its instances were terminated. * @cancelled_running@ - The Spot fleet is canceled and will not launch additional Spot instances, but its existing Spot instances continue to run until they are interrupted or terminated. * @cancelled_terminating@ - The Spot fleet is canceled and its Spot instances are terminating. * @expired@ - The Spot fleet request has expired. A subsequent event indicates that the instances were terminated, if the request was created with @TerminateInstancesWithExpiration@ set. * @modify_in_progress@ - A request to modify the Spot fleet request was accepted and is in progress. * @modify_successful@ - The Spot fleet request was modified. * @price_update@ - The bid price for a launch configuration was adjusted because it was too high. This change is permanent. * @submitted@ - The Spot fleet request is being evaluated and Amazon EC2 is preparing to launch the target number of Spot instances. The following are the @instanceChange@ events. * @launched@ - A bid was fulfilled and a new instance was launched. * @terminated@ - An instance was terminated by the user. +eventInformation + :: EventInformation +eventInformation = + EventInformation' + { _eiInstanceId = Nothing + , _eiEventDescription = Nothing + , _eiEventSubType = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. This information is available only for @instanceChange@ events. +eiInstanceId :: Lens' EventInformation (Maybe Text) +eiInstanceId = lens _eiInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_eiInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The description of the event. +eiEventDescription :: Lens' EventInformation (Maybe Text) +eiEventDescription = lens _eiEventDescription (\ s a -> s{_eiEventDescription = a}); + +-- | The event. The following are the @error@ events. * @iamFleetRoleInvalid@ - The Spot fleet did not have the required permissions either to launch or terminate an instance. * @launchSpecTemporarilyBlacklisted@ - The configuration is not valid and several attempts to launch instances have failed. For more information, see the description of the event. * @spotFleetRequestConfigurationInvalid@ - The configuration is not valid. For more information, see the description of the event. * @spotInstanceCountLimitExceeded@ - You've reached the limit on the number of Spot instances that you can launch. The following are the @fleetRequestChange@ events. * @active@ - The Spot fleet has been validated and Amazon EC2 is attempting to maintain the target number of running Spot instances. * @cancelled@ - The Spot fleet is canceled and has no running Spot instances. The Spot fleet will be deleted two days after its instances were terminated. * @cancelled_running@ - The Spot fleet is canceled and will not launch additional Spot instances, but its existing Spot instances continue to run until they are interrupted or terminated. * @cancelled_terminating@ - The Spot fleet is canceled and its Spot instances are terminating. * @expired@ - The Spot fleet request has expired. A subsequent event indicates that the instances were terminated, if the request was created with @TerminateInstancesWithExpiration@ set. * @modify_in_progress@ - A request to modify the Spot fleet request was accepted and is in progress. * @modify_successful@ - The Spot fleet request was modified. * @price_update@ - The bid price for a launch configuration was adjusted because it was too high. This change is permanent. * @submitted@ - The Spot fleet request is being evaluated and Amazon EC2 is preparing to launch the target number of Spot instances. The following are the @instanceChange@ events. * @launched@ - A bid was fulfilled and a new instance was launched. * @terminated@ - An instance was terminated by the user. +eiEventSubType :: Lens' EventInformation (Maybe Text) +eiEventSubType = lens _eiEventSubType (\ s a -> s{_eiEventSubType = a}); + +instance FromXML EventInformation where + parseXML x + = EventInformation' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "eventDescription") + <*> (x .@? "eventSubType") + +instance Hashable EventInformation + +instance NFData EventInformation + +-- | Describes an instance export task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'exportTask' smart constructor. +data ExportTask = ExportTask' + { _etDescription :: !Text + , _etExportTaskId :: !Text + , _etExportToS3Task :: !ExportToS3Task + , _etInstanceExportDetails :: !InstanceExportDetails + , _etState :: !ExportTaskState + , _etStatusMessage :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ExportTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'etDescription' - A description of the resource being exported. +-- +-- * 'etExportTaskId' - The ID of the export task. +-- +-- * 'etExportToS3Task' - Information about the export task. +-- +-- * 'etInstanceExportDetails' - Information about the instance to export. +-- +-- * 'etState' - The state of the export task. +-- +-- * 'etStatusMessage' - The status message related to the export task. +exportTask + :: Text -- ^ 'etDescription' + -> Text -- ^ 'etExportTaskId' + -> ExportToS3Task -- ^ 'etExportToS3Task' + -> InstanceExportDetails -- ^ 'etInstanceExportDetails' + -> ExportTaskState -- ^ 'etState' + -> Text -- ^ 'etStatusMessage' + -> ExportTask +exportTask pDescription_ pExportTaskId_ pExportToS3Task_ pInstanceExportDetails_ pState_ pStatusMessage_ = + ExportTask' + { _etDescription = pDescription_ + , _etExportTaskId = pExportTaskId_ + , _etExportToS3Task = pExportToS3Task_ + , _etInstanceExportDetails = pInstanceExportDetails_ + , _etState = pState_ + , _etStatusMessage = pStatusMessage_ + } + +-- | A description of the resource being exported. +etDescription :: Lens' ExportTask Text +etDescription = lens _etDescription (\ s a -> s{_etDescription = a}); + +-- | The ID of the export task. +etExportTaskId :: Lens' ExportTask Text +etExportTaskId = lens _etExportTaskId (\ s a -> s{_etExportTaskId = a}); + +-- | Information about the export task. +etExportToS3Task :: Lens' ExportTask ExportToS3Task +etExportToS3Task = lens _etExportToS3Task (\ s a -> s{_etExportToS3Task = a}); + +-- | Information about the instance to export. +etInstanceExportDetails :: Lens' ExportTask InstanceExportDetails +etInstanceExportDetails = lens _etInstanceExportDetails (\ s a -> s{_etInstanceExportDetails = a}); + +-- | The state of the export task. +etState :: Lens' ExportTask ExportTaskState +etState = lens _etState (\ s a -> s{_etState = a}); + +-- | The status message related to the export task. +etStatusMessage :: Lens' ExportTask Text +etStatusMessage = lens _etStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_etStatusMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML ExportTask where + parseXML x + = ExportTask' <$> + (x .@ "description") <*> (x .@ "exportTaskId") <*> + (x .@ "exportToS3") + <*> (x .@ "instanceExport") + <*> (x .@ "state") + <*> (x .@ "statusMessage") + +instance Hashable ExportTask + +instance NFData ExportTask + +-- | Describes the format and location for an instance export task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'exportToS3Task' smart constructor. +data ExportToS3Task = ExportToS3Task' + { _etstS3Key :: !(Maybe Text) + , _etstContainerFormat :: !(Maybe ContainerFormat) + , _etstS3Bucket :: !(Maybe Text) + , _etstDiskImageFormat :: !(Maybe DiskImageFormat) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ExportToS3Task' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'etstS3Key' - The encryption key for your S3 bucket. +-- +-- * 'etstContainerFormat' - The container format used to combine disk images with metadata (such as OVF). If absent, only the disk image is exported. +-- +-- * 'etstS3Bucket' - The S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist and grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the AWS account @vm-import-export@amazon.com@ . +-- +-- * 'etstDiskImageFormat' - The format for the exported image. +exportToS3Task + :: ExportToS3Task +exportToS3Task = + ExportToS3Task' + { _etstS3Key = Nothing + , _etstContainerFormat = Nothing + , _etstS3Bucket = Nothing + , _etstDiskImageFormat = Nothing + } + +-- | The encryption key for your S3 bucket. +etstS3Key :: Lens' ExportToS3Task (Maybe Text) +etstS3Key = lens _etstS3Key (\ s a -> s{_etstS3Key = a}); + +-- | The container format used to combine disk images with metadata (such as OVF). If absent, only the disk image is exported. +etstContainerFormat :: Lens' ExportToS3Task (Maybe ContainerFormat) +etstContainerFormat = lens _etstContainerFormat (\ s a -> s{_etstContainerFormat = a}); + +-- | The S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist and grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the AWS account @vm-import-export@amazon.com@ . +etstS3Bucket :: Lens' ExportToS3Task (Maybe Text) +etstS3Bucket = lens _etstS3Bucket (\ s a -> s{_etstS3Bucket = a}); + +-- | The format for the exported image. +etstDiskImageFormat :: Lens' ExportToS3Task (Maybe DiskImageFormat) +etstDiskImageFormat = lens _etstDiskImageFormat (\ s a -> s{_etstDiskImageFormat = a}); + +instance FromXML ExportToS3Task where + parseXML x + = ExportToS3Task' <$> + (x .@? "s3Key") <*> (x .@? "containerFormat") <*> + (x .@? "s3Bucket") + <*> (x .@? "diskImageFormat") + +instance Hashable ExportToS3Task + +instance NFData ExportToS3Task + +-- | Describes an instance export task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'exportToS3TaskSpecification' smart constructor. +data ExportToS3TaskSpecification = ExportToS3TaskSpecification' + { _etstsContainerFormat :: !(Maybe ContainerFormat) + , _etstsS3Prefix :: !(Maybe Text) + , _etstsS3Bucket :: !(Maybe Text) + , _etstsDiskImageFormat :: !(Maybe DiskImageFormat) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ExportToS3TaskSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'etstsContainerFormat' - The container format used to combine disk images with metadata (such as OVF). If absent, only the disk image is exported. +-- +-- * 'etstsS3Prefix' - The image is written to a single object in the S3 bucket at the S3 key s3prefix + exportTaskId + '.' + diskImageFormat. +-- +-- * 'etstsS3Bucket' - The S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist and grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the AWS account @vm-import-export@amazon.com@ . +-- +-- * 'etstsDiskImageFormat' - The format for the exported image. +exportToS3TaskSpecification + :: ExportToS3TaskSpecification +exportToS3TaskSpecification = + ExportToS3TaskSpecification' + { _etstsContainerFormat = Nothing + , _etstsS3Prefix = Nothing + , _etstsS3Bucket = Nothing + , _etstsDiskImageFormat = Nothing + } + +-- | The container format used to combine disk images with metadata (such as OVF). If absent, only the disk image is exported. +etstsContainerFormat :: Lens' ExportToS3TaskSpecification (Maybe ContainerFormat) +etstsContainerFormat = lens _etstsContainerFormat (\ s a -> s{_etstsContainerFormat = a}); + +-- | The image is written to a single object in the S3 bucket at the S3 key s3prefix + exportTaskId + '.' + diskImageFormat. +etstsS3Prefix :: Lens' ExportToS3TaskSpecification (Maybe Text) +etstsS3Prefix = lens _etstsS3Prefix (\ s a -> s{_etstsS3Prefix = a}); + +-- | The S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist and grant WRITE and READ_ACP permissions to the AWS account @vm-import-export@amazon.com@ . +etstsS3Bucket :: Lens' ExportToS3TaskSpecification (Maybe Text) +etstsS3Bucket = lens _etstsS3Bucket (\ s a -> s{_etstsS3Bucket = a}); + +-- | The format for the exported image. +etstsDiskImageFormat :: Lens' ExportToS3TaskSpecification (Maybe DiskImageFormat) +etstsDiskImageFormat = lens _etstsDiskImageFormat (\ s a -> s{_etstsDiskImageFormat = a}); + +instance Hashable ExportToS3TaskSpecification + +instance NFData ExportToS3TaskSpecification + +instance ToQuery ExportToS3TaskSpecification where + toQuery ExportToS3TaskSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + ["ContainerFormat" =: _etstsContainerFormat, + "S3Prefix" =: _etstsS3Prefix, + "S3Bucket" =: _etstsS3Bucket, + "DiskImageFormat" =: _etstsDiskImageFormat] + +-- | A filter name and value pair that is used to return a more specific list of results. Filters can be used to match a set of resources by various criteria, such as tags, attributes, or IDs. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'filter'' smart constructor. +data Filter = Filter' + { _fValues :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _fName :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Filter' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'fValues' - One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. +-- +-- * 'fName' - The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive. +filter' + :: Text -- ^ 'fName' + -> Filter +filter' pName_ = + Filter' + { _fValues = Nothing + , _fName = pName_ + } + +-- | One or more filter values. Filter values are case-sensitive. +fValues :: Lens' Filter [Text] +fValues = lens _fValues (\ s a -> s{_fValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the filter. Filter names are case-sensitive. +fName :: Lens' Filter Text +fName = lens _fName (\ s a -> s{_fName = a}); + +instance Hashable Filter + +instance NFData Filter + +instance ToQuery Filter where + toQuery Filter'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery (toQueryList "Value" <$> _fValues), + "Name" =: _fName] + +-- | Describes a flow log. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'flowLog' smart constructor. +data FlowLog = FlowLog' + { _flCreationTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _flResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _flFlowLogStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _flTrafficType :: !(Maybe TrafficType) + , _flDeliverLogsStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _flDeliverLogsErrorMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _flLogGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _flDeliverLogsPermissionARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _flFlowLogId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'FlowLog' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'flCreationTime' - The date and time the flow log was created. +-- +-- * 'flResourceId' - The ID of the resource on which the flow log was created. +-- +-- * 'flFlowLogStatus' - The status of the flow log (@ACTIVE@ ). +-- +-- * 'flTrafficType' - The type of traffic captured for the flow log. +-- +-- * 'flDeliverLogsStatus' - The status of the logs delivery (@SUCCESS@ | @FAILED@ ). +-- +-- * 'flDeliverLogsErrorMessage' - Information about the error that occurred. @Rate limited@ indicates that CloudWatch logs throttling has been applied for one or more network interfaces, or that you've reached the limit on the number of CloudWatch Logs log groups that you can create. @Access error@ indicates that the IAM role associated with the flow log does not have sufficient permissions to publish to CloudWatch Logs. @Unknown error@ indicates an internal error. +-- +-- * 'flLogGroupName' - The name of the flow log group. +-- +-- * 'flDeliverLogsPermissionARN' - The ARN of the IAM role that posts logs to CloudWatch Logs. +-- +-- * 'flFlowLogId' - The flow log ID. +flowLog + :: FlowLog +flowLog = + FlowLog' + { _flCreationTime = Nothing + , _flResourceId = Nothing + , _flFlowLogStatus = Nothing + , _flTrafficType = Nothing + , _flDeliverLogsStatus = Nothing + , _flDeliverLogsErrorMessage = Nothing + , _flLogGroupName = Nothing + , _flDeliverLogsPermissionARN = Nothing + , _flFlowLogId = Nothing + } + +-- | The date and time the flow log was created. +flCreationTime :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe UTCTime) +flCreationTime = lens _flCreationTime (\ s a -> s{_flCreationTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The ID of the resource on which the flow log was created. +flResourceId :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) +flResourceId = lens _flResourceId (\ s a -> s{_flResourceId = a}); + +-- | The status of the flow log (@ACTIVE@ ). +flFlowLogStatus :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) +flFlowLogStatus = lens _flFlowLogStatus (\ s a -> s{_flFlowLogStatus = a}); + +-- | The type of traffic captured for the flow log. +flTrafficType :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe TrafficType) +flTrafficType = lens _flTrafficType (\ s a -> s{_flTrafficType = a}); + +-- | The status of the logs delivery (@SUCCESS@ | @FAILED@ ). +flDeliverLogsStatus :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) +flDeliverLogsStatus = lens _flDeliverLogsStatus (\ s a -> s{_flDeliverLogsStatus = a}); + +-- | Information about the error that occurred. @Rate limited@ indicates that CloudWatch logs throttling has been applied for one or more network interfaces, or that you've reached the limit on the number of CloudWatch Logs log groups that you can create. @Access error@ indicates that the IAM role associated with the flow log does not have sufficient permissions to publish to CloudWatch Logs. @Unknown error@ indicates an internal error. +flDeliverLogsErrorMessage :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) +flDeliverLogsErrorMessage = lens _flDeliverLogsErrorMessage (\ s a -> s{_flDeliverLogsErrorMessage = a}); + +-- | The name of the flow log group. +flLogGroupName :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) +flLogGroupName = lens _flLogGroupName (\ s a -> s{_flLogGroupName = a}); + +-- | The ARN of the IAM role that posts logs to CloudWatch Logs. +flDeliverLogsPermissionARN :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) +flDeliverLogsPermissionARN = lens _flDeliverLogsPermissionARN (\ s a -> s{_flDeliverLogsPermissionARN = a}); + +-- | The flow log ID. +flFlowLogId :: Lens' FlowLog (Maybe Text) +flFlowLogId = lens _flFlowLogId (\ s a -> s{_flFlowLogId = a}); + +instance FromXML FlowLog where + parseXML x + = FlowLog' <$> + (x .@? "creationTime") <*> (x .@? "resourceId") <*> + (x .@? "flowLogStatus") + <*> (x .@? "trafficType") + <*> (x .@? "deliverLogsStatus") + <*> (x .@? "deliverLogsErrorMessage") + <*> (x .@? "logGroupName") + <*> (x .@? "deliverLogsPermissionArn") + <*> (x .@? "flowLogId") + +instance Hashable FlowLog + +instance NFData FlowLog + +-- | Describes a security group. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'groupIdentifier' smart constructor. +data GroupIdentifier = GroupIdentifier' + { _giGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _giGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'GroupIdentifier' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'giGroupId' - The ID of the security group. +-- +-- * 'giGroupName' - The name of the security group. +groupIdentifier + :: GroupIdentifier +groupIdentifier = + GroupIdentifier' + { _giGroupId = Nothing + , _giGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the security group. +giGroupId :: Lens' GroupIdentifier (Maybe Text) +giGroupId = lens _giGroupId (\ s a -> s{_giGroupId = a}); + +-- | The name of the security group. +giGroupName :: Lens' GroupIdentifier (Maybe Text) +giGroupName = lens _giGroupName (\ s a -> s{_giGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML GroupIdentifier where + parseXML x + = GroupIdentifier' <$> + (x .@? "groupId") <*> (x .@? "groupName") + +instance Hashable GroupIdentifier + +instance NFData GroupIdentifier + +instance ToQuery GroupIdentifier where + toQuery GroupIdentifier'{..} + = mconcat + ["GroupId" =: _giGroupId, + "GroupName" =: _giGroupName] + +-- | Describes an event in the history of the Spot fleet request. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'historyRecord' smart constructor. +data HistoryRecord = HistoryRecord' + { _hrTimestamp :: !ISO8601 + , _hrEventType :: !EventType + , _hrEventInformation :: !EventInformation + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'HistoryRecord' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'hrTimestamp' - The date and time of the event, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). +-- +-- * 'hrEventType' - The event type. * @error@ - Indicates an error with the Spot fleet request. * @fleetRequestChange@ - Indicates a change in the status or configuration of the Spot fleet request. * @instanceChange@ - Indicates that an instance was launched or terminated. +-- +-- * 'hrEventInformation' - Information about the event. +historyRecord + :: UTCTime -- ^ 'hrTimestamp' + -> EventType -- ^ 'hrEventType' + -> EventInformation -- ^ 'hrEventInformation' + -> HistoryRecord +historyRecord pTimestamp_ pEventType_ pEventInformation_ = + HistoryRecord' + { _hrTimestamp = _Time # pTimestamp_ + , _hrEventType = pEventType_ + , _hrEventInformation = pEventInformation_ + } + +-- | The date and time of the event, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). +hrTimestamp :: Lens' HistoryRecord UTCTime +hrTimestamp = lens _hrTimestamp (\ s a -> s{_hrTimestamp = a}) . _Time; + +-- | The event type. * @error@ - Indicates an error with the Spot fleet request. * @fleetRequestChange@ - Indicates a change in the status or configuration of the Spot fleet request. * @instanceChange@ - Indicates that an instance was launched or terminated. +hrEventType :: Lens' HistoryRecord EventType +hrEventType = lens _hrEventType (\ s a -> s{_hrEventType = a}); + +-- | Information about the event. +hrEventInformation :: Lens' HistoryRecord EventInformation +hrEventInformation = lens _hrEventInformation (\ s a -> s{_hrEventInformation = a}); + +instance FromXML HistoryRecord where + parseXML x + = HistoryRecord' <$> + (x .@ "timestamp") <*> (x .@ "eventType") <*> + (x .@ "eventInformation") + +instance Hashable HistoryRecord + +instance NFData HistoryRecord + +-- | Describes the properties of the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'host' smart constructor. +data Host = Host' + { _hState :: !(Maybe AllocationState) + , _hClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hHostId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hAvailableCapacity :: !(Maybe AvailableCapacity) + , _hHostReservationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hHostProperties :: !(Maybe HostProperties) + , _hAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hInstances :: !(Maybe [HostInstance]) + , _hAutoPlacement :: !(Maybe AutoPlacement) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Host' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'hState' - The Dedicated Host's state. +-- +-- * 'hClientToken' - Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- * 'hHostId' - The ID of the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'hAvailableCapacity' - The number of new instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'hHostReservationId' - The reservation ID of the Dedicated Host. This returns a @null@ response if the Dedicated Host doesn't have an associated reservation. +-- +-- * 'hHostProperties' - The hardware specifications of the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'hAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone of the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'hInstances' - The IDs and instance type that are currently running on the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'hAutoPlacement' - Whether auto-placement is on or off. +host + :: Host +host = + Host' + { _hState = Nothing + , _hClientToken = Nothing + , _hHostId = Nothing + , _hAvailableCapacity = Nothing + , _hHostReservationId = Nothing + , _hHostProperties = Nothing + , _hAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _hInstances = Nothing + , _hAutoPlacement = Nothing + } + +-- | The Dedicated Host's state. +hState :: Lens' Host (Maybe AllocationState) +hState = lens _hState (\ s a -> s{_hState = a}); + +-- | Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +hClientToken :: Lens' Host (Maybe Text) +hClientToken = lens _hClientToken (\ s a -> s{_hClientToken = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Dedicated Host. +hHostId :: Lens' Host (Maybe Text) +hHostId = lens _hHostId (\ s a -> s{_hHostId = a}); + +-- | The number of new instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host. +hAvailableCapacity :: Lens' Host (Maybe AvailableCapacity) +hAvailableCapacity = lens _hAvailableCapacity (\ s a -> s{_hAvailableCapacity = a}); + +-- | The reservation ID of the Dedicated Host. This returns a @null@ response if the Dedicated Host doesn't have an associated reservation. +hHostReservationId :: Lens' Host (Maybe Text) +hHostReservationId = lens _hHostReservationId (\ s a -> s{_hHostReservationId = a}); + +-- | The hardware specifications of the Dedicated Host. +hHostProperties :: Lens' Host (Maybe HostProperties) +hHostProperties = lens _hHostProperties (\ s a -> s{_hHostProperties = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone of the Dedicated Host. +hAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Host (Maybe Text) +hAvailabilityZone = lens _hAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_hAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The IDs and instance type that are currently running on the Dedicated Host. +hInstances :: Lens' Host [HostInstance] +hInstances = lens _hInstances (\ s a -> s{_hInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Whether auto-placement is on or off. +hAutoPlacement :: Lens' Host (Maybe AutoPlacement) +hAutoPlacement = lens _hAutoPlacement (\ s a -> s{_hAutoPlacement = a}); + +instance FromXML Host where + parseXML x + = Host' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "clientToken") <*> + (x .@? "hostId") + <*> (x .@? "availableCapacity") + <*> (x .@? "hostReservationId") + <*> (x .@? "hostProperties") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> + (x .@? "instances" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "autoPlacement") + +instance Hashable Host + +instance NFData Host + +-- | Describes an instance running on a Dedicated Host. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'hostInstance' smart constructor. +data HostInstance = HostInstance' + { _hiInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hiInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'HostInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'hiInstanceId' - the IDs of instances that are running on the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'hiInstanceType' - The instance type size (for example, @m3.medium@ ) of the running instance. +hostInstance + :: HostInstance +hostInstance = + HostInstance' + { _hiInstanceId = Nothing + , _hiInstanceType = Nothing + } + +-- | the IDs of instances that are running on the Dedicated Host. +hiInstanceId :: Lens' HostInstance (Maybe Text) +hiInstanceId = lens _hiInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_hiInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The instance type size (for example, @m3.medium@ ) of the running instance. +hiInstanceType :: Lens' HostInstance (Maybe Text) +hiInstanceType = lens _hiInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_hiInstanceType = a}); + +instance FromXML HostInstance where + parseXML x + = HostInstance' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "instanceType") + +instance Hashable HostInstance + +instance NFData HostInstance + +-- | Details about the Dedicated Host Reservation offering. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'hostOffering' smart constructor. +data HostOffering = HostOffering' + { _hoInstanceFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hoCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) + , _hoHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hoUpfrontPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hoOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hoDuration :: !(Maybe Int) + , _hoPaymentOption :: !(Maybe PaymentOption) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'HostOffering' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'hoInstanceFamily' - The instance family of the offering. +-- +-- * 'hoCurrencyCode' - The currency of the offering. +-- +-- * 'hoHourlyPrice' - The hourly price of the offering. +-- +-- * 'hoUpfrontPrice' - The upfront price of the offering. Does not apply to No Upfront offerings. +-- +-- * 'hoOfferingId' - The ID of the offering. +-- +-- * 'hoDuration' - The duration of the offering (in seconds). +-- +-- * 'hoPaymentOption' - The available payment option. +hostOffering + :: HostOffering +hostOffering = + HostOffering' + { _hoInstanceFamily = Nothing + , _hoCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _hoHourlyPrice = Nothing + , _hoUpfrontPrice = Nothing + , _hoOfferingId = Nothing + , _hoDuration = Nothing + , _hoPaymentOption = Nothing + } + +-- | The instance family of the offering. +hoInstanceFamily :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Text) +hoInstanceFamily = lens _hoInstanceFamily (\ s a -> s{_hoInstanceFamily = a}); + +-- | The currency of the offering. +hoCurrencyCode :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) +hoCurrencyCode = lens _hoCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_hoCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The hourly price of the offering. +hoHourlyPrice :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Text) +hoHourlyPrice = lens _hoHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_hoHourlyPrice = a}); + +-- | The upfront price of the offering. Does not apply to No Upfront offerings. +hoUpfrontPrice :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Text) +hoUpfrontPrice = lens _hoUpfrontPrice (\ s a -> s{_hoUpfrontPrice = a}); + +-- | The ID of the offering. +hoOfferingId :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Text) +hoOfferingId = lens _hoOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_hoOfferingId = a}); + +-- | The duration of the offering (in seconds). +hoDuration :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe Int) +hoDuration = lens _hoDuration (\ s a -> s{_hoDuration = a}); + +-- | The available payment option. +hoPaymentOption :: Lens' HostOffering (Maybe PaymentOption) +hoPaymentOption = lens _hoPaymentOption (\ s a -> s{_hoPaymentOption = a}); + +instance FromXML HostOffering where + parseXML x + = HostOffering' <$> + (x .@? "instanceFamily") <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") + <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") + <*> (x .@? "upfrontPrice") + <*> (x .@? "offeringId") + <*> (x .@? "duration") + <*> (x .@? "paymentOption") + +instance Hashable HostOffering + +instance NFData HostOffering + +-- | Describes properties of a Dedicated Host. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'hostProperties' smart constructor. +data HostProperties = HostProperties' + { _hpInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hpTotalVCPUs :: !(Maybe Int) + , _hpCores :: !(Maybe Int) + , _hpSockets :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'HostProperties' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'hpInstanceType' - The instance type size that the Dedicated Host supports (for example, @m3.medium@ ). +-- +-- * 'hpTotalVCPUs' - The number of vCPUs on the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'hpCores' - The number of cores on the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'hpSockets' - The number of sockets on the Dedicated Host. +hostProperties + :: HostProperties +hostProperties = + HostProperties' + { _hpInstanceType = Nothing + , _hpTotalVCPUs = Nothing + , _hpCores = Nothing + , _hpSockets = Nothing + } + +-- | The instance type size that the Dedicated Host supports (for example, @m3.medium@ ). +hpInstanceType :: Lens' HostProperties (Maybe Text) +hpInstanceType = lens _hpInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_hpInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The number of vCPUs on the Dedicated Host. +hpTotalVCPUs :: Lens' HostProperties (Maybe Int) +hpTotalVCPUs = lens _hpTotalVCPUs (\ s a -> s{_hpTotalVCPUs = a}); + +-- | The number of cores on the Dedicated Host. +hpCores :: Lens' HostProperties (Maybe Int) +hpCores = lens _hpCores (\ s a -> s{_hpCores = a}); + +-- | The number of sockets on the Dedicated Host. +hpSockets :: Lens' HostProperties (Maybe Int) +hpSockets = lens _hpSockets (\ s a -> s{_hpSockets = a}); + +instance FromXML HostProperties where + parseXML x + = HostProperties' <$> + (x .@? "instanceType") <*> (x .@? "totalVCpus") <*> + (x .@? "cores") + <*> (x .@? "sockets") + +instance Hashable HostProperties + +instance NFData HostProperties + +-- | Details about the Dedicated Host Reservation and associated Dedicated Hosts. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'hostReservation' smart constructor. +data HostReservation = HostReservation' + { _hrState :: !(Maybe ReservationState) + , _hrInstanceFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hrCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) + , _hrHostReservationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hrStart :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _hrHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hrCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _hrUpfrontPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hrEnd :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _hrHostIdSet :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _hrOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _hrDuration :: !(Maybe Int) + , _hrPaymentOption :: !(Maybe PaymentOption) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'HostReservation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'hrState' - The state of the reservation. +-- +-- * 'hrInstanceFamily' - The instance family of the Dedicated Host Reservation. The instance family on the Dedicated Host must be the same in order for it to benefit from the reservation. +-- +-- * 'hrCurrencyCode' - The currency in which the @upfrontPrice@ and @hourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +-- +-- * 'hrHostReservationId' - The ID of the reservation that specifies the associated Dedicated Hosts. +-- +-- * 'hrStart' - The date and time that the reservation started. +-- +-- * 'hrHourlyPrice' - The hourly price of the reservation. +-- +-- * 'hrCount' - The number of Dedicated Hosts the reservation is associated with. +-- +-- * 'hrUpfrontPrice' - The upfront price of the reservation. +-- +-- * 'hrEnd' - The date and time that the reservation ends. +-- +-- * 'hrHostIdSet' - The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts associated with the reservation. +-- +-- * 'hrOfferingId' - The ID of the reservation. This remains the same regardless of which Dedicated Hosts are associated with it. +-- +-- * 'hrDuration' - The length of the reservation's term, specified in seconds. Can be @31536000 (1 year)@ | @94608000 (3 years)@ . +-- +-- * 'hrPaymentOption' - The payment option selected for this reservation. +hostReservation + :: HostReservation +hostReservation = + HostReservation' + { _hrState = Nothing + , _hrInstanceFamily = Nothing + , _hrCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _hrHostReservationId = Nothing + , _hrStart = Nothing + , _hrHourlyPrice = Nothing + , _hrCount = Nothing + , _hrUpfrontPrice = Nothing + , _hrEnd = Nothing + , _hrHostIdSet = Nothing + , _hrOfferingId = Nothing + , _hrDuration = Nothing + , _hrPaymentOption = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the reservation. +hrState :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe ReservationState) +hrState = lens _hrState (\ s a -> s{_hrState = a}); + +-- | The instance family of the Dedicated Host Reservation. The instance family on the Dedicated Host must be the same in order for it to benefit from the reservation. +hrInstanceFamily :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) +hrInstanceFamily = lens _hrInstanceFamily (\ s a -> s{_hrInstanceFamily = a}); + +-- | The currency in which the @upfrontPrice@ and @hourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +hrCurrencyCode :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) +hrCurrencyCode = lens _hrCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_hrCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The ID of the reservation that specifies the associated Dedicated Hosts. +hrHostReservationId :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) +hrHostReservationId = lens _hrHostReservationId (\ s a -> s{_hrHostReservationId = a}); + +-- | The date and time that the reservation started. +hrStart :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe UTCTime) +hrStart = lens _hrStart (\ s a -> s{_hrStart = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The hourly price of the reservation. +hrHourlyPrice :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) +hrHourlyPrice = lens _hrHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_hrHourlyPrice = a}); + +-- | The number of Dedicated Hosts the reservation is associated with. +hrCount :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Int) +hrCount = lens _hrCount (\ s a -> s{_hrCount = a}); + +-- | The upfront price of the reservation. +hrUpfrontPrice :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) +hrUpfrontPrice = lens _hrUpfrontPrice (\ s a -> s{_hrUpfrontPrice = a}); + +-- | The date and time that the reservation ends. +hrEnd :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe UTCTime) +hrEnd = lens _hrEnd (\ s a -> s{_hrEnd = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts associated with the reservation. +hrHostIdSet :: Lens' HostReservation [Text] +hrHostIdSet = lens _hrHostIdSet (\ s a -> s{_hrHostIdSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the reservation. This remains the same regardless of which Dedicated Hosts are associated with it. +hrOfferingId :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Text) +hrOfferingId = lens _hrOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_hrOfferingId = a}); + +-- | The length of the reservation's term, specified in seconds. Can be @31536000 (1 year)@ | @94608000 (3 years)@ . +hrDuration :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe Int) +hrDuration = lens _hrDuration (\ s a -> s{_hrDuration = a}); + +-- | The payment option selected for this reservation. +hrPaymentOption :: Lens' HostReservation (Maybe PaymentOption) +hrPaymentOption = lens _hrPaymentOption (\ s a -> s{_hrPaymentOption = a}); + +instance FromXML HostReservation where + parseXML x + = HostReservation' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "instanceFamily") <*> + (x .@? "currencyCode") + <*> (x .@? "hostReservationId") + <*> (x .@? "start") + <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") + <*> (x .@? "count") + <*> (x .@? "upfrontPrice") + <*> (x .@? "end") + <*> + (x .@? "hostIdSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "offeringId") + <*> (x .@? "duration") + <*> (x .@? "paymentOption") + +instance Hashable HostReservation + +instance NFData HostReservation + +-- | Describes an IAM instance profile. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'iamInstanceProfile' smart constructor. +data IAMInstanceProfile = IAMInstanceProfile' + { _iapARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iapId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'IAMInstanceProfile' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iapARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile. +-- +-- * 'iapId' - The ID of the instance profile. +iamInstanceProfile + :: IAMInstanceProfile +iamInstanceProfile = + IAMInstanceProfile' + { _iapARN = Nothing + , _iapId = Nothing + } + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile. +iapARN :: Lens' IAMInstanceProfile (Maybe Text) +iapARN = lens _iapARN (\ s a -> s{_iapARN = a}); + +-- | The ID of the instance profile. +iapId :: Lens' IAMInstanceProfile (Maybe Text) +iapId = lens _iapId (\ s a -> s{_iapId = a}); + +instance FromXML IAMInstanceProfile where + parseXML x + = IAMInstanceProfile' <$> + (x .@? "arn") <*> (x .@? "id") + +instance Hashable IAMInstanceProfile + +instance NFData IAMInstanceProfile + +-- | Describes an IAM instance profile. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'iamInstanceProfileSpecification' smart constructor. +data IAMInstanceProfileSpecification = IAMInstanceProfileSpecification' + { _iapsARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iapsName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'IAMInstanceProfileSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iapsARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile. +-- +-- * 'iapsName' - The name of the instance profile. +iamInstanceProfileSpecification + :: IAMInstanceProfileSpecification +iamInstanceProfileSpecification = + IAMInstanceProfileSpecification' + { _iapsARN = Nothing + , _iapsName = Nothing + } + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instance profile. +iapsARN :: Lens' IAMInstanceProfileSpecification (Maybe Text) +iapsARN = lens _iapsARN (\ s a -> s{_iapsARN = a}); + +-- | The name of the instance profile. +iapsName :: Lens' IAMInstanceProfileSpecification (Maybe Text) +iapsName = lens _iapsName (\ s a -> s{_iapsName = a}); + +instance FromXML IAMInstanceProfileSpecification + where + parseXML x + = IAMInstanceProfileSpecification' <$> + (x .@? "arn") <*> (x .@? "name") + +instance Hashable IAMInstanceProfileSpecification + +instance NFData IAMInstanceProfileSpecification + +instance ToQuery IAMInstanceProfileSpecification + where + toQuery IAMInstanceProfileSpecification'{..} + = mconcat ["Arn" =: _iapsARN, "Name" =: _iapsName] + +-- | Describes the ICMP type and code. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'icmpTypeCode' smart constructor. +data ICMPTypeCode = ICMPTypeCode' + { _itcCode :: !(Maybe Int) + , _itcType :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ICMPTypeCode' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'itcCode' - The ICMP code. A value of -1 means all codes for the specified ICMP type. +-- +-- * 'itcType' - The ICMP type. A value of -1 means all types. +icmpTypeCode + :: ICMPTypeCode +icmpTypeCode = + ICMPTypeCode' + { _itcCode = Nothing + , _itcType = Nothing + } + +-- | The ICMP code. A value of -1 means all codes for the specified ICMP type. +itcCode :: Lens' ICMPTypeCode (Maybe Int) +itcCode = lens _itcCode (\ s a -> s{_itcCode = a}); + +-- | The ICMP type. A value of -1 means all types. +itcType :: Lens' ICMPTypeCode (Maybe Int) +itcType = lens _itcType (\ s a -> s{_itcType = a}); + +instance FromXML ICMPTypeCode where + parseXML x + = ICMPTypeCode' <$> (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "type") + +instance Hashable ICMPTypeCode + +instance NFData ICMPTypeCode + +instance ToQuery ICMPTypeCode where + toQuery ICMPTypeCode'{..} + = mconcat ["Code" =: _itcCode, "Type" =: _itcType] + +-- | Describes a security group rule. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ipPermission' smart constructor. +data IPPermission = IPPermission' + { _ipFromPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ipUserIdGroupPairs :: !(Maybe [UserIdGroupPair]) + , _ipPrefixListIds :: !(Maybe [PrefixListId]) + , _ipToPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ipIPv6Ranges :: !(Maybe [IPv6Range]) + , _ipIPRanges :: !(Maybe [IPRange]) + , _ipIPProtocol :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'IPPermission' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ipFromPort' - The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type number. A value of @-1@ indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. +-- +-- * 'ipUserIdGroupPairs' - One or more security group and AWS account ID pairs. +-- +-- * 'ipPrefixListIds' - (Valid for 'AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress' , 'RevokeSecurityGroupEgress' and 'DescribeSecurityGroups' only) One or more prefix list IDs for an AWS service. In an 'AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress' request, this is the AWS service that you want to access through a VPC endpoint from instances associated with the security group. +-- +-- * 'ipToPort' - The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. A value of @-1@ indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes for the specified ICMP type. +-- +-- * 'ipIPv6Ranges' - [EC2-VPC only] One or more IPv6 ranges. +-- +-- * 'ipIPRanges' - One or more IPv4 ranges. +-- +-- * 'ipIPProtocol' - The IP protocol name (@tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ ) or number (see ). [EC2-VPC only] Use @-1@ to specify all protocols. When authorizing security group rules, specifying @-1@ or a protocol number other than @tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ , or @58@ (ICMPv6) allows traffic on all ports, regardless of any port range you specify. For @tcp@ , @udp@ , and @icmp@ , you must specify a port range. For @58@ (ICMPv6), you can optionally specify a port range; if you don't, traffic for all types and codes is allowed when authorizing rules. +ipPermission + :: Text -- ^ 'ipIPProtocol' + -> IPPermission +ipPermission pIPProtocol_ = + IPPermission' + { _ipFromPort = Nothing + , _ipUserIdGroupPairs = Nothing + , _ipPrefixListIds = Nothing + , _ipToPort = Nothing + , _ipIPv6Ranges = Nothing + , _ipIPRanges = Nothing + , _ipIPProtocol = pIPProtocol_ + } + +-- | The start of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 type number. A value of @-1@ indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. +ipFromPort :: Lens' IPPermission (Maybe Int) +ipFromPort = lens _ipFromPort (\ s a -> s{_ipFromPort = a}); + +-- | One or more security group and AWS account ID pairs. +ipUserIdGroupPairs :: Lens' IPPermission [UserIdGroupPair] +ipUserIdGroupPairs = lens _ipUserIdGroupPairs (\ s a -> s{_ipUserIdGroupPairs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | (Valid for 'AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress' , 'RevokeSecurityGroupEgress' and 'DescribeSecurityGroups' only) One or more prefix list IDs for an AWS service. In an 'AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress' request, this is the AWS service that you want to access through a VPC endpoint from instances associated with the security group. +ipPrefixListIds :: Lens' IPPermission [PrefixListId] +ipPrefixListIds = lens _ipPrefixListIds (\ s a -> s{_ipPrefixListIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The end of port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP/ICMPv6 code. A value of @-1@ indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes for the specified ICMP type. +ipToPort :: Lens' IPPermission (Maybe Int) +ipToPort = lens _ipToPort (\ s a -> s{_ipToPort = a}); + +-- | [EC2-VPC only] One or more IPv6 ranges. +ipIPv6Ranges :: Lens' IPPermission [IPv6Range] +ipIPv6Ranges = lens _ipIPv6Ranges (\ s a -> s{_ipIPv6Ranges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | One or more IPv4 ranges. +ipIPRanges :: Lens' IPPermission [IPRange] +ipIPRanges = lens _ipIPRanges (\ s a -> s{_ipIPRanges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The IP protocol name (@tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ ) or number (see ). [EC2-VPC only] Use @-1@ to specify all protocols. When authorizing security group rules, specifying @-1@ or a protocol number other than @tcp@ , @udp@ , @icmp@ , or @58@ (ICMPv6) allows traffic on all ports, regardless of any port range you specify. For @tcp@ , @udp@ , and @icmp@ , you must specify a port range. For @58@ (ICMPv6), you can optionally specify a port range; if you don't, traffic for all types and codes is allowed when authorizing rules. +ipIPProtocol :: Lens' IPPermission Text +ipIPProtocol = lens _ipIPProtocol (\ s a -> s{_ipIPProtocol = a}); + +instance FromXML IPPermission where + parseXML x + = IPPermission' <$> + (x .@? "fromPort") <*> + (x .@? "groups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "prefixListIds" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "toPort") + <*> + (x .@? "ipv6Ranges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "ipRanges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "ipProtocol") + +instance Hashable IPPermission + +instance NFData IPPermission + +instance ToQuery IPPermission where + toQuery IPPermission'{..} + = mconcat + ["FromPort" =: _ipFromPort, + toQuery + (toQueryList "Groups" <$> _ipUserIdGroupPairs), + toQuery + (toQueryList "PrefixListIds" <$> _ipPrefixListIds), + "ToPort" =: _ipToPort, + toQuery (toQueryList "Ipv6Ranges" <$> _ipIPv6Ranges), + toQuery (toQueryList "IpRanges" <$> _ipIPRanges), + "IpProtocol" =: _ipIPProtocol] + +-- | Describes an IPv4 range. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ipRange' smart constructor. +newtype IPRange = IPRange' + { _irCidrIP :: Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'IPRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'irCidrIP' - The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix. +ipRange + :: Text -- ^ 'irCidrIP' + -> IPRange +ipRange pCidrIP_ = + IPRange' + { _irCidrIP = pCidrIP_ + } + +-- | The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix. +irCidrIP :: Lens' IPRange Text +irCidrIP = lens _irCidrIP (\ s a -> s{_irCidrIP = a}); + +instance FromXML IPRange where + parseXML x = IPRange' <$> (x .@ "cidrIp") + +instance Hashable IPRange + +instance NFData IPRange + +instance ToQuery IPRange where + toQuery IPRange'{..} + = mconcat ["CidrIp" =: _irCidrIP] + +-- | Describes an IPv6 CIDR block. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ipv6CidrBlock' smart constructor. +newtype IPv6CidrBlock = IPv6CidrBlock' + { _icbIPv6CidrBlock :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'IPv6CidrBlock' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'icbIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 CIDR block. +ipv6CidrBlock + :: IPv6CidrBlock +ipv6CidrBlock = + IPv6CidrBlock' + { _icbIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + } + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR block. +icbIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' IPv6CidrBlock (Maybe Text) +icbIPv6CidrBlock = lens _icbIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_icbIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +instance FromXML IPv6CidrBlock where + parseXML x + = IPv6CidrBlock' <$> (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlock") + +instance Hashable IPv6CidrBlock + +instance NFData IPv6CidrBlock + +-- | [EC2-VPC only] Describes an IPv6 range. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'ipv6Range' smart constructor. +newtype IPv6Range = IPv6Range' + { _irCidrIPv6 :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'IPv6Range' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'irCidrIPv6' - The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix. +ipv6Range + :: IPv6Range +ipv6Range = + IPv6Range' + { _irCidrIPv6 = Nothing + } + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix. +irCidrIPv6 :: Lens' IPv6Range (Maybe Text) +irCidrIPv6 = lens _irCidrIPv6 (\ s a -> s{_irCidrIPv6 = a}); + +instance FromXML IPv6Range where + parseXML x = IPv6Range' <$> (x .@? "cidrIpv6") + +instance Hashable IPv6Range + +instance NFData IPv6Range + +instance ToQuery IPv6Range where + toQuery IPv6Range'{..} + = mconcat ["CidrIpv6" =: _irCidrIPv6] + +-- | Describes the ID format for a resource. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'idFormat' smart constructor. +data IdFormat = IdFormat' + { _ifUseLongIds :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ifDeadline :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _ifResource :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'IdFormat' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ifUseLongIds' - Indicates whether longer IDs (17-character IDs) are enabled for the resource. +-- +-- * 'ifDeadline' - The date in UTC at which you are permanently switched over to using longer IDs. If a deadline is not yet available for this resource type, this field is not returned. +-- +-- * 'ifResource' - The type of resource. +idFormat + :: IdFormat +idFormat = + IdFormat' + { _ifUseLongIds = Nothing + , _ifDeadline = Nothing + , _ifResource = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether longer IDs (17-character IDs) are enabled for the resource. +ifUseLongIds :: Lens' IdFormat (Maybe Bool) +ifUseLongIds = lens _ifUseLongIds (\ s a -> s{_ifUseLongIds = a}); + +-- | The date in UTC at which you are permanently switched over to using longer IDs. If a deadline is not yet available for this resource type, this field is not returned. +ifDeadline :: Lens' IdFormat (Maybe UTCTime) +ifDeadline = lens _ifDeadline (\ s a -> s{_ifDeadline = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The type of resource. +ifResource :: Lens' IdFormat (Maybe Text) +ifResource = lens _ifResource (\ s a -> s{_ifResource = a}); + +instance FromXML IdFormat where + parseXML x + = IdFormat' <$> + (x .@? "useLongIds") <*> (x .@? "deadline") <*> + (x .@? "resource") + +instance Hashable IdFormat + +instance NFData IdFormat + +-- | Describes an image. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'image' smart constructor. +data Image = Image' + { _iPlatform :: !(Maybe PlatformValues) + , _iEnaSupport :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _iImageOwnerAlias :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iRootDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iSRIOVNetSupport :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iCreationDate :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iProductCodes :: !(Maybe [ProductCode]) + , _iStateReason :: !(Maybe StateReason) + , _iDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) + , _iTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _iImageId :: !Text + , _iImageLocation :: !Text + , _iState :: !ImageState + , _iOwnerId :: !Text + , _iPublic :: !Bool + , _iArchitecture :: !ArchitectureValues + , _iImageType :: !ImageTypeValues + , _iRootDeviceType :: !DeviceType + , _iVirtualizationType :: !VirtualizationType + , _iHypervisor :: !HypervisorType + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Image' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iPlatform' - The value is @Windows@ for Windows AMIs; otherwise blank. +-- +-- * 'iEnaSupport' - Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. +-- +-- * 'iImageOwnerAlias' - The AWS account alias (for example, @amazon@ , @self@ ) or the AWS account ID of the AMI owner. +-- +-- * 'iRAMDiskId' - The RAM disk associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine images. +-- +-- * 'iKernelId' - The kernel associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine images. +-- +-- * 'iRootDeviceName' - The device name of the root device (for example, @/dev/sda1@ or @/dev/xvda@ ). +-- +-- * 'iSRIOVNetSupport' - Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface is enabled. +-- +-- * 'iName' - The name of the AMI that was provided during image creation. +-- +-- * 'iCreationDate' - The date and time the image was created. +-- +-- * 'iProductCodes' - Any product codes associated with the AMI. +-- +-- * 'iStateReason' - The reason for the state change. +-- +-- * 'iDescription' - The description of the AMI that was provided during image creation. +-- +-- * 'iBlockDeviceMappings' - Any block device mapping entries. +-- +-- * 'iTags' - Any tags assigned to the image. +-- +-- * 'iImageId' - The ID of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'iImageLocation' - The location of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'iState' - The current state of the AMI. If the state is @available@ , the image is successfully registered and can be used to launch an instance. +-- +-- * 'iOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the image owner. +-- +-- * 'iPublic' - Indicates whether the image has public launch permissions. The value is @true@ if this image has public launch permissions or @false@ if it has only implicit and explicit launch permissions. +-- +-- * 'iArchitecture' - The architecture of the image. +-- +-- * 'iImageType' - The type of image. +-- +-- * 'iRootDeviceType' - The type of root device used by the AMI. The AMI can use an EBS volume or an instance store volume. +-- +-- * 'iVirtualizationType' - The type of virtualization of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'iHypervisor' - The hypervisor type of the image. +image + :: Text -- ^ 'iImageId' + -> Text -- ^ 'iImageLocation' + -> ImageState -- ^ 'iState' + -> Text -- ^ 'iOwnerId' + -> Bool -- ^ 'iPublic' + -> ArchitectureValues -- ^ 'iArchitecture' + -> ImageTypeValues -- ^ 'iImageType' + -> DeviceType -- ^ 'iRootDeviceType' + -> VirtualizationType -- ^ 'iVirtualizationType' + -> HypervisorType -- ^ 'iHypervisor' + -> Image +image pImageId_ pImageLocation_ pState_ pOwnerId_ pPublic_ pArchitecture_ pImageType_ pRootDeviceType_ pVirtualizationType_ pHypervisor_ = + Image' + { _iPlatform = Nothing + , _iEnaSupport = Nothing + , _iImageOwnerAlias = Nothing + , _iRAMDiskId = Nothing + , _iKernelId = Nothing + , _iRootDeviceName = Nothing + , _iSRIOVNetSupport = Nothing + , _iName = Nothing + , _iCreationDate = Nothing + , _iProductCodes = Nothing + , _iStateReason = Nothing + , _iDescription = Nothing + , _iBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing + , _iTags = Nothing + , _iImageId = pImageId_ + , _iImageLocation = pImageLocation_ + , _iState = pState_ + , _iOwnerId = pOwnerId_ + , _iPublic = pPublic_ + , _iArchitecture = pArchitecture_ + , _iImageType = pImageType_ + , _iRootDeviceType = pRootDeviceType_ + , _iVirtualizationType = pVirtualizationType_ + , _iHypervisor = pHypervisor_ + } + +-- | The value is @Windows@ for Windows AMIs; otherwise blank. +iPlatform :: Lens' Image (Maybe PlatformValues) +iPlatform = lens _iPlatform (\ s a -> s{_iPlatform = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. +iEnaSupport :: Lens' Image (Maybe Bool) +iEnaSupport = lens _iEnaSupport (\ s a -> s{_iEnaSupport = a}); + +-- | The AWS account alias (for example, @amazon@ , @self@ ) or the AWS account ID of the AMI owner. +iImageOwnerAlias :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) +iImageOwnerAlias = lens _iImageOwnerAlias (\ s a -> s{_iImageOwnerAlias = a}); + +-- | The RAM disk associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine images. +iRAMDiskId :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) +iRAMDiskId = lens _iRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_iRAMDiskId = a}); + +-- | The kernel associated with the image, if any. Only applicable for machine images. +iKernelId :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) +iKernelId = lens _iKernelId (\ s a -> s{_iKernelId = a}); + +-- | The device name of the root device (for example, @/dev/sda1@ or @/dev/xvda@ ). +iRootDeviceName :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) +iRootDeviceName = lens _iRootDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_iRootDeviceName = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface is enabled. +iSRIOVNetSupport :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) +iSRIOVNetSupport = lens _iSRIOVNetSupport (\ s a -> s{_iSRIOVNetSupport = a}); + +-- | The name of the AMI that was provided during image creation. +iName :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) +iName = lens _iName (\ s a -> s{_iName = a}); + +-- | The date and time the image was created. +iCreationDate :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) +iCreationDate = lens _iCreationDate (\ s a -> s{_iCreationDate = a}); + +-- | Any product codes associated with the AMI. +iProductCodes :: Lens' Image [ProductCode] +iProductCodes = lens _iProductCodes (\ s a -> s{_iProductCodes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The reason for the state change. +iStateReason :: Lens' Image (Maybe StateReason) +iStateReason = lens _iStateReason (\ s a -> s{_iStateReason = a}); + +-- | The description of the AMI that was provided during image creation. +iDescription :: Lens' Image (Maybe Text) +iDescription = lens _iDescription (\ s a -> s{_iDescription = a}); + +-- | Any block device mapping entries. +iBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' Image [BlockDeviceMapping] +iBlockDeviceMappings = lens _iBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_iBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Any tags assigned to the image. +iTags :: Lens' Image [Tag] +iTags = lens _iTags (\ s a -> s{_iTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the AMI. +iImageId :: Lens' Image Text +iImageId = lens _iImageId (\ s a -> s{_iImageId = a}); + +-- | The location of the AMI. +iImageLocation :: Lens' Image Text +iImageLocation = lens _iImageLocation (\ s a -> s{_iImageLocation = a}); + +-- | The current state of the AMI. If the state is @available@ , the image is successfully registered and can be used to launch an instance. +iState :: Lens' Image ImageState +iState = lens _iState (\ s a -> s{_iState = a}); + +-- | The AWS account ID of the image owner. +iOwnerId :: Lens' Image Text +iOwnerId = lens _iOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_iOwnerId = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the image has public launch permissions. The value is @true@ if this image has public launch permissions or @false@ if it has only implicit and explicit launch permissions. +iPublic :: Lens' Image Bool +iPublic = lens _iPublic (\ s a -> s{_iPublic = a}); + +-- | The architecture of the image. +iArchitecture :: Lens' Image ArchitectureValues +iArchitecture = lens _iArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_iArchitecture = a}); + +-- | The type of image. +iImageType :: Lens' Image ImageTypeValues +iImageType = lens _iImageType (\ s a -> s{_iImageType = a}); + +-- | The type of root device used by the AMI. The AMI can use an EBS volume or an instance store volume. +iRootDeviceType :: Lens' Image DeviceType +iRootDeviceType = lens _iRootDeviceType (\ s a -> s{_iRootDeviceType = a}); + +-- | The type of virtualization of the AMI. +iVirtualizationType :: Lens' Image VirtualizationType +iVirtualizationType = lens _iVirtualizationType (\ s a -> s{_iVirtualizationType = a}); + +-- | The hypervisor type of the image. +iHypervisor :: Lens' Image HypervisorType +iHypervisor = lens _iHypervisor (\ s a -> s{_iHypervisor = a}); + +instance FromXML Image where + parseXML x + = Image' <$> + (x .@? "platform") <*> (x .@? "enaSupport") <*> + (x .@? "imageOwnerAlias") + <*> (x .@? "ramdiskId") + <*> (x .@? "kernelId") + <*> (x .@? "rootDeviceName") + <*> (x .@? "sriovNetSupport") + <*> (x .@? "name") + <*> (x .@? "creationDate") + <*> + (x .@? "productCodes" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "stateReason") + <*> (x .@? "description") + <*> + (x .@? "blockDeviceMapping" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "imageId") + <*> (x .@ "imageLocation") + <*> (x .@ "imageState") + <*> (x .@ "imageOwnerId") + <*> (x .@ "isPublic") + <*> (x .@ "architecture") + <*> (x .@ "imageType") + <*> (x .@ "rootDeviceType") + <*> (x .@ "virtualizationType") + <*> (x .@ "hypervisor") + +instance Hashable Image + +instance NFData Image + +-- | Describes the disk container object for an import image task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'imageDiskContainer' smart constructor. +data ImageDiskContainer = ImageDiskContainer' + { _idcFormat :: !(Maybe Text) + , _idcURL :: !(Maybe Text) + , _idcDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _idcUserBucket :: !(Maybe UserBucket) + , _idcDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _idcSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ImageDiskContainer' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'idcFormat' - The format of the disk image being imported. Valid values: @RAW@ | @VHD@ | @VMDK@ | @OVA@ +-- +-- * 'idcURL' - The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. The URL can either be a https URL (https://..) or an Amazon S3 URL (s3://..) +-- +-- * 'idcDeviceName' - The block device mapping for the disk. +-- +-- * 'idcUserBucket' - The S3 bucket for the disk image. +-- +-- * 'idcDescription' - The description of the disk image. +-- +-- * 'idcSnapshotId' - The ID of the EBS snapshot to be used for importing the snapshot. +imageDiskContainer + :: ImageDiskContainer +imageDiskContainer = + ImageDiskContainer' + { _idcFormat = Nothing + , _idcURL = Nothing + , _idcDeviceName = Nothing + , _idcUserBucket = Nothing + , _idcDescription = Nothing + , _idcSnapshotId = Nothing + } + +-- | The format of the disk image being imported. Valid values: @RAW@ | @VHD@ | @VMDK@ | @OVA@ +idcFormat :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) +idcFormat = lens _idcFormat (\ s a -> s{_idcFormat = a}); + +-- | The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. The URL can either be a https URL (https://..) or an Amazon S3 URL (s3://..) +idcURL :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) +idcURL = lens _idcURL (\ s a -> s{_idcURL = a}); + +-- | The block device mapping for the disk. +idcDeviceName :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) +idcDeviceName = lens _idcDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_idcDeviceName = a}); + +-- | The S3 bucket for the disk image. +idcUserBucket :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe UserBucket) +idcUserBucket = lens _idcUserBucket (\ s a -> s{_idcUserBucket = a}); + +-- | The description of the disk image. +idcDescription :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) +idcDescription = lens _idcDescription (\ s a -> s{_idcDescription = a}); + +-- | The ID of the EBS snapshot to be used for importing the snapshot. +idcSnapshotId :: Lens' ImageDiskContainer (Maybe Text) +idcSnapshotId = lens _idcSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_idcSnapshotId = a}); + +instance Hashable ImageDiskContainer + +instance NFData ImageDiskContainer + +instance ToQuery ImageDiskContainer where + toQuery ImageDiskContainer'{..} + = mconcat + ["Format" =: _idcFormat, "Url" =: _idcURL, + "DeviceName" =: _idcDeviceName, + "UserBucket" =: _idcUserBucket, + "Description" =: _idcDescription, + "SnapshotId" =: _idcSnapshotId] + +-- | Describes an import image task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'importImageTask' smart constructor. +data ImportImageTask = ImportImageTask' + { _iitStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitHypervisor :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitProgress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitLicenseType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitSnapshotDetails :: !(Maybe [SnapshotDetail]) + , _iitStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitImageId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitImportTaskId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitArchitecture :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ImportImageTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iitStatus' - A brief status for the import image task. +-- +-- * 'iitHypervisor' - The target hypervisor for the import task. Valid values: @xen@ +-- +-- * 'iitPlatform' - The description string for the import image task. +-- +-- * 'iitProgress' - The percentage of progress of the import image task. +-- +-- * 'iitLicenseType' - The license type of the virtual machine. +-- +-- * 'iitSnapshotDetails' - Information about the snapshots. +-- +-- * 'iitStatusMessage' - A descriptive status message for the import image task. +-- +-- * 'iitImageId' - The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the imported virtual machine. +-- +-- * 'iitImportTaskId' - The ID of the import image task. +-- +-- * 'iitArchitecture' - The architecture of the virtual machine. Valid values: @i386@ | @x86_64@ +-- +-- * 'iitDescription' - A description of the import task. +importImageTask + :: ImportImageTask +importImageTask = + ImportImageTask' + { _iitStatus = Nothing + , _iitHypervisor = Nothing + , _iitPlatform = Nothing + , _iitProgress = Nothing + , _iitLicenseType = Nothing + , _iitSnapshotDetails = Nothing + , _iitStatusMessage = Nothing + , _iitImageId = Nothing + , _iitImportTaskId = Nothing + , _iitArchitecture = Nothing + , _iitDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | A brief status for the import image task. +iitStatus :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitStatus = lens _iitStatus (\ s a -> s{_iitStatus = a}); + +-- | The target hypervisor for the import task. Valid values: @xen@ +iitHypervisor :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitHypervisor = lens _iitHypervisor (\ s a -> s{_iitHypervisor = a}); + +-- | The description string for the import image task. +iitPlatform :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitPlatform = lens _iitPlatform (\ s a -> s{_iitPlatform = a}); + +-- | The percentage of progress of the import image task. +iitProgress :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitProgress = lens _iitProgress (\ s a -> s{_iitProgress = a}); + +-- | The license type of the virtual machine. +iitLicenseType :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitLicenseType = lens _iitLicenseType (\ s a -> s{_iitLicenseType = a}); + +-- | Information about the snapshots. +iitSnapshotDetails :: Lens' ImportImageTask [SnapshotDetail] +iitSnapshotDetails = lens _iitSnapshotDetails (\ s a -> s{_iitSnapshotDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | A descriptive status message for the import image task. +iitStatusMessage :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitStatusMessage = lens _iitStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_iitStatusMessage = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the imported virtual machine. +iitImageId :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitImageId = lens _iitImageId (\ s a -> s{_iitImageId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the import image task. +iitImportTaskId :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitImportTaskId = lens _iitImportTaskId (\ s a -> s{_iitImportTaskId = a}); + +-- | The architecture of the virtual machine. Valid values: @i386@ | @x86_64@ +iitArchitecture :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitArchitecture = lens _iitArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_iitArchitecture = a}); + +-- | A description of the import task. +iitDescription :: Lens' ImportImageTask (Maybe Text) +iitDescription = lens _iitDescription (\ s a -> s{_iitDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML ImportImageTask where + parseXML x + = ImportImageTask' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "hypervisor") <*> + (x .@? "platform") + <*> (x .@? "progress") + <*> (x .@? "licenseType") + <*> + (x .@? "snapshotDetailSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + <*> (x .@? "imageId") + <*> (x .@? "importTaskId") + <*> (x .@? "architecture") + <*> (x .@? "description") + +instance Hashable ImportImageTask + +instance NFData ImportImageTask + +-- | Describes the launch specification for VM import. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'importInstanceLaunchSpecification' smart constructor. +data ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification = ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification' + { _iilsAdditionalInfo :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iilsGroupNames :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _iilsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iilsInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) + , _iilsGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _iilsUserData :: !(Maybe UserData) + , _iilsMonitoring :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _iilsPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior :: !(Maybe ShutdownBehavior) + , _iilsArchitecture :: !(Maybe ArchitectureValues) + , _iilsPlacement :: !(Maybe Placement) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iilsAdditionalInfo' - Reserved. +-- +-- * 'iilsGroupNames' - One or more security group names. +-- +-- * 'iilsSubnetId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. +-- +-- * 'iilsInstanceType' - The instance type. For more information about the instance types that you can import, see in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +-- +-- * 'iilsGroupIds' - One or more security group IDs. +-- +-- * 'iilsUserData' - The user data to make available to the instance. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +-- +-- * 'iilsMonitoring' - Indicates whether monitoring is enabled. +-- +-- * 'iilsPrivateIPAddress' - [EC2-VPC] An available IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior' - Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). +-- +-- * 'iilsArchitecture' - The architecture of the instance. +-- +-- * 'iilsPlacement' - The placement information for the instance. +importInstanceLaunchSpecification + :: ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification +importInstanceLaunchSpecification = + ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification' + { _iilsAdditionalInfo = Nothing + , _iilsGroupNames = Nothing + , _iilsSubnetId = Nothing + , _iilsInstanceType = Nothing + , _iilsGroupIds = Nothing + , _iilsUserData = Nothing + , _iilsMonitoring = Nothing + , _iilsPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = Nothing + , _iilsArchitecture = Nothing + , _iilsPlacement = Nothing + } + +-- | Reserved. +iilsAdditionalInfo :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +iilsAdditionalInfo = lens _iilsAdditionalInfo (\ s a -> s{_iilsAdditionalInfo = a}); + +-- | One or more security group names. +iilsGroupNames :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification [Text] +iilsGroupNames = lens _iilsGroupNames (\ s a -> s{_iilsGroupNames = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. +iilsSubnetId :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +iilsSubnetId = lens _iilsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_iilsSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The instance type. For more information about the instance types that you can import, see in the VM Import/Export User Guide. +iilsInstanceType :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe InstanceType) +iilsInstanceType = lens _iilsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_iilsInstanceType = a}); + +-- | One or more security group IDs. +iilsGroupIds :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification [Text] +iilsGroupIds = lens _iilsGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_iilsGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The user data to make available to the instance. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +iilsUserData :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe UserData) +iilsUserData = lens _iilsUserData (\ s a -> s{_iilsUserData = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether monitoring is enabled. +iilsMonitoring :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) +iilsMonitoring = lens _iilsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_iilsMonitoring = a}); + +-- | [EC2-VPC] An available IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. +iilsPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +iilsPrivateIPAddress = lens _iilsPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_iilsPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). +iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe ShutdownBehavior) +iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = lens _iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior (\ s a -> s{_iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = a}); + +-- | The architecture of the instance. +iilsArchitecture :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe ArchitectureValues) +iilsArchitecture = lens _iilsArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_iilsArchitecture = a}); + +-- | The placement information for the instance. +iilsPlacement :: Lens' ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification (Maybe Placement) +iilsPlacement = lens _iilsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_iilsPlacement = a}); + +instance Hashable ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification + +instance NFData ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification + +instance ToQuery ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification + where + toQuery ImportInstanceLaunchSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + ["AdditionalInfo" =: _iilsAdditionalInfo, + toQuery + (toQueryList "GroupName" <$> _iilsGroupNames), + "SubnetId" =: _iilsSubnetId, + "InstanceType" =: _iilsInstanceType, + toQuery (toQueryList "GroupId" <$> _iilsGroupIds), + "UserData" =: _iilsUserData, + "Monitoring" =: _iilsMonitoring, + "PrivateIpAddress" =: _iilsPrivateIPAddress, + "InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior" =: + _iilsInstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior, + "Architecture" =: _iilsArchitecture, + "Placement" =: _iilsPlacement] + +-- | Describes an import instance task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'importInstanceTaskDetails' smart constructor. +data ImportInstanceTaskDetails = ImportInstanceTaskDetails' + { _iitdInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitdPlatform :: !(Maybe PlatformValues) + , _iitdDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iitdVolumes :: ![ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ImportInstanceTaskDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iitdInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'iitdPlatform' - The instance operating system. +-- +-- * 'iitdDescription' - A description of the task. +-- +-- * 'iitdVolumes' - One or more volumes. +importInstanceTaskDetails + :: ImportInstanceTaskDetails +importInstanceTaskDetails = + ImportInstanceTaskDetails' + { _iitdInstanceId = Nothing + , _iitdPlatform = Nothing + , _iitdDescription = Nothing + , _iitdVolumes = mempty + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. +iitdInstanceId :: Lens' ImportInstanceTaskDetails (Maybe Text) +iitdInstanceId = lens _iitdInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_iitdInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The instance operating system. +iitdPlatform :: Lens' ImportInstanceTaskDetails (Maybe PlatformValues) +iitdPlatform = lens _iitdPlatform (\ s a -> s{_iitdPlatform = a}); + +-- | A description of the task. +iitdDescription :: Lens' ImportInstanceTaskDetails (Maybe Text) +iitdDescription = lens _iitdDescription (\ s a -> s{_iitdDescription = a}); + +-- | One or more volumes. +iitdVolumes :: Lens' ImportInstanceTaskDetails [ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem] +iitdVolumes = lens _iitdVolumes (\ s a -> s{_iitdVolumes = a}) . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML ImportInstanceTaskDetails where + parseXML x + = ImportInstanceTaskDetails' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "platform") <*> + (x .@? "description") + <*> + (x .@? "volumes" .!@ mempty >>= parseXMLList "item") + +instance Hashable ImportInstanceTaskDetails + +instance NFData ImportInstanceTaskDetails + +-- | Describes an import volume task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'importInstanceVolumeDetailItem' smart constructor. +data ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem = ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem' + { _iivdiStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iivdiDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iivdiBytesConverted :: !Integer + , _iivdiAvailabilityZone :: !Text + , _iivdiImage :: !DiskImageDescription + , _iivdiVolume :: !DiskImageVolumeDescription + , _iivdiStatus :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iivdiStatusMessage' - The status information or errors related to the disk image. +-- +-- * 'iivdiDescription' - A description of the task. +-- +-- * 'iivdiBytesConverted' - The number of bytes converted so far. +-- +-- * 'iivdiAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone where the resulting instance will reside. +-- +-- * 'iivdiImage' - The image. +-- +-- * 'iivdiVolume' - The volume. +-- +-- * 'iivdiStatus' - The status of the import of this particular disk image. +importInstanceVolumeDetailItem + :: Integer -- ^ 'iivdiBytesConverted' + -> Text -- ^ 'iivdiAvailabilityZone' + -> DiskImageDescription -- ^ 'iivdiImage' + -> DiskImageVolumeDescription -- ^ 'iivdiVolume' + -> Text -- ^ 'iivdiStatus' + -> ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem +importInstanceVolumeDetailItem pBytesConverted_ pAvailabilityZone_ pImage_ pVolume_ pStatus_ = + ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem' + { _iivdiStatusMessage = Nothing + , _iivdiDescription = Nothing + , _iivdiBytesConverted = pBytesConverted_ + , _iivdiAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ + , _iivdiImage = pImage_ + , _iivdiVolume = pVolume_ + , _iivdiStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | The status information or errors related to the disk image. +iivdiStatusMessage :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem (Maybe Text) +iivdiStatusMessage = lens _iivdiStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_iivdiStatusMessage = a}); + +-- | A description of the task. +iivdiDescription :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem (Maybe Text) +iivdiDescription = lens _iivdiDescription (\ s a -> s{_iivdiDescription = a}); + +-- | The number of bytes converted so far. +iivdiBytesConverted :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem Integer +iivdiBytesConverted = lens _iivdiBytesConverted (\ s a -> s{_iivdiBytesConverted = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone where the resulting instance will reside. +iivdiAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem Text +iivdiAvailabilityZone = lens _iivdiAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_iivdiAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The image. +iivdiImage :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem DiskImageDescription +iivdiImage = lens _iivdiImage (\ s a -> s{_iivdiImage = a}); + +-- | The volume. +iivdiVolume :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem DiskImageVolumeDescription +iivdiVolume = lens _iivdiVolume (\ s a -> s{_iivdiVolume = a}); + +-- | The status of the import of this particular disk image. +iivdiStatus :: Lens' ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem Text +iivdiStatus = lens _iivdiStatus (\ s a -> s{_iivdiStatus = a}); + +instance FromXML ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem where + parseXML x + = ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem' <$> + (x .@? "statusMessage") <*> (x .@? "description") <*> + (x .@ "bytesConverted") + <*> (x .@ "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@ "image") + <*> (x .@ "volume") + <*> (x .@ "status") + +instance Hashable ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem + +instance NFData ImportInstanceVolumeDetailItem + +-- | Describes an import snapshot task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'importSnapshotTask' smart constructor. +data ImportSnapshotTask = ImportSnapshotTask' + { _istSnapshotTaskDetail :: !(Maybe SnapshotTaskDetail) + , _istImportTaskId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _istDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ImportSnapshotTask' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'istSnapshotTaskDetail' - Describes an import snapshot task. +-- +-- * 'istImportTaskId' - The ID of the import snapshot task. +-- +-- * 'istDescription' - A description of the import snapshot task. +importSnapshotTask + :: ImportSnapshotTask +importSnapshotTask = + ImportSnapshotTask' + { _istSnapshotTaskDetail = Nothing + , _istImportTaskId = Nothing + , _istDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | Describes an import snapshot task. +istSnapshotTaskDetail :: Lens' ImportSnapshotTask (Maybe SnapshotTaskDetail) +istSnapshotTaskDetail = lens _istSnapshotTaskDetail (\ s a -> s{_istSnapshotTaskDetail = a}); + +-- | The ID of the import snapshot task. +istImportTaskId :: Lens' ImportSnapshotTask (Maybe Text) +istImportTaskId = lens _istImportTaskId (\ s a -> s{_istImportTaskId = a}); + +-- | A description of the import snapshot task. +istDescription :: Lens' ImportSnapshotTask (Maybe Text) +istDescription = lens _istDescription (\ s a -> s{_istDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML ImportSnapshotTask where + parseXML x + = ImportSnapshotTask' <$> + (x .@? "snapshotTaskDetail") <*> + (x .@? "importTaskId") + <*> (x .@? "description") + +instance Hashable ImportSnapshotTask + +instance NFData ImportSnapshotTask + +-- | Describes an import volume task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'importVolumeTaskDetails' smart constructor. +data ImportVolumeTaskDetails = ImportVolumeTaskDetails' + { _ivtdDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ivtdBytesConverted :: !Integer + , _ivtdAvailabilityZone :: !Text + , _ivtdImage :: !DiskImageDescription + , _ivtdVolume :: !DiskImageVolumeDescription + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ImportVolumeTaskDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ivtdDescription' - The description you provided when starting the import volume task. +-- +-- * 'ivtdBytesConverted' - The number of bytes converted so far. +-- +-- * 'ivtdAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone where the resulting volume will reside. +-- +-- * 'ivtdImage' - The image. +-- +-- * 'ivtdVolume' - The volume. +importVolumeTaskDetails + :: Integer -- ^ 'ivtdBytesConverted' + -> Text -- ^ 'ivtdAvailabilityZone' + -> DiskImageDescription -- ^ 'ivtdImage' + -> DiskImageVolumeDescription -- ^ 'ivtdVolume' + -> ImportVolumeTaskDetails +importVolumeTaskDetails pBytesConverted_ pAvailabilityZone_ pImage_ pVolume_ = + ImportVolumeTaskDetails' + { _ivtdDescription = Nothing + , _ivtdBytesConverted = pBytesConverted_ + , _ivtdAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ + , _ivtdImage = pImage_ + , _ivtdVolume = pVolume_ + } + +-- | The description you provided when starting the import volume task. +ivtdDescription :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails (Maybe Text) +ivtdDescription = lens _ivtdDescription (\ s a -> s{_ivtdDescription = a}); + +-- | The number of bytes converted so far. +ivtdBytesConverted :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails Integer +ivtdBytesConverted = lens _ivtdBytesConverted (\ s a -> s{_ivtdBytesConverted = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone where the resulting volume will reside. +ivtdAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails Text +ivtdAvailabilityZone = lens _ivtdAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_ivtdAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The image. +ivtdImage :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails DiskImageDescription +ivtdImage = lens _ivtdImage (\ s a -> s{_ivtdImage = a}); + +-- | The volume. +ivtdVolume :: Lens' ImportVolumeTaskDetails DiskImageVolumeDescription +ivtdVolume = lens _ivtdVolume (\ s a -> s{_ivtdVolume = a}); + +instance FromXML ImportVolumeTaskDetails where + parseXML x + = ImportVolumeTaskDetails' <$> + (x .@? "description") <*> (x .@ "bytesConverted") <*> + (x .@ "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@ "image") + <*> (x .@ "volume") + +instance Hashable ImportVolumeTaskDetails + +instance NFData ImportVolumeTaskDetails + +-- | Describes an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instance'' smart constructor. +data Instance = Instance' + { _insPublicDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insPlatform :: !(Maybe PlatformValues) + , _insSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) + , _insClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insEnaSupport :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _insSourceDestCheck :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _insVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [InstanceNetworkInterface]) + , _insRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insRootDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insSRIOVNetSupport :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _insStateTransitionReason :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insInstanceLifecycle :: !(Maybe InstanceLifecycleType) + , _insIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfile) + , _insPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insProductCodes :: !(Maybe [ProductCode]) + , _insSpotInstanceRequestId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insStateReason :: !(Maybe StateReason) + , _insBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [InstanceBlockDeviceMapping]) + , _insPublicIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _insTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _insInstanceId :: !Text + , _insImageId :: !Text + , _insAMILaunchIndex :: !Int + , _insInstanceType :: !InstanceType + , _insLaunchTime :: !ISO8601 + , _insPlacement :: !Placement + , _insMonitoring :: !Monitoring + , _insArchitecture :: !ArchitectureValues + , _insRootDeviceType :: !DeviceType + , _insVirtualizationType :: !VirtualizationType + , _insHypervisor :: !HypervisorType + , _insState :: !InstanceState + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Instance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'insPublicDNSName' - (IPv4 only) The public DNS name assigned to the instance. This name is not available until the instance enters the @running@ state. For EC2-VPC, this name is only available if you've enabled DNS hostnames for your VPC. +-- +-- * 'insPlatform' - The value is @Windows@ for Windows instances; otherwise blank. +-- +-- * 'insSecurityGroups' - One or more security groups for the instance. +-- +-- * 'insClientToken' - The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'insEnaSupport' - Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. +-- +-- * 'insSourceDestCheck' - Specifies whether to enable an instance launched in a VPC to perform NAT. This controls whether source/destination checking is enabled on the instance. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. The value must be @false@ for the instance to perform NAT. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- * 'insVPCId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC in which the instance is running. +-- +-- * 'insKeyName' - The name of the key pair, if this instance was launched with an associated key pair. +-- +-- * 'insNetworkInterfaces' - [EC2-VPC] One or more network interfaces for the instance. +-- +-- * 'insRAMDiskId' - The RAM disk associated with this instance, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'insSubnetId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet in which the instance is running. +-- +-- * 'insKernelId' - The kernel associated with this instance, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'insRootDeviceName' - The root device name (for example, @/dev/sda1@ or @/dev/xvda@ ). +-- +-- * 'insSRIOVNetSupport' - Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface is enabled. +-- +-- * 'insEBSOptimized' - Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. +-- +-- * 'insStateTransitionReason' - The reason for the most recent state transition. This might be an empty string. +-- +-- * 'insInstanceLifecycle' - Indicates whether this is a Spot instance or a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- * 'insIAMInstanceProfile' - The IAM instance profile associated with the instance, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'insPrivateIPAddress' - The private IPv4 address assigned to the instance. +-- +-- * 'insProductCodes' - The product codes attached to this instance, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'insSpotInstanceRequestId' - If the request is a Spot instance request, the ID of the request. +-- +-- * 'insPrivateDNSName' - (IPv4 only) The private DNS hostname name assigned to the instance. This DNS hostname can only be used inside the Amazon EC2 network. This name is not available until the instance enters the @running@ state. [EC2-VPC] The Amazon-provided DNS server will resolve Amazon-provided private DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS resolution and DNS hostnames in your VPC. If you are not using the Amazon-provided DNS server in your VPC, your custom domain name servers must resolve the hostname as appropriate. +-- +-- * 'insStateReason' - The reason for the most recent state transition. +-- +-- * 'insBlockDeviceMappings' - Any block device mapping entries for the instance. +-- +-- * 'insPublicIPAddress' - The public IPv4 address assigned to the instance, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'insTags' - Any tags assigned to the instance. +-- +-- * 'insInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'insImageId' - The ID of the AMI used to launch the instance. +-- +-- * 'insAMILaunchIndex' - The AMI launch index, which can be used to find this instance in the launch group. +-- +-- * 'insInstanceType' - The instance type. +-- +-- * 'insLaunchTime' - The time the instance was launched. +-- +-- * 'insPlacement' - The location where the instance launched, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'insMonitoring' - The monitoring for the instance. +-- +-- * 'insArchitecture' - The architecture of the image. +-- +-- * 'insRootDeviceType' - The root device type used by the AMI. The AMI can use an EBS volume or an instance store volume. +-- +-- * 'insVirtualizationType' - The virtualization type of the instance. +-- +-- * 'insHypervisor' - The hypervisor type of the instance. +-- +-- * 'insState' - The current state of the instance. +instance' + :: Text -- ^ 'insInstanceId' + -> Text -- ^ 'insImageId' + -> Int -- ^ 'insAMILaunchIndex' + -> InstanceType -- ^ 'insInstanceType' + -> UTCTime -- ^ 'insLaunchTime' + -> Placement -- ^ 'insPlacement' + -> Monitoring -- ^ 'insMonitoring' + -> ArchitectureValues -- ^ 'insArchitecture' + -> DeviceType -- ^ 'insRootDeviceType' + -> VirtualizationType -- ^ 'insVirtualizationType' + -> HypervisorType -- ^ 'insHypervisor' + -> InstanceState -- ^ 'insState' + -> Instance +instance' pInstanceId_ pImageId_ pAMILaunchIndex_ pInstanceType_ pLaunchTime_ pPlacement_ pMonitoring_ pArchitecture_ pRootDeviceType_ pVirtualizationType_ pHypervisor_ pState_ = + Instance' + { _insPublicDNSName = Nothing + , _insPlatform = Nothing + , _insSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _insClientToken = Nothing + , _insEnaSupport = Nothing + , _insSourceDestCheck = Nothing + , _insVPCId = Nothing + , _insKeyName = Nothing + , _insNetworkInterfaces = Nothing + , _insRAMDiskId = Nothing + , _insSubnetId = Nothing + , _insKernelId = Nothing + , _insRootDeviceName = Nothing + , _insSRIOVNetSupport = Nothing + , _insEBSOptimized = Nothing + , _insStateTransitionReason = Nothing + , _insInstanceLifecycle = Nothing + , _insIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing + , _insPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _insProductCodes = Nothing + , _insSpotInstanceRequestId = Nothing + , _insPrivateDNSName = Nothing + , _insStateReason = Nothing + , _insBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing + , _insPublicIPAddress = Nothing + , _insTags = Nothing + , _insInstanceId = pInstanceId_ + , _insImageId = pImageId_ + , _insAMILaunchIndex = pAMILaunchIndex_ + , _insInstanceType = pInstanceType_ + , _insLaunchTime = _Time # pLaunchTime_ + , _insPlacement = pPlacement_ + , _insMonitoring = pMonitoring_ + , _insArchitecture = pArchitecture_ + , _insRootDeviceType = pRootDeviceType_ + , _insVirtualizationType = pVirtualizationType_ + , _insHypervisor = pHypervisor_ + , _insState = pState_ + } + +-- | (IPv4 only) The public DNS name assigned to the instance. This name is not available until the instance enters the @running@ state. For EC2-VPC, this name is only available if you've enabled DNS hostnames for your VPC. +insPublicDNSName :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insPublicDNSName = lens _insPublicDNSName (\ s a -> s{_insPublicDNSName = a}); + +-- | The value is @Windows@ for Windows instances; otherwise blank. +insPlatform :: Lens' Instance (Maybe PlatformValues) +insPlatform = lens _insPlatform (\ s a -> s{_insPlatform = a}); + +-- | One or more security groups for the instance. +insSecurityGroups :: Lens' Instance [GroupIdentifier] +insSecurityGroups = lens _insSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_insSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The idempotency token you provided when you launched the instance, if applicable. +insClientToken :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insClientToken = lens _insClientToken (\ s a -> s{_insClientToken = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether enhanced networking with ENA is enabled. +insEnaSupport :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Bool) +insEnaSupport = lens _insEnaSupport (\ s a -> s{_insEnaSupport = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether to enable an instance launched in a VPC to perform NAT. This controls whether source/destination checking is enabled on the instance. A value of @true@ means checking is enabled, and @false@ means checking is disabled. The value must be @false@ for the instance to perform NAT. For more information, see in the /Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide/ . +insSourceDestCheck :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Bool) +insSourceDestCheck = lens _insSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_insSourceDestCheck = a}); + +-- | [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC in which the instance is running. +insVPCId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insVPCId = lens _insVPCId (\ s a -> s{_insVPCId = a}); + +-- | The name of the key pair, if this instance was launched with an associated key pair. +insKeyName :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insKeyName = lens _insKeyName (\ s a -> s{_insKeyName = a}); + +-- | [EC2-VPC] One or more network interfaces for the instance. +insNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' Instance [InstanceNetworkInterface] +insNetworkInterfaces = lens _insNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_insNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The RAM disk associated with this instance, if applicable. +insRAMDiskId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insRAMDiskId = lens _insRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_insRAMDiskId = a}); + +-- | [EC2-VPC] The ID of the subnet in which the instance is running. +insSubnetId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insSubnetId = lens _insSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_insSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The kernel associated with this instance, if applicable. +insKernelId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insKernelId = lens _insKernelId (\ s a -> s{_insKernelId = a}); + +-- | The root device name (for example, @/dev/sda1@ or @/dev/xvda@ ). +insRootDeviceName :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insRootDeviceName = lens _insRootDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_insRootDeviceName = a}); + +-- | Specifies whether enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface is enabled. +insSRIOVNetSupport :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insSRIOVNetSupport = lens _insSRIOVNetSupport (\ s a -> s{_insSRIOVNetSupport = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. +insEBSOptimized :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Bool) +insEBSOptimized = lens _insEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_insEBSOptimized = a}); + +-- | The reason for the most recent state transition. This might be an empty string. +insStateTransitionReason :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insStateTransitionReason = lens _insStateTransitionReason (\ s a -> s{_insStateTransitionReason = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this is a Spot instance or a Scheduled Instance. +insInstanceLifecycle :: Lens' Instance (Maybe InstanceLifecycleType) +insInstanceLifecycle = lens _insInstanceLifecycle (\ s a -> s{_insInstanceLifecycle = a}); + +-- | The IAM instance profile associated with the instance, if applicable. +insIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' Instance (Maybe IAMInstanceProfile) +insIAMInstanceProfile = lens _insIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_insIAMInstanceProfile = a}); + +-- | The private IPv4 address assigned to the instance. +insPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insPrivateIPAddress = lens _insPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_insPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The product codes attached to this instance, if applicable. +insProductCodes :: Lens' Instance [ProductCode] +insProductCodes = lens _insProductCodes (\ s a -> s{_insProductCodes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | If the request is a Spot instance request, the ID of the request. +insSpotInstanceRequestId :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insSpotInstanceRequestId = lens _insSpotInstanceRequestId (\ s a -> s{_insSpotInstanceRequestId = a}); + +-- | (IPv4 only) The private DNS hostname name assigned to the instance. This DNS hostname can only be used inside the Amazon EC2 network. This name is not available until the instance enters the @running@ state. [EC2-VPC] The Amazon-provided DNS server will resolve Amazon-provided private DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS resolution and DNS hostnames in your VPC. If you are not using the Amazon-provided DNS server in your VPC, your custom domain name servers must resolve the hostname as appropriate. +insPrivateDNSName :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insPrivateDNSName = lens _insPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_insPrivateDNSName = a}); + +-- | The reason for the most recent state transition. +insStateReason :: Lens' Instance (Maybe StateReason) +insStateReason = lens _insStateReason (\ s a -> s{_insStateReason = a}); + +-- | Any block device mapping entries for the instance. +insBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' Instance [InstanceBlockDeviceMapping] +insBlockDeviceMappings = lens _insBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_insBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The public IPv4 address assigned to the instance, if applicable. +insPublicIPAddress :: Lens' Instance (Maybe Text) +insPublicIPAddress = lens _insPublicIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_insPublicIPAddress = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the instance. +insTags :: Lens' Instance [Tag] +insTags = lens _insTags (\ s a -> s{_insTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the instance. +insInstanceId :: Lens' Instance Text +insInstanceId = lens _insInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_insInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the AMI used to launch the instance. +insImageId :: Lens' Instance Text +insImageId = lens _insImageId (\ s a -> s{_insImageId = a}); + +-- | The AMI launch index, which can be used to find this instance in the launch group. +insAMILaunchIndex :: Lens' Instance Int +insAMILaunchIndex = lens _insAMILaunchIndex (\ s a -> s{_insAMILaunchIndex = a}); + +-- | The instance type. +insInstanceType :: Lens' Instance InstanceType +insInstanceType = lens _insInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_insInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The time the instance was launched. +insLaunchTime :: Lens' Instance UTCTime +insLaunchTime = lens _insLaunchTime (\ s a -> s{_insLaunchTime = a}) . _Time; + +-- | The location where the instance launched, if applicable. +insPlacement :: Lens' Instance Placement +insPlacement = lens _insPlacement (\ s a -> s{_insPlacement = a}); + +-- | The monitoring for the instance. +insMonitoring :: Lens' Instance Monitoring +insMonitoring = lens _insMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_insMonitoring = a}); + +-- | The architecture of the image. +insArchitecture :: Lens' Instance ArchitectureValues +insArchitecture = lens _insArchitecture (\ s a -> s{_insArchitecture = a}); + +-- | The root device type used by the AMI. The AMI can use an EBS volume or an instance store volume. +insRootDeviceType :: Lens' Instance DeviceType +insRootDeviceType = lens _insRootDeviceType (\ s a -> s{_insRootDeviceType = a}); + +-- | The virtualization type of the instance. +insVirtualizationType :: Lens' Instance VirtualizationType +insVirtualizationType = lens _insVirtualizationType (\ s a -> s{_insVirtualizationType = a}); + +-- | The hypervisor type of the instance. +insHypervisor :: Lens' Instance HypervisorType +insHypervisor = lens _insHypervisor (\ s a -> s{_insHypervisor = a}); + +-- | The current state of the instance. +insState :: Lens' Instance InstanceState +insState = lens _insState (\ s a -> s{_insState = a}); + +instance FromXML Instance where + parseXML x + = Instance' <$> + (x .@? "dnsName") <*> (x .@? "platform") <*> + (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "clientToken") + <*> (x .@? "enaSupport") + <*> (x .@? "sourceDestCheck") + <*> (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> (x .@? "keyName") + <*> + (x .@? "networkInterfaceSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "ramdiskId") + <*> (x .@? "subnetId") + <*> (x .@? "kernelId") + <*> (x .@? "rootDeviceName") + <*> (x .@? "sriovNetSupport") + <*> (x .@? "ebsOptimized") + <*> (x .@? "reason") + <*> (x .@? "instanceLifecycle") + <*> (x .@? "iamInstanceProfile") + <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") + <*> + (x .@? "productCodes" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "spotInstanceRequestId") + <*> (x .@? "privateDnsName") + <*> (x .@? "stateReason") + <*> + (x .@? "blockDeviceMapping" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "ipAddress") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "instanceId") + <*> (x .@ "imageId") + <*> (x .@ "amiLaunchIndex") + <*> (x .@ "instanceType") + <*> (x .@ "launchTime") + <*> (x .@ "placement") + <*> (x .@ "monitoring") + <*> (x .@ "architecture") + <*> (x .@ "rootDeviceType") + <*> (x .@ "virtualizationType") + <*> (x .@ "hypervisor") + <*> (x .@ "instanceState") + +instance Hashable Instance + +instance NFData Instance + +-- | Describes a block device mapping. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceBlockDeviceMapping' smart constructor. +data InstanceBlockDeviceMapping = InstanceBlockDeviceMapping' + { _ibdmEBS :: !(Maybe EBSInstanceBlockDevice) + , _ibdmDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceBlockDeviceMapping' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ibdmEBS' - Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. +-- +-- * 'ibdmDeviceName' - The device name exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). +instanceBlockDeviceMapping + :: InstanceBlockDeviceMapping +instanceBlockDeviceMapping = + InstanceBlockDeviceMapping' + { _ibdmEBS = Nothing + , _ibdmDeviceName = Nothing + } + +-- | Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. +ibdmEBS :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe EBSInstanceBlockDevice) +ibdmEBS = lens _ibdmEBS (\ s a -> s{_ibdmEBS = a}); + +-- | The device name exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). +ibdmDeviceName :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) +ibdmDeviceName = lens _ibdmDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_ibdmDeviceName = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceBlockDeviceMapping where + parseXML x + = InstanceBlockDeviceMapping' <$> + (x .@? "ebs") <*> (x .@? "deviceName") + +instance Hashable InstanceBlockDeviceMapping + +instance NFData InstanceBlockDeviceMapping + +-- | Describes a block device mapping entry. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification' smart constructor. +data InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification = InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification' + { _ibdmsVirtualName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ibdmsNoDevice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ibdmsEBS :: !(Maybe EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) + , _ibdmsDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ibdmsVirtualName' - The virtual device name. +-- +-- * 'ibdmsNoDevice' - suppress the specified device included in the block device mapping. +-- +-- * 'ibdmsEBS' - Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. +-- +-- * 'ibdmsDeviceName' - The device name exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). +instanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification + :: InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification +instanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification = + InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification' + { _ibdmsVirtualName = Nothing + , _ibdmsNoDevice = Nothing + , _ibdmsEBS = Nothing + , _ibdmsDeviceName = Nothing + } + +-- | The virtual device name. +ibdmsVirtualName :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification (Maybe Text) +ibdmsVirtualName = lens _ibdmsVirtualName (\ s a -> s{_ibdmsVirtualName = a}); + +-- | suppress the specified device included in the block device mapping. +ibdmsNoDevice :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification (Maybe Text) +ibdmsNoDevice = lens _ibdmsNoDevice (\ s a -> s{_ibdmsNoDevice = a}); + +-- | Parameters used to automatically set up EBS volumes when the instance is launched. +ibdmsEBS :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification (Maybe EBSInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification) +ibdmsEBS = lens _ibdmsEBS (\ s a -> s{_ibdmsEBS = a}); + +-- | The device name exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). +ibdmsDeviceName :: Lens' InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification (Maybe Text) +ibdmsDeviceName = lens _ibdmsDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_ibdmsDeviceName = a}); + +instance Hashable + InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification + +instance NFData + InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification + +instance ToQuery + InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification where + toQuery InstanceBlockDeviceMappingSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + ["VirtualName" =: _ibdmsVirtualName, + "NoDevice" =: _ibdmsNoDevice, "Ebs" =: _ibdmsEBS, + "DeviceName" =: _ibdmsDeviceName] + +-- | Information about the instance type that the Dedicated Host supports. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceCapacity' smart constructor. +data InstanceCapacity = InstanceCapacity' + { _icAvailableCapacity :: !(Maybe Int) + , _icInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _icTotalCapacity :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceCapacity' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'icAvailableCapacity' - The number of instances that can still be launched onto the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'icInstanceType' - The instance type size supported by the Dedicated Host. +-- +-- * 'icTotalCapacity' - The total number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host. +instanceCapacity + :: InstanceCapacity +instanceCapacity = + InstanceCapacity' + { _icAvailableCapacity = Nothing + , _icInstanceType = Nothing + , _icTotalCapacity = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of instances that can still be launched onto the Dedicated Host. +icAvailableCapacity :: Lens' InstanceCapacity (Maybe Int) +icAvailableCapacity = lens _icAvailableCapacity (\ s a -> s{_icAvailableCapacity = a}); + +-- | The instance type size supported by the Dedicated Host. +icInstanceType :: Lens' InstanceCapacity (Maybe Text) +icInstanceType = lens _icInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_icInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The total number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host. +icTotalCapacity :: Lens' InstanceCapacity (Maybe Int) +icTotalCapacity = lens _icTotalCapacity (\ s a -> s{_icTotalCapacity = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceCapacity where + parseXML x + = InstanceCapacity' <$> + (x .@? "availableCapacity") <*> + (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "totalCapacity") + +instance Hashable InstanceCapacity + +instance NFData InstanceCapacity + +-- | Describes a Reserved Instance listing state. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceCount' smart constructor. +data InstanceCount = InstanceCount' + { _icState :: !(Maybe ListingState) + , _icInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceCount' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'icState' - The states of the listed Reserved Instances. +-- +-- * 'icInstanceCount' - The number of listed Reserved Instances in the state specified by the @state@ . +instanceCount + :: InstanceCount +instanceCount = + InstanceCount' + { _icState = Nothing + , _icInstanceCount = Nothing + } + +-- | The states of the listed Reserved Instances. +icState :: Lens' InstanceCount (Maybe ListingState) +icState = lens _icState (\ s a -> s{_icState = a}); + +-- | The number of listed Reserved Instances in the state specified by the @state@ . +icInstanceCount :: Lens' InstanceCount (Maybe Int) +icInstanceCount = lens _icInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_icInstanceCount = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceCount where + parseXML x + = InstanceCount' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "instanceCount") + +instance Hashable InstanceCount + +instance NFData InstanceCount + +-- | Describes an instance to export. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceExportDetails' smart constructor. +data InstanceExportDetails = InstanceExportDetails' + { _iedTargetEnvironment :: !(Maybe ExportEnvironment) + , _iedInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceExportDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iedTargetEnvironment' - The target virtualization environment. +-- +-- * 'iedInstanceId' - The ID of the resource being exported. +instanceExportDetails + :: InstanceExportDetails +instanceExportDetails = + InstanceExportDetails' + { _iedTargetEnvironment = Nothing + , _iedInstanceId = Nothing + } + +-- | The target virtualization environment. +iedTargetEnvironment :: Lens' InstanceExportDetails (Maybe ExportEnvironment) +iedTargetEnvironment = lens _iedTargetEnvironment (\ s a -> s{_iedTargetEnvironment = a}); + +-- | The ID of the resource being exported. +iedInstanceId :: Lens' InstanceExportDetails (Maybe Text) +iedInstanceId = lens _iedInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_iedInstanceId = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceExportDetails where + parseXML x + = InstanceExportDetails' <$> + (x .@? "targetEnvironment") <*> (x .@? "instanceId") + +instance Hashable InstanceExportDetails + +instance NFData InstanceExportDetails + +-- | Describes an IPv6 address. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceIPv6Address' smart constructor. +newtype InstanceIPv6Address = InstanceIPv6Address' + { _iiaIPv6Address :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceIPv6Address' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iiaIPv6Address' - The IPv6 address. +instanceIPv6Address + :: InstanceIPv6Address +instanceIPv6Address = + InstanceIPv6Address' + { _iiaIPv6Address = Nothing + } + +-- | The IPv6 address. +iiaIPv6Address :: Lens' InstanceIPv6Address (Maybe Text) +iiaIPv6Address = lens _iiaIPv6Address (\ s a -> s{_iiaIPv6Address = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceIPv6Address where + parseXML x + = InstanceIPv6Address' <$> (x .@? "ipv6Address") + +instance Hashable InstanceIPv6Address + +instance NFData InstanceIPv6Address + +instance ToQuery InstanceIPv6Address where + toQuery InstanceIPv6Address'{..} + = mconcat ["Ipv6Address" =: _iiaIPv6Address] + +-- | Describes the monitoring of an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceMonitoring' smart constructor. +data InstanceMonitoring = InstanceMonitoring' + { _imInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _imMonitoring :: !(Maybe Monitoring) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceMonitoring' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'imInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'imMonitoring' - The monitoring for the instance. +instanceMonitoring + :: InstanceMonitoring +instanceMonitoring = + InstanceMonitoring' + { _imInstanceId = Nothing + , _imMonitoring = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. +imInstanceId :: Lens' InstanceMonitoring (Maybe Text) +imInstanceId = lens _imInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_imInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The monitoring for the instance. +imMonitoring :: Lens' InstanceMonitoring (Maybe Monitoring) +imMonitoring = lens _imMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_imMonitoring = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceMonitoring where + parseXML x + = InstanceMonitoring' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "monitoring") + +instance Hashable InstanceMonitoring + +instance NFData InstanceMonitoring + +-- | Describes a network interface. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceNetworkInterface' smart constructor. +data InstanceNetworkInterface = InstanceNetworkInterface' + { _iniGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) + , _iniStatus :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceStatus) + , _iniPrivateIPAddresses :: !(Maybe [InstancePrivateIPAddress]) + , _iniSourceDestCheck :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _iniVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniMACAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniAttachment :: !(Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) + , _iniOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniAssociation :: !(Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) + , _iniIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [InstanceIPv6Address]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceNetworkInterface' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iniGroups' - One or more security groups. +-- +-- * 'iniStatus' - The status of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'iniPrivateIPAddresses' - One or more private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface. +-- +-- * 'iniSourceDestCheck' - Indicates whether to validate network traffic to or from this network interface. +-- +-- * 'iniVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'iniNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'iniSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'iniMACAddress' - The MAC address. +-- +-- * 'iniAttachment' - The network interface attachment. +-- +-- * 'iniOwnerId' - The ID of the AWS account that created the network interface. +-- +-- * 'iniPrivateIPAddress' - The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet. +-- +-- * 'iniPrivateDNSName' - The private DNS name. +-- +-- * 'iniDescription' - The description. +-- +-- * 'iniAssociation' - The association information for an Elastic IPv4 associated with the network interface. +-- +-- * 'iniIPv6Addresses' - One or more IPv6 addresses associated with the network interface. +instanceNetworkInterface + :: InstanceNetworkInterface +instanceNetworkInterface = + InstanceNetworkInterface' + { _iniGroups = Nothing + , _iniStatus = Nothing + , _iniPrivateIPAddresses = Nothing + , _iniSourceDestCheck = Nothing + , _iniVPCId = Nothing + , _iniNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _iniSubnetId = Nothing + , _iniMACAddress = Nothing + , _iniAttachment = Nothing + , _iniOwnerId = Nothing + , _iniPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _iniPrivateDNSName = Nothing + , _iniDescription = Nothing + , _iniAssociation = Nothing + , _iniIPv6Addresses = Nothing + } + +-- | One or more security groups. +iniGroups :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface [GroupIdentifier] +iniGroups = lens _iniGroups (\ s a -> s{_iniGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The status of the network interface. +iniStatus :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceStatus) +iniStatus = lens _iniStatus (\ s a -> s{_iniStatus = a}); + +-- | One or more private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface. +iniPrivateIPAddresses :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface [InstancePrivateIPAddress] +iniPrivateIPAddresses = lens _iniPrivateIPAddresses (\ s a -> s{_iniPrivateIPAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether to validate network traffic to or from this network interface. +iniSourceDestCheck :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) +iniSourceDestCheck = lens _iniSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_iniSourceDestCheck = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +iniVPCId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +iniVPCId = lens _iniVPCId (\ s a -> s{_iniVPCId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +iniNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +iniNetworkInterfaceId = lens _iniNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_iniNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet. +iniSubnetId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +iniSubnetId = lens _iniSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_iniSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The MAC address. +iniMACAddress :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +iniMACAddress = lens _iniMACAddress (\ s a -> s{_iniMACAddress = a}); + +-- | The network interface attachment. +iniAttachment :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment) +iniAttachment = lens _iniAttachment (\ s a -> s{_iniAttachment = a}); + +-- | The ID of the AWS account that created the network interface. +iniOwnerId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +iniOwnerId = lens _iniOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_iniOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet. +iniPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +iniPrivateIPAddress = lens _iniPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_iniPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The private DNS name. +iniPrivateDNSName :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +iniPrivateDNSName = lens _iniPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_iniPrivateDNSName = a}); + +-- | The description. +iniDescription :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +iniDescription = lens _iniDescription (\ s a -> s{_iniDescription = a}); + +-- | The association information for an Elastic IPv4 associated with the network interface. +iniAssociation :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface (Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) +iniAssociation = lens _iniAssociation (\ s a -> s{_iniAssociation = a}); + +-- | One or more IPv6 addresses associated with the network interface. +iniIPv6Addresses :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterface [InstanceIPv6Address] +iniIPv6Addresses = lens _iniIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_iniIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML InstanceNetworkInterface where + parseXML x + = InstanceNetworkInterface' <$> + (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "status") + <*> + (x .@? "privateIpAddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "sourceDestCheck") + <*> (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") + <*> (x .@? "subnetId") + <*> (x .@? "macAddress") + <*> (x .@? "attachment") + <*> (x .@? "ownerId") + <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") + <*> (x .@? "privateDnsName") + <*> (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@? "association") + <*> + (x .@? "ipv6AddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable InstanceNetworkInterface + +instance NFData InstanceNetworkInterface + +-- | Describes association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4). +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' smart constructor. +data InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation = InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' + { _iniaPublicDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniaIPOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniaPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iniaPublicDNSName' - The public DNS name. +-- +-- * 'iniaIPOwnerId' - The ID of the owner of the Elastic IP address. +-- +-- * 'iniaPublicIP' - The public IP address or Elastic IP address bound to the network interface. +instanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation + :: InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation +instanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation = + InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' + { _iniaPublicDNSName = Nothing + , _iniaIPOwnerId = Nothing + , _iniaPublicIP = Nothing + } + +-- | The public DNS name. +iniaPublicDNSName :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) +iniaPublicDNSName = lens _iniaPublicDNSName (\ s a -> s{_iniaPublicDNSName = a}); + +-- | The ID of the owner of the Elastic IP address. +iniaIPOwnerId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) +iniaIPOwnerId = lens _iniaIPOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_iniaIPOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The public IP address or Elastic IP address bound to the network interface. +iniaPublicIP :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) +iniaPublicIP = lens _iniaPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_iniaPublicIP = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation + where + parseXML x + = InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation' <$> + (x .@? "publicDnsName") <*> (x .@? "ipOwnerId") <*> + (x .@? "publicIp") + +instance Hashable InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation + +instance NFData InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation + +-- | Describes a network interface attachment. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' smart constructor. +data InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment = InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' + { _iniaStatus :: !(Maybe AttachmentStatus) + , _iniaDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _iniaAttachmentId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iniaAttachTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _iniaDeviceIndex :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iniaStatus' - The attachment state. +-- +-- * 'iniaDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. +-- +-- * 'iniaAttachmentId' - The ID of the network interface attachment. +-- +-- * 'iniaAttachTime' - The time stamp when the attachment initiated. +-- +-- * 'iniaDeviceIndex' - The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment. +instanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment + :: InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment +instanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment = + InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' + { _iniaStatus = Nothing + , _iniaDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _iniaAttachmentId = Nothing + , _iniaAttachTime = Nothing + , _iniaDeviceIndex = Nothing + } + +-- | The attachment state. +iniaStatus :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe AttachmentStatus) +iniaStatus = lens _iniaStatus (\ s a -> s{_iniaStatus = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. +iniaDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Bool) +iniaDeleteOnTermination = lens _iniaDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_iniaDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface attachment. +iniaAttachmentId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Text) +iniaAttachmentId = lens _iniaAttachmentId (\ s a -> s{_iniaAttachmentId = a}); + +-- | The time stamp when the attachment initiated. +iniaAttachTime :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe UTCTime) +iniaAttachTime = lens _iniaAttachTime (\ s a -> s{_iniaAttachTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment. +iniaDeviceIndex :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Int) +iniaDeviceIndex = lens _iniaDeviceIndex (\ s a -> s{_iniaDeviceIndex = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment + where + parseXML x + = InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") + <*> (x .@? "attachmentId") + <*> (x .@? "attachTime") + <*> (x .@? "deviceIndex") + +instance Hashable InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment + +instance NFData InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment + +-- | Describes a network interface. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' smart constructor. +data InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification = InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' + { _inisGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _inisPrivateIPAddresses :: !(Maybe [PrivateIPAddressSpecification]) + , _inisDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _inisAssociatePublicIPAddress :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _inisNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _inisSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _inisIPv6AddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _inisPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _inisDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _inisDeviceIndex :: !(Maybe Int) + , _inisIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [InstanceIPv6Address]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'inisGroups' - The IDs of the security groups for the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. +-- +-- * 'inisPrivateIPAddresses' - One or more private IPv4 addresses to assign to the network interface. Only one private IPv4 address can be designated as primary. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in a 'RunInstances' request. +-- +-- * 'inisDeleteOnTermination' - If set to @true@ , the interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. You can specify @true@ only if creating a new network interface when launching an instance. +-- +-- * 'inisAssociatePublicIPAddress' - Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to an instance you launch in a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching into a default subnet, the default value is @true@ . +-- +-- * 'inisNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'inisSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet associated with the network string. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. +-- +-- * 'inisIPv6AddressCount' - A number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. +-- +-- * 'inisPrivateIPAddress' - The private IPv4 address of the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in a 'RunInstances' request. +-- +-- * 'inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount' - The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses. You can't specify this option and specify more than one private IP address using the private IP addresses option. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in a 'RunInstances' request. +-- +-- * 'inisDescription' - The description of the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. +-- +-- * 'inisDeviceIndex' - The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment. If you are specifying a network interface in a 'RunInstances' request, you must provide the device index. +-- +-- * 'inisIPv6Addresses' - One or more IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. +instanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification + :: InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification +instanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification = + InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' + { _inisGroups = Nothing + , _inisPrivateIPAddresses = Nothing + , _inisDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _inisAssociatePublicIPAddress = Nothing + , _inisNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _inisSubnetId = Nothing + , _inisIPv6AddressCount = Nothing + , _inisPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = Nothing + , _inisDescription = Nothing + , _inisDeviceIndex = Nothing + , _inisIPv6Addresses = Nothing + } + +-- | The IDs of the security groups for the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. +inisGroups :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification [Text] +inisGroups = lens _inisGroups (\ s a -> s{_inisGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | One or more private IPv4 addresses to assign to the network interface. Only one private IPv4 address can be designated as primary. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in a 'RunInstances' request. +inisPrivateIPAddresses :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification [PrivateIPAddressSpecification] +inisPrivateIPAddresses = lens _inisPrivateIPAddresses (\ s a -> s{_inisPrivateIPAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | If set to @true@ , the interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. You can specify @true@ only if creating a new network interface when launching an instance. +inisDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Bool) +inisDeleteOnTermination = lens _inisDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_inisDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to an instance you launch in a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching into a default subnet, the default value is @true@ . +inisAssociatePublicIPAddress :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Bool) +inisAssociatePublicIPAddress = lens _inisAssociatePublicIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_inisAssociatePublicIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +inisNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Text) +inisNetworkInterfaceId = lens _inisNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_inisNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet associated with the network string. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. +inisSubnetId :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Text) +inisSubnetId = lens _inisSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_inisSubnetId = a}); + +-- | A number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. +inisIPv6AddressCount :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Int) +inisIPv6AddressCount = lens _inisIPv6AddressCount (\ s a -> s{_inisIPv6AddressCount = a}); + +-- | The private IPv4 address of the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in a 'RunInstances' request. +inisPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Text) +inisPrivateIPAddress = lens _inisPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_inisPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses. You can't specify this option and specify more than one private IP address using the private IP addresses option. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in a 'RunInstances' request. +inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Int) +inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = lens _inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount (\ s a -> s{_inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = a}); + +-- | The description of the network interface. Applies only if creating a network interface when launching an instance. +inisDescription :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Text) +inisDescription = lens _inisDescription (\ s a -> s{_inisDescription = a}); + +-- | The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment. If you are specifying a network interface in a 'RunInstances' request, you must provide the device index. +inisDeviceIndex :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification (Maybe Int) +inisDeviceIndex = lens _inisDeviceIndex (\ s a -> s{_inisDeviceIndex = a}); + +-- | One or more IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. +inisIPv6Addresses :: Lens' InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification [InstanceIPv6Address] +inisIPv6Addresses = lens _inisIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_inisIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML + InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification where + parseXML x + = InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification' <$> + (x .@? "SecurityGroupId" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "SecurityGroupId")) + <*> + (x .@? "privateIpAddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") + <*> (x .@? "associatePublicIpAddress") + <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") + <*> (x .@? "subnetId") + <*> (x .@? "ipv6AddressCount") + <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") + <*> (x .@? "secondaryPrivateIpAddressCount") + <*> (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@? "deviceIndex") + <*> + (x .@? "ipv6AddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable + InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification + +instance NFData InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification + +instance ToQuery + InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification where + toQuery InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery + (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> _inisGroups), + toQuery + (toQueryList "PrivateIpAddresses" <$> + _inisPrivateIPAddresses), + "DeleteOnTermination" =: _inisDeleteOnTermination, + "AssociatePublicIpAddress" =: + _inisAssociatePublicIPAddress, + "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _inisNetworkInterfaceId, + "SubnetId" =: _inisSubnetId, + "Ipv6AddressCount" =: _inisIPv6AddressCount, + "PrivateIpAddress" =: _inisPrivateIPAddress, + "SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" =: + _inisSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount, + "Description" =: _inisDescription, + "DeviceIndex" =: _inisDeviceIndex, + toQuery + (toQueryList "Ipv6Addresses" <$> _inisIPv6Addresses)] + +-- | Describes a private IPv4 address. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instancePrivateIPAddress' smart constructor. +data InstancePrivateIPAddress = InstancePrivateIPAddress' + { _ipiaPrimary :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _ipiaPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ipiaPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ipiaAssociation :: !(Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstancePrivateIPAddress' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ipiaPrimary' - Indicates whether this IPv4 address is the primary private IP address of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'ipiaPrivateIPAddress' - The private IPv4 address of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'ipiaPrivateDNSName' - The private IPv4 DNS name. +-- +-- * 'ipiaAssociation' - The association information for an Elastic IP address for the network interface. +instancePrivateIPAddress + :: InstancePrivateIPAddress +instancePrivateIPAddress = + InstancePrivateIPAddress' + { _ipiaPrimary = Nothing + , _ipiaPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _ipiaPrivateDNSName = Nothing + , _ipiaAssociation = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether this IPv4 address is the primary private IP address of the network interface. +ipiaPrimary :: Lens' InstancePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Bool) +ipiaPrimary = lens _ipiaPrimary (\ s a -> s{_ipiaPrimary = a}); + +-- | The private IPv4 address of the network interface. +ipiaPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' InstancePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Text) +ipiaPrivateIPAddress = lens _ipiaPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_ipiaPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The private IPv4 DNS name. +ipiaPrivateDNSName :: Lens' InstancePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Text) +ipiaPrivateDNSName = lens _ipiaPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_ipiaPrivateDNSName = a}); + +-- | The association information for an Elastic IP address for the network interface. +ipiaAssociation :: Lens' InstancePrivateIPAddress (Maybe InstanceNetworkInterfaceAssociation) +ipiaAssociation = lens _ipiaAssociation (\ s a -> s{_ipiaAssociation = a}); + +instance FromXML InstancePrivateIPAddress where + parseXML x + = InstancePrivateIPAddress' <$> + (x .@? "primary") <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") <*> + (x .@? "privateDnsName") + <*> (x .@? "association") + +instance Hashable InstancePrivateIPAddress + +instance NFData InstancePrivateIPAddress + +-- | Describes the current state of an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceState' smart constructor. +data InstanceState = InstanceState' + { _isName :: !InstanceStateName + , _isCode :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceState' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'isName' - The current state of the instance. +-- +-- * 'isCode' - The low byte represents the state. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. * @0@ : @pending@ * @16@ : @running@ * @32@ : @shutting-down@ * @48@ : @terminated@ * @64@ : @stopping@ * @80@ : @stopped@ +instanceState + :: InstanceStateName -- ^ 'isName' + -> Int -- ^ 'isCode' + -> InstanceState +instanceState pName_ pCode_ = + InstanceState' + { _isName = pName_ + , _isCode = pCode_ + } + +-- | The current state of the instance. +isName :: Lens' InstanceState InstanceStateName +isName = lens _isName (\ s a -> s{_isName = a}); + +-- | The low byte represents the state. The high byte is an opaque internal value and should be ignored. * @0@ : @pending@ * @16@ : @running@ * @32@ : @shutting-down@ * @48@ : @terminated@ * @64@ : @stopping@ * @80@ : @stopped@ +isCode :: Lens' InstanceState Int +isCode = lens _isCode (\ s a -> s{_isCode = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceState where + parseXML x + = InstanceState' <$> (x .@ "name") <*> (x .@ "code") + +instance Hashable InstanceState + +instance NFData InstanceState + +-- | Describes an instance state change. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceStateChange' smart constructor. +data InstanceStateChange = InstanceStateChange' + { _iscInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iscCurrentState :: !(Maybe InstanceState) + , _iscPreviousState :: !(Maybe InstanceState) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStateChange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iscInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'iscCurrentState' - The current state of the instance. +-- +-- * 'iscPreviousState' - The previous state of the instance. +instanceStateChange + :: InstanceStateChange +instanceStateChange = + InstanceStateChange' + { _iscInstanceId = Nothing + , _iscCurrentState = Nothing + , _iscPreviousState = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. +iscInstanceId :: Lens' InstanceStateChange (Maybe Text) +iscInstanceId = lens _iscInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_iscInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The current state of the instance. +iscCurrentState :: Lens' InstanceStateChange (Maybe InstanceState) +iscCurrentState = lens _iscCurrentState (\ s a -> s{_iscCurrentState = a}); + +-- | The previous state of the instance. +iscPreviousState :: Lens' InstanceStateChange (Maybe InstanceState) +iscPreviousState = lens _iscPreviousState (\ s a -> s{_iscPreviousState = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceStateChange where + parseXML x + = InstanceStateChange' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "currentState") <*> + (x .@? "previousState") + +instance Hashable InstanceStateChange + +instance NFData InstanceStateChange + +-- | Describes the status of an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceStatus' smart constructor. +data InstanceStatus = InstanceStatus' + { _isInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _isSystemStatus :: !(Maybe InstanceStatusSummary) + , _isEvents :: !(Maybe [InstanceStatusEvent]) + , _isAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _isInstanceStatus :: !(Maybe InstanceStatusSummary) + , _isInstanceState :: !(Maybe InstanceState) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'isInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'isSystemStatus' - Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues related to the systems that support an instance, such as hardware failures and network connectivity problems. +-- +-- * 'isEvents' - Any scheduled events associated with the instance. +-- +-- * 'isAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone of the instance. +-- +-- * 'isInstanceStatus' - Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues internal to the instance, such as impaired reachability. +-- +-- * 'isInstanceState' - The intended state of the instance. 'DescribeInstanceStatus' requires that an instance be in the @running@ state. +instanceStatus + :: InstanceStatus +instanceStatus = + InstanceStatus' + { _isInstanceId = Nothing + , _isSystemStatus = Nothing + , _isEvents = Nothing + , _isAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _isInstanceStatus = Nothing + , _isInstanceState = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. +isInstanceId :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe Text) +isInstanceId = lens _isInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_isInstanceId = a}); + +-- | Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues related to the systems that support an instance, such as hardware failures and network connectivity problems. +isSystemStatus :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe InstanceStatusSummary) +isSystemStatus = lens _isSystemStatus (\ s a -> s{_isSystemStatus = a}); + +-- | Any scheduled events associated with the instance. +isEvents :: Lens' InstanceStatus [InstanceStatusEvent] +isEvents = lens _isEvents (\ s a -> s{_isEvents = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The Availability Zone of the instance. +isAvailabilityZone :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe Text) +isAvailabilityZone = lens _isAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_isAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | Reports impaired functionality that stems from issues internal to the instance, such as impaired reachability. +isInstanceStatus :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe InstanceStatusSummary) +isInstanceStatus = lens _isInstanceStatus (\ s a -> s{_isInstanceStatus = a}); + +-- | The intended state of the instance. 'DescribeInstanceStatus' requires that an instance be in the @running@ state. +isInstanceState :: Lens' InstanceStatus (Maybe InstanceState) +isInstanceState = lens _isInstanceState (\ s a -> s{_isInstanceState = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceStatus where + parseXML x + = InstanceStatus' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "systemStatus") <*> + (x .@? "eventsSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "instanceStatus") + <*> (x .@? "instanceState") + +instance Hashable InstanceStatus + +instance NFData InstanceStatus + +-- | Describes the instance status. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceStatusDetails' smart constructor. +data InstanceStatusDetails = InstanceStatusDetails' + { _isdStatus :: !(Maybe StatusType) + , _isdImpairedSince :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _isdName :: !(Maybe StatusName) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStatusDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'isdStatus' - The status. +-- +-- * 'isdImpairedSince' - The time when a status check failed. For an instance that was launched and impaired, this is the time when the instance was launched. +-- +-- * 'isdName' - The type of instance status. +instanceStatusDetails + :: InstanceStatusDetails +instanceStatusDetails = + InstanceStatusDetails' + { _isdStatus = Nothing + , _isdImpairedSince = Nothing + , _isdName = Nothing + } + +-- | The status. +isdStatus :: Lens' InstanceStatusDetails (Maybe StatusType) +isdStatus = lens _isdStatus (\ s a -> s{_isdStatus = a}); + +-- | The time when a status check failed. For an instance that was launched and impaired, this is the time when the instance was launched. +isdImpairedSince :: Lens' InstanceStatusDetails (Maybe UTCTime) +isdImpairedSince = lens _isdImpairedSince (\ s a -> s{_isdImpairedSince = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The type of instance status. +isdName :: Lens' InstanceStatusDetails (Maybe StatusName) +isdName = lens _isdName (\ s a -> s{_isdName = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceStatusDetails where + parseXML x + = InstanceStatusDetails' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "impairedSince") <*> + (x .@? "name") + +instance Hashable InstanceStatusDetails + +instance NFData InstanceStatusDetails + +-- | Describes a scheduled event for an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceStatusEvent' smart constructor. +data InstanceStatusEvent = InstanceStatusEvent' + { _iseNotBefore :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _iseCode :: !(Maybe EventCode) + , _iseDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _iseNotAfter :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStatusEvent' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'iseNotBefore' - The earliest scheduled start time for the event. +-- +-- * 'iseCode' - The event code. +-- +-- * 'iseDescription' - A description of the event. After a scheduled event is completed, it can still be described for up to a week. If the event has been completed, this description starts with the following text: [Completed]. +-- +-- * 'iseNotAfter' - The latest scheduled end time for the event. +instanceStatusEvent + :: InstanceStatusEvent +instanceStatusEvent = + InstanceStatusEvent' + { _iseNotBefore = Nothing + , _iseCode = Nothing + , _iseDescription = Nothing + , _iseNotAfter = Nothing + } + +-- | The earliest scheduled start time for the event. +iseNotBefore :: Lens' InstanceStatusEvent (Maybe UTCTime) +iseNotBefore = lens _iseNotBefore (\ s a -> s{_iseNotBefore = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The event code. +iseCode :: Lens' InstanceStatusEvent (Maybe EventCode) +iseCode = lens _iseCode (\ s a -> s{_iseCode = a}); + +-- | A description of the event. After a scheduled event is completed, it can still be described for up to a week. If the event has been completed, this description starts with the following text: [Completed]. +iseDescription :: Lens' InstanceStatusEvent (Maybe Text) +iseDescription = lens _iseDescription (\ s a -> s{_iseDescription = a}); + +-- | The latest scheduled end time for the event. +iseNotAfter :: Lens' InstanceStatusEvent (Maybe UTCTime) +iseNotAfter = lens _iseNotAfter (\ s a -> s{_iseNotAfter = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance FromXML InstanceStatusEvent where + parseXML x + = InstanceStatusEvent' <$> + (x .@? "notBefore") <*> (x .@? "code") <*> + (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@? "notAfter") + +instance Hashable InstanceStatusEvent + +instance NFData InstanceStatusEvent + +-- | Describes the status of an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'instanceStatusSummary' smart constructor. +data InstanceStatusSummary = InstanceStatusSummary' + { _issDetails :: !(Maybe [InstanceStatusDetails]) + , _issStatus :: !SummaryStatus + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InstanceStatusSummary' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'issDetails' - The system instance health or application instance health. +-- +-- * 'issStatus' - The status. +instanceStatusSummary + :: SummaryStatus -- ^ 'issStatus' + -> InstanceStatusSummary +instanceStatusSummary pStatus_ = + InstanceStatusSummary' + { _issDetails = Nothing + , _issStatus = pStatus_ + } + +-- | The system instance health or application instance health. +issDetails :: Lens' InstanceStatusSummary [InstanceStatusDetails] +issDetails = lens _issDetails (\ s a -> s{_issDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The status. +issStatus :: Lens' InstanceStatusSummary SummaryStatus +issStatus = lens _issStatus (\ s a -> s{_issStatus = a}); + +instance FromXML InstanceStatusSummary where + parseXML x + = InstanceStatusSummary' <$> + (x .@? "details" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "status") + +instance Hashable InstanceStatusSummary + +instance NFData InstanceStatusSummary + +-- | Describes an Internet gateway. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'internetGateway' smart constructor. +data InternetGateway = InternetGateway' + { _igAttachments :: !(Maybe [InternetGatewayAttachment]) + , _igTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _igInternetGatewayId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InternetGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'igAttachments' - Any VPCs attached to the Internet gateway. +-- +-- * 'igTags' - Any tags assigned to the Internet gateway. +-- +-- * 'igInternetGatewayId' - The ID of the Internet gateway. +internetGateway + :: Text -- ^ 'igInternetGatewayId' + -> InternetGateway +internetGateway pInternetGatewayId_ = + InternetGateway' + { _igAttachments = Nothing + , _igTags = Nothing + , _igInternetGatewayId = pInternetGatewayId_ + } + +-- | Any VPCs attached to the Internet gateway. +igAttachments :: Lens' InternetGateway [InternetGatewayAttachment] +igAttachments = lens _igAttachments (\ s a -> s{_igAttachments = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Any tags assigned to the Internet gateway. +igTags :: Lens' InternetGateway [Tag] +igTags = lens _igTags (\ s a -> s{_igTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the Internet gateway. +igInternetGatewayId :: Lens' InternetGateway Text +igInternetGatewayId = lens _igInternetGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_igInternetGatewayId = a}); + +instance FromXML InternetGateway where + parseXML x + = InternetGateway' <$> + (x .@? "attachmentSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "internetGatewayId") + +instance Hashable InternetGateway + +instance NFData InternetGateway + +-- | Describes the attachment of a VPC to an Internet gateway or an egress-only Internet gateway. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'internetGatewayAttachment' smart constructor. +data InternetGatewayAttachment = InternetGatewayAttachment' + { _igaState :: !AttachmentStatus + , _igaVPCId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'InternetGatewayAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'igaState' - The current state of the attachment. +-- +-- * 'igaVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +internetGatewayAttachment + :: AttachmentStatus -- ^ 'igaState' + -> Text -- ^ 'igaVPCId' + -> InternetGatewayAttachment +internetGatewayAttachment pState_ pVPCId_ = + InternetGatewayAttachment' + { _igaState = pState_ + , _igaVPCId = pVPCId_ + } + +-- | The current state of the attachment. +igaState :: Lens' InternetGatewayAttachment AttachmentStatus +igaState = lens _igaState (\ s a -> s{_igaState = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +igaVPCId :: Lens' InternetGatewayAttachment Text +igaVPCId = lens _igaVPCId (\ s a -> s{_igaVPCId = a}); + +instance FromXML InternetGatewayAttachment where + parseXML x + = InternetGatewayAttachment' <$> + (x .@ "state") <*> (x .@ "vpcId") + +instance Hashable InternetGatewayAttachment + +instance NFData InternetGatewayAttachment + +-- | Describes a key pair. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'keyPairInfo' smart constructor. +data KeyPairInfo = KeyPairInfo' + { _kpiKeyFingerprint :: !(Maybe Text) + , _kpiKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'KeyPairInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'kpiKeyFingerprint' - If you used 'CreateKeyPair' to create the key pair, this is the SHA-1 digest of the DER encoded private key. If you used 'ImportKeyPair' to provide AWS the public key, this is the MD5 public key fingerprint as specified in section 4 of RFC4716. +-- +-- * 'kpiKeyName' - The name of the key pair. +keyPairInfo + :: KeyPairInfo +keyPairInfo = + KeyPairInfo' + { _kpiKeyFingerprint = Nothing + , _kpiKeyName = Nothing + } + +-- | If you used 'CreateKeyPair' to create the key pair, this is the SHA-1 digest of the DER encoded private key. If you used 'ImportKeyPair' to provide AWS the public key, this is the MD5 public key fingerprint as specified in section 4 of RFC4716. +kpiKeyFingerprint :: Lens' KeyPairInfo (Maybe Text) +kpiKeyFingerprint = lens _kpiKeyFingerprint (\ s a -> s{_kpiKeyFingerprint = a}); + +-- | The name of the key pair. +kpiKeyName :: Lens' KeyPairInfo (Maybe Text) +kpiKeyName = lens _kpiKeyName (\ s a -> s{_kpiKeyName = a}); + +instance FromXML KeyPairInfo where + parseXML x + = KeyPairInfo' <$> + (x .@? "keyFingerprint") <*> (x .@? "keyName") + +instance Hashable KeyPairInfo + +instance NFData KeyPairInfo + +-- | Describes a launch permission. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'launchPermission' smart constructor. +data LaunchPermission = LaunchPermission' + { _lpGroup :: !(Maybe PermissionGroup) + , _lpUserId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'LaunchPermission' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'lpGroup' - The name of the group. +-- +-- * 'lpUserId' - The AWS account ID. +launchPermission + :: LaunchPermission +launchPermission = + LaunchPermission' + { _lpGroup = Nothing + , _lpUserId = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the group. +lpGroup :: Lens' LaunchPermission (Maybe PermissionGroup) +lpGroup = lens _lpGroup (\ s a -> s{_lpGroup = a}); + +-- | The AWS account ID. +lpUserId :: Lens' LaunchPermission (Maybe Text) +lpUserId = lens _lpUserId (\ s a -> s{_lpUserId = a}); + +instance FromXML LaunchPermission where + parseXML x + = LaunchPermission' <$> + (x .@? "group") <*> (x .@? "userId") + +instance Hashable LaunchPermission + +instance NFData LaunchPermission + +instance ToQuery LaunchPermission where + toQuery LaunchPermission'{..} + = mconcat + ["Group" =: _lpGroup, "UserId" =: _lpUserId] + +-- | Describes a launch permission modification. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'launchPermissionModifications' smart constructor. +data LaunchPermissionModifications = LaunchPermissionModifications' + { _lpmRemove :: !(Maybe [LaunchPermission]) + , _lpmAdd :: !(Maybe [LaunchPermission]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'LaunchPermissionModifications' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'lpmRemove' - The AWS account ID to remove from the list of launch permissions for the AMI. +-- +-- * 'lpmAdd' - The AWS account ID to add to the list of launch permissions for the AMI. +launchPermissionModifications + :: LaunchPermissionModifications +launchPermissionModifications = + LaunchPermissionModifications' + { _lpmRemove = Nothing + , _lpmAdd = Nothing + } + +-- | The AWS account ID to remove from the list of launch permissions for the AMI. +lpmRemove :: Lens' LaunchPermissionModifications [LaunchPermission] +lpmRemove = lens _lpmRemove (\ s a -> s{_lpmRemove = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The AWS account ID to add to the list of launch permissions for the AMI. +lpmAdd :: Lens' LaunchPermissionModifications [LaunchPermission] +lpmAdd = lens _lpmAdd (\ s a -> s{_lpmAdd = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance Hashable LaunchPermissionModifications + +instance NFData LaunchPermissionModifications + +instance ToQuery LaunchPermissionModifications where + toQuery LaunchPermissionModifications'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery (toQueryList "Remove" <$> _lpmRemove), + toQuery (toQueryList "Add" <$> _lpmAdd)] + +-- | Describes the launch specification for an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'launchSpecification' smart constructor. +data LaunchSpecification = LaunchSpecification' + { _lsSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) + , _lsKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _lsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification]) + , _lsRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _lsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _lsKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _lsInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) + , _lsEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _lsUserData :: !(Maybe Text) + , _lsMonitoring :: !(Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) + , _lsIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) + , _lsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _lsAddressingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _lsBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) + , _lsPlacement :: !(Maybe SpotPlacement) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'LaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'lsSecurityGroups' - One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic, you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups. +-- +-- * 'lsKeyName' - The name of the key pair. +-- +-- * 'lsNetworkInterfaces' - One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface. +-- +-- * 'lsRAMDiskId' - The ID of the RAM disk. +-- +-- * 'lsSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. +-- +-- * 'lsKernelId' - The ID of the kernel. +-- +-- * 'lsInstanceType' - The instance type. +-- +-- * 'lsEBSOptimized' - Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. Default: @false@ +-- +-- * 'lsUserData' - The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +-- +-- * 'lsMonitoring' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'lsIAMInstanceProfile' - The IAM instance profile. +-- +-- * 'lsImageId' - The ID of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'lsAddressingType' - Deprecated. +-- +-- * 'lsBlockDeviceMappings' - One or more block device mapping entries. Although you can specify encrypted EBS volumes in this block device mapping for your Spot Instances, these volumes are not encrypted. +-- +-- * 'lsPlacement' - The placement information for the instance. +launchSpecification + :: LaunchSpecification +launchSpecification = + LaunchSpecification' + { _lsSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _lsKeyName = Nothing + , _lsNetworkInterfaces = Nothing + , _lsRAMDiskId = Nothing + , _lsSubnetId = Nothing + , _lsKernelId = Nothing + , _lsInstanceType = Nothing + , _lsEBSOptimized = Nothing + , _lsUserData = Nothing + , _lsMonitoring = Nothing + , _lsIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing + , _lsImageId = Nothing + , _lsAddressingType = Nothing + , _lsBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing + , _lsPlacement = Nothing + } + +-- | One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic, you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups. +lsSecurityGroups :: Lens' LaunchSpecification [GroupIdentifier] +lsSecurityGroups = lens _lsSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_lsSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the key pair. +lsKeyName :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +lsKeyName = lens _lsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_lsKeyName = a}); + +-- | One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface. +lsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' LaunchSpecification [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification] +lsNetworkInterfaces = lens _lsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_lsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the RAM disk. +lsRAMDiskId :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +lsRAMDiskId = lens _lsRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_lsRAMDiskId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. +lsSubnetId :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +lsSubnetId = lens _lsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_lsSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the kernel. +lsKernelId :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +lsKernelId = lens _lsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_lsKernelId = a}); + +-- | The instance type. +lsInstanceType :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe InstanceType) +lsInstanceType = lens _lsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_lsInstanceType = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. Default: @false@ +lsEBSOptimized :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) +lsEBSOptimized = lens _lsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_lsEBSOptimized = a}); + +-- | The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +lsUserData :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +lsUserData = lens _lsUserData (\ s a -> s{_lsUserData = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +lsMonitoring :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) +lsMonitoring = lens _lsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_lsMonitoring = a}); + +-- | The IAM instance profile. +lsIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) +lsIAMInstanceProfile = lens _lsIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_lsIAMInstanceProfile = a}); + +-- | The ID of the AMI. +lsImageId :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +lsImageId = lens _lsImageId (\ s a -> s{_lsImageId = a}); + +-- | Deprecated. +lsAddressingType :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +lsAddressingType = lens _lsAddressingType (\ s a -> s{_lsAddressingType = a}); + +-- | One or more block device mapping entries. Although you can specify encrypted EBS volumes in this block device mapping for your Spot Instances, these volumes are not encrypted. +lsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' LaunchSpecification [BlockDeviceMapping] +lsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _lsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_lsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The placement information for the instance. +lsPlacement :: Lens' LaunchSpecification (Maybe SpotPlacement) +lsPlacement = lens _lsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_lsPlacement = a}); + +instance FromXML LaunchSpecification where + parseXML x + = LaunchSpecification' <$> + (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "keyName") + <*> + (x .@? "networkInterfaceSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "ramdiskId") + <*> (x .@? "subnetId") + <*> (x .@? "kernelId") + <*> (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "ebsOptimized") + <*> (x .@? "userData") + <*> (x .@? "monitoring") + <*> (x .@? "iamInstanceProfile") + <*> (x .@? "imageId") + <*> (x .@? "addressingType") + <*> + (x .@? "blockDeviceMapping" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "placement") + +instance Hashable LaunchSpecification + +instance NFData LaunchSpecification + +-- | Describes the monitoring of an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'monitoring' smart constructor. +newtype Monitoring = Monitoring' + { _mState :: Maybe MonitoringState + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Monitoring' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'mState' - Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. +monitoring + :: Monitoring +monitoring = + Monitoring' + { _mState = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. +mState :: Lens' Monitoring (Maybe MonitoringState) +mState = lens _mState (\ s a -> s{_mState = a}); + +instance FromXML Monitoring where + parseXML x = Monitoring' <$> (x .@? "state") + +instance Hashable Monitoring + +instance NFData Monitoring + +-- | Describes the status of a moving Elastic IP address. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'movingAddressStatus' smart constructor. +data MovingAddressStatus = MovingAddressStatus' + { _masMoveStatus :: !(Maybe MoveStatus) + , _masPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'MovingAddressStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'masMoveStatus' - The status of the Elastic IP address that's being moved to the EC2-VPC platform, or restored to the EC2-Classic platform. +-- +-- * 'masPublicIP' - The Elastic IP address. +movingAddressStatus + :: MovingAddressStatus +movingAddressStatus = + MovingAddressStatus' + { _masMoveStatus = Nothing + , _masPublicIP = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the Elastic IP address that's being moved to the EC2-VPC platform, or restored to the EC2-Classic platform. +masMoveStatus :: Lens' MovingAddressStatus (Maybe MoveStatus) +masMoveStatus = lens _masMoveStatus (\ s a -> s{_masMoveStatus = a}); + +-- | The Elastic IP address. +masPublicIP :: Lens' MovingAddressStatus (Maybe Text) +masPublicIP = lens _masPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_masPublicIP = a}); + +instance FromXML MovingAddressStatus where + parseXML x + = MovingAddressStatus' <$> + (x .@? "moveStatus") <*> (x .@? "publicIp") + +instance Hashable MovingAddressStatus + +instance NFData MovingAddressStatus + +-- | Describes a NAT gateway. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'natGateway' smart constructor. +data NatGateway = NatGateway' + { _ngState :: !(Maybe NatGatewayState) + , _ngFailureCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ngVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ngFailureMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ngNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ngSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ngDeleteTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _ngProvisionedBandwidth :: !(Maybe ProvisionedBandwidth) + , _ngNatGatewayAddresses :: !(Maybe [NatGatewayAddress]) + , _ngCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NatGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ngState' - The state of the NAT gateway. * @pending@ : The NAT gateway is being created and is not ready to process traffic. * @failed@ : The NAT gateway could not be created. Check the @failureCode@ and @failureMessage@ fields for the reason. * @available@ : The NAT gateway is able to process traffic. This status remains until you delete the NAT gateway, and does not indicate the health of the NAT gateway. * @deleting@ : The NAT gateway is in the process of being terminated and may still be processing traffic. * @deleted@ : The NAT gateway has been terminated and is no longer processing traffic. +-- +-- * 'ngFailureCode' - If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error code for the failure. (@InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet@ | @Gateway.NotAttached@ | @InvalidAllocationID.NotFound@ | @Resource.AlreadyAssociated@ | @InternalError@ | @InvalidSubnetID.NotFound@ ) +-- +-- * 'ngVPCId' - The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway is located. +-- +-- * 'ngFailureMessage' - If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error message for the failure, that corresponds to the error code. * For InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet: "Subnet has insufficient free addresses to create this NAT gateway" * For Gateway.NotAttached: "Network vpc-xxxxxxxx has no Internet gateway attached" * For InvalidAllocationID.NotFound: "Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx could not be associated with this NAT gateway" * For Resource.AlreadyAssociated: "Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx is already associated" * For InternalError: "Network interface eni-xxxxxxxx, created and used internally by this NAT gateway is in an invalid state. Please try again." * For InvalidSubnetID.NotFound: "The specified subnet subnet-xxxxxxxx does not exist or could not be found." +-- +-- * 'ngNatGatewayId' - The ID of the NAT gateway. +-- +-- * 'ngSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway is located. +-- +-- * 'ngDeleteTime' - The date and time the NAT gateway was deleted, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'ngProvisionedBandwidth' - Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +-- +-- * 'ngNatGatewayAddresses' - Information about the IP addresses and network interface associated with the NAT gateway. +-- +-- * 'ngCreateTime' - The date and time the NAT gateway was created. +natGateway + :: NatGateway +natGateway = + NatGateway' + { _ngState = Nothing + , _ngFailureCode = Nothing + , _ngVPCId = Nothing + , _ngFailureMessage = Nothing + , _ngNatGatewayId = Nothing + , _ngSubnetId = Nothing + , _ngDeleteTime = Nothing + , _ngProvisionedBandwidth = Nothing + , _ngNatGatewayAddresses = Nothing + , _ngCreateTime = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the NAT gateway. * @pending@ : The NAT gateway is being created and is not ready to process traffic. * @failed@ : The NAT gateway could not be created. Check the @failureCode@ and @failureMessage@ fields for the reason. * @available@ : The NAT gateway is able to process traffic. This status remains until you delete the NAT gateway, and does not indicate the health of the NAT gateway. * @deleting@ : The NAT gateway is in the process of being terminated and may still be processing traffic. * @deleted@ : The NAT gateway has been terminated and is no longer processing traffic. +ngState :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe NatGatewayState) +ngState = lens _ngState (\ s a -> s{_ngState = a}); + +-- | If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error code for the failure. (@InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet@ | @Gateway.NotAttached@ | @InvalidAllocationID.NotFound@ | @Resource.AlreadyAssociated@ | @InternalError@ | @InvalidSubnetID.NotFound@ ) +ngFailureCode :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) +ngFailureCode = lens _ngFailureCode (\ s a -> s{_ngFailureCode = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC in which the NAT gateway is located. +ngVPCId :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) +ngVPCId = lens _ngVPCId (\ s a -> s{_ngVPCId = a}); + +-- | If the NAT gateway could not be created, specifies the error message for the failure, that corresponds to the error code. * For InsufficientFreeAddressesInSubnet: "Subnet has insufficient free addresses to create this NAT gateway" * For Gateway.NotAttached: "Network vpc-xxxxxxxx has no Internet gateway attached" * For InvalidAllocationID.NotFound: "Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx could not be associated with this NAT gateway" * For Resource.AlreadyAssociated: "Elastic IP address eipalloc-xxxxxxxx is already associated" * For InternalError: "Network interface eni-xxxxxxxx, created and used internally by this NAT gateway is in an invalid state. Please try again." * For InvalidSubnetID.NotFound: "The specified subnet subnet-xxxxxxxx does not exist or could not be found." +ngFailureMessage :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) +ngFailureMessage = lens _ngFailureMessage (\ s a -> s{_ngFailureMessage = a}); + +-- | The ID of the NAT gateway. +ngNatGatewayId :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) +ngNatGatewayId = lens _ngNatGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_ngNatGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet in which the NAT gateway is located. +ngSubnetId :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe Text) +ngSubnetId = lens _ngSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_ngSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The date and time the NAT gateway was deleted, if applicable. +ngDeleteTime :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe UTCTime) +ngDeleteTime = lens _ngDeleteTime (\ s a -> s{_ngDeleteTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +ngProvisionedBandwidth :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe ProvisionedBandwidth) +ngProvisionedBandwidth = lens _ngProvisionedBandwidth (\ s a -> s{_ngProvisionedBandwidth = a}); + +-- | Information about the IP addresses and network interface associated with the NAT gateway. +ngNatGatewayAddresses :: Lens' NatGateway [NatGatewayAddress] +ngNatGatewayAddresses = lens _ngNatGatewayAddresses (\ s a -> s{_ngNatGatewayAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The date and time the NAT gateway was created. +ngCreateTime :: Lens' NatGateway (Maybe UTCTime) +ngCreateTime = lens _ngCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_ngCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance FromXML NatGateway where + parseXML x + = NatGateway' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "failureCode") <*> + (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> (x .@? "failureMessage") + <*> (x .@? "natGatewayId") + <*> (x .@? "subnetId") + <*> (x .@? "deleteTime") + <*> (x .@? "provisionedBandwidth") + <*> + (x .@? "natGatewayAddressSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "createTime") + +instance Hashable NatGateway + +instance NFData NatGateway + +-- | Describes the IP addresses and network interface associated with a NAT gateway. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'natGatewayAddress' smart constructor. +data NatGatewayAddress = NatGatewayAddress' + { _ngaPrivateIP :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ngaAllocationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ngaNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ngaPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NatGatewayAddress' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ngaPrivateIP' - The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. +-- +-- * 'ngaAllocationId' - The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address that's associated with the NAT gateway. +-- +-- * 'ngaNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface associated with the NAT gateway. +-- +-- * 'ngaPublicIP' - The Elastic IP address associated with the NAT gateway. +natGatewayAddress + :: NatGatewayAddress +natGatewayAddress = + NatGatewayAddress' + { _ngaPrivateIP = Nothing + , _ngaAllocationId = Nothing + , _ngaNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _ngaPublicIP = Nothing + } + +-- | The private IP address associated with the Elastic IP address. +ngaPrivateIP :: Lens' NatGatewayAddress (Maybe Text) +ngaPrivateIP = lens _ngaPrivateIP (\ s a -> s{_ngaPrivateIP = a}); + +-- | The allocation ID of the Elastic IP address that's associated with the NAT gateway. +ngaAllocationId :: Lens' NatGatewayAddress (Maybe Text) +ngaAllocationId = lens _ngaAllocationId (\ s a -> s{_ngaAllocationId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface associated with the NAT gateway. +ngaNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' NatGatewayAddress (Maybe Text) +ngaNetworkInterfaceId = lens _ngaNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_ngaNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The Elastic IP address associated with the NAT gateway. +ngaPublicIP :: Lens' NatGatewayAddress (Maybe Text) +ngaPublicIP = lens _ngaPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_ngaPublicIP = a}); + +instance FromXML NatGatewayAddress where + parseXML x + = NatGatewayAddress' <$> + (x .@? "privateIp") <*> (x .@? "allocationId") <*> + (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") + <*> (x .@? "publicIp") + +instance Hashable NatGatewayAddress + +instance NFData NatGatewayAddress + +-- | Describes a network ACL. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkACL' smart constructor. +data NetworkACL = NetworkACL' + { _naEntries :: !(Maybe [NetworkACLEntry]) + , _naNetworkACLId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _naVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _naAssociations :: !(Maybe [NetworkACLAssociation]) + , _naTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _naIsDefault :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkACL' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'naEntries' - One or more entries (rules) in the network ACL. +-- +-- * 'naNetworkACLId' - The ID of the network ACL. +-- +-- * 'naVPCId' - The ID of the VPC for the network ACL. +-- +-- * 'naAssociations' - Any associations between the network ACL and one or more subnets +-- +-- * 'naTags' - Any tags assigned to the network ACL. +-- +-- * 'naIsDefault' - Indicates whether this is the default network ACL for the VPC. +networkACL + :: NetworkACL +networkACL = + NetworkACL' + { _naEntries = Nothing + , _naNetworkACLId = Nothing + , _naVPCId = Nothing + , _naAssociations = Nothing + , _naTags = Nothing + , _naIsDefault = Nothing + } + +-- | One or more entries (rules) in the network ACL. +naEntries :: Lens' NetworkACL [NetworkACLEntry] +naEntries = lens _naEntries (\ s a -> s{_naEntries = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the network ACL. +naNetworkACLId :: Lens' NetworkACL (Maybe Text) +naNetworkACLId = lens _naNetworkACLId (\ s a -> s{_naNetworkACLId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC for the network ACL. +naVPCId :: Lens' NetworkACL (Maybe Text) +naVPCId = lens _naVPCId (\ s a -> s{_naVPCId = a}); + +-- | Any associations between the network ACL and one or more subnets +naAssociations :: Lens' NetworkACL [NetworkACLAssociation] +naAssociations = lens _naAssociations (\ s a -> s{_naAssociations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Any tags assigned to the network ACL. +naTags :: Lens' NetworkACL [Tag] +naTags = lens _naTags (\ s a -> s{_naTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether this is the default network ACL for the VPC. +naIsDefault :: Lens' NetworkACL (Maybe Bool) +naIsDefault = lens _naIsDefault (\ s a -> s{_naIsDefault = a}); + +instance FromXML NetworkACL where + parseXML x + = NetworkACL' <$> + (x .@? "entrySet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "networkAclId") + <*> (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> + (x .@? "associationSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "default") + +instance Hashable NetworkACL + +instance NFData NetworkACL + +-- | Describes an association between a network ACL and a subnet. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkACLAssociation' smart constructor. +data NetworkACLAssociation = NetworkACLAssociation' + { _naaNetworkACLId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _naaSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _naaNetworkACLAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkACLAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'naaNetworkACLId' - The ID of the network ACL. +-- +-- * 'naaSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'naaNetworkACLAssociationId' - The ID of the association between a network ACL and a subnet. +networkACLAssociation + :: NetworkACLAssociation +networkACLAssociation = + NetworkACLAssociation' + { _naaNetworkACLId = Nothing + , _naaSubnetId = Nothing + , _naaNetworkACLAssociationId = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the network ACL. +naaNetworkACLId :: Lens' NetworkACLAssociation (Maybe Text) +naaNetworkACLId = lens _naaNetworkACLId (\ s a -> s{_naaNetworkACLId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet. +naaSubnetId :: Lens' NetworkACLAssociation (Maybe Text) +naaSubnetId = lens _naaSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_naaSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the association between a network ACL and a subnet. +naaNetworkACLAssociationId :: Lens' NetworkACLAssociation (Maybe Text) +naaNetworkACLAssociationId = lens _naaNetworkACLAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_naaNetworkACLAssociationId = a}); + +instance FromXML NetworkACLAssociation where + parseXML x + = NetworkACLAssociation' <$> + (x .@? "networkAclId") <*> (x .@? "subnetId") <*> + (x .@? "networkAclAssociationId") + +instance Hashable NetworkACLAssociation + +instance NFData NetworkACLAssociation + +-- | Describes an entry in a network ACL. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkACLEntry' smart constructor. +data NetworkACLEntry = NetworkACLEntry' + { _naeIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _naeICMPTypeCode :: !(Maybe ICMPTypeCode) + , _naeRuleNumber :: !(Maybe Int) + , _naeRuleAction :: !(Maybe RuleAction) + , _naeProtocol :: !(Maybe Text) + , _naePortRange :: !(Maybe PortRange) + , _naeCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _naeEgress :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkACLEntry' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'naeIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation. +-- +-- * 'naeICMPTypeCode' - ICMP protocol: The ICMP type and code. +-- +-- * 'naeRuleNumber' - The rule number for the entry. ACL entries are processed in ascending order by rule number. +-- +-- * 'naeRuleAction' - Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. +-- +-- * 'naeProtocol' - The protocol. A value of @-1@ means all protocols. +-- +-- * 'naePortRange' - TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. +-- +-- * 'naeCidrBlock' - The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation. +-- +-- * 'naeEgress' - Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule (applied to traffic leaving the subnet). +networkACLEntry + :: NetworkACLEntry +networkACLEntry = + NetworkACLEntry' + { _naeIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _naeICMPTypeCode = Nothing + , _naeRuleNumber = Nothing + , _naeRuleAction = Nothing + , _naeProtocol = Nothing + , _naePortRange = Nothing + , _naeCidrBlock = Nothing + , _naeEgress = Nothing + } + +-- | The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation. +naeIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) +naeIPv6CidrBlock = lens _naeIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_naeIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | ICMP protocol: The ICMP type and code. +naeICMPTypeCode :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe ICMPTypeCode) +naeICMPTypeCode = lens _naeICMPTypeCode (\ s a -> s{_naeICMPTypeCode = a}); + +-- | The rule number for the entry. ACL entries are processed in ascending order by rule number. +naeRuleNumber :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Int) +naeRuleNumber = lens _naeRuleNumber (\ s a -> s{_naeRuleNumber = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. +naeRuleAction :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe RuleAction) +naeRuleAction = lens _naeRuleAction (\ s a -> s{_naeRuleAction = a}); + +-- | The protocol. A value of @-1@ means all protocols. +naeProtocol :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) +naeProtocol = lens _naeProtocol (\ s a -> s{_naeProtocol = a}); + +-- | TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. +naePortRange :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe PortRange) +naePortRange = lens _naePortRange (\ s a -> s{_naePortRange = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation. +naeCidrBlock :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Text) +naeCidrBlock = lens _naeCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_naeCidrBlock = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule (applied to traffic leaving the subnet). +naeEgress :: Lens' NetworkACLEntry (Maybe Bool) +naeEgress = lens _naeEgress (\ s a -> s{_naeEgress = a}); + +instance FromXML NetworkACLEntry where + parseXML x + = NetworkACLEntry' <$> + (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlock") <*> (x .@? "icmpTypeCode") + <*> (x .@? "ruleNumber") + <*> (x .@? "ruleAction") + <*> (x .@? "protocol") + <*> (x .@? "portRange") + <*> (x .@? "cidrBlock") + <*> (x .@? "egress") + +instance Hashable NetworkACLEntry + +instance NFData NetworkACLEntry + +-- | Describes a network interface. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkInterface' smart constructor. +data NetworkInterface = NetworkInterface' + { _niGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) + , _niStatus :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceStatus) + , _niPrivateIPAddresses :: !(Maybe [NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress]) + , _niSourceDestCheck :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _niInterfaceType :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceType) + , _niVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niTagSet :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _niRequesterManaged :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _niNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niMACAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niAttachment :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceAttachment) + , _niOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niRequesterId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niAssociation :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceAssociation) + , _niIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterface' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'niGroups' - Any security groups for the network interface. +-- +-- * 'niStatus' - The status of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'niPrivateIPAddresses' - The private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface. +-- +-- * 'niSourceDestCheck' - Indicates whether traffic to or from the instance is validated. +-- +-- * 'niInterfaceType' - The type of interface. +-- +-- * 'niVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'niTagSet' - Any tags assigned to the network interface. +-- +-- * 'niRequesterManaged' - Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by AWS. +-- +-- * 'niNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'niSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'niMACAddress' - The MAC address. +-- +-- * 'niAttachment' - The network interface attachment. +-- +-- * 'niOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the owner of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'niAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'niPrivateIPAddress' - The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet. +-- +-- * 'niPrivateDNSName' - The private DNS name. +-- +-- * 'niRequesterId' - The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console or Auto Scaling). +-- +-- * 'niDescription' - A description. +-- +-- * 'niAssociation' - The association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. +-- +-- * 'niIPv6Addresses' - The IPv6 addresses associated with the network interface. +networkInterface + :: NetworkInterface +networkInterface = + NetworkInterface' + { _niGroups = Nothing + , _niStatus = Nothing + , _niPrivateIPAddresses = Nothing + , _niSourceDestCheck = Nothing + , _niInterfaceType = Nothing + , _niVPCId = Nothing + , _niTagSet = Nothing + , _niRequesterManaged = Nothing + , _niNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _niSubnetId = Nothing + , _niMACAddress = Nothing + , _niAttachment = Nothing + , _niOwnerId = Nothing + , _niAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _niPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _niPrivateDNSName = Nothing + , _niRequesterId = Nothing + , _niDescription = Nothing + , _niAssociation = Nothing + , _niIPv6Addresses = Nothing + } + +-- | Any security groups for the network interface. +niGroups :: Lens' NetworkInterface [GroupIdentifier] +niGroups = lens _niGroups (\ s a -> s{_niGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The status of the network interface. +niStatus :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceStatus) +niStatus = lens _niStatus (\ s a -> s{_niStatus = a}); + +-- | The private IPv4 addresses associated with the network interface. +niPrivateIPAddresses :: Lens' NetworkInterface [NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress] +niPrivateIPAddresses = lens _niPrivateIPAddresses (\ s a -> s{_niPrivateIPAddresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether traffic to or from the instance is validated. +niSourceDestCheck :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) +niSourceDestCheck = lens _niSourceDestCheck (\ s a -> s{_niSourceDestCheck = a}); + +-- | The type of interface. +niInterfaceType :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceType) +niInterfaceType = lens _niInterfaceType (\ s a -> s{_niInterfaceType = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +niVPCId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niVPCId = lens _niVPCId (\ s a -> s{_niVPCId = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the network interface. +niTagSet :: Lens' NetworkInterface [Tag] +niTagSet = lens _niTagSet (\ s a -> s{_niTagSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether the network interface is being managed by AWS. +niRequesterManaged :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) +niRequesterManaged = lens _niRequesterManaged (\ s a -> s{_niRequesterManaged = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +niNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niNetworkInterfaceId = lens _niNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_niNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet. +niSubnetId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niSubnetId = lens _niSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_niSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The MAC address. +niMACAddress :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niMACAddress = lens _niMACAddress (\ s a -> s{_niMACAddress = a}); + +-- | The network interface attachment. +niAttachment :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceAttachment) +niAttachment = lens _niAttachment (\ s a -> s{_niAttachment = a}); + +-- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the network interface. +niOwnerId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niOwnerId = lens _niOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_niOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone. +niAvailabilityZone :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niAvailabilityZone = lens _niAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_niAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet. +niPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niPrivateIPAddress = lens _niPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_niPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The private DNS name. +niPrivateDNSName :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niPrivateDNSName = lens _niPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_niPrivateDNSName = a}); + +-- | The ID of the entity that launched the instance on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console or Auto Scaling). +niRequesterId :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niRequesterId = lens _niRequesterId (\ s a -> s{_niRequesterId = a}); + +-- | A description. +niDescription :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +niDescription = lens _niDescription (\ s a -> s{_niDescription = a}); + +-- | The association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. +niAssociation :: Lens' NetworkInterface (Maybe NetworkInterfaceAssociation) +niAssociation = lens _niAssociation (\ s a -> s{_niAssociation = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 addresses associated with the network interface. +niIPv6Addresses :: Lens' NetworkInterface [NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address] +niIPv6Addresses = lens _niIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_niIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML NetworkInterface where + parseXML x + = NetworkInterface' <$> + (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "status") + <*> + (x .@? "privateIpAddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "sourceDestCheck") + <*> (x .@? "interfaceType") + <*> (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "requesterManaged") + <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") + <*> (x .@? "subnetId") + <*> (x .@? "macAddress") + <*> (x .@? "attachment") + <*> (x .@? "ownerId") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") + <*> (x .@? "privateDnsName") + <*> (x .@? "requesterId") + <*> (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@? "association") + <*> + (x .@? "ipv6AddressesSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable NetworkInterface + +instance NFData NetworkInterface + +-- | Describes association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4 only). +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkInterfaceAssociation' smart constructor. +data NetworkInterfaceAssociation = NetworkInterfaceAssociation' + { _niaAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niaPublicDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niaAllocationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niaIPOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niaPublicIP :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfaceAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'niaAssociationId' - The association ID. +-- +-- * 'niaPublicDNSName' - The public DNS name. +-- +-- * 'niaAllocationId' - The allocation ID. +-- +-- * 'niaIPOwnerId' - The ID of the Elastic IP address owner. +-- +-- * 'niaPublicIP' - The address of the Elastic IP address bound to the network interface. +networkInterfaceAssociation + :: NetworkInterfaceAssociation +networkInterfaceAssociation = + NetworkInterfaceAssociation' + { _niaAssociationId = Nothing + , _niaPublicDNSName = Nothing + , _niaAllocationId = Nothing + , _niaIPOwnerId = Nothing + , _niaPublicIP = Nothing + } + +-- | The association ID. +niaAssociationId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) +niaAssociationId = lens _niaAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_niaAssociationId = a}); + +-- | The public DNS name. +niaPublicDNSName :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) +niaPublicDNSName = lens _niaPublicDNSName (\ s a -> s{_niaPublicDNSName = a}); + +-- | The allocation ID. +niaAllocationId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) +niaAllocationId = lens _niaAllocationId (\ s a -> s{_niaAllocationId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Elastic IP address owner. +niaIPOwnerId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) +niaIPOwnerId = lens _niaIPOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_niaIPOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The address of the Elastic IP address bound to the network interface. +niaPublicIP :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAssociation (Maybe Text) +niaPublicIP = lens _niaPublicIP (\ s a -> s{_niaPublicIP = a}); + +instance FromXML NetworkInterfaceAssociation where + parseXML x + = NetworkInterfaceAssociation' <$> + (x .@? "associationId") <*> (x .@? "publicDnsName") + <*> (x .@? "allocationId") + <*> (x .@? "ipOwnerId") + <*> (x .@? "publicIp") + +instance Hashable NetworkInterfaceAssociation + +instance NFData NetworkInterfaceAssociation + +-- | Describes a network interface attachment. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkInterfaceAttachment' smart constructor. +data NetworkInterfaceAttachment = NetworkInterfaceAttachment' + { _niaInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niaStatus :: !(Maybe AttachmentStatus) + , _niaDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _niaAttachmentId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niaInstanceOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _niaAttachTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _niaDeviceIndex :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfaceAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'niaInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'niaStatus' - The attachment state. +-- +-- * 'niaDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. +-- +-- * 'niaAttachmentId' - The ID of the network interface attachment. +-- +-- * 'niaInstanceOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the owner of the instance. +-- +-- * 'niaAttachTime' - The timestamp indicating when the attachment initiated. +-- +-- * 'niaDeviceIndex' - The device index of the network interface attachment on the instance. +networkInterfaceAttachment + :: NetworkInterfaceAttachment +networkInterfaceAttachment = + NetworkInterfaceAttachment' + { _niaInstanceId = Nothing + , _niaStatus = Nothing + , _niaDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _niaAttachmentId = Nothing + , _niaInstanceOwnerId = Nothing + , _niaAttachTime = Nothing + , _niaDeviceIndex = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. +niaInstanceId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Text) +niaInstanceId = lens _niaInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_niaInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The attachment state. +niaStatus :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe AttachmentStatus) +niaStatus = lens _niaStatus (\ s a -> s{_niaStatus = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. +niaDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Bool) +niaDeleteOnTermination = lens _niaDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_niaDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface attachment. +niaAttachmentId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Text) +niaAttachmentId = lens _niaAttachmentId (\ s a -> s{_niaAttachmentId = a}); + +-- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the instance. +niaInstanceOwnerId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Text) +niaInstanceOwnerId = lens _niaInstanceOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_niaInstanceOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The timestamp indicating when the attachment initiated. +niaAttachTime :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe UTCTime) +niaAttachTime = lens _niaAttachTime (\ s a -> s{_niaAttachTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The device index of the network interface attachment on the instance. +niaDeviceIndex :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachment (Maybe Int) +niaDeviceIndex = lens _niaDeviceIndex (\ s a -> s{_niaDeviceIndex = a}); + +instance FromXML NetworkInterfaceAttachment where + parseXML x + = NetworkInterfaceAttachment' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "status") <*> + (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") + <*> (x .@? "attachmentId") + <*> (x .@? "instanceOwnerId") + <*> (x .@? "attachTime") + <*> (x .@? "deviceIndex") + +instance Hashable NetworkInterfaceAttachment + +instance NFData NetworkInterfaceAttachment + +-- | Describes an attachment change. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkInterfaceAttachmentChanges' smart constructor. +data NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges = NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges' + { _niacDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _niacAttachmentId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'niacDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. +-- +-- * 'niacAttachmentId' - The ID of the network interface attachment. +networkInterfaceAttachmentChanges + :: NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges +networkInterfaceAttachmentChanges = + NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges' + { _niacDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _niacAttachmentId = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. +niacDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges (Maybe Bool) +niacDeleteOnTermination = lens _niacDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_niacDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface attachment. +niacAttachmentId :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges (Maybe Text) +niacAttachmentId = lens _niacAttachmentId (\ s a -> s{_niacAttachmentId = a}); + +instance Hashable NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges + +instance NFData NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges + +instance ToQuery NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges + where + toQuery NetworkInterfaceAttachmentChanges'{..} + = mconcat + ["DeleteOnTermination" =: _niacDeleteOnTermination, + "AttachmentId" =: _niacAttachmentId] + +-- | Describes an IPv6 address associated with a network interface. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkInterfaceIPv6Address' smart constructor. +newtype NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address = NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address' + { _niiaIPv6Address :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'niiaIPv6Address' - The IPv6 address. +networkInterfaceIPv6Address + :: NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address +networkInterfaceIPv6Address = + NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address' + { _niiaIPv6Address = Nothing + } + +-- | The IPv6 address. +niiaIPv6Address :: Lens' NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address (Maybe Text) +niiaIPv6Address = lens _niiaIPv6Address (\ s a -> s{_niiaIPv6Address = a}); + +instance FromXML NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address where + parseXML x + = NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address' <$> + (x .@? "ipv6Address") + +instance Hashable NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address + +instance NFData NetworkInterfaceIPv6Address + +-- | Describes the private IPv4 address of a network interface. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'networkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' smart constructor. +data NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress = NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' + { _nipiaPrimary :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _nipiaPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _nipiaPrivateDNSName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _nipiaAssociation :: !(Maybe NetworkInterfaceAssociation) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'nipiaPrimary' - Indicates whether this IPv4 address is the primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'nipiaPrivateIPAddress' - The private IPv4 address. +-- +-- * 'nipiaPrivateDNSName' - The private DNS name. +-- +-- * 'nipiaAssociation' - The association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. +networkInterfacePrivateIPAddress + :: NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress +networkInterfacePrivateIPAddress = + NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' + { _nipiaPrimary = Nothing + , _nipiaPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _nipiaPrivateDNSName = Nothing + , _nipiaAssociation = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether this IPv4 address is the primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. +nipiaPrimary :: Lens' NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Bool) +nipiaPrimary = lens _nipiaPrimary (\ s a -> s{_nipiaPrimary = a}); + +-- | The private IPv4 address. +nipiaPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Text) +nipiaPrivateIPAddress = lens _nipiaPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_nipiaPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The private DNS name. +nipiaPrivateDNSName :: Lens' NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress (Maybe Text) +nipiaPrivateDNSName = lens _nipiaPrivateDNSName (\ s a -> s{_nipiaPrivateDNSName = a}); + +-- | The association information for an Elastic IP address (IPv4) associated with the network interface. +nipiaAssociation :: Lens' NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress (Maybe NetworkInterfaceAssociation) +nipiaAssociation = lens _nipiaAssociation (\ s a -> s{_nipiaAssociation = a}); + +instance FromXML NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress + where + parseXML x + = NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress' <$> + (x .@? "primary") <*> (x .@? "privateIpAddress") <*> + (x .@? "privateDnsName") + <*> (x .@? "association") + +instance Hashable NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress + +instance NFData NetworkInterfacePrivateIPAddress + +-- | /See:/ 'newDHCPConfiguration' smart constructor. +data NewDHCPConfiguration = NewDHCPConfiguration' + { _ndcValues :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _ndcKey :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'NewDHCPConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ndcValues' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'ndcKey' - Undocumented member. +newDHCPConfiguration + :: NewDHCPConfiguration +newDHCPConfiguration = + NewDHCPConfiguration' + { _ndcValues = Nothing + , _ndcKey = Nothing + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +ndcValues :: Lens' NewDHCPConfiguration [Text] +ndcValues = lens _ndcValues (\ s a -> s{_ndcValues = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Undocumented member. +ndcKey :: Lens' NewDHCPConfiguration (Maybe Text) +ndcKey = lens _ndcKey (\ s a -> s{_ndcKey = a}); + +instance Hashable NewDHCPConfiguration + +instance NFData NewDHCPConfiguration + +instance ToQuery NewDHCPConfiguration where + toQuery NewDHCPConfiguration'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery (toQueryList "Value" <$> _ndcValues), + "Key" =: _ndcKey] + +-- | Describes the VPC peering connection options. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'peeringConnectionOptions' smart constructor. +data PeeringConnectionOptions = PeeringConnectionOptions' + { _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PeeringConnectionOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink' - If true, enables outbound communication from instances in a local VPC to an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a peer VPC via ClassicLink. +-- +-- * 'pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC' - If true, enables outbound communication from an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a local VPC via ClassicLink to instances in a peer VPC. +-- +-- * 'pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC' - If true, enables a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC. +peeringConnectionOptions + :: PeeringConnectionOptions +peeringConnectionOptions = + PeeringConnectionOptions' + { _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = Nothing + , _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = Nothing + , _pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = Nothing + } + +-- | If true, enables outbound communication from instances in a local VPC to an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a peer VPC via ClassicLink. +pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) +pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = lens _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink (\ s a -> s{_pcoAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = a}); + +-- | If true, enables outbound communication from an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a local VPC via ClassicLink to instances in a peer VPC. +pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) +pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = lens _pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_pcoAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = a}); + +-- | If true, enables a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC. +pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) +pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = lens _pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_pcoAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = a}); + +instance FromXML PeeringConnectionOptions where + parseXML x + = PeeringConnectionOptions' <$> + (x .@? "allowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink") + <*> + (x .@? "allowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc") + <*> (x .@? "allowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc") + +instance Hashable PeeringConnectionOptions + +instance NFData PeeringConnectionOptions + +-- | The VPC peering connection options. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'peeringConnectionOptionsRequest' smart constructor. +data PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest = PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest' + { _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink' - If true, enables outbound communication from instances in a local VPC to an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a peer VPC via ClassicLink. +-- +-- * 'pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC' - If true, enables outbound communication from an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a local VPC via ClassicLink to instances in a peer VPC. +-- +-- * 'pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC' - If true, enables a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC. +peeringConnectionOptionsRequest + :: PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest +peeringConnectionOptionsRequest = + PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest' + { _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = Nothing + , _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = Nothing + , _pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = Nothing + } + +-- | If true, enables outbound communication from instances in a local VPC to an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a peer VPC via ClassicLink. +pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest (Maybe Bool) +pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = lens _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink (\ s a -> s{_pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = a}); + +-- | If true, enables outbound communication from an EC2-Classic instance that's linked to a local VPC via ClassicLink to instances in a peer VPC. +pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest (Maybe Bool) +pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = lens _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = a}); + +-- | If true, enables a local VPC to resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in the peer VPC. +pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: Lens' PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest (Maybe Bool) +pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = lens _pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = a}); + +instance Hashable PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest + +instance NFData PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest + +instance ToQuery PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest + where + toQuery PeeringConnectionOptionsRequest'{..} + = mconcat + ["AllowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink" =: + _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink, + "AllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc" =: + _pcorAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC, + "AllowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc" =: + _pcorAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC] + +-- | Describes the placement of an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'placement' smart constructor. +data Placement = Placement' + { _pAffinity :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pHostId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) + , _pGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Placement' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pAffinity' - The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host. This parameter is not supported for the 'ImportInstance' command. +-- +-- * 'pHostId' - The ID of the Dedicted host on which the instance resides. This parameter is not support for the 'ImportInstance' command. +-- +-- * 'pAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone of the instance. +-- +-- * 'pTenancy' - The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance with a tenancy of @dedicated@ runs on single-tenant hardware. The @host@ tenancy is not supported for the 'ImportInstance' command. +-- +-- * 'pGroupName' - The name of the placement group the instance is in (for cluster compute instances). +placement + :: Placement +placement = + Placement' + { _pAffinity = Nothing + , _pHostId = Nothing + , _pAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _pTenancy = Nothing + , _pGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The affinity setting for the instance on the Dedicated Host. This parameter is not supported for the 'ImportInstance' command. +pAffinity :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Text) +pAffinity = lens _pAffinity (\ s a -> s{_pAffinity = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Dedicted host on which the instance resides. This parameter is not support for the 'ImportInstance' command. +pHostId :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Text) +pHostId = lens _pHostId (\ s a -> s{_pHostId = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone of the instance. +pAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Text) +pAvailabilityZone = lens _pAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_pAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The tenancy of the instance (if the instance is running in a VPC). An instance with a tenancy of @dedicated@ runs on single-tenant hardware. The @host@ tenancy is not supported for the 'ImportInstance' command. +pTenancy :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Tenancy) +pTenancy = lens _pTenancy (\ s a -> s{_pTenancy = a}); + +-- | The name of the placement group the instance is in (for cluster compute instances). +pGroupName :: Lens' Placement (Maybe Text) +pGroupName = lens _pGroupName (\ s a -> s{_pGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML Placement where + parseXML x + = Placement' <$> + (x .@? "affinity") <*> (x .@? "hostId") <*> + (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "tenancy") + <*> (x .@? "groupName") + +instance Hashable Placement + +instance NFData Placement + +instance ToQuery Placement where + toQuery Placement'{..} + = mconcat + ["Affinity" =: _pAffinity, "HostId" =: _pHostId, + "AvailabilityZone" =: _pAvailabilityZone, + "Tenancy" =: _pTenancy, "GroupName" =: _pGroupName] + +-- | Describes a placement group. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'placementGroup' smart constructor. +data PlacementGroup = PlacementGroup' + { _pgState :: !(Maybe PlacementGroupState) + , _pgStrategy :: !(Maybe PlacementStrategy) + , _pgGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PlacementGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pgState' - The state of the placement group. +-- +-- * 'pgStrategy' - The placement strategy. +-- +-- * 'pgGroupName' - The name of the placement group. +placementGroup + :: PlacementGroup +placementGroup = + PlacementGroup' + { _pgState = Nothing + , _pgStrategy = Nothing + , _pgGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the placement group. +pgState :: Lens' PlacementGroup (Maybe PlacementGroupState) +pgState = lens _pgState (\ s a -> s{_pgState = a}); + +-- | The placement strategy. +pgStrategy :: Lens' PlacementGroup (Maybe PlacementStrategy) +pgStrategy = lens _pgStrategy (\ s a -> s{_pgStrategy = a}); + +-- | The name of the placement group. +pgGroupName :: Lens' PlacementGroup (Maybe Text) +pgGroupName = lens _pgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_pgGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML PlacementGroup where + parseXML x + = PlacementGroup' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "strategy") <*> + (x .@? "groupName") + +instance Hashable PlacementGroup + +instance NFData PlacementGroup + +-- | Describes a range of ports. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'portRange' smart constructor. +data PortRange = PortRange' + { _prTo :: !(Maybe Int) + , _prFrom :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PortRange' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'prTo' - The last port in the range. +-- +-- * 'prFrom' - The first port in the range. +portRange + :: PortRange +portRange = + PortRange' + { _prTo = Nothing + , _prFrom = Nothing + } + +-- | The last port in the range. +prTo :: Lens' PortRange (Maybe Int) +prTo = lens _prTo (\ s a -> s{_prTo = a}); + +-- | The first port in the range. +prFrom :: Lens' PortRange (Maybe Int) +prFrom = lens _prFrom (\ s a -> s{_prFrom = a}); + +instance FromXML PortRange where + parseXML x + = PortRange' <$> (x .@? "to") <*> (x .@? "from") + +instance Hashable PortRange + +instance NFData PortRange + +instance ToQuery PortRange where + toQuery PortRange'{..} + = mconcat ["To" =: _prTo, "From" =: _prFrom] + +-- | Describes prefixes for AWS services. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'prefixList' smart constructor. +data PrefixList = PrefixList' + { _plCidrs :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _plPrefixListId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _plPrefixListName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PrefixList' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'plCidrs' - The IP address range of the AWS service. +-- +-- * 'plPrefixListId' - The ID of the prefix. +-- +-- * 'plPrefixListName' - The name of the prefix. +prefixList + :: PrefixList +prefixList = + PrefixList' + { _plCidrs = Nothing + , _plPrefixListId = Nothing + , _plPrefixListName = Nothing + } + +-- | The IP address range of the AWS service. +plCidrs :: Lens' PrefixList [Text] +plCidrs = lens _plCidrs (\ s a -> s{_plCidrs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the prefix. +plPrefixListId :: Lens' PrefixList (Maybe Text) +plPrefixListId = lens _plPrefixListId (\ s a -> s{_plPrefixListId = a}); + +-- | The name of the prefix. +plPrefixListName :: Lens' PrefixList (Maybe Text) +plPrefixListName = lens _plPrefixListName (\ s a -> s{_plPrefixListName = a}); + +instance FromXML PrefixList where + parseXML x + = PrefixList' <$> + (x .@? "cidrSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "prefixListId") + <*> (x .@? "prefixListName") + +instance Hashable PrefixList + +instance NFData PrefixList + +-- | The ID of the prefix. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'prefixListId' smart constructor. +newtype PrefixListId = PrefixListId' + { _pliPrefixListId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PrefixListId' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pliPrefixListId' - The ID of the prefix. +prefixListId + :: PrefixListId +prefixListId = + PrefixListId' + { _pliPrefixListId = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the prefix. +pliPrefixListId :: Lens' PrefixListId (Maybe Text) +pliPrefixListId = lens _pliPrefixListId (\ s a -> s{_pliPrefixListId = a}); + +instance FromXML PrefixListId where + parseXML x = PrefixListId' <$> (x .@? "prefixListId") + +instance Hashable PrefixListId + +instance NFData PrefixListId + +instance ToQuery PrefixListId where + toQuery PrefixListId'{..} + = mconcat ["PrefixListId" =: _pliPrefixListId] + +-- | Describes the price for a Reserved Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'priceSchedule' smart constructor. +data PriceSchedule = PriceSchedule' + { _psCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) + , _psTerm :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _psActive :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _psPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PriceSchedule' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'psCurrencyCode' - The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +-- +-- * 'psTerm' - The number of months remaining in the reservation. For example, 2 is the second to the last month before the capacity reservation expires. +-- +-- * 'psActive' - The current price schedule, as determined by the term remaining for the Reserved Instance in the listing. A specific price schedule is always in effect, but only one price schedule can be active at any time. Take, for example, a Reserved Instance listing that has five months remaining in its term. When you specify price schedules for five months and two months, this means that schedule 1, covering the first three months of the remaining term, will be active during months 5, 4, and 3. Then schedule 2, covering the last two months of the term, will be active for months 2 and 1. +-- +-- * 'psPrice' - The fixed price for the term. +priceSchedule + :: PriceSchedule +priceSchedule = + PriceSchedule' + { _psCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _psTerm = Nothing + , _psActive = Nothing + , _psPrice = Nothing + } + +-- | The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +psCurrencyCode :: Lens' PriceSchedule (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) +psCurrencyCode = lens _psCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_psCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The number of months remaining in the reservation. For example, 2 is the second to the last month before the capacity reservation expires. +psTerm :: Lens' PriceSchedule (Maybe Integer) +psTerm = lens _psTerm (\ s a -> s{_psTerm = a}); + +-- | The current price schedule, as determined by the term remaining for the Reserved Instance in the listing. A specific price schedule is always in effect, but only one price schedule can be active at any time. Take, for example, a Reserved Instance listing that has five months remaining in its term. When you specify price schedules for five months and two months, this means that schedule 1, covering the first three months of the remaining term, will be active during months 5, 4, and 3. Then schedule 2, covering the last two months of the term, will be active for months 2 and 1. +psActive :: Lens' PriceSchedule (Maybe Bool) +psActive = lens _psActive (\ s a -> s{_psActive = a}); + +-- | The fixed price for the term. +psPrice :: Lens' PriceSchedule (Maybe Double) +psPrice = lens _psPrice (\ s a -> s{_psPrice = a}); + +instance FromXML PriceSchedule where + parseXML x + = PriceSchedule' <$> + (x .@? "currencyCode") <*> (x .@? "term") <*> + (x .@? "active") + <*> (x .@? "price") + +instance Hashable PriceSchedule + +instance NFData PriceSchedule + +-- | Describes the price for a Reserved Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'priceScheduleSpecification' smart constructor. +data PriceScheduleSpecification = PriceScheduleSpecification' + { _pssCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) + , _pssTerm :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _pssPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PriceScheduleSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pssCurrencyCode' - The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +-- +-- * 'pssTerm' - The number of months remaining in the reservation. For example, 2 is the second to the last month before the capacity reservation expires. +-- +-- * 'pssPrice' - The fixed price for the term. +priceScheduleSpecification + :: PriceScheduleSpecification +priceScheduleSpecification = + PriceScheduleSpecification' + { _pssCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _pssTerm = Nothing + , _pssPrice = Nothing + } + +-- | The currency for transacting the Reserved Instance resale. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +pssCurrencyCode :: Lens' PriceScheduleSpecification (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) +pssCurrencyCode = lens _pssCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_pssCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The number of months remaining in the reservation. For example, 2 is the second to the last month before the capacity reservation expires. +pssTerm :: Lens' PriceScheduleSpecification (Maybe Integer) +pssTerm = lens _pssTerm (\ s a -> s{_pssTerm = a}); + +-- | The fixed price for the term. +pssPrice :: Lens' PriceScheduleSpecification (Maybe Double) +pssPrice = lens _pssPrice (\ s a -> s{_pssPrice = a}); + +instance Hashable PriceScheduleSpecification + +instance NFData PriceScheduleSpecification + +instance ToQuery PriceScheduleSpecification where + toQuery PriceScheduleSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + ["CurrencyCode" =: _pssCurrencyCode, + "Term" =: _pssTerm, "Price" =: _pssPrice] + +-- | Describes a Reserved Instance offering. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'pricingDetail' smart constructor. +data PricingDetail = PricingDetail' + { _pdCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pdPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PricingDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pdCount' - The number of reservations available for the price. +-- +-- * 'pdPrice' - The price per instance. +pricingDetail + :: PricingDetail +pricingDetail = + PricingDetail' + { _pdCount = Nothing + , _pdPrice = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of reservations available for the price. +pdCount :: Lens' PricingDetail (Maybe Int) +pdCount = lens _pdCount (\ s a -> s{_pdCount = a}); + +-- | The price per instance. +pdPrice :: Lens' PricingDetail (Maybe Double) +pdPrice = lens _pdPrice (\ s a -> s{_pdPrice = a}); + +instance FromXML PricingDetail where + parseXML x + = PricingDetail' <$> + (x .@? "count") <*> (x .@? "price") + +instance Hashable PricingDetail + +instance NFData PricingDetail + +-- | Describes a secondary private IPv4 address for a network interface. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'privateIPAddressSpecification' smart constructor. +data PrivateIPAddressSpecification = PrivateIPAddressSpecification' + { _piasPrimary :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _piasPrivateIPAddress :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PrivateIPAddressSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'piasPrimary' - Indicates whether the private IPv4 address is the primary private IPv4 address. Only one IPv4 address can be designated as primary. +-- +-- * 'piasPrivateIPAddress' - The private IPv4 addresses. +privateIPAddressSpecification + :: Text -- ^ 'piasPrivateIPAddress' + -> PrivateIPAddressSpecification +privateIPAddressSpecification pPrivateIPAddress_ = + PrivateIPAddressSpecification' + { _piasPrimary = Nothing + , _piasPrivateIPAddress = pPrivateIPAddress_ + } + +-- | Indicates whether the private IPv4 address is the primary private IPv4 address. Only one IPv4 address can be designated as primary. +piasPrimary :: Lens' PrivateIPAddressSpecification (Maybe Bool) +piasPrimary = lens _piasPrimary (\ s a -> s{_piasPrimary = a}); + +-- | The private IPv4 addresses. +piasPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' PrivateIPAddressSpecification Text +piasPrivateIPAddress = lens _piasPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_piasPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +instance FromXML PrivateIPAddressSpecification where + parseXML x + = PrivateIPAddressSpecification' <$> + (x .@? "primary") <*> (x .@ "privateIpAddress") + +instance Hashable PrivateIPAddressSpecification + +instance NFData PrivateIPAddressSpecification + +instance ToQuery PrivateIPAddressSpecification where + toQuery PrivateIPAddressSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + ["Primary" =: _piasPrimary, + "PrivateIpAddress" =: _piasPrivateIPAddress] + +-- | Describes a product code. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'productCode' smart constructor. +data ProductCode = ProductCode' + { _pcProductCodeType :: !(Maybe ProductCodeValues) + , _pcProductCodeId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ProductCode' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pcProductCodeType' - The type of product code. +-- +-- * 'pcProductCodeId' - The product code. +productCode + :: ProductCode +productCode = + ProductCode' + { _pcProductCodeType = Nothing + , _pcProductCodeId = Nothing + } + +-- | The type of product code. +pcProductCodeType :: Lens' ProductCode (Maybe ProductCodeValues) +pcProductCodeType = lens _pcProductCodeType (\ s a -> s{_pcProductCodeType = a}); + +-- | The product code. +pcProductCodeId :: Lens' ProductCode (Maybe Text) +pcProductCodeId = lens _pcProductCodeId (\ s a -> s{_pcProductCodeId = a}); + +instance FromXML ProductCode where + parseXML x + = ProductCode' <$> + (x .@? "type") <*> (x .@? "productCode") + +instance Hashable ProductCode + +instance NFData ProductCode + +-- | Describes a virtual private gateway propagating route. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'propagatingVGW' smart constructor. +newtype PropagatingVGW = PropagatingVGW' + { _pvGatewayId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PropagatingVGW' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pvGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway (VGW). +propagatingVGW + :: PropagatingVGW +propagatingVGW = + PropagatingVGW' + { _pvGatewayId = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the virtual private gateway (VGW). +pvGatewayId :: Lens' PropagatingVGW (Maybe Text) +pvGatewayId = lens _pvGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_pvGatewayId = a}); + +instance FromXML PropagatingVGW where + parseXML x = PropagatingVGW' <$> (x .@? "gatewayId") + +instance Hashable PropagatingVGW + +instance NFData PropagatingVGW + +-- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'provisionedBandwidth' smart constructor. +data ProvisionedBandwidth = ProvisionedBandwidth' + { _pbStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pbRequested :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pbProvisioned :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pbRequestTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _pbProvisionTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ProvisionedBandwidth' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pbStatus' - Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +-- +-- * 'pbRequested' - Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +-- +-- * 'pbProvisioned' - Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +-- +-- * 'pbRequestTime' - Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +-- +-- * 'pbProvisionTime' - Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +provisionedBandwidth + :: ProvisionedBandwidth +provisionedBandwidth = + ProvisionedBandwidth' + { _pbStatus = Nothing + , _pbRequested = Nothing + , _pbProvisioned = Nothing + , _pbRequestTime = Nothing + , _pbProvisionTime = Nothing + } + +-- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +pbStatus :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe Text) +pbStatus = lens _pbStatus (\ s a -> s{_pbStatus = a}); + +-- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +pbRequested :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe Text) +pbRequested = lens _pbRequested (\ s a -> s{_pbRequested = a}); + +-- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +pbProvisioned :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe Text) +pbProvisioned = lens _pbProvisioned (\ s a -> s{_pbProvisioned = a}); + +-- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +pbRequestTime :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe UTCTime) +pbRequestTime = lens _pbRequestTime (\ s a -> s{_pbRequestTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Reserved. If you need to sustain traffic greater than the , contact us through the . +pbProvisionTime :: Lens' ProvisionedBandwidth (Maybe UTCTime) +pbProvisionTime = lens _pbProvisionTime (\ s a -> s{_pbProvisionTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance FromXML ProvisionedBandwidth where + parseXML x + = ProvisionedBandwidth' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "requested") <*> + (x .@? "provisioned") + <*> (x .@? "requestTime") + <*> (x .@? "provisionTime") + +instance Hashable ProvisionedBandwidth + +instance NFData ProvisionedBandwidth + +-- | Describes the result of the purchase. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'purchase' smart constructor. +data Purchase = Purchase' + { _pInstanceFamily :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) + , _pHostReservationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pUpfrontPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _pHostIdSet :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _pDuration :: !(Maybe Int) + , _pPaymentOption :: !(Maybe PaymentOption) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Purchase' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'pInstanceFamily' - The instance family on the Dedicated Host that the reservation can be associated with. +-- +-- * 'pCurrencyCode' - The currency in which the @UpfrontPrice@ and @HourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +-- +-- * 'pHostReservationId' - The ID of the reservation. +-- +-- * 'pHourlyPrice' - The hourly price of the reservation per hour. +-- +-- * 'pUpfrontPrice' - The upfront price of the reservation. +-- +-- * 'pHostIdSet' - The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts associated with the reservation. +-- +-- * 'pDuration' - The duration of the reservation's term in seconds. +-- +-- * 'pPaymentOption' - The payment option for the reservation. +purchase + :: Purchase +purchase = + Purchase' + { _pInstanceFamily = Nothing + , _pCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _pHostReservationId = Nothing + , _pHourlyPrice = Nothing + , _pUpfrontPrice = Nothing + , _pHostIdSet = Nothing + , _pDuration = Nothing + , _pPaymentOption = Nothing + } + +-- | The instance family on the Dedicated Host that the reservation can be associated with. +pInstanceFamily :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Text) +pInstanceFamily = lens _pInstanceFamily (\ s a -> s{_pInstanceFamily = a}); + +-- | The currency in which the @UpfrontPrice@ and @HourlyPrice@ amounts are specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +pCurrencyCode :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) +pCurrencyCode = lens _pCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_pCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The ID of the reservation. +pHostReservationId :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Text) +pHostReservationId = lens _pHostReservationId (\ s a -> s{_pHostReservationId = a}); + +-- | The hourly price of the reservation per hour. +pHourlyPrice :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Text) +pHourlyPrice = lens _pHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_pHourlyPrice = a}); + +-- | The upfront price of the reservation. +pUpfrontPrice :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Text) +pUpfrontPrice = lens _pUpfrontPrice (\ s a -> s{_pUpfrontPrice = a}); + +-- | The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts associated with the reservation. +pHostIdSet :: Lens' Purchase [Text] +pHostIdSet = lens _pHostIdSet (\ s a -> s{_pHostIdSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The duration of the reservation's term in seconds. +pDuration :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe Int) +pDuration = lens _pDuration (\ s a -> s{_pDuration = a}); + +-- | The payment option for the reservation. +pPaymentOption :: Lens' Purchase (Maybe PaymentOption) +pPaymentOption = lens _pPaymentOption (\ s a -> s{_pPaymentOption = a}); + +instance FromXML Purchase where + parseXML x + = Purchase' <$> + (x .@? "instanceFamily") <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") + <*> (x .@? "hostReservationId") + <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") + <*> (x .@? "upfrontPrice") + <*> + (x .@? "hostIdSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "duration") + <*> (x .@? "paymentOption") + +instance Hashable Purchase + +instance NFData Purchase + +-- | Describes a request to purchase Scheduled Instances. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'purchaseRequest' smart constructor. +data PurchaseRequest = PurchaseRequest' + { _prPurchaseToken :: !Text + , _prInstanceCount :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'PurchaseRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'prPurchaseToken' - The purchase token. +-- +-- * 'prInstanceCount' - The number of instances. +purchaseRequest + :: Text -- ^ 'prPurchaseToken' + -> Int -- ^ 'prInstanceCount' + -> PurchaseRequest +purchaseRequest pPurchaseToken_ pInstanceCount_ = + PurchaseRequest' + { _prPurchaseToken = pPurchaseToken_ + , _prInstanceCount = pInstanceCount_ + } + +-- | The purchase token. +prPurchaseToken :: Lens' PurchaseRequest Text +prPurchaseToken = lens _prPurchaseToken (\ s a -> s{_prPurchaseToken = a}); + +-- | The number of instances. +prInstanceCount :: Lens' PurchaseRequest Int +prInstanceCount = lens _prInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_prInstanceCount = a}); + +instance Hashable PurchaseRequest + +instance NFData PurchaseRequest + +instance ToQuery PurchaseRequest where + toQuery PurchaseRequest'{..} + = mconcat + ["PurchaseToken" =: _prPurchaseToken, + "InstanceCount" =: _prInstanceCount] + +-- | Describes a recurring charge. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'recurringCharge' smart constructor. +data RecurringCharge = RecurringCharge' + { _rcAmount :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rcFrequency :: !(Maybe RecurringChargeFrequency) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RecurringCharge' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rcAmount' - The amount of the recurring charge. +-- +-- * 'rcFrequency' - The frequency of the recurring charge. +recurringCharge + :: RecurringCharge +recurringCharge = + RecurringCharge' + { _rcAmount = Nothing + , _rcFrequency = Nothing + } + +-- | The amount of the recurring charge. +rcAmount :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe Double) +rcAmount = lens _rcAmount (\ s a -> s{_rcAmount = a}); + +-- | The frequency of the recurring charge. +rcFrequency :: Lens' RecurringCharge (Maybe RecurringChargeFrequency) +rcFrequency = lens _rcFrequency (\ s a -> s{_rcFrequency = a}); + +instance FromXML RecurringCharge where + parseXML x + = RecurringCharge' <$> + (x .@? "amount") <*> (x .@? "frequency") + +instance Hashable RecurringCharge + +instance NFData RecurringCharge + +-- | Describes a region. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'regionInfo' smart constructor. +data RegionInfo = RegionInfo' + { _riRegionName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _riEndpoint :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RegionInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'riRegionName' - The name of the region. +-- +-- * 'riEndpoint' - The region service endpoint. +regionInfo + :: RegionInfo +regionInfo = + RegionInfo' + { _riRegionName = Nothing + , _riEndpoint = Nothing + } + +-- | The name of the region. +riRegionName :: Lens' RegionInfo (Maybe Text) +riRegionName = lens _riRegionName (\ s a -> s{_riRegionName = a}); + +-- | The region service endpoint. +riEndpoint :: Lens' RegionInfo (Maybe Text) +riEndpoint = lens _riEndpoint (\ s a -> s{_riEndpoint = a}); + +instance FromXML RegionInfo where + parseXML x + = RegionInfo' <$> + (x .@? "regionName") <*> (x .@? "regionEndpoint") + +instance Hashable RegionInfo + +instance NFData RegionInfo + +-- | Describes the launch specification for an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'requestSpotLaunchSpecification' smart constructor. +data RequestSpotLaunchSpecification = RequestSpotLaunchSpecification' + { _rslsSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rslsSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _rslsKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rslsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification]) + , _rslsRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rslsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rslsKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rslsInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) + , _rslsEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rslsUserData :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rslsMonitoring :: !(Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) + , _rslsIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) + , _rslsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rslsAddressingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rslsBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) + , _rslsPlacement :: !(Maybe SpotPlacement) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RequestSpotLaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rslsSecurityGroupIds' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'rslsSecurityGroups' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'rslsKeyName' - The name of the key pair. +-- +-- * 'rslsNetworkInterfaces' - One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface. +-- +-- * 'rslsRAMDiskId' - The ID of the RAM disk. +-- +-- * 'rslsSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. +-- +-- * 'rslsKernelId' - The ID of the kernel. +-- +-- * 'rslsInstanceType' - The instance type. +-- +-- * 'rslsEBSOptimized' - Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. Default: @false@ +-- +-- * 'rslsUserData' - The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +-- +-- * 'rslsMonitoring' - Undocumented member. +-- +-- * 'rslsIAMInstanceProfile' - The IAM instance profile. +-- +-- * 'rslsImageId' - The ID of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'rslsAddressingType' - Deprecated. +-- +-- * 'rslsBlockDeviceMappings' - One or more block device mapping entries. Although you can specify encrypted EBS volumes in this block device mapping for your Spot Instances, these volumes are not encrypted. +-- +-- * 'rslsPlacement' - The placement information for the instance. +requestSpotLaunchSpecification + :: RequestSpotLaunchSpecification +requestSpotLaunchSpecification = + RequestSpotLaunchSpecification' + { _rslsSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _rslsSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _rslsKeyName = Nothing + , _rslsNetworkInterfaces = Nothing + , _rslsRAMDiskId = Nothing + , _rslsSubnetId = Nothing + , _rslsKernelId = Nothing + , _rslsInstanceType = Nothing + , _rslsEBSOptimized = Nothing + , _rslsUserData = Nothing + , _rslsMonitoring = Nothing + , _rslsIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing + , _rslsImageId = Nothing + , _rslsAddressingType = Nothing + , _rslsBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing + , _rslsPlacement = Nothing + } + +-- | Undocumented member. +rslsSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification [Text] +rslsSecurityGroupIds = lens _rslsSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_rslsSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Undocumented member. +rslsSecurityGroups :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification [Text] +rslsSecurityGroups = lens _rslsSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_rslsSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the key pair. +rslsKeyName :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +rslsKeyName = lens _rslsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_rslsKeyName = a}); + +-- | One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface. +rslsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification] +rslsNetworkInterfaces = lens _rslsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_rslsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the RAM disk. +rslsRAMDiskId :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +rslsRAMDiskId = lens _rslsRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_rslsRAMDiskId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instance. +rslsSubnetId :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +rslsSubnetId = lens _rslsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_rslsSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the kernel. +rslsKernelId :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +rslsKernelId = lens _rslsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_rslsKernelId = a}); + +-- | The instance type. +rslsInstanceType :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe InstanceType) +rslsInstanceType = lens _rslsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_rslsInstanceType = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the instance is optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. Default: @false@ +rslsEBSOptimized :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) +rslsEBSOptimized = lens _rslsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_rslsEBSOptimized = a}); + +-- | The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +rslsUserData :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +rslsUserData = lens _rslsUserData (\ s a -> s{_rslsUserData = a}); + +-- | Undocumented member. +rslsMonitoring :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled) +rslsMonitoring = lens _rslsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_rslsMonitoring = a}); + +-- | The IAM instance profile. +rslsIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) +rslsIAMInstanceProfile = lens _rslsIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_rslsIAMInstanceProfile = a}); + +-- | The ID of the AMI. +rslsImageId :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +rslsImageId = lens _rslsImageId (\ s a -> s{_rslsImageId = a}); + +-- | Deprecated. +rslsAddressingType :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +rslsAddressingType = lens _rslsAddressingType (\ s a -> s{_rslsAddressingType = a}); + +-- | One or more block device mapping entries. Although you can specify encrypted EBS volumes in this block device mapping for your Spot Instances, these volumes are not encrypted. +rslsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification [BlockDeviceMapping] +rslsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _rslsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_rslsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The placement information for the instance. +rslsPlacement :: Lens' RequestSpotLaunchSpecification (Maybe SpotPlacement) +rslsPlacement = lens _rslsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_rslsPlacement = a}); + +instance Hashable RequestSpotLaunchSpecification + +instance NFData RequestSpotLaunchSpecification + +instance ToQuery RequestSpotLaunchSpecification where + toQuery RequestSpotLaunchSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery + (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> + _rslsSecurityGroupIds), + toQuery + (toQueryList "SecurityGroup" <$> + _rslsSecurityGroups), + "KeyName" =: _rslsKeyName, + toQuery + (toQueryList "NetworkInterface" <$> + _rslsNetworkInterfaces), + "RamdiskId" =: _rslsRAMDiskId, + "SubnetId" =: _rslsSubnetId, + "KernelId" =: _rslsKernelId, + "InstanceType" =: _rslsInstanceType, + "EbsOptimized" =: _rslsEBSOptimized, + "UserData" =: _rslsUserData, + "Monitoring" =: _rslsMonitoring, + "IamInstanceProfile" =: _rslsIAMInstanceProfile, + "ImageId" =: _rslsImageId, + "AddressingType" =: _rslsAddressingType, + toQuery + (toQueryList "BlockDeviceMapping" <$> + _rslsBlockDeviceMappings), + "Placement" =: _rslsPlacement] + +-- | Describes a reservation. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservation' smart constructor. +data Reservation = Reservation' + { _rGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) + , _rInstances :: !(Maybe [Instance]) + , _rRequesterId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rReservationId :: !Text + , _rOwnerId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Reservation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rGroups' - [EC2-Classic only] One or more security groups. +-- +-- * 'rInstances' - One or more instances. +-- +-- * 'rRequesterId' - The ID of the requester that launched the instances on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console or Auto Scaling). +-- +-- * 'rReservationId' - The ID of the reservation. +-- +-- * 'rOwnerId' - The ID of the AWS account that owns the reservation. +reservation + :: Text -- ^ 'rReservationId' + -> Text -- ^ 'rOwnerId' + -> Reservation +reservation pReservationId_ pOwnerId_ = + Reservation' + { _rGroups = Nothing + , _rInstances = Nothing + , _rRequesterId = Nothing + , _rReservationId = pReservationId_ + , _rOwnerId = pOwnerId_ + } + +-- | [EC2-Classic only] One or more security groups. +rGroups :: Lens' Reservation [GroupIdentifier] +rGroups = lens _rGroups (\ s a -> s{_rGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | One or more instances. +rInstances :: Lens' Reservation [Instance] +rInstances = lens _rInstances (\ s a -> s{_rInstances = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the requester that launched the instances on your behalf (for example, AWS Management Console or Auto Scaling). +rRequesterId :: Lens' Reservation (Maybe Text) +rRequesterId = lens _rRequesterId (\ s a -> s{_rRequesterId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the reservation. +rReservationId :: Lens' Reservation Text +rReservationId = lens _rReservationId (\ s a -> s{_rReservationId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the AWS account that owns the reservation. +rOwnerId :: Lens' Reservation Text +rOwnerId = lens _rOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rOwnerId = a}); + +instance FromXML Reservation where + parseXML x + = Reservation' <$> + (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "instancesSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "requesterId") + <*> (x .@ "reservationId") + <*> (x .@ "ownerId") + +instance Hashable Reservation + +instance NFData Reservation + +-- | The cost associated with the Reserved Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservationValue' smart constructor. +data ReservationValue = ReservationValue' + { _rvHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rvRemainingTotalValue :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rvRemainingUpfrontValue :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservationValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rvHourlyPrice' - The hourly rate of the reservation. +-- +-- * 'rvRemainingTotalValue' - The balance of the total value (the sum of remainingUpfrontValue + hourlyPrice * number of hours remaining). +-- +-- * 'rvRemainingUpfrontValue' - The remaining upfront cost of the reservation. +reservationValue + :: ReservationValue +reservationValue = + ReservationValue' + { _rvHourlyPrice = Nothing + , _rvRemainingTotalValue = Nothing + , _rvRemainingUpfrontValue = Nothing + } + +-- | The hourly rate of the reservation. +rvHourlyPrice :: Lens' ReservationValue (Maybe Text) +rvHourlyPrice = lens _rvHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_rvHourlyPrice = a}); + +-- | The balance of the total value (the sum of remainingUpfrontValue + hourlyPrice * number of hours remaining). +rvRemainingTotalValue :: Lens' ReservationValue (Maybe Text) +rvRemainingTotalValue = lens _rvRemainingTotalValue (\ s a -> s{_rvRemainingTotalValue = a}); + +-- | The remaining upfront cost of the reservation. +rvRemainingUpfrontValue :: Lens' ReservationValue (Maybe Text) +rvRemainingUpfrontValue = lens _rvRemainingUpfrontValue (\ s a -> s{_rvRemainingUpfrontValue = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservationValue where + parseXML x + = ReservationValue' <$> + (x .@? "hourlyPrice") <*> + (x .@? "remainingTotalValue") + <*> (x .@? "remainingUpfrontValue") + +instance Hashable ReservationValue + +instance NFData ReservationValue + +-- | Describes the limit price of a Reserved Instance offering. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstanceLimitPrice' smart constructor. +data ReservedInstanceLimitPrice = ReservedInstanceLimitPrice' + { _rilpAmount :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rilpCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstanceLimitPrice' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rilpAmount' - Used for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings. Specifies the limit price on the total order (instanceCount * price). +-- +-- * 'rilpCurrencyCode' - The currency in which the @limitPrice@ amount is specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +reservedInstanceLimitPrice + :: ReservedInstanceLimitPrice +reservedInstanceLimitPrice = + ReservedInstanceLimitPrice' + { _rilpAmount = Nothing + , _rilpCurrencyCode = Nothing + } + +-- | Used for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings. Specifies the limit price on the total order (instanceCount * price). +rilpAmount :: Lens' ReservedInstanceLimitPrice (Maybe Double) +rilpAmount = lens _rilpAmount (\ s a -> s{_rilpAmount = a}); + +-- | The currency in which the @limitPrice@ amount is specified. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +rilpCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedInstanceLimitPrice (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) +rilpCurrencyCode = lens _rilpCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rilpCurrencyCode = a}); + +instance Hashable ReservedInstanceLimitPrice + +instance NFData ReservedInstanceLimitPrice + +instance ToQuery ReservedInstanceLimitPrice where + toQuery ReservedInstanceLimitPrice'{..} + = mconcat + ["Amount" =: _rilpAmount, + "CurrencyCode" =: _rilpCurrencyCode] + +-- | The total value of the Convertible Reserved Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstanceReservationValue' smart constructor. +data ReservedInstanceReservationValue = ReservedInstanceReservationValue' + { _rirvReservationValue :: !(Maybe ReservationValue) + , _rirvReservedInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstanceReservationValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rirvReservationValue' - The total value of the Convertible Reserved Instance that you are exchanging. +-- +-- * 'rirvReservedInstanceId' - The ID of the Convertible Reserved Instance that you are exchanging. +reservedInstanceReservationValue + :: ReservedInstanceReservationValue +reservedInstanceReservationValue = + ReservedInstanceReservationValue' + { _rirvReservationValue = Nothing + , _rirvReservedInstanceId = Nothing + } + +-- | The total value of the Convertible Reserved Instance that you are exchanging. +rirvReservationValue :: Lens' ReservedInstanceReservationValue (Maybe ReservationValue) +rirvReservationValue = lens _rirvReservationValue (\ s a -> s{_rirvReservationValue = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Convertible Reserved Instance that you are exchanging. +rirvReservedInstanceId :: Lens' ReservedInstanceReservationValue (Maybe Text) +rirvReservedInstanceId = lens _rirvReservedInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_rirvReservedInstanceId = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservedInstanceReservationValue + where + parseXML x + = ReservedInstanceReservationValue' <$> + (x .@? "reservationValue") <*> + (x .@? "reservedInstanceId") + +instance Hashable ReservedInstanceReservationValue + +instance NFData ReservedInstanceReservationValue + +-- | Describes a Reserved Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstances' smart constructor. +data ReservedInstances = ReservedInstances' + { _riState :: !(Maybe ReservedInstanceState) + , _riCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) + , _riInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _riProductDescription :: !(Maybe RIProductDescription) + , _riStart :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _riInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) + , _riEnd :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _riAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _riScope :: !(Maybe Scope) + , _riRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) + , _riOfferingType :: !(Maybe OfferingTypeValues) + , _riUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _riFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _riReservedInstancesId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _riInstanceTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) + , _riOfferingClass :: !(Maybe OfferingClassType) + , _riDuration :: !(Maybe Integer) + , _riTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstances' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'riState' - The state of the Reserved Instance purchase. +-- +-- * 'riCurrencyCode' - The currency of the Reserved Instance. It's specified using ISO 4217 standard currency codes. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +-- +-- * 'riInstanceCount' - The number of reservations purchased. +-- +-- * 'riProductDescription' - The Reserved Instance product platform description. +-- +-- * 'riStart' - The date and time the Reserved Instance started. +-- +-- * 'riInstanceType' - The instance type on which the Reserved Instance can be used. +-- +-- * 'riEnd' - The time when the Reserved Instance expires. +-- +-- * 'riAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used. +-- +-- * 'riScope' - The scope of the Reserved Instance. +-- +-- * 'riRecurringCharges' - The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource. +-- +-- * 'riOfferingType' - The Reserved Instance offering type. +-- +-- * 'riUsagePrice' - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour. +-- +-- * 'riFixedPrice' - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance. +-- +-- * 'riReservedInstancesId' - The ID of the Reserved Instance. +-- +-- * 'riInstanceTenancy' - The tenancy of the instance. +-- +-- * 'riOfferingClass' - The offering class of the Reserved Instance. +-- +-- * 'riDuration' - The duration of the Reserved Instance, in seconds. +-- +-- * 'riTags' - Any tags assigned to the resource. +reservedInstances + :: ReservedInstances +reservedInstances = + ReservedInstances' + { _riState = Nothing + , _riCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _riInstanceCount = Nothing + , _riProductDescription = Nothing + , _riStart = Nothing + , _riInstanceType = Nothing + , _riEnd = Nothing + , _riAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _riScope = Nothing + , _riRecurringCharges = Nothing + , _riOfferingType = Nothing + , _riUsagePrice = Nothing + , _riFixedPrice = Nothing + , _riReservedInstancesId = Nothing + , _riInstanceTenancy = Nothing + , _riOfferingClass = Nothing + , _riDuration = Nothing + , _riTags = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the Reserved Instance purchase. +riState :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe ReservedInstanceState) +riState = lens _riState (\ s a -> s{_riState = a}); + +-- | The currency of the Reserved Instance. It's specified using ISO 4217 standard currency codes. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +riCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) +riCurrencyCode = lens _riCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_riCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The number of reservations purchased. +riInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Int) +riInstanceCount = lens _riInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_riInstanceCount = a}); + +-- | The Reserved Instance product platform description. +riProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe RIProductDescription) +riProductDescription = lens _riProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_riProductDescription = a}); + +-- | The date and time the Reserved Instance started. +riStart :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe UTCTime) +riStart = lens _riStart (\ s a -> s{_riStart = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The instance type on which the Reserved Instance can be used. +riInstanceType :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe InstanceType) +riInstanceType = lens _riInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_riInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The time when the Reserved Instance expires. +riEnd :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe UTCTime) +riEnd = lens _riEnd (\ s a -> s{_riEnd = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used. +riAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Text) +riAvailabilityZone = lens _riAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_riAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The scope of the Reserved Instance. +riScope :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Scope) +riScope = lens _riScope (\ s a -> s{_riScope = a}); + +-- | The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource. +riRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedInstances [RecurringCharge] +riRecurringCharges = lens _riRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_riRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The Reserved Instance offering type. +riOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe OfferingTypeValues) +riOfferingType = lens _riOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_riOfferingType = a}); + +-- | The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour. +riUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Double) +riUsagePrice = lens _riUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_riUsagePrice = a}); + +-- | The purchase price of the Reserved Instance. +riFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Double) +riFixedPrice = lens _riFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_riFixedPrice = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Reserved Instance. +riReservedInstancesId :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Text) +riReservedInstancesId = lens _riReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_riReservedInstancesId = a}); + +-- | The tenancy of the instance. +riInstanceTenancy :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Tenancy) +riInstanceTenancy = lens _riInstanceTenancy (\ s a -> s{_riInstanceTenancy = a}); + +-- | The offering class of the Reserved Instance. +riOfferingClass :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe OfferingClassType) +riOfferingClass = lens _riOfferingClass (\ s a -> s{_riOfferingClass = a}); + +-- | The duration of the Reserved Instance, in seconds. +riDuration :: Lens' ReservedInstances (Maybe Integer) +riDuration = lens _riDuration (\ s a -> s{_riDuration = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the resource. +riTags :: Lens' ReservedInstances [Tag] +riTags = lens _riTags (\ s a -> s{_riTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML ReservedInstances where + parseXML x + = ReservedInstances' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") <*> + (x .@? "instanceCount") + <*> (x .@? "productDescription") + <*> (x .@? "start") + <*> (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "end") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "scope") + <*> + (x .@? "recurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "offeringType") + <*> (x .@? "usagePrice") + <*> (x .@? "fixedPrice") + <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesId") + <*> (x .@? "instanceTenancy") + <*> (x .@? "offeringClass") + <*> (x .@? "duration") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable ReservedInstances + +instance NFData ReservedInstances + +-- | Describes the configuration settings for the modified Reserved Instances. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesConfiguration' smart constructor. +data ReservedInstancesConfiguration = ReservedInstancesConfiguration' + { _ricPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ricInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _ricInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) + , _ricAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ricScope :: !(Maybe Scope) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ricPlatform' - The network platform of the modified Reserved Instances, which is either EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC. +-- +-- * 'ricInstanceCount' - The number of modified Reserved Instances. +-- +-- * 'ricInstanceType' - The instance type for the modified Reserved Instances. +-- +-- * 'ricAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone for the modified Reserved Instances. +-- +-- * 'ricScope' - Whether the Reserved Instance is applied to instances in a region or instances in a specific Availability Zone. +reservedInstancesConfiguration + :: ReservedInstancesConfiguration +reservedInstancesConfiguration = + ReservedInstancesConfiguration' + { _ricPlatform = Nothing + , _ricInstanceCount = Nothing + , _ricInstanceType = Nothing + , _ricAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _ricScope = Nothing + } + +-- | The network platform of the modified Reserved Instances, which is either EC2-Classic or EC2-VPC. +ricPlatform :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe Text) +ricPlatform = lens _ricPlatform (\ s a -> s{_ricPlatform = a}); + +-- | The number of modified Reserved Instances. +ricInstanceCount :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe Int) +ricInstanceCount = lens _ricInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_ricInstanceCount = a}); + +-- | The instance type for the modified Reserved Instances. +ricInstanceType :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe InstanceType) +ricInstanceType = lens _ricInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_ricInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone for the modified Reserved Instances. +ricAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe Text) +ricAvailabilityZone = lens _ricAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_ricAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | Whether the Reserved Instance is applied to instances in a region or instances in a specific Availability Zone. +ricScope :: Lens' ReservedInstancesConfiguration (Maybe Scope) +ricScope = lens _ricScope (\ s a -> s{_ricScope = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservedInstancesConfiguration where + parseXML x + = ReservedInstancesConfiguration' <$> + (x .@? "platform") <*> (x .@? "instanceCount") <*> + (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "scope") + +instance Hashable ReservedInstancesConfiguration + +instance NFData ReservedInstancesConfiguration + +instance ToQuery ReservedInstancesConfiguration where + toQuery ReservedInstancesConfiguration'{..} + = mconcat + ["Platform" =: _ricPlatform, + "InstanceCount" =: _ricInstanceCount, + "InstanceType" =: _ricInstanceType, + "AvailabilityZone" =: _ricAvailabilityZone, + "Scope" =: _ricScope] + +-- | Describes the ID of a Reserved Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesId' smart constructor. +newtype ReservedInstancesId = ReservedInstancesId' + { _riiReservedInstancesId :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesId' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'riiReservedInstancesId' - The ID of the Reserved Instance. +reservedInstancesId + :: ReservedInstancesId +reservedInstancesId = + ReservedInstancesId' + { _riiReservedInstancesId = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the Reserved Instance. +riiReservedInstancesId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesId (Maybe Text) +riiReservedInstancesId = lens _riiReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_riiReservedInstancesId = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservedInstancesId where + parseXML x + = ReservedInstancesId' <$> + (x .@? "reservedInstancesId") + +instance Hashable ReservedInstancesId + +instance NFData ReservedInstancesId + +-- | Describes a Reserved Instance listing. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesListing' smart constructor. +data ReservedInstancesListing = ReservedInstancesListing' + { _rilStatus :: !(Maybe ListingStatus) + , _rilClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rilUpdateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rilCreateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rilPriceSchedules :: !(Maybe [PriceSchedule]) + , _rilStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rilReservedInstancesId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rilTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _rilInstanceCounts :: !(Maybe [InstanceCount]) + , _rilReservedInstancesListingId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesListing' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rilStatus' - The status of the Reserved Instance listing. +-- +-- * 'rilClientToken' - A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request is idempotent. For more information, see . +-- +-- * 'rilUpdateDate' - The last modified timestamp of the listing. +-- +-- * 'rilCreateDate' - The time the listing was created. +-- +-- * 'rilPriceSchedules' - The price of the Reserved Instance listing. +-- +-- * 'rilStatusMessage' - The reason for the current status of the Reserved Instance listing. The response can be blank. +-- +-- * 'rilReservedInstancesId' - The ID of the Reserved Instance. +-- +-- * 'rilTags' - Any tags assigned to the resource. +-- +-- * 'rilInstanceCounts' - The number of instances in this state. +-- +-- * 'rilReservedInstancesListingId' - The ID of the Reserved Instance listing. +reservedInstancesListing + :: ReservedInstancesListing +reservedInstancesListing = + ReservedInstancesListing' + { _rilStatus = Nothing + , _rilClientToken = Nothing + , _rilUpdateDate = Nothing + , _rilCreateDate = Nothing + , _rilPriceSchedules = Nothing + , _rilStatusMessage = Nothing + , _rilReservedInstancesId = Nothing + , _rilTags = Nothing + , _rilInstanceCounts = Nothing + , _rilReservedInstancesListingId = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the Reserved Instance listing. +rilStatus :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe ListingStatus) +rilStatus = lens _rilStatus (\ s a -> s{_rilStatus = a}); + +-- | A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request is idempotent. For more information, see . +rilClientToken :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe Text) +rilClientToken = lens _rilClientToken (\ s a -> s{_rilClientToken = a}); + +-- | The last modified timestamp of the listing. +rilUpdateDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe UTCTime) +rilUpdateDate = lens _rilUpdateDate (\ s a -> s{_rilUpdateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The time the listing was created. +rilCreateDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe UTCTime) +rilCreateDate = lens _rilCreateDate (\ s a -> s{_rilCreateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The price of the Reserved Instance listing. +rilPriceSchedules :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing [PriceSchedule] +rilPriceSchedules = lens _rilPriceSchedules (\ s a -> s{_rilPriceSchedules = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The reason for the current status of the Reserved Instance listing. The response can be blank. +rilStatusMessage :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe Text) +rilStatusMessage = lens _rilStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_rilStatusMessage = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Reserved Instance. +rilReservedInstancesId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe Text) +rilReservedInstancesId = lens _rilReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_rilReservedInstancesId = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the resource. +rilTags :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing [Tag] +rilTags = lens _rilTags (\ s a -> s{_rilTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The number of instances in this state. +rilInstanceCounts :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing [InstanceCount] +rilInstanceCounts = lens _rilInstanceCounts (\ s a -> s{_rilInstanceCounts = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the Reserved Instance listing. +rilReservedInstancesListingId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesListing (Maybe Text) +rilReservedInstancesListingId = lens _rilReservedInstancesListingId (\ s a -> s{_rilReservedInstancesListingId = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservedInstancesListing where + parseXML x + = ReservedInstancesListing' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "clientToken") <*> + (x .@? "updateDate") + <*> (x .@? "createDate") + <*> + (x .@? "priceSchedules" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesId") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "instanceCounts" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesListingId") + +instance Hashable ReservedInstancesListing + +instance NFData ReservedInstancesListing + +-- | Describes a Reserved Instance modification. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesModification' smart constructor. +data ReservedInstancesModification = ReservedInstancesModification' + { _rimModificationResults :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstancesModificationResult]) + , _rimStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rimClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rimUpdateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rimCreateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rimEffectiveDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _rimStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rimReservedInstancesModificationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rimReservedInstancesIds :: !(Maybe [ReservedInstancesId]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesModification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rimModificationResults' - Contains target configurations along with their corresponding new Reserved Instance IDs. +-- +-- * 'rimStatus' - The status of the Reserved Instances modification request. +-- +-- * 'rimClientToken' - A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request is idempotent. For more information, see . +-- +-- * 'rimUpdateDate' - The time when the modification request was last updated. +-- +-- * 'rimCreateDate' - The time when the modification request was created. +-- +-- * 'rimEffectiveDate' - The time for the modification to become effective. +-- +-- * 'rimStatusMessage' - The reason for the status. +-- +-- * 'rimReservedInstancesModificationId' - A unique ID for the Reserved Instance modification. +-- +-- * 'rimReservedInstancesIds' - The IDs of one or more Reserved Instances. +reservedInstancesModification + :: ReservedInstancesModification +reservedInstancesModification = + ReservedInstancesModification' + { _rimModificationResults = Nothing + , _rimStatus = Nothing + , _rimClientToken = Nothing + , _rimUpdateDate = Nothing + , _rimCreateDate = Nothing + , _rimEffectiveDate = Nothing + , _rimStatusMessage = Nothing + , _rimReservedInstancesModificationId = Nothing + , _rimReservedInstancesIds = Nothing + } + +-- | Contains target configurations along with their corresponding new Reserved Instance IDs. +rimModificationResults :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification [ReservedInstancesModificationResult] +rimModificationResults = lens _rimModificationResults (\ s a -> s{_rimModificationResults = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The status of the Reserved Instances modification request. +rimStatus :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe Text) +rimStatus = lens _rimStatus (\ s a -> s{_rimStatus = a}); + +-- | A unique, case-sensitive key supplied by the client to ensure that the request is idempotent. For more information, see . +rimClientToken :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe Text) +rimClientToken = lens _rimClientToken (\ s a -> s{_rimClientToken = a}); + +-- | The time when the modification request was last updated. +rimUpdateDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe UTCTime) +rimUpdateDate = lens _rimUpdateDate (\ s a -> s{_rimUpdateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The time when the modification request was created. +rimCreateDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe UTCTime) +rimCreateDate = lens _rimCreateDate (\ s a -> s{_rimCreateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The time for the modification to become effective. +rimEffectiveDate :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe UTCTime) +rimEffectiveDate = lens _rimEffectiveDate (\ s a -> s{_rimEffectiveDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The reason for the status. +rimStatusMessage :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe Text) +rimStatusMessage = lens _rimStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_rimStatusMessage = a}); + +-- | A unique ID for the Reserved Instance modification. +rimReservedInstancesModificationId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification (Maybe Text) +rimReservedInstancesModificationId = lens _rimReservedInstancesModificationId (\ s a -> s{_rimReservedInstancesModificationId = a}); + +-- | The IDs of one or more Reserved Instances. +rimReservedInstancesIds :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModification [ReservedInstancesId] +rimReservedInstancesIds = lens _rimReservedInstancesIds (\ s a -> s{_rimReservedInstancesIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML ReservedInstancesModification where + parseXML x + = ReservedInstancesModification' <$> + (x .@? "modificationResultSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "status") + <*> (x .@? "clientToken") + <*> (x .@? "updateDate") + <*> (x .@? "createDate") + <*> (x .@? "effectiveDate") + <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesModificationId") + <*> + (x .@? "reservedInstancesSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable ReservedInstancesModification + +instance NFData ReservedInstancesModification + +-- | Describes the modification request/s. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesModificationResult' smart constructor. +data ReservedInstancesModificationResult = ReservedInstancesModificationResult' + { _rimrReservedInstancesId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rimrTargetConfiguration :: !(Maybe ReservedInstancesConfiguration) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesModificationResult' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rimrReservedInstancesId' - The ID for the Reserved Instances that were created as part of the modification request. This field is only available when the modification is fulfilled. +-- +-- * 'rimrTargetConfiguration' - The target Reserved Instances configurations supplied as part of the modification request. +reservedInstancesModificationResult + :: ReservedInstancesModificationResult +reservedInstancesModificationResult = + ReservedInstancesModificationResult' + { _rimrReservedInstancesId = Nothing + , _rimrTargetConfiguration = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID for the Reserved Instances that were created as part of the modification request. This field is only available when the modification is fulfilled. +rimrReservedInstancesId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModificationResult (Maybe Text) +rimrReservedInstancesId = lens _rimrReservedInstancesId (\ s a -> s{_rimrReservedInstancesId = a}); + +-- | The target Reserved Instances configurations supplied as part of the modification request. +rimrTargetConfiguration :: Lens' ReservedInstancesModificationResult (Maybe ReservedInstancesConfiguration) +rimrTargetConfiguration = lens _rimrTargetConfiguration (\ s a -> s{_rimrTargetConfiguration = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservedInstancesModificationResult + where + parseXML x + = ReservedInstancesModificationResult' <$> + (x .@? "reservedInstancesId") <*> + (x .@? "targetConfiguration") + +instance Hashable ReservedInstancesModificationResult + +instance NFData ReservedInstancesModificationResult + +-- | Describes a Reserved Instance offering. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'reservedInstancesOffering' smart constructor. +data ReservedInstancesOffering = ReservedInstancesOffering' + { _rioMarketplace :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rioCurrencyCode :: !(Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) + , _rioProductDescription :: !(Maybe RIProductDescription) + , _rioInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) + , _rioAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rioPricingDetails :: !(Maybe [PricingDetail]) + , _rioScope :: !(Maybe Scope) + , _rioRecurringCharges :: !(Maybe [RecurringCharge]) + , _rioOfferingType :: !(Maybe OfferingTypeValues) + , _rioUsagePrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rioFixedPrice :: !(Maybe Double) + , _rioInstanceTenancy :: !(Maybe Tenancy) + , _rioReservedInstancesOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rioOfferingClass :: !(Maybe OfferingClassType) + , _rioDuration :: !(Maybe Integer) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ReservedInstancesOffering' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rioMarketplace' - Indicates whether the offering is available through the Reserved Instance Marketplace (resale) or AWS. If it's a Reserved Instance Marketplace offering, this is @true@ . +-- +-- * 'rioCurrencyCode' - The currency of the Reserved Instance offering you are purchasing. It's specified using ISO 4217 standard currency codes. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +-- +-- * 'rioProductDescription' - The Reserved Instance product platform description. +-- +-- * 'rioInstanceType' - The instance type on which the Reserved Instance can be used. +-- +-- * 'rioAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used. +-- +-- * 'rioPricingDetails' - The pricing details of the Reserved Instance offering. +-- +-- * 'rioScope' - Whether the Reserved Instance is applied to instances in a region or an Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'rioRecurringCharges' - The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource. +-- +-- * 'rioOfferingType' - The Reserved Instance offering type. +-- +-- * 'rioUsagePrice' - The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour. +-- +-- * 'rioFixedPrice' - The purchase price of the Reserved Instance. +-- +-- * 'rioInstanceTenancy' - The tenancy of the instance. +-- +-- * 'rioReservedInstancesOfferingId' - The ID of the Reserved Instance offering. This is the offering ID used in 'GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' to confirm that an exchange can be made. +-- +-- * 'rioOfferingClass' - If @convertible@ it can be exchanged for Reserved Instances of the same or higher monetary value, with different configurations. If @standard@ , it is not possible to perform an exchange. +-- +-- * 'rioDuration' - The duration of the Reserved Instance, in seconds. +reservedInstancesOffering + :: ReservedInstancesOffering +reservedInstancesOffering = + ReservedInstancesOffering' + { _rioMarketplace = Nothing + , _rioCurrencyCode = Nothing + , _rioProductDescription = Nothing + , _rioInstanceType = Nothing + , _rioAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _rioPricingDetails = Nothing + , _rioScope = Nothing + , _rioRecurringCharges = Nothing + , _rioOfferingType = Nothing + , _rioUsagePrice = Nothing + , _rioFixedPrice = Nothing + , _rioInstanceTenancy = Nothing + , _rioReservedInstancesOfferingId = Nothing + , _rioOfferingClass = Nothing + , _rioDuration = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether the offering is available through the Reserved Instance Marketplace (resale) or AWS. If it's a Reserved Instance Marketplace offering, this is @true@ . +rioMarketplace :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Bool) +rioMarketplace = lens _rioMarketplace (\ s a -> s{_rioMarketplace = a}); + +-- | The currency of the Reserved Instance offering you are purchasing. It's specified using ISO 4217 standard currency codes. At this time, the only supported currency is @USD@ . +rioCurrencyCode :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe CurrencyCodeValues) +rioCurrencyCode = lens _rioCurrencyCode (\ s a -> s{_rioCurrencyCode = a}); + +-- | The Reserved Instance product platform description. +rioProductDescription :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe RIProductDescription) +rioProductDescription = lens _rioProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_rioProductDescription = a}); + +-- | The instance type on which the Reserved Instance can be used. +rioInstanceType :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe InstanceType) +rioInstanceType = lens _rioInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_rioInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used. +rioAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rioAvailabilityZone = lens _rioAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_rioAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The pricing details of the Reserved Instance offering. +rioPricingDetails :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering [PricingDetail] +rioPricingDetails = lens _rioPricingDetails (\ s a -> s{_rioPricingDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Whether the Reserved Instance is applied to instances in a region or an Availability Zone. +rioScope :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Scope) +rioScope = lens _rioScope (\ s a -> s{_rioScope = a}); + +-- | The recurring charge tag assigned to the resource. +rioRecurringCharges :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering [RecurringCharge] +rioRecurringCharges = lens _rioRecurringCharges (\ s a -> s{_rioRecurringCharges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The Reserved Instance offering type. +rioOfferingType :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe OfferingTypeValues) +rioOfferingType = lens _rioOfferingType (\ s a -> s{_rioOfferingType = a}); + +-- | The usage price of the Reserved Instance, per hour. +rioUsagePrice :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) +rioUsagePrice = lens _rioUsagePrice (\ s a -> s{_rioUsagePrice = a}); + +-- | The purchase price of the Reserved Instance. +rioFixedPrice :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Double) +rioFixedPrice = lens _rioFixedPrice (\ s a -> s{_rioFixedPrice = a}); + +-- | The tenancy of the instance. +rioInstanceTenancy :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Tenancy) +rioInstanceTenancy = lens _rioInstanceTenancy (\ s a -> s{_rioInstanceTenancy = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Reserved Instance offering. This is the offering ID used in 'GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote' to confirm that an exchange can be made. +rioReservedInstancesOfferingId :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Text) +rioReservedInstancesOfferingId = lens _rioReservedInstancesOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_rioReservedInstancesOfferingId = a}); + +-- | If @convertible@ it can be exchanged for Reserved Instances of the same or higher monetary value, with different configurations. If @standard@ , it is not possible to perform an exchange. +rioOfferingClass :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe OfferingClassType) +rioOfferingClass = lens _rioOfferingClass (\ s a -> s{_rioOfferingClass = a}); + +-- | The duration of the Reserved Instance, in seconds. +rioDuration :: Lens' ReservedInstancesOffering (Maybe Integer) +rioDuration = lens _rioDuration (\ s a -> s{_rioDuration = a}); + +instance FromXML ReservedInstancesOffering where + parseXML x + = ReservedInstancesOffering' <$> + (x .@? "marketplace") <*> (x .@? "currencyCode") <*> + (x .@? "productDescription") + <*> (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> + (x .@? "pricingDetailsSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "scope") + <*> + (x .@? "recurringCharges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "offeringType") + <*> (x .@? "usagePrice") + <*> (x .@? "fixedPrice") + <*> (x .@? "instanceTenancy") + <*> (x .@? "reservedInstancesOfferingId") + <*> (x .@? "offeringClass") + <*> (x .@? "duration") + +instance Hashable ReservedInstancesOffering + +instance NFData ReservedInstancesOffering + +-- | Describes a route in a route table. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'route' smart constructor. +data Route = Route' + { _rVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rOrigin :: !(Maybe RouteOrigin) + , _rState :: !(Maybe RouteState) + , _rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rNatGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rInstanceOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rDestinationPrefixListId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rDestinationCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Route' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of the VPC peering connection. +-- +-- * 'rInstanceId' - The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. +-- +-- * 'rOrigin' - Describes how the route was created. * @CreateRouteTable@ - The route was automatically created when the route table was created. * @CreateRoute@ - The route was manually added to the route table. * @EnableVgwRoutePropagation@ - The route was propagated by route propagation. +-- +-- * 'rState' - The state of the route. The @blackhole@ state indicates that the route's target isn't available (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, or the specified NAT instance has been terminated). +-- +-- * 'rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId' - The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway. +-- +-- * 'rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. +-- +-- * 'rNatGatewayId' - The ID of a NAT gateway. +-- +-- * 'rNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'rGatewayId' - The ID of a gateway attached to your VPC. +-- +-- * 'rInstanceOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the owner of the instance. +-- +-- * 'rDestinationPrefixListId' - The prefix of the AWS service. +-- +-- * 'rDestinationCidrBlock' - The IPv4 CIDR block used for the destination match. +route + :: Route +route = + Route' + { _rVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing + , _rInstanceId = Nothing + , _rOrigin = Nothing + , _rState = Nothing + , _rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = Nothing + , _rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _rNatGatewayId = Nothing + , _rNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _rGatewayId = Nothing + , _rInstanceOwnerId = Nothing + , _rDestinationPrefixListId = Nothing + , _rDestinationCidrBlock = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC peering connection. +rVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _rVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_rVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); + +-- | The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. +rInstanceId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rInstanceId = lens _rInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_rInstanceId = a}); + +-- | Describes how the route was created. * @CreateRouteTable@ - The route was automatically created when the route table was created. * @CreateRoute@ - The route was manually added to the route table. * @EnableVgwRoutePropagation@ - The route was propagated by route propagation. +rOrigin :: Lens' Route (Maybe RouteOrigin) +rOrigin = lens _rOrigin (\ s a -> s{_rOrigin = a}); + +-- | The state of the route. The @blackhole@ state indicates that the route's target isn't available (for example, the specified gateway isn't attached to the VPC, or the specified NAT instance has been terminated). +rState :: Lens' Route (Maybe RouteState) +rState = lens _rState (\ s a -> s{_rState = a}); + +-- | The ID of the egress-only Internet gateway. +rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = lens _rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_rEgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. +rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = lens _rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_rDestinationIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | The ID of a NAT gateway. +rNatGatewayId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rNatGatewayId = lens _rNatGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_rNatGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +rNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rNetworkInterfaceId = lens _rNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_rNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The ID of a gateway attached to your VPC. +rGatewayId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rGatewayId = lens _rGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_rGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the instance. +rInstanceOwnerId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rInstanceOwnerId = lens _rInstanceOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_rInstanceOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The prefix of the AWS service. +rDestinationPrefixListId :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rDestinationPrefixListId = lens _rDestinationPrefixListId (\ s a -> s{_rDestinationPrefixListId = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 CIDR block used for the destination match. +rDestinationCidrBlock :: Lens' Route (Maybe Text) +rDestinationCidrBlock = lens _rDestinationCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_rDestinationCidrBlock = a}); + +instance FromXML Route where + parseXML x + = Route' <$> + (x .@? "vpcPeeringConnectionId") <*> + (x .@? "instanceId") + <*> (x .@? "origin") + <*> (x .@? "state") + <*> (x .@? "egressOnlyInternetGatewayId") + <*> (x .@? "destinationIpv6CidrBlock") + <*> (x .@? "natGatewayId") + <*> (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") + <*> (x .@? "gatewayId") + <*> (x .@? "instanceOwnerId") + <*> (x .@? "destinationPrefixListId") + <*> (x .@? "destinationCidrBlock") + +instance Hashable Route + +instance NFData Route + +-- | Describes a route table. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'routeTable' smart constructor. +data RouteTable = RouteTable' + { _rtRouteTableId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rtRoutes :: !(Maybe [Route]) + , _rtVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rtPropagatingVGWs :: !(Maybe [PropagatingVGW]) + , _rtAssociations :: !(Maybe [RouteTableAssociation]) + , _rtTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RouteTable' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rtRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table. +-- +-- * 'rtRoutes' - The routes in the route table. +-- +-- * 'rtVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'rtPropagatingVGWs' - Any virtual private gateway (VGW) propagating routes. +-- +-- * 'rtAssociations' - The associations between the route table and one or more subnets. +-- +-- * 'rtTags' - Any tags assigned to the route table. +routeTable + :: RouteTable +routeTable = + RouteTable' + { _rtRouteTableId = Nothing + , _rtRoutes = Nothing + , _rtVPCId = Nothing + , _rtPropagatingVGWs = Nothing + , _rtAssociations = Nothing + , _rtTags = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the route table. +rtRouteTableId :: Lens' RouteTable (Maybe Text) +rtRouteTableId = lens _rtRouteTableId (\ s a -> s{_rtRouteTableId = a}); + +-- | The routes in the route table. +rtRoutes :: Lens' RouteTable [Route] +rtRoutes = lens _rtRoutes (\ s a -> s{_rtRoutes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +rtVPCId :: Lens' RouteTable (Maybe Text) +rtVPCId = lens _rtVPCId (\ s a -> s{_rtVPCId = a}); + +-- | Any virtual private gateway (VGW) propagating routes. +rtPropagatingVGWs :: Lens' RouteTable [PropagatingVGW] +rtPropagatingVGWs = lens _rtPropagatingVGWs (\ s a -> s{_rtPropagatingVGWs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The associations between the route table and one or more subnets. +rtAssociations :: Lens' RouteTable [RouteTableAssociation] +rtAssociations = lens _rtAssociations (\ s a -> s{_rtAssociations = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Any tags assigned to the route table. +rtTags :: Lens' RouteTable [Tag] +rtTags = lens _rtTags (\ s a -> s{_rtTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML RouteTable where + parseXML x + = RouteTable' <$> + (x .@? "routeTableId") <*> + (x .@? "routeSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> + (x .@? "propagatingVgwSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "associationSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable RouteTable + +instance NFData RouteTable + +-- | Describes an association between a route table and a subnet. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'routeTableAssociation' smart constructor. +data RouteTableAssociation = RouteTableAssociation' + { _rtaRouteTableId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rtaRouteTableAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _rtaMain :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _rtaSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RouteTableAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rtaRouteTableId' - The ID of the route table. +-- +-- * 'rtaRouteTableAssociationId' - The ID of the association between a route table and a subnet. +-- +-- * 'rtaMain' - Indicates whether this is the main route table. +-- +-- * 'rtaSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. A subnet ID is not returned for an implicit association. +routeTableAssociation + :: RouteTableAssociation +routeTableAssociation = + RouteTableAssociation' + { _rtaRouteTableId = Nothing + , _rtaRouteTableAssociationId = Nothing + , _rtaMain = Nothing + , _rtaSubnetId = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the route table. +rtaRouteTableId :: Lens' RouteTableAssociation (Maybe Text) +rtaRouteTableId = lens _rtaRouteTableId (\ s a -> s{_rtaRouteTableId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the association between a route table and a subnet. +rtaRouteTableAssociationId :: Lens' RouteTableAssociation (Maybe Text) +rtaRouteTableAssociationId = lens _rtaRouteTableAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_rtaRouteTableAssociationId = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this is the main route table. +rtaMain :: Lens' RouteTableAssociation (Maybe Bool) +rtaMain = lens _rtaMain (\ s a -> s{_rtaMain = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet. A subnet ID is not returned for an implicit association. +rtaSubnetId :: Lens' RouteTableAssociation (Maybe Text) +rtaSubnetId = lens _rtaSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_rtaSubnetId = a}); + +instance FromXML RouteTableAssociation where + parseXML x + = RouteTableAssociation' <$> + (x .@? "routeTableId") <*> + (x .@? "routeTableAssociationId") + <*> (x .@? "main") + <*> (x .@? "subnetId") + +instance Hashable RouteTableAssociation + +instance NFData RouteTableAssociation + +-- | Describes the monitoring of an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'runInstancesMonitoringEnabled' smart constructor. +newtype RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled = RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled' + { _rimeEnabled :: Bool + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'rimeEnabled' - Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. +runInstancesMonitoringEnabled + :: Bool -- ^ 'rimeEnabled' + -> RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled +runInstancesMonitoringEnabled pEnabled_ = + RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled' + { _rimeEnabled = pEnabled_ + } + +-- | Indicates whether detailed monitoring is enabled. Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. +rimeEnabled :: Lens' RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled Bool +rimeEnabled = lens _rimeEnabled (\ s a -> s{_rimeEnabled = a}); + +instance FromXML RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled where + parseXML x + = RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled' <$> (x .@ "enabled") + +instance Hashable RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled + +instance NFData RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled + +instance ToQuery RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled where + toQuery RunInstancesMonitoringEnabled'{..} + = mconcat ["Enabled" =: _rimeEnabled] + +-- | Describes the storage parameters for S3 and S3 buckets for an instance store-backed AMI. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 's3Storage' smart constructor. +data S3Storage = S3Storage' + { _ssPrefix :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ssUploadPolicy :: !(Maybe Base64) + , _ssBucket :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ssUploadPolicySignature :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ssAWSAccessKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'S3Storage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ssPrefix' - The beginning of the file name of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'ssUploadPolicy' - An Amazon S3 upload policy that gives Amazon EC2 permission to upload items into Amazon S3 on your behalf.-- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data. The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. +-- +-- * 'ssBucket' - The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error. +-- +-- * 'ssUploadPolicySignature' - The signature of the JSON document. +-- +-- * 'ssAWSAccessKeyId' - The access key ID of the owner of the bucket. Before you specify a value for your access key ID, review and follow the guidance in . +s3Storage + :: S3Storage +s3Storage = + S3Storage' + { _ssPrefix = Nothing + , _ssUploadPolicy = Nothing + , _ssBucket = Nothing + , _ssUploadPolicySignature = Nothing + , _ssAWSAccessKeyId = Nothing + } + +-- | The beginning of the file name of the AMI. +ssPrefix :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe Text) +ssPrefix = lens _ssPrefix (\ s a -> s{_ssPrefix = a}); + +-- | An Amazon S3 upload policy that gives Amazon EC2 permission to upload items into Amazon S3 on your behalf.-- /Note:/ This 'Lens' automatically encodes and decodes Base64 data. The underlying isomorphism will encode to Base64 representation during serialisation, and decode from Base64 representation during deserialisation. This 'Lens' accepts and returns only raw unencoded data. +ssUploadPolicy :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe ByteString) +ssUploadPolicy = lens _ssUploadPolicy (\ s a -> s{_ssUploadPolicy = a}) . mapping _Base64; + +-- | The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error. +ssBucket :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe Text) +ssBucket = lens _ssBucket (\ s a -> s{_ssBucket = a}); + +-- | The signature of the JSON document. +ssUploadPolicySignature :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe Text) +ssUploadPolicySignature = lens _ssUploadPolicySignature (\ s a -> s{_ssUploadPolicySignature = a}); + +-- | The access key ID of the owner of the bucket. Before you specify a value for your access key ID, review and follow the guidance in . +ssAWSAccessKeyId :: Lens' S3Storage (Maybe Text) +ssAWSAccessKeyId = lens _ssAWSAccessKeyId (\ s a -> s{_ssAWSAccessKeyId = a}); + +instance FromXML S3Storage where + parseXML x + = S3Storage' <$> + (x .@? "prefix") <*> (x .@? "uploadPolicy") <*> + (x .@? "bucket") + <*> (x .@? "uploadPolicySignature") + <*> (x .@? "AWSAccessKeyId") + +instance Hashable S3Storage + +instance NFData S3Storage + +instance ToQuery S3Storage where + toQuery S3Storage'{..} + = mconcat + ["Prefix" =: _ssPrefix, + "UploadPolicy" =: _ssUploadPolicy, + "Bucket" =: _ssBucket, + "UploadPolicySignature" =: _ssUploadPolicySignature, + "AWSAccessKeyId" =: _ssAWSAccessKeyId] + +-- | Describes a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstance' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstance = ScheduledInstance' + { _siPreviousSlotEndTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _siPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siTermStartDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _siInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siScheduledInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siCreateDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _siSlotDurationInHours :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siTotalScheduledInstanceHours :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siRecurrence :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) + , _siAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siTermEndDate :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _siNextSlotStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _siNetworkPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstance' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'siPreviousSlotEndTime' - The time that the previous schedule ended or will end. +-- +-- * 'siPlatform' - The platform (@Linux/UNIX@ or @Windows@ ). +-- +-- * 'siTermStartDate' - The start date for the Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- * 'siInstanceCount' - The number of instances. +-- +-- * 'siScheduledInstanceId' - The Scheduled Instance ID. +-- +-- * 'siHourlyPrice' - The hourly price for a single instance. +-- +-- * 'siCreateDate' - The date when the Scheduled Instance was purchased. +-- +-- * 'siSlotDurationInHours' - The number of hours in the schedule. +-- +-- * 'siTotalScheduledInstanceHours' - The total number of hours for a single instance for the entire term. +-- +-- * 'siInstanceType' - The instance type. +-- +-- * 'siRecurrence' - The schedule recurrence. +-- +-- * 'siAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'siTermEndDate' - The end date for the Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- * 'siNextSlotStartTime' - The time for the next schedule to start. +-- +-- * 'siNetworkPlatform' - The network platform (@EC2-Classic@ or @EC2-VPC@ ). +scheduledInstance + :: ScheduledInstance +scheduledInstance = + ScheduledInstance' + { _siPreviousSlotEndTime = Nothing + , _siPlatform = Nothing + , _siTermStartDate = Nothing + , _siInstanceCount = Nothing + , _siScheduledInstanceId = Nothing + , _siHourlyPrice = Nothing + , _siCreateDate = Nothing + , _siSlotDurationInHours = Nothing + , _siTotalScheduledInstanceHours = Nothing + , _siInstanceType = Nothing + , _siRecurrence = Nothing + , _siAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _siTermEndDate = Nothing + , _siNextSlotStartTime = Nothing + , _siNetworkPlatform = Nothing + } + +-- | The time that the previous schedule ended or will end. +siPreviousSlotEndTime :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +siPreviousSlotEndTime = lens _siPreviousSlotEndTime (\ s a -> s{_siPreviousSlotEndTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The platform (@Linux/UNIX@ or @Windows@ ). +siPlatform :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) +siPlatform = lens _siPlatform (\ s a -> s{_siPlatform = a}); + +-- | The start date for the Scheduled Instance. +siTermStartDate :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +siTermStartDate = lens _siTermStartDate (\ s a -> s{_siTermStartDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The number of instances. +siInstanceCount :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Int) +siInstanceCount = lens _siInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_siInstanceCount = a}); + +-- | The Scheduled Instance ID. +siScheduledInstanceId :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) +siScheduledInstanceId = lens _siScheduledInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_siScheduledInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The hourly price for a single instance. +siHourlyPrice :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) +siHourlyPrice = lens _siHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_siHourlyPrice = a}); + +-- | The date when the Scheduled Instance was purchased. +siCreateDate :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +siCreateDate = lens _siCreateDate (\ s a -> s{_siCreateDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The number of hours in the schedule. +siSlotDurationInHours :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Int) +siSlotDurationInHours = lens _siSlotDurationInHours (\ s a -> s{_siSlotDurationInHours = a}); + +-- | The total number of hours for a single instance for the entire term. +siTotalScheduledInstanceHours :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Int) +siTotalScheduledInstanceHours = lens _siTotalScheduledInstanceHours (\ s a -> s{_siTotalScheduledInstanceHours = a}); + +-- | The instance type. +siInstanceType :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) +siInstanceType = lens _siInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_siInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The schedule recurrence. +siRecurrence :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) +siRecurrence = lens _siRecurrence (\ s a -> s{_siRecurrence = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone. +siAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) +siAvailabilityZone = lens _siAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_siAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The end date for the Scheduled Instance. +siTermEndDate :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +siTermEndDate = lens _siTermEndDate (\ s a -> s{_siTermEndDate = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The time for the next schedule to start. +siNextSlotStartTime :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe UTCTime) +siNextSlotStartTime = lens _siNextSlotStartTime (\ s a -> s{_siNextSlotStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The network platform (@EC2-Classic@ or @EC2-VPC@ ). +siNetworkPlatform :: Lens' ScheduledInstance (Maybe Text) +siNetworkPlatform = lens _siNetworkPlatform (\ s a -> s{_siNetworkPlatform = a}); + +instance FromXML ScheduledInstance where + parseXML x + = ScheduledInstance' <$> + (x .@? "previousSlotEndTime") <*> (x .@? "platform") + <*> (x .@? "termStartDate") + <*> (x .@? "instanceCount") + <*> (x .@? "scheduledInstanceId") + <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") + <*> (x .@? "createDate") + <*> (x .@? "slotDurationInHours") + <*> (x .@? "totalScheduledInstanceHours") + <*> (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "recurrence") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "termEndDate") + <*> (x .@? "nextSlotStartTime") + <*> (x .@? "networkPlatform") + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstance + +instance NFData ScheduledInstance + +-- | Describes a schedule that is available for your Scheduled Instances. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstanceAvailability' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstanceAvailability = ScheduledInstanceAvailability' + { _siaMaxTermDurationInDays :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siaPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siaPurchaseToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siaHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siaAvailableInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siaSlotDurationInHours :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siaInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siaRecurrence :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) + , _siaAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siaMinTermDurationInDays :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siaFirstSlotStartTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _siaNetworkPlatform :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstanceAvailability' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'siaMaxTermDurationInDays' - The maximum term. The only possible value is 365 days. +-- +-- * 'siaPlatform' - The platform (@Linux/UNIX@ or @Windows@ ). +-- +-- * 'siaPurchaseToken' - The purchase token. This token expires in two hours. +-- +-- * 'siaHourlyPrice' - The hourly price for a single instance. +-- +-- * 'siaAvailableInstanceCount' - The number of available instances. +-- +-- * 'siaSlotDurationInHours' - The number of hours in the schedule. +-- +-- * 'siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours' - The total number of hours for a single instance for the entire term. +-- +-- * 'siaInstanceType' - The instance type. You can specify one of the C3, C4, M4, or R3 instance types. +-- +-- * 'siaRecurrence' - The schedule recurrence. +-- +-- * 'siaAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'siaMinTermDurationInDays' - The minimum term. The only possible value is 365 days. +-- +-- * 'siaFirstSlotStartTime' - The time period for the first schedule to start. +-- +-- * 'siaNetworkPlatform' - The network platform (@EC2-Classic@ or @EC2-VPC@ ). +scheduledInstanceAvailability + :: ScheduledInstanceAvailability +scheduledInstanceAvailability = + ScheduledInstanceAvailability' + { _siaMaxTermDurationInDays = Nothing + , _siaPlatform = Nothing + , _siaPurchaseToken = Nothing + , _siaHourlyPrice = Nothing + , _siaAvailableInstanceCount = Nothing + , _siaSlotDurationInHours = Nothing + , _siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours = Nothing + , _siaInstanceType = Nothing + , _siaRecurrence = Nothing + , _siaAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _siaMinTermDurationInDays = Nothing + , _siaFirstSlotStartTime = Nothing + , _siaNetworkPlatform = Nothing + } + +-- | The maximum term. The only possible value is 365 days. +siaMaxTermDurationInDays :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) +siaMaxTermDurationInDays = lens _siaMaxTermDurationInDays (\ s a -> s{_siaMaxTermDurationInDays = a}); + +-- | The platform (@Linux/UNIX@ or @Windows@ ). +siaPlatform :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) +siaPlatform = lens _siaPlatform (\ s a -> s{_siaPlatform = a}); + +-- | The purchase token. This token expires in two hours. +siaPurchaseToken :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) +siaPurchaseToken = lens _siaPurchaseToken (\ s a -> s{_siaPurchaseToken = a}); + +-- | The hourly price for a single instance. +siaHourlyPrice :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) +siaHourlyPrice = lens _siaHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_siaHourlyPrice = a}); + +-- | The number of available instances. +siaAvailableInstanceCount :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) +siaAvailableInstanceCount = lens _siaAvailableInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_siaAvailableInstanceCount = a}); + +-- | The number of hours in the schedule. +siaSlotDurationInHours :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) +siaSlotDurationInHours = lens _siaSlotDurationInHours (\ s a -> s{_siaSlotDurationInHours = a}); + +-- | The total number of hours for a single instance for the entire term. +siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) +siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours = lens _siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours (\ s a -> s{_siaTotalScheduledInstanceHours = a}); + +-- | The instance type. You can specify one of the C3, C4, M4, or R3 instance types. +siaInstanceType :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) +siaInstanceType = lens _siaInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_siaInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The schedule recurrence. +siaRecurrence :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe ScheduledInstanceRecurrence) +siaRecurrence = lens _siaRecurrence (\ s a -> s{_siaRecurrence = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone. +siaAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) +siaAvailabilityZone = lens _siaAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_siaAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The minimum term. The only possible value is 365 days. +siaMinTermDurationInDays :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Int) +siaMinTermDurationInDays = lens _siaMinTermDurationInDays (\ s a -> s{_siaMinTermDurationInDays = a}); + +-- | The time period for the first schedule to start. +siaFirstSlotStartTime :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe UTCTime) +siaFirstSlotStartTime = lens _siaFirstSlotStartTime (\ s a -> s{_siaFirstSlotStartTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The network platform (@EC2-Classic@ or @EC2-VPC@ ). +siaNetworkPlatform :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceAvailability (Maybe Text) +siaNetworkPlatform = lens _siaNetworkPlatform (\ s a -> s{_siaNetworkPlatform = a}); + +instance FromXML ScheduledInstanceAvailability where + parseXML x + = ScheduledInstanceAvailability' <$> + (x .@? "maxTermDurationInDays") <*> + (x .@? "platform") + <*> (x .@? "purchaseToken") + <*> (x .@? "hourlyPrice") + <*> (x .@? "availableInstanceCount") + <*> (x .@? "slotDurationInHours") + <*> (x .@? "totalScheduledInstanceHours") + <*> (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "recurrence") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "minTermDurationInDays") + <*> (x .@? "firstSlotStartTime") + <*> (x .@? "networkPlatform") + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstanceAvailability + +instance NFData ScheduledInstanceAvailability + +-- | Describes the recurring schedule for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstanceRecurrence' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstanceRecurrence = ScheduledInstanceRecurrence' + { _sirFrequency :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _sirOccurrenceUnit :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirInterval :: !(Maybe Int) + , _sirOccurrenceDaySet :: !(Maybe [Int]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstanceRecurrence' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sirFrequency' - The frequency (@Daily@ , @Weekly@ , or @Monthly@ ). +-- +-- * 'sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd' - Indicates whether the occurrence is relative to the end of the specified week or month. +-- +-- * 'sirOccurrenceUnit' - The unit for @occurrenceDaySet@ (@DayOfWeek@ or @DayOfMonth@ ). +-- +-- * 'sirInterval' - The interval quantity. The interval unit depends on the value of @frequency@ . For example, every 2 weeks or every 2 months. +-- +-- * 'sirOccurrenceDaySet' - The days. For a monthly schedule, this is one or more days of the month (1-31). For a weekly schedule, this is one or more days of the week (1-7, where 1 is Sunday). +scheduledInstanceRecurrence + :: ScheduledInstanceRecurrence +scheduledInstanceRecurrence = + ScheduledInstanceRecurrence' + { _sirFrequency = Nothing + , _sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = Nothing + , _sirOccurrenceUnit = Nothing + , _sirInterval = Nothing + , _sirOccurrenceDaySet = Nothing + } + +-- | The frequency (@Daily@ , @Weekly@ , or @Monthly@ ). +sirFrequency :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence (Maybe Text) +sirFrequency = lens _sirFrequency (\ s a -> s{_sirFrequency = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the occurrence is relative to the end of the specified week or month. +sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence (Maybe Bool) +sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = lens _sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd (\ s a -> s{_sirOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = a}); + +-- | The unit for @occurrenceDaySet@ (@DayOfWeek@ or @DayOfMonth@ ). +sirOccurrenceUnit :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence (Maybe Text) +sirOccurrenceUnit = lens _sirOccurrenceUnit (\ s a -> s{_sirOccurrenceUnit = a}); + +-- | The interval quantity. The interval unit depends on the value of @frequency@ . For example, every 2 weeks or every 2 months. +sirInterval :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence (Maybe Int) +sirInterval = lens _sirInterval (\ s a -> s{_sirInterval = a}); + +-- | The days. For a monthly schedule, this is one or more days of the month (1-31). For a weekly schedule, this is one or more days of the week (1-7, where 1 is Sunday). +sirOccurrenceDaySet :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrence [Int] +sirOccurrenceDaySet = lens _sirOccurrenceDaySet (\ s a -> s{_sirOccurrenceDaySet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML ScheduledInstanceRecurrence where + parseXML x + = ScheduledInstanceRecurrence' <$> + (x .@? "frequency") <*> + (x .@? "occurrenceRelativeToEnd") + <*> (x .@? "occurrenceUnit") + <*> (x .@? "interval") + <*> + (x .@? "occurrenceDaySet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstanceRecurrence + +instance NFData ScheduledInstanceRecurrence + +-- | Describes the recurring schedule for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest = ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest' + { _sirrFrequency :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _sirrOccurrenceDays :: !(Maybe [Int]) + , _sirrOccurrenceUnit :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirrInterval :: !(Maybe Int) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sirrFrequency' - The frequency (@Daily@ , @Weekly@ , or @Monthly@ ). +-- +-- * 'sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd' - Indicates whether the occurrence is relative to the end of the specified week or month. You can't specify this value with a daily schedule. +-- +-- * 'sirrOccurrenceDays' - The days. For a monthly schedule, this is one or more days of the month (1-31). For a weekly schedule, this is one or more days of the week (1-7, where 1 is Sunday). You can't specify this value with a daily schedule. If the occurrence is relative to the end of the month, you can specify only a single day. +-- +-- * 'sirrOccurrenceUnit' - The unit for @OccurrenceDays@ (@DayOfWeek@ or @DayOfMonth@ ). This value is required for a monthly schedule. You can't specify @DayOfWeek@ with a weekly schedule. You can't specify this value with a daily schedule. +-- +-- * 'sirrInterval' - The interval quantity. The interval unit depends on the value of @Frequency@ . For example, every 2 weeks or every 2 months. +scheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest + :: ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest +scheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest = + ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest' + { _sirrFrequency = Nothing + , _sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = Nothing + , _sirrOccurrenceDays = Nothing + , _sirrOccurrenceUnit = Nothing + , _sirrInterval = Nothing + } + +-- | The frequency (@Daily@ , @Weekly@ , or @Monthly@ ). +sirrFrequency :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirrFrequency = lens _sirrFrequency (\ s a -> s{_sirrFrequency = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the occurrence is relative to the end of the specified week or month. You can't specify this value with a daily schedule. +sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest (Maybe Bool) +sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = lens _sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd (\ s a -> s{_sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd = a}); + +-- | The days. For a monthly schedule, this is one or more days of the month (1-31). For a weekly schedule, this is one or more days of the week (1-7, where 1 is Sunday). You can't specify this value with a daily schedule. If the occurrence is relative to the end of the month, you can specify only a single day. +sirrOccurrenceDays :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest [Int] +sirrOccurrenceDays = lens _sirrOccurrenceDays (\ s a -> s{_sirrOccurrenceDays = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The unit for @OccurrenceDays@ (@DayOfWeek@ or @DayOfMonth@ ). This value is required for a monthly schedule. You can't specify @DayOfWeek@ with a weekly schedule. You can't specify this value with a daily schedule. +sirrOccurrenceUnit :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirrOccurrenceUnit = lens _sirrOccurrenceUnit (\ s a -> s{_sirrOccurrenceUnit = a}); + +-- | The interval quantity. The interval unit depends on the value of @Frequency@ . For example, every 2 weeks or every 2 months. +sirrInterval :: Lens' ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest (Maybe Int) +sirrInterval = lens _sirrInterval (\ s a -> s{_sirrInterval = a}); + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest + +instance NFData ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest + +instance ToQuery ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest + where + toQuery ScheduledInstanceRecurrenceRequest'{..} + = mconcat + ["Frequency" =: _sirrFrequency, + "OccurrenceRelativeToEnd" =: + _sirrOccurrenceRelativeToEnd, + toQuery + (toQueryList "OccurrenceDay" <$> + _sirrOccurrenceDays), + "OccurrenceUnit" =: _sirrOccurrenceUnit, + "Interval" =: _sirrInterval] + +-- | Describes a block device mapping for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping = ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping' + { _sibdmVirtualName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sibdmNoDevice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sibdmEBS :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstancesEBS) + , _sibdmDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sibdmVirtualName' - The virtual device name (@ephemeral@ N). Instance store volumes are numbered starting from 0. An instance type with two available instance store volumes can specify mappings for @ephemeral0@ and @ephemeral1@ .The number of available instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to the instance, you must mount the volume. Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for the AMI. +-- +-- * 'sibdmNoDevice' - Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'sibdmEBS' - Parameters used to set up EBS volumes automatically when the instance is launched. +-- +-- * 'sibdmDeviceName' - The device name exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). +scheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping + :: ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping +scheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping = + ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping' + { _sibdmVirtualName = Nothing + , _sibdmNoDevice = Nothing + , _sibdmEBS = Nothing + , _sibdmDeviceName = Nothing + } + +-- | The virtual device name (@ephemeral@ N). Instance store volumes are numbered starting from 0. An instance type with two available instance store volumes can specify mappings for @ephemeral0@ and @ephemeral1@ .The number of available instance store volumes depends on the instance type. After you connect to the instance, you must mount the volume. Constraints: For M3 instances, you must specify instance store volumes in the block device mapping for the instance. When you launch an M3 instance, we ignore any instance store volumes specified in the block device mapping for the AMI. +sibdmVirtualName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) +sibdmVirtualName = lens _sibdmVirtualName (\ s a -> s{_sibdmVirtualName = a}); + +-- | Suppresses the specified device included in the block device mapping of the AMI. +sibdmNoDevice :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) +sibdmNoDevice = lens _sibdmNoDevice (\ s a -> s{_sibdmNoDevice = a}); + +-- | Parameters used to set up EBS volumes automatically when the instance is launched. +sibdmEBS :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe ScheduledInstancesEBS) +sibdmEBS = lens _sibdmEBS (\ s a -> s{_sibdmEBS = a}); + +-- | The device name exposed to the instance (for example, @/dev/sdh@ or @xvdh@ ). +sibdmDeviceName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping (Maybe Text) +sibdmDeviceName = lens _sibdmDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_sibdmDeviceName = a}); + +instance Hashable + ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping + +instance NFData ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping + +instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping + where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping'{..} + = mconcat + ["VirtualName" =: _sibdmVirtualName, + "NoDevice" =: _sibdmNoDevice, "Ebs" =: _sibdmEBS, + "DeviceName" =: _sibdmDeviceName] + +-- | Describes an EBS volume for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesEBS' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstancesEBS = ScheduledInstancesEBS' + { _sieDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _sieVolumeSize :: !(Maybe Int) + , _sieIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _sieEncrypted :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _sieVolumeType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sieSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesEBS' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sieDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. +-- +-- * 'sieVolumeSize' - The size of the volume, in GiB. Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. +-- +-- * 'sieIOPS' - The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For io1 volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For @gp2@ volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. For more information about @gp2@ baseline performance, I/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for @io1@ volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for @gp2@ volumes. Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create @io1@ volumes; it is not used in requests to create @gp2@ , @st1@ , @sc1@ , or @standard@ volumes. +-- +-- * 'sieEncrypted' - Indicates whether the volume is encrypted. You can attached encrypted volumes only to instances that support them. +-- +-- * 'sieVolumeType' - The volume type. @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, Throughput Optimized HDD for @st1@ , Cold HDD for @sc1@ , or @standard@ for Magnetic. Default: @standard@ +-- +-- * 'sieSnapshotId' - The ID of the snapshot. +scheduledInstancesEBS + :: ScheduledInstancesEBS +scheduledInstancesEBS = + ScheduledInstancesEBS' + { _sieDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _sieVolumeSize = Nothing + , _sieIOPS = Nothing + , _sieEncrypted = Nothing + , _sieVolumeType = Nothing + , _sieSnapshotId = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination. +sieDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Bool) +sieDeleteOnTermination = lens _sieDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_sieDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | The size of the volume, in GiB. Default: If you're creating the volume from a snapshot and don't specify a volume size, the default is the snapshot size. +sieVolumeSize :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Int) +sieVolumeSize = lens _sieVolumeSize (\ s a -> s{_sieVolumeSize = a}); + +-- | The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For io1 volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For @gp2@ volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. For more information about @gp2@ baseline performance, I/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for @io1@ volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for @gp2@ volumes. Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create @io1@ volumes; it is not used in requests to create @gp2@ , @st1@ , @sc1@ , or @standard@ volumes. +sieIOPS :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Int) +sieIOPS = lens _sieIOPS (\ s a -> s{_sieIOPS = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the volume is encrypted. You can attached encrypted volumes only to instances that support them. +sieEncrypted :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Bool) +sieEncrypted = lens _sieEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_sieEncrypted = a}); + +-- | The volume type. @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, Throughput Optimized HDD for @st1@ , Cold HDD for @sc1@ , or @standard@ for Magnetic. Default: @standard@ +sieVolumeType :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Text) +sieVolumeType = lens _sieVolumeType (\ s a -> s{_sieVolumeType = a}); + +-- | The ID of the snapshot. +sieSnapshotId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesEBS (Maybe Text) +sieSnapshotId = lens _sieSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_sieSnapshotId = a}); + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesEBS + +instance NFData ScheduledInstancesEBS + +instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesEBS where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesEBS'{..} + = mconcat + ["DeleteOnTermination" =: _sieDeleteOnTermination, + "VolumeSize" =: _sieVolumeSize, "Iops" =: _sieIOPS, + "Encrypted" =: _sieEncrypted, + "VolumeType" =: _sieVolumeType, + "SnapshotId" =: _sieSnapshotId] + +-- | Describes an IAM instance profile for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile = ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile' + { _siiapARN :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siiapName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'siiapARN' - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). +-- +-- * 'siiapName' - The name. +scheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile + :: ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile +scheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile = + ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile' + { _siiapARN = Nothing + , _siiapName = Nothing + } + +-- | The Amazon Resource Name (ARN). +siiapARN :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile (Maybe Text) +siiapARN = lens _siiapARN (\ s a -> s{_siiapARN = a}); + +-- | The name. +siiapName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile (Maybe Text) +siiapName = lens _siiapName (\ s a -> s{_siiapName = a}); + +instance Hashable + ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile + +instance NFData ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile + +instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile + where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile'{..} + = mconcat ["Arn" =: _siiapARN, "Name" =: _siiapName] + +-- | Describes an IPv6 address. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesIPv6Address' smart constructor. +newtype ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address = ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address' + { _siiaIPv6Address :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'siiaIPv6Address' - The IPv6 address. +scheduledInstancesIPv6Address + :: ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address +scheduledInstancesIPv6Address = + ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address' + { _siiaIPv6Address = Nothing + } + +-- | The IPv6 address. +siiaIPv6Address :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address (Maybe Text) +siiaIPv6Address = lens _siiaIPv6Address (\ s a -> s{_siiaIPv6Address = a}); + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address + +instance NFData ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address + +instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address'{..} + = mconcat ["Ipv6Address" =: _siiaIPv6Address] + +-- | Describes the launch specification for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- If you are launching the Scheduled Instance in EC2-VPC, you must specify the ID of the subnet. You can specify the subnet using either @SubnetId@ or @NetworkInterface@ . +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification = ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification' + { _silsSecurityGroupIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _silsKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _silsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface]) + , _silsRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _silsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _silsKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _silsInstanceType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _silsEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _silsUserData :: !(Maybe Text) + , _silsMonitoring :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstancesMonitoring) + , _silsIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile) + , _silsBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping]) + , _silsPlacement :: !(Maybe ScheduledInstancesPlacement) + , _silsImageId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'silsSecurityGroupIds' - The IDs of one or more security groups. +-- +-- * 'silsKeyName' - The name of the key pair. +-- +-- * 'silsNetworkInterfaces' - One or more network interfaces. +-- +-- * 'silsRAMDiskId' - The ID of the RAM disk. +-- +-- * 'silsSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. +-- +-- * 'silsKernelId' - The ID of the kernel. +-- +-- * 'silsInstanceType' - The instance type. +-- +-- * 'silsEBSOptimized' - Indicates whether the instances are optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. Default: @false@ +-- +-- * 'silsUserData' - The base64-encoded MIME user data. +-- +-- * 'silsMonitoring' - Enable or disable monitoring for the instances. +-- +-- * 'silsIAMInstanceProfile' - The IAM instance profile. +-- +-- * 'silsBlockDeviceMappings' - One or more block device mapping entries. +-- +-- * 'silsPlacement' - The placement information. +-- +-- * 'silsImageId' - The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI). +scheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification + :: Text -- ^ 'silsImageId' + -> ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification +scheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification pImageId_ = + ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification' + { _silsSecurityGroupIds = Nothing + , _silsKeyName = Nothing + , _silsNetworkInterfaces = Nothing + , _silsRAMDiskId = Nothing + , _silsSubnetId = Nothing + , _silsKernelId = Nothing + , _silsInstanceType = Nothing + , _silsEBSOptimized = Nothing + , _silsUserData = Nothing + , _silsMonitoring = Nothing + , _silsIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing + , _silsBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing + , _silsPlacement = Nothing + , _silsImageId = pImageId_ + } + +-- | The IDs of one or more security groups. +silsSecurityGroupIds :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification [Text] +silsSecurityGroupIds = lens _silsSecurityGroupIds (\ s a -> s{_silsSecurityGroupIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The name of the key pair. +silsKeyName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +silsKeyName = lens _silsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_silsKeyName = a}); + +-- | One or more network interfaces. +silsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification [ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface] +silsNetworkInterfaces = lens _silsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_silsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the RAM disk. +silsRAMDiskId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +silsRAMDiskId = lens _silsRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_silsRAMDiskId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. +silsSubnetId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +silsSubnetId = lens _silsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_silsSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the kernel. +silsKernelId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +silsKernelId = lens _silsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_silsKernelId = a}); + +-- | The instance type. +silsInstanceType :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +silsInstanceType = lens _silsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_silsInstanceType = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the instances are optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. Default: @false@ +silsEBSOptimized :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) +silsEBSOptimized = lens _silsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_silsEBSOptimized = a}); + +-- | The base64-encoded MIME user data. +silsUserData :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +silsUserData = lens _silsUserData (\ s a -> s{_silsUserData = a}); + +-- | Enable or disable monitoring for the instances. +silsMonitoring :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe ScheduledInstancesMonitoring) +silsMonitoring = lens _silsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_silsMonitoring = a}); + +-- | The IAM instance profile. +silsIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe ScheduledInstancesIAMInstanceProfile) +silsIAMInstanceProfile = lens _silsIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_silsIAMInstanceProfile = a}); + +-- | One or more block device mapping entries. +silsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification [ScheduledInstancesBlockDeviceMapping] +silsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _silsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_silsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The placement information. +silsPlacement :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification (Maybe ScheduledInstancesPlacement) +silsPlacement = lens _silsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_silsPlacement = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Amazon Machine Image (AMI). +silsImageId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification Text +silsImageId = lens _silsImageId (\ s a -> s{_silsImageId = a}); + +instance Hashable + ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification + +instance NFData ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification + +instance ToQuery + ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesLaunchSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery + (toQueryList "SecurityGroupId" <$> + _silsSecurityGroupIds), + "KeyName" =: _silsKeyName, + toQuery + (toQueryList "NetworkInterface" <$> + _silsNetworkInterfaces), + "RamdiskId" =: _silsRAMDiskId, + "SubnetId" =: _silsSubnetId, + "KernelId" =: _silsKernelId, + "InstanceType" =: _silsInstanceType, + "EbsOptimized" =: _silsEBSOptimized, + "UserData" =: _silsUserData, + "Monitoring" =: _silsMonitoring, + "IamInstanceProfile" =: _silsIAMInstanceProfile, + toQuery + (toQueryList "BlockDeviceMapping" <$> + _silsBlockDeviceMappings), + "Placement" =: _silsPlacement, + "ImageId" =: _silsImageId] + +-- | Describes whether monitoring is enabled for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesMonitoring' smart constructor. +newtype ScheduledInstancesMonitoring = ScheduledInstancesMonitoring' + { _simEnabled :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesMonitoring' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'simEnabled' - Indicates whether monitoring is enabled. +scheduledInstancesMonitoring + :: ScheduledInstancesMonitoring +scheduledInstancesMonitoring = + ScheduledInstancesMonitoring' + { _simEnabled = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether monitoring is enabled. +simEnabled :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesMonitoring (Maybe Bool) +simEnabled = lens _simEnabled (\ s a -> s{_simEnabled = a}); + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesMonitoring + +instance NFData ScheduledInstancesMonitoring + +instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesMonitoring where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesMonitoring'{..} + = mconcat ["Enabled" =: _simEnabled] + +-- | Describes a network interface for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesNetworkInterface' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface = ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface' + { _siniGroups :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _siniDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _siniAssociatePublicIPAddress :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig]) + , _siniNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siniSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siniIPv6AddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siniPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siniDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _siniDeviceIndex :: !(Maybe Int) + , _siniIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'siniGroups' - The IDs of one or more security groups. +-- +-- * 'siniDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether to delete the interface when the instance is terminated. +-- +-- * 'siniAssociatePublicIPAddress' - Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to instances launched in a VPC. The public IPv4 address can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching into a default subnet, the default value is @true@ . +-- +-- * 'siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs' - The private IPv4 addresses. +-- +-- * 'siniNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'siniSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'siniIPv6AddressCount' - The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. The IPv6 addresses are automatically selected from the subnet range. +-- +-- * 'siniPrivateIPAddress' - The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet. +-- +-- * 'siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount' - The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses. +-- +-- * 'siniDescription' - The description. +-- +-- * 'siniDeviceIndex' - The index of the device for the network interface attachment. +-- +-- * 'siniIPv6Addresses' - One or more specific IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. +scheduledInstancesNetworkInterface + :: ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface +scheduledInstancesNetworkInterface = + ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface' + { _siniGroups = Nothing + , _siniDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _siniAssociatePublicIPAddress = Nothing + , _siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs = Nothing + , _siniNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _siniSubnetId = Nothing + , _siniIPv6AddressCount = Nothing + , _siniPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + , _siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = Nothing + , _siniDescription = Nothing + , _siniDeviceIndex = Nothing + , _siniIPv6Addresses = Nothing + } + +-- | The IDs of one or more security groups. +siniGroups :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface [Text] +siniGroups = lens _siniGroups (\ s a -> s{_siniGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether to delete the interface when the instance is terminated. +siniDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) +siniDeleteOnTermination = lens _siniDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_siniDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to instances launched in a VPC. The public IPv4 address can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching into a default subnet, the default value is @true@ . +siniAssociatePublicIPAddress :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Bool) +siniAssociatePublicIPAddress = lens _siniAssociatePublicIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_siniAssociatePublicIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The private IPv4 addresses. +siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface [ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig] +siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs = lens _siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs (\ s a -> s{_siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +siniNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +siniNetworkInterfaceId = lens _siniNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_siniNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet. +siniSubnetId :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +siniSubnetId = lens _siniSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_siniSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. The IPv6 addresses are automatically selected from the subnet range. +siniIPv6AddressCount :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Int) +siniIPv6AddressCount = lens _siniIPv6AddressCount (\ s a -> s{_siniIPv6AddressCount = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 address of the network interface within the subnet. +siniPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +siniPrivateIPAddress = lens _siniPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_siniPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses. +siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Int) +siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = lens _siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount (\ s a -> s{_siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount = a}); + +-- | The description. +siniDescription :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Text) +siniDescription = lens _siniDescription (\ s a -> s{_siniDescription = a}); + +-- | The index of the device for the network interface attachment. +siniDeviceIndex :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface (Maybe Int) +siniDeviceIndex = lens _siniDeviceIndex (\ s a -> s{_siniDeviceIndex = a}); + +-- | One or more specific IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. +siniIPv6Addresses :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface [ScheduledInstancesIPv6Address] +siniIPv6Addresses = lens _siniIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_siniIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface + +instance NFData ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface + +instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface + where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery (toQueryList "Group" <$> _siniGroups), + "DeleteOnTermination" =: _siniDeleteOnTermination, + "AssociatePublicIpAddress" =: + _siniAssociatePublicIPAddress, + toQuery + (toQueryList "PrivateIpAddressConfig" <$> + _siniPrivateIPAddressConfigs), + "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _siniNetworkInterfaceId, + "SubnetId" =: _siniSubnetId, + "Ipv6AddressCount" =: _siniIPv6AddressCount, + "PrivateIpAddress" =: _siniPrivateIPAddress, + "SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount" =: + _siniSecondaryPrivateIPAddressCount, + "Description" =: _siniDescription, + "DeviceIndex" =: _siniDeviceIndex, + toQuery + (toQueryList "Ipv6Address" <$> _siniIPv6Addresses)] + +-- | Describes the placement for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesPlacement' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstancesPlacement = ScheduledInstancesPlacement' + { _sipAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sipGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesPlacement' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sipAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'sipGroupName' - The name of the placement group. +scheduledInstancesPlacement + :: ScheduledInstancesPlacement +scheduledInstancesPlacement = + ScheduledInstancesPlacement' + { _sipAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _sipGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The Availability Zone. +sipAvailabilityZone :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesPlacement (Maybe Text) +sipAvailabilityZone = lens _sipAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sipAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The name of the placement group. +sipGroupName :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesPlacement (Maybe Text) +sipGroupName = lens _sipGroupName (\ s a -> s{_sipGroupName = a}); + +instance Hashable ScheduledInstancesPlacement + +instance NFData ScheduledInstancesPlacement + +instance ToQuery ScheduledInstancesPlacement where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesPlacement'{..} + = mconcat + ["AvailabilityZone" =: _sipAvailabilityZone, + "GroupName" =: _sipGroupName] + +-- | Describes a private IPv4 address for a Scheduled Instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'scheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig' smart constructor. +data ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig = ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig' + { _sipiacPrimary :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _sipiacPrivateIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sipiacPrimary' - Indicates whether this is a primary IPv4 address. Otherwise, this is a secondary IPv4 address. +-- +-- * 'sipiacPrivateIPAddress' - The IPv4 address. +scheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig + :: ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig +scheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig = + ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig' + { _sipiacPrimary = Nothing + , _sipiacPrivateIPAddress = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether this is a primary IPv4 address. Otherwise, this is a secondary IPv4 address. +sipiacPrimary :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig (Maybe Bool) +sipiacPrimary = lens _sipiacPrimary (\ s a -> s{_sipiacPrimary = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 address. +sipiacPrivateIPAddress :: Lens' ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig (Maybe Text) +sipiacPrivateIPAddress = lens _sipiacPrivateIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_sipiacPrivateIPAddress = a}); + +instance Hashable + ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig + +instance NFData + ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig + +instance ToQuery + ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig where + toQuery ScheduledInstancesPrivateIPAddressConfig'{..} + = mconcat + ["Primary" =: _sipiacPrimary, + "PrivateIpAddress" =: _sipiacPrivateIPAddress] + +-- | Describes a security group +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'securityGroup' smart constructor. +data SecurityGroup = SecurityGroup' + { _sgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sgIPPermissions :: !(Maybe [IPPermission]) + , _sgIPPermissionsEgress :: !(Maybe [IPPermission]) + , _sgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _sgOwnerId :: !Text + , _sgGroupId :: !Text + , _sgGroupName :: !Text + , _sgDescription :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sgVPCId' - [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC for the security group. +-- +-- * 'sgIPPermissions' - One or more inbound rules associated with the security group. +-- +-- * 'sgIPPermissionsEgress' - [EC2-VPC] One or more outbound rules associated with the security group. +-- +-- * 'sgTags' - Any tags assigned to the security group. +-- +-- * 'sgOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the owner of the security group. +-- +-- * 'sgGroupId' - The ID of the security group. +-- +-- * 'sgGroupName' - The name of the security group. +-- +-- * 'sgDescription' - A description of the security group. +securityGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'sgOwnerId' + -> Text -- ^ 'sgGroupId' + -> Text -- ^ 'sgGroupName' + -> Text -- ^ 'sgDescription' + -> SecurityGroup +securityGroup pOwnerId_ pGroupId_ pGroupName_ pDescription_ = + SecurityGroup' + { _sgVPCId = Nothing + , _sgIPPermissions = Nothing + , _sgIPPermissionsEgress = Nothing + , _sgTags = Nothing + , _sgOwnerId = pOwnerId_ + , _sgGroupId = pGroupId_ + , _sgGroupName = pGroupName_ + , _sgDescription = pDescription_ + } + +-- | [EC2-VPC] The ID of the VPC for the security group. +sgVPCId :: Lens' SecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +sgVPCId = lens _sgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_sgVPCId = a}); + +-- | One or more inbound rules associated with the security group. +sgIPPermissions :: Lens' SecurityGroup [IPPermission] +sgIPPermissions = lens _sgIPPermissions (\ s a -> s{_sgIPPermissions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | [EC2-VPC] One or more outbound rules associated with the security group. +sgIPPermissionsEgress :: Lens' SecurityGroup [IPPermission] +sgIPPermissionsEgress = lens _sgIPPermissionsEgress (\ s a -> s{_sgIPPermissionsEgress = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Any tags assigned to the security group. +sgTags :: Lens' SecurityGroup [Tag] +sgTags = lens _sgTags (\ s a -> s{_sgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The AWS account ID of the owner of the security group. +sgOwnerId :: Lens' SecurityGroup Text +sgOwnerId = lens _sgOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_sgOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the security group. +sgGroupId :: Lens' SecurityGroup Text +sgGroupId = lens _sgGroupId (\ s a -> s{_sgGroupId = a}); + +-- | The name of the security group. +sgGroupName :: Lens' SecurityGroup Text +sgGroupName = lens _sgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_sgGroupName = a}); + +-- | A description of the security group. +sgDescription :: Lens' SecurityGroup Text +sgDescription = lens _sgDescription (\ s a -> s{_sgDescription = a}); + +instance FromXML SecurityGroup where + parseXML x + = SecurityGroup' <$> + (x .@? "vpcId") <*> + (x .@? "ipPermissions" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "ipPermissionsEgress" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "ownerId") + <*> (x .@ "groupId") + <*> (x .@ "groupName") + <*> (x .@ "groupDescription") + +instance Hashable SecurityGroup + +instance NFData SecurityGroup + +-- | Describes a VPC with a security group that references your security group. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'securityGroupReference' smart constructor. +data SecurityGroupReference = SecurityGroupReference' + { _sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sgrGroupId :: !Text + , _sgrReferencingVPCId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SecurityGroupReference' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of the VPC peering connection. +-- +-- * 'sgrGroupId' - The ID of your security group. +-- +-- * 'sgrReferencingVPCId' - The ID of the VPC with the referencing security group. +securityGroupReference + :: Text -- ^ 'sgrGroupId' + -> Text -- ^ 'sgrReferencingVPCId' + -> SecurityGroupReference +securityGroupReference pGroupId_ pReferencingVPCId_ = + SecurityGroupReference' + { _sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing + , _sgrGroupId = pGroupId_ + , _sgrReferencingVPCId = pReferencingVPCId_ + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC peering connection. +sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' SecurityGroupReference (Maybe Text) +sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_sgrVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); + +-- | The ID of your security group. +sgrGroupId :: Lens' SecurityGroupReference Text +sgrGroupId = lens _sgrGroupId (\ s a -> s{_sgrGroupId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC with the referencing security group. +sgrReferencingVPCId :: Lens' SecurityGroupReference Text +sgrReferencingVPCId = lens _sgrReferencingVPCId (\ s a -> s{_sgrReferencingVPCId = a}); + +instance FromXML SecurityGroupReference where + parseXML x + = SecurityGroupReference' <$> + (x .@? "vpcPeeringConnectionId") <*> (x .@ "groupId") + <*> (x .@ "referencingVpcId") + +instance Hashable SecurityGroupReference + +instance NFData SecurityGroupReference + +-- | Describes the time period for a Scheduled Instance to start its first schedule. The time period must span less than one day. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'slotDateTimeRangeRequest' smart constructor. +data SlotDateTimeRangeRequest = SlotDateTimeRangeRequest' + { _sdtrrEarliestTime :: !ISO8601 + , _sdtrrLatestTime :: !ISO8601 + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SlotDateTimeRangeRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sdtrrEarliestTime' - The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. +-- +-- * 'sdtrrLatestTime' - The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. This value must be later than or equal to the earliest date and at most three months in the future. +slotDateTimeRangeRequest + :: UTCTime -- ^ 'sdtrrEarliestTime' + -> UTCTime -- ^ 'sdtrrLatestTime' + -> SlotDateTimeRangeRequest +slotDateTimeRangeRequest pEarliestTime_ pLatestTime_ = + SlotDateTimeRangeRequest' + { _sdtrrEarliestTime = _Time # pEarliestTime_ + , _sdtrrLatestTime = _Time # pLatestTime_ + } + +-- | The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. +sdtrrEarliestTime :: Lens' SlotDateTimeRangeRequest UTCTime +sdtrrEarliestTime = lens _sdtrrEarliestTime (\ s a -> s{_sdtrrEarliestTime = a}) . _Time; + +-- | The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. This value must be later than or equal to the earliest date and at most three months in the future. +sdtrrLatestTime :: Lens' SlotDateTimeRangeRequest UTCTime +sdtrrLatestTime = lens _sdtrrLatestTime (\ s a -> s{_sdtrrLatestTime = a}) . _Time; + +instance Hashable SlotDateTimeRangeRequest + +instance NFData SlotDateTimeRangeRequest + +instance ToQuery SlotDateTimeRangeRequest where + toQuery SlotDateTimeRangeRequest'{..} + = mconcat + ["EarliestTime" =: _sdtrrEarliestTime, + "LatestTime" =: _sdtrrLatestTime] + +-- | Describes the time period for a Scheduled Instance to start its first schedule. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'slotStartTimeRangeRequest' smart constructor. +data SlotStartTimeRangeRequest = SlotStartTimeRangeRequest' + { _sstrrLatestTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _sstrrEarliestTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SlotStartTimeRangeRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sstrrLatestTime' - The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. +-- +-- * 'sstrrEarliestTime' - The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. +slotStartTimeRangeRequest + :: SlotStartTimeRangeRequest +slotStartTimeRangeRequest = + SlotStartTimeRangeRequest' + { _sstrrLatestTime = Nothing + , _sstrrEarliestTime = Nothing + } + +-- | The latest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. +sstrrLatestTime :: Lens' SlotStartTimeRangeRequest (Maybe UTCTime) +sstrrLatestTime = lens _sstrrLatestTime (\ s a -> s{_sstrrLatestTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The earliest date and time, in UTC, for the Scheduled Instance to start. +sstrrEarliestTime :: Lens' SlotStartTimeRangeRequest (Maybe UTCTime) +sstrrEarliestTime = lens _sstrrEarliestTime (\ s a -> s{_sstrrEarliestTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance Hashable SlotStartTimeRangeRequest + +instance NFData SlotStartTimeRangeRequest + +instance ToQuery SlotStartTimeRangeRequest where + toQuery SlotStartTimeRangeRequest'{..} + = mconcat + ["LatestTime" =: _sstrrLatestTime, + "EarliestTime" =: _sstrrEarliestTime] + +-- | Describes a snapshot. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'snapshot' smart constructor. +data Snapshot = Snapshot' + { _sStateMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sOwnerAlias :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sDataEncryptionKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _sSnapshotId :: !Text + , _sOwnerId :: !Text + , _sVolumeId :: !Text + , _sVolumeSize :: !Int + , _sDescription :: !Text + , _sStartTime :: !ISO8601 + , _sProgress :: !Text + , _sState :: !SnapshotState + , _sEncrypted :: !Bool + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Snapshot' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sStateMessage' - Encrypted Amazon EBS snapshots are copied asynchronously. If a snapshot copy operation fails (for example, if the proper AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) permissions are not obtained) this field displays error state details to help you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by the 'DescribeSnapshots' API operation. +-- +-- * 'sOwnerAlias' - Value from an Amazon-maintained list (@amazon@ | @aws-marketplace@ | @microsoft@ ) of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM console. +-- +-- * 'sDataEncryptionKeyId' - The data encryption key identifier for the snapshot. This value is a unique identifier that corresponds to the data encryption key that was used to encrypt the original volume or snapshot copy. Because data encryption keys are inherited by volumes created from snapshots, and vice versa, if snapshots share the same data encryption key identifier, then they belong to the same volume/snapshot lineage. This parameter is only returned by the 'DescribeSnapshots' API operation. +-- +-- * 'sKMSKeyId' - The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the parent volume. +-- +-- * 'sTags' - Any tags assigned to the snapshot. +-- +-- * 'sSnapshotId' - The ID of the snapshot. Each snapshot receives a unique identifier when it is created. +-- +-- * 'sOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the EBS snapshot owner. +-- +-- * 'sVolumeId' - The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot. Snapshots created by the 'CopySnapshot' action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose. +-- +-- * 'sVolumeSize' - The size of the volume, in GiB. +-- +-- * 'sDescription' - The description for the snapshot. +-- +-- * 'sStartTime' - The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated. +-- +-- * 'sProgress' - The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage. +-- +-- * 'sState' - The snapshot state. +-- +-- * 'sEncrypted' - Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted. +snapshot + :: Text -- ^ 'sSnapshotId' + -> Text -- ^ 'sOwnerId' + -> Text -- ^ 'sVolumeId' + -> Int -- ^ 'sVolumeSize' + -> Text -- ^ 'sDescription' + -> UTCTime -- ^ 'sStartTime' + -> Text -- ^ 'sProgress' + -> SnapshotState -- ^ 'sState' + -> Bool -- ^ 'sEncrypted' + -> Snapshot +snapshot pSnapshotId_ pOwnerId_ pVolumeId_ pVolumeSize_ pDescription_ pStartTime_ pProgress_ pState_ pEncrypted_ = + Snapshot' + { _sStateMessage = Nothing + , _sOwnerAlias = Nothing + , _sDataEncryptionKeyId = Nothing + , _sKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _sTags = Nothing + , _sSnapshotId = pSnapshotId_ + , _sOwnerId = pOwnerId_ + , _sVolumeId = pVolumeId_ + , _sVolumeSize = pVolumeSize_ + , _sDescription = pDescription_ + , _sStartTime = _Time # pStartTime_ + , _sProgress = pProgress_ + , _sState = pState_ + , _sEncrypted = pEncrypted_ + } + +-- | Encrypted Amazon EBS snapshots are copied asynchronously. If a snapshot copy operation fails (for example, if the proper AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) permissions are not obtained) this field displays error state details to help you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by the 'DescribeSnapshots' API operation. +sStateMessage :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sStateMessage = lens _sStateMessage (\ s a -> s{_sStateMessage = a}); + +-- | Value from an Amazon-maintained list (@amazon@ | @aws-marketplace@ | @microsoft@ ) of snapshot owners. Not to be confused with the user-configured AWS account alias, which is set from the IAM console. +sOwnerAlias :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sOwnerAlias = lens _sOwnerAlias (\ s a -> s{_sOwnerAlias = a}); + +-- | The data encryption key identifier for the snapshot. This value is a unique identifier that corresponds to the data encryption key that was used to encrypt the original volume or snapshot copy. Because data encryption keys are inherited by volumes created from snapshots, and vice versa, if snapshots share the same data encryption key identifier, then they belong to the same volume/snapshot lineage. This parameter is only returned by the 'DescribeSnapshots' API operation. +sDataEncryptionKeyId :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sDataEncryptionKeyId = lens _sDataEncryptionKeyId (\ s a -> s{_sDataEncryptionKeyId = a}); + +-- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the parent volume. +sKMSKeyId :: Lens' Snapshot (Maybe Text) +sKMSKeyId = lens _sKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_sKMSKeyId = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the snapshot. +sTags :: Lens' Snapshot [Tag] +sTags = lens _sTags (\ s a -> s{_sTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the snapshot. Each snapshot receives a unique identifier when it is created. +sSnapshotId :: Lens' Snapshot Text +sSnapshotId = lens _sSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_sSnapshotId = a}); + +-- | The AWS account ID of the EBS snapshot owner. +sOwnerId :: Lens' Snapshot Text +sOwnerId = lens _sOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_sOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot. Snapshots created by the 'CopySnapshot' action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose. +sVolumeId :: Lens' Snapshot Text +sVolumeId = lens _sVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_sVolumeId = a}); + +-- | The size of the volume, in GiB. +sVolumeSize :: Lens' Snapshot Int +sVolumeSize = lens _sVolumeSize (\ s a -> s{_sVolumeSize = a}); + +-- | The description for the snapshot. +sDescription :: Lens' Snapshot Text +sDescription = lens _sDescription (\ s a -> s{_sDescription = a}); + +-- | The time stamp when the snapshot was initiated. +sStartTime :: Lens' Snapshot UTCTime +sStartTime = lens _sStartTime (\ s a -> s{_sStartTime = a}) . _Time; + +-- | The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage. +sProgress :: Lens' Snapshot Text +sProgress = lens _sProgress (\ s a -> s{_sProgress = a}); + +-- | The snapshot state. +sState :: Lens' Snapshot SnapshotState +sState = lens _sState (\ s a -> s{_sState = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the snapshot is encrypted. +sEncrypted :: Lens' Snapshot Bool +sEncrypted = lens _sEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_sEncrypted = a}); + +instance FromXML Snapshot where + parseXML x + = Snapshot' <$> + (x .@? "statusMessage") <*> (x .@? "ownerAlias") <*> + (x .@? "dataEncryptionKeyId") + <*> (x .@? "kmsKeyId") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "snapshotId") + <*> (x .@ "ownerId") + <*> (x .@ "volumeId") + <*> (x .@ "volumeSize") + <*> (x .@ "description") + <*> (x .@ "startTime") + <*> (x .@ "progress") + <*> (x .@ "status") + <*> (x .@ "encrypted") + +instance Hashable Snapshot + +instance NFData Snapshot + +-- | Describes the snapshot created from the imported disk. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'snapshotDetail' smart constructor. +data SnapshotDetail = SnapshotDetail' + { _sdStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdProgress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdFormat :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdURL :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdDeviceName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdUserBucket :: !(Maybe UserBucketDetails) + , _sdDiskImageSize :: !(Maybe Double) + , _sdDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SnapshotDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sdStatus' - A brief status of the snapshot creation. +-- +-- * 'sdProgress' - The percentage of progress for the task. +-- +-- * 'sdFormat' - The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. +-- +-- * 'sdURL' - The URL used to access the disk image. +-- +-- * 'sdDeviceName' - The block device mapping for the snapshot. +-- +-- * 'sdStatusMessage' - A detailed status message for the snapshot creation. +-- +-- * 'sdUserBucket' - The S3 bucket for the disk image. +-- +-- * 'sdDiskImageSize' - The size of the disk in the snapshot, in GiB. +-- +-- * 'sdDescription' - A description for the snapshot. +-- +-- * 'sdSnapshotId' - The snapshot ID of the disk being imported. +snapshotDetail + :: SnapshotDetail +snapshotDetail = + SnapshotDetail' + { _sdStatus = Nothing + , _sdProgress = Nothing + , _sdFormat = Nothing + , _sdURL = Nothing + , _sdDeviceName = Nothing + , _sdStatusMessage = Nothing + , _sdUserBucket = Nothing + , _sdDiskImageSize = Nothing + , _sdDescription = Nothing + , _sdSnapshotId = Nothing + } + +-- | A brief status of the snapshot creation. +sdStatus :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) +sdStatus = lens _sdStatus (\ s a -> s{_sdStatus = a}); + +-- | The percentage of progress for the task. +sdProgress :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) +sdProgress = lens _sdProgress (\ s a -> s{_sdProgress = a}); + +-- | The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. +sdFormat :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) +sdFormat = lens _sdFormat (\ s a -> s{_sdFormat = a}); + +-- | The URL used to access the disk image. +sdURL :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) +sdURL = lens _sdURL (\ s a -> s{_sdURL = a}); + +-- | The block device mapping for the snapshot. +sdDeviceName :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) +sdDeviceName = lens _sdDeviceName (\ s a -> s{_sdDeviceName = a}); + +-- | A detailed status message for the snapshot creation. +sdStatusMessage :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) +sdStatusMessage = lens _sdStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_sdStatusMessage = a}); + +-- | The S3 bucket for the disk image. +sdUserBucket :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe UserBucketDetails) +sdUserBucket = lens _sdUserBucket (\ s a -> s{_sdUserBucket = a}); + +-- | The size of the disk in the snapshot, in GiB. +sdDiskImageSize :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Double) +sdDiskImageSize = lens _sdDiskImageSize (\ s a -> s{_sdDiskImageSize = a}); + +-- | A description for the snapshot. +sdDescription :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) +sdDescription = lens _sdDescription (\ s a -> s{_sdDescription = a}); + +-- | The snapshot ID of the disk being imported. +sdSnapshotId :: Lens' SnapshotDetail (Maybe Text) +sdSnapshotId = lens _sdSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_sdSnapshotId = a}); + +instance FromXML SnapshotDetail where + parseXML x + = SnapshotDetail' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "progress") <*> + (x .@? "format") + <*> (x .@? "url") + <*> (x .@? "deviceName") + <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + <*> (x .@? "userBucket") + <*> (x .@? "diskImageSize") + <*> (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@? "snapshotId") + +instance Hashable SnapshotDetail + +instance NFData SnapshotDetail + +-- | The disk container object for the import snapshot request. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'snapshotDiskContainer' smart constructor. +data SnapshotDiskContainer = SnapshotDiskContainer' + { _sdcFormat :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdcURL :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdcUserBucket :: !(Maybe UserBucket) + , _sdcDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SnapshotDiskContainer' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sdcFormat' - The format of the disk image being imported. Valid values: @RAW@ | @VHD@ | @VMDK@ | @OVA@ +-- +-- * 'sdcURL' - The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. It can either be a https URL (https://..) or an Amazon S3 URL (s3://..). +-- +-- * 'sdcUserBucket' - The S3 bucket for the disk image. +-- +-- * 'sdcDescription' - The description of the disk image being imported. +snapshotDiskContainer + :: SnapshotDiskContainer +snapshotDiskContainer = + SnapshotDiskContainer' + { _sdcFormat = Nothing + , _sdcURL = Nothing + , _sdcUserBucket = Nothing + , _sdcDescription = Nothing + } + +-- | The format of the disk image being imported. Valid values: @RAW@ | @VHD@ | @VMDK@ | @OVA@ +sdcFormat :: Lens' SnapshotDiskContainer (Maybe Text) +sdcFormat = lens _sdcFormat (\ s a -> s{_sdcFormat = a}); + +-- | The URL to the Amazon S3-based disk image being imported. It can either be a https URL (https://..) or an Amazon S3 URL (s3://..). +sdcURL :: Lens' SnapshotDiskContainer (Maybe Text) +sdcURL = lens _sdcURL (\ s a -> s{_sdcURL = a}); + +-- | The S3 bucket for the disk image. +sdcUserBucket :: Lens' SnapshotDiskContainer (Maybe UserBucket) +sdcUserBucket = lens _sdcUserBucket (\ s a -> s{_sdcUserBucket = a}); + +-- | The description of the disk image being imported. +sdcDescription :: Lens' SnapshotDiskContainer (Maybe Text) +sdcDescription = lens _sdcDescription (\ s a -> s{_sdcDescription = a}); + +instance Hashable SnapshotDiskContainer + +instance NFData SnapshotDiskContainer + +instance ToQuery SnapshotDiskContainer where + toQuery SnapshotDiskContainer'{..} + = mconcat + ["Format" =: _sdcFormat, "Url" =: _sdcURL, + "UserBucket" =: _sdcUserBucket, + "Description" =: _sdcDescription] + +-- | Details about the import snapshot task. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'snapshotTaskDetail' smart constructor. +data SnapshotTaskDetail = SnapshotTaskDetail' + { _stdStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _stdProgress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _stdFormat :: !(Maybe Text) + , _stdURL :: !(Maybe Text) + , _stdStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + , _stdUserBucket :: !(Maybe UserBucketDetails) + , _stdDiskImageSize :: !(Maybe Double) + , _stdDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _stdSnapshotId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SnapshotTaskDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'stdStatus' - A brief status for the import snapshot task. +-- +-- * 'stdProgress' - The percentage of completion for the import snapshot task. +-- +-- * 'stdFormat' - The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. +-- +-- * 'stdURL' - The URL of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. +-- +-- * 'stdStatusMessage' - A detailed status message for the import snapshot task. +-- +-- * 'stdUserBucket' - The S3 bucket for the disk image. +-- +-- * 'stdDiskImageSize' - The size of the disk in the snapshot, in GiB. +-- +-- * 'stdDescription' - The description of the snapshot. +-- +-- * 'stdSnapshotId' - The snapshot ID of the disk being imported. +snapshotTaskDetail + :: SnapshotTaskDetail +snapshotTaskDetail = + SnapshotTaskDetail' + { _stdStatus = Nothing + , _stdProgress = Nothing + , _stdFormat = Nothing + , _stdURL = Nothing + , _stdStatusMessage = Nothing + , _stdUserBucket = Nothing + , _stdDiskImageSize = Nothing + , _stdDescription = Nothing + , _stdSnapshotId = Nothing + } + +-- | A brief status for the import snapshot task. +stdStatus :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) +stdStatus = lens _stdStatus (\ s a -> s{_stdStatus = a}); + +-- | The percentage of completion for the import snapshot task. +stdProgress :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) +stdProgress = lens _stdProgress (\ s a -> s{_stdProgress = a}); + +-- | The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. +stdFormat :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) +stdFormat = lens _stdFormat (\ s a -> s{_stdFormat = a}); + +-- | The URL of the disk image from which the snapshot is created. +stdURL :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) +stdURL = lens _stdURL (\ s a -> s{_stdURL = a}); + +-- | A detailed status message for the import snapshot task. +stdStatusMessage :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) +stdStatusMessage = lens _stdStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_stdStatusMessage = a}); + +-- | The S3 bucket for the disk image. +stdUserBucket :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe UserBucketDetails) +stdUserBucket = lens _stdUserBucket (\ s a -> s{_stdUserBucket = a}); + +-- | The size of the disk in the snapshot, in GiB. +stdDiskImageSize :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Double) +stdDiskImageSize = lens _stdDiskImageSize (\ s a -> s{_stdDiskImageSize = a}); + +-- | The description of the snapshot. +stdDescription :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) +stdDescription = lens _stdDescription (\ s a -> s{_stdDescription = a}); + +-- | The snapshot ID of the disk being imported. +stdSnapshotId :: Lens' SnapshotTaskDetail (Maybe Text) +stdSnapshotId = lens _stdSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_stdSnapshotId = a}); + +instance FromXML SnapshotTaskDetail where + parseXML x + = SnapshotTaskDetail' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "progress") <*> + (x .@? "format") + <*> (x .@? "url") + <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + <*> (x .@? "userBucket") + <*> (x .@? "diskImageSize") + <*> (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@? "snapshotId") + +instance Hashable SnapshotTaskDetail + +instance NFData SnapshotTaskDetail + +-- | Describes the data feed for a Spot instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotDatafeedSubscription' smart constructor. +data SpotDatafeedSubscription = SpotDatafeedSubscription' + { _sdsState :: !(Maybe DatafeedSubscriptionState) + , _sdsPrefix :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdsBucket :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdsOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sdsFault :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceStateFault) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotDatafeedSubscription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sdsState' - The state of the Spot instance data feed subscription. +-- +-- * 'sdsPrefix' - The prefix that is prepended to data feed files. +-- +-- * 'sdsBucket' - The Amazon S3 bucket where the Spot instance data feed is located. +-- +-- * 'sdsOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the account. +-- +-- * 'sdsFault' - The fault codes for the Spot instance request, if any. +spotDatafeedSubscription + :: SpotDatafeedSubscription +spotDatafeedSubscription = + SpotDatafeedSubscription' + { _sdsState = Nothing + , _sdsPrefix = Nothing + , _sdsBucket = Nothing + , _sdsOwnerId = Nothing + , _sdsFault = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the Spot instance data feed subscription. +sdsState :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe DatafeedSubscriptionState) +sdsState = lens _sdsState (\ s a -> s{_sdsState = a}); + +-- | The prefix that is prepended to data feed files. +sdsPrefix :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Text) +sdsPrefix = lens _sdsPrefix (\ s a -> s{_sdsPrefix = a}); + +-- | The Amazon S3 bucket where the Spot instance data feed is located. +sdsBucket :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Text) +sdsBucket = lens _sdsBucket (\ s a -> s{_sdsBucket = a}); + +-- | The AWS account ID of the account. +sdsOwnerId :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe Text) +sdsOwnerId = lens _sdsOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_sdsOwnerId = a}); + +-- | The fault codes for the Spot instance request, if any. +sdsFault :: Lens' SpotDatafeedSubscription (Maybe SpotInstanceStateFault) +sdsFault = lens _sdsFault (\ s a -> s{_sdsFault = a}); + +instance FromXML SpotDatafeedSubscription where + parseXML x + = SpotDatafeedSubscription' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "prefix") <*> + (x .@? "bucket") + <*> (x .@? "ownerId") + <*> (x .@? "fault") + +instance Hashable SpotDatafeedSubscription + +instance NFData SpotDatafeedSubscription + +-- | Describes the launch specification for one or more Spot instances. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotFleetLaunchSpecification' smart constructor. +data SpotFleetLaunchSpecification = SpotFleetLaunchSpecification' + { _sflsSecurityGroups :: !(Maybe [GroupIdentifier]) + , _sflsSpotPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sflsWeightedCapacity :: !(Maybe Double) + , _sflsKeyName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sflsNetworkInterfaces :: !(Maybe [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification]) + , _sflsRAMDiskId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sflsSubnetId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sflsKernelId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sflsInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) + , _sflsEBSOptimized :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _sflsUserData :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sflsMonitoring :: !(Maybe SpotFleetMonitoring) + , _sflsIAMInstanceProfile :: !(Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) + , _sflsImageId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sflsAddressingType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sflsBlockDeviceMappings :: !(Maybe [BlockDeviceMapping]) + , _sflsPlacement :: !(Maybe SpotPlacement) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotFleetLaunchSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sflsSecurityGroups' - One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic, you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups. +-- +-- * 'sflsSpotPrice' - The bid price per unit hour for the specified instance type. If this value is not specified, the default is the Spot bid price specified for the fleet. To determine the bid price per unit hour, divide the Spot bid price by the value of @WeightedCapacity@ . +-- +-- * 'sflsWeightedCapacity' - The number of units provided by the specified instance type. These are the same units that you chose to set the target capacity in terms (instances or a performance characteristic such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O). If the target capacity divided by this value is not a whole number, we round the number of instances to the next whole number. If this value is not specified, the default is 1. +-- +-- * 'sflsKeyName' - The name of the key pair. +-- +-- * 'sflsNetworkInterfaces' - One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface. +-- +-- * 'sflsRAMDiskId' - The ID of the RAM disk. +-- +-- * 'sflsSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. To specify multiple subnets, separate them using commas; for example, "subnet-a61dafcf, subnet-65ea5f08". +-- +-- * 'sflsKernelId' - The ID of the kernel. +-- +-- * 'sflsInstanceType' - The instance type. Note that T2 and HS1 instance types are not supported. +-- +-- * 'sflsEBSOptimized' - Indicates whether the instances are optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. Default: @false@ +-- +-- * 'sflsUserData' - The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +-- +-- * 'sflsMonitoring' - Enable or disable monitoring for the instances. +-- +-- * 'sflsIAMInstanceProfile' - The IAM instance profile. +-- +-- * 'sflsImageId' - The ID of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'sflsAddressingType' - Deprecated. +-- +-- * 'sflsBlockDeviceMappings' - One or more block device mapping entries. +-- +-- * 'sflsPlacement' - The placement information. +spotFleetLaunchSpecification + :: SpotFleetLaunchSpecification +spotFleetLaunchSpecification = + SpotFleetLaunchSpecification' + { _sflsSecurityGroups = Nothing + , _sflsSpotPrice = Nothing + , _sflsWeightedCapacity = Nothing + , _sflsKeyName = Nothing + , _sflsNetworkInterfaces = Nothing + , _sflsRAMDiskId = Nothing + , _sflsSubnetId = Nothing + , _sflsKernelId = Nothing + , _sflsInstanceType = Nothing + , _sflsEBSOptimized = Nothing + , _sflsUserData = Nothing + , _sflsMonitoring = Nothing + , _sflsIAMInstanceProfile = Nothing + , _sflsImageId = Nothing + , _sflsAddressingType = Nothing + , _sflsBlockDeviceMappings = Nothing + , _sflsPlacement = Nothing + } + +-- | One or more security groups. When requesting instances in a VPC, you must specify the IDs of the security groups. When requesting instances in EC2-Classic, you can specify the names or the IDs of the security groups. +sflsSecurityGroups :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification [GroupIdentifier] +sflsSecurityGroups = lens _sflsSecurityGroups (\ s a -> s{_sflsSecurityGroups = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The bid price per unit hour for the specified instance type. If this value is not specified, the default is the Spot bid price specified for the fleet. To determine the bid price per unit hour, divide the Spot bid price by the value of @WeightedCapacity@ . +sflsSpotPrice :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +sflsSpotPrice = lens _sflsSpotPrice (\ s a -> s{_sflsSpotPrice = a}); + +-- | The number of units provided by the specified instance type. These are the same units that you chose to set the target capacity in terms (instances or a performance characteristic such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O). If the target capacity divided by this value is not a whole number, we round the number of instances to the next whole number. If this value is not specified, the default is 1. +sflsWeightedCapacity :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Double) +sflsWeightedCapacity = lens _sflsWeightedCapacity (\ s a -> s{_sflsWeightedCapacity = a}); + +-- | The name of the key pair. +sflsKeyName :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +sflsKeyName = lens _sflsKeyName (\ s a -> s{_sflsKeyName = a}); + +-- | One or more network interfaces. If you specify a network interface, you must specify subnet IDs and security group IDs using the network interface. +sflsNetworkInterfaces :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification [InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification] +sflsNetworkInterfaces = lens _sflsNetworkInterfaces (\ s a -> s{_sflsNetworkInterfaces = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the RAM disk. +sflsRAMDiskId :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +sflsRAMDiskId = lens _sflsRAMDiskId (\ s a -> s{_sflsRAMDiskId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet in which to launch the instances. To specify multiple subnets, separate them using commas; for example, "subnet-a61dafcf, subnet-65ea5f08". +sflsSubnetId :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +sflsSubnetId = lens _sflsSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_sflsSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the kernel. +sflsKernelId :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +sflsKernelId = lens _sflsKernelId (\ s a -> s{_sflsKernelId = a}); + +-- | The instance type. Note that T2 and HS1 instance types are not supported. +sflsInstanceType :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe InstanceType) +sflsInstanceType = lens _sflsInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_sflsInstanceType = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the instances are optimized for EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. Default: @false@ +sflsEBSOptimized :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Bool) +sflsEBSOptimized = lens _sflsEBSOptimized (\ s a -> s{_sflsEBSOptimized = a}); + +-- | The user data to make available to the instances. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +sflsUserData :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +sflsUserData = lens _sflsUserData (\ s a -> s{_sflsUserData = a}); + +-- | Enable or disable monitoring for the instances. +sflsMonitoring :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe SpotFleetMonitoring) +sflsMonitoring = lens _sflsMonitoring (\ s a -> s{_sflsMonitoring = a}); + +-- | The IAM instance profile. +sflsIAMInstanceProfile :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe IAMInstanceProfileSpecification) +sflsIAMInstanceProfile = lens _sflsIAMInstanceProfile (\ s a -> s{_sflsIAMInstanceProfile = a}); + +-- | The ID of the AMI. +sflsImageId :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +sflsImageId = lens _sflsImageId (\ s a -> s{_sflsImageId = a}); + +-- | Deprecated. +sflsAddressingType :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe Text) +sflsAddressingType = lens _sflsAddressingType (\ s a -> s{_sflsAddressingType = a}); + +-- | One or more block device mapping entries. +sflsBlockDeviceMappings :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification [BlockDeviceMapping] +sflsBlockDeviceMappings = lens _sflsBlockDeviceMappings (\ s a -> s{_sflsBlockDeviceMappings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The placement information. +sflsPlacement :: Lens' SpotFleetLaunchSpecification (Maybe SpotPlacement) +sflsPlacement = lens _sflsPlacement (\ s a -> s{_sflsPlacement = a}); + +instance FromXML SpotFleetLaunchSpecification where + parseXML x + = SpotFleetLaunchSpecification' <$> + (x .@? "groupSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "spotPrice") + <*> (x .@? "weightedCapacity") + <*> (x .@? "keyName") + <*> + (x .@? "networkInterfaceSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "ramdiskId") + <*> (x .@? "subnetId") + <*> (x .@? "kernelId") + <*> (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "ebsOptimized") + <*> (x .@? "userData") + <*> (x .@? "monitoring") + <*> (x .@? "iamInstanceProfile") + <*> (x .@? "imageId") + <*> (x .@? "addressingType") + <*> + (x .@? "blockDeviceMapping" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "placement") + +instance Hashable SpotFleetLaunchSpecification + +instance NFData SpotFleetLaunchSpecification + +instance ToQuery SpotFleetLaunchSpecification where + toQuery SpotFleetLaunchSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + [toQuery + (toQueryList "GroupSet" <$> _sflsSecurityGroups), + "SpotPrice" =: _sflsSpotPrice, + "WeightedCapacity" =: _sflsWeightedCapacity, + "KeyName" =: _sflsKeyName, + toQuery + (toQueryList "NetworkInterfaceSet" <$> + _sflsNetworkInterfaces), + "RamdiskId" =: _sflsRAMDiskId, + "SubnetId" =: _sflsSubnetId, + "KernelId" =: _sflsKernelId, + "InstanceType" =: _sflsInstanceType, + "EbsOptimized" =: _sflsEBSOptimized, + "UserData" =: _sflsUserData, + "Monitoring" =: _sflsMonitoring, + "IamInstanceProfile" =: _sflsIAMInstanceProfile, + "ImageId" =: _sflsImageId, + "AddressingType" =: _sflsAddressingType, + toQuery + (toQueryList "BlockDeviceMapping" <$> + _sflsBlockDeviceMappings), + "Placement" =: _sflsPlacement] + +-- | Describes whether monitoring is enabled. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotFleetMonitoring' smart constructor. +newtype SpotFleetMonitoring = SpotFleetMonitoring' + { _sfmEnabled :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotFleetMonitoring' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sfmEnabled' - Enables monitoring for the instance. Default: @false@ +spotFleetMonitoring + :: SpotFleetMonitoring +spotFleetMonitoring = + SpotFleetMonitoring' + { _sfmEnabled = Nothing + } + +-- | Enables monitoring for the instance. Default: @false@ +sfmEnabled :: Lens' SpotFleetMonitoring (Maybe Bool) +sfmEnabled = lens _sfmEnabled (\ s a -> s{_sfmEnabled = a}); + +instance FromXML SpotFleetMonitoring where + parseXML x + = SpotFleetMonitoring' <$> (x .@? "enabled") + +instance Hashable SpotFleetMonitoring + +instance NFData SpotFleetMonitoring + +instance ToQuery SpotFleetMonitoring where + toQuery SpotFleetMonitoring'{..} + = mconcat ["Enabled" =: _sfmEnabled] + +-- | Describes a Spot fleet request. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotFleetRequestConfig' smart constructor. +data SpotFleetRequestConfig = SpotFleetRequestConfig' + { _sfrcActivityStatus :: !(Maybe ActivityStatus) + , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestId :: !Text + , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestState :: !BatchState + , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig :: !SpotFleetRequestConfigData + , _sfrcCreateTime :: !ISO8601 + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotFleetRequestConfig' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sfrcActivityStatus' - The progress of the Spot fleet request. If there is an error, the status is @error@ . After all bids are placed, the status is @pending_fulfillment@ . If the size of the fleet is equal to or greater than its target capacity, the status is @fulfilled@ . If the size of the fleet is decreased, the status is @pending_termination@ while Spot instances are terminating. +-- +-- * 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestId' - The ID of the Spot fleet request. +-- +-- * 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestState' - The state of the Spot fleet request. +-- +-- * 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig' - Information about the configuration of the Spot fleet request. +-- +-- * 'sfrcCreateTime' - The creation date and time of the request. +spotFleetRequestConfig + :: Text -- ^ 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestId' + -> BatchState -- ^ 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestState' + -> SpotFleetRequestConfigData -- ^ 'sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig' + -> UTCTime -- ^ 'sfrcCreateTime' + -> SpotFleetRequestConfig +spotFleetRequestConfig pSpotFleetRequestId_ pSpotFleetRequestState_ pSpotFleetRequestConfig_ pCreateTime_ = + SpotFleetRequestConfig' + { _sfrcActivityStatus = Nothing + , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestId = pSpotFleetRequestId_ + , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestState = pSpotFleetRequestState_ + , _sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig = pSpotFleetRequestConfig_ + , _sfrcCreateTime = _Time # pCreateTime_ + } + +-- | The progress of the Spot fleet request. If there is an error, the status is @error@ . After all bids are placed, the status is @pending_fulfillment@ . If the size of the fleet is equal to or greater than its target capacity, the status is @fulfilled@ . If the size of the fleet is decreased, the status is @pending_termination@ while Spot instances are terminating. +sfrcActivityStatus :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig (Maybe ActivityStatus) +sfrcActivityStatus = lens _sfrcActivityStatus (\ s a -> s{_sfrcActivityStatus = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Spot fleet request. +sfrcSpotFleetRequestId :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig Text +sfrcSpotFleetRequestId = lens _sfrcSpotFleetRequestId (\ s a -> s{_sfrcSpotFleetRequestId = a}); + +-- | The state of the Spot fleet request. +sfrcSpotFleetRequestState :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig BatchState +sfrcSpotFleetRequestState = lens _sfrcSpotFleetRequestState (\ s a -> s{_sfrcSpotFleetRequestState = a}); + +-- | Information about the configuration of the Spot fleet request. +sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig SpotFleetRequestConfigData +sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig = lens _sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig (\ s a -> s{_sfrcSpotFleetRequestConfig = a}); + +-- | The creation date and time of the request. +sfrcCreateTime :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfig UTCTime +sfrcCreateTime = lens _sfrcCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_sfrcCreateTime = a}) . _Time; + +instance FromXML SpotFleetRequestConfig where + parseXML x + = SpotFleetRequestConfig' <$> + (x .@? "activityStatus") <*> + (x .@ "spotFleetRequestId") + <*> (x .@ "spotFleetRequestState") + <*> (x .@ "spotFleetRequestConfig") + <*> (x .@ "createTime") + +instance Hashable SpotFleetRequestConfig + +instance NFData SpotFleetRequestConfig + +-- | Describes the configuration of a Spot fleet request. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotFleetRequestConfigData' smart constructor. +data SpotFleetRequestConfigData = SpotFleetRequestConfigData' + { _sfrcdClientToken :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy :: !(Maybe ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy) + , _sfrcdValidUntil :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _sfrcdFulfilledCapacity :: !(Maybe Double) + , _sfrcdType :: !(Maybe FleetType) + , _sfrcdValidFrom :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _sfrcdAllocationStrategy :: !(Maybe AllocationStrategy) + , _sfrcdSpotPrice :: !Text + , _sfrcdTargetCapacity :: !Int + , _sfrcdIAMFleetRole :: !Text + , _sfrcdLaunchSpecifications :: !(List1 SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotFleetRequestConfigData' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sfrcdClientToken' - A unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see . +-- +-- * 'sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy' - Indicates whether running Spot instances should be terminated if the target capacity of the Spot fleet request is decreased below the current size of the Spot fleet. +-- +-- * 'sfrcdValidUntil' - The end date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). At this point, no new Spot instance requests are placed or enabled to fulfill the request. +-- +-- * 'sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration' - Indicates whether running Spot instances should be terminated when the Spot fleet request expires. +-- +-- * 'sfrcdFulfilledCapacity' - The number of units fulfilled by this request compared to the set target capacity. +-- +-- * 'sfrcdType' - The type of request. Indicates whether the fleet will only @request@ the target capacity or also attempt to @maintain@ it. When you @request@ a certain target capacity, the fleet will only place the required bids. It will not attempt to replenish Spot instances if capacity is diminished, nor will it submit bids in alternative Spot pools if capacity is not available. When you want to @maintain@ a certain target capacity, fleet will place the required bids to meet this target capacity. It will also automatically replenish any interrupted instances. Default: @maintain@ . +-- +-- * 'sfrcdValidFrom' - The start date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). The default is to start fulfilling the request immediately. +-- +-- * 'sfrcdAllocationStrategy' - Indicates how to allocate the target capacity across the Spot pools specified by the Spot fleet request. The default is @lowestPrice@ . +-- +-- * 'sfrcdSpotPrice' - The bid price per unit hour. +-- +-- * 'sfrcdTargetCapacity' - The number of units to request. You can choose to set the target capacity in terms of instances or a performance characteristic that is important to your application workload, such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O. +-- +-- * 'sfrcdIAMFleetRole' - Grants the Spot fleet permission to terminate Spot instances on your behalf when you cancel its Spot fleet request using 'CancelSpotFleetRequests' or when the Spot fleet request expires, if you set @terminateInstancesWithExpiration@ . +-- +-- * 'sfrcdLaunchSpecifications' - Information about the launch specifications for the Spot fleet request. +spotFleetRequestConfigData + :: Text -- ^ 'sfrcdSpotPrice' + -> Int -- ^ 'sfrcdTargetCapacity' + -> Text -- ^ 'sfrcdIAMFleetRole' + -> NonEmpty SpotFleetLaunchSpecification -- ^ 'sfrcdLaunchSpecifications' + -> SpotFleetRequestConfigData +spotFleetRequestConfigData pSpotPrice_ pTargetCapacity_ pIAMFleetRole_ pLaunchSpecifications_ = + SpotFleetRequestConfigData' + { _sfrcdClientToken = Nothing + , _sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = Nothing + , _sfrcdValidUntil = Nothing + , _sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration = Nothing + , _sfrcdFulfilledCapacity = Nothing + , _sfrcdType = Nothing + , _sfrcdValidFrom = Nothing + , _sfrcdAllocationStrategy = Nothing + , _sfrcdSpotPrice = pSpotPrice_ + , _sfrcdTargetCapacity = pTargetCapacity_ + , _sfrcdIAMFleetRole = pIAMFleetRole_ + , _sfrcdLaunchSpecifications = _List1 # pLaunchSpecifications_ + } + +-- | A unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see . +sfrcdClientToken :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe Text) +sfrcdClientToken = lens _sfrcdClientToken (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdClientToken = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether running Spot instances should be terminated if the target capacity of the Spot fleet request is decreased below the current size of the Spot fleet. +sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy) +sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = lens _sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = a}); + +-- | The end date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). At this point, no new Spot instance requests are placed or enabled to fulfill the request. +sfrcdValidUntil :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe UTCTime) +sfrcdValidUntil = lens _sfrcdValidUntil (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdValidUntil = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Indicates whether running Spot instances should be terminated when the Spot fleet request expires. +sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe Bool) +sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration = lens _sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration = a}); + +-- | The number of units fulfilled by this request compared to the set target capacity. +sfrcdFulfilledCapacity :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe Double) +sfrcdFulfilledCapacity = lens _sfrcdFulfilledCapacity (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdFulfilledCapacity = a}); + +-- | The type of request. Indicates whether the fleet will only @request@ the target capacity or also attempt to @maintain@ it. When you @request@ a certain target capacity, the fleet will only place the required bids. It will not attempt to replenish Spot instances if capacity is diminished, nor will it submit bids in alternative Spot pools if capacity is not available. When you want to @maintain@ a certain target capacity, fleet will place the required bids to meet this target capacity. It will also automatically replenish any interrupted instances. Default: @maintain@ . +sfrcdType :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe FleetType) +sfrcdType = lens _sfrcdType (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdType = a}); + +-- | The start date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). The default is to start fulfilling the request immediately. +sfrcdValidFrom :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe UTCTime) +sfrcdValidFrom = lens _sfrcdValidFrom (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdValidFrom = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Indicates how to allocate the target capacity across the Spot pools specified by the Spot fleet request. The default is @lowestPrice@ . +sfrcdAllocationStrategy :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (Maybe AllocationStrategy) +sfrcdAllocationStrategy = lens _sfrcdAllocationStrategy (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdAllocationStrategy = a}); + +-- | The bid price per unit hour. +sfrcdSpotPrice :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData Text +sfrcdSpotPrice = lens _sfrcdSpotPrice (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdSpotPrice = a}); + +-- | The number of units to request. You can choose to set the target capacity in terms of instances or a performance characteristic that is important to your application workload, such as vCPUs, memory, or I/O. +sfrcdTargetCapacity :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData Int +sfrcdTargetCapacity = lens _sfrcdTargetCapacity (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdTargetCapacity = a}); + +-- | Grants the Spot fleet permission to terminate Spot instances on your behalf when you cancel its Spot fleet request using 'CancelSpotFleetRequests' or when the Spot fleet request expires, if you set @terminateInstancesWithExpiration@ . +sfrcdIAMFleetRole :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData Text +sfrcdIAMFleetRole = lens _sfrcdIAMFleetRole (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdIAMFleetRole = a}); + +-- | Information about the launch specifications for the Spot fleet request. +sfrcdLaunchSpecifications :: Lens' SpotFleetRequestConfigData (NonEmpty SpotFleetLaunchSpecification) +sfrcdLaunchSpecifications = lens _sfrcdLaunchSpecifications (\ s a -> s{_sfrcdLaunchSpecifications = a}) . _List1; + +instance FromXML SpotFleetRequestConfigData where + parseXML x + = SpotFleetRequestConfigData' <$> + (x .@? "clientToken") <*> + (x .@? "excessCapacityTerminationPolicy") + <*> (x .@? "validUntil") + <*> (x .@? "terminateInstancesWithExpiration") + <*> (x .@? "fulfilledCapacity") + <*> (x .@? "type") + <*> (x .@? "validFrom") + <*> (x .@? "allocationStrategy") + <*> (x .@ "spotPrice") + <*> (x .@ "targetCapacity") + <*> (x .@ "iamFleetRole") + <*> + (x .@? "launchSpecifications" .!@ mempty >>= + parseXMLList1 "item") + +instance Hashable SpotFleetRequestConfigData + +instance NFData SpotFleetRequestConfigData + +instance ToQuery SpotFleetRequestConfigData where + toQuery SpotFleetRequestConfigData'{..} + = mconcat + ["ClientToken" =: _sfrcdClientToken, + "ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy" =: + _sfrcdExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy, + "ValidUntil" =: _sfrcdValidUntil, + "TerminateInstancesWithExpiration" =: + _sfrcdTerminateInstancesWithExpiration, + "FulfilledCapacity" =: _sfrcdFulfilledCapacity, + "Type" =: _sfrcdType, "ValidFrom" =: _sfrcdValidFrom, + "AllocationStrategy" =: _sfrcdAllocationStrategy, + "SpotPrice" =: _sfrcdSpotPrice, + "TargetCapacity" =: _sfrcdTargetCapacity, + "IamFleetRole" =: _sfrcdIAMFleetRole, + toQueryList "LaunchSpecifications" + _sfrcdLaunchSpecifications] + +-- | Describes a Spot instance request. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotInstanceRequest' smart constructor. +data SpotInstanceRequest = SpotInstanceRequest' + { _sirInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirStatus :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceStatus) + , _sirState :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceState) + , _sirActualBlockHourlyPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirBlockDurationMinutes :: !(Maybe Int) + , _sirProductDescription :: !(Maybe RIProductDescription) + , _sirSpotPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirLaunchSpecification :: !(Maybe LaunchSpecification) + , _sirAvailabilityZoneGroup :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirValidUntil :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _sirLaunchGroup :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirFault :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceStateFault) + , _sirSpotInstanceRequestId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sirType :: !(Maybe SpotInstanceType) + , _sirValidFrom :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _sirCreateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _sirTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotInstanceRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sirInstanceId' - The instance ID, if an instance has been launched to fulfill the Spot instance request. +-- +-- * 'sirStatus' - The status code and status message describing the Spot instance request. +-- +-- * 'sirState' - The state of the Spot instance request. Spot bid status information can help you track your Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- * 'sirActualBlockHourlyPrice' - If you specified a duration and your Spot instance request was fulfilled, this is the fixed hourly price in effect for the Spot instance while it runs. +-- +-- * 'sirBlockDurationMinutes' - The duration for the Spot instance, in minutes. +-- +-- * 'sirProductDescription' - The product description associated with the Spot instance. +-- +-- * 'sirSpotPrice' - The maximum hourly price (bid) for the Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. +-- +-- * 'sirLaunchSpecification' - Additional information for launching instances. +-- +-- * 'sirAvailabilityZoneGroup' - The Availability Zone group. If you specify the same Availability Zone group for all Spot instance requests, all Spot instances are launched in the same Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone in which the bid is launched. +-- +-- * 'sirValidUntil' - The end date of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). If this is a one-time request, it remains active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled or this date is reached. +-- +-- * 'sirLaunchGroup' - The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot instances that launch together and terminate together. +-- +-- * 'sirFault' - The fault codes for the Spot instance request, if any. +-- +-- * 'sirSpotInstanceRequestId' - The ID of the Spot instance request. +-- +-- * 'sirType' - The Spot instance request type. +-- +-- * 'sirValidFrom' - The start date of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). The request becomes active at this date and time. +-- +-- * 'sirCreateTime' - The date and time when the Spot instance request was created, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). +-- +-- * 'sirTags' - Any tags assigned to the resource. +spotInstanceRequest + :: SpotInstanceRequest +spotInstanceRequest = + SpotInstanceRequest' + { _sirInstanceId = Nothing + , _sirStatus = Nothing + , _sirState = Nothing + , _sirActualBlockHourlyPrice = Nothing + , _sirBlockDurationMinutes = Nothing + , _sirProductDescription = Nothing + , _sirSpotPrice = Nothing + , _sirLaunchSpecification = Nothing + , _sirAvailabilityZoneGroup = Nothing + , _sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _sirValidUntil = Nothing + , _sirLaunchGroup = Nothing + , _sirFault = Nothing + , _sirSpotInstanceRequestId = Nothing + , _sirType = Nothing + , _sirValidFrom = Nothing + , _sirCreateTime = Nothing + , _sirTags = Nothing + } + +-- | The instance ID, if an instance has been launched to fulfill the Spot instance request. +sirInstanceId :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirInstanceId = lens _sirInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_sirInstanceId = a}); + +-- | The status code and status message describing the Spot instance request. +sirStatus :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe SpotInstanceStatus) +sirStatus = lens _sirStatus (\ s a -> s{_sirStatus = a}); + +-- | The state of the Spot instance request. Spot bid status information can help you track your Spot instance requests. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +sirState :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe SpotInstanceState) +sirState = lens _sirState (\ s a -> s{_sirState = a}); + +-- | If you specified a duration and your Spot instance request was fulfilled, this is the fixed hourly price in effect for the Spot instance while it runs. +sirActualBlockHourlyPrice :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirActualBlockHourlyPrice = lens _sirActualBlockHourlyPrice (\ s a -> s{_sirActualBlockHourlyPrice = a}); + +-- | The duration for the Spot instance, in minutes. +sirBlockDurationMinutes :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Int) +sirBlockDurationMinutes = lens _sirBlockDurationMinutes (\ s a -> s{_sirBlockDurationMinutes = a}); + +-- | The product description associated with the Spot instance. +sirProductDescription :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe RIProductDescription) +sirProductDescription = lens _sirProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_sirProductDescription = a}); + +-- | The maximum hourly price (bid) for the Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. +sirSpotPrice :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirSpotPrice = lens _sirSpotPrice (\ s a -> s{_sirSpotPrice = a}); + +-- | Additional information for launching instances. +sirLaunchSpecification :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe LaunchSpecification) +sirLaunchSpecification = lens _sirLaunchSpecification (\ s a -> s{_sirLaunchSpecification = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone group. If you specify the same Availability Zone group for all Spot instance requests, all Spot instances are launched in the same Availability Zone. +sirAvailabilityZoneGroup :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirAvailabilityZoneGroup = lens _sirAvailabilityZoneGroup (\ s a -> s{_sirAvailabilityZoneGroup = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone in which the bid is launched. +sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone = lens _sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sirLaunchedAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The end date of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). If this is a one-time request, it remains active until all instances launch, the request is canceled, or this date is reached. If the request is persistent, it remains active until it is canceled or this date is reached. +sirValidUntil :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe UTCTime) +sirValidUntil = lens _sirValidUntil (\ s a -> s{_sirValidUntil = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot instances that launch together and terminate together. +sirLaunchGroup :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirLaunchGroup = lens _sirLaunchGroup (\ s a -> s{_sirLaunchGroup = a}); + +-- | The fault codes for the Spot instance request, if any. +sirFault :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe SpotInstanceStateFault) +sirFault = lens _sirFault (\ s a -> s{_sirFault = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Spot instance request. +sirSpotInstanceRequestId :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe Text) +sirSpotInstanceRequestId = lens _sirSpotInstanceRequestId (\ s a -> s{_sirSpotInstanceRequestId = a}); + +-- | The Spot instance request type. +sirType :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe SpotInstanceType) +sirType = lens _sirType (\ s a -> s{_sirType = a}); + +-- | The start date of the request, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). The request becomes active at this date and time. +sirValidFrom :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe UTCTime) +sirValidFrom = lens _sirValidFrom (\ s a -> s{_sirValidFrom = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The date and time when the Spot instance request was created, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). +sirCreateTime :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest (Maybe UTCTime) +sirCreateTime = lens _sirCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_sirCreateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Any tags assigned to the resource. +sirTags :: Lens' SpotInstanceRequest [Tag] +sirTags = lens _sirTags (\ s a -> s{_sirTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML SpotInstanceRequest where + parseXML x + = SpotInstanceRequest' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> (x .@? "status") <*> + (x .@? "state") + <*> (x .@? "actualBlockHourlyPrice") + <*> (x .@? "blockDurationMinutes") + <*> (x .@? "productDescription") + <*> (x .@? "spotPrice") + <*> (x .@? "launchSpecification") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZoneGroup") + <*> (x .@? "launchedAvailabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "validUntil") + <*> (x .@? "launchGroup") + <*> (x .@? "fault") + <*> (x .@? "spotInstanceRequestId") + <*> (x .@? "type") + <*> (x .@? "validFrom") + <*> (x .@? "createTime") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable SpotInstanceRequest + +instance NFData SpotInstanceRequest + +-- | Describes a Spot instance state change. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotInstanceStateFault' smart constructor. +data SpotInstanceStateFault = SpotInstanceStateFault' + { _sisfCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sisfMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotInstanceStateFault' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sisfCode' - The reason code for the Spot instance state change. +-- +-- * 'sisfMessage' - The message for the Spot instance state change. +spotInstanceStateFault + :: SpotInstanceStateFault +spotInstanceStateFault = + SpotInstanceStateFault' + { _sisfCode = Nothing + , _sisfMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The reason code for the Spot instance state change. +sisfCode :: Lens' SpotInstanceStateFault (Maybe Text) +sisfCode = lens _sisfCode (\ s a -> s{_sisfCode = a}); + +-- | The message for the Spot instance state change. +sisfMessage :: Lens' SpotInstanceStateFault (Maybe Text) +sisfMessage = lens _sisfMessage (\ s a -> s{_sisfMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML SpotInstanceStateFault where + parseXML x + = SpotInstanceStateFault' <$> + (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "message") + +instance Hashable SpotInstanceStateFault + +instance NFData SpotInstanceStateFault + +-- | Describes the status of a Spot instance request. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotInstanceStatus' smart constructor. +data SpotInstanceStatus = SpotInstanceStatus' + { _sisUpdateTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _sisCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sisMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotInstanceStatus' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sisUpdateTime' - The date and time of the most recent status update, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). +-- +-- * 'sisCode' - The status code. For a list of status codes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- * 'sisMessage' - The description for the status code. +spotInstanceStatus + :: SpotInstanceStatus +spotInstanceStatus = + SpotInstanceStatus' + { _sisUpdateTime = Nothing + , _sisCode = Nothing + , _sisMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The date and time of the most recent status update, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). +sisUpdateTime :: Lens' SpotInstanceStatus (Maybe UTCTime) +sisUpdateTime = lens _sisUpdateTime (\ s a -> s{_sisUpdateTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The status code. For a list of status codes, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +sisCode :: Lens' SpotInstanceStatus (Maybe Text) +sisCode = lens _sisCode (\ s a -> s{_sisCode = a}); + +-- | The description for the status code. +sisMessage :: Lens' SpotInstanceStatus (Maybe Text) +sisMessage = lens _sisMessage (\ s a -> s{_sisMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML SpotInstanceStatus where + parseXML x + = SpotInstanceStatus' <$> + (x .@? "updateTime") <*> (x .@? "code") <*> + (x .@? "message") + +instance Hashable SpotInstanceStatus + +instance NFData SpotInstanceStatus + +-- | Describes Spot instance placement. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotPlacement' smart constructor. +data SpotPlacement = SpotPlacement' + { _spAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _spGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotPlacement' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'spAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone. [Spot fleet only] To specify multiple Availability Zones, separate them using commas; for example, "us-west-2a, us-west-2b". +-- +-- * 'spGroupName' - The name of the placement group (for cluster instances). +spotPlacement + :: SpotPlacement +spotPlacement = + SpotPlacement' + { _spAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _spGroupName = Nothing + } + +-- | The Availability Zone. [Spot fleet only] To specify multiple Availability Zones, separate them using commas; for example, "us-west-2a, us-west-2b". +spAvailabilityZone :: Lens' SpotPlacement (Maybe Text) +spAvailabilityZone = lens _spAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_spAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The name of the placement group (for cluster instances). +spGroupName :: Lens' SpotPlacement (Maybe Text) +spGroupName = lens _spGroupName (\ s a -> s{_spGroupName = a}); + +instance FromXML SpotPlacement where + parseXML x + = SpotPlacement' <$> + (x .@? "availabilityZone") <*> (x .@? "groupName") + +instance Hashable SpotPlacement + +instance NFData SpotPlacement + +instance ToQuery SpotPlacement where + toQuery SpotPlacement'{..} + = mconcat + ["AvailabilityZone" =: _spAvailabilityZone, + "GroupName" =: _spGroupName] + +-- | Describes the maximum hourly price (bid) for any Spot instance launched to fulfill the request. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'spotPrice' smart constructor. +data SpotPrice = SpotPrice' + { _sProductDescription :: !(Maybe RIProductDescription) + , _sSpotPrice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sInstanceType :: !(Maybe InstanceType) + , _sAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sTimestamp :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SpotPrice' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sProductDescription' - A general description of the AMI. +-- +-- * 'sSpotPrice' - The maximum price (bid) that you are willing to pay for a Spot instance. +-- +-- * 'sInstanceType' - The instance type. Note that T2 and HS1 instance types are not supported. +-- +-- * 'sAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'sTimestamp' - The date and time the request was created, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). +spotPrice + :: SpotPrice +spotPrice = + SpotPrice' + { _sProductDescription = Nothing + , _sSpotPrice = Nothing + , _sInstanceType = Nothing + , _sAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _sTimestamp = Nothing + } + +-- | A general description of the AMI. +sProductDescription :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe RIProductDescription) +sProductDescription = lens _sProductDescription (\ s a -> s{_sProductDescription = a}); + +-- | The maximum price (bid) that you are willing to pay for a Spot instance. +sSpotPrice :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe Text) +sSpotPrice = lens _sSpotPrice (\ s a -> s{_sSpotPrice = a}); + +-- | The instance type. Note that T2 and HS1 instance types are not supported. +sInstanceType :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe InstanceType) +sInstanceType = lens _sInstanceType (\ s a -> s{_sInstanceType = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone. +sAvailabilityZone :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe Text) +sAvailabilityZone = lens _sAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_sAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The date and time the request was created, in UTC format (for example, /YYYY/ -/MM/ -/DD/ T/HH/ :/MM/ :/SS/ Z). +sTimestamp :: Lens' SpotPrice (Maybe UTCTime) +sTimestamp = lens _sTimestamp (\ s a -> s{_sTimestamp = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance FromXML SpotPrice where + parseXML x + = SpotPrice' <$> + (x .@? "productDescription") <*> (x .@? "spotPrice") + <*> (x .@? "instanceType") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "timestamp") + +instance Hashable SpotPrice + +instance NFData SpotPrice + +-- | Describes a stale rule in a security group. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'staleIPPermission' smart constructor. +data StaleIPPermission = StaleIPPermission' + { _sipFromPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _sipUserIdGroupPairs :: !(Maybe [UserIdGroupPair]) + , _sipPrefixListIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _sipIPProtocol :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sipToPort :: !(Maybe Int) + , _sipIPRanges :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'StaleIPPermission' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sipFromPort' - The start of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of @-1@ indicates all ICMP types. +-- +-- * 'sipUserIdGroupPairs' - One or more security group pairs. Returns the ID of the referenced security group and VPC, and the ID and status of the VPC peering connection. +-- +-- * 'sipPrefixListIds' - One or more prefix list IDs for an AWS service. Not applicable for stale security group rules. +-- +-- * 'sipIPProtocol' - The IP protocol name (for @tcp@ , @udp@ , and @icmp@ ) or number (see . +-- +-- * 'sipToPort' - The end of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of @-1@ indicates all ICMP types. +-- +-- * 'sipIPRanges' - One or more IP ranges. Not applicable for stale security group rules. +staleIPPermission + :: StaleIPPermission +staleIPPermission = + StaleIPPermission' + { _sipFromPort = Nothing + , _sipUserIdGroupPairs = Nothing + , _sipPrefixListIds = Nothing + , _sipIPProtocol = Nothing + , _sipToPort = Nothing + , _sipIPRanges = Nothing + } + +-- | The start of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of @-1@ indicates all ICMP types. +sipFromPort :: Lens' StaleIPPermission (Maybe Int) +sipFromPort = lens _sipFromPort (\ s a -> s{_sipFromPort = a}); + +-- | One or more security group pairs. Returns the ID of the referenced security group and VPC, and the ID and status of the VPC peering connection. +sipUserIdGroupPairs :: Lens' StaleIPPermission [UserIdGroupPair] +sipUserIdGroupPairs = lens _sipUserIdGroupPairs (\ s a -> s{_sipUserIdGroupPairs = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | One or more prefix list IDs for an AWS service. Not applicable for stale security group rules. +sipPrefixListIds :: Lens' StaleIPPermission [Text] +sipPrefixListIds = lens _sipPrefixListIds (\ s a -> s{_sipPrefixListIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The IP protocol name (for @tcp@ , @udp@ , and @icmp@ ) or number (see . +sipIPProtocol :: Lens' StaleIPPermission (Maybe Text) +sipIPProtocol = lens _sipIPProtocol (\ s a -> s{_sipIPProtocol = a}); + +-- | The end of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of @-1@ indicates all ICMP types. +sipToPort :: Lens' StaleIPPermission (Maybe Int) +sipToPort = lens _sipToPort (\ s a -> s{_sipToPort = a}); + +-- | One or more IP ranges. Not applicable for stale security group rules. +sipIPRanges :: Lens' StaleIPPermission [Text] +sipIPRanges = lens _sipIPRanges (\ s a -> s{_sipIPRanges = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML StaleIPPermission where + parseXML x + = StaleIPPermission' <$> + (x .@? "fromPort") <*> + (x .@? "groups" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "prefixListIds" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "ipProtocol") + <*> (x .@? "toPort") + <*> + (x .@? "ipRanges" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable StaleIPPermission + +instance NFData StaleIPPermission + +-- | Describes a stale security group (a security group that contains stale rules). +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'staleSecurityGroup' smart constructor. +data StaleSecurityGroup = StaleSecurityGroup' + { _ssgVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ssgGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress :: !(Maybe [StaleIPPermission]) + , _ssgStaleIPPermissions :: !(Maybe [StaleIPPermission]) + , _ssgDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ssgGroupId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'StaleSecurityGroup' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ssgVPCId' - The ID of the VPC for the security group. +-- +-- * 'ssgGroupName' - The name of the security group. +-- +-- * 'ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress' - Information about the stale outbound rules in the security group. +-- +-- * 'ssgStaleIPPermissions' - Information about the stale inbound rules in the security group. +-- +-- * 'ssgDescription' - The description of the security group. +-- +-- * 'ssgGroupId' - The ID of the security group. +staleSecurityGroup + :: Text -- ^ 'ssgGroupId' + -> StaleSecurityGroup +staleSecurityGroup pGroupId_ = + StaleSecurityGroup' + { _ssgVPCId = Nothing + , _ssgGroupName = Nothing + , _ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress = Nothing + , _ssgStaleIPPermissions = Nothing + , _ssgDescription = Nothing + , _ssgGroupId = pGroupId_ + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC for the security group. +ssgVPCId :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ssgVPCId = lens _ssgVPCId (\ s a -> s{_ssgVPCId = a}); + +-- | The name of the security group. +ssgGroupName :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ssgGroupName = lens _ssgGroupName (\ s a -> s{_ssgGroupName = a}); + +-- | Information about the stale outbound rules in the security group. +ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup [StaleIPPermission] +ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress = lens _ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress (\ s a -> s{_ssgStaleIPPermissionsEgress = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Information about the stale inbound rules in the security group. +ssgStaleIPPermissions :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup [StaleIPPermission] +ssgStaleIPPermissions = lens _ssgStaleIPPermissions (\ s a -> s{_ssgStaleIPPermissions = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The description of the security group. +ssgDescription :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup (Maybe Text) +ssgDescription = lens _ssgDescription (\ s a -> s{_ssgDescription = a}); + +-- | The ID of the security group. +ssgGroupId :: Lens' StaleSecurityGroup Text +ssgGroupId = lens _ssgGroupId (\ s a -> s{_ssgGroupId = a}); + +instance FromXML StaleSecurityGroup where + parseXML x + = StaleSecurityGroup' <$> + (x .@? "vpcId") <*> (x .@? "groupName") <*> + (x .@? "staleIpPermissionsEgress" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "staleIpPermissions" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@ "groupId") + +instance Hashable StaleSecurityGroup + +instance NFData StaleSecurityGroup + +-- | Describes a state change. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'stateReason' smart constructor. +data StateReason = StateReason' + { _srCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _srMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'StateReason' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'srCode' - The reason code for the state change. +-- +-- * 'srMessage' - The message for the state change. * @Server.SpotInstanceTermination@ : A Spot instance was terminated due to an increase in the market price. * @Server.InternalError@ : An internal error occurred during instance launch, resulting in termination. * @Server.InsufficientInstanceCapacity@ : There was insufficient instance capacity to satisfy the launch request. * @Client.InternalError@ : A client error caused the instance to terminate on launch. * @Client.InstanceInitiatedShutdown@ : The instance was shut down using the @shutdown -h@ command from the instance. * @Client.UserInitiatedShutdown@ : The instance was shut down using the Amazon EC2 API. * @Client.VolumeLimitExceeded@ : The limit on the number of EBS volumes or total storage was exceeded. Decrease usage or request an increase in your limits. * @Client.InvalidSnapshot.NotFound@ : The specified snapshot was not found. +stateReason + :: StateReason +stateReason = + StateReason' + { _srCode = Nothing + , _srMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The reason code for the state change. +srCode :: Lens' StateReason (Maybe Text) +srCode = lens _srCode (\ s a -> s{_srCode = a}); + +-- | The message for the state change. * @Server.SpotInstanceTermination@ : A Spot instance was terminated due to an increase in the market price. * @Server.InternalError@ : An internal error occurred during instance launch, resulting in termination. * @Server.InsufficientInstanceCapacity@ : There was insufficient instance capacity to satisfy the launch request. * @Client.InternalError@ : A client error caused the instance to terminate on launch. * @Client.InstanceInitiatedShutdown@ : The instance was shut down using the @shutdown -h@ command from the instance. * @Client.UserInitiatedShutdown@ : The instance was shut down using the Amazon EC2 API. * @Client.VolumeLimitExceeded@ : The limit on the number of EBS volumes or total storage was exceeded. Decrease usage or request an increase in your limits. * @Client.InvalidSnapshot.NotFound@ : The specified snapshot was not found. +srMessage :: Lens' StateReason (Maybe Text) +srMessage = lens _srMessage (\ s a -> s{_srMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML StateReason where + parseXML x + = StateReason' <$> + (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "message") + +instance Hashable StateReason + +instance NFData StateReason + +-- | Describes the storage location for an instance store-backed AMI. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'storage' smart constructor. +newtype Storage = Storage' + { _sS3 :: Maybe S3Storage + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Storage' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sS3' - An Amazon S3 storage location. +storage + :: Storage +storage = + Storage' + { _sS3 = Nothing + } + +-- | An Amazon S3 storage location. +sS3 :: Lens' Storage (Maybe S3Storage) +sS3 = lens _sS3 (\ s a -> s{_sS3 = a}); + +instance FromXML Storage where + parseXML x = Storage' <$> (x .@? "S3") + +instance Hashable Storage + +instance NFData Storage + +instance ToQuery Storage where + toQuery Storage'{..} = mconcat ["S3" =: _sS3] + +-- | Describes a subnet. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'subnet' smart constructor. +data Subnet = Subnet' + { _subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet :: !(Maybe [SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation]) + , _subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _subMapPublicIPOnLaunch :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _subDefaultForAz :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _subTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _subAvailabilityZone :: !Text + , _subAvailableIPAddressCount :: !Int + , _subCidrBlock :: !Text + , _subState :: !SubnetState + , _subSubnetId :: !Text + , _subVPCId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Subnet' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet' - Information about the IPv6 CIDR blocks associated with the subnet. +-- +-- * 'subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation' - Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a network interface created by 'RunInstances' ) receives an IPv6 address. +-- +-- * 'subMapPublicIPOnLaunch' - Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4 address. +-- +-- * 'subDefaultForAz' - Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone. +-- +-- * 'subTags' - Any tags assigned to the subnet. +-- +-- * 'subAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'subAvailableIPAddressCount' - The number of unused private IPv4 addresses in the subnet. Note that the IPv4 addresses for any stopped instances are considered unavailable. +-- +-- * 'subCidrBlock' - The IPv4 CIDR block assigned to the subnet. +-- +-- * 'subState' - The current state of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'subSubnetId' - The ID of the subnet. +-- +-- * 'subVPCId' - The ID of the VPC the subnet is in. +subnet + :: Text -- ^ 'subAvailabilityZone' + -> Int -- ^ 'subAvailableIPAddressCount' + -> Text -- ^ 'subCidrBlock' + -> SubnetState -- ^ 'subState' + -> Text -- ^ 'subSubnetId' + -> Text -- ^ 'subVPCId' + -> Subnet +subnet pAvailabilityZone_ pAvailableIPAddressCount_ pCidrBlock_ pState_ pSubnetId_ pVPCId_ = + Subnet' + { _subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet = Nothing + , _subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation = Nothing + , _subMapPublicIPOnLaunch = Nothing + , _subDefaultForAz = Nothing + , _subTags = Nothing + , _subAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ + , _subAvailableIPAddressCount = pAvailableIPAddressCount_ + , _subCidrBlock = pCidrBlock_ + , _subState = pState_ + , _subSubnetId = pSubnetId_ + , _subVPCId = pVPCId_ + } + +-- | Information about the IPv6 CIDR blocks associated with the subnet. +subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet :: Lens' Subnet [SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation] +subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet = lens _subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet (\ s a -> s{_subIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a network interface created by 'RunInstances' ) receives an IPv6 address. +subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Bool) +subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation = lens _subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation (\ s a -> s{_subAssignIPv6AddressOnCreation = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4 address. +subMapPublicIPOnLaunch :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Bool) +subMapPublicIPOnLaunch = lens _subMapPublicIPOnLaunch (\ s a -> s{_subMapPublicIPOnLaunch = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone. +subDefaultForAz :: Lens' Subnet (Maybe Bool) +subDefaultForAz = lens _subDefaultForAz (\ s a -> s{_subDefaultForAz = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the subnet. +subTags :: Lens' Subnet [Tag] +subTags = lens _subTags (\ s a -> s{_subTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The Availability Zone of the subnet. +subAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Subnet Text +subAvailabilityZone = lens _subAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_subAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The number of unused private IPv4 addresses in the subnet. Note that the IPv4 addresses for any stopped instances are considered unavailable. +subAvailableIPAddressCount :: Lens' Subnet Int +subAvailableIPAddressCount = lens _subAvailableIPAddressCount (\ s a -> s{_subAvailableIPAddressCount = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 CIDR block assigned to the subnet. +subCidrBlock :: Lens' Subnet Text +subCidrBlock = lens _subCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_subCidrBlock = a}); + +-- | The current state of the subnet. +subState :: Lens' Subnet SubnetState +subState = lens _subState (\ s a -> s{_subState = a}); + +-- | The ID of the subnet. +subSubnetId :: Lens' Subnet Text +subSubnetId = lens _subSubnetId (\ s a -> s{_subSubnetId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC the subnet is in. +subVPCId :: Lens' Subnet Text +subVPCId = lens _subVPCId (\ s a -> s{_subVPCId = a}); + +instance FromXML Subnet where + parseXML x + = Subnet' <$> + (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "assignIpv6AddressOnCreation") + <*> (x .@? "mapPublicIpOnLaunch") + <*> (x .@? "defaultForAz") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@ "availableIpAddressCount") + <*> (x .@ "cidrBlock") + <*> (x .@ "state") + <*> (x .@ "subnetId") + <*> (x .@ "vpcId") + +instance Hashable Subnet + +instance NFData Subnet + +-- | Describes the state of a CIDR block. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'subnetCidrBlockState' smart constructor. +data SubnetCidrBlockState = SubnetCidrBlockState' + { _scbsState :: !(Maybe SubnetCidrBlockStateCode) + , _scbsStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SubnetCidrBlockState' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'scbsState' - The state of a CIDR block. +-- +-- * 'scbsStatusMessage' - A message about the status of the CIDR block, if applicable. +subnetCidrBlockState + :: SubnetCidrBlockState +subnetCidrBlockState = + SubnetCidrBlockState' + { _scbsState = Nothing + , _scbsStatusMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of a CIDR block. +scbsState :: Lens' SubnetCidrBlockState (Maybe SubnetCidrBlockStateCode) +scbsState = lens _scbsState (\ s a -> s{_scbsState = a}); + +-- | A message about the status of the CIDR block, if applicable. +scbsStatusMessage :: Lens' SubnetCidrBlockState (Maybe Text) +scbsStatusMessage = lens _scbsStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_scbsStatusMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML SubnetCidrBlockState where + parseXML x + = SubnetCidrBlockState' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + +instance Hashable SubnetCidrBlockState + +instance NFData SubnetCidrBlockState + +-- | Describes an IPv6 CIDR block associated with a subnet. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'subnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' smart constructor. +data SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' + { _sicbaAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sicbaIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState :: !(Maybe SubnetCidrBlockState) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'sicbaAssociationId' - The association ID for the CIDR block. +-- +-- * 'sicbaIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 CIDR block. +-- +-- * 'sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState' - Information about the state of the CIDR block. +subnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + :: SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation +subnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = + SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' + { _sicbaAssociationId = Nothing + , _sicbaIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState = Nothing + } + +-- | The association ID for the CIDR block. +sicbaAssociationId :: Lens' SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (Maybe Text) +sicbaAssociationId = lens _sicbaAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_sicbaAssociationId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR block. +sicbaIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (Maybe Text) +sicbaIPv6CidrBlock = lens _sicbaIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_sicbaIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | Information about the state of the CIDR block. +sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState :: Lens' SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (Maybe SubnetCidrBlockState) +sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState = lens _sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState (\ s a -> s{_sicbaIPv6CidrBlockState = a}); + +instance FromXML SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation where + parseXML x + = SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' <$> + (x .@? "associationId") <*> (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlock") + <*> (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockState") + +instance Hashable SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + +instance NFData SubnetIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + +-- | Describes a tag. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'tag' smart constructor. +data Tag = Tag' + { _tagKey :: !Text + , _tagValue :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Tag' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'tagKey' - The key of the tag. Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with @aws:@ +-- +-- * 'tagValue' - The value of the tag. Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 255 Unicode characters. +tag + :: Text -- ^ 'tagKey' + -> Text -- ^ 'tagValue' + -> Tag +tag pKey_ pValue_ = + Tag' + { _tagKey = pKey_ + , _tagValue = pValue_ + } + +-- | The key of the tag. Constraints: Tag keys are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 127 Unicode characters. May not begin with @aws:@ +tagKey :: Lens' Tag Text +tagKey = lens _tagKey (\ s a -> s{_tagKey = a}); + +-- | The value of the tag. Constraints: Tag values are case-sensitive and accept a maximum of 255 Unicode characters. +tagValue :: Lens' Tag Text +tagValue = lens _tagValue (\ s a -> s{_tagValue = a}); + +instance FromXML Tag where + parseXML x = Tag' <$> (x .@ "key") <*> (x .@ "value") + +instance Hashable Tag + +instance NFData Tag + +instance ToQuery Tag where + toQuery Tag'{..} + = mconcat ["Key" =: _tagKey, "Value" =: _tagValue] + +-- | Describes a tag. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'tagDescription' smart constructor. +data TagDescription = TagDescription' + { _tdResourceId :: !Text + , _tdResourceType :: !ResourceType + , _tdKey :: !Text + , _tdValue :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'TagDescription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'tdResourceId' - The ID of the resource. For example, @ami-1a2b3c4d@ . +-- +-- * 'tdResourceType' - The resource type. +-- +-- * 'tdKey' - The tag key. +-- +-- * 'tdValue' - The tag value. +tagDescription + :: Text -- ^ 'tdResourceId' + -> ResourceType -- ^ 'tdResourceType' + -> Text -- ^ 'tdKey' + -> Text -- ^ 'tdValue' + -> TagDescription +tagDescription pResourceId_ pResourceType_ pKey_ pValue_ = + TagDescription' + { _tdResourceId = pResourceId_ + , _tdResourceType = pResourceType_ + , _tdKey = pKey_ + , _tdValue = pValue_ + } + +-- | The ID of the resource. For example, @ami-1a2b3c4d@ . +tdResourceId :: Lens' TagDescription Text +tdResourceId = lens _tdResourceId (\ s a -> s{_tdResourceId = a}); + +-- | The resource type. +tdResourceType :: Lens' TagDescription ResourceType +tdResourceType = lens _tdResourceType (\ s a -> s{_tdResourceType = a}); + +-- | The tag key. +tdKey :: Lens' TagDescription Text +tdKey = lens _tdKey (\ s a -> s{_tdKey = a}); + +-- | The tag value. +tdValue :: Lens' TagDescription Text +tdValue = lens _tdValue (\ s a -> s{_tdValue = a}); + +instance FromXML TagDescription where + parseXML x + = TagDescription' <$> + (x .@ "resourceId") <*> (x .@ "resourceType") <*> + (x .@ "key") + <*> (x .@ "value") + +instance Hashable TagDescription + +instance NFData TagDescription + +-- | Information about the Convertible Reserved Instance offering. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'targetConfiguration' smart constructor. +data TargetConfiguration = TargetConfiguration' + { _tcInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _tcOfferingId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'TargetConfiguration' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'tcInstanceCount' - The number of instances the Convertible Reserved Instance offering can be applied to. This parameter is reserved and cannot be specified in a request +-- +-- * 'tcOfferingId' - The ID of the Convertible Reserved Instance offering. +targetConfiguration + :: TargetConfiguration +targetConfiguration = + TargetConfiguration' + { _tcInstanceCount = Nothing + , _tcOfferingId = Nothing + } + +-- | The number of instances the Convertible Reserved Instance offering can be applied to. This parameter is reserved and cannot be specified in a request +tcInstanceCount :: Lens' TargetConfiguration (Maybe Int) +tcInstanceCount = lens _tcInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_tcInstanceCount = a}); + +-- | The ID of the Convertible Reserved Instance offering. +tcOfferingId :: Lens' TargetConfiguration (Maybe Text) +tcOfferingId = lens _tcOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_tcOfferingId = a}); + +instance FromXML TargetConfiguration where + parseXML x + = TargetConfiguration' <$> + (x .@? "instanceCount") <*> (x .@? "offeringId") + +instance Hashable TargetConfiguration + +instance NFData TargetConfiguration + +-- | Details about the target configuration. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'targetConfigurationRequest' smart constructor. +data TargetConfigurationRequest = TargetConfigurationRequest' + { _tcrInstanceCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _tcrOfferingId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'TargetConfigurationRequest' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'tcrInstanceCount' - The number of instances the Covertible Reserved Instance offering can be applied to. This parameter is reserved and cannot be specified in a request +-- +-- * 'tcrOfferingId' - The Convertible Reserved Instance offering ID. +targetConfigurationRequest + :: Text -- ^ 'tcrOfferingId' + -> TargetConfigurationRequest +targetConfigurationRequest pOfferingId_ = + TargetConfigurationRequest' + { _tcrInstanceCount = Nothing + , _tcrOfferingId = pOfferingId_ + } + +-- | The number of instances the Covertible Reserved Instance offering can be applied to. This parameter is reserved and cannot be specified in a request +tcrInstanceCount :: Lens' TargetConfigurationRequest (Maybe Int) +tcrInstanceCount = lens _tcrInstanceCount (\ s a -> s{_tcrInstanceCount = a}); + +-- | The Convertible Reserved Instance offering ID. +tcrOfferingId :: Lens' TargetConfigurationRequest Text +tcrOfferingId = lens _tcrOfferingId (\ s a -> s{_tcrOfferingId = a}); + +instance Hashable TargetConfigurationRequest + +instance NFData TargetConfigurationRequest + +instance ToQuery TargetConfigurationRequest where + toQuery TargetConfigurationRequest'{..} + = mconcat + ["InstanceCount" =: _tcrInstanceCount, + "OfferingId" =: _tcrOfferingId] + +-- | The total value of the new Convertible Reserved Instances. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'targetReservationValue' smart constructor. +data TargetReservationValue = TargetReservationValue' + { _trvReservationValue :: !(Maybe ReservationValue) + , _trvTargetConfiguration :: !(Maybe TargetConfiguration) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'TargetReservationValue' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'trvReservationValue' - The total value of the Convertible Reserved Instances that make up the exchange. This is the sum of the list value, remaining upfront price, and additional upfront cost of the exchange. +-- +-- * 'trvTargetConfiguration' - The configuration of the Convertible Reserved Instances that make up the exchange. +targetReservationValue + :: TargetReservationValue +targetReservationValue = + TargetReservationValue' + { _trvReservationValue = Nothing + , _trvTargetConfiguration = Nothing + } + +-- | The total value of the Convertible Reserved Instances that make up the exchange. This is the sum of the list value, remaining upfront price, and additional upfront cost of the exchange. +trvReservationValue :: Lens' TargetReservationValue (Maybe ReservationValue) +trvReservationValue = lens _trvReservationValue (\ s a -> s{_trvReservationValue = a}); + +-- | The configuration of the Convertible Reserved Instances that make up the exchange. +trvTargetConfiguration :: Lens' TargetReservationValue (Maybe TargetConfiguration) +trvTargetConfiguration = lens _trvTargetConfiguration (\ s a -> s{_trvTargetConfiguration = a}); + +instance FromXML TargetReservationValue where + parseXML x + = TargetReservationValue' <$> + (x .@? "reservationValue") <*> + (x .@? "targetConfiguration") + +instance Hashable TargetReservationValue + +instance NFData TargetReservationValue + +-- | Information about items that were not successfully processed in a batch call. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'unsuccessfulItem' smart constructor. +data UnsuccessfulItem = UnsuccessfulItem' + { _uiResourceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _uiError :: !UnsuccessfulItemError + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'UnsuccessfulItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'uiResourceId' - The ID of the resource. +-- +-- * 'uiError' - Information about the error. +unsuccessfulItem + :: UnsuccessfulItemError -- ^ 'uiError' + -> UnsuccessfulItem +unsuccessfulItem pError_ = + UnsuccessfulItem' + { _uiResourceId = Nothing + , _uiError = pError_ + } + +-- | The ID of the resource. +uiResourceId :: Lens' UnsuccessfulItem (Maybe Text) +uiResourceId = lens _uiResourceId (\ s a -> s{_uiResourceId = a}); + +-- | Information about the error. +uiError :: Lens' UnsuccessfulItem UnsuccessfulItemError +uiError = lens _uiError (\ s a -> s{_uiError = a}); + +instance FromXML UnsuccessfulItem where + parseXML x + = UnsuccessfulItem' <$> + (x .@? "resourceId") <*> (x .@ "error") + +instance Hashable UnsuccessfulItem + +instance NFData UnsuccessfulItem + +-- | Information about the error that occurred. For more information about errors, see . +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'unsuccessfulItemError' smart constructor. +data UnsuccessfulItemError = UnsuccessfulItemError' + { _uieCode :: !Text + , _uieMessage :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'UnsuccessfulItemError' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'uieCode' - The error code. +-- +-- * 'uieMessage' - The error message accompanying the error code. +unsuccessfulItemError + :: Text -- ^ 'uieCode' + -> Text -- ^ 'uieMessage' + -> UnsuccessfulItemError +unsuccessfulItemError pCode_ pMessage_ = + UnsuccessfulItemError' + { _uieCode = pCode_ + , _uieMessage = pMessage_ + } + +-- | The error code. +uieCode :: Lens' UnsuccessfulItemError Text +uieCode = lens _uieCode (\ s a -> s{_uieCode = a}); + +-- | The error message accompanying the error code. +uieMessage :: Lens' UnsuccessfulItemError Text +uieMessage = lens _uieMessage (\ s a -> s{_uieMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML UnsuccessfulItemError where + parseXML x + = UnsuccessfulItemError' <$> + (x .@ "code") <*> (x .@ "message") + +instance Hashable UnsuccessfulItemError + +instance NFData UnsuccessfulItemError + +-- | Describes the S3 bucket for the disk image. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'userBucket' smart constructor. +data UserBucket = UserBucket' + { _ubS3Key :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ubS3Bucket :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'UserBucket' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ubS3Key' - The file name of the disk image. +-- +-- * 'ubS3Bucket' - The name of the S3 bucket where the disk image is located. +userBucket + :: UserBucket +userBucket = + UserBucket' + { _ubS3Key = Nothing + , _ubS3Bucket = Nothing + } + +-- | The file name of the disk image. +ubS3Key :: Lens' UserBucket (Maybe Text) +ubS3Key = lens _ubS3Key (\ s a -> s{_ubS3Key = a}); + +-- | The name of the S3 bucket where the disk image is located. +ubS3Bucket :: Lens' UserBucket (Maybe Text) +ubS3Bucket = lens _ubS3Bucket (\ s a -> s{_ubS3Bucket = a}); + +instance Hashable UserBucket + +instance NFData UserBucket + +instance ToQuery UserBucket where + toQuery UserBucket'{..} + = mconcat + ["S3Key" =: _ubS3Key, "S3Bucket" =: _ubS3Bucket] + +-- | Describes the S3 bucket for the disk image. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'userBucketDetails' smart constructor. +data UserBucketDetails = UserBucketDetails' + { _ubdS3Key :: !(Maybe Text) + , _ubdS3Bucket :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'UserBucketDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'ubdS3Key' - The file name of the disk image. +-- +-- * 'ubdS3Bucket' - The S3 bucket from which the disk image was created. +userBucketDetails + :: UserBucketDetails +userBucketDetails = + UserBucketDetails' + { _ubdS3Key = Nothing + , _ubdS3Bucket = Nothing + } + +-- | The file name of the disk image. +ubdS3Key :: Lens' UserBucketDetails (Maybe Text) +ubdS3Key = lens _ubdS3Key (\ s a -> s{_ubdS3Key = a}); + +-- | The S3 bucket from which the disk image was created. +ubdS3Bucket :: Lens' UserBucketDetails (Maybe Text) +ubdS3Bucket = lens _ubdS3Bucket (\ s a -> s{_ubdS3Bucket = a}); + +instance FromXML UserBucketDetails where + parseXML x + = UserBucketDetails' <$> + (x .@? "s3Key") <*> (x .@? "s3Bucket") + +instance Hashable UserBucketDetails + +instance NFData UserBucketDetails + +-- | Describes the user data for an instance. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'userData' smart constructor. +newtype UserData = UserData' + { _udData :: Maybe Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'UserData' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'udData' - The user data. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +userData + :: UserData +userData = + UserData' + { _udData = Nothing + } + +-- | The user data. If you are using an AWS SDK or command line tool, Base64-encoding is performed for you, and you can load the text from a file. Otherwise, you must provide Base64-encoded text. +udData :: Lens' UserData (Maybe Text) +udData = lens _udData (\ s a -> s{_udData = a}); + +instance Hashable UserData + +instance NFData UserData + +instance ToQuery UserData where + toQuery UserData'{..} = mconcat ["Data" =: _udData] + +-- | Describes a security group and AWS account ID pair. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'userIdGroupPair' smart constructor. +data UserIdGroupPair = UserIdGroupPair' + { _uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _uigpVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _uigpUserId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _uigpGroupId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _uigpGroupName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _uigpPeeringStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'UserIdGroupPair' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of the VPC peering connection, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'uigpVPCId' - The ID of the VPC for the referenced security group, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'uigpUserId' - The ID of an AWS account. For a referenced security group in another VPC, the account ID of the referenced security group is returned. [EC2-Classic] Required when adding or removing rules that reference a security group in another AWS account. +-- +-- * 'uigpGroupId' - The ID of the security group. +-- +-- * 'uigpGroupName' - The name of the security group. In a request, use this parameter for a security group in EC2-Classic or a default VPC only. For a security group in a nondefault VPC, use the security group ID. +-- +-- * 'uigpPeeringStatus' - The status of a VPC peering connection, if applicable. +userIdGroupPair + :: UserIdGroupPair +userIdGroupPair = + UserIdGroupPair' + { _uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing + , _uigpVPCId = Nothing + , _uigpUserId = Nothing + , _uigpGroupId = Nothing + , _uigpGroupName = Nothing + , _uigpPeeringStatus = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC peering connection, if applicable. +uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) +uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC for the referenced security group, if applicable. +uigpVPCId :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) +uigpVPCId = lens _uigpVPCId (\ s a -> s{_uigpVPCId = a}); + +-- | The ID of an AWS account. For a referenced security group in another VPC, the account ID of the referenced security group is returned. [EC2-Classic] Required when adding or removing rules that reference a security group in another AWS account. +uigpUserId :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) +uigpUserId = lens _uigpUserId (\ s a -> s{_uigpUserId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the security group. +uigpGroupId :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) +uigpGroupId = lens _uigpGroupId (\ s a -> s{_uigpGroupId = a}); + +-- | The name of the security group. In a request, use this parameter for a security group in EC2-Classic or a default VPC only. For a security group in a nondefault VPC, use the security group ID. +uigpGroupName :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) +uigpGroupName = lens _uigpGroupName (\ s a -> s{_uigpGroupName = a}); + +-- | The status of a VPC peering connection, if applicable. +uigpPeeringStatus :: Lens' UserIdGroupPair (Maybe Text) +uigpPeeringStatus = lens _uigpPeeringStatus (\ s a -> s{_uigpPeeringStatus = a}); + +instance FromXML UserIdGroupPair where + parseXML x + = UserIdGroupPair' <$> + (x .@? "vpcPeeringConnectionId") <*> (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> (x .@? "userId") + <*> (x .@? "groupId") + <*> (x .@? "groupName") + <*> (x .@? "peeringStatus") + +instance Hashable UserIdGroupPair + +instance NFData UserIdGroupPair + +instance ToQuery UserIdGroupPair where + toQuery UserIdGroupPair'{..} + = mconcat + ["VpcPeeringConnectionId" =: + _uigpVPCPeeringConnectionId, + "VpcId" =: _uigpVPCId, "UserId" =: _uigpUserId, + "GroupId" =: _uigpGroupId, + "GroupName" =: _uigpGroupName, + "PeeringStatus" =: _uigpPeeringStatus] + +-- | Describes telemetry for a VPN tunnel. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vgwTelemetry' smart constructor. +data VGWTelemetry = VGWTelemetry' + { _vtStatus :: !(Maybe TelemetryStatus) + , _vtOutsideIPAddress :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vtLastStatusChange :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _vtAcceptedRouteCount :: !(Maybe Int) + , _vtStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VGWTelemetry' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vtStatus' - The status of the VPN tunnel. +-- +-- * 'vtOutsideIPAddress' - The Internet-routable IP address of the virtual private gateway's outside interface. +-- +-- * 'vtLastStatusChange' - The date and time of the last change in status. +-- +-- * 'vtAcceptedRouteCount' - The number of accepted routes. +-- +-- * 'vtStatusMessage' - If an error occurs, a description of the error. +vgwTelemetry + :: VGWTelemetry +vgwTelemetry = + VGWTelemetry' + { _vtStatus = Nothing + , _vtOutsideIPAddress = Nothing + , _vtLastStatusChange = Nothing + , _vtAcceptedRouteCount = Nothing + , _vtStatusMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the VPN tunnel. +vtStatus :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe TelemetryStatus) +vtStatus = lens _vtStatus (\ s a -> s{_vtStatus = a}); + +-- | The Internet-routable IP address of the virtual private gateway's outside interface. +vtOutsideIPAddress :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe Text) +vtOutsideIPAddress = lens _vtOutsideIPAddress (\ s a -> s{_vtOutsideIPAddress = a}); + +-- | The date and time of the last change in status. +vtLastStatusChange :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe UTCTime) +vtLastStatusChange = lens _vtLastStatusChange (\ s a -> s{_vtLastStatusChange = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The number of accepted routes. +vtAcceptedRouteCount :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe Int) +vtAcceptedRouteCount = lens _vtAcceptedRouteCount (\ s a -> s{_vtAcceptedRouteCount = a}); + +-- | If an error occurs, a description of the error. +vtStatusMessage :: Lens' VGWTelemetry (Maybe Text) +vtStatusMessage = lens _vtStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_vtStatusMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML VGWTelemetry where + parseXML x + = VGWTelemetry' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "outsideIpAddress") <*> + (x .@? "lastStatusChange") + <*> (x .@? "acceptedRouteCount") + <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + +instance Hashable VGWTelemetry + +instance NFData VGWTelemetry + +-- | Describes a VPC. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpc' smart constructor. +data VPC = VPC' + { _vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet :: !(Maybe [VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation]) + , _vpcTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _vpcIsDefault :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _vpcCidrBlock :: !Text + , _vpcDHCPOptionsId :: !Text + , _vpcInstanceTenancy :: !Tenancy + , _vpcState :: !VPCState + , _vpcVPCId :: !Text + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPC' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet' - Information about the IPv6 CIDR blocks associated with the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcTags' - Any tags assigned to the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcIsDefault' - Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcCidrBlock' - The IPv4 CIDR block for the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcDHCPOptionsId' - The ID of the set of DHCP options you've associated with the VPC (or @default@ if the default options are associated with the VPC). +-- +-- * 'vpcInstanceTenancy' - The allowed tenancy of instances launched into the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcState' - The current state of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +vpc + :: Text -- ^ 'vpcCidrBlock' + -> Text -- ^ 'vpcDHCPOptionsId' + -> Tenancy -- ^ 'vpcInstanceTenancy' + -> VPCState -- ^ 'vpcState' + -> Text -- ^ 'vpcVPCId' + -> VPC +vpc pCidrBlock_ pDHCPOptionsId_ pInstanceTenancy_ pState_ pVPCId_ = + VPC' + { _vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet = Nothing + , _vpcTags = Nothing + , _vpcIsDefault = Nothing + , _vpcCidrBlock = pCidrBlock_ + , _vpcDHCPOptionsId = pDHCPOptionsId_ + , _vpcInstanceTenancy = pInstanceTenancy_ + , _vpcState = pState_ + , _vpcVPCId = pVPCId_ + } + +-- | Information about the IPv6 CIDR blocks associated with the VPC. +vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet :: Lens' VPC [VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation] +vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet = lens _vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet (\ s a -> s{_vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociationSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Any tags assigned to the VPC. +vpcTags :: Lens' VPC [Tag] +vpcTags = lens _vpcTags (\ s a -> s{_vpcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether the VPC is the default VPC. +vpcIsDefault :: Lens' VPC (Maybe Bool) +vpcIsDefault = lens _vpcIsDefault (\ s a -> s{_vpcIsDefault = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 CIDR block for the VPC. +vpcCidrBlock :: Lens' VPC Text +vpcCidrBlock = lens _vpcCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_vpcCidrBlock = a}); + +-- | The ID of the set of DHCP options you've associated with the VPC (or @default@ if the default options are associated with the VPC). +vpcDHCPOptionsId :: Lens' VPC Text +vpcDHCPOptionsId = lens _vpcDHCPOptionsId (\ s a -> s{_vpcDHCPOptionsId = a}); + +-- | The allowed tenancy of instances launched into the VPC. +vpcInstanceTenancy :: Lens' VPC Tenancy +vpcInstanceTenancy = lens _vpcInstanceTenancy (\ s a -> s{_vpcInstanceTenancy = a}); + +-- | The current state of the VPC. +vpcState :: Lens' VPC VPCState +vpcState = lens _vpcState (\ s a -> s{_vpcState = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +vpcVPCId :: Lens' VPC Text +vpcVPCId = lens _vpcVPCId (\ s a -> s{_vpcVPCId = a}); + +instance FromXML VPC where + parseXML x + = VPC' <$> + (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockAssociationSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "isDefault") + <*> (x .@ "cidrBlock") + <*> (x .@ "dhcpOptionsId") + <*> (x .@ "instanceTenancy") + <*> (x .@ "state") + <*> (x .@ "vpcId") + +instance Hashable VPC + +instance NFData VPC + +-- | Describes an attachment between a virtual private gateway and a VPC. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcAttachment' smart constructor. +data VPCAttachment = VPCAttachment' + { _vaState :: !(Maybe AttachmentStatus) + , _vaVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vaState' - The current state of the attachment. +-- +-- * 'vaVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +vpcAttachment + :: VPCAttachment +vpcAttachment = + VPCAttachment' + { _vaState = Nothing + , _vaVPCId = Nothing + } + +-- | The current state of the attachment. +vaState :: Lens' VPCAttachment (Maybe AttachmentStatus) +vaState = lens _vaState (\ s a -> s{_vaState = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +vaVPCId :: Lens' VPCAttachment (Maybe Text) +vaVPCId = lens _vaVPCId (\ s a -> s{_vaVPCId = a}); + +instance FromXML VPCAttachment where + parseXML x + = VPCAttachment' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "vpcId") + +instance Hashable VPCAttachment + +instance NFData VPCAttachment + +-- | Describes the state of a CIDR block. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcCidrBlockState' smart constructor. +data VPCCidrBlockState = VPCCidrBlockState' + { _vcbsState :: !(Maybe VPCCidrBlockStateCode) + , _vcbsStatusMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCCidrBlockState' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vcbsState' - The state of the CIDR block. +-- +-- * 'vcbsStatusMessage' - A message about the status of the CIDR block, if applicable. +vpcCidrBlockState + :: VPCCidrBlockState +vpcCidrBlockState = + VPCCidrBlockState' + { _vcbsState = Nothing + , _vcbsStatusMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the CIDR block. +vcbsState :: Lens' VPCCidrBlockState (Maybe VPCCidrBlockStateCode) +vcbsState = lens _vcbsState (\ s a -> s{_vcbsState = a}); + +-- | A message about the status of the CIDR block, if applicable. +vcbsStatusMessage :: Lens' VPCCidrBlockState (Maybe Text) +vcbsStatusMessage = lens _vcbsStatusMessage (\ s a -> s{_vcbsStatusMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML VPCCidrBlockState where + parseXML x + = VPCCidrBlockState' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "statusMessage") + +instance Hashable VPCCidrBlockState + +instance NFData VPCCidrBlockState + +-- | Describes whether a VPC is enabled for ClassicLink. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcClassicLink' smart constructor. +data VPCClassicLink = VPCClassicLink' + { _vclVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vclTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _vclClassicLinkEnabled :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCClassicLink' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vclVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vclTags' - Any tags assigned to the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vclClassicLinkEnabled' - Indicates whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink. +vpcClassicLink + :: VPCClassicLink +vpcClassicLink = + VPCClassicLink' + { _vclVPCId = Nothing + , _vclTags = Nothing + , _vclClassicLinkEnabled = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +vclVPCId :: Lens' VPCClassicLink (Maybe Text) +vclVPCId = lens _vclVPCId (\ s a -> s{_vclVPCId = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the VPC. +vclTags :: Lens' VPCClassicLink [Tag] +vclTags = lens _vclTags (\ s a -> s{_vclTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Indicates whether the VPC is enabled for ClassicLink. +vclClassicLinkEnabled :: Lens' VPCClassicLink (Maybe Bool) +vclClassicLinkEnabled = lens _vclClassicLinkEnabled (\ s a -> s{_vclClassicLinkEnabled = a}); + +instance FromXML VPCClassicLink where + parseXML x + = VPCClassicLink' <$> + (x .@? "vpcId") <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "classicLinkEnabled") + +instance Hashable VPCClassicLink + +instance NFData VPCClassicLink + +-- | Describes a VPC endpoint. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcEndpoint' smart constructor. +data VPCEndpoint = VPCEndpoint' + { _veState :: !(Maybe State) + , _vePolicyDocument :: !(Maybe Text) + , _veVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _veCreationTimestamp :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _veServiceName :: !(Maybe Text) + , _veVPCEndpointId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _veRouteTableIds :: !(Maybe [Text]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCEndpoint' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'veState' - The state of the VPC endpoint. +-- +-- * 'vePolicyDocument' - The policy document associated with the endpoint. +-- +-- * 'veVPCId' - The ID of the VPC to which the endpoint is associated. +-- +-- * 'veCreationTimestamp' - The date and time the VPC endpoint was created. +-- +-- * 'veServiceName' - The name of the AWS service to which the endpoint is associated. +-- +-- * 'veVPCEndpointId' - The ID of the VPC endpoint. +-- +-- * 'veRouteTableIds' - One or more route tables associated with the endpoint. +vpcEndpoint + :: VPCEndpoint +vpcEndpoint = + VPCEndpoint' + { _veState = Nothing + , _vePolicyDocument = Nothing + , _veVPCId = Nothing + , _veCreationTimestamp = Nothing + , _veServiceName = Nothing + , _veVPCEndpointId = Nothing + , _veRouteTableIds = Nothing + } + +-- | The state of the VPC endpoint. +veState :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe State) +veState = lens _veState (\ s a -> s{_veState = a}); + +-- | The policy document associated with the endpoint. +vePolicyDocument :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) +vePolicyDocument = lens _vePolicyDocument (\ s a -> s{_vePolicyDocument = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC to which the endpoint is associated. +veVPCId :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) +veVPCId = lens _veVPCId (\ s a -> s{_veVPCId = a}); + +-- | The date and time the VPC endpoint was created. +veCreationTimestamp :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe UTCTime) +veCreationTimestamp = lens _veCreationTimestamp (\ s a -> s{_veCreationTimestamp = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The name of the AWS service to which the endpoint is associated. +veServiceName :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) +veServiceName = lens _veServiceName (\ s a -> s{_veServiceName = a}); + +-- | The ID of the VPC endpoint. +veVPCEndpointId :: Lens' VPCEndpoint (Maybe Text) +veVPCEndpointId = lens _veVPCEndpointId (\ s a -> s{_veVPCEndpointId = a}); + +-- | One or more route tables associated with the endpoint. +veRouteTableIds :: Lens' VPCEndpoint [Text] +veRouteTableIds = lens _veRouteTableIds (\ s a -> s{_veRouteTableIds = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML VPCEndpoint where + parseXML x + = VPCEndpoint' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "policyDocument") <*> + (x .@? "vpcId") + <*> (x .@? "creationTimestamp") + <*> (x .@? "serviceName") + <*> (x .@? "vpcEndpointId") + <*> + (x .@? "routeTableIdSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable VPCEndpoint + +instance NFData VPCEndpoint + +-- | Describes an IPv6 CIDR block associated with a VPC. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' smart constructor. +data VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' + { _vicbaAssociationId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vicbaIPv6CidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState :: !(Maybe VPCCidrBlockState) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vicbaAssociationId' - The association ID for the IPv6 CIDR block. +-- +-- * 'vicbaIPv6CidrBlock' - The IPv6 CIDR block. +-- +-- * 'vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState' - Information about the state of the CIDR block. +vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + :: VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation +vpcIPv6CidrBlockAssociation = + VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' + { _vicbaAssociationId = Nothing + , _vicbaIPv6CidrBlock = Nothing + , _vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState = Nothing + } + +-- | The association ID for the IPv6 CIDR block. +vicbaAssociationId :: Lens' VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (Maybe Text) +vicbaAssociationId = lens _vicbaAssociationId (\ s a -> s{_vicbaAssociationId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR block. +vicbaIPv6CidrBlock :: Lens' VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (Maybe Text) +vicbaIPv6CidrBlock = lens _vicbaIPv6CidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_vicbaIPv6CidrBlock = a}); + +-- | Information about the state of the CIDR block. +vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState :: Lens' VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation (Maybe VPCCidrBlockState) +vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState = lens _vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState (\ s a -> s{_vicbaIPv6CidrBlockState = a}); + +instance FromXML VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation where + parseXML x + = VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation' <$> + (x .@? "associationId") <*> (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlock") + <*> (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockState") + +instance Hashable VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + +instance NFData VPCIPv6CidrBlockAssociation + +-- | Describes a VPC peering connection. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcPeeringConnection' smart constructor. +data VPCPeeringConnection = VPCPeeringConnection' + { _vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vpcpcStatus :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason) + , _vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo) + , _vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo) + , _vpcpcExpirationTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _vpcpcTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCPeeringConnection' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId' - The ID of the VPC peering connection. +-- +-- * 'vpcpcStatus' - The status of the VPC peering connection. +-- +-- * 'vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo' - Information about the accepter VPC. CIDR block information is not returned when creating a VPC peering connection, or when describing a VPC peering connection that's in the @initiating-request@ or @pending-acceptance@ state. +-- +-- * 'vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo' - Information about the requester VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcpcExpirationTime' - The time that an unaccepted VPC peering connection will expire. +-- +-- * 'vpcpcTags' - Any tags assigned to the resource. +vpcPeeringConnection + :: VPCPeeringConnection +vpcPeeringConnection = + VPCPeeringConnection' + { _vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = Nothing + , _vpcpcStatus = Nothing + , _vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo = Nothing + , _vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo = Nothing + , _vpcpcExpirationTime = Nothing + , _vpcpcTags = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC peering connection. +vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe Text) +vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = lens _vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcVPCPeeringConnectionId = a}); + +-- | The status of the VPC peering connection. +vpcpcStatus :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason) +vpcpcStatus = lens _vpcpcStatus (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcStatus = a}); + +-- | Information about the accepter VPC. CIDR block information is not returned when creating a VPC peering connection, or when describing a VPC peering connection that's in the @initiating-request@ or @pending-acceptance@ state. +vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo) +vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo = lens _vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcAccepterVPCInfo = a}); + +-- | Information about the requester VPC. +vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo) +vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo = lens _vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcRequesterVPCInfo = a}); + +-- | The time that an unaccepted VPC peering connection will expire. +vpcpcExpirationTime :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection (Maybe UTCTime) +vpcpcExpirationTime = lens _vpcpcExpirationTime (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcExpirationTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | Any tags assigned to the resource. +vpcpcTags :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnection [Tag] +vpcpcTags = lens _vpcpcTags (\ s a -> s{_vpcpcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML VPCPeeringConnection where + parseXML x + = VPCPeeringConnection' <$> + (x .@? "vpcPeeringConnectionId") <*> (x .@? "status") + <*> (x .@? "accepterVpcInfo") + <*> (x .@? "requesterVpcInfo") + <*> (x .@? "expirationTime") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable VPCPeeringConnection + +instance NFData VPCPeeringConnection + +-- | Describes the VPC peering connection options. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' smart constructor. +data VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription = VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' + { _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: !(Maybe Bool) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink' - Indicates whether a local VPC can communicate with a ClassicLink connection in the peer VPC over the VPC peering connection. +-- +-- * 'vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC' - Indicates whether a local ClassicLink connection can communicate with the peer VPC over the VPC peering connection. +-- +-- * 'vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC' - Indicates whether a local VPC can resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in a peer VPC. +vpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription + :: VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription +vpcPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription = + VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' + { _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = Nothing + , _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = Nothing + , _vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether a local VPC can communicate with a ClassicLink connection in the peer VPC over the VPC peering connection. +vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription (Maybe Bool) +vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = lens _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink (\ s a -> s{_vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalVPCToRemoteClassicLink = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether a local ClassicLink connection can communicate with the peer VPC over the VPC peering connection. +vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription (Maybe Bool) +vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = lens _vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_vpcodAllowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVPC = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether a local VPC can resolve public DNS hostnames to private IP addresses when queried from instances in a peer VPC. +vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription (Maybe Bool) +vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = lens _vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC (\ s a -> s{_vpcodAllowDNSResolutionFromRemoteVPC = a}); + +instance FromXML + VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription where + parseXML x + = VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription' <$> + (x .@? "allowEgressFromLocalVpcToRemoteClassicLink") + <*> + (x .@? "allowEgressFromLocalClassicLinkToRemoteVpc") + <*> (x .@? "allowDnsResolutionFromRemoteVpc") + +instance Hashable + VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription + +instance NFData + VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription + +-- | Describes the status of a VPC peering connection. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcPeeringConnectionStateReason' smart constructor. +data VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason = VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason' + { _vpcsrCode :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode) + , _vpcsrMessage :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vpcsrCode' - The status of the VPC peering connection. +-- +-- * 'vpcsrMessage' - A message that provides more information about the status, if applicable. +vpcPeeringConnectionStateReason + :: VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason +vpcPeeringConnectionStateReason = + VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason' + { _vpcsrCode = Nothing + , _vpcsrMessage = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the VPC peering connection. +vpcsrCode :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode) +vpcsrCode = lens _vpcsrCode (\ s a -> s{_vpcsrCode = a}); + +-- | A message that provides more information about the status, if applicable. +vpcsrMessage :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason (Maybe Text) +vpcsrMessage = lens _vpcsrMessage (\ s a -> s{_vpcsrMessage = a}); + +instance FromXML VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason + where + parseXML x + = VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason' <$> + (x .@? "code") <*> (x .@? "message") + +instance Hashable VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason + +instance NFData VPCPeeringConnectionStateReason + +-- | Describes a VPC in a VPC peering connection. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpcPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' smart constructor. +data VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo = VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' + { _vpcviVPCId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vpcviOwnerId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vpcviPeeringOptions :: !(Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) + , _vpcviCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet :: !(Maybe [IPv6CidrBlock]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vpcviVPCId' - The ID of the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcviOwnerId' - The AWS account ID of the VPC owner. +-- +-- * 'vpcviPeeringOptions' - Information about the VPC peering connection options for the accepter or requester VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcviCidrBlock' - The IPv4 CIDR block for the VPC. +-- +-- * 'vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet' - The IPv6 CIDR block for the VPC. +vpcPeeringConnectionVPCInfo + :: VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo +vpcPeeringConnectionVPCInfo = + VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' + { _vpcviVPCId = Nothing + , _vpcviOwnerId = Nothing + , _vpcviPeeringOptions = Nothing + , _vpcviCidrBlock = Nothing + , _vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the VPC. +vpcviVPCId :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo (Maybe Text) +vpcviVPCId = lens _vpcviVPCId (\ s a -> s{_vpcviVPCId = a}); + +-- | The AWS account ID of the VPC owner. +vpcviOwnerId :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo (Maybe Text) +vpcviOwnerId = lens _vpcviOwnerId (\ s a -> s{_vpcviOwnerId = a}); + +-- | Information about the VPC peering connection options for the accepter or requester VPC. +vpcviPeeringOptions :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo (Maybe VPCPeeringConnectionOptionsDescription) +vpcviPeeringOptions = lens _vpcviPeeringOptions (\ s a -> s{_vpcviPeeringOptions = a}); + +-- | The IPv4 CIDR block for the VPC. +vpcviCidrBlock :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo (Maybe Text) +vpcviCidrBlock = lens _vpcviCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_vpcviCidrBlock = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 CIDR block for the VPC. +vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet :: Lens' VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo [IPv6CidrBlock] +vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet = lens _vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet (\ s a -> s{_vpcviIPv6CidrBlockSet = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo where + parseXML x + = VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo' <$> + (x .@? "vpcId") <*> (x .@? "ownerId") <*> + (x .@? "peeringOptions") + <*> (x .@? "cidrBlock") + <*> + (x .@? "ipv6CidrBlockSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo + +instance NFData VPCPeeringConnectionVPCInfo + +-- | Describes a VPN connection. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpnConnection' smart constructor. +data VPNConnection = VPNConnection' + { _vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vcRoutes :: !(Maybe [VPNStaticRoute]) + , _vcVPNGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vcOptions :: !(Maybe VPNConnectionOptions) + , _vcTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _vcVGWTelemetry :: !(Maybe [VGWTelemetry]) + , _vcVPNConnectionId :: !Text + , _vcCustomerGatewayId :: !Text + , _vcState :: !VPNState + , _vcType :: !GatewayType + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPNConnection' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration' - The configuration information for the VPN connection's customer gateway (in the native XML format). This element is always present in the 'CreateVpnConnection' response; however, it's present in the 'DescribeVpnConnections' response only if the VPN connection is in the @pending@ or @available@ state. +-- +-- * 'vcRoutes' - The static routes associated with the VPN connection. +-- +-- * 'vcVPNGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway at the AWS side of the VPN connection. +-- +-- * 'vcOptions' - The VPN connection options. +-- +-- * 'vcTags' - Any tags assigned to the VPN connection. +-- +-- * 'vcVGWTelemetry' - Information about the VPN tunnel. +-- +-- * 'vcVPNConnectionId' - The ID of the VPN connection. +-- +-- * 'vcCustomerGatewayId' - The ID of the customer gateway at your end of the VPN connection. +-- +-- * 'vcState' - The current state of the VPN connection. +-- +-- * 'vcType' - The type of VPN connection. +vpnConnection + :: Text -- ^ 'vcVPNConnectionId' + -> Text -- ^ 'vcCustomerGatewayId' + -> VPNState -- ^ 'vcState' + -> GatewayType -- ^ 'vcType' + -> VPNConnection +vpnConnection pVPNConnectionId_ pCustomerGatewayId_ pState_ pType_ = + VPNConnection' + { _vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration = Nothing + , _vcRoutes = Nothing + , _vcVPNGatewayId = Nothing + , _vcOptions = Nothing + , _vcTags = Nothing + , _vcVGWTelemetry = Nothing + , _vcVPNConnectionId = pVPNConnectionId_ + , _vcCustomerGatewayId = pCustomerGatewayId_ + , _vcState = pState_ + , _vcType = pType_ + } + +-- | The configuration information for the VPN connection's customer gateway (in the native XML format). This element is always present in the 'CreateVpnConnection' response; however, it's present in the 'DescribeVpnConnections' response only if the VPN connection is in the @pending@ or @available@ state. +vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration :: Lens' VPNConnection (Maybe Text) +vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration = lens _vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration (\ s a -> s{_vcCustomerGatewayConfiguration = a}); + +-- | The static routes associated with the VPN connection. +vcRoutes :: Lens' VPNConnection [VPNStaticRoute] +vcRoutes = lens _vcRoutes (\ s a -> s{_vcRoutes = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the virtual private gateway at the AWS side of the VPN connection. +vcVPNGatewayId :: Lens' VPNConnection (Maybe Text) +vcVPNGatewayId = lens _vcVPNGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_vcVPNGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The VPN connection options. +vcOptions :: Lens' VPNConnection (Maybe VPNConnectionOptions) +vcOptions = lens _vcOptions (\ s a -> s{_vcOptions = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the VPN connection. +vcTags :: Lens' VPNConnection [Tag] +vcTags = lens _vcTags (\ s a -> s{_vcTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | Information about the VPN tunnel. +vcVGWTelemetry :: Lens' VPNConnection [VGWTelemetry] +vcVGWTelemetry = lens _vcVGWTelemetry (\ s a -> s{_vcVGWTelemetry = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the VPN connection. +vcVPNConnectionId :: Lens' VPNConnection Text +vcVPNConnectionId = lens _vcVPNConnectionId (\ s a -> s{_vcVPNConnectionId = a}); + +-- | The ID of the customer gateway at your end of the VPN connection. +vcCustomerGatewayId :: Lens' VPNConnection Text +vcCustomerGatewayId = lens _vcCustomerGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_vcCustomerGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The current state of the VPN connection. +vcState :: Lens' VPNConnection VPNState +vcState = lens _vcState (\ s a -> s{_vcState = a}); + +-- | The type of VPN connection. +vcType :: Lens' VPNConnection GatewayType +vcType = lens _vcType (\ s a -> s{_vcType = a}); + +instance FromXML VPNConnection where + parseXML x + = VPNConnection' <$> + (x .@? "customerGatewayConfiguration") <*> + (x .@? "routes" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "vpnGatewayId") + <*> (x .@? "options") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> + (x .@? "vgwTelemetry" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "vpnConnectionId") + <*> (x .@ "customerGatewayId") + <*> (x .@ "state") + <*> (x .@ "type") + +instance Hashable VPNConnection + +instance NFData VPNConnection + +-- | Describes VPN connection options. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpnConnectionOptions' smart constructor. +newtype VPNConnectionOptions = VPNConnectionOptions' + { _vcoStaticRoutesOnly :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPNConnectionOptions' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vcoStaticRoutesOnly' - Indicates whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. Static routes must be used for devices that don't support BGP. +vpnConnectionOptions + :: VPNConnectionOptions +vpnConnectionOptions = + VPNConnectionOptions' + { _vcoStaticRoutesOnly = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. Static routes must be used for devices that don't support BGP. +vcoStaticRoutesOnly :: Lens' VPNConnectionOptions (Maybe Bool) +vcoStaticRoutesOnly = lens _vcoStaticRoutesOnly (\ s a -> s{_vcoStaticRoutesOnly = a}); + +instance FromXML VPNConnectionOptions where + parseXML x + = VPNConnectionOptions' <$> + (x .@? "staticRoutesOnly") + +instance Hashable VPNConnectionOptions + +instance NFData VPNConnectionOptions + +-- | Describes VPN connection options. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpnConnectionOptionsSpecification' smart constructor. +newtype VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification = VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification' + { _vcosStaticRoutesOnly :: Maybe Bool + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vcosStaticRoutesOnly' - Indicates whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. Static routes must be used for devices that don't support BGP. +vpnConnectionOptionsSpecification + :: VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification +vpnConnectionOptionsSpecification = + VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification' + { _vcosStaticRoutesOnly = Nothing + } + +-- | Indicates whether the VPN connection uses static routes only. Static routes must be used for devices that don't support BGP. +vcosStaticRoutesOnly :: Lens' VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification (Maybe Bool) +vcosStaticRoutesOnly = lens _vcosStaticRoutesOnly (\ s a -> s{_vcosStaticRoutesOnly = a}); + +instance Hashable VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification + +instance NFData VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification + +instance ToQuery VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification + where + toQuery VPNConnectionOptionsSpecification'{..} + = mconcat + ["StaticRoutesOnly" =: _vcosStaticRoutesOnly] + +-- | Describes a virtual private gateway. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpnGateway' smart constructor. +data VPNGateway = VPNGateway' + { _vgState :: !(Maybe VPNState) + , _vgVPCAttachments :: !(Maybe [VPCAttachment]) + , _vgVPNGatewayId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vgAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vgType :: !(Maybe GatewayType) + , _vgTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPNGateway' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vgState' - The current state of the virtual private gateway. +-- +-- * 'vgVPCAttachments' - Any VPCs attached to the virtual private gateway. +-- +-- * 'vgVPNGatewayId' - The ID of the virtual private gateway. +-- +-- * 'vgAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone where the virtual private gateway was created, if applicable. This field may be empty or not returned. +-- +-- * 'vgType' - The type of VPN connection the virtual private gateway supports. +-- +-- * 'vgTags' - Any tags assigned to the virtual private gateway. +vpnGateway + :: VPNGateway +vpnGateway = + VPNGateway' + { _vgState = Nothing + , _vgVPCAttachments = Nothing + , _vgVPNGatewayId = Nothing + , _vgAvailabilityZone = Nothing + , _vgType = Nothing + , _vgTags = Nothing + } + +-- | The current state of the virtual private gateway. +vgState :: Lens' VPNGateway (Maybe VPNState) +vgState = lens _vgState (\ s a -> s{_vgState = a}); + +-- | Any VPCs attached to the virtual private gateway. +vgVPCAttachments :: Lens' VPNGateway [VPCAttachment] +vgVPCAttachments = lens _vgVPCAttachments (\ s a -> s{_vgVPCAttachments = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The ID of the virtual private gateway. +vgVPNGatewayId :: Lens' VPNGateway (Maybe Text) +vgVPNGatewayId = lens _vgVPNGatewayId (\ s a -> s{_vgVPNGatewayId = a}); + +-- | The Availability Zone where the virtual private gateway was created, if applicable. This field may be empty or not returned. +vgAvailabilityZone :: Lens' VPNGateway (Maybe Text) +vgAvailabilityZone = lens _vgAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_vgAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The type of VPN connection the virtual private gateway supports. +vgType :: Lens' VPNGateway (Maybe GatewayType) +vgType = lens _vgType (\ s a -> s{_vgType = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the virtual private gateway. +vgTags :: Lens' VPNGateway [Tag] +vgTags = lens _vgTags (\ s a -> s{_vgTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML VPNGateway where + parseXML x + = VPNGateway' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> + (x .@? "attachments" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "vpnGatewayId") + <*> (x .@? "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@? "type") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable VPNGateway + +instance NFData VPNGateway + +-- | Describes a static route for a VPN connection. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'vpnStaticRoute' smart constructor. +data VPNStaticRoute = VPNStaticRoute' + { _vsrState :: !(Maybe VPNState) + , _vsrSource :: !(Maybe VPNStaticRouteSource) + , _vsrDestinationCidrBlock :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VPNStaticRoute' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vsrState' - The current state of the static route. +-- +-- * 'vsrSource' - Indicates how the routes were provided. +-- +-- * 'vsrDestinationCidrBlock' - The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer data center. +vpnStaticRoute + :: VPNStaticRoute +vpnStaticRoute = + VPNStaticRoute' + { _vsrState = Nothing + , _vsrSource = Nothing + , _vsrDestinationCidrBlock = Nothing + } + +-- | The current state of the static route. +vsrState :: Lens' VPNStaticRoute (Maybe VPNState) +vsrState = lens _vsrState (\ s a -> s{_vsrState = a}); + +-- | Indicates how the routes were provided. +vsrSource :: Lens' VPNStaticRoute (Maybe VPNStaticRouteSource) +vsrSource = lens _vsrSource (\ s a -> s{_vsrSource = a}); + +-- | The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer data center. +vsrDestinationCidrBlock :: Lens' VPNStaticRoute (Maybe Text) +vsrDestinationCidrBlock = lens _vsrDestinationCidrBlock (\ s a -> s{_vsrDestinationCidrBlock = a}); + +instance FromXML VPNStaticRoute where + parseXML x + = VPNStaticRoute' <$> + (x .@? "state") <*> (x .@? "source") <*> + (x .@? "destinationCidrBlock") + +instance Hashable VPNStaticRoute + +instance NFData VPNStaticRoute + +-- | Describes a volume. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'volume' smart constructor. +data Volume = Volume' + { _vAttachments :: !(Maybe [VolumeAttachment]) + , _vIOPS :: !(Maybe Int) + , _vKMSKeyId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vTags :: !(Maybe [Tag]) + , _vAvailabilityZone :: !Text + , _vCreateTime :: !ISO8601 + , _vEncrypted :: !Bool + , _vSize :: !Int + , _vSnapshotId :: !Text + , _vState :: !VolumeState + , _vVolumeId :: !Text + , _vVolumeType :: !VolumeType + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'Volume' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vAttachments' - Information about the volume attachments. +-- +-- * 'vIOPS' - The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For General Purpose SSD volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. For more information on General Purpose SSD baseline performance, I/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for io1 volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for @gp2@ volumes. Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create @io1@ volumes; it is not used in requests to create @gp2@ , @st1@ , @sc1@ , or @standard@ volumes. +-- +-- * 'vKMSKeyId' - The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the volume. +-- +-- * 'vTags' - Any tags assigned to the volume. +-- +-- * 'vAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone for the volume. +-- +-- * 'vCreateTime' - The time stamp when volume creation was initiated. +-- +-- * 'vEncrypted' - Indicates whether the volume will be encrypted. +-- +-- * 'vSize' - The size of the volume, in GiBs. +-- +-- * 'vSnapshotId' - The snapshot from which the volume was created, if applicable. +-- +-- * 'vState' - The volume state. +-- +-- * 'vVolumeId' - The ID of the volume. +-- +-- * 'vVolumeType' - The volume type. This can be @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, @st1@ for Throughput Optimized HDD, @sc1@ for Cold HDD, or @standard@ for Magnetic volumes. +volume + :: Text -- ^ 'vAvailabilityZone' + -> UTCTime -- ^ 'vCreateTime' + -> Bool -- ^ 'vEncrypted' + -> Int -- ^ 'vSize' + -> Text -- ^ 'vSnapshotId' + -> VolumeState -- ^ 'vState' + -> Text -- ^ 'vVolumeId' + -> VolumeType -- ^ 'vVolumeType' + -> Volume +volume pAvailabilityZone_ pCreateTime_ pEncrypted_ pSize_ pSnapshotId_ pState_ pVolumeId_ pVolumeType_ = + Volume' + { _vAttachments = Nothing + , _vIOPS = Nothing + , _vKMSKeyId = Nothing + , _vTags = Nothing + , _vAvailabilityZone = pAvailabilityZone_ + , _vCreateTime = _Time # pCreateTime_ + , _vEncrypted = pEncrypted_ + , _vSize = pSize_ + , _vSnapshotId = pSnapshotId_ + , _vState = pState_ + , _vVolumeId = pVolumeId_ + , _vVolumeType = pVolumeType_ + } + +-- | Information about the volume attachments. +vAttachments :: Lens' Volume [VolumeAttachment] +vAttachments = lens _vAttachments (\ s a -> s{_vAttachments = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS) that the volume supports. For Provisioned IOPS SSD volumes, this represents the number of IOPS that are provisioned for the volume. For General Purpose SSD volumes, this represents the baseline performance of the volume and the rate at which the volume accumulates I/O credits for bursting. For more information on General Purpose SSD baseline performance, I/O credits, and bursting, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . Constraint: Range is 100-20000 IOPS for io1 volumes and 100-10000 IOPS for @gp2@ volumes. Condition: This parameter is required for requests to create @io1@ volumes; it is not used in requests to create @gp2@ , @st1@ , @sc1@ , or @standard@ volumes. +vIOPS :: Lens' Volume (Maybe Int) +vIOPS = lens _vIOPS (\ s a -> s{_vIOPS = a}); + +-- | The full ARN of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master key (CMK) that was used to protect the volume encryption key for the volume. +vKMSKeyId :: Lens' Volume (Maybe Text) +vKMSKeyId = lens _vKMSKeyId (\ s a -> s{_vKMSKeyId = a}); + +-- | Any tags assigned to the volume. +vTags :: Lens' Volume [Tag] +vTags = lens _vTags (\ s a -> s{_vTags = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | The Availability Zone for the volume. +vAvailabilityZone :: Lens' Volume Text +vAvailabilityZone = lens _vAvailabilityZone (\ s a -> s{_vAvailabilityZone = a}); + +-- | The time stamp when volume creation was initiated. +vCreateTime :: Lens' Volume UTCTime +vCreateTime = lens _vCreateTime (\ s a -> s{_vCreateTime = a}) . _Time; + +-- | Indicates whether the volume will be encrypted. +vEncrypted :: Lens' Volume Bool +vEncrypted = lens _vEncrypted (\ s a -> s{_vEncrypted = a}); + +-- | The size of the volume, in GiBs. +vSize :: Lens' Volume Int +vSize = lens _vSize (\ s a -> s{_vSize = a}); + +-- | The snapshot from which the volume was created, if applicable. +vSnapshotId :: Lens' Volume Text +vSnapshotId = lens _vSnapshotId (\ s a -> s{_vSnapshotId = a}); + +-- | The volume state. +vState :: Lens' Volume VolumeState +vState = lens _vState (\ s a -> s{_vState = a}); + +-- | The ID of the volume. +vVolumeId :: Lens' Volume Text +vVolumeId = lens _vVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_vVolumeId = a}); + +-- | The volume type. This can be @gp2@ for General Purpose SSD, @io1@ for Provisioned IOPS SSD, @st1@ for Throughput Optimized HDD, @sc1@ for Cold HDD, or @standard@ for Magnetic volumes. +vVolumeType :: Lens' Volume VolumeType +vVolumeType = lens _vVolumeType (\ s a -> s{_vVolumeType = a}); + +instance FromXML Volume where + parseXML x + = Volume' <$> + (x .@? "attachmentSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@? "iops") + <*> (x .@? "kmsKeyId") + <*> + (x .@? "tagSet" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (x .@ "availabilityZone") + <*> (x .@ "createTime") + <*> (x .@ "encrypted") + <*> (x .@ "size") + <*> (x .@ "snapshotId") + <*> (x .@ "status") + <*> (x .@ "volumeId") + <*> (x .@ "volumeType") + +instance Hashable Volume + +instance NFData Volume + +-- | Describes volume attachment details. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'volumeAttachment' smart constructor. +data VolumeAttachment = VolumeAttachment' + { _volInstanceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _volDeleteOnTermination :: !(Maybe Bool) + , _volState :: !(Maybe VolumeAttachmentState) + , _volDevice :: !(Maybe Text) + , _volVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _volAttachTime :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VolumeAttachment' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'volInstanceId' - The ID of the instance. +-- +-- * 'volDeleteOnTermination' - Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. +-- +-- * 'volState' - The attachment state of the volume. +-- +-- * 'volDevice' - The device name. +-- +-- * 'volVolumeId' - The ID of the volume. +-- +-- * 'volAttachTime' - The time stamp when the attachment initiated. +volumeAttachment + :: VolumeAttachment +volumeAttachment = + VolumeAttachment' + { _volInstanceId = Nothing + , _volDeleteOnTermination = Nothing + , _volState = Nothing + , _volDevice = Nothing + , _volVolumeId = Nothing + , _volAttachTime = Nothing + } + +-- | The ID of the instance. +volInstanceId :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe Text) +volInstanceId = lens _volInstanceId (\ s a -> s{_volInstanceId = a}); + +-- | Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. +volDeleteOnTermination :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe Bool) +volDeleteOnTermination = lens _volDeleteOnTermination (\ s a -> s{_volDeleteOnTermination = a}); + +-- | The attachment state of the volume. +volState :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe VolumeAttachmentState) +volState = lens _volState (\ s a -> s{_volState = a}); + +-- | The device name. +volDevice :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe Text) +volDevice = lens _volDevice (\ s a -> s{_volDevice = a}); + +-- | The ID of the volume. +volVolumeId :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe Text) +volVolumeId = lens _volVolumeId (\ s a -> s{_volVolumeId = a}); + +-- | The time stamp when the attachment initiated. +volAttachTime :: Lens' VolumeAttachment (Maybe UTCTime) +volAttachTime = lens _volAttachTime (\ s a -> s{_volAttachTime = a}) . mapping _Time; + +instance FromXML VolumeAttachment where + parseXML x + = VolumeAttachment' <$> + (x .@? "instanceId") <*> + (x .@? "deleteOnTermination") + <*> (x .@? "status") + <*> (x .@? "device") + <*> (x .@? "volumeId") + <*> (x .@? "attachTime") + +instance Hashable VolumeAttachment + +instance NFData VolumeAttachment + +-- | Describes an EBS volume. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'volumeDetail' smart constructor. +newtype VolumeDetail = VolumeDetail' + { _vdSize :: Integer + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VolumeDetail' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vdSize' - The size of the volume, in GiB. +volumeDetail + :: Integer -- ^ 'vdSize' + -> VolumeDetail +volumeDetail pSize_ = + VolumeDetail' + { _vdSize = pSize_ + } + +-- | The size of the volume, in GiB. +vdSize :: Lens' VolumeDetail Integer +vdSize = lens _vdSize (\ s a -> s{_vdSize = a}); + +instance Hashable VolumeDetail + +instance NFData VolumeDetail + +instance ToQuery VolumeDetail where + toQuery VolumeDetail'{..} + = mconcat ["Size" =: _vdSize] + +-- | Describes a volume status operation code. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'volumeStatusAction' smart constructor. +data VolumeStatusAction = VolumeStatusAction' + { _vsaEventType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vsaCode :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vsaDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vsaEventId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusAction' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vsaEventType' - The event type associated with this operation. +-- +-- * 'vsaCode' - The code identifying the operation, for example, @enable-volume-io@ . +-- +-- * 'vsaDescription' - A description of the operation. +-- +-- * 'vsaEventId' - The ID of the event associated with this operation. +volumeStatusAction + :: VolumeStatusAction +volumeStatusAction = + VolumeStatusAction' + { _vsaEventType = Nothing + , _vsaCode = Nothing + , _vsaDescription = Nothing + , _vsaEventId = Nothing + } + +-- | The event type associated with this operation. +vsaEventType :: Lens' VolumeStatusAction (Maybe Text) +vsaEventType = lens _vsaEventType (\ s a -> s{_vsaEventType = a}); + +-- | The code identifying the operation, for example, @enable-volume-io@ . +vsaCode :: Lens' VolumeStatusAction (Maybe Text) +vsaCode = lens _vsaCode (\ s a -> s{_vsaCode = a}); + +-- | A description of the operation. +vsaDescription :: Lens' VolumeStatusAction (Maybe Text) +vsaDescription = lens _vsaDescription (\ s a -> s{_vsaDescription = a}); + +-- | The ID of the event associated with this operation. +vsaEventId :: Lens' VolumeStatusAction (Maybe Text) +vsaEventId = lens _vsaEventId (\ s a -> s{_vsaEventId = a}); + +instance FromXML VolumeStatusAction where + parseXML x + = VolumeStatusAction' <$> + (x .@? "eventType") <*> (x .@? "code") <*> + (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@? "eventId") + +instance Hashable VolumeStatusAction + +instance NFData VolumeStatusAction + +-- | Describes a volume status. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'volumeStatusDetails' smart constructor. +data VolumeStatusDetails = VolumeStatusDetails' + { _vsdStatus :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vsdName :: !(Maybe VolumeStatusName) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusDetails' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vsdStatus' - The intended status of the volume status. +-- +-- * 'vsdName' - The name of the volume status. +volumeStatusDetails + :: VolumeStatusDetails +volumeStatusDetails = + VolumeStatusDetails' + { _vsdStatus = Nothing + , _vsdName = Nothing + } + +-- | The intended status of the volume status. +vsdStatus :: Lens' VolumeStatusDetails (Maybe Text) +vsdStatus = lens _vsdStatus (\ s a -> s{_vsdStatus = a}); + +-- | The name of the volume status. +vsdName :: Lens' VolumeStatusDetails (Maybe VolumeStatusName) +vsdName = lens _vsdName (\ s a -> s{_vsdName = a}); + +instance FromXML VolumeStatusDetails where + parseXML x + = VolumeStatusDetails' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> (x .@? "name") + +instance Hashable VolumeStatusDetails + +instance NFData VolumeStatusDetails + +-- | Describes a volume status event. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'volumeStatusEvent' smart constructor. +data VolumeStatusEvent = VolumeStatusEvent' + { _vseNotBefore :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _vseEventType :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vseDescription :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vseNotAfter :: !(Maybe ISO8601) + , _vseEventId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusEvent' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vseNotBefore' - The earliest start time of the event. +-- +-- * 'vseEventType' - The type of this event. +-- +-- * 'vseDescription' - A description of the event. +-- +-- * 'vseNotAfter' - The latest end time of the event. +-- +-- * 'vseEventId' - The ID of this event. +volumeStatusEvent + :: VolumeStatusEvent +volumeStatusEvent = + VolumeStatusEvent' + { _vseNotBefore = Nothing + , _vseEventType = Nothing + , _vseDescription = Nothing + , _vseNotAfter = Nothing + , _vseEventId = Nothing + } + +-- | The earliest start time of the event. +vseNotBefore :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe UTCTime) +vseNotBefore = lens _vseNotBefore (\ s a -> s{_vseNotBefore = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The type of this event. +vseEventType :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe Text) +vseEventType = lens _vseEventType (\ s a -> s{_vseEventType = a}); + +-- | A description of the event. +vseDescription :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe Text) +vseDescription = lens _vseDescription (\ s a -> s{_vseDescription = a}); + +-- | The latest end time of the event. +vseNotAfter :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe UTCTime) +vseNotAfter = lens _vseNotAfter (\ s a -> s{_vseNotAfter = a}) . mapping _Time; + +-- | The ID of this event. +vseEventId :: Lens' VolumeStatusEvent (Maybe Text) +vseEventId = lens _vseEventId (\ s a -> s{_vseEventId = a}); + +instance FromXML VolumeStatusEvent where + parseXML x + = VolumeStatusEvent' <$> + (x .@? "notBefore") <*> (x .@? "eventType") <*> + (x .@? "description") + <*> (x .@? "notAfter") + <*> (x .@? "eventId") + +instance Hashable VolumeStatusEvent + +instance NFData VolumeStatusEvent + +-- | Describes the status of a volume. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'volumeStatusInfo' smart constructor. +data VolumeStatusInfo = VolumeStatusInfo' + { _vsiStatus :: !(Maybe VolumeStatusInfoStatus) + , _vsiDetails :: !(Maybe [VolumeStatusDetails]) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusInfo' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vsiStatus' - The status of the volume. +-- +-- * 'vsiDetails' - The details of the volume status. +volumeStatusInfo + :: VolumeStatusInfo +volumeStatusInfo = + VolumeStatusInfo' + { _vsiStatus = Nothing + , _vsiDetails = Nothing + } + +-- | The status of the volume. +vsiStatus :: Lens' VolumeStatusInfo (Maybe VolumeStatusInfoStatus) +vsiStatus = lens _vsiStatus (\ s a -> s{_vsiStatus = a}); + +-- | The details of the volume status. +vsiDetails :: Lens' VolumeStatusInfo [VolumeStatusDetails] +vsiDetails = lens _vsiDetails (\ s a -> s{_vsiDetails = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +instance FromXML VolumeStatusInfo where + parseXML x + = VolumeStatusInfo' <$> + (x .@? "status") <*> + (x .@? "details" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + +instance Hashable VolumeStatusInfo + +instance NFData VolumeStatusInfo + +-- | Describes the volume status. +-- +-- +-- +-- /See:/ 'volumeStatusItem' smart constructor. +data VolumeStatusItem = VolumeStatusItem' + { _vsiVolumeStatus :: !(Maybe VolumeStatusInfo) + , _vsiActions :: !(Maybe [VolumeStatusAction]) + , _vsiEvents :: !(Maybe [VolumeStatusEvent]) + , _vsiAvailabilityZone :: !(Maybe Text) + , _vsiVolumeId :: !(Maybe Text) + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'VolumeStatusItem' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'vsiVolumeStatus' - The volume status. +-- +-- * 'vsiActions' - The details of the operation. +-- +-- * 'vsiEvents' - A list of events associated with the volume. +-- +-- * 'vsiAvailabilityZone' - The Availability Zone of the volume. +-- +-- * 'vsiVolumeId' - The volume ID. volumeStatusItem :: VolumeStatusItem volumeStatusItem = diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types/Sum.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types/Sum.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types/Sum.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Types/Sum.hs @@ -1171,6 +1171,8 @@ | D2_4XLarge | D2_8XLarge | D2_XLarge + | F1_16XLarge + | F1_2XLarge | G2_2XLarge | G2_8XLarge | HI1_4XLarge @@ -1191,10 +1193,14 @@ | M3_Medium | M3_XLarge | M4_10XLarge + | M4_16XLarge | M4_2XLarge | M4_4XLarge | M4_Large | M4_XLarge + | P2_16XLarge + | P2_8XLarge + | P2_XLarge | R3_2XLarge | R3_4XLarge | R3_8XLarge @@ -1208,8 +1214,6 @@ | T2_Small | X1_16XLarge | X1_32XLarge - | X1_4XLarge - | X1_8XLarge deriving (Eq,Ord,Read,Show,Enum,Bounded,Data,Typeable,Generic) instance FromText InstanceType where @@ -1234,6 +1238,8 @@ "d2.4xlarge" -> pure D2_4XLarge "d2.8xlarge" -> pure D2_8XLarge "d2.xlarge" -> pure D2_XLarge + "f1.16xlarge" -> pure F1_16XLarge + "f1.2xlarge" -> pure F1_2XLarge "g2.2xlarge" -> pure G2_2XLarge "g2.8xlarge" -> pure G2_8XLarge "hi1.4xlarge" -> pure HI1_4XLarge @@ -1254,10 +1260,14 @@ "m3.medium" -> pure M3_Medium "m3.xlarge" -> pure M3_XLarge "m4.10xlarge" -> pure M4_10XLarge + "m4.16xlarge" -> pure M4_16XLarge "m4.2xlarge" -> pure M4_2XLarge "m4.4xlarge" -> pure M4_4XLarge "m4.large" -> pure M4_Large "m4.xlarge" -> pure M4_XLarge + "p2.16xlarge" -> pure P2_16XLarge + "p2.8xlarge" -> pure P2_8XLarge + "p2.xlarge" -> pure P2_XLarge "r3.2xlarge" -> pure R3_2XLarge "r3.4xlarge" -> pure R3_4XLarge "r3.8xlarge" -> pure R3_8XLarge @@ -1271,10 +1281,8 @@ "t2.small" -> pure T2_Small "x1.16xlarge" -> pure X1_16XLarge "x1.32xlarge" -> pure X1_32XLarge - "x1.4xlarge" -> pure X1_4XLarge - "x1.8xlarge" -> pure X1_8XLarge e -> fromTextError $ "Failure parsing InstanceType from value: '" <> e - <> "'. Accepted values: c1.medium, c1.xlarge, c3.2xlarge, c3.4xlarge, c3.8xlarge, c3.large, c3.xlarge, c4.2xlarge, c4.4xlarge, c4.8xlarge, c4.large, c4.xlarge, cc1.4xlarge, cc2.8xlarge, cg1.4xlarge, cr1.8xlarge, d2.2xlarge, d2.4xlarge, d2.8xlarge, d2.xlarge, g2.2xlarge, g2.8xlarge, hi1.4xlarge, hs1.8xlarge, i2.2xlarge, i2.4xlarge, i2.8xlarge, i2.xlarge, m1.large, m1.medium, m1.small, m1.xlarge, m2.2xlarge, m2.4xlarge, m2.xlarge, m3.2xlarge, m3.large, m3.medium, m3.xlarge, m4.10xlarge, m4.2xlarge, m4.4xlarge, m4.large, m4.xlarge, r3.2xlarge, r3.4xlarge, r3.8xlarge, r3.large, r3.xlarge, t1.micro, t2.large, t2.medium, t2.micro, t2.nano, t2.small, x1.16xlarge, x1.32xlarge, x1.4xlarge, x1.8xlarge" + <> "'. Accepted values: c1.medium, c1.xlarge, c3.2xlarge, c3.4xlarge, c3.8xlarge, c3.large, c3.xlarge, c4.2xlarge, c4.4xlarge, c4.8xlarge, c4.large, c4.xlarge, cc1.4xlarge, cc2.8xlarge, cg1.4xlarge, cr1.8xlarge, d2.2xlarge, d2.4xlarge, d2.8xlarge, d2.xlarge, f1.16xlarge, f1.2xlarge, g2.2xlarge, g2.8xlarge, hi1.4xlarge, hs1.8xlarge, i2.2xlarge, i2.4xlarge, i2.8xlarge, i2.xlarge, m1.large, m1.medium, m1.small, m1.xlarge, m2.2xlarge, m2.4xlarge, m2.xlarge, m3.2xlarge, m3.large, m3.medium, m3.xlarge, m4.10xlarge, m4.16xlarge, m4.2xlarge, m4.4xlarge, m4.large, m4.xlarge, p2.16xlarge, p2.8xlarge, p2.xlarge, r3.2xlarge, r3.4xlarge, r3.8xlarge, r3.large, r3.xlarge, t1.micro, t2.large, t2.medium, t2.micro, t2.nano, t2.small, x1.16xlarge, x1.32xlarge" instance ToText InstanceType where toText = \case @@ -1298,6 +1306,8 @@ D2_4XLarge -> "d2.4xlarge" D2_8XLarge -> "d2.8xlarge" D2_XLarge -> "d2.xlarge" + F1_16XLarge -> "f1.16xlarge" + F1_2XLarge -> "f1.2xlarge" G2_2XLarge -> "g2.2xlarge" G2_8XLarge -> "g2.8xlarge" HI1_4XLarge -> "hi1.4xlarge" @@ -1318,10 +1328,14 @@ M3_Medium -> "m3.medium" M3_XLarge -> "m3.xlarge" M4_10XLarge -> "m4.10xlarge" + M4_16XLarge -> "m4.16xlarge" M4_2XLarge -> "m4.2xlarge" M4_4XLarge -> "m4.4xlarge" M4_Large -> "m4.large" M4_XLarge -> "m4.xlarge" + P2_16XLarge -> "p2.16xlarge" + P2_8XLarge -> "p2.8xlarge" + P2_XLarge -> "p2.xlarge" R3_2XLarge -> "r3.2xlarge" R3_4XLarge -> "r3.4xlarge" R3_8XLarge -> "r3.8xlarge" @@ -1335,8 +1349,6 @@ T2_Small -> "t2.small" X1_16XLarge -> "x1.16xlarge" X1_32XLarge -> "x1.32xlarge" - X1_4XLarge -> "x1.4xlarge" - X1_8XLarge -> "x1.8xlarge" instance Hashable InstanceType instance NFData InstanceType @@ -1591,6 +1603,32 @@ instance FromXML NetworkInterfaceType where parseXML = parseXMLText "NetworkInterfaceType" +data OfferingClassType + = Convertible + | Standard + deriving (Eq,Ord,Read,Show,Enum,Bounded,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +instance FromText OfferingClassType where + parser = takeLowerText >>= \case + "convertible" -> pure Convertible + "standard" -> pure Standard + e -> fromTextError $ "Failure parsing OfferingClassType from value: '" <> e + <> "'. Accepted values: convertible, standard" + +instance ToText OfferingClassType where + toText = \case + Convertible -> "convertible" + Standard -> "standard" + +instance Hashable OfferingClassType +instance NFData OfferingClassType +instance ToByteString OfferingClassType +instance ToQuery OfferingClassType +instance ToHeader OfferingClassType + +instance FromXML OfferingClassType where + parseXML = parseXMLText "OfferingClassType" + data OfferingTypeValues = AllUpfront | HeavyUtilization @@ -2166,6 +2204,32 @@ instance FromXML RuleAction where parseXML = parseXMLText "RuleAction" +data Scope + = AvailabilityZone + | Region + deriving (Eq,Ord,Read,Show,Enum,Bounded,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +instance FromText Scope where + parser = takeLowerText >>= \case + "availability zone" -> pure AvailabilityZone + "region" -> pure Region + e -> fromTextError $ "Failure parsing Scope from value: '" <> e + <> "'. Accepted values: availability zone, region" + +instance ToText Scope where + toText = \case + AvailabilityZone -> "Availability Zone" + Region -> "Region" + +instance Hashable Scope +instance NFData Scope +instance ToByteString Scope +instance ToQuery Scope +instance ToHeader Scope + +instance FromXML Scope where + parseXML = parseXMLText "Scope" + data ShutdownBehavior = Stop | Terminate @@ -2389,6 +2453,44 @@ instance FromXML StatusType where parseXML = parseXMLText "StatusType" +data SubnetCidrBlockStateCode + = Associated + | Associating + | Disassociated + | Disassociating + | Failed + | Failing + deriving (Eq,Ord,Read,Show,Enum,Bounded,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +instance FromText SubnetCidrBlockStateCode where + parser = takeLowerText >>= \case + "associated" -> pure Associated + "associating" -> pure Associating + "disassociated" -> pure Disassociated + "disassociating" -> pure Disassociating + "failed" -> pure Failed + "failing" -> pure Failing + e -> fromTextError $ "Failure parsing SubnetCidrBlockStateCode from value: '" <> e + <> "'. Accepted values: associated, associating, disassociated, disassociating, failed, failing" + +instance ToText SubnetCidrBlockStateCode where + toText = \case + Associated -> "associated" + Associating -> "associating" + Disassociated -> "disassociated" + Disassociating -> "disassociating" + Failed -> "failed" + Failing -> "failing" + +instance Hashable SubnetCidrBlockStateCode +instance NFData SubnetCidrBlockStateCode +instance ToByteString SubnetCidrBlockStateCode +instance ToQuery SubnetCidrBlockStateCode +instance ToHeader SubnetCidrBlockStateCode + +instance FromXML SubnetCidrBlockStateCode where + parseXML = parseXMLText "SubnetCidrBlockStateCode" + data SubnetState = SubAvailable | SubPending @@ -2557,6 +2659,44 @@ instance ToQuery VPCAttributeName instance ToHeader VPCAttributeName +data VPCCidrBlockStateCode + = VCBSCAssociated + | VCBSCAssociating + | VCBSCDisassociated + | VCBSCDisassociating + | VCBSCFailed + | VCBSCFailing + deriving (Eq,Ord,Read,Show,Enum,Bounded,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +instance FromText VPCCidrBlockStateCode where + parser = takeLowerText >>= \case + "associated" -> pure VCBSCAssociated + "associating" -> pure VCBSCAssociating + "disassociated" -> pure VCBSCDisassociated + "disassociating" -> pure VCBSCDisassociating + "failed" -> pure VCBSCFailed + "failing" -> pure VCBSCFailing + e -> fromTextError $ "Failure parsing VPCCidrBlockStateCode from value: '" <> e + <> "'. Accepted values: associated, associating, disassociated, disassociating, failed, failing" + +instance ToText VPCCidrBlockStateCode where + toText = \case + VCBSCAssociated -> "associated" + VCBSCAssociating -> "associating" + VCBSCDisassociated -> "disassociated" + VCBSCDisassociating -> "disassociating" + VCBSCFailed -> "failed" + VCBSCFailing -> "failing" + +instance Hashable VPCCidrBlockStateCode +instance NFData VPCCidrBlockStateCode +instance ToByteString VPCCidrBlockStateCode +instance ToQuery VPCCidrBlockStateCode +instance ToHeader VPCCidrBlockStateCode + +instance FromXML VPCCidrBlockStateCode where + parseXML = parseXMLText "VPCCidrBlockStateCode" + data VPCPeeringConnectionStateReasonCode = VPCSRCActive | VPCSRCDeleted @@ -2863,30 +3003,30 @@ parseXML = parseXMLText "VolumeStatusName" data VolumeType - = GP2 - | IO1 - | SC1 - | ST1 - | Standard + = VTGP2 + | VTIO1 + | VTSC1 + | VTST1 + | VTStandard deriving (Eq,Ord,Read,Show,Enum,Bounded,Data,Typeable,Generic) instance FromText VolumeType where parser = takeLowerText >>= \case - "gp2" -> pure GP2 - "io1" -> pure IO1 - "sc1" -> pure SC1 - "st1" -> pure ST1 - "standard" -> pure Standard + "gp2" -> pure VTGP2 + "io1" -> pure VTIO1 + "sc1" -> pure VTSC1 + "st1" -> pure VTST1 + "standard" -> pure VTStandard e -> fromTextError $ "Failure parsing VolumeType from value: '" <> e <> "'. Accepted values: gp2, io1, sc1, st1, standard" instance ToText VolumeType where toText = \case - GP2 -> "gp2" - IO1 -> "io1" - SC1 -> "sc1" - ST1 -> "st1" - Standard -> "standard" + VTGP2 -> "gp2" + VTIO1 -> "io1" + VTSC1 -> "sc1" + VTST1 -> "st1" + VTStandard -> "standard" instance Hashable VolumeType instance NFData VolumeType diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnassignIPv6Addresses.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnassignIPv6Addresses.hs new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnassignIPv6Addresses.hs @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveDataTypeable #-} +{-# LANGUAGE DeriveGeneric #-} +{-# LANGUAGE OverloadedStrings #-} +{-# LANGUAGE RecordWildCards #-} +{-# LANGUAGE TypeFamilies #-} + +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-imports #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-binds #-} +{-# OPTIONS_GHC -fno-warn-unused-matches #-} + +-- Derived from AWS service descriptions, licensed under Apache 2.0. + +-- | +-- Module : Network.AWS.EC2.UnassignIPv6Addresses +-- Copyright : (c) 2013-2016 Brendan Hay +-- License : Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. +-- Maintainer : Brendan Hay +-- Stability : auto-generated +-- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) +-- +-- Unassigns one or more IPv6 addresses from a network interface. +-- +-- +module Network.AWS.EC2.UnassignIPv6Addresses + ( + -- * Creating a Request + unassignIPv6Addresses + , UnassignIPv6Addresses + -- * Request Lenses + , uiaNetworkInterfaceId + , uiaIPv6Addresses + + -- * Destructuring the Response + , unassignIPv6AddressesResponse + , UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse + -- * Response Lenses + , uiarsNetworkInterfaceId + , uiarsUnassignedIPv6Addresses + , uiarsResponseStatus + ) where + +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types +import Network.AWS.EC2.Types.Product +import Network.AWS.Lens +import Network.AWS.Prelude +import Network.AWS.Request +import Network.AWS.Response + +-- | /See:/ 'unassignIPv6Addresses' smart constructor. +data UnassignIPv6Addresses = UnassignIPv6Addresses' + { _uiaNetworkInterfaceId :: !Text + , _uiaIPv6Addresses :: ![Text] + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'UnassignIPv6Addresses' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'uiaNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'uiaIPv6Addresses' - The IPv6 addresses to unassign from the network interface. +unassignIPv6Addresses + :: Text -- ^ 'uiaNetworkInterfaceId' + -> UnassignIPv6Addresses +unassignIPv6Addresses pNetworkInterfaceId_ = + UnassignIPv6Addresses' + { _uiaNetworkInterfaceId = pNetworkInterfaceId_ + , _uiaIPv6Addresses = mempty + } + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +uiaNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' UnassignIPv6Addresses Text +uiaNetworkInterfaceId = lens _uiaNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_uiaNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 addresses to unassign from the network interface. +uiaIPv6Addresses :: Lens' UnassignIPv6Addresses [Text] +uiaIPv6Addresses = lens _uiaIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_uiaIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Coerce; + +instance AWSRequest UnassignIPv6Addresses where + type Rs UnassignIPv6Addresses = + UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse + request = postQuery ec2 + response + = receiveXML + (\ s h x -> + UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse' <$> + (x .@? "networkInterfaceId") <*> + (x .@? "unassignedIpv6Addresses" .!@ mempty >>= + may (parseXMLList "item")) + <*> (pure (fromEnum s))) + +instance Hashable UnassignIPv6Addresses + +instance NFData UnassignIPv6Addresses + +instance ToHeaders UnassignIPv6Addresses where + toHeaders = const mempty + +instance ToPath UnassignIPv6Addresses where + toPath = const "/" + +instance ToQuery UnassignIPv6Addresses where + toQuery UnassignIPv6Addresses'{..} + = mconcat + ["Action" =: ("UnassignIpv6Addresses" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), + "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _uiaNetworkInterfaceId, + toQueryList "Ipv6Addresses" _uiaIPv6Addresses] + +-- | /See:/ 'unassignIPv6AddressesResponse' smart constructor. +data UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse = UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse' + { _uiarsNetworkInterfaceId :: !(Maybe Text) + , _uiarsUnassignedIPv6Addresses :: !(Maybe [Text]) + , _uiarsResponseStatus :: !Int + } deriving (Eq,Read,Show,Data,Typeable,Generic) + +-- | Creates a value of 'UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse' with the minimum fields required to make a request. +-- +-- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: +-- +-- * 'uiarsNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. +-- +-- * 'uiarsUnassignedIPv6Addresses' - The IPv6 addresses that have been unassigned from the network interface. +-- +-- * 'uiarsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. +unassignIPv6AddressesResponse + :: Int -- ^ 'uiarsResponseStatus' + -> UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse +unassignIPv6AddressesResponse pResponseStatus_ = + UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse' + { _uiarsNetworkInterfaceId = Nothing + , _uiarsUnassignedIPv6Addresses = Nothing + , _uiarsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ + } + +-- | The ID of the network interface. +uiarsNetworkInterfaceId :: Lens' UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse (Maybe Text) +uiarsNetworkInterfaceId = lens _uiarsNetworkInterfaceId (\ s a -> s{_uiarsNetworkInterfaceId = a}); + +-- | The IPv6 addresses that have been unassigned from the network interface. +uiarsUnassignedIPv6Addresses :: Lens' UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse [Text] +uiarsUnassignedIPv6Addresses = lens _uiarsUnassignedIPv6Addresses (\ s a -> s{_uiarsUnassignedIPv6Addresses = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; + +-- | -- | The response status code. +uiarsResponseStatus :: Lens' UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse Int +uiarsResponseStatus = lens _uiarsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_uiarsResponseStatus = a}); + +instance NFData UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnassignPrivateIPAddresses.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnassignPrivateIPAddresses.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnassignPrivateIPAddresses.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnassignPrivateIPAddresses.hs @@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- -- Unassigns one or more secondary private IP addresses from a network interface. +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.UnassignPrivateIPAddresses ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for UnassignPrivateIpAddresses. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'unassignPrivateIPAddresses' smart constructor. data UnassignPrivateIPAddresses = UnassignPrivateIPAddresses' { _upiaNetworkInterfaceId :: !Text @@ -52,9 +56,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'upiaNetworkInterfaceId' +-- * 'upiaNetworkInterfaceId' - The ID of the network interface. -- --- * 'upiaPrivateIPAddresses' +-- * 'upiaPrivateIPAddresses' - The secondary private IP addresses to unassign from the network interface. You can specify this option multiple times to unassign more than one IP address. unassignPrivateIPAddresses :: Text -- ^ 'upiaNetworkInterfaceId' -> UnassignPrivateIPAddresses @@ -94,7 +98,7 @@ = mconcat ["Action" =: ("UnassignPrivateIpAddresses" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "NetworkInterfaceId" =: _upiaNetworkInterfaceId, toQueryList "PrivateIpAddress" _upiaPrivateIPAddresses] diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnmonitorInstances.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnmonitorInstances.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnmonitorInstances.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/UnmonitorInstances.hs @@ -18,7 +18,9 @@ -- Stability : auto-generated -- Portability : non-portable (GHC extensions) -- --- Disables monitoring for a running instance. For more information about monitoring instances, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/. +-- Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance. For more information, see in the /Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide/ . +-- +-- module Network.AWS.EC2.UnmonitorInstances ( -- * Creating a Request @@ -45,6 +47,8 @@ -- | Contains the parameters for UnmonitorInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'unmonitorInstances' smart constructor. data UnmonitorInstances = UnmonitorInstances' { _uiDryRun :: !(Maybe Bool) @@ -55,9 +59,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'uiDryRun' +-- * 'uiDryRun' - Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . -- --- * 'uiInstanceIds' +-- * 'uiInstanceIds' - One or more instance IDs. unmonitorInstances :: UnmonitorInstances unmonitorInstances = @@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ , _uiInstanceIds = mempty } --- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is 'DryRunOperation'. Otherwise, it is 'UnauthorizedOperation'. +-- | Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is @DryRunOperation@ . Otherwise, it is @UnauthorizedOperation@ . uiDryRun :: Lens' UnmonitorInstances (Maybe Bool) uiDryRun = lens _uiDryRun (\ s a -> s{_uiDryRun = a}); @@ -100,12 +104,14 @@ toQuery UnmonitorInstances'{..} = mconcat ["Action" =: ("UnmonitorInstances" :: ByteString), - "Version" =: ("2016-04-01" :: ByteString), + "Version" =: ("2016-11-15" :: ByteString), "DryRun" =: _uiDryRun, toQueryList "InstanceId" _uiInstanceIds] -- | Contains the output of UnmonitorInstances. -- +-- +-- -- /See:/ 'unmonitorInstancesResponse' smart constructor. data UnmonitorInstancesResponse = UnmonitorInstancesResponse' { _uirsInstanceMonitorings :: !(Maybe [InstanceMonitoring]) @@ -116,9 +122,9 @@ -- -- Use one of the following lenses to modify other fields as desired: -- --- * 'uirsInstanceMonitorings' +-- * 'uirsInstanceMonitorings' - The monitoring information. -- --- * 'uirsResponseStatus' +-- * 'uirsResponseStatus' - -- | The response status code. unmonitorInstancesResponse :: Int -- ^ 'uirsResponseStatus' -> UnmonitorInstancesResponse @@ -128,11 +134,11 @@ , _uirsResponseStatus = pResponseStatus_ } --- | Monitoring information for one or more instances. +-- | The monitoring information. uirsInstanceMonitorings :: Lens' UnmonitorInstancesResponse [InstanceMonitoring] uirsInstanceMonitorings = lens _uirsInstanceMonitorings (\ s a -> s{_uirsInstanceMonitorings = a}) . _Default . _Coerce; --- | The response status code. +-- | -- | The response status code. uirsResponseStatus :: Lens' UnmonitorInstancesResponse Int uirsResponseStatus = lens _uirsResponseStatus (\ s a -> s{_uirsResponseStatus = a}); diff --git a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Waiters.hs b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Waiters.hs --- a/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Waiters.hs +++ b/gen/Network/AWS/EC2/Waiters.hs @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumes import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCPeeringConnections import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCs +import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCs import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPNConnections import Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPNConnections import Network.AWS.EC2.GetPasswordData @@ -47,8 +48,7 @@ import Network.AWS.Prelude import Network.AWS.Waiter --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. instanceTerminated :: Wait DescribeInstances instanceTerminated = Wait @@ -75,8 +75,7 @@ insState . isName . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumes' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumes' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. volumeInUse :: Wait DescribeVolumes volumeInUse = Wait @@ -95,8 +94,7 @@ vState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeNatGateways' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeNatGateways' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. natGatewayAvailable :: Wait DescribeNatGateways natGatewayAvailable = Wait @@ -126,8 +124,7 @@ , matchError "NatGatewayNotFound" AcceptRetry] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSubnets' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSubnets' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. subnetAvailable :: Wait DescribeSubnets subnetAvailable = Wait @@ -141,8 +138,7 @@ subState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeNetworkInterfaces' every 20 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 10 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeNetworkInterfaces' every 20 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 10 failed checks. networkInterfaceAvailable :: Wait DescribeNetworkInterfaces networkInterfaceAvailable = Wait @@ -159,8 +155,7 @@ AcceptFailure] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstanceStatus' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstanceStatus' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. systemStatusOK :: Wait DescribeInstanceStatus systemStatusOK = Wait @@ -174,8 +169,7 @@ isSystemStatus . _Just . issStatus . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeCustomerGateways' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeCustomerGateways' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. customerGatewayAvailable :: Wait DescribeCustomerGateways customerGatewayAvailable = Wait @@ -199,8 +193,7 @@ cgState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. conversionTaskCompleted :: Wait DescribeConversionTasks conversionTaskCompleted = Wait @@ -224,8 +217,7 @@ ctState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. instanceStopped :: Wait DescribeInstances instanceStopped = Wait @@ -252,8 +244,7 @@ insState . isName . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. conversionTaskDeleted :: Wait DescribeConversionTasks conversionTaskDeleted = Wait @@ -267,8 +258,7 @@ ctState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.GetPasswordData' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.GetPasswordData' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. passwordDataAvailable :: Wait GetPasswordData passwordDataAvailable = Wait @@ -281,8 +271,7 @@ (nonEmpty gpdrsPasswordData)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. instanceRunning :: Wait DescribeInstances instanceRunning = Wait @@ -316,8 +305,7 @@ , matchError "InvalidInstanceID.NotFound" AcceptRetry] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSpotInstanceRequests' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSpotInstanceRequests' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. spotInstanceRequestFulfilled :: Wait DescribeSpotInstanceRequests spotInstanceRequestFulfilled = Wait @@ -351,8 +339,7 @@ sirStatus . _Just . sisCode . _Just . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCs' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCs' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. vpcAvailable :: Wait DescribeVPCs vpcAvailable = Wait @@ -366,8 +353,7 @@ vpcState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeExportTasks' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeExportTasks' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. exportTaskCompleted :: Wait DescribeExportTasks exportTaskCompleted = Wait @@ -381,14 +367,13 @@ etState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPNConnections' every 60 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPNConnections' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. vpnConnectionAvailable :: Wait DescribeVPNConnections vpnConnectionAvailable = Wait { _waitName = "VpnConnectionAvailable" , _waitAttempts = 40 - , _waitDelay = 60 + , _waitDelay = 15 , _waitAcceptors = [ matchAll "available" AcceptSuccess @@ -406,8 +391,7 @@ vcState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeExportTasks' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeExportTasks' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. exportTaskCancelled :: Wait DescribeExportTasks exportTaskCancelled = Wait @@ -421,8 +405,7 @@ etState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumes' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumes' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. volumeDeleted :: Wait DescribeVolumes volumeDeleted = Wait @@ -437,8 +420,18 @@ , matchError "InvalidVolume.NotFound" AcceptSuccess] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeBundleTasks' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCs' every 1 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 5 failed checks. +vpcExists :: Wait DescribeVPCs +vpcExists = + Wait + { _waitName = "VpcExists" + , _waitAttempts = 5 + , _waitDelay = 1 + , _waitAcceptors = [ matchStatus 200 AcceptSuccess + , matchError "InvalidVpcID.NotFound" AcceptRetry] + } + +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeBundleTasks' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. bundleTaskComplete :: Wait DescribeBundleTasks bundleTaskComplete = Wait @@ -457,8 +450,7 @@ btState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPNConnections' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPNConnections' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. vpnConnectionDeleted :: Wait DescribeVPNConnections vpnConnectionDeleted = Wait @@ -477,8 +469,7 @@ vcState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeConversionTasks' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. conversionTaskCancelled :: Wait DescribeConversionTasks conversionTaskCancelled = Wait @@ -492,8 +483,7 @@ ctState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeImages' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeImages' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. imageAvailable :: Wait DescribeImages imageAvailable = Wait @@ -512,8 +502,7 @@ iState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCPeeringConnections' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVPCPeeringConnections' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. vpcPeeringConnectionExists :: Wait DescribeVPCPeeringConnections vpcPeeringConnectionExists = Wait @@ -526,8 +515,7 @@ AcceptRetry] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSnapshots' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeSnapshots' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. snapshotCompleted :: Wait DescribeSnapshots snapshotCompleted = Wait @@ -541,8 +529,7 @@ sState . to toTextCI)] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances' every 5 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstances' every 5 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. instanceExists :: Wait DescribeInstances instanceExists = Wait @@ -553,8 +540,7 @@ , matchError "InvalidInstanceIDNotFound" AcceptRetry] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstanceStatus' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeInstanceStatus' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. instanceStatusOK :: Wait DescribeInstanceStatus instanceStatusOK = Wait @@ -570,8 +556,7 @@ , matchError "InvalidInstanceID.NotFound" AcceptRetry] } --- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumes' every 15 seconds until a --- successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. +-- | Polls 'Network.AWS.EC2.DescribeVolumes' every 15 seconds until a successful state is reached. An error is returned after 40 failed checks. volumeAvailable :: Wait DescribeVolumes volumeAvailable = Wait diff --git a/src/.gitkeep b/src/.gitkeep new file mode 100644 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/.gitkeep diff --git a/test/Test/AWS/Gen/EC2.hs b/test/Test/AWS/Gen/EC2.hs --- a/test/Test/AWS/Gen/EC2.hs +++ b/test/Test/AWS/Gen/EC2.hs @@ -49,6 +49,9 @@ -- , requestDescribeTags $ -- describeTags -- +-- , requestDisassociateSubnetCidrBlock $ +-- disassociateSubnetCidrBlock +-- -- , requestDetachNetworkInterface $ -- detachNetworkInterface -- @@ -73,6 +76,9 @@ -- , requestCancelBundleTask $ -- cancelBundleTask -- +-- , requestAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote $ +-- acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote +-- -- , requestReleaseAddress $ -- releaseAddress -- @@ -103,6 +109,9 @@ -- , requestDescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport $ -- describeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport -- +-- , requestAssociateSubnetCidrBlock $ +-- associateSubnetCidrBlock +-- -- , requestRunScheduledInstances $ -- runScheduledInstances -- @@ -349,12 +358,18 @@ -- , requestDisassociateAddress $ -- disassociateAddress -- +-- , requestDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways $ +-- describeEgressOnlyInternetGateways +-- -- , requestDeleteVPC $ -- deleteVPC -- -- , requestCreateInstanceExportTask $ -- createInstanceExportTask -- +-- , requestAssociateVPCCidrBlock $ +-- associateVPCCidrBlock +-- -- , requestDescribeVPCAttribute $ -- describeVPCAttribute -- @@ -415,6 +430,9 @@ -- , requestCancelExportTask $ -- cancelExportTask -- +-- , requestDisassociateVPCCidrBlock $ +-- disassociateVPCCidrBlock +-- -- , requestDeleteNetworkInterface $ -- deleteNetworkInterface -- @@ -508,6 +526,9 @@ -- , requestGetConsoleScreenshot $ -- getConsoleScreenshot -- +-- , requestAssignIPv6Addresses $ +-- assignIPv6Addresses +-- -- , requestDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription $ -- deleteSpotDatafeedSubscription -- @@ -556,6 +577,12 @@ -- , requestRebootInstances $ -- rebootInstances -- +-- , requestUnassignIPv6Addresses $ +-- unassignIPv6Addresses +-- +-- , requestDeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway $ +-- deleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway +-- -- , requestPurchaseHostReservation $ -- purchaseHostReservation -- @@ -598,6 +625,9 @@ -- , requestResetImageAttribute $ -- resetImageAttribute -- +-- , requestCreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway $ +-- createEgressOnlyInternetGateway +-- -- , requestDescribeReservedInstancesModifications $ -- describeReservedInstancesModifications -- @@ -652,6 +682,9 @@ -- , requestCreateKeyPair $ -- createKeyPair -- +-- , requestGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote $ +-- getReservedInstancesExchangeQuote +-- -- , requestDeleteVolume $ -- deleteVolume -- @@ -682,6 +715,9 @@ -- , responseDescribeTags $ -- describeTagsResponse -- +-- , responseDisassociateSubnetCidrBlock $ +-- disassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse +-- -- , responseDetachNetworkInterface $ -- detachNetworkInterfaceResponse -- @@ -706,6 +742,9 @@ -- , responseCancelBundleTask $ -- cancelBundleTaskResponse -- +-- , responseAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote $ +-- acceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse +-- -- , responseReleaseAddress $ -- releaseAddressResponse -- @@ -736,6 +775,9 @@ -- , responseDescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport $ -- describeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupportResponse -- +-- , responseAssociateSubnetCidrBlock $ +-- associateSubnetCidrBlockResponse +-- -- , responseRunScheduledInstances $ -- runScheduledInstancesResponse -- @@ -982,12 +1024,18 @@ -- , responseDisassociateAddress $ -- disassociateAddressResponse -- +-- , responseDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways $ +-- describeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse +-- -- , responseDeleteVPC $ -- deleteVPCResponse -- -- , responseCreateInstanceExportTask $ -- createInstanceExportTaskResponse -- +-- , responseAssociateVPCCidrBlock $ +-- associateVPCCidrBlockResponse +-- -- , responseDescribeVPCAttribute $ -- describeVPCAttributeResponse -- @@ -1048,6 +1096,9 @@ -- , responseCancelExportTask $ -- cancelExportTaskResponse -- +-- , responseDisassociateVPCCidrBlock $ +-- disassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse +-- -- , responseDeleteNetworkInterface $ -- deleteNetworkInterfaceResponse -- @@ -1141,6 +1192,9 @@ -- , responseGetConsoleScreenshot $ -- getConsoleScreenshotResponse -- +-- , responseAssignIPv6Addresses $ +-- assignIPv6AddressesResponse +-- -- , responseDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription $ -- deleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse -- @@ -1189,6 +1243,12 @@ -- , responseRebootInstances $ -- rebootInstancesResponse -- +-- , responseUnassignIPv6Addresses $ +-- unassignIPv6AddressesResponse +-- +-- , responseDeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway $ +-- deleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse +-- -- , responsePurchaseHostReservation $ -- purchaseHostReservationResponse -- @@ -1231,6 +1291,9 @@ -- , responseResetImageAttribute $ -- resetImageAttributeResponse -- +-- , responseCreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway $ +-- createEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse +-- -- , responseDescribeReservedInstancesModifications $ -- describeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse -- @@ -1285,6 +1348,9 @@ -- , responseCreateKeyPair $ -- createKeyPairResponse -- +-- , responseGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote $ +-- getReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse +-- -- , responseDeleteVolume $ -- deleteVolumeResponse -- @@ -1331,6 +1397,11 @@ "DescribeTags" "fixture/DescribeTags.yaml" +requestDisassociateSubnetCidrBlock :: DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock -> TestTree +requestDisassociateSubnetCidrBlock = req + "DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock" + "fixture/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock.yaml" + requestDetachNetworkInterface :: DetachNetworkInterface -> TestTree requestDetachNetworkInterface = req "DetachNetworkInterface" @@ -1371,6 +1442,11 @@ "CancelBundleTask" "fixture/CancelBundleTask.yaml" +requestAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote :: AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote -> TestTree +requestAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = req + "AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote" + "fixture/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.yaml" + requestReleaseAddress :: ReleaseAddress -> TestTree requestReleaseAddress = req "ReleaseAddress" @@ -1421,6 +1497,11 @@ "DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport" "fixture/DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport.yaml" +requestAssociateSubnetCidrBlock :: AssociateSubnetCidrBlock -> TestTree +requestAssociateSubnetCidrBlock = req + "AssociateSubnetCidrBlock" + "fixture/AssociateSubnetCidrBlock.yaml" + requestRunScheduledInstances :: RunScheduledInstances -> TestTree requestRunScheduledInstances = req "RunScheduledInstances" @@ -1831,6 +1912,11 @@ "DisassociateAddress" "fixture/DisassociateAddress.yaml" +requestDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways :: DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways -> TestTree +requestDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways = req + "DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways" + "fixture/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways.yaml" + requestDeleteVPC :: DeleteVPC -> TestTree requestDeleteVPC = req "DeleteVPC" @@ -1841,6 +1927,11 @@ "CreateInstanceExportTask" "fixture/CreateInstanceExportTask.yaml" +requestAssociateVPCCidrBlock :: AssociateVPCCidrBlock -> TestTree +requestAssociateVPCCidrBlock = req + "AssociateVPCCidrBlock" + "fixture/AssociateVPCCidrBlock.yaml" + requestDescribeVPCAttribute :: DescribeVPCAttribute -> TestTree requestDescribeVPCAttribute = req "DescribeVPCAttribute" @@ -1941,6 +2032,11 @@ "CancelExportTask" "fixture/CancelExportTask.yaml" +requestDisassociateVPCCidrBlock :: DisassociateVPCCidrBlock -> TestTree +requestDisassociateVPCCidrBlock = req + "DisassociateVPCCidrBlock" + "fixture/DisassociateVPCCidrBlock.yaml" + requestDeleteNetworkInterface :: DeleteNetworkInterface -> TestTree requestDeleteNetworkInterface = req "DeleteNetworkInterface" @@ -2096,6 +2192,11 @@ "GetConsoleScreenshot" "fixture/GetConsoleScreenshot.yaml" +requestAssignIPv6Addresses :: AssignIPv6Addresses -> TestTree +requestAssignIPv6Addresses = req + "AssignIPv6Addresses" + "fixture/AssignIPv6Addresses.yaml" + requestDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription :: DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription -> TestTree requestDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription = req "DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription" @@ -2176,6 +2277,16 @@ "RebootInstances" "fixture/RebootInstances.yaml" +requestUnassignIPv6Addresses :: UnassignIPv6Addresses -> TestTree +requestUnassignIPv6Addresses = req + "UnassignIPv6Addresses" + "fixture/UnassignIPv6Addresses.yaml" + +requestDeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway :: DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway -> TestTree +requestDeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway = req + "DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway" + "fixture/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway.yaml" + requestPurchaseHostReservation :: PurchaseHostReservation -> TestTree requestPurchaseHostReservation = req "PurchaseHostReservation" @@ -2246,6 +2357,11 @@ "ResetImageAttribute" "fixture/ResetImageAttribute.yaml" +requestCreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway :: CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway -> TestTree +requestCreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway = req + "CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway" + "fixture/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway.yaml" + requestDescribeReservedInstancesModifications :: DescribeReservedInstancesModifications -> TestTree requestDescribeReservedInstancesModifications = req "DescribeReservedInstancesModifications" @@ -2336,6 +2452,11 @@ "CreateKeyPair" "fixture/CreateKeyPair.yaml" +requestGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote :: GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote -> TestTree +requestGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = req + "GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote" + "fixture/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote.yaml" + requestDeleteVolume :: DeleteVolume -> TestTree requestDeleteVolume = req "DeleteVolume" @@ -2397,6 +2518,13 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeTags) +responseDisassociateSubnetCidrBlock :: DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse -> TestTree +responseDisassociateSubnetCidrBlock = res + "DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse" + "fixture/DisassociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy DisassociateSubnetCidrBlock) + responseDetachNetworkInterface :: DetachNetworkInterfaceResponse -> TestTree responseDetachNetworkInterface = res "DetachNetworkInterfaceResponse" @@ -2453,6 +2581,13 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy CancelBundleTask) +responseAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote :: AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse -> TestTree +responseAcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = res + "AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse" + "fixture/AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote) + responseReleaseAddress :: ReleaseAddressResponse -> TestTree responseReleaseAddress = res "ReleaseAddressResponse" @@ -2523,6 +2658,13 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeVPCClassicLinkDNSSupport) +responseAssociateSubnetCidrBlock :: AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse -> TestTree +responseAssociateSubnetCidrBlock = res + "AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse" + "fixture/AssociateSubnetCidrBlockResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy AssociateSubnetCidrBlock) + responseRunScheduledInstances :: RunScheduledInstancesResponse -> TestTree responseRunScheduledInstances = res "RunScheduledInstancesResponse" @@ -3097,6 +3239,13 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy DisassociateAddress) +responseDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways :: DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse -> TestTree +responseDescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways = res + "DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse" + "fixture/DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGatewaysResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy DescribeEgressOnlyInternetGateways) + responseDeleteVPC :: DeleteVPCResponse -> TestTree responseDeleteVPC = res "DeleteVPCResponse" @@ -3111,6 +3260,13 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy CreateInstanceExportTask) +responseAssociateVPCCidrBlock :: AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse -> TestTree +responseAssociateVPCCidrBlock = res + "AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse" + "fixture/AssociateVPCCidrBlockResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy AssociateVPCCidrBlock) + responseDescribeVPCAttribute :: DescribeVPCAttributeResponse -> TestTree responseDescribeVPCAttribute = res "DescribeVPCAttributeResponse" @@ -3251,6 +3407,13 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy CancelExportTask) +responseDisassociateVPCCidrBlock :: DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse -> TestTree +responseDisassociateVPCCidrBlock = res + "DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse" + "fixture/DisassociateVPCCidrBlockResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy DisassociateVPCCidrBlock) + responseDeleteNetworkInterface :: DeleteNetworkInterfaceResponse -> TestTree responseDeleteNetworkInterface = res "DeleteNetworkInterfaceResponse" @@ -3468,6 +3631,13 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy GetConsoleScreenshot) +responseAssignIPv6Addresses :: AssignIPv6AddressesResponse -> TestTree +responseAssignIPv6Addresses = res + "AssignIPv6AddressesResponse" + "fixture/AssignIPv6AddressesResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy AssignIPv6Addresses) + responseDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription :: DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse -> TestTree responseDeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription = res "DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscriptionResponse" @@ -3580,6 +3750,20 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy RebootInstances) +responseUnassignIPv6Addresses :: UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse -> TestTree +responseUnassignIPv6Addresses = res + "UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse" + "fixture/UnassignIPv6AddressesResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy UnassignIPv6Addresses) + +responseDeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway :: DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse -> TestTree +responseDeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway = res + "DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse" + "fixture/DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy DeleteEgressOnlyInternetGateway) + responsePurchaseHostReservation :: PurchaseHostReservationResponse -> TestTree responsePurchaseHostReservation = res "PurchaseHostReservationResponse" @@ -3678,6 +3862,13 @@ ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy ResetImageAttribute) +responseCreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway :: CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse -> TestTree +responseCreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway = res + "CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse" + "fixture/CreateEgressOnlyInternetGatewayResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway) + responseDescribeReservedInstancesModifications :: DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse -> TestTree responseDescribeReservedInstancesModifications = res "DescribeReservedInstancesModificationsResponse" @@ -3803,6 +3994,13 @@ "fixture/CreateKeyPairResponse.proto" ec2 (Proxy :: Proxy CreateKeyPair) + +responseGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote :: GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse -> TestTree +responseGetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote = res + "GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse" + "fixture/GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuoteResponse.proto" + ec2 + (Proxy :: Proxy GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote) responseDeleteVolume :: DeleteVolumeResponse -> TestTree responseDeleteVolume = res